The Impact of Information On Modern Humans

Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing 622
Elena G. Popkova Editor
The Impact of
Information
on Modern
Humans
Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing
Volume 622
Series editor
Janusz Kacprzyk, Polish Academy of Sciences, Warsaw, Poland
e-mail: [email protected]
About this Series
The series “Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing” contains publications on theory,
applications, and design methods of Intelligent Systems and Intelligent Computing. Virtually
all disciplines such as engineering, natural sciences, computer and information science, ICT,
economics, business, e-commerce, environment, healthcare, life science are covered. The list
of topics spans all the areas of modern intelligent systems and computing.
The publications within “Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing” are primarily
textbooks and proceedings of important conferences, symposia and congresses. They cover
significant recent developments in the field, both of a foundational and applicable character.
An important characteristic feature of the series is the short publication time and world-wide
distribution. This permits a rapid and broad dissemination of research results.
Advisory Board
Chairman
Nikhil R. Pal, Indian Statistical Institute, Kolkata, India
Members
Rafael Bello Perez, Universidad Central “Marta Abreu” de Las Villas, Santa Clara, Cuba
Emilio S. Corchado, University of Salamanca, Salamanca, Spain
Hani Hagras, University of Essex, Colchester, UK
László T. Kóczy, Széchenyi István University, Győr, Hungary
Vladik Kreinovich, University of Texas at El Paso, El Paso, USA
Chin-Teng Lin, National Chiao Tung University, Hsinchu, Taiwan
Jie Lu, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia
Patricia Melin, Tijuana Institute of Technology, Tijuana, Mexico
Nadia Nedjah, State University of Rio de Janeiro, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
Ngoc Thanh Nguyen, Wroclaw University of Technology, Wroclaw, Poland
Jun Wang, The Chinese University of Hong Kong, Shatin, Hong Kong
More information about this series at http://www.springer.com/series/11156

Elena G. Popkova
Editor
The Impact of Information

on Modern Humans
123
Editor
Elena G. Popkova
Volgograd State Technical University
Volgograd
Russia
ISSN 2194-5357 ISSN 2194-5365 (electronic)

Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing
ISBN 978-3-319-75382-9 ISBN 978-3-319-75383-6 (eBook)
https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-75383-6
Library of Congress Control Number: 2018934335
© Springer International Publishing AG, part of Springer Nature 2018

This work is subject to copyright. All rights are reserved by the Publisher, whether the whole or part
of the material is concerned, specifically the rights of translation, reprinting, reuse of illustrations,
recitation, broadcasting, reproduction on microfilms or in any other physical way, and transmission
or information storage and retrieval, electronic adaptation, computer software, or by similar or dissimilar
methodology now known or hereafter developed.
The use of general descriptive names, registered names, trademarks, service marks, etc. in this
publication does not imply, even in the absence of a specific statement, that such names are exempt from
the relevant protective laws and regulations and therefore free for general use.
The publisher, the authors and the editors are safe to assume that the advice and information in this
book are believed to be true and accurate at the date of publication. Neither the publisher nor the
authors or the editors give a warranty, express or implied, with respect to the material contained herein or
for any errors or omissions that may have been made. The publisher remains neutral with regard to
jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations.
Printed on acid-free paper
This Springer imprint is published by the registered company Springer International Publishing AG
part of Springer Nature
The registered company address is: Gewerbestrasse 11, 6330 Cham, Switzerland
Contents
Philosophy of Modern Humans

The Role of Project Management of the Innovative Activities
of Large Industrial Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Innara R. Lyapina, Tatyana N. Ivashchenko, Olga O. Komarevtseva,
Oksana V. Leonova, and Alexander V. Shchegolev
Increase of Effectiveness of Public Welfare Through Improvement
of the System of Investment Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Alla L. Lazarenko, Svetlana A. Orlova, Irina A. Rykova,
Irina M. Golaydo, and Elena E. Uvarova
Effective Import Substitution in the Agro-industrial Complex:
Competition or Monopoly? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Aleksei V. Bogoviz, Svetlana V. Lobova, and Yury A. Bugai
Import Substitution in the Agro-Industrial Complex in the Interests
of Provision of Food Security: Option or Necessity? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Aleksei V. Bogoviz, Yury A. Bugai, and Vladimir S. Osipov
Model of Innovational Development of Modern Russian Industry . . . . . 44
Arutyun A. Khachaturyan, Karine S. Khachaturyan,
and Arsen S. Abdulkadyrov
Possibilities and Threats of Starting the Mechanism of Import
Substitution in the AIC in the Context of Provision
of Food Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Aleksei V. Bogoviz, Svetlana V. Lobova, and Yury A. Bugai
Selection of the Key Spheres of Modern Russia’s
Industry: Prioritizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Aleksei V. Bogoviz, Vladimir S. Osipov, and Elena I. Semenova
v
vi Contents
State Audit as a Mandatory Condition of Budget

Policy Effectiveness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Aleksei V. Bogoviz, Aleksei I. Bolonin, and Svetlana V. Lobova
The Mechanism of Activation of the Process of Import Substitution
in the Agro-Industrial Complex for Provision of Food Security . . . . . . . 71
Aleksei V. Bogoviz, Aydar M. Tufetulov, and Denis A. Chepik
The Modern Methodology of Managing the Process of Import
Substitution in the Agro-Industrial Complex for Provision
of Food Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Mikhail A. Babeshin, Andrey S. Karpov, and Karina V. Karpova
The Problem of Provision of Food Security Through Management
of the AIC: Transnationalization Vs Import Substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Aleksei V. Bogoviz, Elena I. Semenova, and Ivan S. Sandu
Elements of the Foresight Technology in Design Project-Oriented
Training of Prospective Engineers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Raisa Petruneva, Valentina Vasilyeva, and Olga Toporkova
Philosophical View on Human Existence in the World of Technic
and Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Anna Guryanova, Elmira Khafiyatullina, Andrew Kolibanov,
Alexander Makhovikov, and Vyacheslav Frolov
Pedagogics as a Means of Knowledge Translation in Human Society

Implementation of the Information and Communication Technologies
into Activities of a Pedagogue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Olga V. Dybina
Perspectives of Development of the Educational Services Market
in Regions of Russia in the Conditions of the Knowledge
Economy Formation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Irina V. Baranova
World Trends Impacting the Change of the Higher Education
System in Russia in the Conditions of Global Crisis Management
on the Basis of Entrepreneurship and Innovations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Svetlana M. Yakovleva, Maria O. Suraeva, and Alexander P. Zhabin
Perspective Trends of Development of Professional Pedagogics
as a Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Svetlana M. Markova, Ekaterina P. Sedykh, Svetlana A. Tsyplakova,
and Vadim Y. Polunin
Contents vii
Didactic Foundations of Designing the Process of Training

in Professional Educational Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Natalia V. Bystrova, Elena A. Konyaeva, Julia M. Tsarapkina,
Irina M. Morozova, and Anna S. Krivonogova
Post-graduate Information Support for Graduates
of Pedagogical Universities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Marina L. Gruzdeva, Olga N. Prokhorova, Anna V. Chanchina,
Elena A. Chelnokova, and Elena V. Khanzhina
Accounting for Costs and Expenses: Problems of Theory
and Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Igor E. Mizikovsky, Tatyana Y. Druzhilovskaya,
Emilia S. Druzhilovskaya, Ekaterina P. Garina,
and Elena V. Romanovskaya
Man as the Subject of Possible/Impossible in the Russian
Nominations of the Feature of the Subject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Natalia E. Petrova, Natalia M. Ilchenko, Olga A. Patsyukova,
Galina S. Samoylova, and Anastasia N. Moreva
Determining the Value of Own Investment Capital
of Industrial Enterprises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Yaroslav S. Potashnik, Ekaterina P. Garina, Elena V. Romanovskaya,
Alexander P. Garin, and Sergey D. Tsymbalov
Information Technologies as a Factor in the Formation
of the Educational Environment of a University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Elvira K. Semarkhanova, Lyudmila N. Bakhtiyarova,
Elena P. Krupoderova, Klimentina R. Krupoderova,
and Alexander V. Ponachugin
Organization of the Research Activities of Service Majors Trainees . . . 187
Zhanna V. Smirnova, Maria V. Mukhina, Lyubov I. Kutepova,
Maxim M. Kutepov, and Olga I. Vaganova
Electronic Testing as a Tool for Optimizing the Process of Control
over the Results of Educational Training Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Zhanna V. Chaikina, Sofya M. Shevchenko, Maria V. Mukhina,
Olga V. Katkova, and Lyubov I. Kutepova
“Reformer” Before the Reformation: Regarding the Issue
of Proto-Protestant Views of John Wycliffe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Tatiana G. Chugunova, Lydia V. Sofronova, Anna V. Khazina,
Elena S. Balashova, Vladimir M. Tyulenev, and Vusala S. Khasanova
viii Contents
Evaluation of the Effect from Organizational Innovations

of a Company with the Use of Differential Cash Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Sergey N. Yashin, Yury V. Trifonov, Egor V. Koshelev,
Ekaterina P. Garina, and Viktor P. Kuznetsov
Evaluation of Technological Innovations of a Company
by the Methods of Chain Repeat and Equivalent Annuity . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Sergey N. Yashin, Yury V. Trifonov, Egor V. Koshelev,
Julia A. Grinevich, and Sergey L. Ivankovsky
Legal Foundations of Human Society

The Russian Information Systems of the Housing and Utilities
Sector: Peculiarities of Legal Regulation and Application . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Andrey A. Inyushkin, Elena S. Kryukova, Yury S. Povarov,
Evgenia V. Ruzanova, Valentina D. Ruzanova, and Nikolay G. Frolovskiy
Migration Processes in the Legal Life of Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Vitaly A. Ponomarenkov, Tatyana S. Cherevichenko, Elena A. Efremova,
Anna G. Bordakova, and Alexey V. Azarkhin
Tools for Sustainability Management of Socio-ecological Systems
in the Globalizing World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Aleksey F. Rogachev, Viktoria N. Ostrovskaya, Alexandr S. Natsubidze,
Tatiana N. Litvinova, and Elena A. Yakovleva
Analysis and Problems of Development of Regional
Consumer Complex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Galina V. Golikova, Galina N. Franovskaya, and Olga B. Dzyubenko
Information Provision of Planning the Balance of the Innovational
and Investment Spheres of Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Olga A. Boris, Pavel N. Timoshenko, and Valentina N. Parakhina
Complex Development of Competence-Based Potential
as the Innovational Task of Industrial Companies Management . . . . . . 269
Olga A. Boris, Irina I. Kuzmenko, Elena N. Lepyakhova,
and Valentina N. Parakhina
The Problems of Financing of Entrepreneurship Infrastructure
in Developing Countries and Their Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Irina M. Morozova, Tatiana N. Litvinova, Natalia V. Przhedetskaya,
and Veronika V. Sheveleva
Infrastructure as the Key to Domestic Companies’ Entering
the Global Markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Tatiana N. Litvinova
Contents ix
The Mechanism of Optimization of the Tax Administration

System with the Help of the New Information
and Communication Technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Irina V. Gashenko, Yulia S. Zima, V. A. Stroiteleva, and N. M. Shiryaeva
Highly-Effective Management of the Process of Innovations
Commercialization as a Basis of Development of Modern
Human Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Aleksei V. Bogoviz, Svetlana V. Lobova, Nelli A. Saveleva,
Irina V. Lysak, and Sergei N. Makarenko
The Problems of Legal Regulation of the Development of Far Eastern
Native Minorities During the Soviet State National Policy Formation
Period (1920’s–1930’s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Anna V. Akhmetova and Yana S. Ivashchenko
Human Resources Make All the Difference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Olga Klimovets
Problems and Perspectives of Improving the Process of Innovations’
Commercialization in a Modern University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Svetlana E. Sitnikova, Lyubov A. Halo, and Natalia S. Polusmakova
Looking Inside Things . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Olga V. Dybina
A Systemic Approach to Development and Implementation of Key
Performance Indicators in a Non-government Healthcare Institution . . . 334
S. Blinov and V. Blinova
New Approaches to Formation of Innovational Human Capital
as an Element of Institutional Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Lyubov I. Vanchukhina, Tatiana B. Leybert, Elvira A. Khalikova,
and Artur R. Khalmetov
Methodology of Information & Psychological Safety of Human
and Society: Epistemological Aspects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Natalia Z. Aliyeva and Elena B. Ivushkina
Theoretical and Methodological Aspects of Human
Capital Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Galina V. Golikova, Valery G. Larionov, Svetlana I. Verbitskaya,
Tatiana E. Fasenko, and Dmitry V. Kokhanenko
Service Labor and Problems of State Management of the Russian
Middle Class Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Konstantin V. Vodenko, Sergey S. Chernykh, Tatiana I. Barsukova,
Roman K. Ovcharenko, and Olga S. Ivanchenko
x Contents
The Problems of Preclusive Effect of Judicial Acts of Special

and Simplified (Short) Civil and Criminal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Andrey V. Yudin, Vyacheslav V. Ivanov, and Ilya D. Simonov
Blended Learning in Teaching EFL to Different Age Groups . . . . . . . . 380
Maria V. Arkhipova, Ekaterina E. Belova, Yulia A. Gavrikova,
Natalya A. Lyulyaeva, and Elina D. Shapiro
Experience of Approbation and Introduction of the Model
of Management of Students’ Independent Work in the University . . . . . 387
Olga V. Bogorodskaya, Olga V. Golubeva, Marina L. Gruzdeva,
Alexandra A. Tolsteneva, and Zhanna V. Smirnova
Application of Multi-level Analysis in the Process of Advertising
Industry Trends Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Valery A. Borodin, Sergey B. Prianichnikov, Anna I. Galushkina,
Elena A. Nagaeva, and Sergey V. Ustinkin
Preparation of Bachelors of Professional Training Using MOODLE . . . 406
Marina N. Bulaeva, Olga I. Vaganova, Margarita I. Koldina,
Anna V. Lapshova, and Anna V. Khizhnyi
Social Component of Modern Human

The Value-Based and Cultural Matrix as a Component
of the National Model of Social Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Konstantin V. Vodenko, Valentina I. Rodionova,
Lyudmila A. Shvachkina, and Marina M. Shubina
Comparison of Approaches to Development of Industrial Production
in the Context of the Development of a Complex Product . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Ekaterina P. Garina, Alexander P. Garin, Viktor P. Kuznetsov,
Elena G. Popkova, and Yaroslav S. Potashnik
Actual Issues of Improving the Methodological Approaches
to Estimation of Population’s Living Standards: A Regional Aspect . . . 432
Pavel N. Zakharov, Karina V. Nazvanova, and Artur A. Posazhennikov
Interconnection Between the Categories of Region’s
Self-development and Population’s Living Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Zhanna A. Zakharova and Valery V. Bogatyrev
Research Trends of HR Management in Tourism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Svetlana N. Kaznacheeva, Antonina L. Lazutina, Tatyana V. Perova,
Jeanne V. Smirnova, and Elena A. Chelnokova
Contents xi
The Model of Effective Work of a Transport Node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456

Anatoly G. Kitov, Artem A. Sirotkin, Vladimir N. Nosakov,
Anatoly A. Permovsky, and Alexander I. Fedoseev
Analysis of Deceptive Communication Speech Acts
in Linguistic Examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Svetlana V. Kozmenkova, Timur B. Radbyl, Viktor I. Tsyganov,
and Vasily A. Yumatov
Problems of Formation of Perspective Growth Points
of High-Tech Productions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Tatyana S. Kolmykova, Ekaterina A. Merzlyakova, Vladimir V. Bredikhin,
Tatyana O. Tolstykh, and Oksana P. Ovchinnikova
Tax Planning as a Basis of the System of Corporate
Tax Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Lyudmila S. Kirina and Natalia A. Nazarova
Problems and Prospects for Implementing Inter-dimensional
and Inter-industry Projects in Digital Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Tatyana O. Tolstykh, Natalia N. Kretova, Anna A. Trushevskaya,
Elena S. Dedova, and Marina S. Lutsenko
Approaches to Developing a New Product in the Car
Building Industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
Viktor P. Kuznetsov, Elena V. Romanovskaya, Anastasia O. Egorova,
Natalia S. Andryashina, and Elena P. Kozlova
Advantages of Residents of Industrial Parks
(by the Example of AVTOVAZ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Svetlana N. Kuznetsova, Elena V. Romanovskaya, Marina V. Artemyeva,
Natalia S. Andryashina, and Anastasia O. Egorova
Features of the Population’s Savings Transformation into Investments
at the Present Stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Olga G. Lebedinskaya, Alexander G. Timofeev, Elvira A. Yarnykh,
Nina A. Eldyaeva, and Sergey V. Golodov
Human as an Economic Subject

Economic and Statistical Analysis in Evaluating the Perspectives
of Structural Changes of Regions’ Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
Yuri I. Treshchevsky, Valeri P. Voronin, Maria B. Tabachnikova,
and Galina N. Franovskaya
Factors and Conditions of Functioning and Development
of Regional Socio-Economic Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
Olga A. Shaporova, Ekaterina I. Mosina, Irina V. Kuznetsova,
Elena E. Semenova, and Natalya A. Baturina
xii Contents
Threats to Food Security of the Russia’s Population

in the Conditions of Transition to Digital Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
Gilyan V. Fedotova, Natalia N. Kulikova, Artur K. Kurbanov,
and Anastasia A. Gontar
Economic Relations and Economic Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
Svetlana N. Revina, Anna V. Sidorova, Aleksei L. Zakharov,
and Grigory F. Tselniker
Improvement of the Economic Mechanism of State Support
for Innovational Development of the Russian Agro-Industrial
Complex in the Conditions of Import Substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
Aleksei V. Bogoviz, Alexander N. Alekseev, and Denis A. Chepik
Leading Tools of State Regulation of Regional Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
Aleksei V. Bogoviz, Vladimir S. Osipov, and Tamara G. Stroiteleva
Modeling the Management of Innovational Processes
in Regional Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
Yulia V. Ragulina, Aleksei V. Bogoviz, and Alexander N. Alekseev
New Challenges for Regional Economy at the Modern Stage . . . . . . . . . 574
Aleksei V. Bogoviz, Elena I. Semenova, and Alexander N. Alekseev
Economic Analysis of Labor Resources Usage in Regional Markets . . . 581
Tatiana N. Gogoleva, Pavel A. Kanapukhin, Margarita V. Melnik,
Irina Y. Lyashenko, and Valeriya N. Yaryshina
Strategy of Risk Management in the Process of Formation
of Innovations-Oriented Regional Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
Larisa Kargina, Sofia L. Lebedeva, and Olga S. Semkina
Systemic Contradictions in Development of Modern Russia’s Industry
in the Conditions of Establishment of Knowledge Economy . . . . . . . . . . 597
Aleksei V. Bogoviz, Yulia V. Ragulina, and Natalia V. Sirotkina
The Concept of Provision of Regional Economy’s
Global Competitiveness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Viktor P. Khorev, Alexandr I. Tarasov, and Sergey A. Golubtsov
Digitization and Internetization of the Russian Economy:
Achievements and Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Aleksei V. Bogoviz, Svetlana V. Lobova, Alexander N. Alekseev,
Inga A. Koryagina, and Tatiana V. Aleksashina
Economic Stimuli for Creation of Highly-Efficient Jobs
on the Basis of the New Internet Technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
Aleksei V. Bogoviz, Svetlana V. Lobova, Alexander N. Alekseev,
Galina G. Vukovich, and Anna Y. Grönlund
Contents xiii
Economic Stimuli for Creation of Highly-Efficient Jobs

for a Modern Human . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624
Aleksei V. Bogoviz, Yulia V. Ragulina, Alexander N. Alekseev,
Mikhail N. Lavrov, and Elena V. Kletskova
Transformation of Consumers’ Behavior in the Conditions of Digital
Economy by the Example of Services in Cancer Treatment . . . . . . . . . . 631
Yuri V. Przhedetsky, Natalia V. Przhedetskaya, Tatiana V. Panasenkova,
Viktoria V. Pozdnyakova, and Olga V. Khokhlova
Regress Economy vs Progress Economy: “Alternatives of Senses” . . . . . 638
Marina L. Alpidovskaya, Alla G. Gryaznova, and Dmitry P. Sokolov
Financial and Organizational Mechanisms of Managing
Innovational Development of Region’s Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
Elena I. Minakova, Anna V. Krylova, Gulnara R. Armanshina,
Natalya A. Dumnova, and Svetlana A. Ilminskaya
Innovational Tools for Provision of Food Security Through State
Support for the Agro-Industrial Complex in the Conditions
of Digital Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
Aleksei V. Bogoviz, Pavel M. Taranov, and Alexander V. Shuvaev
Economic Stimuli for Creating Highly-Efficient Jobs:
A Modern Human’s View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666
Yulia A. Agunovich, Yulia V. Ragulina, Alexander N. Alekseev,
Elena V. Kletskova, and Pavel T. Avkopashvili
Transformation of the Role of Human in the Economic System
in the Conditions of Knowledge Economy Creation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
Aleksei V. Bogoviz, Yulia V. Ragulina, Alexander N. Alekseev,
Evgeni S. Anichkin, and Viktor I. Dobrosotsky
New Forms of State Support for the Agro-Industrial Complex
in the Conditions of Digital Economy as a Basis of Food
Security Provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
Larisa V. Popova, Tatiana A. Dugina, Natalia N. Skiter, Natalia S. Panova,
and Aijan G. Dosova
Experience of Nizhny Novgorod State University for Conducting
a Scientific Research Seminar for the Department
38.04.01 “Economics” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
Julia A. Makusheva, Lyudmila V. Strelkova, Oleg V. Trofimov,
Olga T. Cherney, and Elena I. Yakovleva
Added Value as an Indicator of the Company’s Economic
and Social Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
Lev Y. Avrashkov, Galina F. Grafova, Andrey V. Grafov,
Svetlana A. Shakhvatova, and Sergey M. Manasyan
xiv Contents
Intermediate Integration of Economic Disciplines in the System

Military Engineers Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Marina N. Gladkova, Natalia S. Abramova, Olga G. Shagalova,
Oleg N. Abramov, and Elena I. Dvornikova
Human Resources in the Process of Implementation of the Region’s
Economy Innovational Potential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
Oleg L. Goycher, Roman V. Skuba, Olga S. Bugrova, Maria I. Zakirova,
and Vladimir E. Strelkov
Complex Evaluation of the Conditions of Formation of Regional
Human Resources of Innovational Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
Sergey A. Grachev, Marina A. Gundorova, Oleg A. Donichev,
Denis Y. Freimovich, and Anna K. Holodnaya
Effects of Differences of Regional Economy’s Dynamics:
A Resource Aspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
Ilya V. Panshin
Evaluation of the Digitalization Potential of Region’s Economy . . . . . . . 736
Tatyana O. Tolstykh, Elena V. Shkarupeta, Igor A. Shishkin,
Olga V. Dudareva, and Natalia N. Golub
Characteristics of the State of Russia’s Labor Potential
as a Component of Economy’s Innovational Development . . . . . . . . . . . 744
Nina A. Eldyaeva, Elvira A. Yarnykh, Olga G. Lebedinskaya,
Sergey I. Kuzin, and Ekaterina S. Kovanova
Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
Philosophy of Modern Humans
The Role of Project Management
of the Innovative Activities of Large Industrial
Structures
Innara R. Lyapina1(&) , Tatyana N. Ivashchenko2,

Olga O. Komarevtseva2, Oksana V. Leonova2,
and Alexander V. Shchegolev2
1
Orel State University, Orel, Russia
[email protected]
2
Russian Presidential Academy of National Economy and Public
Administration, Moscow, Russia
[email protected], [email protected],
[email protected], [email protected]
Abstract. Changes in economic conditions of development of economic sub-

jects require application of new tools that improve functioning of entrepreneurial
structures in the system of adaptation to global processes and challenges. These
tools are especially important for implementation of innovative activities in large
industrial structures that form the main part of the country’s GDP. One of such
tools is project management, which is a targeted process of development and
implementation of decisions aimed at successful execution of works within
innovative activity. According to this, the purpose of the research is consideration
of the models of project management of large industrial structures’ innovative
activities that are used in the Russian and foreign practice. Within the research, it
is necessary to solve the following tasks: consider the theoretical foundations of
the essence of project management of innovative activities in large industrial
structures; determine the peculiarities of the model of project management of
innovative activities in large industrial structures of the Russian Federation;
generalize foreign experience of project management of innovative activities of
large industrial companies; form the proprietary model of project management of
innovative activities of large industrial structures. The scientific novelty of the
research consists in generalization of peculiarities of project management of
innovative activities in the Russian and foreign realia of development with
possible creation of the proprietary model of project management. The
methodology of the research includes the following methods: theoretical analy-
sis, used for generalization of existing theoretical and methodological studies in
the sphere of project management of large industrial structures; generalization,
used for determining peculiarities within the models of project management of
innovative activities; comparison, used for comparing facts for the purpose of
determining the common and different features within the Russian and foreign
models of project management of innovative activities of large industrial struc-
tures; modeling, used for creating the proprietary model of project management
of innovative activities within large industrial structures. The main conclusions
and results could be used for studies in the sphere of project management of large
industrial structures in the conditions of digital economy.

E. G. Popkova (Ed.): HOSMC 2017, AISC 622, pp. 3–15, 2018.
https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-75383-6_1
4 I. R. Lyapina et al.
Keywords: Innovations Project management Industrial structures

Modeling Innovative activities Intellectual property Technological cities
Technological parks Industrial centers Industrial node Agglomeration
1 Introduction
The key to effective development of a company in the conditions of domination of the

technological paradigm is organization of innovative activities, which is oriented at
development of unique innovations and their implementation at the competitive market
of technologies. Organization of innovative activities is based not on random and
non-systemic processes of production of innovations but is a structured model within
the planned framework of methodological rules, related to implementation of ideas,
knowledge, and project offers. Very often this model of innovative activities includes
the stage-by-stage steps, based on development of final innovational product.
According to this, innovative activities are organized in the aspect of project
management.
Project management is one of the important tools in the modern system of market
economy. This circumstance is related to application of project management to solving
complex and specific tasks. The main attributes of project management are as follows:
– creation of an innovational product within limited time and resources;
– dynamic development of the R&D system as the institute of project management;
– focus at achievement of the set goal and final result;
– specification of project management events that stimulates formation of the final
result on the basis of application of more accessible methods;
– using the interdisciplinary approach to management of innovative activities.
Project management of innovative activities is related to organization of works on
creation of innovational goods and technologies and intellectual products over a limited
time. As a tool, project management is topical for large entrepreneurial structures that
conduct innovative activities on the basis of partnership agreements. On the whole,
actuality and urgency of this topic are obvious. Firstly, modern realia of development
of economy require application of new tools and methods in management of innovative
activities. Secondly, innovative activities of large entrepreneurial structures may lead to
the quickest technological development of the whole economy of the Russian Feder-
ation, which is related to large scale and capital of the projects that are implemented
within these economic activities.
2 Theoretical Foundations of Studying the Essence of Project

Management of Innovative Activities in Large
Entrepreneurial Structures
The theoretical foundations of project management are viewed in scientific works of

the Russian and foreign scholars. It should be noted that the essence of project man-
agement consists in the systematized offer of the complex of measures with
The Role of Project Management of the Innovative Activities 5
technological, scientific, financial, and commercial character, mutually connected to the

main criteria (terms, means, and resources) and performed until receipt of the final
result. The essence of managing the projects is studies in the works by Bryde (1995),
Hutchins (2001), Kaab (2016), Lyapina et al. (2017), Mirzoeva (2015), Yaluner and
Chernysheva (2016), etc. These authors have formed certain theses that open the
essence of project management in the production and economic activities.
Project management of innovative activities is reflected in scientific articles of
Cooke-Davies and Arzymanow (2003), Komarevtseva (2017), Rose (2002), Smyth
(2014), and Danchenko (2011). Having generalized the studies of the above authors, it
is possible to distinguish the peculiar features of project management within innovative
activities:
1. Targeted orientation of innovative activities that consists in creation of the planned
innovational product.
2. Formed budget of implementation of innovational projects for provision of business
planning within innovative activities.
3. Limited terms of implementation of innovative activities for formation of attrac-
tiveness of the developed innovational product among the investors.
4. Novelty of the company that develops innovational product within the implemen-
tation of joint innovative activities of the companies.
According to limited resources within project management, its main elements are
selected subjects of innovative activities. In this research, the subjects are large
industrial structures. Description of development of large entrepreneurial structures is
generalized in the works by Yee-Pagulayan (2003), Clark and Colling (2005),
Simonova et al. (2017), Arslanov (2015), Kalabina (2017), Lukmanova and
Khurshudyan (2017), Pavlovskaya (2016). The large entrepreneurial structures,
according to the authors, include the following:
1. Technopolis and technological parks created on the basis of R&D organizations of
the industrial type.
2. Industrial centers – large production structures separated from technological inter-
connections of the main company, located in the Oblast centers of the subjects of
the RF.
3. Industrial node – a group of large companies located at the adjacent territories.
4. Industrial agglomeration – territorial entity with high concentration of large pro-
ductions of various economic spheres and high population density.
Despite the significance of the study of large entrepreneurial structures, most of the
works are devoted to implementation of project management at a specific industrial
company. We think that only total development of these subjects will allow forming a
certain level of competitiveness of entrepreneurial structures and realizing the tech-
nological initiative within the Russian Federation. This thesis is supported by the
scholars involved with development of the models of project management of innova-
tive activities of industrial structures in the RF and abroad.
Among the studies devoted to project management of innovative activities of large
entrepreneurial structures, it is possible to distinguish the scientific articles of
Anderson and Merna (2003), Lechler and Dvir (2010), Anastasova et al. (2016), Furta
et al. (2016), and Khovaev and Kozhevnikova (2016).
Based on the theoretical evaluation of the essence of the research topic, it is
necessary to form the models of project management used in foreign and Russian
industrial structures. This circumstance is related to the fact that development of the
proprietary model requires generalization of the material that opens the peculiarities of
project management in the conditions of increase of significance of innovational &
technological development of business structures.
3 The Model of Project Management of Innovative Activities

in Large Entrepreneurial Structures of the RF
Project management of innovative activities in large entrepreneurial structures of the

RF is used for solving complex tasks in the sphere of innovational developments. This
model is a closed system with directions of input and output (Fig. 1).
The model of project management of innovative activities of large industrial
structures in the RF is based on five stages.
Stage 1. Goal of innovative activities. Determining the goal allows substantiating
the directions of interaction within innovative activities. The main goals of project
management are as follows:
– solving the tasks in the sphere of current functioning of large entrepreneurial
structures;
– solving the tasks in the sphere of long-term functioning of large entrepreneurial
structures;
– domination of national subjects of business over the foreign ones.
According to the above goals, the subjects of large entrepreneurial structures
determine the category within which they will conduct innovative activities.
Stage 2. Categories of innovative activities. The mono-category of innovative
activities supposes execution of scientific and technological and R&D works within
one direction, which stimulates solving the tasks in the sphere of current functioning of
the specific subject of a large industrial structure. In the aspect of this category, exe-
cution of multiple actions on creation of technologies is coordinated, which allows
improving the production process of the given industrial structure. The multi-category
of innovative activities is related to implementation of the technological process within
joint activities of large entrepreneurial structures aimed at solving the tasks in the
sphere of long-term development of these structures’ subjects.
Applying this category of innovative activities, large industrial structures try to
receive the intellectual product that could be further used for development of their own
production and for selling in the market of intellectual resources. The mega-category of
innovative activities is aimed at domination of the national large entrepreneurial
structures over foreign industrial corporations and conglomerates. Using this category
in the Russian realia is minimum. Firstly, the mega-category character supposes cre-
ation of innovational business within the industrial structures. Secondly, production of
innovational is of the constant character.
INPUT
Goal of innovative activity Solving the tasks in the sphere Solving the tasks in the sphere of Domination of the Industrial centers
of current functioning long-term functioning national business subjects Industrial agglomerations
Technological park
Technopolis
Categories of innovative Mono-category Multi-category Mega-category
activities
GOST54869-2011 PMI
STANDARD SELECTION
GOST 54871-2011 ISO 21500:2012
Main stages Planning of joint innovative Start of execution of the Control over execution Finish of execution
activities (road maps) tasks of tasks of the tasks
Management of the integration process Management of the information

Management of time and cost
and communication
technologies
Final product Innovational product and service Intellectual result Innovational Innovational
technologies business
Result Unique technological solution Increase of quality and Receipt of income in Receipt of income
reduction of product’s cost the internal market in the external
market
OUTPUT
Fig. 1. The model of project management of innovative activities of large industrial structures in the RF.
7
It should be noted that depending on selection of the category of innovative

activities, large industrial structures have to observe the national and international
standards of project management. Implementation of project management in the
structure of mono-category or multi-category requires adaptation of innovative activ-
ities for the standards GOST 54869-2011 and GOST 54871-2011. The main standards
within the mega-category are Project Management Institute (CAPM, PfMP, PgMP,
PMI-SP, PMI-RMP, PMI-PBA, PMI-AC), ISO 21500:2012 (Moscow 2017).
Stage 3. The main stages of project management. Project management is based on
implementation of innovative activities in the form of investment project. According to
this, this stage includes peculiar measures for management in the sphere of investment
planning. These measures include the following:
1. Planning of joint innovative activities (road maps). Recently, development of a road
map has become the main document of planning of innovative activities, which
includes the system of measures and stage-by-stage execution of algorithmic
actions.
2. Start of execution of the tasks within the innovative activities. Implementation of
this measure supposes execution of works within the specific innovational project
that includes management of resources for achieving planned indicators and coor-
dination of activities between all members of large entrepreneurial structures.
3. Control over execution of tasks within the innovative activities. This measure
allows conducting analysis of the state that is realized by the project according to
the indicators announced at the start of the project and correcting and regulating the
directions of works in view of the changes that take place in the external
environment.
4. Finish of the works within the innovative activities. This measure leads to formation
of the final product (stage 4) and determination of the received result from inno-
vative activities of large entrepreneurial structures (stage 5). According to this
model, large industrial structures try to implement the unique technological solu-
tion, increase the quality and reduce the cost of the manufactured product, and
receive income in the internal and external market of innovations.
Project management is implemented somewhat differently in foreign countries, in
which innovative activities of large entrepreneurial structures are related to detailed
analysis of external (competitive) environment and selection of priorities of activities in
view of preferences of the country’s economic development.
4 Foreign Experience of Project Management of Innovative

Activities of Large Industrial Structures
The foreign model of project management of innovative activities of large industrial

structures is presented in Fig. 2.
According to this figure, the model of project management of innovative activities
is based on seven stages. Each of the stages is formed within roadmapping – the
effective method of planning, management, and forecasting of innovative activities,
which are based on road maps.
LARGE INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURES
General competitive strategy Analysis of the manufactured products, creation of Determining the requirements of the parties during
and market analysis the experience curve, product road map implementation of innovative activities
Risk road map Pricing forecast and technological road map Selection of priorities and formation and possibilities
of innovative activities
1.Ergonomics of the technology. - laser technologies, IT, network technologies

2. Convenience of usage.
3. Value. - digital components of the industrial sphere
4. Functional cost.
5. Maintenance and support. - biotechnologies within nano-medicine
-1 +2 +4 +6 output year
Market
Technological
paradigm
Implementation of innovative
activities
Economy
Resources
+2 +4 +6 output
Fig. 2. The foreign model of project management of innovative activities of large industrial structures
9
The initial stage of innovative activities of large entrepreneurial structures is for-

mation of the general strategy of business subjects on the basis of competitive
advantages and market analysis. This analysis is based on evaluation performed at the
moment of compilation of the product strategy and creation of the experience curve.
The experience curve will allow determining how the scale of issue of innovational
products influences the formation of market demand. According to this, industrial
structures determine the requirements of the parties for conduct of joint innovative
activities.
The priorities are formed and possibilities are determined for conduct of innovative
activities according to the top-priority directions of innovational and technological
development of the country’s economy. Analyzing the stage of determining the pri-
orities of large entrepreneurial structures in the USA for 2007–2015 (Economics 2017),
the following directions of economic development of the country were distinguished:
laser technologies, IT, network technologies; digital components of the industrial
sphere; biotechnologies within nano-medicine. Based on these priorities and formed
technological innovations, the cost forecast of the project is compiled and the tech-
nological road map is developed which includes the indicators of ergonomics of the
developed technologies; conveniences of using technological innovations; value of the
created technology or innovational product; functional cost of the issued product;
service and support.
At the last but one stage of project management, the risk road map is built, which
determines the positions of the change of the market, technological paradigm, econ-
omy, and resources over the period of existence of the created innovational product.
The formed stages of the model of project management allow starting the process of
innovative activities, which is performed on the basis of the standards of the Project
Management Professional.
It should be noted that unlike the Russian model of project management, the
foreign model is more oriented at the needs of national economy. At that, an important
advantage is elaboration of the choice of innovational products’ manufacture according
to the mega-categorial innovative activities. Russian industrial structures are more
oriented at the internal market, which does not allow forming the global positions of
economic development of the state in the sphere of innovational technologies.
5 The Authors’ Model of Project Management of Innovative

Activities of Large Industrial Structures
Having analyzed and generalized the main peculiarities of project management of

innovative activities of the Russian and foreign large entrepreneurial structures within
the performed research, the authors attempted to develop their own model of project
management of innovative activities in large industrial structures (Fig. 3, Table 1).
According to Fig. 3, innovative activities are conducted by means of the total
system of R&D, formed by the subjects of large entrepreneurial structures in the form
of total capital (conduct of financing) and labor resources (highly-qualified personnel).
Subjects of large industrial COMPREHENSIVE SYSTEM OF R&D - targeted direction;
structures - limitation of terms, resources;
- innovational developments
Highly-qualified personnel and financing
Typologization
Ideas and project offers
top down, bottom-up,
mixed - start of innovative activities;
- control over innovative activities
Implementation of innovative activities
Innovational product
Innovational New New services Intellectual property License

product technologies
Registration of rights for intellectual property
Selling or transferring rights for intellectual property
Internal market External market

Fig. 3. The authors’ model of project management of innovative activities of large industrial structures
11
Table 1. Typologization within the authors’ model of project management of innovative

activities of large industrial structures
Type of Group indicators
criterion
Generalized 1. Compatibility of parameters of innovative activities of large
type entrepreneurial structures
2. Indicator of risk of each separate company within large entrepreneurial
structures
Marketing 1. Correspondence of the types of innovative activities to short-term
type development of markets
2. Correspondence of types of innovative activities to long-term development
of markets
3. The cycle of innovative activities
4. Cost indicators in the aspect of implementation of innovational projects
Type of 1. Patent frequency of the implemented product
R&D 2. Accessibility and sufficiency of scientific and technical resources for
implementation of joint innovational project
3. Possibility for patenting of the final product of intellectual property
Production 1. The necessity for development of the corresponding innovational
type technologies
2. Level of production and ecological security
3. Expected level of production costs
Financial 1. Sufficiency of financial assets for creation of total budget
type 2. Distribution of revenues from sales of innovational product
As with the above models of project management, the authors’ model is formed on
the basis of stage-by-stage implementation of project management of innovative
activities. Let us view them in detail.
Formation of ideas and project offers is performed with the help of typologization.
At this stage of project management, project offers of five types are evaluated
(Table 1): the generalized type (compatibility of parameters of innovative activities of
large entrepreneurial structures, calculation of the indicator risk for each separate
company within large entrepreneurial structures); the marketing type (correspondence
of all types of innovative activities to short-term development of markets, correspon-
dence of the types of innovative activities to long-term development of markets,
development of the cycle of innovative activities, calculation of cost indicators in the
aspect of implementation of innovational projects); the R&D type (patent frequency of
the implemented product, accessibility and sufficiency of scientific and technical
resources for implementation of joint innovational project, the possibility of patenting
of the final product of intellectual property); the production type (determining the
necessity for development of the corresponding innovational technologies, evaluating
the level of production and ecological security, forecasting the expected level of pro-
duction costs); the financial type (sufficiency of financial assets for creation of the total
budget, distribution of the revenues from future sales of the innovational product).
Based on evaluation of group indicators of the project within innovative activities, the
approaches to project management are formed. Three main approaches are viewed
within this model: top-down, bottom-up, and mixed. The centralized approach to
project management top-down is oriented at formation of domestic technologies that
stimulate creation of innovational products and services. The decentralized approach
bottom-up includes orientation at using foreign technologies that stimulate emergence
of intellectual property similar to foreign samples. The mixed approach allows cor-
recting the approaches top-down and bottom-up depending on emerging tasks within
innovative activities.
Based on the selected approaches, implementation of innovative activities is begun,
similar to the algorithm of the Russian model of project management of innovative
activities of large industrial structures. The final stage of implementation of innovative
activities is development of innovational and/or licensed product, new technologies and
services, and intellectual property. In the Russian and foreign models of project
management of innovative activities, this stage is the final one. We think that it is
important to set further movement of the developed product, for which the right of
intellectual property is to be formed, sale is to be performed, and/or transition of rights
for intellectual property in the internal and/or external markets of intellectual resources
is to be conducted.
6 Conclusions
According to the determined theses, the authors have studied the Russian and the
foreign models of project management of innovative activities in large entrepreneurial
structures. Thus, the Russian model of project management is largely aimed at
implementation of the tasks of domestic economic activities of industrial structures. On
the contrary, the foreign model of project management of innovative activities is
connected to the technological development of the country’s economy. These con-
clusions allowed offering the proprietary model of project management of innovative
activities of large industrial structures in which the mechanism of the measures aimed
at implementation of the final innovational product is determined. The presented
authors’ model allows determining the level of priority of the projects implemented
within innovative activities; forming the most probable results of innovative activities;
thirdly, modeling the optimal structure of innovational works in the aspect of selected
approaches.
References
Bryde, D.J.: Establishing a project organization and a project-management process for
telecommunications project management. Int. J. Proj. Manage. 13(1), 25–31 (1995)
Hutchins, G.: Strategic planning for project management using a project management maturity
model. Proj. Manage. J. 32(4), 61 (2001)
Kaab, M.: Construction project management and risk management. Int. Sci. Rev. 8(18), 20–26
(2016)
Lyapina, I., Stroeva, O., Vlasova, M., Konobeeva, O., Konobeeva, E.: Approaches to
organization of project management in Russia. In: Popkova, E.G., et al. (eds.) Integration
and Clustering for Sustainable Economic Growth (Ser. Contributions to Economics), pp. 91–
99. Springer (2017)
Mirzoeva, S.M.: Peculiarities of definitions “management of projects” and “project manage-
ment”. Econ. Entrepreneurship 10-1(63-1), 1118–1120 (2015)
Yaluner, E.V., Chernyshev, E.A.: Project management as a creative element of managing the
projects and systems of management. Perspect. Sci. 12(87), 88–91 (2016)
Cooke-Davies, T.J., Arzymanow, A.: The maturity of project management in different industries
– an investigation into variations between project management models. Int. J. Proj. Manage.
21(6), 471–478 (2003)
Komarevtseva, O.O.: The construction of the “Edgeworth box” to determine the effectiveness of
changes in the municipality. Sci. Soc. 2(1), 36–46 (2017)
Rose, K.: Modern project management: successfully integrating project management knowledge
areas and processes. Proj. Manage. J. 33(1), 60 (2002)
Smyth, H.: Relationship Management and the Management of Projects, 290 p (2014)
Danchenko, E.B.: Strategic management of business through the prism of managing innovational
projects and the program. East Eur. J. Lead. Technol. 1(6(49)), 31–33 (2011)
Yee-Pagulayan, P.: Communicating project management: the integrated vocabulary of project
management and systems engineering. Softw. Qual. Prof. 5(4), 44 (2003)
Clark, I., Colling, T.: The management of human resources in project management-LED
organizations. Pers. Rev. 34(2), 178–191 (2005)
Simonova, E.V., Lyapina, I.R., Kovanova, E.S., Eldyaeva, N.A., Sibirskaya, E.V.: Character-
istics of interaction between small innovational and large business for the purpose of increase
of their competitiveness. In: Popkova, E.G. (ed.) Russia and the European Union,
Development and Perspectives, pp. 407–413. Springer (2017)
Arslanov, S.D.: Regarding the issue of modernization of the knowledge-intensive sector of the
modern entrepreneurship. Int. J. Appl. Fundam. Res. 10-1, 123–128 (2015)
Kalabina, Е.G.: New industrialization, technological changes, and the labor sphere of industrial
companies. Bull. OMSK Univ. Ser. Econ. 1(57), 72–81 (2017)
Lukmanova, I.G., Khurshudyan, G.V.: The strategy of development of large production
structures in the crisis conditions. Econ. Entrepreneurship 3-2(80-2), 813–815 (2017)
Pavlovskaya, I.G.: The methodological approaches to formation of the organizational and
economic mechanism of innovational development of large entrepreneurial structures.
Drucker Bull. 2(2(10)), 249–255 (2016)
Anderson, D.K., Merna, T.: Project management strategy-project management represented as a
process based set of management domains and the consequences for project management
strategy. Int. J. Proj. Manage. 21(6), 387–393 (2003)
Lechler, T.G., Dvir, D.: An alternative taxonomy of project management structures: linking
project management structures and project success. IEEE Trans. Eng. Manage. 57(2), 198–
210 (2010)
Anastasova, A.S., Nikushina, A.N., Pavlova, A.S., Sarafanov, A.D.: Management of projects:
peculiarities of project management in Russia. Theory Pract. Modern Sci. 11(17), 29–31
(2016)
Furta, S.D., Solomatina, T.B., Popova, M.M.: Similarities between risk management and
management of project’s stakeholder. In: Initiatives of the 21st Century, no. 3-4, pp. 13–19
(2016)
Khovaev, S.Y., Kozhevnikov, A.D.: From management of projects to the project mechanism of
implementation of the corporate strategy: development of the conceptual model. Econ.
Entrepreneurship 6(71), 429–438 (2016)
Moscow branch of Project Management Institute (2017). https://pmi.ru
Economics & Statistics Administration United States Department of Commerce (2017). http://
www.esa.doc.gov
Increase of Effectiveness of Public Welfare
Through Improvement of the System
of Investment Management
Alla L. Lazarenko(&), Svetlana A. Orlova, Irina A. Rykova,

Irina M. Golaydo, and Elena E. Uvarova
Orel State University of Economics and Trade, Orel, Russia

[email protected], [email protected], [email protected],
Abstract. Changeability of economic processes and formation of the modern

reality of socio-economic development requires the search for new tools that
increase the level of public welfare. The process of consumption and production
provides less influence on the improvement of economic and social welfare of
population and state. This process is being replaced by investment management.
According to this, the purpose of this article is to form the main approaches to
increase of effectiveness of public welfare through improvement of the system of
investment management. According to this, it is necessary to solve the following
tasks: study the theoretical basis of scientific ideas in the sphere of increase of
effectiveness of public welfare by means of investment management; determine
certain macro-economic approaches to increase of public welfare trough investment
management; characterize the public-private and project approach to investment
management; form the authors’ idea of improvement of the system of investment
management for possible increase of public welfare effectiveness. The research
tools include the method of theoretical analysis, deduction, comparative evaluation,
specification and generalization, and object tracking. The novelty of the research
consists in the attempt to substantiate the interconnection between increase of
effectiveness of public welfare and improvement of the system of investment
management. This research will be of interest to a rather wide circle: scientists
dealing with the issues of increasing the level of public welfare, researchers
studying the issues of modernization and transformation of the system of invest-
ment management, and practical specialists conducting strategic research in the
sphere of improvement of socio-economic development of territorial subjects.
Keywords: Investments Management Individual welfare Public welfare

Effectiveness Efficiency Project approach Turbulence
Public private approach
1 Introduction
Over the course of humanity’s development, individuals and society tried to improve
their welfare. The tools for increase of public welfare included taxes, factors of eco-
nomic growth, accumulation of savings, growth of wages, and increase of labor

Increase of Effectiveness of Public Welfare 17
efficiency. These tools allowed creating the “illusory” idea of increase of public welfare
effectiveness by means of increase of individual indicators of welfare. However, the
system of investment management as a tool of increase of public welfare effectiveness
has not been studied sufficiently. Investments – as capitalizes and non-capitalized
money assets – form the welfare of an individual consumer and create public goods.
This thesis could be viewed on the basis of three targeted aspects of investment
management. Firstly, effective investment management at the company’s level maxi-
mizes private profit of investors and owners of business. Increase of profit is the
indicator of welfare of an economic subject. The tax and insurance interest of obtained
profit forms public welfare on the basis of state’s taking fixed liabilities.
Secondly, investment management supposes re-investing of profit for further
increase of internal norm of profitability within the investment projects. Investment
business projects are a complex of interconnected measures, aimed at the achievement
of a specific goal by means of formed investment resources (including human resources
– individual subjects of welfare). Realization of investment projects leads to increase of
material welfare of these subjects (from the received investment revenues) and
non-material welfare of the public sector (from the effect of feedback within the
investment project).
Thirdly, investment management of the public sector stimulates the process of
reproduction of the main funds that ensure sectorial increase of public welfare. This
process is primarily caused by sectorial priority within the state investment programs.
As of now, these sectors include agriculture, processing industry, chemical production,
machine building and transport complex, communications and telecommunications,
and production and distribution of electric energy. These spheres are provided with
investments on the basis of implementation of investment and innovational projects in
the sphere of production technologization. Thus, growth of internal indicators of
development of top-priority sector of economy stimulates the increase of welfare of the
population which directly participates in the process of implementation of investments
in these directions.
According to this, the role of investment management within the increase of public
welfare effectiveness is rather large. Topicality and significance of this are confirmed
by the fact that the search for new directions of the country’s economic growth requires
application and approbation of various tools in the issues related to increase of the level
of gross domestic product. Public welfare is an important indicator that reflects these
directions. At that, increase of effectiveness of public welfare stimulates the positive
structural shift within the economic growth, while reduction of welfare leads to the
opposite process. The substantiated position of the authors within this topic of the
research set the goal of forming the main approaches to increase of effectiveness of
public welfare through improvement of the system of investment management.
According to this, it is necessary to solve the following tasks:
– consider the theoretical basis of scientific ideas in the sphere of increase of public
welfare effectiveness by means of investment management;
– determine certain macro-economic approaches to increase of effectiveness of public
welfare through investment management;
18 A. L. Lazarenko et al.
– characterize the public-private and project approach to investment management;

– form the proprietary idea of improvement the system of investment management for
possible increase of public welfare effectiveness.
The main tools of this research include the method of theoretical analysis, deduction,
comparative evaluation, specification and generalization, and object tracking.
2 The Theoretical Basis of Scientific Ideas in the Sphere

of Increase of Public Welfare Effectiveness by Means
of Investment Management
The preconditions of the theoretical basis of increase of effectiveness of welfare of

society and individual were studied in the 18th century. This period started the
macro-economic studies of the influence of various factors on the level of population’s
welfare. The founders of the theories and concepts of welfare are such scholars as
L. Abalkin, T. Veblen, J. Galbraith, H. Gossen, J. Keynes, N. Nakamura, D. North,
W. Eucken, V. Pareto, A. Pigou, D. Ricardo, W. Rostow, A. Rubinstein, P. Samuelson,
A. Smith, A. Sen, J. Heckman, J. Hicks, and L. Errhard. Macro-economic ideas of these
authors are studies in the works of Blaug (1991; 2002). Based on the theoretical eval-
uation of these articles, the main ideas of the fundamentalist scholars in the sphere of
priority of individual welfare over public welfare and vice versa were formed (Table 1).
Table 1. Ideas of selection of priorities of individual welfare over public welfare

Stages Priority of public welfare Priority of individual Average priority of
welfare individual and public
welfare
Idea Public welfare is viewed Individual welfare is At various stages,
as a totality of individual viewed as the volume of priorities shift from
benefits and aggregation consumption of various individual welfare to
of the total level of public benefits (material and public welfare and vice
welfare non-material) by versa
individual, which forms a
competitive market of
demand and offer
1750–1950 A. Smith H. Gossen V. Pareto
D. Ricardo
A Pigou
J. Keynes
1951–1980 W. Eucken T. Veblen J. Hicks
L. Erhard J. Galbraith P. Samuelson
1980–2000 L. Abalkin W. Rostow N. Nakamura
2000–2016 A. Rubinstein A. Sen D. North
J. Heckman
In the modern conditions, these concepts allowed forming the groups of scholars
that study the issue of increase of public welfare effectiveness through:
1. Effective consumption - Bateman and Thorp (2007), Deli and Varma (2002), Lens
(2002), Kushnareva (2008), Titova (1999). The higher the effectiveness of con-
sumption, the higher the growth of the rates of public welfare.
2. Effective production - Irani (2010), Rutkauskas and Žilinskij (2010), Xiaomeng
(2016). Only production can increase the effectiveness of public welfare. Firstly, on
the basis of total employment; secondly, with the help of increase of wages; thirdly,
through implementation of state programs for formation and restoration of pro-
duction funds.
3. Effective distribution - Flint-Ashery (2015), Mackenzie (2000), Kolmakov (2013),
Shkirenko (2014). A manufactured product must be effectively distributed among
the consumers. Effective distribution stimulates production of a new commodity,
which leads to constant employment of the population.
4. Formation of the progressive scale of taxation - Besley and Coate (2003),
Dzhetpisova (2011), Chigvintseva (2011). Public welfare can be “fed” only by the
tax resources which are used for restoration of ineffective expenditures of the state.
5. Improvement of the system of investment management - Blekesaune (2007),
Komarevtseva (2017), Lyapina et al. (2017), Yeo and Qiu (2003), Litvinenko
(2008), Romanova (2011), Khachaturyan (2010). This concept is based on studying
the process of investment management, namely evaluation of the algorithm of
investments’ movement in various sectors of economy. It should be noted that this
concept includes the elements of consumption, production, and distribution. For a
more detailed study if this issue, let us determine certain macro-economic approa-
ches to increase of effectiveness of public welfare through investment management.
3 Certain Macro-economic Approaches to Increase

of Effectiveness of Public Welfare Through Investment
Management
Within the concept of improving the system of management for increase of public
welfare effectiveness, there are four main approaches which are presented in Fig. 1.
1. The market approach, based on interaction between manufacturers and market
capitalists in the process of formation of individual and public welfare. An
important resource of this approach is investment capital, which is implemented in
the competitive market by means of the production process, not demand and offer.
The main subject that receives welfare is the capitalist individual. The effectiveness
of public welfare could be raised only when the capitalist individual receives the
necessary level of revenues from the investment capital.
2. The equilibrium approach reflects social inequality of society in the aspect of
welfare. It is possible to note that the direction of this approach is related to the
scientific ideas of K. Marx. Increase of effectiveness of public welfare can be
achieved in the conditions of equal possibilities and revenues.
Competitive market forms the production

investment capital – welfare of the capitalist
Market individual
Investments as a result of revenue are supported

by the equality of possibilities – society’s
welfare
Equilibrium
Growth of investments in “wealthy

class” leads to public welfare –
welfare of the selected ones
Rawls
From investment management,

the poor and the rich obtain
benefits – welfare through
Utilitarian
public distribution
Fig. 1. Certain macro-economic approaches to increase of public welfare through investment

management
The main subject – recipient of welfare – is society. The provided equilibrium

approach does not take into account the factors related to reduction of motivation in
struggle for resources and their effective use. We think that this approach can be
implemented only if the representatives of this direction make an assumption related to
existence of a certain error in social inequality.
3. The Rawls approach divides the whole society into two unequal classes: rich and
poor. Growth of investments in the “rich class” will lead to public welfare. The
existing approach is based on priority of the subject – recipient of welfare – which is
the “rich class”, or “selected class”. This approach is a pure product of the capitalist
society in which only the rich people can possess and use the limited resources. At
that, an important condition is maximization of the received revenues of the “poor
class”. It is possible to increase effectiveness of public welfare on the basis of
growth investments of the former and maximization of the revenues of the latter.
4. The utilitarian approach is a continuation of the previous approach – at that, it is
viewed from the position of usefulness. The poor and the rich receive various levels
of usefulness from investment management. According to this, society has to have

distribution of revenues, the subject of which is the state. This distribution will lead
to growth of labor efficiency and will artificially increase effectiveness of society’s
welfare.
The above approaches open the theoretical significance of the macro-economic
concepts in the sphere of increase of public welfare effectiveness. However, with
formation of a new economic environment and change of public formations over a long
period of time, different approaches to studying the issue of increase of public welfare
effectiveness through investment management appeared. These approaches were built
on the country’s peculiarities of managing certain types of investments. Therefore, we
deem it necessary to characterize the public-private and project approaches to invest-
ment management.
4 The Public-Private Approach to Redistribution

of Investments Within Top-Priority Projects
The public-private approach (Fig. 2) of redistribution of investments within top-priority

projects is based on studying the Russian market of direct and alternative investments, as
well as analysis of the implemented investment programs in 2014–2016. The main
drawbacks of the implemented approach are reflected in the following theses:
– investment market of public-private partnership is non-systemic;
– interaction between the state and investors is ineffective;
– the process of investment management within this approach is ineffective.
Interaction between the state and private investors within the federal targeted
investment programs and projects is formed between certain subjects of management
(Fig. 3).
Despite the fact that small structures of business are presented in the system of
investment management, they do not participate within the interaction between state
structures. Of course, limitation of the subjects of small business does not allow for
direct interaction with the federal level in large-scale projects (the main share belongs
to large business structures – 44.80% and corporations – 26.40%). At that, the lack of
interaction between the municipal level and subjects of small business within invest-
ment management is not clear. Thus, the aspect of inefficiency of interaction within the
public-private approach to redistribution of investments is obvious.
Non-systemic character and lack of coordination of the public-private approach is
one of the critical drawbacks. According to Fig. 2, the goals of the management
subjects within this approach are different (the state – additional investments, investors
– additional revenues, population – infrastructural and labor effect). Despite the sus-
tainability and regularity of these goals, redistribution of investments within
top-priority projects should be based on at least one common goal for all territorial
subjects. The process of investment management in the public-private approach is
22
STATE Private investors

Foreign and mixed
investments
Federal level Corporations
Large business structures

Regional level
Private and gross investments
A. L. Lazarenko et al.
Medium business structures

Municipal level
Small business structures
Domestic and private investments
Identification
Approval
Confirmation
Monitoring
Management of investments
Additional investments
Additional revenues
TOP-PRIORITY PROJECT
Infrastructural and labor effect for population
Fig. 2. The public-private approach to redistribution of investments within top-priority projects

Fig. 3. Interaction between the state and investors (per cent ration) (Overviews 2017)
implemented on the basis of the five-stage algorithm of formation of the investment

project (a set of steps (stages) within the investment project could be larger). At that,
investment management should be conducted at all stages of interaction between the
state and private investors. In the Russian realia, this process starts only after identi-
fication, approval, confirmation, and monitoring of the investment interaction. Besides,
it should be noted that in the process of interaction between the state and private
investors, the priority is given to private (44.2%), foreign (36.5%), gross (12.2%), and
mixed (8.4%) investments (Overviews 2017). We think that limitation of choice also
influences the investment management within increase of public welfare effectiveness.
5 The Project Approach to Investment Management

(The West European Approach)
The project approach to investment management, which is often called in foreign

literature the West European approach, is somewhat different (Fig. 4). According to
this approach, investment management is conducted through interaction between three
main subjects of the project environment: population, state, and economic & entre-
preneurial sector. It should be noted that the economic & entrepreneurial sector is
business structures that function in the internal and external sectorial environment of
the state on the basis of the general principles of interaction. These structures include
representatives of transnational corporations and subjects of small business. This
peculiarity is distinguished by the authors in order to show the difference of the project
approach from the public-private approach. The presented subjects have a range of
criterial limitations for implementation of investment projects together with the state.
Firstly, investments are viewed as a project of the state. According to this, investment
management takes place within the state investment projects and programs. Increase of
effectiveness of public welfare within investment management takes place by means of:
– investments for solving complex financial tasks (for specific financial issues of the
population);
– investments for absorption of economic structures (for the purpose of revival of the
state-controlled sector of economy);
– investments into creation of alliances (creation of large business structures for
entering external markets).
Secondly, increase of effectiveness of public welfare is related to implementation of
the state investment strategy. For this, the state does not set the tasks of attraction or
taking the investment resources from the economic activities of business structures.
Here it is important to determine the state needs and make wise state decisions in the
sphere of their satisfaction. It should be noted that in this aspect public welfare is raised
by means of the measures of effective economy.
The subjects presented in Fig. 4 interact in the process of managing various types
of investments. This division is caused by the final goals of the management subjects:
– population (low-yielding and low-risk operations) – are used for preserving the
current level of welfare;
– state (zero-yielding investments and disinvestments) – are used for receiving the
economic and social effect, as well as supporting own functioning on the basis of
taking the state capital from the investment turnover;
– economic & entrepreneurial sector (high-, medium-yielding investments, high-,
medium-risk investments, reinvestments) – are used for receipt of additional and
excess profit within investment capital, as well as the repeated process of investing
the received profit.
On the whole, it is possible to note that this approach to investment management is
more rational than the public-private approach. At that, the West European approach is
based on the postulates of the capitalist system, developed investment market with the
elements of state regulation and participation of the population in the investments
management. In the Russian Federation, the practice of application of the project
approach to investment management requires adaptation to economic conditions of the
country’s development. We think that investment management should form in the
system that has clear interconnections between population and business, and the state is
just an intermediary between these subjects. For that, let us form the proprietary
approach to investment management for increase of public welfare effectiveness.
Optimization of investment programs Ranking of state programs
and projects of public-private Investments as a state’s project
partnership
Investments into solving complex financial tasks Investments into absorption of structures Investments into creation of alliances
ECONOMIC AND
POPULATION STATE
ENTREPRENEURIAL SECTOR
Low-yielding investments
Zero-yielding investments High-yielding investments
Low-risk investments
Disinvestments Medium-yielding investments
High-risk investments
Medium-risk investments
Reinvestments
Thoroughly prepared state Thorough determination of the

Investments for strategy implementation
decisions state’s needs
Increase of Effectiveness of Public Welfare
Fig. 4. The project approach to investment management (the West-European approach)

25
6 The Proprietary Idea of Improving the System

of Investment Management for Possible Increase of Public
Welfare Effectiveness
The proprietary approach to investment management for increase of public welfare

effectiveness, which is presented in Fig. 5, is based on the principle of turbulence. The
principle of turbulence includes the process of management of objects and subjects of
specific phenomena that are in constant interaction with the implemented initial
functions and parameters of development in the situation of uncertainty (Komarevtseva
2017). According to this definition, the turbulent approach to investment management
has the following peculiarities:
– subjects are divided into the ones accumulating investments (population and
national economy) and the ones directing the investment flows (Federation, subjects
of the Russian Federation, municipal entities);
– objects of management by means of continuous interaction direct, accumulate, and
redistribute investments between all subjects that form public welfare;
– investments that participate in the interaction, implement the initial functions, and
preserve the main parameters of public welfare in the conditions of uncertainty.
Direction Accumulation Distribution, redistribution

Investments aimed at satisfaction of the requirements of state structures (standards, security)
Federation
Subject of the RF
Municipal entity
POPULATION NATIONAL ECONOMY
Venture capital and gross investments

Scientific sphere Innovative activities
Real investments
Human capital Production activities
Non-risk investments
Material resources Banking sector
Mutual funds
Pension provision Financial sector
Reinvestments
Intellectual activities Technological activities
Medium-risk investments
Competitive market Import/export
Fig. 5. The turbulent approach to investment management (the proprietary model)

Within the turbulent approach, the process of increase of public welfare effec-
tiveness is implemented on the basis of interaction between the national economy and
the population. The state is only an intermediary in this interaction, performing the
functions of the initial control, monitoring, and preferential help. The management
objects, presented in the turbulent approach, are the spheres in which direction,
accumulation, and redistribution of investment resources takes place.
The investment resources are completely different forms of investments than the
ones presented in Figs. 2 and 4:
– venture capital and gross investments – free investment resources, aimed at for-
mation, creation, and purchase of new innovational means that allow reinvesting the
capital;
– real investments – investment resources used in the process of investing into the
object of intellectual property, material and non-material assets;
– low-risk investments – used for preservation of the current level of the society’s
welfare on the basis of short-term fixed investments;
– mutual funds – allow forming long-term accumulations on the basis of shared
investments;
– reinvesting is the repeated process of investing the received profit for the purpose of
maximization of the received initial income;
– medium-risk investments – investment resources that form the profitable part of the
margin, corrected for the average value of risk within the investment market.
Management of presented resources allows increasing the effectiveness of welfare
of certain sectors of national economy and directions of professional activities of the
population. Thus, for example, venture capital and gross investments, which are used in
the innovational sphere, allow increasing the effectiveness of public welfare in the
scientific sphere; real investments from the production sector increase welfare within
the development of human capital; low-risk investments preserve the formed financial
capital of the population, etc.
On the whole, the turbulent approach distinguishes the most important investment
tools that are to be used during improvement of the management system and ensures
the rational interaction between all subjects that participate in the increase of effec-
tiveness of public welfare.
7 Conclusions
The performed research, aimed at consideration of the possibility of increase of public

welfare effectiveness through improvement of the system of investment management
allowed forming a range of important conclusions. Increase of effectiveness of public
welfare is related to the search for new sources of economic growth. The viewed
process over the recent decades allowed forming certain factors that influence the
effectiveness of public welfare. Theoretical analysis of the scientific works of foreign
and Russian scholars allowed determining that these factors include the process of
effective consumption, production, and distribution. Certain scholars viewed the
interaction between the increase of public welfare effectiveness depending on
implementation of the progressive scale of taxation. However, limitation of resources

of economic development took the issue of increase of public welfare effectiveness into
the sphere of improvement of the investment management. At that, the process of
investment management is based on certain approaches. The authors determined the
theoretical macro-economic approaches to investment management (market, equilib-
rium, Rawls, and utilitarian) and practical territorial approaches (the public-private and
the project approaches). The main drawbacks of these approaches are lack of adaptation
to the Russian realia of increase of public welfare effectiveness, non-systemic character
of consideration of the investment market, inefficiency of interaction between subjects
in the management system, and ineffectiveness of the process of investment manage-
ment. According to these drawbacks, the proprietary approach to increase of effec-
tiveness of public welfare through improving the system of investment management
was formed. This approach is based on the principle of turbulence, which allowed
dividing the subjects of increase of public welfare effectiveness into the ones cumu-
lating investments and the ones directing investment flows; grouping the management
objects on the basis of continuous interaction of the processes of direction, accumu-
lation, and redistribution of investments; implementing the initial functions and pre-
serving the main parameters of public welfare in the conditions of uncertainty. We
think that this approach distinguishes the most important investment tools that are to be
used during improvement of the management system and ensures the most rational
interaction between all subjects that participate in the increase of public welfare
effectiveness.
References
Blaug, M.: Economic Theories, True or False? Essays in the History and Methodology of
Economics. Manchester School of Economic and Social Studies, vol. 59, pp. 91–92 (1991)
Blaug, M.: The classical theory of economic growth. Economica 69(274), 340 (2002)
Bateman, H., Thorp, S.: Decentralized investment management: an analysis of profit pension
funds. J. Pension Econ. Fin. 6(1), 44 (2007)
Deli, D.N., Varma, R.: Contracting in the investment management industry: evidence from
mutual funds. J. Fin. Econ. 63(1), 79–98 (2002)
Lens, V.: Public voices and public policy: changing the societal discourse on ‘Welfare’. J. Sociol.
Soc. Welfare 29(1), 137–154 (2002)
Kushnareva, O.: Regulating public welfare: a regional level. In: Problems of the Theory and
Practice of Management, vol. 2, pp. 29–35 (2008)
Titova, N.E.: Individual and public welfare in West economic concepts. Econ. Sci. 1, 46–56
(1999)
Irani, Z.: Investment evaluation within project management: an information systems perspective.
J. Oper. Res. Soc. 61(6), 917–928 (2010)
Rutkauskas, A.V., Žilinskij, G.: Financial leverage usage for active management of the
investment portfolio. Bus. Theory Pract. 11(3), 194–203 (2010)
Xiaomeng, Zh.: Institutional transition from welfare enterprise to social enterprise: the
localization of legislation and in Chinese context. J. Inst. Stud. 8(1), 121–131 (2016)
Flint-Ashery, S.: Public welfare or sectarianism: a new challenge for planning. Plann. Theory
Pract. 16(3), 299–318 (2015)
Mackenzie, R.: Protecting transnational investment in intellectual property rights: legal issues
and risk management strategies. Eur. Bus. Law Rev. 11(2), 105–111 (2000)
Kolmakov, A.N.: The theoretical aspects of development of the system of public welfare. Bull.
Tambov Univ. Ser. Humanit. Sci. 8(124), 27–32 (2013)
Shkirenko, G.A.: Individual and public welfare – modern tendencies. Bull. Voronezh State Univ.
Ser. Econ. Manage. 1, 102–107 (2014)
Besley, T., Coate, S.: On the public choice critique of welfare economics. Pub. Choice 114(3–4),
253–273 (2003)
Dzhetpisova, А.B.: The conceptual foundations of investment management. Bull. Astrakhan
State Tech. Univ. Ser. Econ. 2, 25–34 (2011)
Chigvintseva, E.S.: Public welfare in the context of a new quality of socio-economic relations.
Terra Economicus 9(3–2), 23–26 (2011)
Blekesaune, M.: Economic conditions and public attitudes to welfare policies. Eur. Sociol. Rev.
23(3), 393 (2007)
Komarevtseva, O.O.: Smart city technologies: new barriers to investment or a method for solving
the economic problems of municipalities? R-Econ. 3(1), 32–39 (2017)
Lyapina, I., Stroeva, O., Vlasova, M., Petrukhina, E.: Strategic approach to investment activities
management in russian industry [Элeктpoнный pecypc]. In: Popkova, E.G. (ed.) Russia and
the European Union, Development and Perspectives (Ser. Contributions to Economics),
pp. 333–339. Springer (2017)
Yeo, K.T., Qiu, F.: The value of management flexibility a real option approach to investment
evaluation. Int. J. Proj. Manage. 21(4), 243–250 (2003)
Litvinenko, V.A.: Directions and methods of intensification of the state investment policy in
Russia’s regions. Audit Fin. Anal. 6, 314–324 (2008)
Romanova, L.A.: The issues of the investment process management. Sci. Anal. J. “Obozrevatel”
– “Observer” 11(262), 92–100 (2011)
Khachaturyan, N.M.: The potential of integration in managing the strategic investment
development. Bull. V.N. Tatishchev Volga Univ. 20, 37–43 (2010)
Overviews of the Russian market of alternative investments for 2013–2016. The official web-site
of the managing investment company “RWM Capital” (2017). http://mfd.ru/commentfiles/
2009/130813110056.pdf
Effective Import Substitution
in the Agro-industrial Complex:
Competition or Monopoly?
Aleksei V. Bogoviz1(&) , Svetlana V. Lobova2 ,

and Yury A. Bugai3
1
Federal State Budgetary Scientific Institution “Federal Research Center
of Agrarian Economy and Social Development of Rural Areas—All Russian
Research Institute of Agricultural Economics”, Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
2
Altai State University, Barnaul, Russia
[email protected]
3
Altai State Agricultural University, Barnaul, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of this article is to determine the preferential market

structure in the agro-industrial complex for provision of higher effectiveness of its
import substitution and to develop practical recommendations for formation and
support for optimal structure of this market. The methodology is based on the
method of comparative analysis, which is used for comparing competition and
monopoly as the variants of the market structure of the Russian agro-industrial
complex. The authors use the method of analysis of statistical information for
studying the state of the Russian agro-industrial complex. The authors have
developed the method of evaluating the effectiveness of import substitution, which
is also used in this research. The article studies the key factors that restrain the
development of the process of import substitution of the Russian agro-industrial
complex in 2016 and proves that oligopoly provides a very high quality of products
with acceptable prices, as the market is presented by large companies that are easy to
control, including the price control. In addition to this, they possess large resources,
which, with the right management, allows achieving their high innovative activity
and sustainability. Due to this, the market structure of oligopoly is the most effective
as to import substitutions in the agro-industrial complex. As a result, the authors
recommend application of flexible and preferential tools for stimulating the devel-
opment of the process of import substitution in the agro-industrial complex, which
should be based on the agro-industrial special economic areas.
Keywords: Effective import substitution Agro-industrial complex

Competition Monopoly Special economic areas Modern Russia
1 Introduction
At present, the model of economic development of modern Russia is reconsidered. On

the path of creation of a theoretically perfect model of the post-industrial economy, the
Russian economic system faced a range of problems that predetermined its

Effective Import Substitution in the Agro-industrial Complex 31
inaccessibility in practice. The main such problem is violation of the international

division of labor in the conditions of disintegration of economic systems under the
influence of crisis phenomena of various nature.
Non-optimality of the conditions – primarily, in the external environment – for
development of the post-industrial economy, which made the Russian economic system
unstable and vulnerable against the influence of the smallest changes in the
geo-political situation, is a substantial basis for change of the model of development.
Mixed (diversified) economy was selected for such model, based on industry, with
highly-developed service sphere which forms a half of gross domestic product.
In the process of post-industrialization of the Russian economy, the tertiary sector
of economy has been developing, while the real sector was characterized by the deficit
of investments and low innovational activity, which led to critical reduction of its
competitiveness and high dependence of Russia on the import of industrial products.
If the dependence on import of most industrial products does not contradict the new
model of Russia’s economic development, import of agro-industrial products is
unacceptable due to its strategic significance for provision of the national food security.
The most important tool of overcoming the dependence on import of agro-industrial
products, which is an essential aspect for creation of a new model of development of
the Russian economy, is import substitution.
This actualizes the problem of search for the means of achieving high effectiveness
of import substitution in agro-industrial complex (AIC). An important role here belongs
to determining the optimal market structrure. The purpose of the article is to determine
the preferential market structrure in AIC for provision of high effectiveness of its
import substitution and to develop practical recommendations for formation and sup-
port of the optimal structure of this market.
2 Materials and Method
Methodology of this research is based on the method of comparative analysis, with the
help of which competition and monopoly are compares, as variants of the market
structure of the Russian agro-industrial complex. The authors also use the method of
analysis of statistical information for studying the state of the Russian agro-industrial
complex. The basic indicators and their values for the recent years are given in Table 1.
We developed the proprietary method of evaluating the effectiveness of import
substitution, which is also used in this research. It supposes the usage of the following
formula:
Eis ¼ ðQP=PPÞ Cinn Csus ð1Þ
where Eis – indicator of effectiveness of import substitution in the market;

QP – average market quality of products;
PP – average market level of prices for products;
Cinn – coefficient of innovativeness of enterprises in the market;
Csus – coefficient of sustainability of enterprises against crises.
32 A. V. Bogoviz et al.
Table 1. Dynamics of indicators of development of the Russian agro-industrial complex in

2011–2016
Indicators Values of indicators for the years
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
The volume of supplied goods of own 3,262 3,602 4,001 4,272 4,840 5,861
production, RUB billion
Volume of import, RUB billion 2,184 2,550 2,442 2,598 2,394 1,590
Total volume of consumption, RUB 5,446 6,152 6,443 6,870 7,234 7,451
billion
Share of domestic production, % 60 59 62 62 67 79
Level of using production capacities, % 66 70 69 66 67 74
Share of innovations-active enterprises, % 9.5 9.6 9.3 9 10.3 10.2
Number of enterprises 52,266 51,464 50,848 49,985 49,992 51,387
Concentration of production, % 15.1 16.3 14.6 21.2 22.6 18
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of: (Federal State Statistics Service 2016), (Voronin
2017).
As is seen from Formula (1), the basis of measuring the effectiveness of import
substitution is the ratio of products’ quality in the market to the average level of prices.
The indicators QP and PP are measures in points. The indicator QP can take the values
from 1 (minimum value) to 10 (maximum value), and the indicator PP – from 10
(maximum price) to 1 (minimum price).
This ratio is multiplied by two coefficients. The coefficients Cinn and Csus are
measures in points (in tenths of 1) and take values from 0.1 (minimum innovativeness/
sustainability) to 2.0 (maximum innovativeness/sustainability). Therefore, the indicator
Eis can take values from 0.001 to 10. The higher its value, the higher the effectiveness of
import substitution in the studied market. The developed method may be applied to any
market, but in the context of this article it is applied for determining the effectiveness of
various market structures in the market of AIC.
3 Discussion
The issues of effectiveness of import substitution in the AIC are studied in the works by
(Bogoviz and Mezhov 2015), (Popkova et al. 2016), (Sadovnikova et al. 2013),
(Popova et al. 2015), (Dudukalov et al. 2016), (Bogoviz et al. 2017), (Sandu et al.
2017), and (Przhedetskaya and Akopova 2015). However, despite the high level of
elaboration of these issues, such aspects and the optimal sectorial structure, which
stimulates maximization of effectiveness of import substitution in AIC, are not suffi-
ciently studied in the existing publications and require deeper consideration.
4 Results
The results of analysis of data from Table 1 showed that in 2016 the share of the
Russian products in the structure of offer in the AIC market constituted 79%, growing
by 31.6% as compared to 2011 (in 2011 it constituted 60%). The tendency for
strengthening the positions of the Russian enterprises in the AIC market is accompa-
nied by the growth of the level of using the production capacities, which constituted
74% in 2016, growing by 12.1% as compared to 2011 (66%).
In the quantitative expression, growth of the number of enterprises of AIC was
negative in the recent years. In 2016, their number constituted 51,387, reducing by
2.7% as compared to 2011 (52, 266). This is accompanied by growth of concentration
of products in the AIC market – i.e., its monopolization. The level of concentration of
2016 constituted 18%, growing by 19.2%, as compared to 2011 (15.1%).
That is, at present, the structure of the Russian market of AIC can be characterized
as monopolistic competition. The results of the performed comparative analysis of
various market structures from the point of their effectiveness in the sphere of AIC are
given in Table 2.
Table 2. Results of comparative analysis of various market structures from the point of view of
effectiveness of import substitution in AIC
Criteria of Oligopoly Monopolistic Perfect
comparison competition competition
QP 8 6 5
PP 4 2 1
Cinn 1.0 1.5 0.3
Csus 2.0 0.2 0.1
Eis 4.0 0.9 0.15
Source: compiled by the authors.
As is seen from Table 2, we viewed three market structures: existing monopolistic

competition in the Russian market of AIC, oligopoly as a manifestation of monopoly,
the extreme level of which cannot be achieved in this market, and perfect competition.
The existing structure of the AIC market – monopolistic competition – showed average
effectiveness as to import substitution in this market.
Due to the complete action of the mechanism of competition and the enterprises’
possession the minimum set of resources – as with the perfect competition – the
monopolistic competition ensures the acceptable quality of products with low prices.
However, due to the fact that market players represent a lot of small and medium
companies, the accessible set of resources is not minimal but very small, so their
innovational activity and sustainability is rather small. At this market structure, the
indicator of effectiveness of import substitution in the AIC took the value of 0.9 points.
Despite the minimum level of prices, the market structure of competition leads to
low quality of products, and the companies are characterized by low innovational
capabilities and low sustainability die to minimum set of resources. Due to that, the
market structure of competition leads to low effectiveness of import substitution in the
AIC – 0.15 points.
Oligopoly provides a very high quality of products with acceptable prices, as the
market is represented by large companies, which are easy to manage, including the price
control. In addition to this, they possess large resources, which, with right management,
allows achieving their high innovative activity and sustainability. Due to this, the market
structure of oligopoly became most effective as to import substitution in AIC.
That’s why for the purpose of achieving high effectiveness of import substitution in
AIC we recommend to stimulate the realization of the started tendency of monopo-
lization of this market, up to establishment of oligopoly. At that, it is necessary to form
and support favorable conditions for getting maximum advantages from this market
structure. In order to determine such conditions, let us use Fig. 1.
Insufficient internal demand
Insufficient external demand
Foreign competition
High tax rates
Aging of equipment and technologies
Instability of financial resources
Deficit of highly qualified personnel
Institutional problems
Fig. 1. The system of factors that restrain the development of the process of import substitution
of AIC in Russian in 2016. Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of: (Federal State
Statistics Service 2016).
As is seen from Fig. 1, the key factors that restrained the development of the
process of import substitution of AIC in Russia in 2016 were high tax rates, instability
of economic situation, inaccessibility of financial assets, etc. We recommend creation
of agro-industrial special economic areas as a measure of influencing these factors in
the interests of their transformation into the sources of growth and development of the
Russian entrepreneurship in the AIC.
The special economic areas have tax preferences, financial assets are more acces-
sible, and the economic situation is characterized by higher stability. At present, there
are no special economic areas for enterprises of the AIC in Russia, which, in our
opinion, hinders their development. This market is of high priority for the Russian
economy, so the companies of the AIC have to receive access to the preferences
provided within the special economic areas.
As compared to the current Russian policy for supporting the AIC companies,
which supposes high expenses of the federal and territorial budgets for subsidizing,
special economic areas are based on private investments. Moreover, unifying the
companies of the AIC into special economic areas, the government will receive wider
possibilities for their regulation, as, according to the Russian law, such possibilities do
now allow setting strict requirements to the quality of products, innovative activity, and
prices, which differs special economic areas.
5 Conclusions
It should be emphasized that AIC is not just a market, but has a strategic role for the
Russian economy – especially in the conditions of unfavorable geo-political situation.
This is a basis for application of flexible and preferential tools for stimulating the
development of the process of import substitution into AIC, which should be based on
agro-industrial economic areas.
The performed analysis showed that monopoly which is expressed in the form of
oligopoly is the most preferable market structure in the AIC. The perfect competition,
which is traditionally viewed as the most perspective market structure, showed the
lowest effectiveness as to import substitution in the AIC. The perspectives of further
scientific research in this sphere are seen in the context of specifying the tools of
managing the process of restructuring the AIC market in favor of establishment of
oligopoly.
References
Bogoviz, A., Mezhov, S.: Models and tools for research of innovation processes. Modern Appl.
Sci. 9(3), 159–172 (2015)
Dudukalov, E.V., Rodinorova, N.D., Sivakova, Y.E., et al.: Global innovational networks: sense
and role on development of global economy. Contemp. Econ. 10(4), 299–310 (2016)
Popkova, E.G., Shakhovskaya, L.S., Abramov, S.А., et al.: Ecological clusters as a tool of
improving the environmental safety in developing countries. Environ. Dev. Sustain. 18(4),
1049–1057 (2016)
Popova, L., Popova, S.A., Dugina, T.A., Korobeynikov, D.A., Korobeynikova, O.M.: Cluster
policy in agrarian sphere in implementation of concept of economic growth. Eur. Res. Stud.
J. 18(Special Issue), 27–36 (2015)
Przhedetskaya, N., Akopova, E.: Institutional designing of continuous education in Russia under
the conditions of neo-economy and globalization. Reg. Sectoral Econ. Stud. 15(2), 115–122
(2015)
Sadovnikova, N., Parygin, D., Gnedkova, E., Kravets, A., Kizim, A., Ukustov, S.: Scenario
forecasting of sustainable urban development based on cognitive model. In: Proceedings of
the IADIS International Conference ICT, Society and Human Beings 2013, Proceedings of
the IADIS International Conference e-Commerce 2013, pp. 115–119 (2013)
Bogoviz, А.V., Ragulina, Y.V., Shkodinsky, S.V., Babeshin, М.А.: Factors of provision of food
security. Econ. Russ. Agric. 2(1), 2–8 (2017)
Voronin, B.А.: Russian AIC – from import of agricultural products to export-oriented

development. Fields Russ. 4(148), 5–12 (2017)
Federal State Statistics Service. Industrial production in Russia. 2016: statistical collection.
Moscow: Federal State Statistics Service (2016)
Sandu, I.S., Bogoviz, А.V., Ryzhenkova, N.Е., Ragulina, Y.V.: Formation of the innovational
infrastructure in the agrarian sector. AIC Econ. Manage. 1(1), 35–41 (2017)
Import Substitution in the Agro-Industrial
Complex in the Interests of Provision of Food
Security: Option or Necessity?
Aleksei V. Bogoviz1(&) , Yury A. Bugai2 ,

and Vladimir S. Osipov3,4,5
1
[email protected]
2
[email protected]
3
Lomonosov Moscow State University, Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
4
Russian State Agrarian University - Moscow Timiryazev Agricultural
Academy, Moscow, Russia
5
All-Russian Research Institute of Potato Farming by A.G. Lorh,
Moscow, Russia
Abstract. The purpose of the research is to determine the value and specifics of
the need for provision of national food security in modern Russia, to evaluate
the level of necessity for using import substitution in the agro-industrial com-
plex for solving this problem, and to search for the alternative means that allows
developing the agro-industrial complex without the critical load on the federal
budget. The authors offer the methodological approach to determining the level
of national food security and determine the expedience of application of import
substitution in the modern Russia’s agro-industrial complex. It is proved that
import substitution in the agro-industrial complex in the interests of provision of
food security in modern Russia is a voluntary choice of the Russian government,
not the objective necessity. This choice contradicts the existing situation in the
agro-industrial complex and, instead of stimulating the development of the
Russian entrepreneurship in the agro-industrial complex, it leads to increase of
its dependence on the state financial support and the atrophy of the capability for
independent development. Clustering of agro-industrial complex is much more
effective for provision of the national food security in modern Russia, as an
alternative to import substitution. For its practical application, the authors offer a
cluster model of development of the Russian agro-industrial complex for the
purpose of provision of food security.
Keywords: Import substitution Clustering

Companies of agro-industrial complex National food security
Russia

1 Introduction
In the crisis conditions, when dependence on import of strategic goods is unacceptable,

the problem of the national economic security grows. An important role in solving it
belongs to provision of the national food security, by eliminating the dependence on
import of products of the agro-industrial complex. The main method of protecting the
national interests in the food sphere is import substitution in the agro-industrial
complex.
According to the existing scientific ideas and the international experience in pro-
vision of food security, the Russian government announced the necessity for import
substitution in the agro-industrial complex and started to implement measures for
stimulating this process. Due to specifics of the Russian economic system, related to
domination of financial barriers on the path of development of entrepreneurship in the
agro-industrial complex, these measures are brought down to provision of subsidies,
which supposes large load on the federal budget.
Due to the long crisis, the budget resources are limited, and realization of measures
for stimulating import substitution in the agro-industrial complex makes the Russian
government reduce other expenditures – in particular, for socially important programs.
In this article, the authors offer a hypothesis that these measures are not necessary, and
provision of national food security of Russia does not require emphasis on import
substitution and large expenditures of the federal budget.
The purpose of the research is to determine the value and specifics of the needs for
provision of the national food security in modern Russia, to evaluate the level of
necessity for using import substitution in the agro-industrial complex for solving this
problem, and to search for an alternative means that allows developing the
agro-industrial complex without the critical load on the federal budget.
From the methodological point of view, this study offers the following approach to
determining the level of the national food security:
NFSt ¼ ðVaict =Caict Þ * ½ðVaict =Caict Þ=ðVaict5 =Caict5 Þ ð1Þ
where
NFS – indicator of the level of national food security;
Vaic – volume of national production of products of the agro-industrial complex
Caic – volume of consumption of the product of the agro-industrial complex;
T – time period (calendar year)
As is seen from Formula (1), the offered methodological approach is based on

determining the current share of domestic production in the structure of consumption of
the products of the agro-industrial complex and finding its products with its growth for
the last five years. Both the static situation in the agro-industrial complex and the
Import Substitution in the Agro-Industrial Complex 39
dynamics of its change are taken into account. The indicators Vaic and Caic are
measured in the monetary items, and the indicator NFS – in the points, the tenths of 1.
For the purpose of treatment of its values, we developed a special scale (Table 1).
Table 1. The scale for treatment of the value of the indicator of the level of national food
security
Intervals of values of the indicator NFS and their economic sense
0.60 NFS 0.60 < NFS 0.75 0.75 < NFS < 0.90 NFS 0.90
National food Low level of national Acceptable level of High level of
security under threat food security national food security national food
security
Иcтoчник: cocтaвлeнo aвтopoм.
As is seen from Table 1, we distinguished four intervals of values of the indicator

NFS. If its value is below or equals 0.60, this shows that national food security is under
a threat. Import substitution is critically necessary in this case. If the value of this
indicator is in the interval 0.60–0.75, it reflects the low level of national food security.
The need for import substitution is rather strong.
If the value of the indicator NFS is in the interval 0.75–0.90, it shows the
acceptable level of the national food security. The need for import substitution is
preserved in this case, but it is at a low level. If this indicator takes the value that equals
or exceeds 0.90, the level of national food security is high. Import substitution is not
necessary.
3 Discussion
The theoretical and methodological issues of provision of national food security are
studied in the works of such authors as (Bogoviz and Mezhov 2015), (Popkova et al.
2016), (Sadovnikova et al. 2013), and (Popova et al. 2015). The necessity for import
substitution in the agro-industrial complex for provision of food security of modern
Russia has been emphasized in the works of such authors as (Bogoviz et al. 2017),
(Sandu et al. 2017), (Przhedetskaya and Akopova 2015), and (Gulyayeva et al. 2016).
The theoretical problems of import substitution are viewed in the works (Osipov 2016),
(Kosov et al. 2016), and (Gnezdova et al. 2016).
The performed overview of the modern scientific literature on the studied problem
showed insufficient elaboration of the alternative tools of import substitution for pro-
vision of national food security and determination of the conditions at which import
substitution or alternative tools are expedient to use.
4 Results
According to the official statistical information of the Federal State Statistics Service of
the RF, the volume of consumption of the products of the agro-industrial complex in
Russia in 2016 constituted RUB 7,451 billion, and the volume of the Russian pro-
duction of the products of the agro-industrial complex constituted RUB 5,861 billion.
In 2012, the values of these indicators constituted RUB 6,152 billion and RUB 3,602,
respectively (Federal State Statistics Service 2016). Bases on these data, let us perform
evaluation of national food security in 2016 with the help of the developed method-
ological approach:
NFSRusð2016Þ ¼ ð5; 861=7; 451Þ ðð5; 861=7; 451Þ=ð3; 602=6; 152Þ

¼ 0:79 ð0:79=0:59Þ ¼ 0:79 1:34 ¼ 1:06:
The received value of the indicator NFS in 201 exceeded 0.9, which showed high
level of national food security and the lack of necessity for import substitution. Thus,
the share of national production of the agro-industrial complex products constitutes
79% - i.e., the share of import is minimal. At that, there has been growth of the share of
the domestic production of the agro-industrial complex by 34% over the recent five
years, which shows that import of the agro-industrial complex products is not a
problem in modern Russia.
In this case, in the interests of provision of national food security, we recommend to
leave the policy of import substitution, which supposes the active role of the state,
related to supporting the domestic the agro-industrial complex manufacturers, and to
realize the policy of clustering, which gives the state the secondary role of a passive
observer and referee which creates and supports favorable conditions for independent
development of domestic entrepreneurship in the agro-industrial complex.
That is, from the marketing point of view, it is expedient to implement the transition
from the struggle for leadership, which is characterized by high resource intensity, to
the strategy of keeping the leadership positions that have already been conquered by
the Russian companies in the agro-industrial complex. This could be done with the help
of clustering that allows strengthening the market positions of the Russian enterprises
in the agro-industrial complex and providing them with the possibilities of further
growth and development.
The policy of clustering supposes stimulation of “healthy” competition in the
market, and thus it differs from the policy of import substitution, oriented at fighting
competition. At that, during clustering state regulation of the agro-industrial complex
gives way to market self-regulation.
For activation of cluster processes in the Russian agro-industrial complex, we
recommend the state to establish formation of clusters at the federal level as a
top-priority direction of development of the agro-industrial complex and support
realization of cluster initiatives in the agro-industrial complex with legal and consul-
tation support. After the formation of clusters in the agro-industrial complex, the state
should use the following tools for their regulation:
– anti-monopoly policy: supporting highly-competitive environment that stimulates

unification of the agro-industrial complex companies into clusters;
– tax policy: provision of tax preferences to members of clusters in the agro-industrial
complex – e.g., subsidies for added value tax. Within the cluster, such measure will
be effective, as the companies will be integrated horizontally and vertically in the
cluster, and the liabilities for payment of this tax will not be shifted to other
participants of the added value chain;
– credit & investment policy: providing cluster members in the agro-industrial
complex with the access to subsidized credit resources and provision of tax pref-
erences to external (as to the cluster) investors into development of cluster
companies.
The offered cluster model of development of the Russian agro-industrial complex in
the interests of provision of food security is shown in Fig. 1.
Regulation tools:
State: – anti-monopoly policy;
– tax policy;
activation of Clusters in the AIC – credit & investment policy.
cluster
processes in the
AIC
increase of
Compet Integration market power
stimuli for ition
development
Advantages:
Cooperation – saving the budget assets;
unification of
resources – preserving freetrading;
– long-term effectiveness.
Achieved profit:
Modernization Competitiveness Food security
Fig. 1. Cluster model of development of the Russian the agro-industrial complex in the interests
of provision of food security Source: compiled by the authors.
As is seen from Fig. 1, three forces are at work at the agricultural company:
competition, which creates stimuli for their development, integration, which ensures
the increase of their market power, and cooperation, which allows unifying their
resources and realizing the potential for development. As a result, the modernization of
the agricultural companies, their high competitiveness, and provision of the Russian
food security are achieved.
An advantage of cluster policy, as compared to the policy of import substitution, is
saving of budget assets, which is achieved by shifting the load for development of the
national entrepreneurship in the agricultural sphere from the state to private business.
Another advantage of clustering is preservation of freetrading, as clustering is a part of
its concept, and import substitution is related to the opposite policy of protectionism.
This allows Russia to correspond to the requirements of integration associations – such
as the WTO.
Another advantage of clustering of the agro-industrial complex is the long-term
effectiveness. If the subsidies, provided to the agricultural companies within the policy
of import substitution are of short-term, cluster processes allow supporting high
competitiveness of the agricultural companies in the long-term.
5 Conclusions
Thus, it was proved that import substitution in the agro-industrial complex in the
interests of provision of food security in modern Russia is a voluntary choice of the
Russian government, not the objective necessity. This choice is not substantiated and
contradicts the existing situation in the agricultural complex; instead of stimulating the
development of the Russian entrepreneurship in the agricultural complex, it leads to
increase of its dependence on the state financial support and the atrophy of capability
for independent development.
Clustering in the agro-industrial complex is much more effective as to provision of
national food security in modern Russia – instead of the import substitution. During
further scientific research, it is recommended to focus on the internal processes that
take place in the agro-industrial cluster, as in this article attention is paid to the
processes related to activation and regulation of clustering in the agro-industrial
complex.
References
Sci. 9(3), 159–172 (2015)
1049–1057 (2016)
J. 18(Special Issue), 27–36 (2015)
(2015)
security. Econ. Russ. Agric. 2(1), 2–8 (2017)
Federal State Statistics Service. Industrial production in Russia. 2016: statistical collection.
Federal State Statistics Service, Moscow (2016)
Sandu, I.S., Bogoviz, А.V., Ryzhenkova, N.Е., Regulina, Y.V.: Formation of the innovational
Osipov, V.S., Skryl, T.V.: The strategic directions of the modern Russian economic
development. Int. Bus. Manage. 10(6), 710–717 (2016)
Kosov, M.E., Akhmadeev, R.G., Osipov, V.S., et al.: Socio-economic planning of the economy.
Indian J. Sci. Technol. 9(36), 102008 (2016)
Gulyayeva, T.I., Kuznetsova, T.M., Gnezdova, J.V., Veselovsky, M.Y., Avarskii, N.D.:
Investing in innovation projects in Russia’s agrifood complex. J. Internet Bank. Commer.
21(6), 1–13 (2016)
Gnezdova, J.V., Kugelev, I.M., Romanova, I.N., Romanova, J.A.: Conceptual model of the
territorial manufacturing cooperative system use in Russia. J. Internet Bank. Commer.
21(Spec.issue 4) (2016)
Model of Innovational Development of Modern
Russian Industry
Arutyun A. Khachaturyan1(&), Karine S. Khachaturyan2,

and Arsen S. Abdulkadyrov2
1
Institute of Market Issues of the Russian Academy of Sciences,
Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
2
Military University of the Ministry of Defense of the Russian Federation,
Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to develop the effective model of

innovational development of the modern Russian industry. A proprietary model
was developed for measuring the effectiveness of the model of industry’s
innovational development. With its help, the authors perform evaluation of the
existing Russian model and determine the key problems of industry’s innova-
tional development in modern Russia. The results of the performed research
showed that the current model of industry’s innovational development in
modern Russia, which is realized within modernization of the national economic
system, is characterized by low effectiveness, and a new model should be
developed. The offered new model of innovational development of modern
Russian industry’s innovational development allows restoring the logic of dis-
tribution of roles between participants of this process and ensuring its high
effectiveness. The developed model is based on the action of market mechanism.
Keywords: Innovational development Modern Russia Modernization

Effectiveness Competitiveness
1 Introduction
Economy of modern Russia is industry-oriented, or, as it is called, industrial. The

attempts of following the modern model of production specialization according to the
normative principle, that is on the basis of the set priorities of economy’s development,
made the Russian economy more susceptible to influence of crisis phenomena in the
global economy and reduction of its global competitiveness.
This explains unreadiness and incapability of private business to implement the
government plans for the country’s post-industrialization. In order to restore the bal-
ance in the modern economic system, there’s a need to return to the classic model of
production specialization according to the positive principle, i.e., on the basis of
possession of relative advantages in certain spheres of national economy.

Model of Innovational Development of Modern Russian Industry 45
Excess of natural resources provided Russia with relative advantages in the sphere
of mineral industry, and existing production capacities and highly-qualified engineering
personnel – in the sphere of processing industry. However, in the epoch of formation of
knowledge economy in the global economic system, relative advantages are not suf-
ficient for achieving high indicators of competitiveness – innovative activity also plays
an important role.
This explains high topicality of studying the issues related to provision of inno-
vational development of modern Russia’s industry. Our hypothesis is that the current
model of innovational development of modern Russia’s industry, which is imple-
mented within modernization of the national economic system, is characterized by low
effectiveness, and it is required to build a new model – which is a purpose of this work.
For measuring the effectiveness of the modern of industry’s innovational development

in this research, the following proprietary formula was developed:
Eidi = DAr(eff)/DArðexpÞ; ð1Þ
гдe Eidi – indicator of effectiveness of the modern industry’s innovational

development;
DAr(eff) – direct average of growth rate of various indicators of efficiency of the
model of industry’s innovational development;
DAr(exp) – direct average of growth rate of various indicators of expenditures for
provision of industry’s innovational development.
If the estimate value of the indicator DAr(eff) or DAr(exp) is negative, it is equaled
to zero. The value of the indicator Eidi is below or equals 1, which shows low
effectiveness. The larger the indicator Eidi, the higher the effectiveness.
The indicators of efficiency of the model of innovational development of modern
Russia’s industry (type “R”) are the number of organizations involved in research and
development, number of personnel involved in scientific research and development,
developed leading production technologies, implemented leading production tech-
nologies, and the share of organizations that conduct research and development.
The indicators of expenditures for provision of innovational development of
modern Russia’s industry (type “E”) are financing of science from the assets of the
federal budget, internal expenditures of organizations for R&D, and expenditures of
organizations of the entrepreneurial sector for innovatons. Dynamics of values of these
indicators for 2000–2016 according to the Federal State Statistics Service is shown in
Table 1.
46 A. A. Khachaturyan et al.
Table 1. Dynamics of indicators of innovational development of modern Russia’s industry

Type Indicator 2000 2016 Increase Growth
rate rate
P Number of organizations that perform 4,099 3,604 –495 –0.12
scientific R&D
R Number of personnel involved in scientific 887.7 732.3 –155.4 –0.18
R&D, thousand
R Developed leading production technologies 1,138 1,398 260 0.23
R Implemented leading production 191,650 218,018 26,368 0.14
technologies
R Share of organizations that perform 11.1 10.9 –0.2 –0.02
R&D, %
E Financing of science from the assets of the 17,396.4 437,273.3 419,876.9 24.14
federal budget, RUB million
E Internal expenditures for R&D, RUB 76,697.1 847,527 770,829.9 10.05
million
e Expenditures for innovations of the 14,326.2 145,836.9 131,510.7 9.18
entrepreneurial sector’s organizations,
RUB million
Source: compiled by the author according to the materials: Federal State Statistics Service (2016).
3 Discussion
The sense and logic of the process of the industry’s innovational development are
studied in the works by (Khan 2017; Fujii and Managi 2016; Kinahan 2016; Anokhina
et al. 2016; Bogoviz and Mezhov 2015; Duman and Kurekovà 2016). The peculiarities
of innovational development of modern Russia’s industry are studied in the works by
(Przhedetskaya and Panasenkova 2014; Shakirtkhanov 2017; Trindade et al. 2016;
Veselovsky et al. 2017; Korobkin, et al. 2015; Malyshkov and Ragulina 2014; Popkova
2017; Przhedetskaya and Akopova 2015).
4 Results
Based on the data of Table 1, let us perform calculation of effectiveness of the model of
innovational development of modern Russia’s industry according to the developed
formula:
Eidi ¼ ½ð0:12 0:18 þ 0:23 þ 0:14 0:02Þ=5=½ð24:14 þ 10:05 þ 9:18Þ=3 ¼ 0:01=14:46
¼ 0:0007ð! 0Þ:
The received value of the indicator Eir (0.0007) strives to zero, which shows low
effectiveness of the model of industry’s innovational development, realized in modern
Russia. In view of the fact that the indicators of expenditures are given in factual prices, it is
expedient to take into account the inflation level, which constituted 200% in 2000–2016.
In this case, the growth rate of financing of science from the assets of the federal
budget constituted 3.86, internal expenditures of organizations for R&D – −10.22, and
expenditures for innovations of organizations of the entrepreneurial sector – −11.09.
Let us perform calculation of effectiveness of the model of innovational development
of modern Russia’s industry in view of specified data for the expenditures:
Eidi = [ð0:12 0:18 þ 0:23 þ 0:14 0:02Þ=5=½ð3:86 10:22 11:09Þ=3 ¼ 0:01:
Even with correction of expenditures in view of inflation, effectiveness of the

applied model of industry’s innovational development in modern Russia is low (0.01).
Without mentioning the expenditures, it is possible to see that efficiency of application
of this model is low. Thus, in 2016 – as compared to 2000 – the number of organi-
zations that conduct scientific research and development reduced by 0.12%, the number
of personnel involved in scientific research and development – by 0.18%, and share of
organizations that conduct research and development – by 0.02%.
The number of developed leading production technologies grew by 23%, and the
number of implemented leading production technologies – by 0.14%. The performed
analysis allowed determining the following key problems of the industry’s innovational
development in modern Russia:
– deficit of leading production technologies, which increase dependence of Russian
industrial enterprises on import of these technologies;
– industrial enterprises’ founding on state-owned R&D organizations in the context of
conduct of scientific R&D;
– low innovational activity of industrial enterprises, which is expressed in imple-
mentation of innovations being a rare thing for them.
The initiative in the sphere of innovational development of modern Russia’s
industry within the existing model comes from the state, which is the main reason for
its low effectiveness. State financing of scientific R&D and stimulation of their
implementation through the regulation measures should be replaced by the following
market measures:
– stimulating development of competition in the sphere of R&D for institutes and
industrial enterprises;
– reducing market barriers for R&D centers by simplification of the procedures of
their registration and accountability, reduction of tax load, etc.;
– strengthening the cooperation between R&D institutes and industrial enterprises
(e.g., through creation of industrial clusters);
– increase of requirements to innovations by stimulating the creation of completely
new innovations.
The offered new model of innovational development of modern Russia’s industry is
shown in Fig. 1.
State management of industry’s

innovational development
–stimulating the development
of competition; –increase of requirements to
–increasing cooperation between R&D innovations;
institutes and industrial companies. –reduction of market barriers for
entering.
Competitio growth of innovational
n between Active implementation of activity of industrial
industrial enterprises
innovations by industrial companies
companies
of Russia
Independent conduct of scientific provision of practical
Competitio research by industrial companies applicability of innovations
n between by industrial enterprises
private
R&D
Development of private R&D import substitution in the
centers
institutes sphere of industrial
innovations
provision of high effectiveness of managing the innovational development of

industry and its successful modernization
Fig 1. New model of innovational development of modern Russia’s industry. Source: compiled
by the author.
As is seen from Fig. 1, in the new offered model the state does not directly
implement the strategy of industry’s innovational development but only manages this
process by creating conditions for private enterprises’ implementing this strategy. As a
result, growth of innovational activity of industrial enterprises, provision of practical
applicability of innovations, and import substitution in the sphere of industrial inno-
vations are achieved. This leads to provision of high effectiveness of managing the
innovational development of industry and its successful modernization.
5 Conclusions
Thus, the offered hypothesis is proved – the existing model of managing the innova-
tional development of industry in modern Russia has low effectiveness. The main
reason for this is incorrect distribution of the roles of main subjects in this model.
Instead of management, the state conducts scientific research and development, while
private entrepreneurship does not see profits from innovational activity and does not
show it.
The offered new model of innovational development of modern Russia’s industry

allows restoring the logic of distribution of roles between the participants of this
process and ensuring its high effectiveness. Success of the developed model is based on
the action of the market mechanism. However, as it is limited in modern Russia, the
most important task on the path of realization of this model is achievement of high
effectiveness of the anti-monopoly policy.
It should be noted that innovational development of industry is a necessary con-
dition for provision of its global competitiveness in the long-term. The longer it takes to
understand ineffectiveness of the existing model, the more will grow the underrun of
the Russian industrial enterprises from foreign rivals and the more complex it will be to
develop the action of the market mechanism.
In order to refuse from the protectionist measures, it is recommended to start the
process of application of the new model of industry’s innovational development in
modern Russia. Though, it should be acknowledged that the change of the model is
risky, which predetermines the necessity for controlling it. Determination of perspec-
tive directions of risk management of the process of transition to a new model of
industry’s innovational development in modern Russia is a perspective direction for
further scientific research.
References
Anokhina, M., Zinchuk, G.M., Petrovskaya, S.A.: The development of the concept of economic
growth of the agro-industrial complex. J. Internet Bank. Commer. 21(3), 224 (2016)
Bogoviz, A., Mezhov, S.: Models and tools for research of innovation processes. Mod. Appl. Sci.
9(3), 159–172 (2015)
Duman, A., Kurekovà, L.: The role of state in development of socio-economic models in
Hungary and Slovakia: the case of industrial policy. Changing models of capitalism in Europe
and the U.S., 99–120
Fujii, H., Managi, S.: Economic development and multiple air pollutant emissions from the
industrial sector. Environ. Sci. Pollut. Res. 23(3), 2802–2812 (2016)
Khan, B.Z.: Human capital, knowledge and economic development: evidence from the British
Industrial Revolution, 1750–1930. Cliometrica, 1–29 (2017)
Kinahan, K.L.: Design-based economic development: understanding the role of cultural
institutions and collections of industrial and product design. Econ. Dev. Q. 30(4), 329–341
(2016)
Korobkin, D., Fomenkov, S., Kravets, A., Kolesnikov, S., Dykov, M.: Three-steps methodology
for patents prior-art retrieval and structured physical knowledge extracting. Communications
in Computer and Information Science 535, 124–136 (2015)
Malyshkov, V.I., Ragulina, Y.V.: The entrepreneurial climate in Russia: the present and the
future. Life Sci. J. 11(6), 118–121 (2014)
Popkova, E.G.: Guest editorial. Int. J. Educ. Manage. 31(1), 2 (2017)
(2015)
Przhedetskaya, N.V., Panasenkova, T.V.: Business education: concept and evolution of
development in knowledge economy. World Appl. Sci. J. 2(1) (2014)
Shakirtkhanov, B.R.: Innovative development of industrial enterprises of Kazakhstan in the

conditions of economic growth downturn. Int. J. Econ. Res. 14(7), 121–133 (2017)
Trindade, J.R., Cooney, P., de Oliveira, W.P.: Industrial trajectory and economic development:
dilemma of the re-primarization of the Brazilian economy. Rev. Rad. Polit. Econ. 48(2),
269–286 (2016)
Veselovsky, M.Y., Khoroshavina, N.S., Bank, O.A., Suglobov, A.E., Khmelev, S.A.:
Characteristics of the innovation development of Russia’s industrial enterprises under
conditions of economic sanctions. J. Appl. Econ. Sci. 12(2), 321–331 (2017)
Federal State Statistics Service: Russia in numbers. 2016: statistical collection. Federal State
Statistics Service, Moscow (2016)
Possibilities and Threats of Starting
the Mechanism of Import Substitution
in the AIC in the Context of Provision
of Food Security

and Yury A. Bugai3
1
[email protected]
2
[email protected]
3
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to study the contradiction of the mecha-
nism of import substitution in the context of provision of food security and to
develop recommendations for overcoming it in modern Russia. The authors use the
method of SWOT analysis, which allows evaluating advantages and drawbacks of
the mechanism of import substitution, as well as opportunities and threats, in the
context of provision of national food security. The authors use the method of
correlation and regression analysis to evaluate the results of application of import
substitution in the modern Russia’s AIC from the point of view of provision of
national food security. The key conclusion of this research consists in the fact that
the mechanism of import substitution provides wide possibilities for supporting
domestic production of the AIC products and brings threats related to limitation of
market self-management, which requires flexible application of this mechanism. In
modern Russia, the threats of import substitution have not yet emerged, but it is not
very effective either. Low innovational activity in the long-term may become a
reason for reduction of competitiveness of domestic companies of the AIC. Thus,
import will be a serious threat for the Russia’s AIC. In order to prevent this
scenario, we recommend using innovational policy with the policy of import
substitution in the AIC. This will allow preserving and multiplying the effect that
has been achieved due to successful policy of import substitution in Russia.
Keywords: Mechanism of import substitution Agro-industrial complex

Food security
1 Introduction
Application of the mechanism of import substitution is a mandatory measure for

provision of national food security. At that, confidence in high effectiveness of this
mechanism is so strong that it is not put in doubt. Over the recent years, large

experience of implementation of the mechanism of import substitution in the AIC was

accumulated – it showed that it allows achieving food security not in all cases.
Thus, for example, the strategy of import substitution, together with development
of export, is successfully implemented in the countries of East Asia, while the attempts
of development of the AIC only on the basis of import substitution are not successful in
the countries of Latin America. As any measures of protection of domestic production,
import substitution belongs to the policy of protectionism, which takes the economic
systems into the past, hindering them obtaining advantages from globalization and
participating in the international division of labor.
At the same time, the problem of provision of national food security is very topical
in many modern countries, including Russia. The age of stability and economic inte-
gration was replaced by disintegration processes that divide the participants of the
global economic system and make them develop independent production of the AIC
products, regardless of possession of absolute or relative competitive advantages.
The authors offer the hypothesis that the mechanism of import substitution provides
wide possibilities for supporting domestic production of the AIC products and brings
threats related to limitation of market self-management, which requires flexible
application of this mechanism. The purpose of the article is to study contradictions of
the mechanism of import substitution in the context of provision of food security and to
develop recommendations for overcoming it in modern Russia.
For verification of the offered hypothesis, the authors use the method of SWOT
analysis, which allows assessing strengths and weaknesses of the mechanism of import
substitution, as well as provided possibilities and threats in the context of provision of
national food security. For evaluation of the results of application of the mechanism of
import substitution in the modern Russia’s AIC from the point of view of provision of
national food security, we use the method of regression and correlation analysis. The
initial statistical information is given in Table 1.
Table 1. Dynamics of indicators for evaluating the results of application of the mechanism of
import substitution in the modern Russia’s AIC in 2011–2016
Indicators 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Share of domestic production of meat (except 42 46 49 57 66 76
poultry), %
Share of domestic production of poultry, % 81 87 87 88 91 96
Share of innovations-active companies, % 9.5 9.6 9.3 9 10.3 10.2
Share of private investments 99.1 98.6 99.2 99.3 99.7 99.7
Share of subsidies to companies, RUB billion 52.8 53.5 54.9 56.1 57.2 58.8
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of: (Federal State Statistics Service, 2017),
(Ministry of Agriculture of the RF 2017).
Possibilities and Threats of Starting the Mechanism of Import Substitution 53
For determination of consequences of implementing the policy of import substi-

tution in the Russia’s AIC, it is necessary to determine connection between various
indicators of activities of the AIC companies (y1-6) and the volume of subsidies to
companies of the AIC (x). The large this connection, the more favorable influence of
the policy of import substitution on development of the AIC.
3 Discussion
The principle of work of the mechanism of import substitution in the AIC in the context
of provision of food security is studied and described in the works (Bogoviz and
Mezhov 2015; Popkova et al. 2016; Sadovnikova et al. 2013; Popova et al. 2015;
Bogoviz et al. 2017; Sandu et al. 2017; Przhedetskaya and Akopova 2015). This allows
determining the high level of elaboration of the problem of this research. However, the
focus on the possibilities of application of this mechanism without consideration of
potential threats is a gap in the system of modern scientific knowledge, which is to be
filled by this article.
4 Results
Based on studying the experience of the countries of the world in application of the
mechanism of import substitution in the AIC and own logical comparisons of causal
connections of development of this process, the authors conducted SWOT analysis, the
results of which are given in Table 2.
Table 2. Results of SWOT analysis of application of the mechanism of import substitution in

the AIC in the context of provision of national food security
(S) Strengths of the mechanism of import (W) Weaknesses of the mechanism of import
substitution: substitution:
- quick effect, which allows developing - limitation of market self-management;
domestic production of deficit products of the - necessity for large state investments
AIC, which has been previously imported
(O) Opportunities of application of the (T) Threats of application of the mechanism of
mechanism of import substitution for import substitution for provision of national
provision of national food security: food security:
- reduction of the share of import of the AIC - deficit of the federal budget, which does not
products; allow for long realization of the policy of
- quick modernization of the AIC; import substitution;
- development of entrepreneurship in the - reduction of the volume of private investments
segments of the AIC in which it is required for into development of the AIC;
provision of food security - reduction of innovational activity of the AIC
companies
As is seen from Table 1, the key advantage of the mechanism of import substitution
is quick effect, which allows developing domestic manufacture of deficit products of
the AIC that was previously imported. Drawbacks of the mechanism of import sub-
stitution include limitation of market self-management and the need for large state
investments.
Possibilities of application of the mechanism of import substitution for provision of
national food security are related to reduction of the share of import of the AIC
products, quick modernization of the AIC, and development of entrepreneurship in the
segments of the AIC in which it is necessary for provision of food security.
Threats of application of the mechanism of import substitution for provision of
national food security include deficit of the federal budget, which does not allow for
long implementation of the policy of import substitution, reduction of the volume of
private investments into development of the AIC, and reduction of innovational activity
of the AIC companies.
The results of the regression and correlation analysis of the influence of the policy
of import substitution on the Russia’s AIC are given in Table 1.
As is seen from Table 3, in modern Russia the threats of import substitution have
not yet been realized. However, it is not yet effective either. Thus, subsidizing has led
to large growth of production of meat and poultry (+5.64% and +2.05%, accordingly,
with increase of the volume of subsidies by RUB 1 billion) with acceptable level of
correlation (77% and 88%, accordingly).
Table 3. Results of analysis of the influence of the policy of import substitution on the Russia’s
AIC
Indicators of AIC Indicators of correlation/regression
Change with increase of the volume of Strength of
subsidies by RUB 1 million connection
Share of domestic production of +5.64% 77%
meat (except for poultry), %
Share of domestic production of +2.05% 88%
poultry, %
Share of innovations-active +0.12% 31%
companies, %
Share of private investments +0.15% 73%
At the same time, the level of domestic production in these segments of the AIC
constitutes 76% and 96%, accordingly. This shows the lack of necessity for fighting the
import. In the segment of oil and wheat flour, Russia’s provision with own production
reaches 99%. That is, in the strategically important segments of the AIC, import is not a
problem.
At that, due to absence of necessary geographical conditions in other segments of
the AIC, especially production of exotic products, subsidizing will not allow reaching a
significant effect, so it is not effective at all. The volume of private investments into
development of the AIC companies is not influenced by the policy of import substi-
tution. Despite the acceptable level of correlation (73%), growth of the volume of
private investments constitutes 0.15%.
In view of the fact that in 2016 their share in the structure of investments constitutes
99.7, it is impossible to expect their large growth in percentage terms. This shows
absence of private business’s habit for state support. At that, a negative aspect of the
policy of import substitution in the Russia’s AIC is low innovational activity of
entrepreneurship.
The share of innovations-active companies constituted 10.2% in 2016. It does not
correlate with the state-provided subsidies and does not change with time. Such inno-
vational activity in the long-term may become a reason for reduction of competitiveness
of the domestic companies of the AIC. Then, import will be a serious threat for Russia.
For prevention of this scenario, we recommend supplementing the policy of import
substitution in the AIC by innovational policy. This allows preventing the reverse cycle
and return to dependence on import of the AIC products, the existing demand for which
will not be satisfied by domestic companies. Innovations will allow preserving and
multiplying the effect achieved due to successful policy of import substitution in
Russia. The logic and the process of overcoming the contradiction of the mechanism of
import substitution in the context of provision of food security in modern Russia is
shown in Fig. 1.
Provision of subsidies to companies of the AIC

within the policy of import substitution
Dependence on import of In
the AIC products th Reduction of competitiveness of the
e AIC companies
In lo
th ng
e -
sh ter
ort m
Reduction of innovational activity
- е
of the AIC company
Reduction of the ter
share of import in the m
AIC
Quick modernization
of the AIC
Stimulation of innovational activity of the AIC companies within the innovational policy
Fig. 1. Overcoming the contradiction of the mechanism of import substitution in the context of
provision of food security in modern Russia Source: compiled by the authors.
Development of the innovational policy in AIC is not a part of this work, being an
independent study. It should be noted that the tools of subsidizing should not be used
for stimulating the growth of innovational activity of the AIC companies, as well as
similar financial tools for stimulating innovational activity of the AIC companies – e.g.,
tax subsidies.
Instead, we recommend concentrating on non-financial tools of stimulation of
innovational activity of the AIC companies, aimed at stimulation of their own inno-
vational initiatives and creation of common favorable conditions for that. It is rec-
ommended to strengthen the institutional system and develop close cooperation
between state and business for exchange of information, which allows correcting the
policy in the sphere of innovations management in the Russia’s AIC.
5 Conclusions
Thus, contradiction of the mechanism of import substitution in the AIC in the context
of provision of food security is manifested in the fact that application of this mechanism
in the short term allows overcoming dependence on import and developing domestic
manufacture of deficit products of the AIC. In case of long application of the policy of
import substitution, domestic companies get used to state-provided subsidies, and lack
of foreign competition leads to elimination of natural market stimuli for manifestation
of innovational and investment activity.
In modern Russia, the policy of import substitution has been used for several years
and has not yet led to serious negative consequences, ensuring profits related to pro-
vision of national food security. Nevertheless, for preventing the threats of the policy of
import substitution, which are manifested in the long-term, the authors recommend
performing a transition to the policy of innovations management in the AIC, which is a
logical continuation of the policy of import substitution.
References
Sci. 9(3), 159–172 (2015)
1049–1057 (2016)
Policy in Agrarian Sphere in Implementation of Concept of Economic Growth. Eur. Res.
Stud. J. 18, Special Issue, 27–36 (2015)
(2015)
security. Agric. Econ. Russia 2(1), 2–8 (2017)
Ministry of Agriculture of the RF: Regarding distribution of subsidies in the agro-industrial
complex in 2017 (2017). http://government.ru/docs/26279/. Accessed 11 July 2017
Sandu, I.S., Bogoviz, А.V., Ryzhenkova, N.Е., Ragulina, Y.V.: Formation of innovational
infrastructure in the agrarian sector. AIC: Econ. Manage. 1(1), 35–41 (2017)
Selection of the Key Spheres of Modern
Russia’s Industry: Prioritizing
Aleksei V. Bogoviz1(&) , Vladimir S. Osipov2,3 ,

and Elena I. Semenova1
1
[email protected]
2
[email protected]
3
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to determine the key spheres of modern
Russia’s industry in the interests of stimulating its strategic development in the
long-term. During determining the key spheres of Russia’s industry, the authors
are guided by the Concept of long-term socio-economic development of the
Russian Federation until 2020, established by the Decree of the Government of
the RF dated November 17, 2008, No. 1662-r. The information and analytical
basis of the research includes the materials of the ranking for the values of the
global competitiveness index in 2016 according to the World Economic Forum
and the ranking for the knowledge economy index according to the World Bank.
In order to study the current state of Russia’s industry and to determine the
priorities of its development, the authors use the method of structural and
functional analysis. In the course of the research, the authors come to the
conclusion that state’s non-interference into the real sector of the Russian
economy is a reason for its development in strategically unprofitable direction; it
is necessary to set priorities of development of modern Russia’s industry. The
authors substantiate the necessity for and present the logic of restructuring of
modern Russia’s industry.
Keywords: Industry Modern Russia Priorities of development

National competitiveness Sustainability
1 Introduction
The real (industrial) sector is a basis of provision of sustainability of economic systems’

development. For optimization of entrepreneurship (relocating industrial production
into countries with cheaper and more accessible resources and lower ecological stan-
dards) and post-industrialization, most developed and developing countries have been
preferring the development of the service sphere of economy.

Selection of the Key Spheres of Modern Russia’s Industry 59
The long global economic recession, which was a result of this tendency, became
an argument in favor of refusal from full-scale post-industrialization and transition to
formation of knowledge economy or innovations-oriented economy, in which the
preference is given not to the sector of national economy but to innovations-active
companies in any sectors and high-tech spheres of industrial sector of economy.
Due to this, the interest to industry as to a means of overcoming the recession’s
consequences and prevention of new crises, as well as potential vector of growth of
economy, grew. In modern Russia, industrial specialization still survives. However, the
basis of economy and export orientation at the mineral extraction spheres are the
reasons for unprofitable position of the Russian entrepreneurship at the beginning of
the added value chain of industrial goods and for instability caused by high volatility of
the global prices for raw materials.
Our hypothesis is that state’s non-interference with the real sector of the Russian
economy is a reason for its development in strategically unprofitable direction; it is
necessary to put priorities of development of modern Russia’s industry. The purpose of
the article is to determine the key spheres of modern Russia’s industry in the interest of
stimulating its strategic development in the long-term.
While determining the key spheres of Russia’s industry in this research, we use the
Concept of long-term socio-economic development of the RF until 2020, established
by the Decree of the Government of the Russian Federation dated November 17, 2008,
No. 1662-r (Government of the Russian Federation 2008).
The authors use the materials of the World Economic Forum and the World Bank
for 2016 and the official statistical information of the Federal State Statistics Service for
2016, which is shown graphically in Figs. 1 and 2.
Fig. 1. Sectorial structure of internal industrial production of Russia in 2016. Source: compiled
by the authors based on materials: (Federal State Statistics Service, 2016).
Fig. 2. Sectorial structure of export and import of Russia in 2016. Source: compiled by the
authors based on: (Federal State Statistics Service, 2016).
For studying the current state of Russia’s industry and determining the priorities of
its development, this article uses the method of structural and functional analysis.
3 Discussion
The role and value of the real sector in development of modern economic systems are
reflected in the works (Khan 2017; Fujii and Managi 2016; Kinahan 2016; Anokhi-
naetal 2016; Bogoviz and Mezhov 2015; Duman and Kurekovà 2016; Osipov and
Skryl 2016). The tendencies of development of modern Russia’s industry are shown in
publications (Przhedetskaya and Panasenkova 2014; Shakirtkhanov 2017; Trindade
et al. 2016; Veselovskyetal 2017; Korobkin et al., 2015; Malyshkov and Ragulina
2014; Popkova 2017; Przhedetskaya and Akopova 2015; Kosov et al. 2016).
4 Results
As is seen from Fig. 1, the main sphere of industry in modern Russia (as of 2016) is
processing production. Their share in the structure of the industrial components of
gross domestic product (GDP) constitutes 56.8%, and in the structure of industrial
component of gross added value – 43.3%. Minerals extraction is also an important
sphere. Its share in the structure of the industrial component of gross domestic product
(GDP) constitutes 17.3%, and in the structure of industrial component of gross added
value – 30.1%.
The spheres of production and distribution of electric energy, natural gas, and water
form 11.5% of the industrial components of gross domestic product (GDP) and 8.6% of
the industrial component of gross added value. The construction sphere provides 14.4%
of the industrial component of gross domestic product (GDP) and 18% of the industrial
component of gross added value. The total share of industry in Russia’s GDP con-
stitutes 44.5%, and in the structure of gross added value – 32.6%.
In the structure of Russia’s export in 2016, mineral products account for 63.8%.
They are followed by metals and precious stones (11.9%), machinery, equipment, and
transport vehicles (7.4%). The main imported products are machinery, equipment, and
transport vehicles (44.8%), products of chemical industry (18.6%), food products, and
agricultural resources (14.5%).
In the Concept of long-term socio-economic development of the RF until 2020, the
strategic priorities are as follows: provision of national economic security, stability and
sustainability of development of economic system, creation of innovations-oriented
economy (knowledge economy), and provision of global competitiveness. In the
ranking of global competitiveness index in 2016, Russia received 4.5 points and 43rd
position (World Economic Forum 2017), and in the ranking of knowledge economy
index – 5.78 points and 55th position (World Bank 2017).
Comparing the current situation in Russia’s industry and strategic landmarks of
economy’s development, we determines a lot of mismatches. Firstly, high dependence
on import of strategic goods (machinery, equipment, and transport means) and food
products contradicts the idea of provision of national economic security. Secondly,
export of mineral products contradicts the idea of stability and sustainability of
development of economy, causing its dependence on the global prices for these
products.
Thirdly, the fact that high-tech spheres are not separated in the structure of industry
shows their insignificant role in development of the Russian real sector. This is con-
firmed by low value of knowledge economy index. Fourthly, domination of export into
the CIS countries – on the partnership, not competitive, basis – reflects low competi-
tiveness of the Russian industrial products, which is confirmed by low value of the
global competitiveness index.
According to the Concept of socio-economic development of Russia, we deter-
mined the following key spheres of industry:
– export-oriented spheres of processing industry: their development is aimed at
provision of stability of development of Russia’s economic system and strength-
ening of its positions in the global arena as a supplier of finished products, not just
mineral resources;
– high-tech spheres of industry: their development is orientes at stimulating creation
of innovations-oriented economy (knowledge economy) in Russia;
– spheres of heavy machinery and food industry: their development is aimed at
stimulating provision of national economic security of Russia through import
substitution.
At the same time, it should be emphasized that while preferring the above
top-priority spheres, one must remember the current main sphere of industry – pro-
cessing industry, which provides a large share of GDP, is a basis of export and the key
source of tax revenues into budgets of various levels.
That’s why these priorities should be viewed as additions to the main sphere of
Russia’s industry, not as its replacement. In the long-term, when these top-priority
spheres oust the processing industry from the leading position in the structure of gross
national product, gross added value, and export, it will be expedient to take it from the
list of top-priority spheres – still, until that time such measure has a risk of emergence
of the national economic crisis. The offered logic of prioritization of the sphere of
industry in modern Russia is shown in Fig. 3.
The reason for necessity of prioritization: non-conformity of the current structure of

industry to the landmarks set in the concept of socio-economic development of
modern Russia
Innovational
development
(knowledge economy)
Priority of development
of export-oriented spheres Priority of development
of processing industry of high-tech spheres of
industry
Priorities of
development
of economy
Stability and Priority of development of heavy Economic security

strengthening of machinery and food industry (Import substitution)
positions in the global
arena
Result of development of top-priority spheres of industry: increase of global

competitiveness of economy, acceleration of the rate, and increase of sustainability of
its development in the long-term
Fig. 3. Logic of prioritization of the spheres of industry in modern Russia. Source: compiled by
the authors.
As is seen from Fig. 3, the reason for the necessity of prioritization consists in
non-conformity of the current structure of industry to the landmarks, set in the concept
of socio-economic development of modern Russia. As a result, development of
top-priority spheres of industry achieves the increase of global competitiveness of
economy, acceleration of rate, and increase of sustainability of its development in the
long-term.
5 Conclusions
Thus, the results of the performed research confirm the offered hypothesis and provide
the proofs of the necessity for restructuring of modern Russia’s industry. The offered
and substantiated priorities should be established in the national strategy of
socio-economic development. The term of implementation of this strategy should be set
for 2030-2035, as in the opposite case its implementation will be related to high level of
risk and low probability of success.
It should be noted that selection of new key spheres of modern Russia’s industry is
necessary not only for achievement of internal goals of economic development but also
for stimulating its establishment in the status of a leading economic state in the global
level, as well as strengthening of international economic ties and relations. The offered
logic of prioritization of the spheres of industry in modern Russia corresponds to the
national program of modernization of economy, which is realized in modern Russia,
which creates a basis for successful development of the distinguished top-priority
spheres of industry.
However, prioritization is the first of the many steps on the way to successful
restructuring of modern Russia’s industry. An important step is also determination of
effective tools of development of the above spheres of industry, as without the mea-
sures of state regulation these spheres will develop very slowly. Development of the
system of regulation measures is a perspective direction for further scientific research in
this sphere.
References
growth of the agro-industrial complex. J. Internet Bank. Commerce 21(3), 224 (2016)
9(3), 159–172 (2015)
Hungary and Slovakia: the case of industrial policy. Changing Models of Capitalism in
Europe and the U.S.,pp. 99–120 (2016)
Industrial Revolution, 1750–1930. Cliometrica, pp. 1–29 (2017)
institutions and collections of industrial and product design. Econ. Develop. Q. 30(4),
329–341 (2016)
for patents prior-art retrieval and structured physical knowledge extracting. Commun.
Comput. Inf. Sci. 535, 124–136 (2015)
Kosov, M.E., Akhmadeev, R.G., Osipov, V.S., et al.: Socio-economic planning of the economy.
Indian J. Sci. Technol. 9(36), 1–11 (2016)
future. Life Sci. J. 11(6), 118–121 (2014)
development. Int. Bus. Manage. 10(6), 710–717 (2016)
(2015)
Trindade, J.R., Cooney, P., de Oliveira, W.P.: Industrial Trajectory and Economic Development:
Dilemma of the Re-primarization of the Brazilian Economy. Rev. Radic. Political Econ.
48(2), 269–286 (2016)
World Bank. Knowledge economy index (2017). http://web.worldbank.org/archive/
website01030/WEB/IMAGES/KAM_V4.PDF. Accessed 25 Jul 2017
World Economic Forum. The Global Competitiveness Report 2016–2017 (2017). http://reports.
weforum.org/global-competitiveness-index/. Accessed 25 Jul 2017
Government of the Russian Federation. The Concept of long-term socio-economic development
of the Russian Federation until 2020, established by the Decree of the Government of the
Russian Federation dated November 17, 2008, No. 1662-r (2008). http://www.consultant.ru/
document/cons_doc_LAW_82134/28c7f9e359e8af09d7244d8033c66928fa27e527/. Acces-
sed 25 Jul 2017
State Audit as a Mandatory Condition
of Budget Policy Effectiveness
Aleksei V. Bogoviz1(&) , Aleksei I. Bolonin2,

and Svetlana V. Lobova3
1
[email protected]
2
Moscow State Institute of International Relations, Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
3
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the work is to substantiate the necessity for applying
state audit for achieving high effectiveness of budge policy of economic systems
by the example of modern Russia. The authors develop a methodology of
evaluation of budget policy effectiveness and use it by the example of modern
Russia. The authors show that budget policy of modern Russia is not effective,
and systemic state audit is required for its increase. The authors determine the
main reasons for low effectiveness of the budget policy in modern Russia and
view the process of increase of budget policy effectiveness with the help of state
audit. As a result of research it is concluded that low effectiveness of budget
policy in modern Russia is caused by lack of control and independence of public
authorities’ bodies that conduct the development and implementation of the
budget policy. Solving this problem requires introduction of state audit of the
budget policy. It should be noted that state audit leads to the interest of the public
authorities that conduct its development and implementation of the budget policy
in achieving its high effectiveness. That’s why state audit is an inseparable
condition of effectiveness of the budget policy.
Keywords: State audit Budget policy Effectiveness State management

Federal budget Modern Russia
1 Introduction
Budget policy is a basis of implementation all other directions of state policy, as it

forms their resource provision. The effectiveness of budget policy determines the
economic systems’ capability for achieving strategic goals of their development with
preservation of sustainability. This predetermines high topicality of scientific study of
the foundations of development and implementation of the budget policy from the
point of view of its effectiveness.

At present, there is high interest to budget policy, as the global financial crisis that
started in 2008 showed that ineffective budget policy may lead to serious negative
consequences, related to multiple limitations on the economic system and become a
reason for its default.
During the period of stability, the consequences of ineffective budget policy are
manifested not so clearly, though in the long-term it increases the risk component of
state management of economy. Despite the general acknowledgement of the necessity
for provision of high effectiveness of budget policy of the state, the methodological
foundations of its precise measuring are not strong enough, which is a reason for
arguments among the experts.
The study is based on the hypothesis that budget policy of modern Russia is
characterized by low effectiveness, and its increase requires systemic state audit. The
purpose of the work is to substantiate the necessity for application of state audit for
achieving high effectiveness of budget policy of economic systems by the example of
modern Russia.
We think that the most important indicator of effectiveness of budget policy is balance
of the country’s federal budget.
At the same time, the budget balance reflects mainly rationality of spending the
budget assets, so it is necessary to take into account its results during assessment of
effectiveness of budget policy. One of the most important results is social well-being in
the country – reflected by index of happiness. In the conditions of creation of
knowledge economy, another result is achievement of innovational development of
economy, which is reflected by index of innovativeness of economy.
In the conditions of global competition, the result of budget policy is also com-
petitiveness of economy, which is reflected by the corresponding index. At that, all
these results are equal. We developed the methodology for evaluation of effectiveness
of budget policy. Within this methodology, depending on the combination of balance
of the federal budget and the results of implementation of budget policy, the indicator
of its effectiveness (Pbe) is assigned the value from 1 point (minimum effectiveness) to
20 points (maximum effectiveness) in whole numbers according to the developed
matrix (Table 1).
As is seen from Table 2, we distinguished five intervals of balance of the federal
budget: zero balance, slight surplus of the budget (up to 1.5% of GDP), large surplus of
the budget (more than 1.5% of GDP), and slight deficit of the budget (up to 1.5% of
GDP) and large deficit of the budget (more than 1.5% of GDP).
We also distinguished four variants of combining the indicators of efficiency of
budget policy: high values for all indicators (VVV), high values for two indicators, but
low value for one of the indicators (VVN), high value for one indicator and low values
for two other indicators (VNN), and low values for all indicators (NNN). High-quality
assessment of the value of indicators of budget policy efficiency is conducted with the
expert method depending on the national peculiarities of the economic system.
State Audit as a Mandatory Condition of Budget Policy Effectiveness 67
Table 1. Dynamics of indicators of implementation of budget policy in the Russian Federation

in 2011-2017 on the basis of the federal budget
Indicators 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
2017
forecast
Revenues of the 11,366.0 12,853.7 13,019.9 14,496.8 15,082.4 16,271.8 17,088.6
federal budget, RUB
billion
Revenues of the 20.3 20.7 19.7 18.5 19.5 19.6 19.0
federal budget, % of
GDP
Expenditures of the 10,935.2 12,890.6 13,342.9 14,830.6 15,513.1 16,854.9 17,536.2
federal budget, RUB
billion
Expenditures of the 19.5 20.7 20.2 19.0 20.0 20.1 20.2
federal budget, % of
GDP
Balance of the 430.8 -36.9 -323.0 -333.8 -430.7 -583.1 -447.6
budget, RUB billion
Balance of the 0.8 0.0 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5 -0.5 -1.2
budget, % of GDP
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of: Ministry of Finance of the Russian Federation
(2017).
Table 2. The matrix of values, assigned to the indicator of effectiveness of budget policy
Balance of the federal Values of index of
budget (C), % of GDP happiness, index of
innovativeness of
economy, and index of
competitiveness of
economy
VVV VVN VNN NNN
C=0 18 13 9 5
0 < C 1.5 19 15 10 4
C > 1.5 20 14 8 3
-1.5 C < 0 17 12 7 2
C < -1.5 16 11 6 1
3 Discussion
Theoretical and methodological and applied issues of measuring and provision of

effectiveness of budget policy of economic systems, including practical examples from
the experience of modern countries of the world, are reflected in the materials of the
research by Popkova et al. (2017); Bykanova et al. (2017); Przhedetskaya and Akopova
(2016); Sadovnikova (2013); Busemeyer and Garritzmann (2017); Osipov et al. (2017).
However, not enough attention is paid to state audit of budget policy, which requires
further research.
4 Results
Dynamics of balance of the federal budget of the RF in 2011–2017 is shown in Fig. 1.
forecast
Budget balance, RUB
billion
Budget balance, % of
GDP
Fig. 1. Dynamics of balance of the federal budget of the RF in 2011–2017. Source: compiled by
the authors
As is seen from Fig. 1, 2011 marked the surplus of the federal budget of the Russian
Federation that equaled RUB 430.8 billion (0.8% of GDP), despite the post-crisis
period. It was followed by deficit of the federal budget, which by 2017 reached RUB
447.6 billion (1.2% of GDP). In 2017, Russia received 5.963 points out of 10 (49th place
in the ranking of the countries of the world) according to the index of population’s
happiness; 38.8 points out of 100 (45th place) according to the index of economy’s
innovativeness; 4.5 out of 10 (43rd place) according to the index of economy’s global
competitiveness.
For Russia, which strived to become a leading developed country of the world,
such values of the indicators of efficiency of budget policy are rather low. Together
with insignificant surplus of the federal budget, the indicator of effectiveness of budget
policy is assigned with 2 points according to the developed estimate methodology. We
determined the following main reasons of such low value of the indicator effectiveness
of budget policy in modern Russia:
– strong influence of shadow economy on the process of implementation of budget
policy, which leads to reduction of revenues into the federal budget (reduction of
the revenue part) and inappropriate spending of its assets (exceeding the expendi-
ture part);
– lack of responsibility, accountability, and mechanisms of regulation of the process
of development and implementation of budget policy.
State Audit as a Mandatory Condition of Budget Policy Effectiveness 69
Both determined problems of achievement of high effectiveness of budget policy in

modern Russia could be solved fully or partially with the help of state audit. In this
research, we view state audit in a wide sense, seeing it not only as control over
implementation of the budget by comparing revenues and expenditures but also as
analysis of effectiveness of collecting the revenues into the budget and conducting the
expenditures of the state budget.
State audit allows turning the developers of the budget policy from the last instance,
which possesses unlimited state power, into controlled bodies of public authorities,
which are responsible before the corresponding body (state auditor) and society. The
sense of the process of increase of effectiveness of budget policy with the help of state
audit is shown in Fig. 2.
State audit
control control
responsibility and accountability
Collection of Development of Spending of the

revenues into the budget’s budget’s assets
the budget project
Increase of budget’s Increase of spending of Strict targeted spending

growth budget’s assets of budget assets
Increase of effectiveness of the budget policy
Fig. 2. The process of increase of effectiveness of budget policy with the help of state audit
As is seen from Fig. 2, state audit should be conducted over the whole budget
process. At the stage of collection of revenues into the budget and spending of the
budget assets, state audit allows reducing or overcoming shadow economy, ensuring
the increase of revenues and strictly appropriate spending of budget assets. At the stage
of development of the budget’s project, state audit allows increasing rationality of
spending of budget assets. In totality, this leads to increase of budget policy
effectiveness.
State audit is a mandatory condition of effectiveness of budget policy, as it allows
forming and supporting the stimulus for provision of its effectiveness. Lack of state
audit leads to lack of control over developers of the budget policy, which contradicts
the idea of high effectiveness of their work. That’s why introduction of state audit of
the budget policy is a necessary measure for providing its high effectiveness.
5 Conclusion
As a result of the research, it is possible to conclude that effectiveness of budget policy

in modern Russia is low. This is caused primarily by lack of control and independence
of public authorities’ bodies, which conduct development and realization of the budget
policy. In order to solve this problem, this work offers the state audit of budget policy.
At that, it should be noted that without state audit there’s no interest from public
authorities, which conduct development and realization of budget policy, to achieve-
ment of its high effectiveness. That’s why state audit is a mandatory condition of
budget policy effectiveness. The key condition of success of implementation of state
audit in the interests of increase of budget policy effectiveness is observation of all
principles of audit.
Thus there arises a question who should be assigned with the responsibility for
conduct of state audit of budget policy: existing body or specially created body of
public authorities or private independent organization. The detailed development of the
process of state audit of budget policy requires further scientific research.
References
Ministry of Finance of the Russian Federation. Dynamics of revenues and expenditures of the
federal budget of the Russian Federation in 2011–2017 (2017). http://info.minfin.ru/fbrash.
php. Accessed 26 Jul 2017
Popkova, E., Bogoviz, A., Litvinova, T., Alieva, N., Gorbacheva, A.: Methodological
recommendations for improvement of statistical accounting and assessment of innovations
in agriculture. AIC: Econ. Manage. 7(1), 42–50 (2017)
Bykanova, O.A., Akhmadeev, R.G., Kosov, M.E., Ponkratov, V.V., Osipov, V.S., Ragulina, Y.
V.: Assessment of the economic potential of sovereign wealth funds. J. Appl. Econ. Sci. 12
(1/47), 70–84 (2017)
Przhedetskaya, N.V., Akopova, E.S.: Imperative of state in the process of establishment of
innovational economy in the globalizing world. Eur. Res. Stud. 9(2), 79–85 (2016)
Busemeyer, M.R., Garritzmann, J.L.: Public opinion on policy and budgetary trade-offs in
European welfare states: evidence from a new comparative survey. J. Eur. Public Policy. 24
(6), 871–889 (2017)
Osipov, V.S., Bykanova, O.A., Akhmadeev, R.G., Bogoviz, A.V., Smirnov, V.M.: External debt
burden and its impact on the countries’ budgetary policy. J. Appl. Econ. Sci. 12(2), 342–355
(2017)
The Mechanism of Activation of the Process
of Import Substitution in the Agro-Industrial
Complex for Provision of Food Security
Aleksei V. Bogoviz1(&) , Aydar M. Tufetulov2,

and Denis A. Chepik3
1
[email protected]
2
Institute of Management, Economics and Finance, Kazan (Volga) Federal
University, Kazan, Russia
[email protected]
3
Russian Research Institute of Agricultural Economics, Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the work is to develop the practice-oriented mech-

anism of activation of the process of import substitution in the agro-industrial
complex (AIC) for the purpose of provision of food security in modern Russia.
The offered hypothesis is verified with the help of the regression and correlation
analysis. In the course of the research, the authors prove that subsidizing, which
is the only measure, used for stimulating import substitution in modern Russia,
is not effective and leads to additional load on the deficit federal budget. In order
to reduce the entering barriers and increase competition in the sphere of AIC in
modern Russia, the authors offer to use the mechanism of public-private part-
nership. This will allow attracting flexible and adaptable small and medium
business into this sphere due to provision of state production capacities, as well
as private investments by means of state guarantees. The authors describe the
functions of the state and private business, as well as logic of activation of the
process of import substitution of the AIC for provision of food security by
application of the mechanism of public-private partnership.
Keywords: Import substitution AIC National food security

Public-private partnership Modern Russia
1 Introduction
Agro-industrial specialization is not a peculiar feature of the modern Russian

economy – both due to the influence of geographical factors and to striving of the
national economic system to quick post-industrialization, which is conducted not by
means of development of the service sphere but by means of increase of its share in the
structure of economy with reduction of business activity in other spheres.

In view of high demand for agro-industrial products, caused by growth of the

number of population and striving for increase of the living standards, this leads to the
problem of provision of food security. This problem was traditional solved with the
help of import. However, in recent years, this method of solving it became less
accessible due to violation of international economic connections of Russia in the
conditions of the financial crisis, which was replaced by the sanctions.
Change of suppliers of imported agro-industrial products did not lead to complete
solution of the problem of provision of food security in modern Russia, as in the con-
ditions of instability of the geopolitical situation there is a risk of violation of shipment of
agro-industrial products. Therefore, the most effective means of provision of food
security of modern Russia’s economy is import substitution in the agro-industrial
complex.
The course at import substitution in the AIC was officially accounces in the Strategy
of socio-economic development of the agro-industrial complex of the RF until 2020, but
over the five years of its implementation there were no substantial results, and the
Russia’s economy’s dependence on import of agro-industrial products is preserved.
In this research, we offer the hypothesis that the reason for unsuccessfulness of
implementation of the course for import substitution in the AIC in modern Russia
consists in absence of practical measures of its implementation. The goal of this work is
to develop the practice-oriented mechanism of activation of the process of import
substitution in the AIC for provision of food security in modern Russia.
The measures applied for implementation of the Strategy of socio-economic develop-

ment of the agro-industrial complex of the RF until 2020 (Russian Academy of Agri-
cultural Sciences 2017) are described in the program of state support for agro-industrial
complex in the RF (Kuban Agricultural Information and Consultation Center 2017).
This program of state support for agro-industrial complex in the RF supposes
exclusive subsidizing of enterprises of the AIC. Statistical information on the course of
implementation of this strategy is given in the materials of the Ministry of Agriculture
of the RF on distribution of subsidies in the agro-industrial complex in 2017 (Ministry
of Agriculture of the RF 2017).
The offered hypothesis is verified by the authors with the help of the method of
regression and correlation analysis. It is true if the coefficient of correlation of the
number and turnover of enterprises of the AIC and the volume of their subsidizing by
the state is below 90% - otherwise, the hypothesis will be overturned.
3 Discussion
The problem of provision of national food security is has been studied in multiple
works of modern authors, which include Bogoviz and Mezhov (2015); Popkova et al.
(2016); Sadovnikova et al. (2013); Popova et al. (2015); Bogoviz et al. (2017); Sandu
et al. (2017); Przhedetskaya and Akopova (2015); Dudukalov et al. (2016).
The Mechanism of Activation of the Process of Import Substitution 73
The performed content analysis of scientific literature on the topic of the research
showed that despite the statement on the necessity for applying import substitution for
provision of national food security, practical recommendations and mechanisms of
activation of this process are not offered, which is a basis for further scientific research
in this direction.
4 Results
The results of regression and correlation analysis showed that increase of the volume of
state subsidizing of enterprises of the AIC by RUB 1 billion leads to increase of their
turnover by RUB 2.3 billion (correlation coefficient constitutes 81.4%), and their
number decreases by 2 companies (correlation coefficient constitutes 0.1%).
This shows that the applied measures for implementation of the Strategy of
socio-economic development of the agro-industrial complex of the RF influence the
process of development of import substitution in an insignificant way and even slow it
down. It should be noted that the connection between the volume of state subsidies and
turnover of enterprises could be predetermined not so much by their real interdepen-
dence as by the influence of inflation.
Thus, subsidizing is characterized by low effectiveness as to stimulation of import
substitution in modern Russia and leads only to additional load on the deficit federal
budget. It is risky to rely on the market mechanism that works successfully in other
spheres of economy, as the spheres of AIC is of top-priority from the point of view of
provision of national food security, and high dependence on the geographical factor
(which influence in unfavorable in Russia) due to close connection to agriculture
reduces investment attractiveness of this sphere.
The companies of the AIC are represented mostly by large business, the important
role in the work of which belongs to fixed assets and production technologies, which
determines high entering barriers for new players. Current companies of the AIC have
stationary organizational structure, which does not allow them to react to market sig-
nals and leads to their low competitiveness.
In order to reduce the entering barriers and increase competition in the sphere of
AIC in modern Russia, the authors offer to use the mechanism of public-private
partnership. This will allow attracting flexible and adaptable small and medium busi-
ness on the basis of provision of state production capacities and attracting private
investments by means of state guarantees.
The state’s functions within partnership in the sphere of AIC should be brought
down to the following:
– provision of production capacities: state should be the initiator of partnership with
private business, providing premises, equipment, and technologies. These could be
production capacities which the state already owns or the ones specifically pur-
chased for this goal;
– establishment of national priorities of the AIC for import substitution: projects of

public-private partnership should be created in the segments of the AIC in which
entrepreneurship is least developed, but there’s a large demand for its products, i.e.,
there’s deficit;
– provision of guarantees for investors: in the conditions of deficit of the federal
budget, state investments might be not enough for formation of necessary pro-
duction capacities, and there would be a need for private investments, attracted by
means of state guarantees of their return.
The functions of private business within partnership in the AIC should be the
following:
– flexible and adaptable management of projects of public-private partnership in the
AIC: effective management within the partnership with the state is provided by
small and medium companies;
– placement of investments into the projects of public-private partnership in the AIC:
the main investment load will be placed on private business;
– marketing in the AIC: determining perspective directions of development of the
AIC and new tendencies of demand.
The offered mechanism of activation of the process of import substitution in the
AIC for provision of food security is shown in Table 1.
Table 1. Dynamics of indicators of development of Russia’s AIC in 2011-2016

Indicators Values of indicators for the years
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Turnover of enterprises, RUB billion 3,986.2 4,058.7 4,138.5 4,216.7 4,675.6 5,526.3
Number of enterprises, thousand 51.2 51.5 48.5 47.6 50.9 51.4
Volume of subsidies to enterprises, 52.8 53.5 54.9 56.1 57.2 58.8
RUB billion
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of: (Federal State Statistics Service, 2017),
As is seen from Fig. 1, implementation of the mechanism of public-private part-

nership leads to growth of competition of enterprises in the AIC, as market barriers for
players are reduced. This stimulates increase of flexibility and innovational activity of
all enterprises in the AIC, as it makes them care for their competitiveness. This activate
the process of import substitution in the AIC, as this leads to equal filling of its
segments and manufacture of competitive products that satisfy the demand of domestic
consumers. As a result, the problem of provision of national food security is achieved.
The Mechanism of Activation of the Process of Import Substitution 75
Fig. 1. Mechanism of public-private partnership for activation of the process of import

substitution in the AIC for provision of food security. Source: compiled by the authors.
5 Conclusion
It should be concluded that only competitive environment can activate the process of
import substitution in the AIC, as its absence became the reason for high dependence
on import of products of the AIC in modern Russia. As it is difficult to achieve high
level of competition in the AIC with private business only – due to high barriers for
entering – it is necessary for the state to be involved.
Public-private partnership is an optimal variant of development of business activity
in the AIC, as it allows reducing barriers for new players while preserving their
marketing activity – which cannot be ensured by the measures for subsidizing the
innovational activity of current enterprises in the Russia’s AIC.
The results of the performed research are limited by underdevelopment of the
mechanism of public-private partnership in domestic economic practice, which com-
plicated the application of the offered authors’ recommendations. That’s why a per-
spective direction of further research should be development of the theoretical and
methodological platform of public-private partnership and practical aspects of its
implementation in modern Russia.
References
Kuban Agricultural Information and Consultation Center. State support for agro-industrial
complex in the RF (2017). http://www.kaicc.ru/gosudarstvennaja-podderzhka-apk/
subsidirovanie-i-finansirovanie/gosudarstvennaja-podderzhka-agroprom. Accessed 11 Jul
2017
Russian Academy of Agricultural Sciences. Strategy of socio-economic development of the
agro-industrial complex of the RF until 2020 (2017). http://www.vniiesh.ru/documents/
document_9509_Стратегия%20АПК%202020.pdf. Accessed 11 Jul 2017
Ministry of Agriculture of the RF. Regarding distribution of subsidies in the agro-industrial
complex in 2017 (2017). http://government.ru/docs/26279/. Accessed 11 Jul 2017
9(3), 159–172 (2015)
improving the environmental safety in developing countries. Environ. Develop. Sustain.
18(4), 1049–1057 (2016)
J. 18(Special Issue), 27–36 (2015)
security. Agric. Econ. Russ. 2(1), 2–8 (2017)
infrastructure in the agrarian sector. AIC: Econ. Manage. 1(1), 35–41 (2017)
(2015)
The Modern Methodology of Managing
the Process of Import Substitution
in the Agro-Industrial Complex
for Provision of Food Security
Mikhail A. Babeshin(&), Andrey S. Karpov, and Karina V. Karpova
Military University of the Ministry of Defence of the RF, Moscow, Russia

[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to develop the modern methodology of

managing the process of import-substitution in the agro-industrial complex for
provision of Russia’s food security. For assessing the effectiveness of the
methodology of managing the process of import substitution for provision of
food security, applied in modern Russia, the authors use the proprietary formula,
which allows assessing the effectiveness of the methodology of managing the
process of import substitution in the agro-industrial complex for provision of
food security in statics. In order to build a full picture of its effectiveness, the
authors determine the effectiveness of this methodology in dynamics with
the help of regression analysis. As a result of the research, the authors prove the
thesis that the methodology of managing the process of import substitution in the
agro-industrial complex for provision of food security, which is used in modern
Russia, is not effective. For solving the problem of provision of national food
security, Russia requires a new modern managerial methodology.
Keywords: State management Import substitution Food security

Agro-industrial complex
1 Introduction
The problem of provision of national food is topical for a lot of countries, which
implement the course of internal and foreign production specialization, which differs
from the agro-industrial complex. This is true for developed and quickly developing
countries, which want to conform to the global tendencies and conduct industrialization
and then post-industrialization of economy, which is accompanied by slowdown of the
rate of development of the agro-industrial complex and increase of their dependence on
import of foods products.
In the period of global recession, the problem of provision of national food security
in these countries grew due to failures in the system of international economic relations.
This became a push for starting the processes of import substitution in the
agro-industrial complex for provision of food security. In modern Russia, the
methodology of managing the process of import substitution in the agro-industrial

78 M. A. Babeshin et al.
complex for provision of food security is of the integrated structure - that is it supposes
usage of one managerial tool – financial support with small variations.
Our hypothesis within this article is that the methodology of managing the process
of import substitution in the agro-industrial sphere for provision of food security in
modern Russia is not effective. In order to solve the problem of provision of national
food security of Russia, we need a new modern managerial methodology. In this
article, we seek the goal of verification of this hypothesis and development of the
modern methodology of managing the process of import substitution in the
agro-industrial complex for provision of food security in Russia.
For assessment of effectiveness of the methodology of managing the process of import

substitution in the agro-industrial complex for provision of food security, applied in
modern Russia, we offer to use the following proprietary formula:
Emu ¼ DInfs=DVSaic ð1Þ
where Emu – effectiveness of methodology of managing the process of import sub-

stitution in the agro-industrial complex for provision of food security, applied in
modern Russia;
ΔInfs – annual growth of the value of index of national food security of Russia;
ΔVSaic – annual growth of the volume of subsidies to the companies of the
agro-industrial complex of Russia.
The value of Emu should be treated with a traditional method of treatment of
indicators of effectiveness. If this indicator exceeds 1, effectiveness is positive, which
shows the expedience of application of this methodology. If the value Emu is equal or
below 1, effectiveness is negative, which shows inexpedience of application of this
methodology.
The offered formula allows assessing the effectiveness of methodology of
managing the process of import substitution in the agro-industrial complex for provi-
sion of food security, which is applied in modern Russia, in statics. In order to compile
a fuller picture of its effectiveness, the authors determine effectiveness of this
methodology in dynamics with the help of regression analysis.
This analysis is used for determining the presence and character (positive or neg-
ative) and strength (strong or weak) of the connection between the volume of subsidies
to companies of the agro-industrial complex (VSaic) and the value of the index of
national food security (Infs) and the place in the ranking of countries as to the index of
national food security (Infs). The basic values of these indicators are shown in Table 1.
The Modern Methodology of Managing the Process of Import Substitution 79
Table 1. Dynamics of values of the index of national food security and the volume of subsidies
to the companies in Russia in 2012–2016
Indicators Symbol Values of indicators for the
years
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Value of the index of national food security, points Infs 68.9 60.9 62.7 63.8 63.8
Place in the ranking of countries as to the value of Infs 29 40 40 43 43
the index of national food security
Volume of subsidies to companies of the VSaic 53.5 54.9 56.1 57.2 58.8
agro-industrial complex, RUB billion
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of: (The Economist Intelligence Unit 2017),
3 Discussion
The issues of the methodological character, related to the issue of managing the process
of import substitution in the agro-industrial complex for provision of national food
security, are studied in the works (Bogoviz and Mezhov 2015), (Popkova et al. 2016),
(Sadovnikova et al. 2013), (Popova et al. 2015), (Bogoviz et al. 2017), (Sandu et al.
2017), and (Przhedetskaya and Akopova 2015).
4 Results
In the course of application of the developed formula for assessing the effectiveness of
complex for provision of food security, applied in modern Russia, we obtained the
following results (Table 2).
Table 2. Results of evaluation of effectiveness of the applied methodology

Indicators Estimate values of
indicators for the years
2013 2014 2015 2016
Infs 0.88 1.03 1.02 1.00
VSaic 1.03 1.02 1.02 1.03
Emu 0.86 1.01 1.00 0.97
Source: compiled by the authors
As is seen from Fig. 1, effectiveness of methodology of managing the process of

import substitution in the agro-industrial complex for provision of food security,
applied in modern Russia, was negative in 2013 (0.86), 2015 (1.00), and 2016 (0.97),
and in 2014 it barely exceeded the threshold of positive value (1.01). This shows the
inexpedience of application of this methodology. The results of regression analysis are
given in Table 3.
Landmarks: Goal of management of import substitution in the

achievement of long-term agro-industrial complex: reduction of the share of
effect from management; import of food products with preservation of the high
provision of national food level of competition among national companies of the
security. agro-industrial complex
Priorities: Subject of management: authorized Approach to

bringing state regulation down bodies of public authorities management:
to minimum and introduction of interactive
the mechanism of market self-
regulation; Means (levers) of management: various
saving assets of state budgets of types of state economic policy
reconsideration in case of
all levels.
low effectiveness of
Object of management: companies
management
of the agro-industrial complex
Criteria of evaluation of the result of management:

proportion of factual and limit expenses of state budgets of all levels;
proportion of factual and targeted levels of competition of companies in
the agro-industrial complex;
proportion of factual and targeted levels of innovational activity of
companies in the agro-industrial complex.
Fig. 1. Modern methodology of managing the process of import substitution in the

agro-industrial complex for provision of food security в Russia. Source: compiled by the authors.
Table 3. Results of regression analysis

Characteristics of the model Model 1: Infs = f (VSaic) Model 2: Infs = f (VSaic)
Estimate coefficient −0.58 2.39
Constant 96.87 −95.37
Standard error of deviation 0.76 0.87
Coefficient of determination 0.16 0.71
Coefficient of correlation 16% 71%
Fisher F criterion 0.57 7.52
Number of levels of freedom 3 3
F table 5.54 5.54
As is seen from Table 3, increase of the volume of subsidies to companies of the

agro-industrial complex (VSaic) by RUB 1 billion leads to reduction of the value of the
index of national food security (Infs) by 0.58 points and increase of the Russia’s place in
the ranking of countries as to the index of national food security (Infs) by 2.39
points up. At that, the connection between indicators of the first model is weak
The Modern Methodology of Managing the Process of Import Substitution 81
(correlation coefficient is 16%), and the model is statistically insignificant, as the estimate
value of F-criterion is below the table value.
The second model is statistically significant, but the connection between indicators
is rather large to state the possibility of explaining the change of one indicator with
another (correlation coefficient equals 71%). The results of regression analysis coincide
with the results of statistical analysis of effectiveness and confirm inexpedience of
application of the methodology of managing the process of import substitution in the
agro-industrial complex for provision of food security, applied in modern Russia, due
to its negative effectiveness.
The better alternative is the modern methodology, developed specifically for
Russia. Contrary to the applied methodology, it is polycomponent, i.e., the means
(levers) of management are various types of state economic policy, including invest-
ment, innovational, monetary, anti-monopoly, etc.
The choice of policy and the character of its application (activating or restraining)
depends on the current situation in the agro-industrial complex, which supposes
interactive approach to management. The offered methodology of managing the pro-
cess of import substitution in the agro-industrial complex for provision of food security
в Russia is shown in Fig. 1.
As is seen from Fig. 1, the landmarks of managing the process of import substi-
tution in the agro-industrial complex within the modern methodology are achievement
of long-term effect from management and provision of national food security.
According to these landmarks, the goal of managing import substitution in the
agro-industrial complex consists in reduction of the share of import of food products
with preservation of a high level of competition among the national companies the
agro-industrial complex.
The priorities of management are bringing state regulation down to minimum and
realization of the mechanism of market self-regulation, as well as saving the assets of
state budgets of all levels. A criterion of assessing the result of management is pro-
portion of factual and limit expenditures of state budgets of all levels, proportion of the
factual and targeted levels of competition of companies in the agro-industrial complex,
and proportion of the factual and targeted levels of innovational activities of companies
in the agro-industrial complex.
In case of low efficiency of management, the means (levers) of management are
reconsidered. Due to high flexibility, the developed modern methodology is effective at
different phases of the economic cycle. In addition to this, the developed methodology
allows controlling the process of import substitution in the agro-industrial complex,
which allows for self-improvement of management.
5 Conclusions
Thus, one of the most important causes of aggravation of the problem of provision of
national food security in Russia has been application of ineffective mono-component
complex.
The modern poly-component and interactive methodology of managing this pro-

cess is characterized by higher effectiveness and thus ensures full or partial solution to
the problem of national food security in Russia. The developed methodology deter-
mined the general direction of optimization of the process of managing import sub-
stitution in the agro-industrial complex. Determination of specific methods and their
application in various situations is a perspective direction of development of the
performed scientific research.
References
9(3), 159–172 (2015)
Popkova, E.G., Shakhovskaya, L.S., Abramov, S.A., et al.: Ecological clusters as a tool of
1049–1057 (2016)
J. 18(Special Issue), 27–36 (2015)
(2015)
The Economist Intelligence Unit: The Global Food Security Index 2016 (2017). http://
foodsecurityindex.eiu.com/. Accessed 29 July 2017
Bogoviz, A.V., Ragulina, Y.V., Shkodinsky, S.V., Babeshin, M.A.: Factors of provision of food
Ministry of agriculture of the Russian Federation: Regarding the 2017 distribution of subsidies in
the agro-industrial complex (2017). http://government.ru/docs/26279/. Accessed 11 July 2017
Sandu, I.S., Bogoviz, A.V., Ryzhenkova, N.E., Ragulina, Y.V.: Formation of the innovational
The Problem of Provision of Food Security
Through Management of the AIC:
Transnationalization Vs Import Substitution
Aleksei V. Bogoviz(&) , Elena I. Semenova ,

and Ivan S. Sandu

[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to substantiate the necessity and to

determine the perspectives of modern Russia’s transition to solving the problem
of provision of food security through management of the agro-industrial com-
plex (AIC) with the help of transnationalization instead of the traditional
practice of import substitution. The indicator of potential of transnationalization
of entrepreneurship in the AIC in this research is index of economic global-
ization according to the KOF. To evaluate the level of implementation of
potential of transnationalization of entrepreneurship in the AIC, the authors the
methods of regression and correlation analysis. The authors study the connection
between the volume of export of products of companies of the AIC, share of
export in the structure of sales of the companies of the AIC, and index of
economic globalization. In the course of the research, the authors prove that
import substitution is not the only method of solving the problem of provision of
food security through management of the AIC. Modern Russia possesses the
potential and the possibility for application of such tool of the AIC management
as transnationalization, which allows achieving tactical and strategic results,
which ensure elimination of the problem of provision of food security.
Keywords: Food security Management of agro-industrial complex

Transnationalization Import substitution
1 Introduction
Agro-industrial complex is the central element of the system of provision of national

food security. Due to topicality of the problem, provision of food security in the AIC is
often viewed by economic systems only in connection to the national food security –
not as an independent sphere of economy. In this case, management of the AIC is
brought down to stimulating development of the process of import substitution.

Such economic practice is characterized by various drawbacks. Firstly, the main

load within import substitution is laid on the state, which leads to high expenditures of
budgets of various levels of the state system and dependence of the AIC business on
state subsidies.
Secondly, import substitution, as any regulation tool, is not universal and possesses
a limited specter of effective usage. That’s why in certain situations its application is
not effective, and can even show negative effectiveness; instead of strengthening the
positions of national entrepreneurship, it leads to their weakening.
Thirdly, import substitution presupposes that positions of domestic entrepreneur-
ship are weak, and it should take a defensive position as to foreign rivals. At that, the
possibility of transition to attack is not viewed, which might be a reason for lost profit
from unrealized potential in the sphere of development of entrepreneurship.
The working hypothesis of this research consists in the fact that import substitution
is not the only method of solving the problem of provision of food security through
management of the AIC. Modern Russia possesses the potential and possibility for
application of such tool of management of the AIC as transnationalization, which
allows achieving tactical and strategic results that ensure elimination of the problem of
provision of food security as such.
Our purpose within this article is to substantiate the necessity for and to determine
perspectives of transition of modern Russia to solving the problem of provision of food
security through management of the AIC with the help of transnationalization instead
of the traditional practice of import substitution.
The indicator of potential of entrepreneurship’s transnationalization в the AIC in this

research in index of economic globalization according to the KOF. For evaluation of
the level of implementation of the potential of entrepreneurship’s transnationalization
in the AIC, the authors use the methods of regression and correlation analysis. The
authors study the connection between the volume of export of products of the com-
panies of the AIC (y1), share of export in the structure of sales of the AIC companies
(y2), and the index of economic globalization (x).
The logic of application of these methods to verification of the working hypothesis
of the research is that if connection between the above indicators is strong (determi-
nation coefficient - R2 90%) and positive (estimate coefficient in the model of
paired linear regression b with “+” sign), i.e., the potential of entrepreneurship’
transnationalization in the AIC is fully implemented.
Accordingly, low value of the correlation coefficient and negative sign of the
estimate coefficient b show incomplete realization of this potential. The values of
potential of entrepreneurship’s transnationalization in the Russia’s AIC in 2011–2016
are shown in Table 1.
The Problem of Provision of Food Security Through Management of the AIC 85
Table 1. Values of indicators of the potential of entrepreneurship’s transnationalization in the

Russia’s AIC in 2011–2016
Indicators Value of indicators for the years
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Volume of supplied goods of own production, 3,262 3,602 4,001 4,272 4,840 5,861
RUB billion
Volume of export of products, RUB billion 528 798 1,008 978 1,140 972
Share of export in the structure of production, % 16.19 22.15 25.19 22.89 23.55 16.58
Index of economic globalization, points from 61.67 52.79 50.13 51.96 53.74 52.06
1 to 100
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of: (Federal State Statistics Service 2016), (Voronin
2017), (KOF 2017).
3 Discussion
The fundamental and applied issues of setting and solving the problem of provision of
food security through management of the AIC are reflected in the studies of such
scholars and experts as (Bogoviz and Mezhov 2015), (Popkova et al. 2016),
(Sadovnikova et al. 2013), (Popova et al. 2015), (Bogoviz et al. 2017), (Sandu et al.
2017), and (Przhedetskaya and Akopova 2015).
At that, despite the high level of elaboration of this scientific problem, it has been
studied only from one side – from the point of view of import substitution, while other
methods of its solution were omitted by modern authors –which is a significant gap in
the system of scientific knowledge.
4 Results
The data of Table 1 show that as of now (2017) the potential of entrepreneurship’s
transnationalization in the Russia’s AIC is rather large, as the value of the index of
economic globalization in 2016 constituted 52.06 points out of 100. This is also shown
by large progress of domestic economic system in integration into the global economy,
as well as existence of perspectives for development of this process. The results of
regression and correlation analysis are given in Table 2.
Table 2. Results of regression and correlation analysis

Indicators of Estimate values
regression/correlation of indicators
for the models
y1 y2
2
R 65% 43%
b −0.70 −0.61
As is seen from Table 2, values of determination coefficients are low for both
received models of paired linear regression (65% and 43%). Moreover, the estimate
coefficient b is negative in both models. This shows that increase of the potential of
entrepreneurship’s transnationalization in the Russia’s AIC (growth of the index of
economic globalization) by 1 point leads to reduction of the level of its realization. Thus,
the volume of export of products of companies of the AIC reduces by $ 70 million, and
the share of export in the structure of sales of the AIC companies – by 0.61%.
This proves the offered hypothesis on perspectives of entrepreneurship’s transna-
tionalization in the Russia’s AIC. The following arguments should be considered as
substantiation of necessity for realization of these perspectives and refusal from the
traditional practice of import substitution in the AIC for solving the problem of pro-
vision of national food security:
– deficit of the federal budget predetermines the impossibility of implementing the
measures of import substitution in full;
– volume (absolute indicator) and share (relative indicator) of import in the structure
of the Russia’s AIC are too low for viewing it as a threat to the Russian
entrepreneurship;
– foreign companies are a source of competition, the level of which reduced in the
Russia’s AIC, which might lead to elimination of natural market stimuli for its
development. That’s why foreign competition plays an important role in develop-
ment of the Russia’s AIC.
The most perspective directions of transnationalization of the Russian
entrepreneurship in the AIC for solving the problem of provision of food security are
the following: expansion of export of the AIC products; Russian AIC companies’
integration with their foreign rivals and joint entering the world markets (this direction
could be realized through formation of transnational cluster structures); transnation-
alization of entrepreneurship and placing the structural branches of Russian companies
of the AIC in other countries for optimization of business processes. In order to achieve
high effectiveness of management of the AIC with the help of transnationalization of
entrepreneurship of modern Russia, we offer the following practical recommendations:
– provision of tax and customs preferences for domestic transnational companies of
the AIC: this is necessary for provision of stimuli for transnationalization and for
leveling the conditions in which Russian and foreign transnational companies with
similar privileges in their countries are;
– active cooperation in international economic relations of Russian companies: a lot
of decision on business cooperation can and should be taken and conducted at the
level of states within partnership agreements.
The mechanism of solving the problem of provision of food security with the help
of transnationalization of Russian business in the AIC is shown in Fig. 1.
The Problem of Provision of Food Security Through Management of the AIC 87
Fig. 1. Mechanism of solving the problem of provision of food security with the help of
transnationalization of Russian entrepreneurship in the AIC. Source: compiled by the authors.
As is seen from Fig. 1, transnationalization of Russian entrepreneurship in the AIC

provides a lot of advantages. This includes increase of effectiveness of the Russian
companies of the AIC by means of optimization of business processes and simplifi-
cation of the task of fronting of world markets, expansion of sales markets for Russian
companies of the AIC, which allows using their production capacities to a full extent
and the Russia’s AIC transition from the strategy of survival to the strategy of attack
and active development, which ensures more intense growth of business activity.
As a result, the problem of provision of national food security is solved and fully
eliminated, as domestic entrepreneurship receives a strong and long-term impulse for
development, which ensures its global competitiveness.
5 Conclusion
It is possible to conclude that economic globalization and integration brings new

threats, violating the usual order of functioning of economic systems, and opens new
possibilities and perspectives for their development. The Russia’s AIC does not require
import substitution – it is capable to go to a new level of the globally-oriented
development: transnationalization of entrepreneurship.
It supposes domestic AIC companies’ entering the global markets and their
transformation from the ones vulnerable to the influence of globalization, which require
state support, into highly effective and competitive players in the global arena, capable
of independent functioning and bringing profit for the state. It allows solving the
problem of provision of food security.
References
9(3), 159–172 (2015)
KOF: Index of economic globalization: Russian Federation (2017). http://globalization.kof.ethz.
ch/query/. Accessed 19 July 2017
1049–1057 (2016)
J. 18(Special Issue), 27–36 (2015)
(2015)
Voronin, B.А.: Russian AIC – from import of agricultural products to export-oriented
development. Fields Russ. 4(148), 5–12 (2017)
Federal State Statistics Service: Industrial production in Russia. Statistical collection. Federal
State Statistics Service, Moscow (2016)
Sandu, I.S., Bogoviz, А.V., Ryzhenkovа, N.Е., Ragulina, Y.V.: Formation of innovational
Elements of the Foresight Technology
in Design Project-Oriented Training
of Prospective Engineers
Raisa Petruneva(&), Valentina Vasilyeva, and Olga Toporkova
Volgograd State Technical University, Volgograd, Russian Federation

[email protected]
Abstract. The article is devoted to one of the most important problems

regarding the results of technical innovations implementation in people’s life
and to training future specialists to uncover those consequences during the
preparation stage of technical projects. The objective of this paper is to analyze
the problems of design project-oriented training of engineering students in
Russia and find ways for its improvement. Methodology: Universal scientific
research methods were used such as the methods of idealization and formal-
ization. The experimental research methods of observation, modeling, abstrac-
tion, comparison, the analysis of students’ educational activity results were also
employed. Results: 1. The experience of some well-known organizations that
use foresight technologies for predicting the consequences of innovative engi-
neering and technical decisions implementation is analyzed. 2. The methodol-
ogy of students training in forecasting skills making use of foresight
technologies is developed. 3. The educational and expert procedure content is
described. The results obtained are novel as for the first time foresight tech-
nologies are applied to the process of training of engineers. Previously the
foresight technologies were used for elaborating large social and economic
projects directed on the large territories development. The findings obtained
comply with well-known technologies with similar focus, e.g. CDIO. This
research contributes to the theory and methodology of professional education of
engineers as it develops the understanding of their training content. Recom-
mendations: The findings obtained can be useful for specialists of training and
methodological associations, technical universities curricular designers and
educators, specialists of various design organizations.
Keywords: Foresight technology Project-oriented training Engineers

Foresight Project-based learning
JEL-code: A220
1 Introduction
Project-based learning is a core, systemically important component of educational

process at a higher technical school because it integrates all the knowledge in
humanities and sciences as well as social, mathematical, technical and other subjects
90 R. Petruneva et al.
learnt before. It is also the backbone and a guideline of all the future professional
activities of an engineer because it defines his position as a designer and producer of
new real products and systems (from the emergence of an idea to finished goods).
The importance of project-based learning in undergraduate education of engineers
and other specialists is underlined by many Russian and foreign scientists (Lehmann
et al. 2008), (Von Grabe et al. 2010), (Zamyatina et al. 2013) and (Shekar 2014).
The objective of this paper is to analyze the problems of design project-oriented
training of engineering students in Russia and find ways for its improvement.
2 Background and Methodology
The following methods were employed: universal scientific methods, including

methods of idealization and formalization. The experimental research methods of
observation, modeling, abstraction, comparison, the analysis of students’ educational
activity results were also used.
Currently in Russia students are exposed to specific elements of project activities
mainly through the study of unrelated subjects by solving physical, chemical, technical
and other problems. Even an undergraduate degree paper cannot replace a full-fledged
multidisciplinary project since the paper contains only some particular elements of a
graduation paper: review of literature on the problem set by the teacher, choosing the
way of solving the task and elaborating on its solution (doing some calculations,
carrying out experiments). As a result, Bachelor of “Methods and technologies”, being
a graduate of the first tier of higher engineering education, cannot fully master the
procedures and an entire array of engineering methods; consequently, it does not make
it possible to qualify him as an engineer in the common sense of the word; it rather
makes regard him as a vocational school graduate (Ministry of Labor and Social
Protection of the Russian Federation 2013).
It should be noted that the problems of the quality of engineering education are not
specifically Russian. Thus, in accordance with the study conducted by Australian
researchers Nair et al. (2009).
Research on student-learning outcomes indicates that university graduates do not
possess important skills required by employers, such as communication, decision-
making, problem-solving, leadership, emotional intelligence, social ethics skills as well
as the ability to work with people of different backgrounds.
At the 2014 Indianapolis Third International Forum for Engineering Education the
problem of the dissatisfaction of employers with the quality of training of technical
university graduates was also discussed: university graduates are not ready to work in
modern environment and do not possess the required skills and knowledge (Ivanov and
Zijatdinova 2014). With this, it was noted that employers demand very much of young
specialists: manufacturing companies need a graduate possessing the skills of a project
manager, a specialist in a specific field, a researcher, a designer and a talented manager
with communication and leadership skills. Those findings comply with the earlier
research conducted by Hesketh (2000), who has found out that:
Employers no longer seek graduates with the ‘hard’ technical or vocational skills
required for the job… the ‘softer’ or interpersonal skills are the new vogue.
Elements of the Foresight Technology 91
Manufacturing companies need a full-fledged specialist with all the necessary

competences, including design skills, who is capable of getting down to work at once
and making money for the company.
The Association for Engineering Education of Russia (AEER) held an international
conference “Management of multidisciplinary projects in engineering education:
planning and implementation” in the cities of Lisbon and Porto in Portugal in May
2014. The conference was aimed at the analysis of the best results in the organization
and management of multidisciplinary projects which are undoubtedly implemented in
Russian universities too.
Such matters as the methodology of planning and implementation of multidisci-
plinary projects, basic tendencies in and approaches to multidisciplinary aspects of
engineering education as well as successful practices in the implementation of multi-
disciplinary projects, including the ones with the participation of undergraduates, were
discussed (AEER 2015).
3 Discussion and Results
3.1 The CDIO Initiative and Instructional Engineering Design

The involvement of students in project activities requires new approaches to the project
training of Bachelors of “Methods and technologies”. The concept of project training,
developed within the CDIO (Conceive, Design, Implement, Operate) Initiative inter-
national project, can be used as a guideline. Project competences, which are to be
studied by undergraduates within educational programs in methods and technology,
were included in the requirements of CDIO Syllabus (Crawley et al. 2007). The CDIO
Standards, which have been developed, specify requirements to the Syllabus of
Bachelors of “Methods and Technology” in the field of design education and stipulate
the following:
– to introduce into an undergraduate curriculum an engineering orientation course
which sets the basics to form relevant professional, personal and interpersonal
competences of prospective bachelors;
– to introduce in the curriculum two or more projects to master practical design skills
(one project is for a basic level, another is for an advanced level);
– to form working environment for practical engineering practice in order to create
products and systems and to improve professional and social skills of students;
– to provide for an integrated education based on the use of active and effective
practically targeted methods (CDIO Standards 2.0.).
A full-fledged instructional engineering design requires a revision of the entire
philosophy of instructional engineering and the introduction of modern innovative
approaches to the content of educational projects; the content shall be consistent both
with the current technical practice and the requirements of international standards.
First of all, it is necessary to reconsider the content of the major subject which
prepares an undergraduate for practical design work and, to a large extent, helps
integrate the knowledge of various subjects into the entire “body” of the educational
project. This subject, which gives an understanding of the principles of coordination

and integration of various fields of engineering knowledge, has a multidisciplinary
character and has the respective name – ‘Fundamentals of Design …’.
The major element of educational engineering design process is the stage of the
analysis and choice of a new technical decision which will be implemented in the
project later. It is at this stage that a designer student can reveal all his professional
knowledge and public stance.
The essential element of this stage should be the analysis and anticipatory estimates
of mid-term and long-term risks and hazards for man and mankind. These risks and
hazards arise due to the implementation of a complete life cycle of a technical product
starting from its design and production and ending with its operation and disposal.
Any of the above stages can involve some hazards which can be critical, though
they can be delayed in time and space. With this, these consequences can definitely be
generated by technology, on the one hand, and caused by social and humane factors, on
the other hand. This is due to the fact that in the modern global world a merge of
technical, social and biological systems is observed, and the scope of a technical project
has achieved royal dimensions never seen before. Nowadays mankind is in a funda-
mentally new social and cultural situation which can threaten mankind a real global
ecological catastrophe should these consequences be neglected. Thus, a major task of a
designer is to identify such consequences to society in the technological, social and
humanitarian fields after the technical novelty has been implemented.
3.2 The Foresight Technology in Design Project-Oriented Training

of Engineering Students
This forecast is impossible without using multidiscipline knowledge. The famous
Russian engineer and philosopher P. Engelmeyer believed that an engineer had to rise
above his creation and analyze related knowledge to understand the essence of the
invention. Due to the tunnel vision of engineering or any other professional education a
specialist cannot give an unbiased look at the results of his work and assess them
objectively. In this situation a possible way out might be to bring in specialists (experts)
from different (non-engineering) fields to engineering when analyzing and choosing the
design concept (Engelmeyer 1898).
The idea of foresight might be very fruitful in this context; foresight is essentially a
set of technologies which use expert reviews to determine some possible options in the
future (Limonova 2015). The foresight technology implies the involvement of many
experts from different walks of life who are related to this or that degree to the area of a
particular project.
The idea of foresight is based on the assumption that the coming of the “desired”
variant of the future heavily depends on today’s activities. Hence, the choice of
decision options is related to the choice of technologies which make it possible to
minimize possible negative consequences of the project and foresee the most unex-
pected ways of the development of events as well as possible pitfalls. The work of
experts is aimed not only at identifying possible options but at choosing the most
advantageous ones in compliance with certain acceptability criteria.
In practice, work on a multidiscipline project can be organized in the form of

students’ expert board in the following way. A student designer receives a design
engineering assignment and generates input data to choose the way to fulfill the project
task.
The designer uses their knowledge of social sciences, humanities, natural and
technical sciences as well as personal experience to formulate a hypothesis of possible
man-induced, social and humanitarian consequences of the implementation of the
proposed technical solution. On its basis the designer student makes up a list of
alternatives to be studied. With this aim he or she forms, upon a project advisor’s
review, a group of experts. Each expert is assigned the task to scrutinize one of the
alternatives and provide a scientifically grounded conclusion. The group of experts is
formed of peer designer students. Each of them can act for their peers as an expert in a
particular field. A number of experts can be invited to consider all possible options,
scenarios of the development of events as well as to obtain a complete picture
(Petruneva and Vasilyeva 2010; Petruneva et al. 2016).
The pattern of a future technical solution develops from the information which the
experts share with the designer. Both traditional and comparatively novel expert
methods are used during the discussion. With this, discussion methods are being
constantly improved, procedures and practices are being perfected; generally, all this
increases the validity of the scenario of the development of a man-induced situation.
The main aim of inviting experts is to use their knowledge in a specific scientific
and applied field in order to resolve the engineering task assigned. An expert cannot
rely only on common sense; they should make their judgment on the basis of scien-
tifically grounded facts, opinions of respected authorities on the matter, results of
additional investigations, including social studies, etc.
With this, experts should give answers to the following questions set by the chief
performer of the project.
The proposed project is discussed by a board of experts. During the discussion
various decision-taking methods can be used, including the well-known brain storming,
scenario-building technique, expert panels, the Delphi method (when questionnaires
are answered in two rounds by experts) and other modern technologies such as road
maps, relevance trees, SWOT analysis, mutual influence analysis and others. Some of
these methods require mathematical tools for data processing.
As a result, the board decides what physical, social and humanitarian consequences
of various magnitude might follow the implementation of the proposed technical
solution, and either recommends the design for the subsequent engineering imple-
mentation or suggests a further study of the problem with an appropriate technical
solution in mind.
The necessity to assess prospective mid-term scenarios of the development of
man-induced events is a necessity which has already been recognized by specialists. In
this context foresight technologies are a fairly reliable and promising tool which is
already being used for long-term forecasts of social and economic development of
countries and regions, and an enormous number of experts, up to dozens of thousands,
may be involved in the process (Stanovlenie Forsajta 2017).
In the countries, which are the most advanced ones in this aspect, there function and
operate state institutions and organizations which carry out a comprehensive expert
evaluation of technical objects which includes social and humanitarian aspects. In the
USA, for example, Office of Technology Assessment was set up in 1972 which task is
to provide senators and congressmen with objective information in this field.
At the same time Technology Assessment Board (TAB) was set up in the Congress
with the main task to develop at the earliest stage guidelines for possible positive or
negative consequences of technical projects as well as to provide the Congress with
information required for making decisions (Stepin et al. 1999).
In German Bundestag in 1986 a similar board was set up (Enquete-Komission
“Technikfolgenabschtzung”), which was later used as a basis for the Technology
Assessment Bureau; the Bureau incorporates a group of multidiscipline scientists
representing natural, social and technical sciences there. The initiatives of the German
engineers’ union which adopted the guidelines “Technology assessment: concepts and
grounds” in 1991 are of particular interest to us. According to the guidelines, technical
activities always necessarily assess technology, and not everything that is technically
feasible must necessarily be created. Thus, technology should meet a number of
requirements – not only technical expedience, functionality and cost effectiveness, but
it should also improve the living standards, safety and health of people, the quality of
natural and social environment and so on. Technology assessment means a systematic
and orderly activity which assesses direct and indirect technological, ecological,
humanitarian, social and other consequences of this technology and its possible
alternatives; with this aim it works out pragmatic and creative possibilities to make
justified decisions (Ibid.).
Thus, the assessment of technology and, respectively, technological processes, has
become an indispensable part of engineering. Sometimes this assessment is also called
social and humanitarian (social and economic, social and ecological, etc.) expert
evaluation of technical projects. It goes without saying that this work is a multidisci-
pline task and requires training experts with encyclopedic knowledge both in technical
and scientific fields, on the one hand, and social and humanitarian competences, on the
other hand. Such responsibility means that it is necessary to build up the
self-consciousness of engineers in terms of understanding the necessity of social,
ecological etc. assessment of technology and technological processes.
4 Conclusions
In our opinion, good opportunities in engineering and design activities are provided by
the implementation of the CDIO (Conceive, Design, Implement, Operate) ideas in
technical universities. Those ideas form a basis for the implementation of new
approaches in teaching and learning activities to designing technical objects, including
the ones which require expert opinion technologies. Moreover, the CDIO ideas induce
undergraduates to implement their first projects.
Thus, modeling a comprehensive multidiscipline expert opinion of new engineering
and design solutions during education as well as incorporating such modeling in the
syllabus of undergraduates seems to be a promising approach.
References
AEER: Mezhdunarodnaja konferencija «Upravlenie mezhdisciplinarnymi proektami v inzhen-
ernom obrazovanii: planirovanie i vypolnenie». In: International Conference “Management of
Multidisciplinary Projects in Engineering Education: Planning and Implementation” (2014).
http://aeer.ru/ru/c_liss_2014-result.htm. Accessed 6 July 2017
CDIO Standards 2.0.: Chalmers University of Technology, Gothenburg. http://www.cdio.org/
implementing-cdio/standards/12-cdio-standards. Accessed 6 July 2017
Crawley, E.F., Malmqvist, J., Östlund, S., Brodeur, D.R.: Rethinking Engineering Education:
The CDIO Approach. Springer, New York (2007)
Engelmeyer, P.K.: Tehnicheskij itog XIX veka (The Technical Result of the 19th century).
Tipografija K.A. Kaznacheeva, Moscow (1898)
Hesketh, A.J.: Recruiting an Elite? employers’ perceptions of graduate education and training.
J. Educ. Work 13(3), 245–271 (2000)
Ivanov, V.G., Zijatdinova, J.N.: Mezhdunarodnyj forum Amerikanskogo obshhestva po
inzhenernomu obrazovaniju. In: International Forum of American Society for Engineering
Education, Vysshee obrazovanie v Rossii (Higher Education in Russia), No. 8–9, pp. 65–75
(2014)
Lehmann, M., Christensen, P., Du, X., Thrane, M.: Problem-oriented and project-based learning
(POPBL) as an innovative learning strategy for sustainable development in engineering
education. Eur. J. Eng. Educ. 33(3), 283–295 (2008)
Limonova, M.: Chto takoe Forsajt? (What is the Foresight?), The Expert Club of Industry and
Energy, Moscow (2015). http://www.expertclub.ru/sections/foresight/programm/0. Accessed
6 July 2017
Nair, C.S., Patil, A., Mertova, P.: Re-engineering graduate skills - a case study. Eur. J. Eng. Educ.
34(2), 131–139 (2009)
Petruneva, R.M., Vasilyeva V.D.: Jekspertiza inzhenerno-proektirovochnyh reshenij kak
sovremennaja uchebnaja tehnologija. In: Examination of Engineering-Designing Decisions
as Modern Educational Technology, Vysshee obrazovanie v Rossii (Higher Education in
Russia), No. 8–9, pp. 122–128 (2010)
Petruneva, R.M, Vasilyeva, V.D., Toporkova, O.V.: «Sociokul’turnaja sreda universiteta i
tradicii vospitanija budushhih inzhenerov» Socio-cultural Environment of the University,
Traditions of Educational Work, and Extra-Curricular Activities of Future Engineers, Vysshee
obrazovanie v Rossii (Higher Education in Russia), No. 7, pp. 135–141 (2016)
Ministry of labour and Social Protection of the Russian Federation: Prikaz Ministerstva truda I
social’noj zashhity RF ot 12 aprelja 2013 g. № 148n «Ob utverzhdenii urovnej kvalifikacii v
celjah razrabotki proektov professional’nyh standartov» (The Order of the Ministry of labour
and Social Protection of the Russian Federation from Ministry of Labour and Social
Protection of the RF, Moscow (2013). http://www.rosmintrud.ru/docs/mintrud/orders/48.
Accessed 6 July 2017
Shekar, A.: Project-based learning in engineering design education: sharing best practices. In:
ASEE Annual Conference and Exposition, Conference Proceeding, pp. 1–18 (2014)
“Stanovlenie Forsajta. Pervyeprecedenty Forsajta”. (The Foresight Establishment. The First
Cases of Foresight). http://foresight.sfu-kras.ru/node/9. Accessed 6 July 2017
Stepin, V.S., Gorohov, V.G., Rozov, M.A.: Filosofija nauki i tehniki (The Philosophy of Science
and Technology). Izd-vo Gardariki, Moscow (1999)
Von Grabe, J., Dietsch, P., Winter, S.: Interdisciplinary design projects in the education of civil
engineers. In: 11th World Conference on Timber Engineering 2010, WCTE, pp. 2635–2644
(2010)
Zamyatina, O.M., Mozgaleva, P.I., Solovjev, M.A., Bokov, L.À., Pozdeeva, À.F.: Realization of
project-based learning approach in engineering education. World Appl. Sci. J. 27(13A),
433–438 (2013)
Philosophical View on Human Existence
in the World of Technic and Information
Anna Guryanova1(&) , Elmira Khafiyatullina2 ,

Andrew Kolibanov2 , Alexander Makhovikov1 ,
and Vyacheslav Frolov1
1
Samara State University of Economics, Samara, Russia
[email protected]
2
Samara State Technical University, Samara, Russia
Abstract. The aim of the article is to study an impact of technic and infor-
mation on human existence. In this context the concept of technic and a number
of relative terms are explained. Main philosophical conceptions of technic
describing its place and role in the social life are considered. The impact of
information technic on the process of modern social development is analyzed.
The social problems of information society are discussed from the philosophical
point of view. This means special attention to the great changes brought by
information and technical progress into the social life. Systems of culture,
communication and media are seriously transformed. This makes problems of
human existence in the world of technic and information really actual.
Keywords: Information Technic Human being Philosophy of technic

Anthropology of technic Information society Mass culture Mass media
Electronic communication
JEL Classification Codes: Z 10 Z 13 Z 19
1 Introduction
Human being is one of the main philosophical problems. Philosophy considers him as a
complex system consisting of various universal characteristics. In general philosophy
concerns everything that can be associated with the human being. For example objects
of technics and information technology which are the result of human creative activity.
If the human being thinks and produces them, he needs to understand these phenomena
sooner or later - because the process of creation changes not only the world around him
but also himself. That’s why philosophy is closely connected with human activities in
technics and information technology. It makes human being looking for an answer to
the most difficult questions of his modern existence. These are the questions of rea-
sonability and legality of his transformation activity.
The present stage of civilization development causes a great sense of alarm because
of intensive growth of information and technical innovations. It threatens not only the

98 A. Guryanova et al.
human life but existence of humanity as a whole. All this makes actual philosophical
analysis of human’s being in the world of technic and information. We are sure in
future this theme will be even more topical than in our days.
2 Materials and Methods
In the process of research we used philosophical, logical, dialectical and historical

methods of analysis.
2.1 Philosophical Method of Analysis

As we have seen earlier modern philosophy pays special attention to the problem of
human existence in the world of technic and information. Method of philosophical
analysis gave us an opportunity to study this problem purposefully and completely
(Guryanova et al. 2017). We searched and interpreted the rich philosophical material on
this topic. These are conceptions from the field of existentialist philosophy and relative
spheres of philosophical knowledge. They both concern nature and essence of the
human being, technic and information.
2.2 Logical Methods of Analysis

The findings of the article were made with a help of the logical methods of cognitive
activity. We can note among them methods of analysis and synthesis, method of
deduction and method of comparison. In the process of consideration we also used
logical methods of systematization and classification.
2.3 Dialectical Method of Analysis

We used dialectical method to consider an object we are interested (human existence in
the world of technic and information) from different sides. Dialectical method gave us a
chance to show the real impact of science and technology on modern life, to find out its
positive and negative aspects. Today we can postulate that the very existence of
humanity will depend finally on its decisions about advances in science and infor-
mation technology.
2.4 Historical Method of Analysis

As a starting point for the analysis we accept a historical character of science and
technology impact on the society. Science and technology are always determined by
contemporary culture. So their influence on civilization must be considered in historical
perspective, in the context of specific historical epoch. It’s also important to understand
in whose hands the technic is, who uses it and for what purposes.
Philosophical View on Human Existence 99
3 Results
3.1 Modern Philosophy of Technic: Main Problems and Concepts
It’s well known that information progress of humanity and the later appearance of
information society became possible only at a high level of scientific and technological
development. Technic accompanied humanity since ancient times. But civilization
didn’t immediately become technical and especially information. Intensive growth of
technology took place in the XX century. Since that time technic has become an object
of philosophical analysis.
3.1.1 Philosophy and Anthropology of Technic

The first scientists who began to discuss the problems of interaction between tech-
nology and society were the German philosopher E. Kapp and the Russian engineer
P. Engelmeier. Technic and its importance for the future of humanity has become an
object of systematic analysis in their works. Thus philosophy of technic was formed.
Modern philosophy of technic explores phenomenon of technic, its place and role in
the process of social development. It also pays special attention to the impact of technic
on human existence.
In this context in the first half of the 20th century a new field of philosophical
knowledge was formed. It was called “anthropology of technic”. Anthropology of
technic considers technical environment as a way of human existence. It explores
technic as a necessary attribute of human life. But it often analyzes technic from the
biological point of view. The sources of technical creativity are revealed exclusively in
the biological activity of the human being. In other words technic is considered as a
realization of some qualities and abilities typical for the world of nature. The human
being compensates his biological failure with technic.
3.1.2 Concepts of “Technic” and “Technosphere” as the Units

of Philosophical Analysis
Basic concept of the modern philosophy of technic is certainly “technic” itself. Today
technic has become a force dominating the human being. Under “technic” we usually
mean the following:
1. a set of technical devices, artefacts (from the simplest tools to complex technical
systems);
2. a set of various types of technical activities for creation of these devices (from
scientific and technological researches to their production and exploitation);
3. a set of technical knowledges (from specialized technical prescriptions to theoretical
scientific researchers conducting in the field of technology) (Stepin et al. 1996).
As we can see the sphere of technic includes not only the using of scientific and
technical knowledges but also their production. That’s why modern technic is closely
connected with development of science. It is also included into an independent field of
life activity which is called “technosphere”. Technosphere is a historically determined
system of relations between humanity and technology, human being and nature,
between different humans. It is based on a technical understanding of the world.

Technosphere is consciously formed, maintained and perfected by humanity.
3.1.3 Concept of “Noosphere” as a Unit of Philosophical Analysis

In addition to technosphere philosophers also talk about “noosphere”. The founders of
noosphere conception V. Vernadsky and P. Teilhard de Chardin believed that human
intellect is turning into a planetary geological force. It helps to regulate both natural and
social reality and to create the more perfect forms of human existence. Noosphere is a
result of systematic, consciously regulated transformation of the biosphere into a new
qualitative state.
According to Vernadsky noosphere is a harmonic connection of nature and society,
a triumph of intellect and humanism. Noosphere unites together science, social
development and state policy for the benefit of the human being. It means a new world
without weapons, wars and environmental problems. It is a wonderful dream, an
important goal facing people of the good will. Noosphere is a great mission of science
and an aim of humanity armed with the science.
It’s clear that noosphere is directly connected with technosphere. But will the
modern humanity move in direction of noosphere’s construction in understanding of
Vernadsky? Or technosphere and noosphere as the products of human activity will
destroy humanity in future? It’s significant that the greater part of modern philosophical
conceptions interpret the project of noosphere as a utopia. They consider technic as a
threat to human existence. The most illustrative in this context is philosophy of
existentialism.
3.2 The Impact of Technic on Human Existence in Philosophy

of Existentialism
Philosophers-existentialists look at the human future in tragic light. The reason is the
achievements of scientific and technical progress. Existentialists interpret development
of science and technology as a reason of public and personal standardization. Technic
limits the human freedom, transforms the human nature and turns the human being into
a soulless machine. This leads to the loss of human spirituality, morality and culture.
3.2.1 N. Berdyaev About Social Consequences of Technical Development

The problems of technical development and its social consequences are analyzed
seriously by Russian philosopher-existentialist N. Berdyaev. He characterized technic
as a turning point of human destiny. On the one hand technic liberates the human’s
spirit, but on the other - it conquers not only the world of nature but the human being
himself.
In his article “The human being and the machine” Berdyaev wrote about the crisis
of human being and humanity. This crisis is caused by the rapid development of
technic. Philosopher considered technic as a factor determining human life and activity
(Berdyaev 1989). But whether the humans are able to limit the power of technic?
Berdyaev didn’t give a final answer to this question.
3.2.2 M. Heidegger About the Present State of Technical Development

German philosopher M. Heidegger analyzed the nature of technic from existentialist
point of view. He was sure that understanding of technic needs an appeal to the human
being, creation of “human dimension” of technical progress. We mustn’t only use
technic as a tool, we must govern it as an instrument. An essence of technic is the way
the human being discovers possibilities contained in nature.
In general Heidegger was dissatisfied with the present state of science and technic
development. He thought that when the human being creates technic he doesn’t pay the
necessary attention to its nature. Philosopher wanted to see another form of technic
existence. He hoped a new spiritual atmosphere will be formed around it. According to
Heidegger technic must look like an art. In art the human being uses natural materials
in such a way that an essence of art is fully determined by human nature.
3.2.3 K. Jaspers About Nature and Essence of Modern Technic

One of the leaders of modern existentialist philosophy K. Jaspers believed that technic
has a dual character. It distances human being from nature, but at the same time it
causes a new unity with it. Technic creates the beauty of technical products. it expands
much the real vision of the world. But technic also has its limits. The human being must
be afraid of technic because he can get lost in it and forget about himself. Technic is
only an instrument of domination over the lifeless organic forces and people who
sometimes look at it with horror.
As technic itself doesn’t set goals it is on the other side of good and evil or precedes
them. It can serve either good or evil for the people. It is neutral itself and opposes one
and another. That’s why technic must be directed (Jaspers 2014). The main sense of
technic according to Jaspers is to transform the human being. This task is especially
important in modern conditions associated with rapid technical progress and impressive
growth of information technology.
3.3 The Impact of Information Technic on Social Development

Information technic has a great influence on modern humanity. In the 20th century it
began to develop intensively. Today it impacts both human and social life. Ideas about
the nature of technic, its place and role in social development are used by philosophers
for understanding the new patterns and real processes of “information society” (Bell
1973). Technic causes many social changes there. It’s clear that modern technical
progress is impossible without radical changes of social life. This makes us looking for
connections between technic and the new social processes.
3.3.1 Mass Culture in the Information Society

Modern society creates and consumes actively the mass culture. This process is closely
related with development of information technic and technology such as TV and
Internet.
Mass culture of the modern information society has a dual character. On the one
hand it has a strong positive impact on the human beings. It enters into their everyday
life practically everywhere - from villages to megacities. Its main consequences are
democratic and accessible education, universal literacy, mass editions of newspapers
and magazines, cheap color reproductions of paintings and high-quality recordings of

musical compositions. This of course can be considered as positive results of mass
culture’s influence on information society.
But it’s also necessary to mention the negative consequences of information technic
development. Mass culture offers its users certain patterns and standards of behavior.
The result is unification of mass consciousness in information society. People consume
similar information products which have a global nature. They accept an active pro-
paganda of the lifestyle typical for industrial civilization. This causes the loss of human
individuality and national identity. The set of moral and ethical principles changes
much. Degradation of language also takes place.
3.3.2 System of Communication in the Information Society

Appearance of computer networks is the most significant phenomenon of information
society. It causes radical changes in the system of communication.
Information society is actively involved into a process of electronic communica-
tion. Real people there are replaced by “social agents”, culture in its original forms - by
social technologies, human interactions - by psychological manipulations. Certainly the
main role in this process belongs to the Internet. It expands to the limit the practice of
non-institutional relations. Thus electronic communication becomes practically free
from the control of social structures.
The result is a number of psychological (and even psychic) problems connected
with communication activity. Traditional types of communication based on a real
contact between people disappear. Distant communication which is much more inde-
pendent from the sphere of human emotions and feelings develops intensively. If the
human being communicates mainly within information and network space he risks
isolating himself from the society. This leads to disorder and deformation of his
emotional sphere, to desocialization and alienation from social life (Guryanova 2015).
3.3.3 Mass Media in the Information Society

Modern media aren’t already limited by capacities of common journalism, radio and
cinematography. It’s a wide system of interconnections between modern television and
the Internet. Information transmitted by the satellites gets the planetary audience as an
object of obsessive manipulation. In this case information technic is used to transmit all
kinds of information including spam, gossips, intimate details of human private lives
and conflict situations. The whole world is turning into a “global village” where
nothing can be hidden from the neighbors (McLuhan 2003).
In the modern world the Internet plays a role of universal instrument and existence
environment. It functions practically without and outside the society (if we understand
the last one in its traditional sense - as a set of social structures and institutes). Society
as a system and global structure of normative order doesn’t perform its functions in the
space of the Internet. Electronic communication gives the human being a full freedom
of self-identification (virtual status and virtual name, virtual habits, psyche and body,
even virtual advantages and disadvantages). At the same time communication through
the Internet alienates and loses his real body, natural status, etc.
4 Discussions
Information technic plays a special role in the life of modern society. It changes not
only the world around us (including nature and social environment) but the inner world
of the human being. His mentality and traditional way of life are seriously transformed.
The same can be said about the human society. Information here becomes a main
criterion of human differentiation. This changes the very structure of social relations.
A quantitative growth of technical capacity takes place in the information society.
When it reaches its critical point it gets a new quality. And technic moves into a new
phase of its development. But this phase mustn’t be dangerous to civilization. In these
new conditions everyone must remember that it’s necessary to be a human first of all, to
honor morality, to follow the real human values. In this case technic won’t be terrible
for humanity. Because technic is only an instrument. It depends fully on the will of its
owners and managers which are always the human beings.
5 Conclusions
An importance of technic and information technology in the modern world makes

necessary their philosophical analysis. It concerns an impact of information technic on
society and human being. A special role in this process belongs to philosophy and
anthropology of technic. These disciplines describe in detail specifics of human exis-
tence in the world of technic and information.
The study of social problems of the information society finds out the following
circumstance: information and technical achievements can’t be considered from the
positive point of view only. They have also a number of negative characters that can
potentially destroy humanity in future. Both positive and negative consequences of
human information development manifest themselves in modern systems of commu-
nication, mass media, mass culture.
Philosophical approaches to information technic show its existential dimension:
modern technic is always a mirror image of the human being. That’s why it’s very
contradictory (like a human being himself). But we mustn’t be afraid of technic, give it
a chance to destroy ourselves. We are sure there is the only one key to solving the
problem of human existence in the world of technic and information. It is looking for
the harmony between technic and the human being.
References
Berdyaev, N.A.: The human being and the machine. Questions Philos. 2, 147–162 (1989)
Bell, D.: The Coming of Post-Industrial Society: A Venture in Social Forecasting. Basic Books,
New York (1973). 507 p
Guryanova, A.: Phenomenon of homo informaticus: new dimension of human’s being. In:
Elyakov, A. (ed.) Problems of Human Existence in Information Society, pp. 203–220. Samara
State University of Economics, Samara (2015)
Guryanova, A., Guryanov, N., Frolov, V., Tokmakov, M., Belozerova, O.: Main categories of
economics as an object of philosophical analysis. In: Popkova, E. (ed.) Russia and the
European Union: Development and Perspectives, pp. 221–228. Springer (2017)
Jaspers, K.: The Origin and Goal of History, Kindle Edition. Routledge Revivals (2014). 316 p
McLuhan, M.: Understanding Media. The Extensions of Man. Gingko Press (2003). 616 p
Stepin, V.S., Gorokhov, V.G., Rozov, M.A.: Philosophy of Science and Technic Gardariki,
Moscow (1996). 399 p
Pedagogics as a Means of Knowledge
Translation in Human Society
Implementation of the Information
and Communication Technologies
into Activities of a Pedagogue
Olga V. Dybina(&)
Tolyatti State University, Tolyatti, Russia

[email protected]
Abstract. This article is devoted to using the information and communication

technologies in education and their implementation into activities of pedagogues
of a pre-school educational organization. Topicality of the selected issue is
related to the current process of informatization of the Russian education.
A sphere of scientific sectors is outlined within which the informatization of
education and organization of the process of pedagogues’ acquiring the infor-
mation and communication technologies are studied. Theoretical studies are
viewed which shows that insufficient level of innovation in pre-school education
is caused by the low level of informatization in a pre-school organization. It is
shown that information society sets new requirements to educational systems –
they have to become effective and innovational, which will allow each peda-
gogue to realize their potential. The indicators and results of pedagogues’
acquiring the information and communication technologies are presented. The
main attention is paid to the methodological provision of the process of peda-
gogues’ acquiring the information and communication technologies and con-
ditions of its implementation. The events held with pedagogues in “School of
the information and communication technologies” are very interesting. The
material has large practical value and allows using the offered program for
pre-school educational organizations’ pedagogues’ acquiring the information
and communication technologies. These issues are of a many-sided character.
Keywords: Informatization of education

Information and communication technologies
Pre-school educational organization Pedagogues Methodological provision
Socio-psychological Functional conditions
1 Introduction
Modern development of the information and communication technologies leads to

development of economy and large transformation of society, including informatization
of the educational sphere [5]. New possibilities for implementing new methodologies and
pedagogical developments into the pedagogical practice provide the pedagogues with
scientific progress and informatization of pre-school education. The developments could
be aimed at implementation of innovational ideas of instructional educational process,
which is a necessary condition of development of pre-school education. That’s why

108 O. V. Dybina
organization of work for creation of the information and educational space of a

pre-school organization is an important factor of realization of the federal state educa-
tional standard of pre-school education.
The federal state educational standard of pre-school education supposes the modern
pedagogue’s possessing the skill to use a computer and modern multimedia equipment,
as well as to create his own educational resources and use apply them in his peda-
gogical activities.
I.V. Robert distinguishes the main directions of implementing the means of new
information and communication technologies into education. She states that the current
acceleration of scientific and technical progress, which takes place against the back-
ground of implementation of automatized systems, microprocessors, program man-
agement, robots, and processing centers into production, leads to the necessity to teach
the growing generation which would be able to participate in the new stage of the
modern society’s development, related to informatization. I.V. Robert speaks of
uniqueness of the possibilities of new information and communication technologies
[5, p. 30]. The information and communication technologies stimulate development of
child’s personality and preparation for living in the information society. Informatization
of society makes us use information technologies, acquiring the child to the informa-
tion and communication technologies, performing the social order of the society. All
levels of the educational process take place with more intense and results [7].
An important advantage is the possibility to use the methods of the information and
communication technologies as automatization of the processes of control and cor-
rection of the activities’ results and computer pedagogical testing and psychological
diagnostics. They allow for automatization of processing of the results of experiment
(laboratory or demonstration). Application of the means of the information and com-
munication technologies for organizing intellectual leisure and developing games is
very interesting as well. It is impossible to overestimate the advantages of the methods
of the information and communication technologies during studying.
A modern pedagogue must possess knowledge on the information and communi-
cation technologies and be a professional in using them in the educational process.
The order of the Ministry of Healthcare and Social Development of the RF dated
August 26, 2010, No. 761n established the “Qualification guide for offices of managers,
specialists, and public officers”, which provides the requirements for pedagogues for
using the information and communication technologies.
According to the normative documents, a pedagogue of pre-school educational
organization should develop and use in his professional activities the information and
communication technologies and be a guide into the world of new technologies for the
child within the pre-school education.
Unfortunately, as the practice shows, not all pedagogues possess the information
and communication technologies. There are no special programs and methodological
guides that would help pedagogues in pre-school establishments to effectively use the
information and communication technologies (hereinafter – ICT) in their work. This
determines the topicality of the research at the socio-pedagogical level.
At the scientific and theoretical level in the process of studying the theoretical
foundations of pedagogues’ acquiring the ICT, the following provisions of
L.S. Vygotsky on the necessity for integration of technical tools with psychological
Implementation of the Information and Communication Technologies 109
tools were determined, which provides children with wide possibilities of development
in all spheres of studying. Theoretical analysis of studies [1, 4, 6, 7, 9] shows that using
the ICT means in the modern pre-school education is one of the most important factors
of increase of the educational process effectiveness.
Together with elaboration of the problem at the scientific and theoretical level,
analysis of scientific studies and pedagogical practice shows insufficient theoretical and
methodological elaboration of the foundations of applying the ICT in pre-school
education, pedagogues’ readiness for acquiring the ICT, and lack of methodological
provision of this process.
The purpose of the article is to study the level of pedagogues’ acquiring the
information and communication technologies and to develop the methodological
provision of this process that stimulates the effective professional activities of peda-
gogues in the sphere of pre-school education.
2 Description
Special attention is paid to organization of experimental work, its course, and the
received results. For evaluating the level of pedagogues’ acquiring the pre-school
organization of the ICT, the following indicators were set:
1. Capability to perform information search. The skill to search for information is a
basis for acquiring knowledge for a pedagogue. Information sources include pro-
fessionals, documents, and communication means. At present, this takes place
through the communication means – mass media, mobile devices, computer net-
works (blogs, social networks, etc.). This article emphasizes on the search for
information in the Internet, which is an open educational space.
2. Capability to work with finished program and methodological complexes. The
program and methodological complex is a complex of program and methodological
means for supporting the process of teaching a certain course or its topic [8]. The
program and methodological complexes allow pedagogues to plan their work in
view of the federal state educational standard of pre-school education, take into
account individual peculiarities of children, select games and exercises according to
the educational goal, etc.
3. Capability to enter remote educational activities. Remote educational activities are
becoming more popular in pre-school educational organizations (consultations,
virtual exhibitions, etc.).
The research was performed on the basis of kindergartens of the autonomous
non-profit organization “Planet of childhood ‘Lada’” in Tolyatti; more than 150 ped-
agogues were surveyed. The following questions were asked: Do you use the search
systems during solving the pedagogical tasks? Which ones? Do you use the ICT for
communication with children and their parents (legal representatives)? Do you plan
online activity? Do you use text editor in your work? What information can you offer
for posting on the kindergarten’s web-site?
Analysis of questionnaires showed that 67% of the respondents use the Yandex
search engine, while the rest use Google. The survey showed lack of capability to use
110 O. V. Dybina
the information search, for 17% of the pedagogues are dissatisfied with the search
results, and 33% cannot find the required information in the search systems (total 50%).
Besides, only 10% use special symbols and thematic catalogues. 90% of the surveyed
pedagogues do not use these resources. Pedagogues of the kindergarten face difficulties
during search for information.
Analysis of questionnaires showed that only 50% of the respondents use the ICT
for evaluation and monitoring, and the rest do not use such possibility and perform all
routine work manually. However, 90% of the pedagogues have some skills with text
editor and could have used it more often in their work. Only 10% of the respondents
use for organization of educational activities the software means for presentations.
The results of the survey show that 90% of the respondents are ready to share their
pedagogical experience with the help of an open educational resource – the kinder-
garten’s web-site.
Most of pedagogues (67%) wish to conduct remote educational activities, but a lot
of them lack technical knowledge on the method of information search and work with
ready program and methodological complexes and require additional work for
enlightenment on the possibilities of the ICT.
During analysis of digital catalogs, the catalogs for pedagogues attestation, catalogs
of methodological materials, photo albums, catalog of videos, and archive of materials
of the pre-school educational organization’s web-site were found. With the method-
ological material for pedagogical activities with the use of the ICT there are no tech-
nical means for implementation of the ICT.
We supposed that the process of pedagogues’ acquiring the information and
communication technologies is possible if:
– the essence of the process of pedagogues’ acquiring the information and commu-
nication technologies in the system of interconnected pedagogical notions in view
of the work specifics is opened;
– the methodological provision of the process of pedagogues’ acquiring the infor-
mation and communication technologies is developed and implemented;
– the experimental substantiation of the criterial tools necessary for objective evalu-
ation of the level of pedagogues’ acquiring the information and communication
technologies is given.
Based on analysis of ascertaining experiment, for pedagogues’ acquiring the
information and communication technologies during organization of open educational
space, the following tasks are set:
1. Stimulating development of the pedagogues’ skills to search for information with
the help of search engines.
2. Developing pedagogues’ skill to work with ready program and methodological
complexes.
3. Preparing to conducting remote educational activities.
The Internet Day was organized in kindergartens, which helped to attract the
pedagogues’ attention to using the virtual space, its possibilities and perspectives. The
exhibition stands with the history of the Internet, short information on its work and
possibilities of use are very interesting.
A lot of attention was paid to the work of creative groups, while pedagogues got
acquainted with the Internet, diversity of search systems, special symbols for optimal
search of information, and acquired the basic skills of work with thematic catalogs.
The “School of the information and communication technologies” was organized,
with regular “consultation lessons”, the main topics of which are the following:
– “Learning text editor”.
– “Compiling presentation”.
– “Selecting web browser”.
– “Optimal usage of search engines”.
– “You’ve got mail! Acquainting with e-mail”.
– “Kindergarten’s web-site – my ticket to the open educational space”.
– “Compiling diagnostics with the help of computer”.
– “Social networks”.
– “What is WEB 2.0?”.
– “Program and methodological complexes”, etc.
In the course of work of the “School of the information and communication
technologies” the participants performed the tasks related to application of a new
program in the educational activities. For example, after acquisition of text editor, the
pedagogies had to compile a consultation for parents and prepare the planning of the
educational process in the digital form.
Special attention was paid to the methodological provision aimed at implementa-
tion of the developed program. The program for pedagogues’ acquiring the ICT sup-
poses usage of the basic level of approbation and creation of the proprietary educational
resources. The Program includes the following blocks:
1. “Implementing the ICT as a condition of realization of the federal state educational
standard”.
2. “Practical use of the PhotodexProShowProducer software for creation of profes-
sional presentations.
3. “Creating interactive publications at the Calameo service”.
4. “Creation a personal web-site at the ucoz.ru web service”.
5. “Creation a personal web-site at the wix.com web service”.
6. “Studying MicrosoftPowerPoint – creating multimedia presentations”.
7. “Audacity – sound editor with a wide set of professional capabilities”.
8. “Vocalremover – online service for processing audio files”.
9. “Nero – multifunctional multimedia package for working with CD and DVD,
sound and video”.
10. “PinnacleStudio – software for professional work with video”.
The methodological provision was conducted with the following conditions:
socio-psychological (solving the problems of formation of a pre-school organization’s
group, developing employees’ activity, developing each member’s personality, and
coordinating various relations); functional (provision of activities of a pedagogical
group, scientific work, increase of effectiveness, high quality of children training, and
additional training of personnel) [2, p. 158].
112 O. V. Dybina
3 Results
As a result of experimental study, large changes in the positions of pedagogues of

pre-school educational organization as to using the information and communication
technologies in their activities happens. They showed not only knowledge of software
and specifics of technical work but also the skill to work with main applied software
and multimedia programs, and to use the Internet. Pedagogues of a pre-school edu-
cational organization began to use the means of the ICT during planning of pedagogical
activities, evaluation and creation of reports for children training, and learned new
programs.
4 Conclusions
Implementation of the contents of the program blocks ensures the following:

improvement of the process of acquiring the information and communication tech-
nologies by pedagogues; creation of integrated information environment: method-
ological guidebooks and recommendations for acquiring the information and
communication technologies for pedagogues.
Using the information and communication technologies in a pedagogue’s work
allows for enrichment and renovation of the educational process in a pre-school edu-
cational organization and for increase of its effectiveness. The performed research has
not analyzed all aspects of the studied issue due to its multi-aspect character.
References
1. Gorvits, Y.M., Chaynova, A.A., Poddyakov, N.N.: New information technologies in
pre-school education, 328 p. Linka Press, Moscow (1998)
2. Dybina, O.V.: Individual managerial concept of manager of a pre-school educational
organization. Vector Sci. Tolyatti State Univ. 2-1(32-1), 154–160 (2015)
3. Vinnitsky, Y.A.: Informatizaton of education: problems and perspectives [E-source]: deputy
director for educational work, School No. 169. https://edugalaxy.intel.ru/index.php?act=
attach&type=blogentry&id=3409
4. Komarova, T.S., Komarova, I.I., Tulikov, А.V., et al.: Information and communication
technologies in pre-school education, 31 p. Mozaika Sintez, Moscow (2011)
5. Robert, I.V.: Methodology of education informatization [E-source]: director of the Institute of
Education Informatization of the RAE. http://ito.su/40/plenum/Robert.html?PHPSESSID=
pts18etqpmcevg1cva1erI05I3
6. Morozov, K.A.: The information and communication technologies and their application in
pedagogical activities. In: Personality, Family, and Society: Issues of Pedagogics and
Psychology: Collection of Articles Based on Materials of the 30th International Scientific and
Practical Conference. SibAK, Novosibirsk (2013)
7. Revnivtseva, R.M.: The information and communication technologies in a pre-school

educational establishment. In: Pedagogics: Traditiona and Innovations: Materials of the 2nd
International Scientific Confernece, Chelyabinsk, October 2012, pp. 67–69. Two Young
Communists, Chelyabinsk (2012)
8. Robert, I.V.: Theory and methodology of education informatization (psychological &
pedagogical and technological aspects)/IEI of RAE, 2nd edn., 274 p. (2007)
9. Shmakova, A.P., Khramova, L.V.: Informatization of pre-school education: advantages and
problems. Siberian Sci. Bull. 1(7), 93–95 (2012)
Perspectives of Development of the Educational
Services Market in Regions of Russia
in the Conditions of the Knowledge
Economy Formation
Irina V. Baranova(&)
Mikhailovka Vocational Training College Named After V.V. Arnautov,

Mikhaylovka, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to study the perspectives of development

of the educational services market in regions of Russia in the conditions of the
knowledge economy formation. The methodological basis of the research con-
sists of the method of structural analysis, which is used for studying the Russia’s
position in the ranking of the countries on development of knowledge economy,
and the method of horizontal analysis, which is used for studying the dynamics of
formation and development of knowledge economy in modern Russia. The
information and analytical basis of the article includes the materials of the Federal
State Statistics Service of the RF and the index of knowledge economy according
to the World Bank. The authors also study the process of formation of knowledge
economy in Russia and determine that it has been continuing for the last 25 years
and will last for 8 more years in case of preservation of the current tendency. The
state’s efforts on management of this process are peculiar for low effectiveness.
This is due to insufficient consideration of regional peculiarities and needs during
development of the educational services markets in Russia’s regions. A serious
problem of knowledge economy development in Russia is weak connection
between development of regional markets of educational services and the
national course at formation of knowledge economy. For solving these problems,
the authors offer practical recommendations and develop a perspective model of
development of the educational services market in Russia’s regions in the con-
ditions of the knowledge economy formation.
Keywords: Educational service market Regions of Russia

Knowledge economy
1 Introduction
Economic system’s setting on the path of development of economy is a serious chal-

lenge for all other spheres of national economy, as the entrepreneurial structures that
work in them have to change their business processes in the direction of increase of
knowledge intensity, shift of emphasis of human resources, as compared to other types
of resources, and orientation at innovational development. The educational services

Perspectives of Development of the Educational Services Market 115
market is subject to most serious transformations, as it bears the main load for
development of knowledge economy.
In the conditions of the knowledge economy formation, educational services
market is not just an environment for preparation of necessary human resources but a
source of knowledge – the newest technologies of production, organization, and
management, innovational products (goods and services), etc. In the countries with
large territory and high level of differentiation in the level of socio-economic devel-
opment of economic systems, which are parts of the national economy, the conditions,
intensity, and directions of development of regional educational services markets differ,
and the level of diversity could be rather high.
On the one hand, this hinders their unification and formation of a non-structural
national educational services market, which is easily predictable and manageable, and
which structural elements are in close interconnection. On the other hand, development
of educational services markets according to the peculiarities of the regions of their
location allows accelerating the process of knowledge economy formation due to
creation of knowledge and human resources that are necessary for each specific region,
this leveling disproportions in development of the national economic system.
That’s why regional models of development of educational services markets should
take into account the peculiarities of regional economic systems. This explains the
topicality of research of the regional aspect of development of the educational services
market in the context of the knowledge economy development. The authors focus on
the modern Russian economy and seek the goal of studying the perspectives of
development of the educational services market in regions of Russia in the conditions
of the knowledge economy formation.
Peculiarities of functioning and development of regional economies in the national

economic systems are viewed in the studies (Fleischmann et al. 2017; Otoiu et al. 2017;
Ge and Zhao 2017; Guliak 2017; Anukoonwattaka 2016). The conceptual and applied
issues of development of regional educational services markets of the countries of the
world are reflected in the publications (Popkova et al. 2016; Ragulina et al. 2015;
Bogoviz et al. 2017; Bogdanova et al. 2016; Popova et al. 2016). The essence of the
process of the knowledge economy formation is studied in the works (Fathollahi et al.
2017; Amavilah et al. 2017; Kuleshov et al. 2017).
The performed content analysis of the scientific works on the set problem deter-
mined insufficient scientific elaboration of the influence of the processes, related to
creation of knowledge economy, on development of regional educational services
markets, which leads to the necessity for further research of this issue.
The methodological basis of the research consists of the methods of structural
analysis, which is used by the authors to study the Russia’s position in the ranking of
the countries on creation of knowledge economy, and the method of horizontal anal-
ysis, which is used for studying the dynamics of formation and development of
knowledge economy in modern Russia.
116 I. V. Baranova
The information and analytical basis of the research includes the materials of the
Federal State Statistics Service and the index of knowledge economy according to the
World Bank, which is the basis for annual rankings of 140 countries of the world.
3 Results
The value of the knowledge economy index in Russia constituted 5.78 in 2016. It is
ranked 55th, near Ukraine, Belarus, and Qatar. The key reason for such low position of
Russia in the ranking of the countries is ineffective regional educational services
market, the result of functioning of which is low innovative activity and low level of
development of technologies (World Bank 2016).
The innovational system, which consists of companies, R&D centers, universities,
consultation agencies, and other organizations, has not been formed in Russia yet.
There’s no connection between the sphere of science and education and the production
sector of economy. As a result, the created innovations do not reach targeted consumers
and remain at the level of dissertation studies.
Another important reason of insufficiently high level of development of science and
innovations is the ineffective system of patenting the right for scientific inventions and
innovational technologies. Complexity of the procedure of patenting of new knowledge
is a serious barrier for the Russian scholars. The system of commercialization of
innovations is not developed sufficiently.
Another reason is the lack of financial resources due to absence of assets with the
state and due to low investment attractiveness of innovational projects for private
investors. Scholars cannot perform research with their private assets, as the research
requires a lot of money.
Thus, the studies are not performed at all, or are performed to a limited extent –
which does not allow obtaining the desired results and compiling the results. Due to
these reasons, the process of the knowledge economy formation in Russia is not yet
completed and continues until now. The structure of this process is reflected in Fig. 1.
As is seen from Fig. 1, the process of the knowledge economy formation in Russia
took place in three stages. The beginning of the first stage was the Russia’s transition to
the market path of development in 1991. After this, in 1992–2002, the share of
expenditures for innovations in the structure of GDP was growing from 0.03% to 0.60%.
The growth was very quick and constituted more than 250% per year. In this period, the
volume of innovational goods, works, and services increased, constituting RUB 430
billion, and the share of the companies that implement innovations reached 11%.
During the second stage (2002–2013), the share of expenditures for innovations in
the structure of GDP continued to grow, but slower – 13% per year, from 0.61% in
2000 to 0.83% in 2010. The volume of innovational goods, works, and services grew,
consisting RUB 230–700 billion. The share of the companies that implement inno-
vations grew insubstantially, constituting 11%–12%.
At the third stage, which began in 2014 and lasted until 2016, the shareo of expen-
ditures for innovations in the structure of GDP grew very quickly – the growth
1.2
0.99
1 0.86 0.9
0.84
0.8 0.71
0.61 0.62
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.03
0
1992 2002 2007 2010 2013 2014 2015 2016
Share of expenditures for innovations in the structure of GDP, %
1992 2002 2007 2010 2013 2014 2015 2016
Volume of innovational goods, Volume of innovational Volume of innovational

works, and services: at least goods, works, and services: goods, works, and
RUB 430 billion. Share of RUB 230-700 billion. services: RUB 1,690 –
companies that implement Share of companies that 3,070 billion.
innovations: less than 11% implement innovations: Share of companies that
11% - 12%. implement innovations:
12% - 15%.
Fig. 1. The process of the knowledge economy formation in Russia. Source: compiled by the
author with the use of the materials (Rosstat 2016).
constituted around 30% per year – from 0.84% in 2011 to 0.99% in 2014. The volume of
innovational goods, works, and services grew more, constituting RUB 1,690–3,070. The
share of the companies that implement innovations also grew, constituting 12%–15%.
At present, it is possible to suppose that the next stage of this process will begin in
2017 and will continue until full formation of the knowledge economy in Russia. In
view of the modern state policy’s orientation at formation of innovational economy and
announcement of the strategy of innovational development of Russia until 2020, it is
possible to suppose that this stage covers the period from 2017 to 2025.
At this stage, it is necessary to expect the increase of the share of expenditures for
innovations in the structure of GDP up to 3%. The volume of innovational goods,
works, and services might increase to RUB 5,000 billion. The share of the companies
that implement innovations might constitute 35–40%. This will take Russia to the level
of developed countries and will allow forming knowledge economy.
The most serious problems of the regional educational services market in Russia are
low quality of education and weak connection between the educational market and the
labor market. In order to created conditions for successful knowledge economy for-
mation in modern Russia, it is necessary to solve these problems, which supposes
increase of the quality of education and establishment of strong connection between the
labor market and the educational services market. For this, we offer the following
recommendations.
Firstly, it is necessary to raise the level of education. In addition to increase of the
number of students, it is necessary to focus on improvement of quality and topicality of
development of education and increase of qualification, in order to solve the problem of
118 I. V. Baranova
the lack of useful and necessary skills with the graduates of the higher educational
establishments.
Secondly, it is necessary to raise the diversity of authorities of the educational
establishments and the prestige of technical and professional education. At present,
Russia has a critical necessity for diversification of the system of education for the
purpose of reduction of the excessive emphasis on theoretical knowledge and for
supplementing the educational programs with a range of applied studies that reflect the
factual state of the sphere of national economy at present.
Thirdly, it is important to ensure flexibility and responsiveness of the system of
education to the requirements of the regional labor market. The key attribute of the
educational system’s development is provision of the necessary qualification and com-
petence for the specialists, necessary at the labor market. For that, educational estab-
lishments require more flexibility and adaptability, for adaptation to the quickly changing
global economic environment and development of the required talents and skills.
Fourthly, it is important to ensure correspondence of the Russian educational
establishments to the global standards. Higher educational establishments of the global
standard and leading models of R&D centers and university centers are necessary for
ensuring the development of talents in top-priority sectors of economy. Such models
could be built from scratch – by modernizing the existing institutes due to partnership
with the world-class universities.
Fifthly, it is necessary to create centers of leading experience in the sphere of
scientific research. For this, it is necessary to invest large resources into educational and
R&D centers. This will ensure conduct of original and potentially innovational research
and creation of the society of scholars, technologists, and specialists in various spheres
of national economy.
Sixthly, it is necessary to implement the information and communication tech-
nologies into the sphere of education. At present, it is clear that there will be a transition
to the next generation of solutions in the sphere of the information and communication
technologies in education. Recently, such technologies as platforms of online educa-
tion, tools for joint virtual work, Internet resources, digital access to libraries, video
courses, and creation of virtual training programs have been approbated in the Russian
educational establishments with different levels of effectiveness.
Seventhly, it is necessary to stimulate implementation of the information and
communication technologies as the main – not additional – means of teaching. The
information and communication technologies in education will probably become the
most powerful tool for raising the quality of education. The people who grew in the age
of digital technologies – so called “digital natives” – perceive the surrounding envi-
ronment differently, as compared to the past generations. That’s why there’s a necessity
for new approaches to education for successful teaching of new generation.
Based on the above recommendations, we developed a perspective model of
development of the educational services market in regions of Russia in the conditions
of the knowledge economy formation, which is shown in Fig. 2.
National strategy of development of the educational services

market and creation of knowledge economy
Increase of Results:
quality accumulation and
creation of new
Active knowledge, necessary
implementation Decentralization for the region’s
of the ICT development;
satisfaction of the
region’s needs for
Centers of Development of
Growth of human resources;
leading the regional
prestige creation of innovations
experience market of
educational that are ready for
services implementation in this
region;
Orientation at the Flexibility and stimulation of
global standards responsiveness optimization of
Connection to the business processes in
regional labor the region in view of its
market pros and cons.
Peculiarities and needs of the regional socio-economic system, specifics and stages of
market in regions formation
of Russiaofinknowledge
the conditions
economyofinthe
theknowledge
region economy
Fig. 2. A perspective model of development of the educational services market in regions of

Russia in the conditions of the knowledge economy formation. Source: compiled by the authors.
As is seen from Fig. 2, according to the offered model, the development of the
educational services market in a region takes place in connection to the national strategy
of development of the educational services market and creation of knowledge economy
and in view of the peculiarities and needs of the regional socio-economic system, as well
as specifics and stage of the knowledge economy formation in a region. This allows
achieving such results as accumulation and creation of new knowledge, necessary for
development of the region, satisfaction of the region’s needs for human resources,
creation of innovations that are ready for implementation in this region, and stimulation
of optimization of business processes in the region in view of its pros and cons.
4 Conclusions
Thus, modern Russia is in the process of the knowledge economy formation, which has
been continuing for the last 25 years; with preservation of the current tendency it will
last for at least 8 more years. The state’s efforts on management of this process are
peculiar for low effectiveness. According to the analysis performed in the research, the
probable reason for this is insufficient consideration of regional peculiarities and needs
during development of educational services markets in regions of Russia.
120 I. V. Baranova
A serious problem of creation of knowledge economy in Russia is weak connection

between development of regional educational services markets and the national course
at formation of knowledge economy. The authors’ recommendations and the offered
perspective model of development of the educational services market in regions of
Russia in the conditions of the knowledge economy formation allow solving the
determined problems, increasing the effectiveness of management, and accelerating the
process of the knowledge economy formation in modern Russia.
References
Amavilah, V., Asongu, S.A., Andrés, A.R.: Effects of globalization on peace and stability:
implications for governance and the knowledge economy of African countries. Technol.
Forecast. Soc. Chang. 122, 91–103 (2017)
Anukoonwattaka, W.: Global value chains and competitiveness of the integrated regions:
exchange rate issues. In: ASEAN Economic Community: A Model for Asia-Wide Regional
Integration? pp. 127–151 (2016)
Bogdanova, S.V., Kozel, I.V., Ermolina, L.V., Litvinova, T.N.: Management of small
innovational enterprise under the conditions of global competition: possibilities and threats.
Eur. Res. Stud. J. 19(2 Special Issue), 268–275 (2016)
Bogoviz, A.V., Ragulina, Y.V., Kutukova, E.S.: Ways to improve the economic efficiency of
investment policy and their economic justification. Int. J. Appl. Bus. Econ. Res. 15(11),
275–285 (2017)
Fathollahi, M.F., Elahi, N., Najafi, S.M.S.: Appropriate theoretical framework for understanding
and analyzing economic issues in knowledge-based economy. J. Knowl. Econ. 8(3), 957–976
(2017)
Fleischmann, K., Daniel, R., Welters, R.: Developing a regional economy through creative
industries: innovation capacity in a regional Australian city. Creative Ind. J. 1(2), 1–20 (2017)
Ge, Y., Zhao, X.: Regional economy and development: a viewpoint and application of spatial
statistics. Spat. Stat. 2(1), 126–129 (2017)
Guliak, R.: New resonance approach to competitiveness interventions in lagging regions: the case
of Ukraine before the armed conflict. Rev. Econ. Perspect. 17(1), 25–56 (2017)
Kuleshov, V.V., Untura, G.A., Markova, V.D.: Towards a knowledge economy: the role of
innovative projects in the reindustrialization of Novosibirsk oblast. Reg. Res. Russ. 7(3),
215–224 (2017)
Otoiu, A., Bere, R., Silvestru, C.: An assessment of the first round impact of innovation industries
on Europe’s regional economies. Amfiteatru Econ. 19(44), 289–301 (2017)
Popova, L.V., Popkova, E.G., Dubova, Y.I., Natsubidze, A.S., Litvinova, T.N.: Financial
mechanisms of nanotechnology development in developing countries. J. Appl. Econ. Sci.
11(4), 584–590 (2016)
Ragulina, Y.V., Stroiteleva, E.V., Miller, A.I.: Modeling of integration processes in the business
structures. Mod. Appl. Sci. 9(3), 145–158 (2015)
World Bank: Building Knowledge Economies: Assessment Methodology. World Bank,
Washington, DC (2016)
Popkova, Е.G., Chechina, О.S., Abramov, S.А.: Problem of the human capital quality reducing
in conditions of educational unification. Mediterr. J. Soc. Sci. 6(3), 95–100 (2016)
Rosstat: Russian in Numbers: Short Statistical Collection. Federal State Statistics Service,
Moscow (2016)
World Trends Impacting the Change
of the Higher Education System in Russia
in the Conditions of Global Crisis Management
on the Basis of Entrepreneurship
and Innovations
Svetlana M. Yakovleva(&), Maria O. Suraeva,

and Alexander P. Zhabin

[email protected]
Abstract. The current system of higher education in the Russian Federation is

subject to changes at different levels: global, regional and local, especially in the
context of Global Crisis Management. The goal of this research work is to
identify and systematize world trends that influence the change of the system of
higher education in the context of Global Crisis Management, including using
the principles of entrepreneurship. At the global level, the system of higher
education of the Russian Federation is affected by trends in political, economic,
social, cultural and information technology. As early as in the twentieth century,
it was possible to distinguish the influence of each of the trends on the education
system and to characterize the impact of each of them. In the modern world, the
processes of globalization and internationalization, which affect each of
the macro-trends, come first. Accordingly, macro-trends are considered in the
analysis of their impact on the education system. In the research, within the
framework of the methodology for highlighting the main trends, the Russian
education system is considered element-wise, which includes higher education
institutions, lecturers, students, IT environment of the university, and their
characteristics. Among the main results, trends shaping education of the present
and near future are revealed, which change the system of higher education in the
Russian Federation in the context of Global Crisis Management: international-
ization of the educational environment, including programs and conditions for
their implementation; simultaneous existence of two realities: on-line and
off-line; Project education; Gaming. World trends shaping education are a
necessity that should be taken into account when forming the development
pathway of the higher education system in the Russian Federation, especially in
the context of Global Crisis Management. Adherence to trends shaping edu-
cation helps to form a stable education system, flexibly reacting to global and
local changes. When developing programs for strategic and innovative devel-
opment, universities need to draw on trends, which should be the criteria for
selecting each management decision in a modern university. A special place is
taken by the formation of the entrepreneurial university or transformation of the
classical Russian university into it, and development characteristics and direc-
tions determine and will determine world trends.

122 S. M. Yakovleva et al.
Keywords: Trends Higher education Crisis management

Entrepreneurial university Innovation
JEL Classification: D8 I23 Q01
1 Introduction
There are various approaches to both the education system in the Russian Federation
and the search for challenges facing the Russian education in the context of Global
Crisis Management. In particular, Schedrovitsky (2016) distinguishes the following
challenges: the disappearance of approximately 30% of traditional occupations,
changes in infrastructure, changes in technology in the educational process. Challenges
direct the further changes in education, form trends shaping education at the global and
local levels.
The concept of the entrepreneurial university is more relevant than ever both for the
Russian reality and the current development stage of higher education. Thus,
Konstantinov and Filonovich (2007) define the entrepreneurial university as an institu-
tion that systematically makes efforts in three directions: generation of new knowledge,
teaching and implementation of knowledge into practice, transformation of the internal
environment and modification of relations with the external environment. The concept of
the entrepreneurial university is disclosed in detail in the scientific works of foreign
scientists, such as: Dabić and Švarc (2012). They explain entrepreneurial activities of
universities and provide a reference to the position of entrepreneurial universities (in
Croatia). The authors conclude that all universities are inevitably forced to change.
Etzkowitz (2004) describes the evolution of the entrepreneurial university as well as
Wong et al. (2007). They talk about “Entrepreneurial University” Model to Support
Knowledge-Based Economic Development. Guerrero and Urbano (2012) are consider-
ing the development of the entrepreneurial university.
2 Methodology
To identify the main trends, it is necessary to consider the education system

element-by-element. The authors distinguish the following elements of the education
system in Russia:
– Higher education institutions,
– Lecturers,
– Students,
– IT-environment of the university.
Higher education institutions are, on the one hand, the most resilient elements of
the system, and on the other, undergo a powerful impact from other elements. In
particular, the approach to the activity of the university on the part of public authorities
is changing. Instead of the city-forming institutions or institutions serving key enter-
prises in the region from the point of view of their supply of specialists and R&D
World Trends Impacting the Change of the Higher Education System in Russia 123
(historical aspect), modern universities are included in the competitive struggle both
among themselves (participation in projects 5–100 and supporting universities) and
internationally. Accordingly, the stability of universities is relative.
Lecturers of universities have also ceased to be a stable element of universities. If
during the Soviet Union the stability of teaching activity was determined by strict
compliance with necessary requirements, at present even the compliance with all
teaching requirements and writing of articles does not guarantee the preservation of the
lecturer’s workplace. A colleague applying for this position may have higher-ranking
articles, participation in international conferences, experience as a visiting lecturer, etc.
Thus, the compliance with formal teaching requirements does not guarantee job sta-
bility, but rather creates the necessary minimum, which must be met if the lecturer
plans to continue working.
The trends of non-departments universities, implemented in some universities,
exacerbate lecturers’ stability, the most successful lecturers will be invited to the
programs, and the success criteria can vary from academic to bright personal traits.
Speaking about competition as the main threat to lecturers’ sustainability, it is neces-
sary to understand competition in a broader format: starting from local within the
university, continuing with competition in the inter-university space of the Russian
Federation (invited lecturers, part-time work) and ending with global competition in the
world educational space, for example, the replacement of full-time disciplines by
on-line courses.
To increase the stability level of such an element of the education system as a
lecturer, it is necessary, on the one hand, to create conditions for its “anchoring” within
the main university, and on the other, to provide opportunities for the development. It is
in this way, by constantly increasing the value and cost of the lecturer, the trend of
maintaining lecturers’ stability within the educational system can form.
Modern students as an element of the education system have a certain set of
qualities and characteristics that distinguish them from the previous generation of
students and from the lecturers with whom they interact. Modern students belong to the
Generation Z, the birth years of which are the end of the 1990s - the beginning of the
2000s. Generation Z differs from the previous two generations: both the Generation Y,
born in the early 1980s, and the Generation X, born in the 1960s and 70s, have more
differences than similarities to the Generation Z. The distinctive feature of the Gen-
eration Z is the adequate evaluation of its generation parameters, on the one hand, and
unwillingness to change their behavioral stereotypes, on the other. Thus, our focus
groups with students of economic specialties of the 1st–2th year of SSEU (Samara
State University of Economics) (3 focus groups were held, 15–18 students took part in
each), highlight the main features of their generation in terms of attitude towards the
learning process: high level of mobility, simplification of information, IT - as part of
life, learning should be interesting, otherwise the material is not remembered. The
analysis of the main features of the generation shows that in order to preserve students
as an element of the education system, rather than as a list of higher education insti-
tutions, it is necessary to build new vectors of educational opportunities for the Gen-
eration Z, built on the use of modern trends.
The IT environment is taken out into a separate element, because the modern IT
environment of the university with the development pathway cannot and should not be
limited only to the formation of the university’s website and access to lecture material
in on-line mode. The implication of the Learning Management System, the use of
MOOC (Massive Open Online Courses) of both Russian and foreign platforms, should
become the basis for the development of the on-line environment of the university not
as an alternative reality, but as a supplement to the off-line environment, which should
develop in interaction and complementarity, create a unique information field within
the university, which at the same time effectively interacts with information fields of
other educational spaces: textbooks, libraries, on-line Incubators and projects.
3 Results
Analyzing the basic elements of the education system in Russia, the authors come to
the conclusion about the main trends that will change the pathway of the educational
space of the Russian Federation in the near future in the context of Global Crisis
Management, if it seeks to the further development in accordance with global trends
shaping education, or is aimed at their advance.
Among the main trends shaping education of the present and near future, changing
the system of higher education in the Russian Federation can be identified:
– Internationalization of the educational environment, including programs and con-
ditions for their implementation;
– The simultaneous existence of two realities: on-line and off-line, which is currently
expressed in implementation of MOOC, LMS and access to on-line libraries of
other HEIs, and as a trend will move from the format of information accessibility to
the format of detailed selection of information that cuts off not the right material on
the basis of specifying analytical queries;
– Project education - learning not in the classical format of the theoretical and applied
interaction, but through the achievement of certain goals in the learning process
through the use of a set of specific resources;
– Gaming as a trend has been formed and is still being formed on the basis of the
request of the Generation Z - learning should be interesting. Interesting learning
involves emotional involvement, shifting the emphasis from the useful in the future
to the fascinating one in the present. Accordingly, Gaming, the educational game
form becomes a modern trend shaping education.
Modern trends have an impact on each other in the further development of the
educational environment and, perhaps, after a while the International Gaming, imple-
mented in the project format, will become a new trend.
Each of the trends undoubtedly builds the future development pathway of higher
education in the Russian Federation, while some pathways are already a reality for
education systems of other countries.
If you look at the overview of trends shaping education made by the OECD (Trends
Shaping Education 2016), the first trends also indicate globalization, which now covers
all areas of activity, including education. In the context of education, the trend of
globalization raises a large number of topical issues, affecting both international and
national education systems:
– Do higher education institutions need to study the trends of the global labor market
and prepare students for work in international and multinational companies?
– Should students who are leaving to study abroad feel responsible to their country
and come back to work again? - What is the role of the OECD in reducing the brain
drain?
– Internationalization of higher education has created many opportunities for students
and higher education institutions - should all programs become averaged standard
or should certain differences be taken into account when compiling them? (OECD,
Trends Shaping Education 2016).
These and other questions asked when trying to determine trends in education make
it possible to form strategic changes in both national and global education systems.
Internationalization of higher education as a form of manifestation of the trend of
“globalization” has a separate effect on the formation of education pathways (Altbach
and Knight 2007). According to Fiona Hunter, the current interpretation of interna-
tionalization is not the same as academic mobility. From the point of view of modern
understanding, the main part of internationalization of higher education is the cur-
riculum content development and search for talents, both employees and students.
Fiona Hunter gives the following definition of internationalization, relying on the
development of recent trends: “Internationalization is the way to enrich the quality of
education and research and the level of service to society” (de Wit and Hunter, 2016).
The majority of Russian universities, striving to implement a bundle of trends -
globalization/internationalization are aimed at the development of incoming academic
mobility. This trend was reflected in the rating of Russian universities (Methodology
for calculating indicators to monitor the effectiveness of higher education institutions
from April 3, 2014 N AK 39/05vn.) However, the quantitative analysis of academic
mobility parameters no longer corresponds to new trends. Universities should recon-
sider their attitude towards internationalization on the basis of the updated definition
given by Hunter (2016). Creation of conditions for the development of talents and
internationalization of the substantive part of educational processes will contribute to
the realization of the trend of globalization, which will lead to the further development
of the education system.
Globalization is closely related to information technology, especially in the context
of the transition from mobile to content ones.
Enriching the content of education implies the need for access to better educational
resources, which are not always available in local universities. Modern information
technologies give accelerated access to educational information from the best univer-
sities in the world.
Modern trends show that the availability of access to information does not con-
tribute to the development of the education system, but is a certain basis for its stability.
The development of the education system is possible on the basis of combining two
trends shaping education: active use of information technologies in education and their
active implementation in project-oriented learning.
Project-oriented learning as a trend involves not only the practical implementation
of knowledge gained, but rather the placement of knowledge in a certain framework:
temporary, resource, targeted for its maximum effective use.
The trend of project-oriented learning shows that knowledge can become obsolete,
can change, resources may be required to obtain it or to gain this knowledge.
Accordingly, the trend of project-oriented learning allows us not only use it in a
practical way, but also to give certain estimates for the effective use of knowledge.
The influence of these trends leads to the need and urgency to form and transform
Russian universities in the entrepreneurial format through development programs.
Naturally, the existing system of higher education has a number of limitations in the rapid
implementation. Most of universities that remain active players on the market are bud-
getary and autonomous education institutions, whose activities are strictly regulated by
the founder. One of the main problems while implementing the concept of “en-
trepreneurial university” are limited financial resources of the Russian university. In
addressing this problem, Russia has established a program to increase the competitive-
ness of universities among the world’s leading research and education centers “5top100”,
which really contributes to the establishment of the entrepreneurial university on the
basis of support and financing of innovative activities in all areas of the university. One of
the bright and effective projects while implementing the concept of the entrepreneurial
university on the basis of support for the “5top100” project is St. Petersburg National
Research University of Information Technologies, Mechanics and Optics.
Universities are of particular interest as sources of knowledge, transferring it to the
business environment. Universities often act as intermediaries for the transfer of
knowledge from researchers to industry.
The concept of the open innovation ecosystem is determined by a significant
number of activities classified as open innovation initiatives. Interactions between
actors and the implementation of policies suggest that goals are a distinctive feature of
the ecosystem.
The role of universities as a source of open innovation for partner firms is becoming
urgent, as technology is becoming a key factor for the firm to gain competitiveness in
the world arena. This approach differs from the traditional approach that dominated
universities and industry in the past.
As a consequence of three elements, there is an evolution from contractual research
models to the open innovation model of cooperation.
Potential advantages of using open innovation initiatives in this context are: the
distribution of risks in the study of immature technologies, the university as a partner
can explore the applicability of some prospective studies with the help of young
researchers, the industry can delegate this responsibility to partner universities, conduct
experimental experiments under the control of partners.
The university can interact with industry both in the development direction of
cooperation within the framework of the research project, and in the framework of
learning or technology transfer; and also the activity connected with knowledge for the
decision of the future problems.
To ensure the sustainability of these university ecosystems, two elements become
decisive:
• The existence of strong internal positioning in relation to supporting innovation;
• The need to establish broad links with the external environment.
4 Conclusions
World trends shaping education are a necessity that should be taken into account when
forming the development pathway of higher education in Russia. Adherence to trends
shaping education helps to form a stable education system, flexibly reacting to global
and local changes. Entrepreneurial universities represent an effective form of modern
university, followed by world trends, satisfying the interests of all stakeholders,
stimulate innovative activity in all areas of the university’s functioning, which is the
potential for the formation of the innovative Russian economy.
Acknowledgements. The research was performed within the state task of the Ministry of
Education and Science of the RF, Project No. 26.940.2017/4.6 “Management of changes in the
system of higher education on the basis of the concept of sustainable development and coordi-
nation of interests”.
References
Dabić, M., Švarc, J.: About the concept of an entrepreneurial university: is there an alternative?
[Zum konzept der unternehmer-universität: Gibt es denn eine alternative?] Drustvena
Istrazivanja 20(4), 991–1013 (2012). https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-
84855769240&doi=10.5559%2fdi.20.4.04&partnerID=40&md5=
59ab6de209bf048c6b559e9bf8ad7c41. https://doi.org/10.5559/di.20.4.04
Etzkowitz, H.: The evolution of an Entrepreneurial University. Int. J. Technol. Global. 1(1), 64–
77 (2004). https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-33745696205&partnerID=
40&md5=d4fa9f04c81eb5f747e2902149cbe2cd
Guerrero, M., Urbano, D.: The development of an Entrepreneurial University. J. Technol. Transf.
37(1), 43–74 (2012). https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-84856269648&
doi=10.1007%2fs10961-010-9171-x&partnerID=40&md5=
15bf3bd0eea25ea29164c19e1036f4db. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10961-010-9171-x
de Wit, H., Hunter, F.: The future of the process of internationalization of higher education in
Europe. International Higher Education, vol. 87, p. 40. Russian Version of the Newsletter of
International Higher Education, Boston College, USA (2016)
Konstantinov, G.N., Filonovich, S.R.: What is an Entrepreneurial University? Educ. Issues, 1
(2007). http://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/chto-takoe-predprinimatelskiy-universitet
OECD: Trends Shaping Education 2016. OECD Publishing, Paris (2016). http://dx.doi.org/10.
1787/trends_edu-2016-en
Methodology for Calculating Indicators to Monitor the Effectiveness of Higher Education
Institutions of April 3, 2014 N AK 39/05vn. http://unecon.ru/sites/default/files/disshleb
nikovkv.pdf
Philip, G., Altbach, J.K.: The internationalization of higher education: motivations and realities.
J. Stud. Int. Educ. (2007). http://jsi.sagepub.com/content/11/3-4/290.short?rss=1&ssource=
mfc. Accessed 15 Apr 2016
Shchedrovitsky, P.: The future has already come. Internet-newspaper (2016). www.vyatsu.ru,
https://www.vyatsu.ru/internet-gazeta/buduschee-uzhe-nastupilo-petr-schedrovitskiy-o-per.
html?print=Y
Wong, P.-K., Ho, Y.-P., Singh, A.: Towards an “Entrepreneurial University” model to support
knowledge-based economic development: the case of the National University of Singapore.
World Dev. 35(6), 941–958 (2007). https://www.scopus.com/inward/record.uri?eid=2-s2.0-
34249043649&doi=10.1016%2fj.worlddev.2006.05.007&partnerID=40&md5=95830495dd
da8cbaeafc901db56a47f2. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.worlddev.2006.05.007
Perspective Trends of Development
of Professional Pedagogics as a Science
Svetlana M. Markova(&), Ekaterina P. Sedykh,

Svetlana A. Tsyplakova, and Vadim Y. Polunin
Nizhny Novgorod State Pedagogical University Named After Kozma Minin

(Minin University), Nizhny Novgorod, Russian Federation
[email protected]
Abstract. The article deals with the relationship between the development of
science and changes in the content and structure of scientific and pedagogical
activity. The role of science in the organization of industrial production, in the
development of man, his productive forces is disclosed. The role of the inte-
gration of science as the main factor in raising the efficiency of social produc-
tion, accelerating scientific and technological progress is shown. The main
directions and ways of development of professional pedagogy as sciences are
allocated: the strategy for the development of professional education, the
cooperation of education and production, science, production and the academic
subject, the laws of pedagogy and the laws of production, teaching, theoretical
and educational activities; justification of the new principles of education and
upbringing; interrelation of general, polytechnic and professional education,
interrelation of production and social systems; integration processes (the for-
mation of general sociological laws of the development of science, the formation
of general scientific laws of the development of science, the formation of
complex sciences, the intensification and industrialization of new researches).
Factors influencing the development of pedagogical science are singled out:
development of social, scientific and technical progress; interaction of general
education, professional school; development of methodological, theoretical
problems and empirical basis of pedagogical science; the combination of
training with productive work in different levels of education; development of
organizational forms, methods, means of education and upbringing.
Keywords: Professional pedagogy Professional education

Socio-economic development Scientific and technical progress
Development prospects
1 Introduction
At the present stage of social and economic development, the level of scientific
knowledge in the system of professional education has significantly increased the need
for creative development of the theory and practice of professional education based on
the interaction of various sciences is increasing.
The use of scientific discoveries and the transition to scientific and industrial
production, conditioned by integration processes in the development of science,

130 S. M. Markova et al.
evoke in modern conditions changes in the structure and content of scientific and
pedagogical activity, in the interaction of society, science and technology, in the
dynamics of economic and social processes.
2 Theoretical Basis of the Research
The work of many authors is devoted to study the prospects of the development of
pedagogical science and professional education. They resolved issues of interaction
between the development of society and the development of education (Bestuzhev-Lada
I.V., Gershunsky B.S.); socio-economic and scientific and technical forecasting of the
development of society and professional education (Batyshev S.Y., Belyaeva A.P.,
Gershunsky B.S.); trends in the development of professional education (Belyaeva A.P.,
Rabitsky A.I., Tkachenko E.V.) [9, 10].
3 Research Methodology
This study is aimed to determine the most probable ways of developing professional
education in a broad scientific and pedagogical context. The integrative approach,
scientific and technical progress, the idea of the unity of scientific knowledge, the unity
of fundamental and applied knowledge, the interdependence of society, science and
production are the methodological foundations.
Scientific and technological progress is the development of the productive forces of
society, when it opens the possibility to automate production work, production man-
agement, and, thanks to information and communication technologies, increase the
efficiency of many intellectual processes [2, 3, 6]. In this article, we are talking about
the integration processes of professional education.
4 Analysis of Research Results
Summing up the various definitions of integration, we can conclude that in modern

conditions integration is the inter-penetration and mutual enrichment of all the main
spheres of labor and social activity on the basis of socio-economic development and
has the properties of generalization, complexity, compactness and organization. With
the acceleration of scientific and technological progress, it leads to a change in the
nature and content of labor, the generalization and combining of professions, the
emergence of new and universal professions [8, 10].
The successful solution of professional and pedagogical problems in the conditions
of the modernization of the professional school largely depends on the integration
processes taking place in science, technology, production, in the social and public
spheres [9].
Perspective Trends of Development of Professional Pedagogics 131
The study of integration processes in science is conditioned by existing contra-

dictions in its development:
– the processes of integration and differentiation of science;
– methods of scientific research activities and means of technological support of
complex scientific researches;
– the growing volume of scientific information and the means of its use;
– a new conceptual apparatus that appears in the new branches of scientific knowl-
edge, and existing general scientific concepts.
At the same time, the leading law of the development of science is the integration of
sciences and scientific knowledge.
Integration changes the content and structure of modern scientific knowledge and
becomes a means of achieving the unity of knowledge in the content, structural,
scientific, organizational and professional aspects.
To determine the main directions of the development of professional pedagogy as a
science, it is necessary to single out the main integration processes in science that affect
its development.
1. Formation of general sociological laws of the development of science that deter-
mine the direction of development of science, the basis of which is material pro-
duction. In the conditions of accelerating scientific and technological progress,
science opens the prospects for the development of production and technology. Its
social role in the development of society is constantly growing [11]. The following
regularities can be distinguished:
– the dependence of science on production;
– the dependence of science on production, manifested in different ways in dif-
ferent historical periods and at various stages in the development of production
and science;
– the dependence of the development of representations, categories, concepts,
hypotheses, theories, means and methods of cognition from the reflection of
reality in the public consciousness, the cognitive activity of human consciousness;
– dependence of socio-economic and technical development of society on the
development of science.
2. Formation of general scientific laws of the development of science. These regu-
larities include the development of scientific knowledge, the interrelation of
quantitative and qualitative aspects of the development of scientific knowledge, the
movement of knowledge to absolute truth, the interrelation of integration and
differentiation.
3. Formation of complex sciences, considered as a form of integration of knowledge
on the subject and object. One object can serve as an object of research of a number
of scientific branches, just one subject can become an object of study of many
scientific disciplines. A comprehensive holistic study of a particular object makes it
possible to synthesize knowledge of all its aspects within the framework of a single
science and make such a knowledge system a constructive guide for practical
knowledge.
4. Intensification and industrialization of new researches. The industrialization of

science is carried out under the influence of scientific and technological progress
using the methods of large-scale industrial production. The intensification of sci-
ence depends on the means and methods of research, the processes of integration
and differentiation of scientific activity, from forms of creative research coopera-
tion. These processes affect the effectiveness of pedagogical research, which has
made it possible to create a new form of intensification of research - educational,
research, and production complexes.
Professional pedagogy can be considered as a complex science, covering theoret-
ical areas, objects, subjects and empirical areas of the entire professional education
system [7, 8].
The main tasks that determined the need for the development of pedagogical sci-
ence and teacher education are the following:
– wide introduction of new ideas, solutions, scientific developments;
– integration of science, production practice;
– creation of new organizational forms of integration ensuring the rapid passage of
scientific ideas from their inception to widespread application in practice;
– technical focus of research activities;
– association of fundamental, pedagogical and branch science for the purpose of
interaction of various fields of knowledge;
– creation of organizational structures: interdisciplinary research centers, providing
interdisciplinary research of actual problems;
– the strengthening of the human factor in scientific and social activities.
On the basis of the foregoing, the main directions of the development of profes-
sional pedagogy are considered.
The emergence of professional pedagogy is based on the practical needs of society
in the training of workers and specialists.
Professional pedagogy studies laws, patterns of learning, education, development
and education of students in professional schools, develops a scientifically grounded
system of events and conditions in accordance with the goals and objectives of the
formation of workers in the educational, training and production processes.
Professional pedagogy as a branch of pedagogical science is formed with the
development of professional education [9]. It involves the development of a complex
set of activities for the development of management bodies and types of educational
institutions, improving the efficiency of training workers and specialists because of
modern scientific and production achievements, scientific substantiation of forms,
methods and means of training, improving skills and improving the training of pro-
fessional education teachers.
Interest in professional pedagogy is determined by the following circumstances:
– accelerated development of professional pedagogy;
– the growth of scientific information about the theory and practice of education,
training and education of workers and specialists;
– development of methods of scientific knowledge, which determine the specificity of
professional pedagogy as a science;
– the complication of links between the pedagogy of professional education and other
sciences;
– growing integration of science.
Professional pedagogy solves the specific tasks of preparing a special type of
worker for the sphere of material production and social life.
Actual problems of research in professional education are: the strategy for the
development of professional education, the cooperation of education and production,
science, production and the academic subject, the laws of pedagogy and the laws of
production, teaching, theoretical and production activities; justification of the new
principles of education and upbringing; the relationship of general, polytechnic and
professional education, the interrelationship of production and social systems [1, 4, 10].
In professional pedagogy, the most important are the studies conducted in the
following areas:
– the development of a prognostic model of workers and specialists; modeling and
designing of teaching, educational and production process;
– determination of the optimal relationship between the types of training, the terms of
training, depending on the professional group;
– definition of perspective and effective systems of industrial training;
– professional education of workers and specialists.
Theoretically, problems related to the content of professional education become
topical. The content of professional education should take into account the correlation
of social, economic and professional factors [12]. At the same time, it should be noted
the importance of the problems associated with the upbringing of the younger gener-
ation. It is necessary to develop a scientifically based strategy for professional edu-
cation. Improvement of its content, forms and methods at all levels of education.
For the professionalism of the personality, the most important reference point are three
types of socio-technological organization of production: pre-industrial, mass-industrial,
scientific-industrial type of production.
Under the conditions of the scientific and industrial type of production, the
requirements for the professional training of future workers and specialists are increasing,
which calls for the improvement of the content of professional education in the orga-
nizational, structural and procedural terms in order to achieve a new quality level of
education and training of students. Levels of professionalism allow us to consider the
model of training skilled workers and specialists in terms of organizational forms; logical
and procedural relations focused on socio-technological types of production.
For the pre-industrial type of production, the main qualities of the individual are
initiative and enterprise.
For the preparation of industrial-type workers, the leading professional and social
qualities of the individual are culture, morality, discipline, accuracy, etc.
To prepare workers in the scientific and industrial type of production, it is not only
the process of professionalism that becomes important, but the process of socialization
that is carried out at all levels of education.
The main characteristics of workers and specialists are the general educational
level; professional level, general culture; political culture, ecological culture, technical
culture, economic culture, the quality of the individual, the terms of training, and
advanced training [4, 5].
The greatest influence on the development of pedagogical science is rendered by:
– development of social and scientific and technical progress;
– new requirements of science, technology and production to man, to the level of his
education, development and upbringing;
– transition to a system of continuing education for young people;
– development of methodological, theoretical problems and empirical basis of ped-
agogical science;
– interaction of general education, professional school;
– the combination of training with productive work in different levels of education;
– development of organizational forms, methods, means of education and upbringing.
The goals of the development of pedagogy for the future are determined on the
basis of an analysis of the contradictions between the social order and the possibilities
for its realization. The resolution of contradictions is regarded as the goal for which
scientific and pedagogical activity is directed.
Professional pedagogy integrates in the justification of pedagogical categories the
knowledge of other social, natural- scientific, technical sciences.
The study of pedagogical phenomena requires initial data on the professional and
skill structures of the working class, on changes in the content of labor of workers, on
the trends and requirements of scientific and technological progress for the training of
workers and specialists.
In this regard, there is a need for socio-economic research, which are the main
provisions for the development of a system of education and training of future workers
and specialists. Thus, pedagogy determines the level of education and qualifications of
trainees, forms of organized, purposeful management of education in accordance with
the goals set by society [11].
The essence of professional education, its social significance determines profes-
sional, pedagogical, psychological, technical interdependencies.
At the same time, the logic of the development of pedagogy science and its rela-
tionship with pedagogical practice, technology, and production becomes important.
The development of professional pedagogy is influenced by objective and subjective
factors. Subjective factors include: needs and scale of development of practice, high
rates of development of the system of professional education, etc. Subjective factors
include: difficulties in mastering related specialties, the use of methods and means of
various sciences, etc.
Professional pedagogy studies and develops concepts, ideas, principles, patterns,
theories of teaching and educating professional educational organizations. At the same
time, the mutual influence of various sciences, the creative use of new opportunities
change the methods of pedagogical science, expand factors and phenomena that need
to be investigated in the present and the future.
Integration of knowledge of various sciences leads to the emergence of new facts,
methods, concepts that ensure the change in the qualitative and quantitative charac-
teristics of the object [6].
Pedagogical research is carried out at various levels of scientific integration

(inside-disciplinary, interdisciplinary, general scientific and methodological).
In connection with the complexity, multidimensionality of the problems of pro-
fessional education, the study has an integrative character. For example, the use of
theories, principles and methods of various branches of knowledge, which allows to
study the pedagogical process comprehensively and in integrity. Mutual penetration of
scientific ideas and research methods is an objective source of improving the process of
forming professional competences of the individual workers and professionals.
References
1. Markova, S., Depsames, L., Tsyplakova, S., Yakovleva, S., Shherbakova, E.: Principles of
the building of an objective-spatial environment in an educational organization. IEJME:
Math. Educ. 11(10), 3457–3462 (2016)
2. Markova, S.M., Sedhyh, E.P., Tsyplakova, S.A.: Upcoming trends of educational systems
development in present-day conditions. Life Sci. J. 11(11s), 489–493 (2014)
3. Khizhnaya, A.V., Kutepov, M.M., Gladkova, M.N., Gladkov, A.V., Dvornikova, E.I.:
Information technologies in the system of military engineer training of cadets. Int.
J. Environ. Sci. Educ. 11(13), 6238–6245 (2016)
4. Barber, M., Donneliy, K., Rizvi, S.: An avalanche is coming. Higher education and the
revolution ahead. Institute for Public Policy Research (2013)
5. Hanushek, E.A.: The economic value of higher teacher quality. Working Paper No. 56,
National Center for the Analysis of Longitudinal Data in Education Research (2010). http://
www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/1001507-Higher-Teacher-Quality.pdf. Date Views 03 April
2017
6. Aleksandrova, N.M., Markova, S.M.: Problems of development of professional pedagogical
education. Bull. Univ. Minin 1(9), 11 (2015)
7. Vaganova, O.I.: General and professional pedagogy. Chronicles of the United Fund of
Electronic Resources Science and Education 7(62), 69 (2014)
8. Markova, S.M., Polunin, V.Y.: Theory and methods of professional education: theoretical
basis. Bull. Moscow State Univ. Humanit. M.A. Sholokhova. Pedagogy Psychol. 4, 40–44
(2013)
9. Tkachenko, E.V.: Continuing professional education in Russia: problems and prospects.
Domestic Foreign Pedagogy 3, 11–22 (2015)
10. Tkachenko, E.V., Smirnov, I.P.: Conceptual idea of the strategy of professional education.
Prof. Educ. Russia Abroad 1(13), 6–10 (2014)
11. Markova S.M., Tsyplakova S.A.: Management of the pedagogical process as a system.
School of the Future 4, 138–144 (2016)
12. Markova, S.M., Tsyplakova, S.A.: Interaction of basic and variable parts of the structure of
curricula of professional education. Int. J. Appl. Fundam. Res. 5-1, 115–117 (2016)
Didactic Foundations of Designing the Process
of Training in Professional Educational
Institutions
Natalia V. Bystrova1(&), Elena A. Konyaeva2, Julia M. Tsarapkina3,

Irina M. Morozova4, and Anna S. Krivonogova5
1
[email protected]
2
South Ural State Humanitarian-Pedagogical University,
Chelyabinsk, Russian Federation
[email protected]
3
Moscow Agricultural Academy Named After K.A. Timiryazev,
Moscow, Russian Federation
[email protected]
4
Penza State Technological University, Penza, Russian Federation
[email protected]
5
Russian State Vocational and Pedagogical University,
Ekaterinburg, Russian Federation
[email protected]
Abstract. The article is devoted to the development of didactic bases for

designing the learning process in professional educational institutions. From this
standpoint, the authors propose the use of the prognostic approach, the didactic
forecasting. The future state of the pedagogical process is determined on the
basis of socioeconomic, scientific, technical, cultural, technological forecasting.
A characteristic feature of the didactic design of the learning process in a pro-
fessional educational institution is the presence of two components of the
learning process: theoretical and industrial training, which necessitates the
design of theoretical and production training. Designing theoretical training is
associated with the development of modular programs of general educational,
general technical and special subjects, pedagogical technologies that ensure the
implementation of innovative approaches to the development of educational and
cognitive activities. The design of production training is associated with the
design of the production process, the material and technical and socio-technical
environment. The design of the material and technical environment is associated
with the equipment of study rooms, training workshops, with the definition of
quantitative and qualitative characteristics of the raw materials, with technical
and technological capabilities for manufacturing products. The design of the
social and industrial sphere is associated with production, economic relations,
and professional communication. Also, the article discusses the features of
designing the learning process in a professional school related to establishing
links between theoretical and production training, pedagogical and production
tasks, between professional knowledge and production activities.

Didactic Foundations of Designing 137
Keywords: Didactic forecasting Didactic designing Theoretical training

Industrial training Professional educational institution
1 Introduction
Designing the pedagogical process in a professional school is the most important

organizational and pedagogical condition for increasing the effectiveness of profes-
sional training in the system of continuing education.
Thus, in the most general terms, design is understood as the development of cur-
ricula and programs, projects of future composite objects and systems based on their
development tendencies, the factors of the possibility of fulfilling long-term goals, the
analysis of objective reality, the establishment of links between subjects in general
education, general technical and special cycles, definition of methods and forms of
organization of the pedagogical process, the design of professional activity, the system
that provides the formation of professional knowledge, skills and certain types of
training and production work. In this study, the design of the pedagogical process is
considered from the point of view of the prognostic approach.
2 Theoretical Basis of Research
The research of many authors was devoted to the design of the pedagogical process:
Batysheva S.Y., Belyaeva A.P., Bezrukova V.S., Vazina K.Y., Dumchenko I.I.,
Kathanova K.N, Makhmutova M.M, Morozova E.P, Naina A.I., et al. They solved
questions of methodological and theoretical bases for designing the pedagogical process
in the conditions of continuous multilevel professional education (Batyshev S.Y.,
Belyaeva A.P.), content and structure of professional activity (V.Y. Vazina), didactic
bases of industrial training (Bezrukova V. S., Dumchenko I.I., Melnikova A.P.,
Kathanov K.N., Nain A.Y., et al.), the use of problem training in the lessons of industrial
training (Makhmutov M.M., Vlasov V.G.), organizational and pedagogical bases of
planning of educational and production activities (Morozov E.P., Kathanov K.N., et al.).
The development of designing the pedagogical process should be carried out on the
basis of scientific forecasting, and considered in various sciences. Scientific didactic
prediction can be defined as the construction of an ideal model of learning and its
results from possible components based on the disclosure of objective laws of motion
and the development of the learning process. The content of such forecasting is the
process of learning and education with all its attributes and laws of development.
As a research methodology, a prognostic approach is distinguished. Didactic
forecasting is designed to solve a number of important problems related to the study of
the future development of didactic phenomena. There are two main directions for the
development of didactic forecasts:
– forecasting of the system, content and methods of teaching and education at all
levels;
– predicting the results of learning and education, depending on various conditions
and different terms of training.
138 N. V. Bystrova et al.
In recent years, the development of the first direction - the forecasting of the system
and the content of learning and education - has begun.
The second direction of didactic forecasting, connected with the forecasting of
learning outcomes, includes the solution of the following tasks, which are very
important and complex:
– the definition of the components of the learning process, factors affecting the for-
mation of the product of training;
– forecasting the development of individual components of the learning process:
perception of knowledge, their assimilation, application in practice;
– forecasting the development and outcome of learning for an individual student.
The general task of didactic forecasting is to get an idea of the future result of
didactic activity on the basis of scientific research, depending on the conditions and the
selected teaching aids and to compile a scientifically based management plan for the
learning process based on forecast data.
The forecast makes it possible to form a reasonable opinion about the possible
outcome of the learning process; the use of forecasting data makes it possible to plan
and implement the learning process purposefully - in such a way as to achieve the
maximum possible effect under the existing conditions; The forecasting data allow to
correct the learning process in order to achieve the desired result.
At this level, we are talking about the actual pedagogical and didactic design: on the
prognostic justification of the goals, content, methods, means and organizational forms
of education, upbringing and development of students at different levels of education.
These components act as the main design objects. In their totality, these components
form “pedagogical, co-oriented educational systems that are substantially different in
their specific content depending on the level and profile of education.” These systems
must be objects of design. The results of design are reflected in the professional
qualifications and models of graduates of educational institutions of various types, in
the content of curricula and plans, textbooks, in the developed tools, methods, orga-
nizational forms of the upcoming pedagogical activity.
The methodological and theoretical foundations of designing activity in profes-
sional educational institutions are social, economic, production, scientific and technical,
psychological-pedagogical, didactic laws; the main trends in the development of pro-
fessional education (humanization, democratization, integration, differentiation, inten-
sification, and cooperation), the main functions of the theory of scientific management.
The beginning of the organization in the design activity of the teacher is the Federal
State Educational Standard and the professional standard of the teacher of professional
training. The professional activity of the students is a system-forming factor, the
qualification characteristic of the future specialist, who owns the educational, design,
professional, research, organizational and technological activities
3 Analysis of the Research Results
As shown by the analysis of the pedagogical process, the educational and cognitive
activity of the student is the theoretical basis for the implementation of educational and
production activities. During the study (cognition), students learn objective laws, facts,
concepts, phenomena.
Educational and production activities in the professional school are the leading, it is
in the professional training of future workers and specialists that the unity of general
educational, polytechnic and special knowledge is manifested.
At the same time, the integration of the content of professional training, the reg-
ulation and harmonization of activities in various learning spaces, the establishment of
a system of relations between the subjects of the pedagogical process, and the complex
interrelationships of pedagogical and production processes are formed.
Investigating the peculiarities of the pedagogical process in the new socioeconomic
conditions, one cannot fail to mention such activities as scientific-methodical, com-
mercial, research, and organizational. Their main task is to ensure the cooperation of
science, education and production, which is a prerequisite for the existence of a new
type of educational institution.
Social and economic activities are aimed at the development of professionally
significant personal qualities, the formation of professional knowledge, skills, devel-
opment of the social needs of man, the processes of professional self-determination and
self-awareness.
Material, technical, financial and economic activities are aimed at creating the
material and technical base of the educational institution and financial and economic
support for the pedagogical process.
The activities we have identified are united in the content of the pedagogical
process, are in a complex interconnection and coordinated by management activities.
The allocated system of actions underlies definition of designing activity of the teacher
in professional school.
In the system of design activity, it is possible to single out various subsystems that
are part of a single complex of the pedagogical process organized in a professional
school. Design subsystems can be viewed as relatively independent, consistent and
interconnected units and as components of a single cycle of the pedagogical process.
The main subsystems are design of theoretical training and design of production
training. When considering the pedagogical process as a social system, it is valuable for
our research to be able to design a system of relations in the pedagogical process, the
trajectory of personality development, various types of activities, as well as forms and
types of education.
This kind of social projection, in our opinion, is essential for this concept, because
both logically and historically it is connected with the essential characteristic of a
person as a subject of history, an individual creating the conditions for his self-activity.
It is necessary to indicate the differences in the design of theoretical training in
conditions of continuous multi-level education from the traditional one. Traditional
design is based mainly on the chosen professional guidance of students; it does not
fully reflect the increasing qualitative changes in the content of labor, characterized by
processes of socioeconomic, technical and technological integration and differentiation,

the inter-penetration of material and spiritual factors. Designing from new educational
positions, as A.P. Belyaeva notes, involves the development of a generalized system of
theoretical knowledge at the following levels of generalization:
(1) general production (professional training inter-sectoral in cross-cutting
occupations);
(2) general industry (training for occupations of a broad profile common to the entire
industry);
(3) general professional (training in the professions of a wide profile and related
professions of individual industries within the industry);
(4) private-professional (training in groups and individual occupations of a narrow
profile).
Designing theoretical training is associated with the development of modular
programs of general educational, general technical and special subjects, pedagogical
technologies that ensure the implementation of innovative approaches to the devel-
opment of educational and cognitive activities.
In the context of this article, the design of industrial training is of particular interest.
In our opinion, the design of production training should be viewed as an integrative
phenomenon, expressed in the unity of designing the production process, the material,
technical and socio-technical environment.
To implement the technological process, it is necessary to determine the elements
of the system of professional activity: movement, action, reception, operation, a
complex of labor operations, works, a complex of educational and production works.
The design of the material and technical environment is associated with the
equipment of study rooms, training workshops, with the definition of quantitative and
qualitative characteristics of the raw materials, with technical and technological
capabilities for manufacturing products.
The design of the social and industrial sphere is associated with production,
economic relations, professional communication. As studies show, this aspect in pro-
fessional education is almost not represented. This requires the use of innovative
approaches to the organization of the process of industrial training, active methods and
forms of training, and professional-pedagogical technologies.
The essence of the design activity is to establish the conformity of pedagogical and
production technology, the unity of theoretical and industrial training, to establish the
interrelationship of the types of activity of the pedagogical process, to ensure the
interrelationships of science, production and education.
Designing of professional training is carried out on a technological basis. The
essence of the procedural component is the technological procedures of professional
training, coordinated with the production processes, operations, and actions. The main
phenomena of this approach are designing forms and methods of the pedagogical
process, designing the content of training, designing a technological approach to
learning.
The introduction of the design of the pedagogical process made it possible to ensure
a purposeful interaction of the educational and production activities of the students, to
realize the potential of the teachers in the process of solving creative tasks for mastering
the integrated professions, to develop the student’s abilities and needs for self-
education and self-development.
Thus, based on the identified factors that provide design activity in a professional
school, we can note the following main features of it.
The boundaries of the application of design activities in professional schools are
widening. The pedagogical process unites all the necessary components of professional
training: general educational, general technical, special and production. In this regard,
the design activity is carried out in training and in production conditions. It ensures the
establishment of links between theoretical and industrial training; between pedagogical
and production tasks, between professional knowledge and production activities.
4 Conclusions
The design activity has a complex and multidimensional character. All engineering and
pedagogical workers, specialists of various branches of knowledge are involved in the
design activity:
1. In its composition, it has common components regardless of the subject of the
activity; obeys the general laws, regardless of the specifics of the content of general
education, general technical and professional training. Design activities include
elements of differentiation in connection with the specific content of training
workers in various professions.
2. In terms of production training, the design activity acquires a specific character.
This is related to systems, forms of production training and the place of its conduct.
In this regard, special attention is paid to the definition of a system of means and to
the identification of the conditions for the educational and production activities of
students, and also to quantitative and qualitative characteristics.
Thus, the system of the pedagogical process in the professional school determines
the appropriate design activity, which, in turn, improves and develops the pedagogical
process.
References
Information technologies in the system of military engineer training of cadets. Int. J Environ.
Sci. Educ. 11(13), 6238–6245 (2016)
the building of an objective-spatial environment in an educational organization. IEJME
Math. Educ. 11(10), 3457–3462 (2016)
4. Smirnova, Z., Vaganova, O., Shevchenko, S., Khizhnaya, A., Ogorodova, M., Gladkova,
M.: Estimation of the educational results of the bachelor’s program students. IEJME Math.
Educ. 11(10), 3469–3475 (2016)
5. Aleksandrova, N.M., Markova, S.M.: Problems of development of professional pedagogical

education. Bull. Univ. Min. 3(11), 13 (2015)
6. Koldina, M.I.: Designing of evaluation tools for the implementation of the basic educational
program of higher professional education of a new generation. Sci. Methodical Electron.
J. Concept 5, 41–45 (2015)
7. Krivonogova, A.S., Tsyplakova, S.A.: Technology of realization of the project activity of the
teacher of professional training. Bull. Univ. Min. 1(9), 16 (2015)
8. Markova, S.M.: Patterns of pedagogical designing in conditions of professional education.
Theory Pract. Soc. Dev. 19, 206–208 (2014)
9. Markova, S.M.: Designing of pedagogical systems and their implementation in the
conditions of the regional system of professional education (on the example of the University
of Minin): monograph, 168 p. The University of Minin, Nizhny Novgorod, Flint (2017)
10. Markova, S.M.: Theory and methods of professional education: Textbook/N, p. 86. NGPU
named after K. Minina, Novgorod (2013)
11. Markova, S.M., Polunin, V.Y.: Theory and methods of professional education: theoretical
basis, vol. 4, pp. 40–44. Bulletin of the Moscow State University for the Humanities named
after M.A. Sholokhova. Pedagogy and Psychology (2013)
12. Markova, S.M., Tsyplakova, S.A.: Management of the pedagogical process as a system. Sch.
Future 4, 138–144 (2016)
13. Sedykh, E.P.: Modeling the management of the pedagogical process in a professional school.
World Sci. Discov. 5, 170–180 (2012)
14. Tsyplakova, S.A.: Axiological bases of pedagogical designing. Kazan Sci. 4, 221–224
(2013)
15. Tsyplakova, S.A.: A systematic approach to the design of the pedagogical process as a social
system. World Sci. Discov. 3.1(39), 154–164 (2013)
16. Tsyplakova, S.A, Barinova, A.N, Grishanova, M.N., Tsareva, I.A.: Formation of the project
competence of bachelors of professional training within the framework of educational and
project activity. Azimuth Sci. Res. Pedagogy Psychol. T.5. 4(17), 286–288 (2016)
17. Tsyplakova, S.A, Grishanova, M.N, Korovina, E.A, Somova, N.M.: Theoretical bases of
designing of educational systems. Azimuth Sci. Res. Pedagogy Psychol. T.5. 1(14), 131–133
(2016)
National Center for the Analysis of Longitudinal Data in Education Research (2010). http://
www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/1001507-Higher-Teacher-Quality.pdf. Accessed 03 Apr
2017
Post-graduate Information Support
for Graduates of Pedagogical Universities
Marina L. Gruzdeva(&), Olga N. Prokhorova, Anna V. Chanchina,

Elena A. Chelnokova, and Elena V. Khanzhina

[email protected]
Abstract. The article describes the information service of graduate support of

graduates of a pedagogical university. The authors disclose the concept of
“postgraduate support” as a set of purposeful complex measures involving the
cooperation of a teacher and mentor with a young specialist with the aim of
ensuring successful entry into the profession, effective implementation of ped-
agogical activity, adaptation to a professional environment and overcoming
crises and barriers arising in the process of implementing a professional activ-
ities. The mechanism of postgraduate support, which is based on the institute of
double mentoring, is described.
The article describes the electronic postgraduate support service that has been
developed and implemented at the Nizhny Novgorod State Pedagogical
University named after Kozma Minin for postmodern support of graduates of
the university, which provides online support for a young specialist in profes-
sional activities. Electronic service is a specially organized Internet portal on
which methodical services and Internet resources are concentrated.
The article contains the content of the electronic service, which includes:
Diary reflections, a resource for conducting mentoring sessions, a personal chat,
a bank of methodical ideas, an electronic portfolio, a tool for conducting
webinars and thematic forums, etc.
The article contains some survey results that were conducted among gradu-
ates using the electronic support service.
Keywords: Graduate support of graduates Pedagogical education

Electronic service Information support
1 Introduction
One of the most important tasks of the teacher’s training is postgraduate psychological
and pedagogical support of the graduate on the path to the realization of professional
activity (overcoming barriers and difficulties of the subject, strengthening confidence in
oneself and their capabilities). The Mininsky University is working on the adaptation of
a young specialist in professional development with a view to successfully “entering”
and adapting to professions. The purpose of this work is to optimize the process of

144 M. L. Gruzdeva et al.
professional development of teacher, contributing to the development of his abilities to

perform his duties in his own capacity and qualitatively.
Postgraduate support is a set of purposeful comprehensive measures that involve the

cooperation of a teacher and mentor with a young specialist in order to ensure suc-
cessful entry into the profession, effective implementation of pedagogical activity,
adaptation to the professional environment and overcoming crises and barriers arising
in the process of professional activity.
The graduate’s graduate support mechanism is based on the double mentoring
institute. A mentor from a higher educational institution and a mentor from an
employer organization are attached to the graduate who facilitate the implementation of
information and methodological support, psychological and pedagogical support, and
also contribute to the professional socialization of the young teacher (Fig. 1). One of
the means of escorting in the mechanism of postgraduate support of a young teacher is
electronic service.
Fig. 1. The mechanism of postgraduate support of a young teacher
Accompaniment includes several interrelated stages aimed at successfully entering

the profession and adapting the graduate to a professional environment: The stage of
primary entry into professional activity (first half); Stage of the primary adaptation of
the graduate (second half of the first year), the motivational-value stage (first half of the
second year), the stage of professional growth (second half of the second year) (Fig. 2).
Post-graduate Information Support for Graduates 145
ADAPTATION LEVEL ADAPTATION LEVEL

• 1 Stage DIAGNOSTICS • 3 stage DIAGNOSTICS • Summer school
• September/November • January-March
• 2 stage • 4 stage
• November-December • April-May
ADAPTATION LEVEL ADAPTATION LEVEL

SUMMARY
DIAGNOSTICS DIAGNOSTICS
Fig. 2. The main stages of postgraduate support for the first year
Many scientists believe that accompaniment is a very versatile movement.

“Changing the focus of support, you can get different types of it: Pedagogical,
methodical, information, scientific-methodical, information-methodical, tutorial, con-
sulting, etc.” [5, 7]. Postgraduate support of a young teacher can be displayed with the
help of structural, procedural and activity characteristics.
During the research, we used theoretical and practical methods: Analysis of literature
on the topic of research, modeling, pedagogical experiment, testing, questioning,
observation, methods of mathematical statistics.
The purpose of pedagogical support is the purposeful development of the person’s
personality, carried out through special pedagogical systems. A young teacher often has
enough theoretical training, which he received at the university, but lacks his own
pedagogical experience and it is difficult for him to apply the learned methods and
methods of teaching in practice.
Methodical support is considered as a complex method of methodical work, con-
sisting of diagnosing the emerging professional pedagogical problems; Informing about
the ways of their solution and assistance at the implementation stage. “This method
involves the interaction of an escorted person and an accompanying person, aimed at
solving the problems of professional activity that are actual for the teacher, carried out
in the processes of actualization and diagnosis of the problem’s essence, information
search of a possible way of solving the problem, consultations at the stage of choosing
the path, constructing an action plan and primary implementation of the plan” [5, 7].
Information support is the provision for young teachers of access to information
stored in various databases and computer archives, in printed and electronic informa-
tion, etc. Information support for the work of young teachers is the pedagogically and
technically organized interaction of the subjects of the educational process.
Postgraduate support of graduates of higher educational institutions can be orga-
nized in the following forms:
– Participation of graduates in production meetings, pedagogical councils, method-
ological associations, professional associations and other events of the educational
organization;
– Maintenance of documentation in terms of practical training of young teachers

(schedule, report documentation);
– Compulsory work in scientific seminars held at graduate-supervising departments;
– The graduate’s activity in the use of electronic service, which assumes online
support in professional activities.
E.I. Kazakova and A.P. Tryapitsyna consider pedagogical support as a help to the
subject in the formation of the orientational field of development, the responsibility for
actions in which the subject himself is responsible [4].
E.A. Aleksandrova considers pedagogical support as a type of pedagogical activity,
the essence of which is in the preventive process of teaching the subject to plan
independently his own way of life and of the individual professional route, organize life
activities, resolve problem situations, and in the permanent readiness to respond ade-
quately to the situation of his emotional discomfort.
Foreign authors also believe that the professional formation of teachers should
begin after the “exit” from the educational institution under the guidance of experi-
enced teachers and cannot stop until the end of their professional activities [6, 8].
Professional development is a joint activity, the authors of the article “European teacher
education policy: Recommendations and indicators. “The most effective way is” with
conscious interaction, and not only teachers with teachers, but also teachers with the
administration, parents and other members of the educational community” [9].
Prospects of people interaction through the Internet, which removes the problem of
distance between people, the possibility of using cognitive technologies, require their
implementation, set in motion an information educational space. In the educational
process, various forms of distance learning are used. L.N. Bakhtiyarova notes that
intensive development of information and communication technologies contributes to
their wide penetration into all spheres of human life and, first of all, to education,
transforming both the models of the educational process and the role of students and
teachers [3]. Virtual educational environments have become not only a means of
learning, but also an integral part of the educational process. An example can serve
both distance learning systems, and various educational environments, for example,
profile training.
It should be noted that the information educational space can be represented as a set
of information educational environments actively interacting with each other, these are
information educational environments of individual educational institutions and entire
regions, these are information educational environments of small units, for example,
the department of the university. Each of these environments develops and changes.
S.M. Markova notes that the department is a new educational system that develops
because of the developed educational standards [6, 8].
New storage tools, transformation and transmission of information affect the
methodological support of the learning process. Lately there has been much talk about
interactive technologies in education as a form of information exchange between
students and the surrounding information environment. Interactive methods of teaching
allow to intensify the understanding process due to more active inclusion of students in
the process, form the ability to think extraordinarily, and initialize the disclosure of new
opportunities for learners. Components of the information educational environment are
constantly being transformed, including this refers to the social component. Currently,
the European educational strategy sets the task of moving from education of knowledge
and skills to education, ensuring the readiness of students to act and live in a rapidly in
changing environment [4].
Information support for graduates of the University, the Minin University has
developed an electronic postgraduate support service - an interactive multifunctional
service that allows online support of a young specialist in professional activities.
Electronic service is a specially organized Internet portal on which methodical services
and Internet resources are concentrated.
The structure of the electronic service of postgraduate support presupposes the
availability of interaction opportunities for subjects of postgraduate support in three
main modes: Frontal, group and individual. The last mode of interaction requires the
availability of work of subjects of postgraduate support in private offices (Fig. 3).
If the project
Personal parcipant has not
account of the It should be possible chosen a mentor,
project to upload files in My then the first item is
parcipant porolio and My acve. If the mentor
video tutorials is assigned to the
project parcipant,
then the second item
is acve
Mentor Choose
mentor
My
porolio Ask mentor
My video
lessons
Fig. 3. Structure of the site page of the university for postgraduate support of project
participants
Functional requirements for the electronic service and assume the availability of
opportunities for:
• Conducting webinars
• Discussion (forum)
• Presentation of video tutorials
• Work with a diary of reflection
• On-line mentoring
• Psychological and pedagogical support
• Providing information and methodological support.
Contents of the electronic service:

1. Diary of Reflection.
2. Resource for conducting mentoring sessions.
3. Personal chat.
4. Bank of methodical ideas.
5. Electronic portfolio.
6. Webinars and thematic forums.
The diary reflects the assessment of the subject’s assessment of the processes of
adaptation to the professional environment, the difficulties, and crisis points in pro-
fessional activity, the degree of satisfaction of the subject with the process and the
results of activities, and the success of professional activity.
The diary of reflection is filled by the subject as needed, but not less than once
every two weeks, and contains several sections:
– My professional goals
– My achievements
– Reflective sheet of professional activity
– Feedback
– My calendar
The resource for conducting mentoring sessions presupposes the possibility of
downloading video lessons and materials that reflect the real process of professional
activity of a young specialist with the possibility of conducting mentoring sessions
on-line. With young teachers in on-line mode, individual consultations are held to
compile thematic plans or plans for educational work, by choosing and optimizing
methods and means of instruction for organizing certain types of lessons.
A personal chat involves individual online counseling of a young specialist by a
teacher-mentor.
The bank of methodical ideas presupposes methodological content, which con-
tributes to raising the level of competence of a young specialist in solving professional
problems of different levels. This tool contains specific methodological recommenda-
tions for solving problems, analytical material, video presentations, materials on the
teacher’s self-presentation, a bank of solutions to pedagogical situations, literature, etc.
Methodical bank
•Video lessons
•Developing lessons
•Methodical findings
The electronic portfolio assumes the fixation of the personal success of the young
specialist in professional activity. Has the opportunity to showcase the portfolio to the
professional community. Portfolio is compiled in electronic form and includes:
Information on academic performance for the period of study at the university, an
autobiographical certificate, copies of documents confirming the student’s achieve-
ments over the past 2 years, recommendations from educational organizations or from
the university (in the case of participation in the competition for academic baccalau-
reate), additional information.
Thematic forums involve a group discussion of a variety of professional topics,
tasks and situations. At the same time, the teacher-instructor acts as a moderator of the
forum and a consultant on these topics (Table 1).
Forum Themes are asked from the postgraduate support center
•How do you like the first teacher council?

•Planning time in a new life after a carefree student's years
•Score for a quarter ... Are there any doubts?
•Do I need classroom leadership?
•«I "through the eyes of my pupil
•"Favorites" in the classroom: the overcoming of the subjective perception of students
•...
Forums are preceded by webinars of teacher-instructors
Table 1. Example topics of webinars and discussions

Webinar Forum
What is a professional category? Why is it How do you like the first teacher council?
needed? How to properly collect a portfolio
from the first working days
Participation in the contest “Pedagogical Planning time in a new life after a carefree
Hope” student’s years
Diary.ru. How to work with him Score for a quarter… Are there any doubts?
How to keep filling a paper journal Do I need classroom leadership?
Participation in professional Olympiads The basics of successful preparation of pupils
for the Olympiad
How to keep discipline “I” through the eyes of my student.
Objectivity when grading “Favorite student” in the class: Overcoming
the subjective perception of students
Network projects with class We share the experience of project
development
Integrated lessons
What is a social project? How to implement Opportunities and benefits of implementing
it if there is no classroom management? social projects in the classroom
Project method. Actual projects. Your Social Design Experience
If nevertheless gave a classy leadership: How Parents of students: How to find contact and
to hold the first parent meeting organize effective cooperation
About the creation of work programs We share the experience of working
programs
Where to give more time? Papers or We share the experience of effective time
children? Prioritization management - we are looking for the answer
to the question: “How to make it all?”
Graduates of the university participating in the testing of the electronic service

actively used it in their professional activities, especially personal chat and thematic
forums turned out to be in demand.
After the introduction of the electronic service among the graduates of the bachelor’s
and magistracy, a survey was conducted, which, among other things, aimed to find out:
Whether the electronic service of postgraduate support helps the professional devel-
opment of young teachers.
For example, the question “Did you need to ask for help from more experienced
colleagues in the process of work?” 70% of the respondents answered positively, and
the clarifying question “Who would you rather ask for help with?” Was distributed as
follows (Fig. 4):
Fig. 4. The results of the questionnaire of the graduates
Thus, the carried out approbation of the electronic service of postgraduate support
of graduates of pedagogical universities showed not only its viability, but also the
theoretical validity and practical significance that manifests itself both in the growing
professionalism of young teachers and in the growth of satisfaction with their chosen
profession.
The electronic service of postgraduate support of the graduates of the Minin
University is being realized at the current level at the level of graduates of the bach-
elor’s and master’s degrees. Currently, an escort service is being developed for students
of advanced training courses and retraining of teaching staff.
Competent organization of postgraduate support of graduates of pedagogical uni-
versities in the period of adaptation and the initial stage of professional activity will
ensure an increase in the professional competencies of young teachers and create the
necessary conditions for improving the quality of domestic education.
References
1. Agapova, E.N., Agapova, E.H., Trapitsyn, S.Y.: Accompanying the process of adapting the
initial stage of the teacher’s professional activity. Universum: Bulletin of the Herzen
University, no. 3, 36–46 (2013)
2. Alexandrova, E.A.: Pedagogical support of self-determination of senior schoolchildren.
Research Institute of School Technology, p. 336 (2010)
3. Gruzdeva, M.L., Bakhtiyarova, L.N.: Pedagogical methods and methods of work of
university teachers in conditions of information educational environment. In: Theory and
Practice of Social Development, no. 1, pp. 166–169 (2014)
4. Kazakova, E.I., Herzen, A.I.: Technology of designing personal achievements. SPb.:
Publishing House of the Russian State Pedagogical University. p. 195 (1994)
5. Nikolaeva, T.P., Bicheva, I.B.: Education as a prerequisite for achieving sustainable
development and the basis for future progress. Bulletin of the University of Minin, no.
4 (2014). http://www.mininuniver.ru/scientific/scientific_activities/vestnik/archive/no8
6. Markova, S.M.: Innovative development of the department in the structure of the university.
Bulletin of the University of Minin, no. 1 (2014). http://www.mininuniver.ru/scientific/
scientific_activities/vestnik/archive/no5
7. Starodubtseva, E.V.: Pedagogical support of students in the system of postgraduate
education. Pedagogy: Traditions and innovations: Materials of the international. Sci. Conf.
(Chelyabinsk, October 2011). II. - Chelyabinsk: Two Komsomol members. pp. 121–123
(2011)
8. International Perspective Teacher Preparation - New Paradigm in Teacher Education, What
Do Teachers Need to Know? [Electronic resource]. http://education.stateuniversity.com/
pages/2484/Teacher-Preparation-International-Perspective.html. Accessed 24 May 2014)
9. Fredriksson, U.: European teacher education policy: recommendations and indicators.
EuropeanCommission, Joint Research Centre, Institute for the Protection and Security of the
Citizen, Centre for Research on Lifelong Learning [Electronic resource]. http://www.pef.uni-
lj.si/atee/978-961-6637-06-0/715-723.pdf. Accessed 24 May 2014
10. Hans, A., Akhter, Sh.: Emerging Trends in Teacher’s Education. The Macrotheme Review 2
(2), Spring (2013). Special Issue on Education and Training. http://macrotheme.com/yahoo_
site_admin/assets/docs/3HansMR22SI.40131741.pdf. Accessed 24 May 2014
Accounting for Costs and Expenses: Problems
of Theory and Practice
Igor E. Mizikovsky1(&), Tatyana Y. Druzhilovskaya1,

Emilia S. Druzhilovskaya1, Ekaterina P. Garina2,
and Elena V. Romanovskaya2
1
N.I. Lobachevsky Nizhny Novgorod National Research University,
Nizhny Novgorod, Russian Federation
[email protected],
2
Abstract. The organization and maintenance of accounting require accurate

methods and the most accurate results of their application, which entails the
need to use generally accepted economic categories. Inaccurate or incorrect use
of the categories “expenses” and “costs” leads to a distortion of a number of key
performance indicators of the enterprise, primarily the financial result. In certain
accounting standards there is inconsistency in the definition of the concept of
“expenses”, its economic meaning, there is no definition of the category “ex-
penses”. The purpose of the article is to determine the relationship between the
concepts of “expenses” and “costs”, clarify their wording, identify differences in
regulations on cost accounting systems RAS and IFRS and give them an
assessment, analyze the inclusion models in the cost of indirect expenses.
System analysis of the relevant segments of theory and practice of accounting
led to the conclusion that it is necessary to bring all documents, regulatory and
regulatory costs and expenses in line, to improve the methodology for recording
expenses in the cost of finished goods and work in process, the inclusion in the
accounting standards of the cost accounting in the cost of finished goods,
products and work in progress.
Keywords: Costs Expenses Work in progress Finished products

Accounting regulations International accounting standards
Accounting and calculation of production costs
1 Introduction
One of the most important objects of accounting organizations of any field of activity
are costs and expenses. At the same time, it is these accounting objects that are among
the most problematic, both from the point of view of accounting theory and from the
point of view of practical accounting.
In systems of both national Russian accounting standards (RAS) and international
financial reporting standards (IFRS) there is an unambiguous definition of the concept

Accounting for Costs and Expenses: Problems of Theory and Practice 153
of “expenses”. According to Russian PBU 10/99, expenditures are understood as “the

reduction of economic benefits resulting from the retirement of assets (cash, other
property) and/or liabilities, resulting in a decrease in the capital of this organization,
except for the reduction of contributions by decision of the participants (property
owners)”. Almost completely coincides with the above definition of the interpretation
of consumption in the IFRS system. According to chapter 4 of the Conceptual
Framework for Financial Reporting, “expenditures represent a reduction in economic
benefits during the reporting period in the form of retirement or” depletion “of assets or
an increase in liabilities that result in a decrease in equity that is not related to its
distribution between participants of the capital”. In both definitions, costs are under-
stood as a reduction in economic benefits, which is expressed in the fact that the value
of expenditures decreases the organization’s own capital, namely, its the financial
result. We give examples of situations in which an organization should recognize the
flow according to the definitions given (Table 1).
Table 1. Examples of situations leading to the formation of a flow in accordance with the
definitions of this concept in PBU 10/99 and the conceptual basis for the financial statements of
IFRS.
Economic Impact on the amount of Impact on the amount of
operation economic benefits financial result and equity
Write-off of materials Reduction of economic The value of written-off
unsuitable for use benefits due to write-off of materials decreases the
materials financial result and equity
Impairment of non-current Reduction of economic The value of the decrease in
assets benefits due to a decrease in the carrying amount of
the carrying amount of non-current assets decreases
non-current assets the financial result and equity
Writing off the cost of sold Reduction of economic The value of the written off
finished products benefits due to write-off of cost of sold finished products
cost of sold finished products decreases the financial result
and equity
Writing off the cost of Decrease in economic The amount of the written off
goods sold benefits due to write-off of cost of goods that was sold
cost of goods sold decreases the financial result
and equity
Interest accrual on loans The decrease in economic The amount of interest on
and borrowings received benefits due to the increase in loans and borrowings
for economic needs the loan and borrowings reduces the financial result
liabilities by the amount of and equity
these percentages
Fee accrual due to Reduction of economic The amount of the accrued
non-fulfillment of the benefits due to an increase in fine decreases the financial
contract with the supplier liabilities to the supplier by result and equity
the amount of the accrued
fine
154 I. E. Mizikovsky et al.
A list of situations involving the formation of a flow could be continued further.

The common in all these situations is that they determine either a reduction in the asset
or an increase in the liabilities of the organization.
It would seem that thanks to the introduction in PBU 10/99 and in the Conceptual
Basis of IFRS financial statements, a clear definition of the concept of “expenditure” in
any situation can unequivocally solve the question of whether the expenditure is
formed in it or not. However, the analysis of various situations leads to the conclusion
that there is no such uniqueness. So, for example, should the expense of the cost of
materials written off into production be recognized as a cost, the amount of cash
outflows aimed at paying off accounts payable? After all, these situations attract a
decrease in assets: materials and money. Should one recognize the expense of calcu-
lating the arrears of wages: because this increases the obligations of the organization?
And the analysis of these situations shows that in the accounting, the reduction of
economic benefits, financial results and equity in such situations is not recognized. The
reason here is that the disposal of materials expended in production is fully offset by an
increase in the same value of the finished product or work in process. That is, one asset
(materials) is transferred to another asset (finished goods or work in progress). With-
drawal of cash on settlement of accounts payable leads to a decrease in the same
amount of accounts payable. The accrual of arrears in wages leads to an increase in the
amount of this debt of the cost of finished goods or incomplete production produced by
employees. That is, the amount of increase in liabilities to employees increases the
asset - finished goods or work in progress.
If in Russian PBU 10/99 and the Conceptual Basis of IFRS financial statements the
interpretation of costs as a reduction in economic benefits and the amount of equity is
presented, then this approach to characterizing the economic nature of the expense is
not always supported by other accounting standards. If you refer to the texts of various
Russian standards, you can find in them the use of the term “expense” in cases where
the reduction of economic benefits and equity of the organization does not occur. For
example, PBU 5/01 specifies that the actual cost of acquired inventories includes “the
costs of procuring and delivering inventories to their place of use, including insurance
costs.” But the value, which in PBU 5/01 is called “insurance costs” increases the value
of the asset and does not in any way lead to a reduction in economic benefits and
capital. In another standard - PBU 14/2007 states that “the costs of acquiring an
intangible asset are …” (hereinafter, the list of “costs” included in the original value of
intangible assets”). Thus, in this standard, too, the value of the increase in the value of
an asset (rather than a decrease in capital) is called the term “expenses”. In PBU 17/02,
the discrepancy with the definition of the concept of “expenditure” already exists in the
name of this standard: “Accounting for expenditures on research, development and
technological work”. According to this provision, expenses for research, development
and technological work, if there are certain conditions (listed in the provision), are
recognized in the balance sheet assets. Thus, the asset itself, formed in the process of
research, development and technological works, is called an asset “costs”. The list of
situations where the term “expenses” is used in a meaning that contradicts its definition
in PBU 10/99 and the Conceptual Basis for IFRS financial statements can be continued.
We believe that the reason for the discrepancy between the definition of the concept
of “expenses” in PBU 10/99 and the meaning in which this term is applied in various
accounting standards is largely the fact that this concept is used in a significant number
of cases in the meaning of the concept of “costs”. It is expenses, and not expenses, that
form the cost of assets acquired or created by own forces. The reason for the identi-
fication of the notions “expenses” and “costs” in a number of normative documents on
accounting is the inconsistency in the RAS system of questions of definition and
interpretation of the economic content of the concept “reserves”.
It should be noted that to date, in the domestic accounting science there is no single
approach to the definition of such an important concept as “costs for ordinary activi-
ties”. Surveys carried out by the authors of the chief accountants of the leading
enterprises of the manufacturing industries of the Nizhny Novgorod industrial cluster
made it possible to conclude that in most accounting practices, the terminological
design in question is not essentially objectified in the system of local acts and, con-
sequently, in the conceptual space of enterprises. This situation is explained by the lack
of definition of the concept of costs in the legal framework of accounting. There is a
paradox: the concept, in essence, which does not have normative legal and generally
accepted scientific status, is actively used as a key in many sectoral instructions and
recommendations on cost accounting and costing of products (works, services, goods).
A common approach to the terminological identification of expenses is their
semantic identification with the concept clearly defined in the normative-legal space
“costs” [1]. Such a “simple” solution is held by L.A. Malenkova and V.V. Prudnikov,
defining the concept of costs, as “the totality of the organization’s expenses for the
production of products and its realization.” The definition of costs, which are seman-
tically identical to expenditures, is given by G.S. Klychova and R.R. Khairullin, who
argue that “costs are the costs of enterprises, entrepreneurs, private producers for the
production, circulation, sale of products that are expressed in cash.”
It is obvious that the costs are immanently oriented to the generation of value
added, in other words their implementation is subordinated to a specific goal. N.
P. Kondrakov, M.A. Ivanova defines the concept of “expenses” as “the cost of
resources used for specific purposes.” In the context of this work, the connotation of the
goal with economic activity is obvious. It should also be noted that the authors keep the
approach of semantic identification of expenses as the equivalent of the cost of
resources.
The above scientific judgments can be grouped according to the semantic criteria
into three types: determined the essence of expenses on the basis of identification with
costs, through resources and “repelled” from their purpose (Table 2).
It is obvious that the targeted approach is focused, first of all, on the implemen-
tation of key needs of management accounting of the business entity. The approach
aimed at the disclosure of the concept of expenses as an equivalent of the cost of the
enterprise resources is designed to reflect information about them in the information
registers of accounting and the implementation of the control function. It should be
noted that this definition includes the mandatory properties of costs - systematic and
Table 2. Approaches to the semantic identification of the concept of “expenses” [4, 5]

Content of the approach The authors who apply it
(keywords)
1. Identification with L.A. Malenkova, V.V. Prudnikov, E.V. Bekhtereva
costs G.S. Klychova, R.R. Khayrullin
G.I. Prosvetov, G.Yu. Kasyanova, A.N. Azrielyan
A.S. Bakayev
2. Cost of resources A.M. Gershun, A.V. Molvinsky, L. S. Vasilyeva authors of the
project of the Federal Standard of Accounting “Stocks” V.K.
Sklyarenko, M.A. Vakhrushin, O.E. Nikolaeva, T.E. Shishkova,
A.S. Tsarenko, N.P. Kondrakov, M.A. Ivanova
3. Business Objective N.P. Kondrakov, M.A. Ivanova, Y.V. Sokolova, T.V. Kozyreva,
I.E. Mizikovskiy, V.E. Kerimov, T.A. Korneeva, T.A. Karpova,
S.F. Sharafutina, M.M. Gazaliev, V.A. Osipov, V.B. Ivashkevich
measurable. At the same time, there is a need to supplement the definition of the
concept of costs from the position of accounting financial accounting, first of all,
proceeding from the process of generating reports.
3 Analysis of the Results of the Study
Comparing various scientific points of view on the application of the concept of

“expenses” and interpretation of its economic essence, we believe it expedient to
clearly distinguish between the concepts “expenses” and “costs”. The expense, as was
shown when considering the definition of this concept in PBU 10/99 and the Con-
ceptual Basis of IFRS financial statements, represents a decrease in the economic
benefits and the size of the organization’s equity. In contrast, costs positioned as actual
or expected consumption of resources motivated by the receipt of planned financial
results may lead to an increase in the valuation of assets, which, as follows from the
definition of assets in domestic and international standards, are not expected to decrease
but increase economic benefits. Let us compare two situations [3]. In the first situation,
the materials were consumed in production, in the second, they were written off as a
result of their spoilage and unfitness to use. In the first situation, the cost of production
increased by the amount of consumed materials, which led to an increase in either the
cost of the work in progress or the value of the finished product. In the second situation,
there was a decrease in assets, which led to a reduction in economic benefits and
capital, which led to the need to recognize the expense. We believe that it is the term
“expenses” that should be used when it comes to the formation of the cost of assets
acquired or produced by own forces. In the first case, we are talking about the amount
of costs included in the cost of purchased materials, fixed assets, intangible assets,
financial investments and other assets. In the second case, the expenses of production is
determined by the cost of finished goods, work in progress, self-created real estate and
other assets. The author’s characteristic of the content and correlation of the concepts
“expenses” and “costs” is proposed by T. Yu. Druzhilovskaya in the work “Charac-

teristics of” expenses “and” costs “for accounting financial accounting.
The most important issue of cost accounting is the methodology of their inclusion
in the cost of assets. In this case, two situations should be divided: the formation of the
cost of assets purchased by the organization for a fee and the formation of the cost of
assets created by the organizations themselves. In the first case, both national Russian
accounting standards and international financial reporting standards contain clear lists
of those costs that should be included or not included in the cost of the relevant asset
(although these lists in the RAS and IFRS themselves differ slightly for those or other
assets). In the second case, the approaches of Russian and international standards to the
regulation of methods of accounting for costs in the cost of assets created by own
forces differ significantly.
Another example of the difference between RAS and IFRS is the regulation of
expenses accounting contained in these standards in the cost of finished goods and
work in process. In addition, a significant difference between Russian PBU 5/01 and
IAS 2 is the requirements for disclosure in reporting of information on the methodology
for recording expenses in the cost of finished goods and work in process.
We believe that the useful information provided in IAS 2 and absent in PBU 5/01 is
a characteristic of the accounting policies adopted for the valuation of inventories that
include the formula used to calculate the cost price. The lack of this information does
not provide an opportunity to assess the methodology for recording expenses in the cost
of finished products and work in progress and used in the practical activities of
organizations.
Speaking of practice, it should be recognized that expenses are the most important
object of accounting for any organization. We have studied the practice of expenses
accounting and approaches to the formation of the cost of finished products and work in
progress in the Russian organizations of various industries. Table 3 shows excerpts
from the accounting policy and explanatory notes to the financial statements of a
number of the largest Russian organizations that characterize the approaches to
expenses accounting used by these organizations.
As can be seen from Table 3, at the present time there is no uniformity of methods
applied about cost accounting. For example, some organizations prefer to estimate
work in progress on direct normative (planned) cost items, others - on the shop cost
price on the basis of the standard method of accounting using a non-manufacturing
option for recording production costs, a number of organizations estimate the work in
progress at the actual production cost. Ready-made products are considered by some
organizations at actual costs, others - at the planned full production cost. Some orga-
nizations use the normative method of expenses accounting, a number of organizations
use the shown method.
At the same time, according to the data of Table 3, many large Russian organi-
zations prefer to take into account general economic expenses as expenses of the
reporting period, not including them in the cost of production. The distribution of
general production costs, most organizations produce in proportion to the basic wages
of production workers or the wages fund of specialists directly engaged in the per-
formance of work.
Table 3. The Russian practice of expenses accounting [2, 6]

Organizations and their Applied methods for expenses Percentage composition
activities accounting of expenses
PJSC “KAMAZ”. With the ordering method of Material costs - 65.82%
Manufacture of trucks accounting for production expenses, Labor costs are 11.91%
an estimate of work in progress is Deductions for social
carried out at a limited actual cost needs - 3,32%
price. The evaluation of work in Depreciation of fixed
progress is carried out according to assets - 1.38%
direct normative (planned) expenses Utilization
items. Finished products are accounted charge-8.26%
for by actual expenses associated with Other costs - 9.31%
its manufacture (at a limited actual
production cost without taking into
account general economic expenses).
Analytical accounting of finished
products in the warehouse is
conducted in the context of the
nomenclature at discount prices. As a
record price, a limited normative cost
is applied (without taking into account
general economic expenses)
JSC AVTOVAZ. Incomplete production is estimated in Material costs - 69.77%
Manufacture of cars the volume of the workshop cost based Labor costs - 9.46%
on the standard method of accounting Depreciation - 5.69%
with the use of a semi-finished option Utilization fee - 3.83%
for recording production costs without Deductions for social
taking into account general economic needs - 2.73%
expenses. General production Other expenses - 8.52%
expenses are distributed in proportion
to the actual amounts of direct labor
costs. Finished goods are valued at full
actual cost, excluding sales and
general operating expenses
OJSC “GAZ”. In the main production, the method of Material costs - 61.2%
Manufacture of spare accounting for production expenses Labor costs are 16.9%
parts and automotive and calculating the cost of production Depreciation - 3%
components at actual costs is applied. Accounting Deductions for social
for the costs of auxiliary and servicing needs - 5,3%
facilities is made according to the Other costs - 13.6%
actual expenses in the context of
orders and objects of servicing
industries and farms. The expenses
collected during the month on account
25 are to be distributed to individual
types of products in proportion to the
basic wages of production workers or
(continued)
Table 3. (continued)
to the salary fund of specialists directly
engaged in the performance of work.
Finished goods are reflected in the
accounting at the actual production
cost.
General economic expenses are fully
written off into the cost of sales (works,
services), (except for situations when
they are directly related to the creation
or acquisition of an asset)
OJSC U-UAZ. Calculation of the cost of a unit of Material costs - 58.07%
Production of finished products, the cost of work Labor costs are 8.11%
helicopters and other performed, services rendered is carried Deductions for social
aircrafts out by the order method needs - 5,3%
At the end of the reporting period Depreciation - 1,75%
(month), the total amount of expenses Other costs - 29.73%
is deducted from the account 25 in
proportion to wages for orders of the
main production and for orders of
auxiliary production
PJSC MMC Norilsk Finished products are estimated at the Materials, raw
Nickel. Non-ferrous planned full production cost (that is, materials and
metallurgy without taking into account semi-finished products
managerial and commercial expenses) - 16.90%. The cost of
Incomplete production is estimated at acquiring energy
the actual production cost resources is 6.54%.
The evaluation of semi-finished Labor costs are 16.9%.
products is carried out at the accounting Deductions for social
value needs - 5,3%. Expenses
for payment of services
of industrial character
of the foreign
organizations - 21,36%.
Taxes - 4.92%.
Depreciation - 10,60%
Export customs duties -
2.9%. Other costs -
10.38%
PJSC GAZPROM. Oil Incomplete production is estimated in Materials - 5.85%
production, production the amount of actual production costs Labor remuneration and
of petroleum products without taking into account general deductions for social
and generation of economic expenses needs - 11.06%
electrical and heat Finished goods are estimated at the
energy reduced actual production cost without
(continued)
taking into account general economic Depreciation of fixed
expenses assets and intangible
assets - 17.66%
Other - 65.43%
PJSC “Polyus Gold”. The account 26 at the end of the Material costs - 0%
Extraction of precious reporting period is written off to 90 Labor costs - 29.75%
metal ores and sands accounts Deductions for social
needs - 6.06%
Amortization - 0,03%
Other costs - 64.16%
PJSC RusHydro. Inventories are taken into account in Material costs - 29.79%
Power generation by the amount of actual costs of Labor costs - 12.85%
hydroelectric power acquisition (production) Deductions for social
plants needs - 2.96%
Depreciation - 22.29%
OJSC Rosneft Oil Information is not disclosed Material costs - 82%
Company. Industry Labor costs 0.4%
Deductions for social
needs - 0.08%
Depreciation - 3.1%
Expenses related to the
exploration and
evaluation of oil and gas
reserves - 0.46%
PJSC “Vimpel- Management expenses are charged to Material costs - 51.75%
Communications”. the expenses of the reporting period to Labor costs - 8,333%
Provision of account 90 Deductions for social
communication needs - 6.06%
services Depreciation - 13.16%
The group of Information not disclosed Raw materials and
companies “MCC” materials - 35.12%
EuroChem ”. Other materials -
Production and 10.39%
distribution of mineral Staff costs, including
fertilizers and contributions to social
extraction of minerals funds - 13.54%
Depreciation of fixed
assets and intangible
assets - 9.87%
(continued)
PJSC Severstal. Information not disclosed Information not
Extraction and disclosed
production of metal
products
It should be noted that some organizations do not disclose information on the

methods used to account for production costs, indirect costs distribution bases, methods
for estimating work in progress and finished products. The reason for this is the absence
in the system of Russian PBU requirements for the disclosure of this information. The
percentage composition of expenditures among various Russian organizations is also
significantly different. The data in Table 3 allow us to conclude that for industrial
organizations the greatest relative weight is possessed by material costs (more than
50% for the organizations studied). The least specific weight belongs to such elements
of expenses of the specified organizations as depreciation and deductions for social
needs. Another is the percentage composition of costs for extracting organizations: The
labor costs and depreciation have a fairly large share. We also draw attention to the fact
that some organizations do not disclose information on the percentage composition of
costs in the financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS.
4 Conclusions
The conducted researches allow drawing the following conclusions concerning the
current state of accounting of cost and expenses. Both in the system of national Russian
accounting standards, and in the IFRS system, there are provisions containing the
theoretical bases of cost accounting: the definition of this concept is formulated, the
classification of expenses is presented, and the criteria for recognizing expenses in
accounting and reporting are proposed. At the same time, the formulated theoretical
propositions are not applied consistently in the totality of both Russian and interna-
tional standards, and the term “expenses” in many cases is used in a meaning that
contradicts the definition of this concept. In a significant number of situations, there is
an identification of the concept of “costs” with the concept of “expenses”. At the same
time, the theoretical bases of accounting for costs are not set out both in the RAS
system and in the IFRS system. Not fully described in the systems of RAS and IFRS
and the methodological basis of accounting for costs. The inadequacy of the theoretical
and methodological bases for recording costs and expenses in accounting standard
systems causes different interpretations in the interpretation of these concepts in the
scientific literature, as well as the existence of problematic aspects of accounting for
costs and expenses in the practical activities of organizations.
We believe that a number of the following measures are needed to solve the
problematic aspects of cost and expenses accounting. In order to sequencing approa-
ches to the accounting of costs in the system of Russian accounting standards, a clear
and unambiguous formulation of the definition of the concept of “expenses” and

“costs” in all regulatory documents on accounting in accordance with their definitions
should be given. It is necessary to introduce in the system of accounting standards the
regulation of general approaches to the methodology of cost accounting in the cost of
finished goods and work in progress. It is advisable to include in the accounting
standards regulating the accounting of inventories, the requirement on the need to
disclose the accounting methodology of expenses in the cost of finished products and
work in process. We also believe that the system of IFRS, which in many ways is the
basis for reforming Russian accounting, requires further improvement. At the same
time, the fact that recently international standards have been developing quite inten-
sively allows us to hope that the problematic issues of accounting for costs and
expenses in this system will be solved in the future.
References
1. Mizikovsky, I.E.: Accounting Management Accounting, 2nd edition of the revision and
add-M. Magister, SIC INFRA-M, 144 p. (2016)
2. Mizikovsky, I.E., Maslova, T.S., Druzhilovsky, T.Y., Druzhilovsky E.S., Bazhenov, A.A.:
Formation of the accounting and control space of organizations of the state (municipal) sector
of the economy: theoretical and methodological aspect. Monograph/Nizhny Novgorod, 236
p. (2016)
3. Druzhilovskaya, T.Y., Druzhilovskaya, E.S.: Problems and prospects for the development of
accounting at the present stage. In the book: The International Scientific and Practical
Congress of Economists and Lawyers “Science engineering and economic paradigm of
modern society”, pp. 154–158. ISAE, Consilium (2014)
4. Druzhilovskaya, T.Y.: Characteristics of “expenses” and “costs” for financial accounting. Int.
Acc. 2(344), 31–45 (2015)
5. Druzhilovskaya, E.S.: Methodology for estimating inventory in accounting. Int. Acc. 7, 16–25
(2012)
6. Kuznetsov, V.P., Garina, E.P., Semakhin, E.A., Garin, A.P., Klychova, G.S.: Special aspects
of modern production systems organization. Int. Bus. Manag. 10(21), 5125–5129 (2016)
Man as the Subject of Possible/Impossible
in the Russian Nominations of the Feature
of the Subject
Natalia E. Petrova(&), Natalia M. Ilchenko, Olga A. Patsyukova,

Galina S. Samoylova, and Anastasia N. Moreva

[email protected]
Abstract. In the article, an anthropocentric approach to the analysis of factual

material is realized, allowing seeing behind the units of language the work of
human consciousness, view of the world, assessments and values. The object of
the study is verbal adjectives formed from verbs with the help of the suffix
-em-/-im-. The choice of material is because the modal component is consis-
tently present in the semantics of these adjectives - the meaning of the possi-
bility or impossibility of action, the subject of which is a person. On the basis of
the nature of the motivating action, the semantic groups of these adjectives are
distinguished, representing the spheres of interaction of a person with the world
that is important for the Russian consciousness: Cognitive and speech-
intellectual activity, sensory perception of the object, the physical and mental
state associated with the object, ethical relations and the evaluation of the object,
the forms of behavior associated with the object, the relationship of possession,
the creative and goal-oriented activity of man in relation to the objects of the
external world and himself. The authors consider varieties of modal semantics,
characteristic of the adjectives analyzed. It is noted that the possibility/
impossibility of the key subject for an action can be conditioned, firstly, by the
internal potential of a person - his intellectual, physical, psychological qualities
and abilities; Secondly, the prescription that is allowed and what is prohibited;
Thirdly, the axiological factor-the estimated relation to the determined subject in
terms of “good/bad”, “useful, appropriate/not useful, inexpedient”. In view of
this factor, the adjectives of various semantic groups are related to the categories
of norm and evaluation. In summary, a conclusion is made about pronounced
anthropocentricity of the deverbativs with suffixes -em-/-im-, indicating that the
possibility or impossibility of human interaction with the objective world is an
important means of understanding objects and giving them a feature.
Keywords: Adjective Modality Possible Action Anthropocentrism

Norm Subject Nomination Attribute

164 N. E. Petrova et al.
1 Introduction
In the process of scientific knowledge of the world, the human factor is manifested in
the fact that the study of any object is carried out not only from the point of view of
man and in the interests of man, but also in order to comprehend the nature and essence
of man himself [7, p. 19]. The object of linguistics is the natural human language, “in
the construction and application” of which reflects not the objective world surrounding
the person, but the subjective image of this world, created “in our soul” [2, p. 80].
Thus, not only the established paradigm of humanitarian knowledge, but also the very
nature of language, makes the anthropocentric approach to this study urgent [9, p. 90],
which prompts the researcher to switch attention from the language system to carrier.
An attempt to implement such an approach is presented in this article on the basis of
the Russian verbal adjectives with the suffixes -em-/-im-: Explainable and
unrepresentable.
2 Theoretical and Methodological Basis of the Research
In our understanding of the anthropocentric approach to language, we rely on the work

of domestic and foreign scientists Potebni, Yu, Apresyan, Arutyunova [1], Karaulova
[7], Cubreacova, Shmeleva, Cherneyko, Humboldt [2], Verzbicka, Muracosy et al. The
analysis of the actual material takes into account the research of adjectives with suffixes
-em/-im-, presented in the works of Bulakhovsky, Ivanova, Zaneginoy [5], Ivanchi [6],
Krysko, Kunavina, Kim et al. In the interpretation of the concepts of “evaluation”,
“modality,” “norm” expressed by the means of language, we are guided by the work of
Arutyunova [1], Wolf, Ivina, Rudnev [11], Beller, Thomasson, and von Wright [12].
Deverbatives with suffixes -em-/-im- denote the feature of the object through the
possibility or impossibility of a particular action that refers to or is directed from the
outside to the object being determined. The subjective characteristic of the action
reflects a different way of understanding the trait by a person and is important for the
conceptual content and use of these adjectives. This can be shown on the example of
adjectives, fathomless and ineradicable. In the first case, the sign “preserving the
freshness that does not lose its importance with time, [10, p. 487] is expressed through
an appeal to the action to wither, the subject of which is the object itself: Unfading
glory is glory that can not fade. In the second case, a relatively close sign, “one that is
difficult to exterminate, destroy” [10, p. 449], i.e. constantly, for a long time persisting,
is expressed through an appeal to an action aimed at an object from outside: Inde-
structible Smell is a smell that cannot be exterminated. Thus, through the adjective
unfading attribute, “permanent, persistent with time,” is interpreted as an intrinsic
property of an object irrespective of the surrounding world and man, whereas through
an adjective an ineradicable similar feature is interpreted because of resistance to
external influences. As a result, the adjective unfading carries information only about
the object being determined, and the adjective is indestructible - about the subject and
the subject of the impact on this object.
The way in which the sign was expressed also caused a different connection
between these adjectives and axiological semantics. The sign of the unfading is
Man as the Subject of Possible/Impossible 165
inseparably linked with the idea of what constitutes a value to human Love, beauty,
fame, talent, youth. The indestructible attribute can be connected both with what is
valuable (an ineradicable desire for freedom, an ineradicable interest in the book), and
with antivalues (an ineradicable desire for violence, an indestructible filth), since a
person is inclined to “exterminate” everywhere, including in to itself, something bad,
inexpedient.
All the above leads to the conclusion that adjectives with suffixes -em-/-im- are
characterized by a particularly pronounced anthropocentricity in the case when they are
formed from verbs denoting the action of a person. Interpretation of their meaning
appeals to the potential of human possibilities; therefore, denoting the feature of the
object, they simultaneously create a kind of “portrait” of a person interacting with the
surrounding world and at the same time making himself a “measure of all things” they
know “[3, p. 33].
Proceeding from this, for the present research these adjectives were selected.
Further, because of the nature of the motivating action, the semantic groups of the
adjectives will be singled out, which will make it possible to conclude that the spheres
of influence on the subject important for the Russian consciousness. In addition, we
will trace the connection of adjectives of various semantic groups with categories of
norm and evaluation. For illustration, examples from the database of the National
Corpus of the Russian language (main and newspaper corps) will be used.
Most of the deverbativs on -em-/-im- (more than 190 words out of just over 270,
recorded in [4, pp. 356–357]) characterize the subject from the point of view of human
actions. The verbs that motivate these adjectives represent different spheres of human
life and activity. It can be:
– Cognitive activity: Learn ! (not) knowable, explain ! (not) understandable,
compare ! (not) comparable, calculate ! (not) computable, disprove ! ir-
refutable, etc.;
– Speech activity: Describe ! indescribable, pronounce ! unpronounceable,
translate ! (not) translate, transmit ! non-transferable, etc.;
– sensory perception of the object: See ! (not) visible, hear ! (not) audible,
touch ! (not) tangible, feel ! (not) palpable, view ! (not) foreseeable, recog-
nize ! (not) recognizable, etc.;
– The physical or mental state associated with the object: Tolerate ! (not) tolerant,
transfer ! (not) tolerable, endure ! (not) tolerable, etc.;
– Psychological impact on the object: Frighten ! intrepid, shake ! unshakable,
beg ! unforgiving, tame ! indomitable, etc.;
– ethical relations, object evaluation: Punish ! (not) punishable, allow ! (not)
permissible, reward ! unrewardable, value ! invaluable, atoneate ! unre-
quited, etc.;
– activities related to the modification, including destruction, of the object: Decom-

pose ! (not) decomposable, fix ! (not) correctable, change ! irreplaceable,
restore ! (not) recoverable, heal ! (not) curable, remove ! (not) removable, etc.;
– goal-setting in relation to an object: Implement ! (not) feasible, reach ! (not)
attainable, overcome ! (not) surmountable, win ! invincible, etc.;
– The behavior associated with the object: Hide (something) ! unconcealed, imitate
(someone) ! inimitable, bicker (with someone) ! indisputable, etc.;
– Ownership relations and contractual relations: Take away ! inalienable, alien-
ate ! inalienable, terminate ! (not) dissolvable, etc.
In all these groups, the structure of adjectives simulates a situation in which a
person can or cannot perform a certain action with respect to an object, which becomes
a sign of the feature of this subject. In this case, the modality contained in the semantics
of such adjectives has a different nature.
First, the possibility/impossibility of the key to the feature of the action can be
related to the internal potential of man - his intellectual, physical, psychological
qualities and abilities. This is typical of the adjectives of most of the groups listed
above, such as, for example, (not) explainable, indescribable, (not) countable,
(not) visible, (not) tangible, unbearable, (not) carried, inexorable, (not) (Not) attain-
able, indestructible, irresistible, incurable, irreparable and similar: The fire goes in-
explicable [no one can explain - aut.] Way On Great Saturday in the Church of the
Holy Sepulcher in Jerusalem (Komsomolskaya Pravda, 2014.04.09); As a result,
already in the course of the concert, the pain became simply unbearable [the artist and
anyone else in his place can not stand the test] and after the fourth song the show still
had to be interrupted (Komsomolskaya Pravda, 2013.03.13).
Secondly, the possibility/impossibility of the key to the feature of the action can be
associated with a specific prescription: Inherent, (not) alienable, indissoluble,
(not) punishable, and (not) permissible and under. Such adjectives express the
modality of norms [13], which “prescribe what should, what is allowed, what is for-
bidden” [10, p. 175]. According to Beller, deontic statements sometimes signal that
people can go beyond the conventions, referring to the alternative or additional con-
ditions necessary for the settlement of the deontic situation [12, p. 308]: A small
amount of wine is allowed only at an official reception, for which the bar is needed
(Izvestia, 2014.07.09).
As von Wright rightly points out, the very fact of allowing or banning anything in
the society is teleologically connected with the evaluation [14, p. 353], therefore the
adjectives of this group often express a concomitant value: The fact that we, men,
sometimes allow ourselves to women - this is punishable [badly, not allowed, must be
punished - author] (Komsomolskaya Pravda, 2013.10.14); Nechayev was one of those
who proclaimed this “right” inalienable [valuable, good, can not be taken away -
auth.] The right of a revolutionary (Culture, 2002.04.08).
Finally, the possibility or impossibility of an action can be caused by an axiological
factor-an estimated relation to a particular subject in terms of “good/bad”, “useful,
appropriate/not useful, inexpedient”. This is typical of the semantics of such adjectives
as (not) acceptable, invaluable, (not) tolerant, (not) apologetic, (not) permissible and
under. There is a certain pattern: In the adjective with the prefix, not the inability to
perform an action by virtue of certain axiological settings forms an unambiguous value,

for example: The first time was a little sad, but then I realized that this is a good option.
I can get invaluable [good, useful - aut.] Coaching experience (Izvestia, 2014.05.15);
this state of things is intolerable [bad, harmful - auth.], But it can only be corrected by
differently directed systemic methods (Komsomolskaya Pravda, 2013.09.12).
If the possibility of action is not denied, then the estimate only tends to one pole or
another, so adjectives are often not used with lexical and grammatical indicators of the
relative sign: His voice - in the best cases, tolerable (and at worst it looks like the
sound of a tearing foam plastic) (Komsomolskaya Pravda, 2013.05.01); This experi-
ence does not yet have the Russian Academy of Sciences, but this is a more acceptable
path, which, along with the state, requires (Labor-7. 2007.04.17).
Our language material allows, through the prism of a possible/impossible for a
person, to examine in more detail the relationship between the nomination of a feature
and the concept of a norm. Above we have identified a small group of adjectives
expressing the significance of deontic modalities. However, a much larger number of
adjectives considered relates to the “generic concept” of the norm, which unites “all
kinds and forms of order” [1, p. 6]. Defining the content of this broad notion of the
norm, Arutyunova enumerates particular groups of concepts whose invariant sign is
one or another manifestation of the norm. Among these features, for us, the one on the
basis of which the concepts “model”, “sample”, “stereotype”, - standardization are
united is important. “To conform to the norm and to observe order means to be” like
everyone else “and” as always “<…>”. The normative field borders on the concepts of
ordinary, ordinary, predictable, habitual… “[1, p. 7]”. It is this interpretation of the
norm that is reflected in the meaning of those nominations of the trait, which are based
on an idea of a person’s capabilities.
Most of them are paired formations, differing only in the presence or absence of a
prefix of not - Imaginable - unimaginable, replaceable - irreplaceable, comparable -
incomparable and under. Comparison of the values of paired adjectives allows us to
reveal a certain regularity. Adjectives without a prefix do not, as a rule, designate a
feature that is rated by the speaker as normative in the sense that it corresponds to
generally accepted concepts and the routine of things. The adjective with not, on the
contrary, interprets the feature of the subject as anomalous, unusual from the point of
view of the human perception of the world, because it goes beyond the bounds of
human possibilities. This different attitude of adjectives to the norm is often empha-
sized by the context:
Thus, experts note, the desire to invest in durable goods is quite natural and
understandable… (Ogonyok, 2014); and yet this mystery turned out to be solvable
(Knowledge is Power 2014); this is nothing complicated No, and if you set yourself this
goal of life, then it is quite achievable [Siberian lights. 2013].
This amazing feeling that arose in the night battle, where you can not distinguish in
three steps who it is - a friend or an enemy ready to kill you, was associated with a
second, no less surprising and inexplicable feeling of the general course of the battle
(V. Grossman. Life and destiny. Part 1. 1960); All of us in one way or another agree
that today in the world there are accumulating reasons for the crisis of the structural
one, i.e. Insoluble within the standard political and investment decisions of our days
(Expert, 2015); He likes to start the film with a landscape of dizzying beauty and peace,
and it will be like an ideal unattainable for vain life (Izvestia. 2002.04.26).
In the above examples, we have identified those means of the context that form a
semantic opposition to the adjectives (the riddle of vs. is still solvable, the unsolvable
vs. standard, unreachable vs. vain) or, on the contrary, approaching them (naturally -
understandable, difficult not - achievable, surprising - inexplicable). In any case, the
gravitation of adjectives is emphasized without not any notion of norms: “Order”,
“pattern”, “ordinary”, “natural”, and non-adjectives - to the concepts of the antinorm:
“Paradox”, “exception”, “uniqueness”. In quantitative terms, not adjectives clearly
prevail: The adjective without a prefix does not always have a paired variant with a
prefix, whereas the not- adjective often functions outside the pair. This pattern is
explained by the desire of a person to fix and designate by language means primarily
anomalous [1, p. 4], and in our case - beyond the possible.
The connection with the concept of the antinorm has led to a wide use of the
adjective type unattainable in the role of intensities, i.e. Indicators of the highest degree
of manifestation of another feature: Inexpressible joy, unimaginable self-confidence,
unthinkable happiness, indescribable villainy, incorrigible slander, irresistible aver-
sion, etc. see: [5, 8, p. 328]. In itself, this function is inextricably linked with the
subjective interpretation of the world, so that all “adjective-intensifiers are indicators of
the stressed anthropo-orientation of the utterance” [6, p. 31]. In the case of adjectives
with suffixes -em-/-im- this is especially obvious, because measure of the intensity of
the trait is the limits of what is possible for man.
4 Conclusion
Adjectives with suffixes -em-/-imitate such a fragment of the linguistic picture of the
world in which the objects-carriers of the feature appear as objects of the cognitive,
speech-thinking, sensual, creative, goal-setting activity of human. At the same time, the
possibility or impossibility to perform certain actions with respect to the subject turns
out to be an important means of understanding this subject and giving it a feature for
the Russian national consciousness.
References
1. Arutyunova, N.D.: Anomalies and language (to the problem of the language “picture of the
world”). Questions Linguist. 3, 3–19 (1987)
2. Humboldt, W.: On the difference in the structure of human languages and its influence on the
spiritual development of humanity. Selected Works on Linguistics, 400 p. (1984)
3. Gurevich, V.V.: About the “subjective” component of language semantics. Questions
Linguist. 1 (1998)
4. Zaliznyak, A.A.: Grammatical dictionary of the Russian language: Change of words. OK.
100 000 words, 2nd edn. The stereotype. M.: Russian language, 880 p. (1980)
5. Zanegina, N.N.: Adjectives with the intensity value, the measure of the manifestation of the
sign. http://lexrus.ru/default.aspx?s=0&p=2917. Circulation date is 12 May 2017
6. Ivancha, A.V.: Anthropo-oriented adjectives with the meaning of intensity in the Russian
language. Izv. Saratov Univ. New Ser. Philology J. 12(1), 30–33 (2012)
7. Karaulov Yu, N.: Russian language and language, 7th edn., 264 p. Publishing house LCI
(2010)
8. Petrova, N.E.: On the factors of expressiveness of verbal adjectives with suffixes -em-/-im-
rational and emotional in language and speech: means of artistic imagery and their stylistic
use in the text: Interuniversity. Sat. Scientific works, dedicated to the 85th anniversary of
Professor A.N. Kozhena: MGOU, pp. 326–331 (2004)
9. Radbil, T.B.: Basics of studying the language mentality: Training tutorial. Flint,
328 p. (2010)
10. Dictionary of the Russian language: In the 4th volume/USSR Academy of Sciences, Institute
of Russian language. Evgenieva, A.P. (ed.) 3rd edn. Stereotype. T. II. M.: Russian language
(1986)
11. Rudnev, V.P.: Dictionary of culture of the XX century. M.: Agraf, 384 p. (1998)
12. Beller, S.: Deontic norms, deontic reasoning, and deontic conditionals. Think. Reason.
14(4), 305–341 (2008)
13. Thomasson, A.L.: Norms and necessity. South. J. Philos. 51(2), 143–160 (2013)
14. von Wright, G.H.: Valuations – or how to say the unsayable. Ratio Juris. 13(4), 347–357
(2000)
Determining the Value of Own Investment
Capital of Industrial Enterprises
Yaroslav S. Potashnik(&), Ekaterina P. Garina,

Elena V. Romanovskaya, Alexander P. Garin,
and Sergey D. Tsymbalov

[email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
Abstract. The article is devoted to the determination of the value of own

investment capital of industrial enterprises while preparing the economic justi-
fication for investment projects of industrial enterprises. The cost of own
investment capital is one of the main factors that form the requirements for the
profitability of projects. The accuracy of determining the value of own invest-
ment capital significantly influences the reliability of the conclusions about the
economic attractiveness of projects. The article presents in a formalized form the
conditions for the acceptability of investments, taking into account the value of
investment capital (individual elements) in the context of the organizational and
legal forms used. The approaches to determining the value of own investment
capital are specified. Methods for adjusting the cost of own investment capital of
the alternative are suggested, if the investment project under consideration
differs in terms of the level of financial risk. The first method can be used by
public industrial enterprises. It is based on the capital asset pricing model
(Capital Asset Pricing Model) and Hamada’s equation. The second method
assumes that the industrial enterprise has the possibility of applying for credit
resources to the relevant institutions. It is based on assessments of the level of
financial risk associated with the enterprise with an investment decision. The
article describes the main stages of implementation of methods. Examples are
given that reflect the necessary calculations.
Keywords: Investment Equity Financial risk Cost of capital

Industrial enterprise
1 Introduction
Determining the value of the invested capital is one of the most important tasks that
need to be addressed when preparing an economic justification for investment projects
of industrial enterprises. The cost of investment forms the requirements for the prof-
itability of projects. If at the planning stage the value of the invested capital is
understated, then a situation is possible, in which the implementation of an attractive
investment project according to preliminary calculations will reduce the cost of the
enterprise. If the cost of capital is overstated, then an attractive project may not be
Determining the Value of Own Investment Capital of Industrial Enterprises 171
accepted for implementation, advantageous opportunities will be missed. Various

studies of the value of investment capital are devoted to the works of many scientists,
including L. Abalkin, D. Lvov, P. Vilensky, A. Demodaran, U. Sharp et al. However, a
number of issues, in our opinion, need further elaboration. In particular, methods for
estimating the cost of equity capital of Russian industrial enterprises need to be
improved taking into account the financial risk of the investment project. In this regard,
the purpose of this work is to clarify and develop approaches to assess the value of the
capital of an industrial enterprise, allowing taking into account the level of financial risk
of an investment project.
Investments are money, securities, other property, including property rights, other
rights having monetary value, invested in objects of entrepreneurial and (or) other
activity for profit and achieve a different useful effect [11, p. 2]. An investment project
is an organizational form of implementing investment by enterprises. An investment
project is a set of actions (works, services, acquisitions, management operations and
decisions) aimed at achieving the stated goal and requiring investments for imple-
mentation [7, p. 10].
The formulation of the conclusion on the economic feasibility of the implemen-
tation by an industrial enterprise of a particular commercial investment project (here-
inafter referred to as the project) is based on an appropriate economic justification,
during which the volumes and terms of the proposed investments are determined, as
well as the possible economic effect. If the possible economic effect corresponds to the
targeted economic effect (is equal to or exceeds it), the project implementation can be
considered economically viable, if not, inappropriate.
To date, a wide range of indicators have been developed, characterizing from one
side or another the economic effect of investment (for example, profit, net cash flow,
profitability index of costs, etc.). However, many researchers (for example, Brayley R.,
Myers S., Van Horne D., Wachovich J., etc.) agree that the main indicator is the
profitability index (return) of investments, reflecting the share of the net cash flow
generated by the investment project in the total volume of project investments (in-
vestment capital). Van Horn D. and Vakhovich G. point out that the project can be
considered acceptable if the return on investment provided by it is greater than or equal
to the cost of investment capital, which is understood as the minimum profitability
expected by the owners (suppliers) of capital [3, p. 661]. This condition can be dis-
played in the form of the following expression:
" #
X
n
Rp WiRi ð1Þ
i¼1
Where Rp is the project investment profitability; i - number of the source of

investment capital; n - number of sources of investment capital; Wi - share of financing
from source i in total investment capital; Ri - the value of the share of investment
172 Y. S. Potashnik et al.
capital formed from funds from the source i (the minimum profitability expected by the
capital providers from the source i).
The main sources of investment capital of industrial enterprises are their own
capital, including net cash flow generated by projects, borrowed funds for the use of
which the payment of interest (obtained as a result of borrowing, issuance of bonds and
promissory notes of enterprises, implementation of other loans, Leasing, etc.), as well
as borrowed funds, for the use of which usually does not provide for the payment of
interest (received in the form of subsidies, as well as accounts payable). Given that in
most cases, the structure of the investment capital of the project is not homogeneous,
and the fact that the value of funds for which use is not provided for the payment of
“explicit” interest is zero, condition (1) can be presented in the following expanded
form:
– For public industrial enterprises:
Rp ½WdRd þ WpsRps þ WcsRcs ð2Þ
Where Wd - the share of investment capital formed at the expense of borrowed

funds, for the use of which the payment of “explicit” interest is provided; Rd - the cost
of investment capital formed at the expense of borrowed funds, for the use of which the
payment of “explicit” interest is provided; Wps - the share of investment capital formed
at the expense of funds owned by the owners of the company’s preferred shares; Rps -
the value of the share of investment capital formed at the expense of the owners of
preferred shares of the enterprise; Wcs - the share of investment capital formed at the
expense of funds owned by the owners of the company’s ordinary shares; Rcs - the
value of the share of investment capital formed at the expense of the owners of ordinary
shares of the enterprise (hereinafter - the value of own investment capital);
– For non-public industrial enterprises:
Rp ½WdRd þ WeRe ð3Þ
Where We - the share of investment capital formed at the expense of the company’s
own funds; Re - the value of the share of investment capital formed at the expense of
the company’s own funds (hereinafter - the value of own investment capital).
Most scientists and practitioners agree that the value of the company’s own investment
capital should be determined on the basis of the alternative cost of funds, i.e. The
profitability that owners of capital can receive in case of refusal to implement this
project (hereinafter - the basic project) with the subsequent investment in the best
available alternative (hereinafter - alternative project). When determining the value, it is
necessary to take into account the inherent financial risk, which is understood as the
variability of the return on investments in relation to its expected value [3, p. 191].
If the basic and alternative projects have approximately the same level of financial
risk, the value of their own investment capital for the basic project can be assumed
equal to the profitability (profitability) of its own investment capital in the imple-
mentation of the alternative project, i.e.:

FRLb ¼ FRLa
ð4Þ
Veb ¼ Re a
Where FRLb is the level of financial risk of the basic project; FRLa - the level of
financial risk of an alternative project; Veb - the cost of own investment capital for a
basic project; Re a - profitability (profitability) of own investment capital in the
implementation of an alternative project.
If the basic and alternative projects differ in terms of financial risk (for example, the
goal of the basic project is to diversify the business portfolio of an enterprise, and
alternative - to continue the current operating activity), then to determine the value of
its own investment capital in relation to the basic project, the return on its investment
Capital on the alternative project to adjust by an amount reflecting the difference in the
level of financial risk of projects, i.e.:

FRLb [ ð\ÞFRLa
ð5Þ
Veb ¼ Re a þ ðÞRA
Where RA is the discount (discount), taking into account (i) the difference in the
level of financial risk of projects.
Scientists and practitioners have developed a significant number of approaches to
the definition of Re a. Briefly consider the features of those of them that are most often
used in the practical activities of industrial enterprises of the Nizhny Novgorod region.
The model of discounting dividends (model the dividend discount) is applied when
there is an opportunity with a high degree of reliability to determine the flow of future
dividends from the project. The cost of equity is found by the iteration method from the
formula:
X
T
Dt
Peo ¼ ð6Þ
t¼1 ð1 þ Re aÞt
Where Peo - the amount of equity invested in the project at time 0; T is the period
of project implementation; T - number of project implementation periods; Dt is the
amount of dividends per unit of own investment capital, payment of which is expected
at the end of the period t.
The method of cumulative construction (build-up method) is based on the use of the
formula:
X
Y
Re a ¼ Rf þ IRy ð7Þ
y¼1
Where Rf is the risk-free rate of return in the period under review; Y - number of the
considered risk factor inherent in the project implementation; Y - number of considered
risk factors; IRy is the risk premium due to the action of factor k.
A risk-free rate is the rate that reflects the profitability of investments not associated
with risk, i.e. Such, whose profitability is known in advance and the probability of
non-receipt of which is minimal [2, p. 205]. We agree with the opinion that at present it
is not possible to talk about the presence of zero-risk investment within the Russian
economy [4, p. 416]. However, as risk-free one can consider the rate of return on state
securities (for example, OFZ) with the corresponding period of the project’s imple-
mentation with a maturity.
The number of risk factors and the corresponding amount of surcharges are
determined by the method of expert assessments.
To determine the value of RA (see FP-5), most experts recommend using the
method of expert assessments with a preliminary calculation of indicators character-
izing the volatility of project profitability (variance, standard deviation, coefficient of
variation). The merits of the method of expert assessments include universality and
convenience for enterprises. However, it has a number of shortcomings (subjectivity of
expert assessments, the complexity of selecting participants with the required qualifi-
cations), which reduces the reliability of the results. In this regard, we propose
methods, the use of which will, in our opinion, increase the reliability of determining
the value of RA. The essence and examples of using these methods are presented
below.
The first method can be used by public industrial enterprises. It is based on the
capital-asset pricing model (CAPM), which assumes the following assumptions [3, c.
202]: Investors investing in securities are well informed; Operational costs of investors
are small; Restrictions on investment can be neglected; none of the investors has
sufficient funds to influence the market price of shares of enterprises. The amount of the
discount (discount), taking into account difference in the level of financial risk of
projects is determined from the expression:
RA ¼ Rcspr Rcsa ¼ Rf þ ðRm Rf Þbpr Rf ðRm Rf Þba

¼ ðRm Rf Þðbpr baÞ ð8Þ
Where Rm - the expected return on the market portfolio in the period under review;
bpr - value of the coefficient “beta” for the company’s ordinary shares in this period in
the case of the implementation of the basic project; ba - the value of the coefficient
“beta” for the company’s ordinary shares in this period in the case of an alternative
project.
The expected return on the market portfolio is determined by the method of expert
assessments [13, p.]. At the same time, the forecast of the profitability of not only the
market portfolio, but representative, as one of the indexes of the Moscow stock
exchange (for example, the broad market index, one of the industry indexes, etc.) can
be used in Russia.
The coefficient “beta” characterizes the riskiness of a security. It reflects the sen-
sitivity of its profitability to changes in the yield of the stock index. The higher the
value of the “beta” coefficient, the higher the level of financial risk associated with
investing in this security and the higher the profitability required by investors. To
calculate the beta coefficient, we can use the following formula [1, p. 130]:
K Gcs
b¼ ð9Þ
Gi
Where K - the degree of correlation between the level of profitability of the

company’s ordinary shares and the average level of return of the stock index in the
period under review; Gcs - standard deviation of the profitability of the company’s
ordinary shares in this period; Gi is the standard deviation of the yield of the stock
index in a given period.
We give an example of calculations using formula (8). If in the period under
consideration Rf = 7%, Rm = 12%, bpr = 1.6, ba = 1.3, then RA = (12% – 7%) (1.6 –
1.3) = 1.5%. Thus, the financial risk of the basic project is higher than that of the
alternative project, and the cost of the investment capital of the basic project is 1.5%
points. Higher than an alternative, project.
When using formula (8), it is necessary that the values of b projects correspond to
the level of financial leverage planned in the course of their implementation.
If the data for calculation bpr and (or) is ba not enough, then the values of the
coefficients can be determined using the following procedure:
(1) Enterprises are selected (about 10), whose activities are similar to the envisaged
project and for which common shares are known (can be calculated) in the period
under consideration the values of the coefficients “beta”;
(2) For each enterprise, the values of the beta coefficient and the corresponding level
of financial leverage are calculated (calculated);
(3) For each enterprise on the basis of R. Hamada’s formula, “non-leveraged beta”
(buan) is defined:
ban
buan ¼ ð10Þ
1 þ Kdat
E
Where ban - the initial value of the coefficient “beta” of the enterprise - an analog
(with a financial lever); Kdat - the value of the borrowed capital used by the
enterprise after paying corporate income tax (it is taken into account that the
interest accrued for the use of borrowed funds in the amount established by
Article 269 of the Tax Code of the Russian Federation can be attributed to
expenses, which reduces the tax base when calculating the profit tax of organi-
zations); E - cost of equity of the enterprise. In the absence of data on the cost of
borrowed and equity capital, we can use approximate values of the ratio between
them;
(4) The arithmetic mean calculated for the enterprises of “leverless beta” is calculated,
which is accepted as the “leverless beta” of the project (bup);
(5) The meaning of the “leverless” of the project is adjusted in accordance with the
planned level of financial leverage according to the formula:

Kdat
bp ¼ bup 1 þ ð11Þ
E
We give an example corresponding to the procedure described above. The initial

data and the results of the main calculations are presented in Table 1.
Table 1. Determination of the coefficient bp

Company - Analogue Meaning of
indicators
Kdat=E ban buan
1 0.59 1.65 1.04
2 0.32 1.48 1.12
3 0.72 1.75 1.02
4 0.38 1.52 1.10
5 0.79 1.82 1.02
6 0.37 1.51 1.10
7 0.91 2.02 1.06
8 0.47 1.54 1.05
9 0.81 1.89 1.04
10 0.64 1.67 1.02
P
bup = ( buan): 10 = 1,06
If the design ratio Kdat=E is 0.25, then =
1.06 1.25 = 1.33
Thus, the value of the beta coefficient for the project in question can be taken
as 1.33.
The second method can be used if the industrial enterprise has the possibility of
applying for credit resources to banks (at least three) having considerable experience in
selecting investment projects for financing. The method involves collecting information
on effective annual interest rates (EAIR), under which banks are ready to provide the
enterprise with a loan for the implementation of basic and alternative projects. The term
and volume of loans should correspond to the parameters of the basic project. For both
variants, the average effective annual interest rates (AEIR) are calculated and the
difference between them is determined, which will correspond to the RA value.
A methodological example of using the proposed method is presented in Table 2.
According to Table 2, the implementation of the basic project increases the level of
financial risk associated with the enterprise, RA = 6.96%. If the return on own
Table 2. Determination of RA
Bank The value of EAIR, % RA, %
Base project Alternative project
1 25.50 18.00 7.50
2 24.00 16.05 7.95
3 22.00 16.00 6.00
4 24.50 17.50 7.00
5 23.00 16.50 6.50
6 24.00 16.75 7.25
7 23.50 17.00 6.50
Average 23.78 16.82 6.96
investment capital when implementing an alternative project is, for example, 23%, then
the value of own investment capital in relation to the basic project will be:
Veb ¼ Re a þ RA ¼ 23% þ 6; 96% ¼ 29; 96%.
The methods presented above have been tested in OAO GAZ. It showed their high
practical importance. According to an expert survey conducted among specialists of the
enterprise, the application of methods allowed increasing the reliability of determining
the value of the company’s own investment capital by an average of 18%.
5 Conclusions
The approaches to the estimation of the value of the company’s own investment capital
have been clarified, taking into account the financial risk of the project; methods for
determining the amount of adjustment of the alternative have been proposed. The first
method is based on the pricing model for capital assets, the second - on the quantitative
assessments by credit institutions of the level of financial risk associated with the
enterprise in this or that investment decision. Approbation showed that their application
allows increasing the reliability of determining the value of own investment capital and
the economic feasibility of implementing investment projects.
References
1. Blank, I.A.: Financial risk management. Nika-Center, Kyiv (2005)
2. Brayley, R., Myers, S.: Principles of Corporate Finance/Trans. with English. N. Barysh-
nikova. Olymp-Business, Moscow (2008)
3. Van Horne, D., Wachovich, J.: Fundamentals of Financial Management, 12th edn.
Translated from English. LLC I.D. Williams, Moscow (2006)
4. Vilensky, P.L., Livshits, V.N., Smolyak, S.A.: Evaluation of the Effectiveness of Investment
Projects. Theory and Practice: Textbook. Allowance - 2 edn., Pererab. and additional. The
Case, Moscow (2008)
5. Garina, E.P.: Business solutions for the creation of a product in the industry. Bull. Univ.
Minin 1 (2014). http://vestnik.mininuniver.ru/reader/search/biznes-resheniya-po-voprosu-
sozdaniya-produkta-vp/. Accessed 10 June 2017
6. Egorova, A.O., Kuznetsov, V.P., Zokirova, N.K.: Features of the influence of risk factors on
the activities of engineering enterprises. Bull. Univ. Minin 4 (2016). http://vestnik.
mininuniver.ru/reader/search/osobennosti-vliyaniya-faktorov-riska-na-deyatelnos/. Accessed
10 June 2017
7. Methodological recommendations for the evaluation of investment projects: manual for
economists. RAS, Moscow (2004)
8. Potashnik, Y.S.: Estimation of the cost of the company’s own capital taking into account the
financial risk of the investment project. J. Actual Prob. Econ. Law 3(31), 90–94 (2014)
9. Raizberg, B.A., Lozovsky, L.S., Starodubtseva, E.B.: Modern economic dictionary, 6 edn.,
Pererab. and additional. INFRA-M, Moscow (2008)
10. Rimer, M.I., Kasatov, A.D., Matienko, N.N.: Economic Evaluation of Investment. Ed.
M. Rimera. St. Petersburg, Peter (2008)
11. Federal Law No. 39-FZ of 25.02.1999: On Investment Activities in the Form of Capital
Investments
12. Hamada, R.S.: Portfolio analysis, market equilibrium and corporation finance. J. Financ. 24,
19–30 (1969)
13. Sharpe, W.: Capital asset prices: a theory of market equilibrium under conditions of risk.
J. Financ. 19, 425–442 (1964)
14. Kuznetsov, V.P., Romanovskaya, E.V., Vazyansky, A.M., Klychova, G.S.: Internal
enterprise development strategy. Mediter. J. Soc. Sci. 6(1) S3, 444–447 (2015)
15. Kuznetsova, S.N., Garina, E.P., Kuznetsov, V.P., Romanovskaya, E.V., Andryashina, N.S.:
Industrial parks formation as a tool for development of long-range manufacturing sectors.
J. Appl. Econ. Sci. Volume XII 2(48), 391–402 (2017)
16. Garina, E.P., Kuznetsov, V.P., Egorova, A.O., Garin, A.P., Yashin, S.N.: Formation of the
system of business processes at machine building enterprises. Eur. Res. Stud. J. 19(2 Special
Issue), 55–63 (2016)
Information Technologies as a Factor
in the Formation of the Educational
Environment of a University
Elvira K. Semarkhanova(&), Lyudmila N. Bakhtiyarova,

Elena P. Krupoderova, Klimentina R. Krupoderova,
and Alexander V. Ponachugin

[email protected]
Abstract. The goal is to analyze the existing problems arising in the process of
forming the educational environment of the university.
Project/Methodology/Approach - General scientific methods are used:
analysis of domestic and foreign literature, comparisons, as well as
special-pedagogical experiment and the method of expert assessments for the
systematization of knowledge.
Main results of the research - Different approaches to the definition of the
information educational environment of a modern university are considered and
a complex of problems of formation at various stages is revealed. Defined
didactic principles and requirements to the elements of the educational envi-
ronment of the university. The key issues of creation of the content of the
electronic educational resource are analyzed. The article pays attention to the
development and introduction of electronic educational and methodological
complexes of educational disciplines in the educational process of higher edu-
cational institutions. The study addresses the importance of creating an infor-
mation educational environment of the university, and the role of interactive
forms of learning in the teaching of individual academic disciplines. The key
role of the use of multimedia technologies in the modern learning process is
noted.
Practical significance - The results of the formation of the electronic edu-
cational environment of the University of Kozma Minin are analyzed. The issues
of modernization of the corporate local-computer network of the university are
considered and its importance as an infrastructural element of the complex
educational environment is singled out. The role of the university department in
the formation of the content of the educational environment is defined. The
prospects of development and improvement of the educational environment of
the university are revealed.
The received data - The basic principles of creation and key qualitative
characteristics of electronic educational-methodical complexes are defined. The
structure and components of the educational environment of the university are
presented.

180 E. K. Semarkhanova et al.
Keywords: Website Information and educational environment

Information resources Electronic educational and methodological complex
Educational process Electronic educational resources
1 Introduction
Today, the rapid development of information technology leads to the fact that modern
information technologies are actively introduced into all spheres of human activities,
including the system of higher education. Taking into account the growing importance
of information technologies in solving scientific, research, pedagogical, methodological
problems, the question arises of improving the teaching methodology. The creation in
the higher educational institution of the information and educational environment
(IEE) is the most important factor in the introduction of the federal state educational
standard of the new generation [6].
The solution to this problem can be a fundamentally new approach to creating
educational content and presenting it to consumers of educational services. An example
is the use of multimedia and interactive elements in the course of training or multi-
media training and the formation on their basis of a comprehensive educational
environment of the university (university EE).
According to Professor B.V. Palchevsky: “… delaying the development and imple-

mentation of next radical innovations is fraught with stagnation of the entire education
system. Therefore, the basic innovations have a special social value, they need more
experiments than others and should be the subject of research”.
The formation of the educational environment of the university is considered in the
works of A. Andreeva, G. Belyaeva, V. Bykova, V. Guzhov, M. Zhaldak, and Yu.
Zhukova, I. Zakharova, O. Kazanskaya, T. Krasnoperova, E. Mashbitsa, Yu. Petrov, V.
Yasvina et al.
According to scientific reference literature, the term “environment” is understood as
the totality of economic, political, social, every day, spiritual, territorial, natural and
other conditions for the existence of human and society.
The concept of “single information space” includes a set of databases and data
banks, technologies for their maintenance and use, information and telecommunication
systems and networks operating on the basis of common principles and by common
rules - this ensures the information interaction of organizations and people, and satisfies
their information needs [9].
In the scientific literature, there is no unambiguous, definition of the term “infor-
mation educational environment”.
Some scientists under the information EE of the university understand:
– The pedagogical system and software, which includes, for example, financial,
economic, material and technical, regulatory legal and marketing subsystems, and a
management subsystem (A.A. Andreev);
Information Technologies as a Factor in the Formation of the Educational Environment 181
– Organizational and methodical tools, a set of hardware and software that provide
quick access to information and carry out educational scientific communications
(O.O. Sokolova);
– A system in which all participants in the educational process are involved and
connected at the information level: the administration of the educational institution
teachers - students - parents (O.O. Kravchina);
– A complex system that allows the intellectual and cultural potential of the uni-
versity, the content and activity components of the teachers and students themselves
to accumulate along with the program-methodological, organizational and technical
resources, while the management of this system is based on the objectives of the
society, students and teachers (I.I. Zakharova) and others.
In the article, an analysis was made of the domestic and foreign scientific literature on
the subject of the study, because of which the conclusion was made on the need for
active participation of students in the learning process. Different models of network
interaction between teachers and students were compared in the framework of the
university’s information system. As a result of the pedagogical experiment, the
necessity of using interactive teaching methods using electronic educational systems,
for example, a modular object-oriented dynamic learning environment - MOODLE, is
substantiated.
The university includes a wide range of information resources and a wide range of
users. Monitoring of general information resources shows the need for their develop-
ment in several areas, reflecting the specifics of their functioning.
Intra-university information resources should be divided into the following: colleges,
departmental, cathedral, library, additional units of the university and individual [7].
Monitoring of the processes of active preparation and use of various kinds of
information in the university shows that the most extensive in content and demanded
teachers and students are information resources, formed and provided at the department
level.
These information resources can account for up to 75% of all intra-university
information, excluding library information. The volume of the departmental informa-
tion is the basis for the traffic of the intra-university network.
In some universities, the departments have their own websites, on which educa-
tional resources are established. It is obvious that it is advisable to create an ITS of the
university in the form of an educational portal, where educational websites of different
departments and other units participating in the educational activity of the university
will be merged. The creation of such a portal requires some organizational, adminis-
trative and technical measures [7].
The analysis of the educational websites of the university showed that there is a
need to move from individual developments to the system solution of this issue - to
create an information EE of the university.
The development of pedagogical education requires the formation of a new environ-

ment characterized by innovative content, forms, methods and tools aimed at
addressing not only actual, but also prognostic tasks in the activity of the teacher [8].
It can be noted that part of the problems of universities in Russia with a certain
degree of specific features in general coincides with universal challenges to higher
education. However, Russian specific features have a significant impact on the role of
universities in the integration and internationalization of the educational space. With a
competent approach to solving problems, specific features can be turned into factors
that, by their uniqueness and effective mechanisms of functioning, will help strengthen
the position of Russian universities in the world educational process.
Another urgent problem of Russian universities is the task of improving the quality
of the material and technical base of the educational process. Not all Russian univer-
sities have modern libraries with an electronic indexing system and various search
options, the possibility of free access to scientific publications of leading international
educational institutions and electronic libraries [4].
The creation of innovative educational technologies is directly connected with the
development and use in the university of high-quality electronic educational resources
(EER) within the ITS of the university. It is important to take into account the avail-
ability of qualitative EERs simultaneously with their availability within the ITS [11]. In
general, the problem of the formation of an ITS of a university is reduced to an
operational solution of the following tasks:
– The formation of a software and hardware platform that provides storage, retrieval,
selection, delivery and presentation of the educational resource to end users and
participants in the formation;
– Implementation taking into account the capabilities of the educational content
provided by the platform, allowing the learner to effectively perceive and assimilate
the training material presented.
The complex approach and successful solution of these problems leads to the
formation of an open EE university, which allows the high-quality implementation of
educational services, both in traditional contact learning technologies and using dis-
tance education technologies [1]. The main components of the modern educational
environment are shown in Fig. 1.
At the initial stage, the design of the very concept of the university EE assumes the
presence of a developed pedagogical reflection of developers. The paradigm of modern
EOS is a complex pedagogical system, including the following components:
– Quality content;
– Tools that provide interactivity;
– Psychological and pedagogical support of the student at all stages of his education.
It can be concluded that ESM, as a necessary element of the university EE, suitable
for using it as an alternative to a printed textbook or electronic counterpart, must
correspond to three aggregated indicators:
– A good study in terms of methodology and methodology of training;

– Application of tools and technologies providing a qualitative visual series;
– Access to selected reference materials on related terms, which can be located on
both a local and remote resource.
The main Additional Auxiliary information

components of training information resources on the subject
and metodology complex resources
Dictionaries
Course Concept Fiction and popular
science literature Directories
Training program
Internet Books for reading
Textbook
Encyclopedia Manuals for the
Methodical manual preparation for the final
Collection of video and certification
Teacher's book
photographic materials
Electronic application Educational-visual aids
Media, TV, newspapers,
magazines, etc. Elective courses
Allowance for applicants Internet Support
to university Programs and materials
for training courses
Fig. 1. Components of the modern educational environment.
The problems of making interactivity in the ESM should be considered from the
position of modeling the student’s learning activity. The basis for designing the edu-
cational material is a person-centered approach, implying that the motivation for stu-
dent interaction with content in the ESM is the student’s personal cultural and
educational needs. In the context of the changing paradigm of modern education and
the acceleration of technological processes, the main difficulty in designing is the
knowledge of the student’s possible requests and ensuring their satisfaction within the
framework of ESM or the EE in general [6].
Scenarios of interaction of students with EE mean:
– The choice of the proposed content and form of presentation of the material;
– The choice of the level of complexity of the material from several proposed;
– Selection of the necessary time intervals within the calendar schedule when
studying the material;
– Realization of the creative approach in the study of the material;
– Formation and development of the creative and personal abilities of the learner in
process of interaction with the university EE.
From this, follows that the rational structure of ESM should be based on a
well-thought-out pedagogical concept. In general, the ESM should include a textbook,
workshop and test materials.
For the systematization of local regulatory acts of higher education institutions, a
broader concept has emerged - the electronic educational and methodological complex
(EEMC). In addition to the totality of the teaching and methodological documentation,
it is usual to include the following elements [5]:
– The technology of studying the discipline - for the teacher;
– Block-summary of discipline - for the student;
– Means of education.
As part of the EEMC, multimedia documents and some elements of interactivity are
necessarily present. It is not just the digitizing of a SMC from a paper equivalent into a
digital format doc or pdf.
To a significant extent, electronic educational and methodical complexes developed
and presented in the educational environment of the University of Kozma Minin [10]
meet these requirements.
Another important component of the information EE of the university is its cor-
porate LAN. The level of network equipment and hardware, logical and physical
topology, the use of modern telecommunication services, the process of authentication
and user identification, and the complex level of network security determine the degree
of implementation and ease of use of educational resources in it. Many regional uni-
versities in the country use the network infrastructure laid back in the mid-90’s, which
adversely affects the ability to deploy modern services, as well as the overall LAN
performance. Realizing this, a comprehensive modernization of the network infras-
tructure was carried out at the University of Kozma Minin in 2016–2017, in order to
increase the availability of the network and educational resources functioning in it.
At the initial stages of the formation in the university of a modern educational
environment, the Department of Applied Informatics and Information Technologies in
Education took part in the creation and development of the system, in particular on
educational segment. Organizational and technological elements supporting the edu-
cational process were proposed and implemented. Work is underway to create a
file-server system for the organization of normative and methodological materials. The
intensive dissemination of the Internet and related Web technologies as a technological
basis for training determines the task of introducing and using these technologies in the
university. The further solution of this problem at the department is moving along three
interrelated directions:
– Creation and operational support of the information environment of the department
in the form of a Web-site in the intranet of the university network, with the pos-
sibility of remote access to it;
– Further improvement of the electronic educational environment content of the
university, and presentation of a wide range of training directions and educational
materials on it.
– Participation in the project on creation of mass open online courses on the directions
of preparation of the department.
The knowledge and experience gained in the creation and filling of the information
environment of the department made it possible to outline the ways and give recom-
mendations on the creation of the ITS of the university.
5 Conclusions
The formation of the information society in Russia initiated the process of informati-
zation of higher education. In general, the effectiveness of informatization of the
educational process is determined by the quality of management activity of the uni-
versity leadership, the formation and continuous development of the educational
environment.
The modern educational environment of a higher educational institution cannot be
imagined without the comprehensive use of information technology.
Electronic educational environment may include the following elements:
• Management of educational process;
• Educational work;
• Provision of communications;
• Resource management;
• Management of the contingent of students; personnel management of the educa-
tional institution.
When forming and supporting electronic educational environment, the following
requirements should be taken into account:
• Technical (computer technology, network availability, use of Wi-Fi technology in
university campuses);
• Program (information security, integration, interaction);
• Academic (methodological content, compliance of educational content with the
requirements of state standards);
• Social (ethical, cultural, regulatory and legal aspects);
• Human resources (ICT - literacy, psychological readiness, availability of
specialists).
From this it follows that in order to solve problems related to the informatization of
the educational process of higher educational institutions, it is necessary to ensure the
high quality of the educational environment. The information EE of the university can
be considered qualitative in accordance with the following indicators:
• The presence of a clear organizational structure in which electronic information
resources are accumulated and stored and information services are provided;
• Availability of a modern material base necessary to create an information educa-
tional environment, use of advanced information technologies (electronic catalogs,
access to the Internet, etc.) and licensed software;
• Information literacy of end-users and personnel involved in the creation of this
environment.
In conclusion, we can conclude that an important factor in the quality of the

educational process is information technology and the infrastructure of the educational
institution created on their basis. The modern educational environment of the university
is the key to successful implementation of information technologies in education at all
levels, which makes it possible to automate and simplify the educational, managerial
and any other activity of the educational institution.
References
1. Bazilevich, S.V.: The use of innovative and interactive teaching methods for lecture and
seminar classes. Sci. Krasnoyarsk 4(04), 103–112 (2012). S.V. Bazilevich, T.B. Brylov, V.R.
Glukhikh, G.G. Levkin. http://www.informio.ru/files/main/documents/2016/06/Bazilevich_
Brylova_Gluhih_Levkin.pdf
2. Deeva, E.M.: The application of modern interactive teaching methods in the university:
workshop. E.M. Deeva. - Ulyanovsk: UlSTU 2015, p. 116 (2015). http://venec.ulstu.ru/lib/
disk/2016/5.pdf
3. Kazanskaya, O.V., Guzhov, V.I.: Formation of the information educational environment of
the technical university. http://www.ict.edu.ru/ft/004064/kaz_guzh.pdf
4. Кpacнoпepoвa T.B.: Creation of an information and educational environment on the
territory of the municipality of Bratsk. Crede Experto: Transp. Soc. Educ. Lang. Int. Inf.
Anal. J. 2(09) (2014). http://ce.if-mstuca.ru
5. Labuz, L.S., Mazaeva, L.N.: Information technologies in higher vocational education:
problems and prospects. Sci. Methodical Electron. J. “Concept”, 37, 90–95 (2016). http://e-
koncept.ru/2016/56791.htm
6. Novikov, V.M.: Problems and prospects of Russian higher education. http://www.vestnik.
mgimo.ru/sites/default/files/pdf/novikova.pdf
7. Petrov, Y.I.: Formation of the information and educational environment of the university.
http://berestneva.am.tpu.ru
8. Sedykh, E.P., Fedorov, A.A.: The simulator of the “additional pedagogical reality”:
theoretical substantiation. Bull. Univ. Minin 2 (2017). https://elibrary.ru/download/elibrary_
29842373_50013253.pdf
9. Shakhina, I.Y.: Informational educational environment of the educational institution. http://
elib.bsu.by/bitstream/123456789/105333/1/Шaxинa-427.pdf
10. Samerkhanova, E.K., Krupoderova, E.P., Krupoderova, K.R., Bahtiyarova, L.N.,
Ponachugin, A.V.: Networking of lecturers and students in the information learning
environment of higher school by means of cloud computing. IEJME Math. Edu. 11(10),
3551–3559 (2016)
11. Sobon, A.: Innovative computer software supporting internationalization of university,
AON, Warsaw (2015). http://www.tsi.lv/sites/default/files/editor/science/Conferences/
MIP2016/mip_2016_2v_1.pdf
Organization of the Research Activities
of Service Majors Trainees
Zhanna V. Smirnova(&), Maria V. Mukhina, Lyubov I. Kutepova,

Maxim M. Kutepov, and Olga I. Vaganova
Nizhny Novgorod State Pedagogical University named after Kozma Minin

[email protected],[email protected],
[email protected]
Abstract. The theoretical foundations of the organization of research activities

of the trainees in the field of service areas are considered, taking into account the
requirements of the system approach. The main tasks of students’ research
activity are identified and their content characteristics are determined. The basic
directions of the organization of scientific research activity of students of service
majors are determined. The experience of organization of research activities of
students in the studied field is presented on the example of major 43.03.01
Service, ensuring the continuous participation of students in scientific work
during the entire period of study. This system is distinguished by the continuity
of methods and forms from course to course; from one academic discipline to
another; from one type of study to another, which is one of the most important
principles of this system work. Research activity is an essential part of the
system of training of a highly qualified, demanded by the labor market, initiative
specialist who is able to think critically and take innovative methods and
technologies to achieve high results. The result of educational and research
activities in the educational institution is the formation of general cultural and
professional competencies, personal qualities of the student, his motivation,
reflection and self-esteem. Conclusions and experience in organizing research
activities of students can be used in vocational education institutions.
Keywords: Research activity of students Scientific research

Model of professional development of the future specialist Student publication
Research competence Research project
1 Introduction
One of the priorities of the modern higher school is the training of highly qualified
specialists who are able to continually replenish and deepen their knowledge and
experience, raise theoretical, practical and professional level as well as approach any
task creatively. With the increasing role of human factor affecting various spheres of
life and the activities of society, the requirements imposed on the professionalism of
future graduates of vocational education have become more complicated [4].

188 Z. V. Smirnova et al.
Nowadays, there is a demand for highly qualified, competitive specialists that can
come up with new creative ideas and able to solve the set tasks skillfully, predict and
model the results of their own professional activity, adapt quickly and successfully in a
developing society [1].
Involvement of students in scientific activity is an integrative indicator of the
quality of education, namely, the achievement of the required level of education.
In the context of the implementation of the GEF of higher professional education,
the model of professional development of the future specialist, which is oriented to
forecast and record all future changes, is becoming increasingly important. The task of
this model is to prepare a specialist for an “exit” beyond the framework of daily
practice; to teach him evaluate and solve various problems competently being able to
resolve them on the basis of their own value focus; to perceive any difficulty as an
incentive for further development. At the moment, attention is focused on the intel-
lectual development of the individual, encouraging creativity and self-reliance [2].
The educational process is gradually evolving into the process of scientific research.
Reproductive activity of the teacher is gradually disappearing into the past, and its
place is occupied by the partially search and actual research. In the research activity of
students, the function of vocational training is considered being aimed at the needs of
practice.
The problem of research activities of students is not new. Many Russian scientists and
researchers reflected the use of practical experience of universities in the conduct of
research work of students in their work. Among them are S.I. Archangel, G.I. Zhiltsov,
E.P. Elyutin, I.I. Ilyasov, V.V. Krayevsky, A.M. Novikov, V.A. Slastenin, M.G.
Yaroshevsky, M. Barber [10, 11] and others.
After analyzing the scientific literature devoted to the problems of research, we
revealed the main tasks of this type of activity and determined their content
characteristics.
Among the main objectives of research activities of students should be noted the
following: (1) to organize the support of the teacher of students to provide them with
timely assistance in mastering profession; (2) develop creative thinking and initiative in
solving practical problems; (3) develop interest and motivation to engage in research
and development of research skills; (4) it is necessary to expand the theoretical horizon
and scientific erudition; (5) master methods of scientific knowledge; (6) to form the
skills of dealing with scientific literature; (7) development of the skills of literate use of
Internet resources.
The research work of students is one of the most important forms of the educational
process, since the knowledge gained in the process of research will help to form a
competent future specialist. The presence of scientific laboratories and clubs, student
scientific societies and conferences promotes the development of a full-fledged sci-
entific activity in the university, motivates the student to take an active part in it as they
can come across like-minded people with whom they can share the result of their
research.
Organization of the Research Activities of Service Majors Trainees 189
Each university student, to a greater or lesser degree, is engaged in scientific work.

During the training period he is forced to write abstracts, course papers, theses, and
such activities are impossible without research. Only the student himself depends on
the results of his work, choose what the topic of his research will be, the timing of the
work and whether the work is ready at all. In the process of performing the work there
is a check of the creative qualities of the student, his responsibility, whether he is able
to prove his position reasonably.
An important goal is pursued by student publications under the scientific guidance
of teachers: revealing the results of their work the student has a motivated desire to
work even harder and as a result receive serious scientific results for this, which could
not go unnoticed by the public.
Training of mobile professionals is based on two types of activities - scientific and
educational. It is no accidentally that the research and development competencies that
underlie the knowledge of the surrounding world, the research of its objects, phe-
nomena and processes are included, in accordance with the GEF, into the general
competences that are particularly relevant to the situation of multiple choice, the
dynamics of change, the numerous problems inherent in modern reality [5].
They contain the most important human abilities to self-knowledge, ability to solve
problems, to make the best choice of strategies of behavior and activity.
Forming students readiness for professional mobility, one should be guided by the
following principles of organization of research activities: to develop the need for
creative self-realization in the framework of professional activity; repeat and consoli-
date the acquired theoretical knowledge; form the ability to process information; form
the foundations of research activities as a component of common competencies:
develop a propensity to systematize incoming information; quickly and accurately
identify the problem; plan stages of research work; carry out investigations; analyze
and summarize the results; to develop communicative and corporate competences with
the participation of several people in research work, that is, develop the ability to work
in a team [7].
Interest in scientific activity can be formed in various ways with different
approaches. We select the invariant basis, the components of which are the following
skills:
– stating the research problem;
– setting goals and objectives of the study;
– defining the object and the subject of the study;
– promoting the hypothesis of research and proposing a way to verify it, the ability to
distinguish hypotheses from scientific theories;
– selecting and implementing research methods;
– working with information (find information and critically approach its evaluation,
systematization, be able to analyze and generalize unordered information, to dis-
tinguish between information facts and opinions, descriptions and explanations,
hypotheses and theories, arguments and conclusions);
– performing observations, measurements, descriptions, experiments, analysis of
phenomena;
– drawing conclusions based on the experimental data;

– holding discussions and defending their point of view [6].
For successful formation of research and development competencies it is necessary
to:
– involve as many participants as possible in active scientific work at the initial stages
of training;
– ensure participation of junior students in the work of scientific seminars, confer-
ences of teachers, as this will facilitate immersion of students in research activities
from the first days of training;
– give students the opportunity to choose the topic of scientific research, not only in
terms of their profile, but also from other professional fields.
Involvement of students in research work is one of the primary tasks of Minin
University. The implementation of research projects is carried out both at the university
level and outside the university.
As a rule, topics of research activity of students who study at Minin University are
related to: in-depth study of separate sections of lecture material; the development of
computer programs and their use in the educational process to improve the teaching of
general professional and special disciplines; the theme of the department’s work, reflect
the student’s personal interests.
As the basic directions of the organization of research activity of students of the
Minin University it is possible to formulate the following:
– joint participation of students and teachers in the performance of various types of
research work;
– active participation of students in research;
– development of students’ abilities for independent judgments and conclusions;
– increasing the effectiveness of research activities of students;
– increased participation of teaching staff in the organization and management of
research activities of students.
As a methodological basis for the organization of research activities of students a

systematic approach is chosen. The essence of the system approach is to determine the
goals and objectives of scientific work. Next, we should create a concept for the
preparation of future university graduates for research activities, that is, identify the
main directions, the strategy for their implementation; choose the program and
methodology. It is necessary to determine the structural components of this system, to
establish the nature of relationship between them, to identify levels and criteria for
assessing the effectiveness of scientific work, to choose the forms, methods, means of
implementing this program, to determine what will be reflected, diagnosed and cor-
rected in the activity of students in the field of scientific research.
The system approach is realized through the step-by-step solutions of tasks: to

develop the basic concept, to determine its provisions; to create a material and
scientific-methodological base; to develop a schedule of scientific work in accordance
with the specifics of the faculty and the boundaries of the educational process; to
provide competent scientific guidance to students; include them in more research
activities, taking into account their competence and experience in the research field [1].
We will describe the experience of organizing research activities of students in the field
of training of students with major 43.03.01 Service. The uniqueness of this training
area is that the training program is based on universal bachelor’s degree and the student
has the opportunity to choose a 3-year profile for training. The modular system of
education, the cumulative rating system (10-point), the availability of disciplines in
English in the curriculum, various electronic resources, the design and scientific
activity, the invitation of practitioners, the availability of basic chairs, the organization
of practices at the base enterprises belong to the specific features of training.
System of research activities of students whose major is 43.03.01 The service
provides continuous participation of students in scientific work during the entire period
of study [9]. This system is distinguished by the continuity of methods and forms from
course to course, from one academic discipline to another, from one type of study to
another, which is one of the most important principles of the work of this system. It
should be noted that there is gradual increase in the complexity and volume of
knowledge and skills that students acquire in the course of their research activities [8].
For example, at the 1st and 2nd year of study, students write essays, conduct
research in laboratories, do term papers, that is, they learn the elements of research
work, and they are trained to get skills of this work.
Research works are presented in the following main forms: term papers; Educa-
tional and research projects; Reports; Messages on the topic; Diaries of pedagogical
observations; Algorithm for solving a specific problem; The construction of didactic
means; Annotated bibliography; Terminological dictionaries; Abstracts; Annotations;
Plan to solve the problem (simple or complex).
In the third year students must take part in university conferences and scientific
works competitions. The volume of work is increasing; the tasks and forms of scientific
research are becoming more complex. The student is increasingly using his creative
approach.
The 4th year for the trainee carries complex course and bachelor’s projects.
At this stage, the student can submit his research papers in the form of: a research
project, a scientific report, a program, a reference book, a report, an article, a speech, a
final qualifying work, a methodological recommendation on various activities.
The best student works are directed to regional, national and all-Russian compe-
titions. For example, students in the field of training major 43.03.01 Service took an
active part in the project “Improvement of urban areas”, which includes a number of
measures to improve the urban area of Nizhny Novgorod. During the development of
this project, a number of studies were involved into the research of the problem of
improvement in Nizhny Novgorod. In the process of collecting information and

working with the basic standard documents on housing and communal services, stu-
dents get acquainted with basic information on housing and communal services, study
basic laws on housing and communal services, a number of projects on landscaping of
Nizhny Novgorod.
Students training in the field of major 43.03.01 The service takes an active part in
the regional scientific and practical conference “Integration of information technologies
into the system of professional and additional education”, the scientific and practical
conference “Traditions and Innovations in Contemporary Design”, the XIV Interna-
tional Scientific and Practical Conference of Students, Graduate students and young
scientists “Student genius - 2016”, III All-Russian scientific-practical conference “My
professional START”.
Development of research competence is facilitated by participation in the
excursion-research “3D technologies in computer graphics”, a lesson-seminar “Modern
computer technologies”, a lesson-seminar “150 ideas in service activities”, excursions
connected with research activities in the housing complex “Water World”.
The received diplomas at the All-Russian competition of socially significant pro-
jects “My initiative in education-2016”, the All-Russian competition “My profession is
my future”, the III All-Russian competition of draft educational publications, the
Regional competition for the best scientific work of students testify to the high level of
organization of research activity of students.
5 Conclusions
The result of the students’ learning, research and research activities depends on the
competent implementation of a complex and interrelated process consisting of multiple
links.
On the basis of all stated above, it can be concluded that research activities are a
complex, multifaceted part of the structure of educational work, which is built on the
motivation of the student, the teacher being responsible for that; the methods and forms
of scientific knowledge that are important for a full research process. This is an
essential part of the training system of a highly qualified, demanded, initiative specialist
who is able to think critically and take innovative methods and technologies to achieve
high results. Therefore, the educational institution should form an educational envi-
ronment aimed at developing cognitive interest of students as well as their
independence.
All activities for organizing the scientific work of students should be systemic in
nature and be solved on the basis of a systematic approach. The final result of edu-
cational research and research activities in an educational institution is the formation of
general cultural and professional competencies, personal qualities of the student, his
motivation, reflection and self-esteem.
References
1. Vaganova, O.I., Ermakova, O.E.: System-activity approach in the development of
professional and pedagogical education. Bull. Univ. Minin. 4(6) (2014)
2. Vaganova, O.I., Khizhnaya, A.V., Trutanova, A.V., Gladkova, M.N., Luneva, Yu.B.:
Sillabus as a means of organizing independent work of students. Int. J. Appl. Fundam. Res.
11-5, 968–970 (2016)
3. Kostylev, D.S., Saliaeva, E.Y., Vaganova, O.I., Kutepova, L.I.: Realization of the
requirements of the federal state educational standard for the functioning of the electronic
information and educational environment of the Institute. Azimuth Sci. Res. Pedagogy
Psychol. 5(2(15)), 80–82 (2016)
4. Kutepov, M.M., Korovina, E.A.: The role of interactive technologies in the formation of
professional competencies of a university student. The Successes Modern Sci. 1(10), 72–73
(2016)
5. Kutepova, L.I., Nikishina, O.A., Aleshugina, E.A., Loshkareva, D.A., Kostylev, D.S.: The
organization of independent work of students in conditions of the information-educational
environment of the university. Azimuth Sci. Res. Pedagogics Psychol. 5(3(16)), 68–71
(2016)
6. Mukhina, M.V.: Perfection of the process of training specialists in service directions at the
Kozma Minin NGPU. In: Science and Education: Problems and Prospects: A Collection of
Articles of the International Scientific and Practical Conference, 13 March 2014, Ufa: at
2 pm Part 2/off. A.A. Sukiasyan. - Ufa: RIC BashGu, pp. 111–113 (2014)
7. Mukhina, M.V., Smirnova, Zh.V., Suhareva, E.V.: Perfection of the process of forming
professional competencies of specialists in the service sector in the NGPU named after
Kozma Minin/M.V. Mukhina. Privolzhsky Sci. Bull. 6(34), 121–124
8. Prokhorova, M.P., Vaganova, O.I., Gladkova, M.P., Gladkov, A.V.: Dvornikova, E.I.:
Independent work of students in conditions of implementation of educational standards of
higher education. Successes Modern Sci. 1(10), 119–123 (2016)
9. Shevchenko, S.M., Mukhina, M.V., Kutepova, L.I., Smirnova, Zh.V.: Designing of the basic
educational program of preparation of the bachelor in a direction “Service”: the competence
approach. The Internet J. Sci. 5(24), 182 (2014)
11. Barber, M., Donnelly, K., Rizvi, S.: Oceans of Innovation: The Atlantic, The Pacific, Global
Leadership and the Future of Education. IPPR, London (2012). http://www.ippr.org/
publication/55/9543/oceans-of-innovation-the-atlantic-thepacific-globalleadership-and-the-
future-of-education. Date Views 04 March 2017
Electronic Testing as a Tool for Optimizing
the Process of Control over the Results
of Educational Training Activities
Zhanna V. Chaikina(&), Sofya M. Shevchenko, Maria V. Mukhina,

Olga V. Katkova, and Lyubov I. Kutepova

[email protected]
Abstract. The article deals with the problem of ensuring the objectivity of the
pedagogical control of results of the academic activity of students. One of the
leading modern means of pedagogical control in educational institutions of
higher education is pedagogical testing, carried out with the help of information
and communication technologies. In K. Minin Nizhny Novgorod State Peda-
gogical University for the implementation of effective educational activities in
the main areas of implementation and training profiles for students, the electronic
educational environment LMS Moodl has been used. The authors of the article
consider the electronic educational environment of LMS Moodl to be an effective
tool for creating control and measuring materials for assessing the results of the
learning activity of students. The article reveals the possibilities of this electronic
environment for the creation by teachers of the university of electronic educa-
tional materials, means of control, including pedagogical tests. The article
describes the algorithm for creating parallel forms of electronic tests based on the
tool capabilities of the electronic resource of the LMS Moodl environment. The
authors of the article suggest using “random questions” to create parallel
(multi-variant) forms of tests. “Random questions” are added to the test directly
at the design stage and regulate the inclusion of a specific task from the e-course
issues bank in this question. In addition, the authors give the results of an
experimental study of the effectiveness of the use of electronic tests created in the
electronic environment of LMS Moodl based on parallel forms of the test.
Keywords: Pedagogical testing Pedagogical control

Electronic educational environment Electronic tests
Parallel forms of tests Test tasks
1 Introduction
At present, large-scale optimization of the work of higher educational institutions of

Russia is being carried out. A well-developed information and communication tech-
nology’s (ICT) infrastructure is being formed, and a massive increase in the

Electronic Testing as a Tool for Optimizing the Process 195
qualification of higher school employees is in parallel. Teachers of higher educational

institutions more and more successfully use electronic educational resources in the
educational process.
According to the latest regulatory documents of the education system, computer
(electronic) testing is defined as pedagogical testing using a computer running a special
program that is designed to provide the required presentation of test questions and the
necessary processing of test results.
The importance of electronic testing in the learning process can not be overesti-
mated. The main advantages of electronic testing include: The ability to simulate test
tasks; Efficiency of evaluation; Objectivity of evaluations; Possibility of reflection,
feedback from students; Ease of use [3, 4].
The problem of designing pedagogical tests is considered in numerous studies of

domestic [1, 9] and foreign authors [2, 4, 10]. The electronic educational environment
of LMS Moodle includes a rich arsenal of various tools for the creation of test, control
and measurement materials for evaluating the learning outcomes of students. The main
element in LMS Moodle for testing knowledge of students is a test that allows the
teacher to ask different question formats and ways of selecting answers.
The environment of LMS Moodle has a great potential for creating test tasks of
different types, types and forms of presentation. This electronic environment makes it
possible within the course to create a test and to set up a system for evaluating the
answers of students for certain learning tasks. In order to fully realize these opportu-
nities, the teacher needs to devote a lot of time to the process of designing assignments.
On the available tools of the LMS Moodle environment, the teacher can prepare a
bank of test tasks according to his electronic course [3, 8].
Using these tools, the teacher - the author of the electronic course can make a test
task of any complexity, focusing on the level of student preparation and specific
training tasks: From simple tests containing popular and original types of answers, to
complex test tasks that combine several questions.
When creating test tasks in the LMS Moodle environment, it is required to dis-
tinguish the functions of such elements of the electronic environment as the “Test
Tasks Bank” and “Test”. Function the questions bank cumulates all the test tasks of this
course, allows the teacher to systematize and manage certain volumes of test questions
of the electronic course on discipline, and provides access to test tasks from published
categories of questions of other author’s courses.
The test is an element of the electronic course, with which the learner directly
works, he contains a certain set of test tasks collected in a certain order.
In modern studies, the term “Pedagogical test” is considered as a representative
pedagogical system of test tasks of increasing difficulty, a specific form, which allows
qualitatively evaluate the structure and measure the level of preparedness of subjects [5].
Tests used to evaluate the results of training activities should have several options
[1]. Since, this makes it difficult to write-off and guess during the control event, which
makes it easier to conduct simultaneous testing of large groups of students. In addition,
196 Z. V. Chaikina et al.
one of the test quality indicators is the reliability of test results, which in practice is
usually considered as a test characteristic reflecting accuracy of test measurements, and
the stability of test results to the action of random factors [9].
The problem of determining the reliability of tests and test tasks is considered in the
studies of Russian [1, 9] and foreign authors [4]. Reliability is often defined as a
measure of the correlation between two parallel test cases. Therefore, ideally, we
should try to make several variants of the test, and for this, different versions of the
same task must be developed.
When developing parallel forms of tests, experts recommend using a facet, the
so-called special form of recording several variants of the content of the same test task.
This principle is fundamental when creating parallel tests.
Theoretically, before control activities with the help of the developed test, it is
necessary to test for a separate sample of students with a minimum of 100 people in
order to reject poorly performing tasks. This stage (it can be termed as a “test
approbation”) is mandatory in the preparation of test tasks and the construction of tests.
However, in the conditions of the educational process, most often the empirical testing
and testing of the test is carried out during the training on the first group of students.
The correctness of each pre-compiled test task (question) can definitely be indicated
only by the results of an empirical study. Only after carrying out an experimental check
of the test results and their statistical processing is the conclusion about the validity and
reliability of the test results. Domestic experts note that in this case it is necessary to
talk about the validity and reliability of the test results, and not the test itself [1].
Transformation of tasks in the test form into test tasks begins with the moment of
statistical check of each task for the presence of test-forming properties. Each task,
before becoming a test, must go through a stage of statistical and test case study.
The electronic educational environment LMS Moodle has a certain set of tools for
assessing the quality of developed tests. Element of the course “Statistics” allows the
teacher to easily determine the effectiveness of the created test tasks. This procedure
becomes possible only after the trial testing of students using the created test. The
process of empirical evaluation of test quality and test tasks is described in sufficient
detail in the domestic scientific literature [5].
The main indicators of the effectiveness of the developed tests in the electronic
environment of LMS Moodle are standard deviation, the index of differentiation and
the coefficient of differentiation.
(1) Standard deviation: The indicator reflecting the scatter of points that the students
received when answering a certain test question. In the event that all students
respond to the assignment in the same way, the scores will be zero. This result
indicates that this task is not a test task and, therefore, should be excluded from
the test.
(2) The index of differentiation: Is a coefficient of discrimination, that is, an indicator
of the ability of each specific task to separate the best students from the worst.
This index takes values between +1 and −1. In the event that a differentiation
index with a negative value is obtained, it means that the subjects from the strong
group answer this question better than the strong ones. Such test tasks should be
discarded, since they actually reduce the accuracy of the entire testing procedure.
3) The coefficient of differentiation: The second way to measure the ability of a

particular test task is to differentiate between strong and weak subjects. This
parameter can also take values between +1 and −1. This coefficient shows the
relationship between the results of the students performing the test as a whole and
the answers received by the subjects in the performance of a specific task.
In the event that the values of this coefficient have positive values, it means that the
used test tasks do differentiate the trainees with high and low level of preparation.
When the coefficient takes negative values, this circumstance indicates that poorly
trained students respond to these test tasks better than well-prepared ones. Similar tasks
with a negative value of the differentiation coefficient can not be called test, since they
do not meet the basic requirements of testing tasks related to the assessment of the level
of student preparation. Such tasks should be excluded from the test.
The coefficient of differentiation is more sensitive for detecting the effectiveness of
the measuring ability of test questions in comparison with the index of differentiation.
The advantage is that the former uses the data of the whole set of learners, and not just
the results of more successful and less successful students.
The pedagogical test is a system of tasks assembled in a certain way, each of which
is necessary for performing a test of its function. Removing at least one job from the
test system results in a space in the list of tested knowledge, which reduces the quality
of measurements. To increase the accuracy of the measurement, the test uses the
location of the test tasks (questions) in order of increasing complexity. The test includes
the minimum number of tasks necessary to obtain accurate results.
3 Methodology of the Study
The purpose of the study was to theoretically substantiate and develop a technology for
assessing the quality of training of university students using multivariate (parallel)
forms of tests and experimentally test the effectiveness of implementation.
Two electronic courses developed in the electronic environment of Moodl, existing
on the basis of the University of Minnesota, participated in pilot test: “Cutting of
materials”, “Fundamentals of technical creativity”. Electronic courses in these disci-
plines have been used in e-learning practice for more than two years. In addition, test
tasks from the banks of questions of these courses were preliminarily tested and
adjusted.
For the experiment, two parallel tests were developed for each course: Experi-
mental and control on certain topics of the course with the same number of tasks and
the same difficulty for the intermediate control of students’ knowledge. The tasks in the
test were selected open and closed: The question with a short answer, the question of
multiple choice, the question of correspondence, the question of restoring the sequence,
the tasks of the experimental and control tests were not duplicated, but in form of
presentation, content and difficulty were equivalent. The questions in the tests were
arranged according to the degree of difficulty increase, the function of mixing questions
in the test was turned off.
These tests contained 30 questions. The time for electronic testing was laid in the
program and was 30 min.
Each question was rated at 1 point; therefore, the maximum possible score is 30,
which corresponds to 100% of the performance.
At the end of the time provided for testing, LMS Moodl automatically completes
the testing process and displays the number of points and the final result in the form of
% completion of the submitted tasks on the monitor screen. The student had the right to
finish testing before the expiration of the given time.
The control tests for each subject were the same and had no options. The con-
struction of experimental tests for each discipline had goal creation of a multivariate
means of control, which ensures the objectivity and reliability of the results of the
evaluation.
In order to prepare multivariate (parallel) tests with several presentation options for
the test subjects, the LMS Moodl program was used to develop the tests, namely,
creating a test task in the “body” of the test in the form of a random question. These
random questions do not have their own content, they do not contain the text of the
assignment and the answers. Random questions added to the test directly at the stage of
constructing the test, perform a “programming” function that regulates the inclusion of
a specific task from the e-course issues bank in this question. To ensure that the
function “add a random question” is included in the content of the test. Questions are
created in the questions bank in which categories the questions of a certain content and
form are cumulated, to which the program applies while creating a random question.
In the course of the research, an algorithm for creating a multivariate (parallel)
electronic test was developed, which includes the following steps:
(1) The allocation of a module containing the subjects of the discipline subject to
control;
(2) The content of each topic is divided into separate educational elements - didactic
units. Didactic units are the minimum units of discipline content, which are
usually oriented to one or another educational task. This educational problem can
be connected with science (phenomenon, information, hypothesis, proof, theorem,
axiom, experiment, fact, knowledge, theory, principle, method of research, etc.) or
practice (skill and an indicative basis of activity, etc.);
(3) The specification of the test is developed, the number of test tasks for each
training element and the test as a whole (the length of the test) is determined;
(4) Each test task (initial), according to the principle of facetedness, is created in
several variants;
(5) In the questions bank, categories are created according to the number of test tasks
(initial), these categories can be combined into larger categories according to the
developed educational elements of the module topics;
(6) Test tasks created by the principle of facetedness are stored in categories
(subcategories);
(7) The test is constructed by the way of adding a random question to the “body” of
the test; when creating the question, a subcategory with a set of facet test tasks is
indicated;
(8) The test settings for electronic testing are carried out.
The values of the standard deviation, index and coefficient of differentiation were
taken into account when assessing the effectiveness of test tasks (questions) in the trial
testing. In the trial (preliminary) testing, mainly students studying in the field of training
“Pedagogical education” and “Operation of transport-technological machines and
complexes”, who work in the considered electronic courses of disciplines, took part.
In the experimental and control tests, only those test tasks were included, according
to which the index values and the differentiation coefficient were not less than 0.3. Test
tasks with lower or negative values of the index and differentiation coefficient, as well
as assignments with the value of the mean square deviation close to zero, were rejected
and not included in final versions of the tests.
When processing the test results for control and experimental tests of e-courses, the
indicators were used, which were determined using the electronic system LMS Moodl,
namely the average score and the median estimate of the milestones (see Table 1).
Table 1. Results of testing based on the use of control and experimental tests
Criteria OTT Course Course
“RM”
CT ET CT ET
Average rating from all attempts (%) 72.38 55.07 76.42 59.31
Median score for all attempts (%) 76.67 58.00 79.05 60.87
Scale of points 18.3 23.1 16.2 20.8
The study showed that the distribution of the results is not symmetrical for both
control and experimental tests, the average value of individual scores deviates to the
right from the middle of the scores, counting from 1 to 30, which indicates a certain
ease of the tasks of the tests being analyzed. In addition, the test tasks of the control
tests were easier for the students.
At the same time, the average score based on testing results using experimental
tests of all e-learning courses is closer to 50% in value than in control tests. This
circumstance testifies to the reliability of the test measurements [9].
The difference between the maximum value of the primary score and minimum
value is called the scores of the subjects. Other things being equal, the best test is the
one whose scores are higher. In this connection, the results of testing with the help of
experimental tests are more reliable than the results of control tests compiled in dif-
ferent electronic courses of disciplines.
Thus, the study showed that in the process of monitoring the results of training
activities of students it is more effective to use electronic tests created on the basis of
random questions, which increases the objectivity of control and reduces the proba-
bility of copying. The electronic educational environment LMS Moodl has sufficient
capabilities for the development of multivariate (parallel) forms of tests that facilitate
the implementation of control measures to assess the learning achievements of students.
References
1. Avanesov, B.C.: Composition of Test Tasks. Training Book, 3 edn., 240 pp. Testing Center
(2002)
2. Greaney, V., Kellagan, T.: Assessment of Educational Achievements at the National Level,
108 pp. T.N. Leonova, Scientific, Logos (2011). Chelyshkova, M.B. (ed.)
3. Gruzdeva, M.L.: The method of information modeling as a means of learning and an
instrument of knowledge of reality. Bull. Univ. Minin 2(10), 13 (2015)
4. Crocker, L., Algina, J., Naidenova, N.N., Simkina, V.N., Chelyshkova, M.B.: Introduction
to the classical and modern theory of tests. In: Zvonnikova, V.I., Chelyshkova, M.B. (eds.)
Under the Society, 668 pp. Logos (2010)
5. Krasnov, Y.E.: Guidelines for the development of test tasks and the construction of
pedagogical tests. http://charko.narod.ru/tekst/metodiki/krasnov.pdf. Accessed 20 Mar 2017
6. Terekhina, O.S., Chaikina, Z.V.: Informational educational environment in the organization
of independent work in the university. In: The Collection: Integration of Information
Technologies into the System of Additional Education in the Field of Technical Creativity, A
Collection of Articles on the Materials of a Regional Scientific and Practical Conference,
pp. 37–40. Nizhny Novgorod State Pedagogical University. K. Minin (2016)
7. Terekhina, O.S., Chaikina, Z.V.: Information and communication technologies as a means of
activating the independent activity of students - future technology teachers. World of
Science. vol. 4(3), p. 22 (2016)
8. Chaikina, Z.V., Smirnova, Z.V.: Use of information and communication technologies in
pedagogical testing. Mod. High Technol. 11-2, 392–396 (2016)
9. Chelyshkova, M.B.: Theory and Practice of Designing Pedagogical Tests, p. 432. Logos,
Moscow (2002)
10. Roid, G.H., Haladyna, T.M.: Technology for Test-Item Writing. Academic Press, New York
(2008)
“Reformer” Before the Reformation:
Regarding the Issue of Proto-Protestant Views
of John Wycliffe
Tatiana G. Chugunova1(&), Lydia V. Sofronova1, Anna V. Khazina1,

Elena S. Balashova1, Vladimir M. Tyulenev2,
and Vusala S. Khasanova1
1
[email protected]
2
Ivanovo State University, Ivanovo, Russian Federation
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to analyze the teachings of the English
Christian thinker of the 14th century John Wycliffe, in particular those of his
provisions, which were later developed by the Protestant reformers of the sixteenth
century (on the supremacy of Holy Scripture, the abolition of the papacy, the use of
preaching, etc.). Using the method of text analysis, the authors of the article point
to the same interpretation of thinkers belonging to different historical epochs, the
most important religious and political doctrines. The authors also pay attention to
the fact that all the works of John Wycliffe were devoted to the development of the
correct approach to the study and interpretation of the Bible. The English the-
ologian claimed that Holy Scripture is the main guide in all matters of man’s
spiritual life, and that only in it alone is revealed the true meaning of faith. In
addition to translating the Holy Scripture into the mother’s language, J. Wycliffe
concertize his views on religious organization, secular power and the relationship
of these two spheres. The works of the Evangelical Doctor were devoted to the
active apologetic of monarchical power, the creation of a strong secular state led
by the king, which was subsequently reflected in the works of Anglican and then
Puritan theologians: U. Tindela, T. Cranmer, J. Rogers, H. Latimer and others.
Keywords: Reformer Protestantism The reformation The church

The holy scriptures The papacy The antichrist The sermons
1 Introduction
English Christian thinker John Wycliffe (1320-1384) is rightfully considered the

forerunner of the European reformers of the 16th century. In his many works, he put
forward those ideas that the Protestant theologians subsequently developed. The
speeches of the Oxford theologian laid the foundation for that struggle, which,
according to Ellen White’s just remark, “led to the liberation of not only individuals,

202 T. G. Chugunova et al.
but also churches and entire nations” [5, p.72]. John Wycliffe stated in his sermons that
the truth should be sought in the Holy Scripture, and not in the traditions of the
apologists of the Roman Catholic Church. It was he who sowed the interest in the
Bible, completely translating it into English from the Vulgate - the Latin text of Jerome,
approved by the Catholic Church. The problems of the formation of national languages
based on the text of the Bible, the creation of a strong secular state, touched upon in the
writings of the evangelical doctor (so called Wycliffe his contemporaries) were later
reflected in the works of M. Luther, W. Tindel, W. Zwingli, J. Calvin and many others.
In this article, an attempt is made to analyze the main provisions of the religious and
political doctrines of J. Wycliffe, which became the ideological basis for the formation
of views of European religious reformers of the XVI century.
The problematic field of this work is at the intersection of several research areas:
intellectual and personal history, the history of religion, biblical studies and
hermeneutics. The historical-genetic method used in this study makes it possible to
identify the specific features of John Wycliffe’s religious and political doctrines and to
trace the way in which his outlook is formed. The method of hermeneutical analysis
provides an opportunity for a correct interpretation of the texts of the English the-
ologian both from the point of view of belonging to the genre, the era, and as evidence
of his inner peace and spiritual life. With the help of the historical comparative
(comparative) method, it becomes possible to correlate the views of J. Wycliffe with the
intellectual and spiritual quest of the era of Reformation.
The Oxford theologian anticipated many of the ideas of future reformers by opposing
the basic tenets of Catholicism, rejecting indulgences and veneration of saints, as well
as the doctrine of transubstantiation. Long before the speeches of Protestant theolo-
gians, John Wycliffe questioned the necessity of the existence of the institution of the
papacy and called the Roman high priest “the godless monster,” “the most terrible
Antichrist,” and his prelates - servants of the Antichrist. [15, pp. 423-427]. In his
opinion, “these” shepherds of sheep “loved the worldly more than Christ, and, grazing
their sheep, pour in them the mortal poison of the Antichrist” [15, p. 425]. Here is what
the evangelical doctor wrote about the head of the holy throne in his main
Latin-speaking theological composition, Trialogue: “The Avignon Sister, whom many
consider the Pope, and some as the Vicar of Christ on earth, is the source of all
ungodliness in a militant church, and if it is possible to say so, then the approaching
Antichrist” [15, p. 423]. He, according to the Oxford theologian, leads a life different
from the life of Christ, the Roman pontiff personally and in the person of his cardinals
blaspheme the Savior, for Christ was poor, humble and obedient to the God-Father, and
the papal curia lives differently [15, p. 423]. “Antichrist thinks of himself as God on
earth and tries to take the whole church under his authority,” concludes the thinker
“Reformer” Before the Reformation: Regarding the Issue of Proto-Protestant Views 203
[15, p. 423]. John Wycliffe imputes to the pope the most difficult sins, alienating him
from God and plunging into the Devil’s slavery. Similar expressions will also be found
in the works of his compatriot William Tindel (1494-1536), interpreter of the Bible in
English, who declared that the Pope had distorted the order of the world with lies and
distortion, overthrew the Kingdom of Christ and established the Kingdom of the Devil,
becoming his viceroy [11].
As for obedience to the law of God, the Roman pontiff, according to Wycliffe,
distorts him, contrasting his law, built on “universal domination, mud, blasphemous
pride” to the law of Christ [15, p. 423]. The evangelical doctor believes that a true
Christian must live in accordance with the law of God, create the Covenant of Christ,
fulfilling his holy life and study, and not believing instead of Christ in false prelates and
sinful priests who are incapable of another life, except in pride and lust, laziness and
gluttony [12, p. 259].
The evangelical doctor, as later the reformers of the 16th century, pays special
attention to money-grubbing and an irrepressible thirst for territorial enrichment of the
papal curia: “With one hand the pope collects treasures, the other - troops to settle
conflicts by armed means” [15, p. 425]. According to Wycliffe, the Roman Catholic
Church “became famous” for disbelief, homicide and the acquisition of untold riches.
The Oxford theologian condemns the Catholic episcopate for illegally collecting tithes,
taxes, posthumous gifts, donations in favor of the church, insinuations with wills,
outright lasciviousness and much more, arguing that Catholicism is “a religion founded
by sinful people.”
The abuses of the Catholic clergy, promulgated in the writings of J. Wycliffe,
became at the beginning of the sixteenth century the subject of sharp criticism from his
compatriot, the English humanist theologian, the dean of the Cathedral of St.
Paul J. Colet (1466-1519) in his famous “Cathedral Sermon”, in which the theologian
called for the return of the church to the lost ascetic and apostolic ideal. Colet
underwent severe criticism of the way of life of the spiritual estate, consisting of four
main vices: “devilish pride, carnal voluptuousness, greed for earthly goods and worldly
pursuits.” With great regret, the English humanist said, “the canons are captured by the
love of the world, and not of God” [4].
The problem of the secularization of the Catholic clergy will be examined in
sufficient detail in the first third of the 16th century English theologian William Tyndel.
He will accuse the papacy of many troubles that have fallen to the lot of Europeans, and
among them: The great migration of peoples, the crusades, and the disintegration of the
Christian church, numerous wars and international conflicts. In his writings, W. Tindel
will often refer to John Wycliffe, one of the first, according to him, to openly con-
demned the actions of the head of the holy throne and his wards. Based on Matt. 6, W.
Tindel will remind the clergy mans that it is not possible to serve two masters: God and
mammon; i.e. riches, covetousness, lust and vanities of this world [11].
The evangelical doctor’s statements were not limited to reproaches and censures
against the papal Rome, he urged secular authorities not to obey the Roman pontiff:
“The princes and lords must understand that we are not needed such a pope, not such a
clergy for the study of Scripture, but humble laymen” [15, p. 427]. The secular princes,
in the opinion of the theologian, must defend their kingdoms from the assassination of
this Devil, drive out the envoys of the Pope-Antichrist everywhere and in no case obey
his laws [15, p. 427]. Such bold statements by the Oxford theologian against the papal
curia would greatly undermine the already shaken authority of the Roman pontiff, and
in the 16th century, religious reformers without any fear will call the head of the holy
throne the Antichrist, leading the papacy to the most terrible of the accusatory concepts
of the Gospel - the concept of the anti-Christ establishment. The initiator of the
European reform movement, Martin Luther (1483–1546), in his famous treatise “To the
Christian Nobility of the German Nation on the Correction of Christianity” will give
the Roman high priest an unflattering description: “The pope, rather, should be con-
sidered the enemy of Christ, called in the Scriptures” the Antichrist. « After all, his
whole essence, all his actions and undertakings contradict Christ and only destroy the
meaning of the deeds of Christ [3, p. 42].
Not finding excuses for the actions of the spiritual authorities and not hoping for
their correction, Wycliffe declares the complete subordination of spiritual power to
secular one. In the treatise “On the Royal Service,” the evangelical doctor insists that
the spiritual power be under the control of the secular, since the last one is perfect [14,
p. 13]. According to the Russian researcher Kuznetsova, an evangelical doctor was “a
consistent supporter of Supremacy over the Church” [2, p. 134]. It is this provision that
will become one of the leading in the political program of reformers.
By denying the pope supremacy over the whole Christian world, Wycliffe called for
believing in his true head - Jesus Christ and come to him through the study of the Word
of God, as set out in the Holy Scripture. Wycliffe proclaimed the Holy Scripture the
only source of faith, an absolute measure in all matters of Christian dogmatism, and
therefore he considered acquaintance with this book as an important step for all
believers. Domestic researcher of life and creativity of Wycliffe and Kuznetsov notes
that, according to the evangelical doctor, “Holy Scripture is sufficient for the righteous
life of people without a Catholic church and its rituals” [2, p. 119]. As already men-
tioned above, Wycliffe translated the Bible into English, thus giving the opportunity to
read it not only to learned men who know the languages of the original (Hebrew and
Ancient Greek) and study the Holy Scripture in the original or Latin translation, but
also to ordinary people in their mother language. Later the reformers will translate the
Bible into vernaculars, but as a rule, not from the Latin translation, as Wycliffe did, but
from the original sources - Hebrew and Greek texts. However, as W. Cooper observes,
the Wycliffe’s translation of the New Testament was very close in spirit to the ancient
Greek original [10, p. 36].
The study of Holy Scripture has become one of the priorities of the reform program
of the Oxford theologian. Wycliffe developed his concept of the Bible as the law of
God, therefore it is no accident that chapter 31 of the third book of the “Trialogue” is
called: “Christ’s law, i.e. Sacred Scripture, infinitely exceeds other laws “ [15, p. 238].
In this chapter, the author explores the semantic meaning of the term and gives him the
following interpretation: “First of all, the words” Holy Scripture “denote Jesus Christ
and the book of life in which all truth is inscribed, and according to John 10,” the
Scripture can not pass away, which the Father sanctified and let into the world [15,
pp. 238-239]. The Evangelical Doctor speaks of the superiority of the Holy Scripture to
other religious books [7]. “Sacred Scripture is much more certain than any other books
… Because Jesus Christ is much higher than any ordinary person, so is His book or the
Scripture containing His law much more valuable than any other book,” concludes the
Oxford theologian [15, p. 239]. According to Wycliffe, “Scripture is authentic in any

part of it, because it contains the sayings of the Lord Jesus, and He can not lie and be
mistaken, and mislead anyone” [15, p. 239].
Wycliffe insisted on studying the Scriptures by every believer, which was a bold
step for that time, as the church had a monopoly on reading and interpreting the Bible.
Only the Reformation was able to leave the believer alone with the Bible and give him
the opportunity to judge God himself. Oxford professor anticipated this important
requirement of the European reformers, he recognized for every believer the right to be
guided in matters of faith by his own interpretation of the Bible, but in his works
Wycliffe gave some recommendations for the correct study of this book. The evan-
gelical doctor insists that every believer try to find in the Scripture a literal meaning and
beware of interpreting this complex source without having the Holy Spirit in his heart,
for “such an interpreter, according to Jerome, is a heretic, and he is even worse than the
one who blasphemers, Pretending that he gives the Holy Scripture a meaning that he
himself considers unknowable for himself” [15, p. 243].
An evangelical doctor criticizes scholastic scholars who, in pursuit of meaning, are
addicted to reasoning and forget that many things should simply be believed.
According to Wycliffe, there is nothing in the Holy Scripture about which “the heretic
himself understood that this is ominous.” And then he, according to the Oxford the-
ologian, “does not submit anything to his judgment, for the greatest mistake in his
understanding comes from pride and stupid prejudice in the superiority of one’s own
logic, while the logic of Scripture is the most correct, most accurate and most used”
[15, pp. 241–242]. As rightly notes Shchelokova, “Wycliffe attributes an infinite
authority to Holy Scripture and fundamentally distinguishes the Word of God and its
human interpretation” [8, p. 188]. Subsequently, religious reformers will also criticize
scholasticism based on the use of logic, reasoning, references to church authorities and
a fourfold interpretation of biblical concepts.
Protestant churches are traditionally called evangelical, because they recognize the
primacy of Scripture before the Tradition, the Words - before the church. John
Wycliffe, as mentioned above, was also named by his contemporaries as an evangelical
doctor, because that is how he prioritized, asserting that the Gospels are more
authoritative than the church [12, p. 255]. Understanding Wycliffe of the Bible as the
Word of God is consistent with the Protestant outlook. It is no accident that many
evangelical doctor interpreted many key concepts of the Holy Scripture not in the
traditional but in the Protestant manner, for example, the term clergyman {priest},
important for the Catholic church, he replaced with the elder in translating a number of
passages of the New Testament (Matthew, 16:21; Mk., 7: 5, 8:31) [9]. The English
translator U. Tindel did the same, enlisting the authority of his senior colleague [6,
p. 90].
Great place in his reform program Wycliffe preached sermons as an important
component of the spiritual life of a Christian. The concept of preaching is one of the
main themes of his numerous treatises. According to Wycliffe, Christ Himself more
determined the clergy to preach than to serve the Mass, for nowhere in the Gospel is the
open text of the morning and evening (but only of the sacraments) spoken of, and the
need for preaching is said everywhere [1, p. 374; 13, p. 112]. Thus, the Oxford
theologian unambiguously hints at replacing the Roman clergy with simple preachers
who could bring the true teachings of Christ to the people. English reformer William
Tindel, who insisted on the destruction of the institution of the priesthood, will later
say: “The preaching of the Word of God is hateful to them, for it is impossible to
preach Christ and not preach against the Antichrist, i.e., all those who by swords and
false doctrines are trying to use the true teaching of Christ “ [11, p. 114].
4 Conclusion
Therefore, as the analysis shows, John Wycliffe anticipated many of the demands of the
European reformers of the sixteenth century and formulated the basic principles of the
future Protestant doctrine. His philosophical-theological and political ideas became
extremely relevant during the autumn of the middle Ages and in many ways con-
tributed to the emergence of a new Christian religion - Protestantism. Like future
reformers, Wycliffe wanted the “true Word of God” to become available to every
Christian. The emotional mood of the Evangelical Doctor in exposing the vices of the
Roman Catholic Church was in many respects similar to that of the Protestant the-
ologians of the 16th century. However, unlike future reformers, Wycliffe did not have a
clear plan for creating a new church, reformed on the basis of Holy Scripture. His ideas
are more enlightening in nature and are aimed primarily at eradicating the vices of the
existing church, rather than at its elimination.
References
1. Wycliffe, J.: Mirror of the Antichrist. How the Antichrist and his servants take the true
priests from the preaching of the Gospel of Christ by four fouls. (Translation and
introduction by T.G. Chugunovoy). Alm. Intellect. Hist. (43), 368–375 (2013). Dialog with
time
2. Kuznetsov, E.V.: The Lollards movement in England (late 14th–15th centuries). Studies on
the history of popular movements in Western European countries XIII-XV centuries. Sch.
Notes (95), 25–285 (1971). Historical series. Gorky State University, Gorky
3. Luther, M.: To the Christian Nobility of the German Nation on the Correction of
Christianity, pp. 11–94. Oko, Kharkov (1994). The time of silence has passed. Selected
works of 1520-1526 years. Translation from German. U.A. Golubkina
4. Sofronova, L.V., Erokhin, V.N.: J. Colet and the statute of the Cathedral of St. Paul: Attempt
to implement the church reform, vol. 1. Bulletin of the University of Minin (2015). http://
www.mininuniver.ru/scientific/scientific_activities/vestnik/archive/1-9
5. White, E.: The Great Struggle. Translation from English, 704 p. Source of life, Zaoksky
(2011)
6. Chugunova, T.G.: Interpretation of key biblical terms in the English translation of the Bible
by U. Tindela. Alm. Intellect. Hist. (2012). (38), 82–99 (2012). Dialog with the times
7. Chugunova, T.G.: Sacra Scriptura: the problem of understanding the term in the works of
J. Wycliffe. Bull. UNN 1(2), 263–267 (2012). Series: Philology, Journalism: Foreign Lang.
N. Novgorod
8. Shchelokova, N.V.: Philosophical and Theological Views of John Wycliffe, pp. 186–190.
Gorky State University, N.I. Lobachevsky, C. I. N. Novgorod (2001). XII Reading the
Memory of Professor S.I. Arkhangelsky. Materials of the International Conference
9. Evangelia, B.N.T.: The Gothic and Anglo-Saxon Gospels in Parallel Columns with the
Versions of Wycliffe and Tyndale, 3rd edn. Reeves and Turner, London (1888). With
Preference and notes by J. Bosworth, assisted by G. Waring. XXXVI, 584 p
10. Cooper, W.R.: The Wycliffe New Testament. Tyndale Soc. J. (10), 6–9 (1998)
11. Tyndale, W.: The Obedience of a Christian Man and How Christian Rulers Ought to
Governe, pp. 97–183. Yale University Press, London (1573). Whole works of W. Tyndall,
John Frith and Doct. Barnes, three worthy Martyrs and principall teachers of this Church of
England edited by J. Foxe; Printed by J. Daye. London
12. Wycliffe, J.: How Antichrist and his clerks travail to destroy Holy Writ. In: Mattew, F.D.
(ed.) The English Works of Wycliffe Hitherto Unprinted, pp. 254–262. Trubner, London
(1880)
13. Wycliffe, J.: Speculum de Antichristo. In: Mattew, F.D. (ed.) The English Works of Wycliffe
Hitherto Unprinted, pp. 108–113. Trubner, London (1880)
14. Wycliffe, J.: Tractatus de Officio Regis. London (1887). Edited by A.W. Pollard and C.
Saule
15. Wycliffe, J.: Trialogus cum supplemento trialogi. Typographeo Clarendonia, Oxonii (1869).
Edited by G.V. Lechler
Evaluation of the Effect from Organizational
Innovations of a Company with the Use
of Differential Cash Flow
Sergey N. Yashin1(&) , Yury V. Trifonov1, Egor V. Koshelev1 ,

Ekaterina P. Garina2, and Viktor P. Kuznetsov2
1
Nizhny Novgorod State University Named After N.I. Lobachevsky,
[email protected]
2
Novgorod State Pedagogical University,
Abstract. At present, interest in the problems of evaluating the profitability of

organizational innovations arises in Russia. Despite their importance, due pri-
marily to the production need, it is often difficult to assess their effectiveness,
because such measures do not have a separate commercial result. The creation of
an appropriate methodology to solve this problem is necessary in order to choose
the most advantageous option of such managerial solutions from the set of
available alternatives. In this case, you can use a technique based on the appli-
cation of differential cash flow, which is the difference between an alternative and a
basic version of the organizational solution. After calculating such a flow, the
expected value of the net present value is calculated according to the available set
of scenarios. However, the solution of this practical problem is not limited to
solving the presented direct problem. It is also important to solve the inverse
problem, the essence of which is to calculate the optimal value of the parameter
characterizing the idea of organizational innovation. So, in the presented example,
as such a parameter, the size of the trade discount was considered for the buyers of
the products, which pay for it immediately. To solve the direct and inverse tasks of
assessing the effectiveness of organizational innovation, we presented the nec-
essary computational methods, as well as computer simulation methods.
Keywords: Innovative project Organizational innovations

Differential cash flow Assessment of the effect of innovation
JEL Classification: C88 G32 O22
1 Introduction
At present, interest in the problems of evaluating the profitability of technical, tech-

nological and organizational innovations arises in Russia. Organizational innovations
of the company, of course, are also important, both technical and technological.

Evaluation of the Effect from Organizational Innovations 209
However, it is not possible to directly evaluate the effectiveness of such measures, since
they do not have a separate commercial effect expressed in money. In addition, to
refuse organizational innovations for this reason is impractical, since most of them are
dictated by production necessity (Galor and Tsiddon 1997, Klychova et al. 2016a). In
addition, organizational and managerial innovations play an important role in the
system of factors of increasing the competitiveness of the company and the successful
achievement of its strategic goals. In this case, a transition from a traditional functional
approach in management to flexible adaptive management models is necessary.
For these reasons, an appropriate methodology is needed to assess the effect or
effectiveness of organizational innovation of the company. Such a methodology jus-
tifies itself only in conditions when the goals of the company or investor are clearly
formulated and quantitative guidelines for achieving these goals are presented. Then
such management decisions, in fact, will bring real benefits to the development of the
firm.
Thus, in Lazarev’s work (2013), the problem of evaluating organizational inno-
vations is proposed to be solved using matrices that allow establishing infra-firm
qualitative and quantitative links of management, self-management, progress and
regress in the process of organizational development of the firm.
In Krylov’s work (2015) with the purpose of project management of innovative
activity of the enterprise, it is offered to evaluate efficiency of organizational mod-
ernization among other directions. For this purpose, the organizational effect of the
number of realized projects is calculated.
There are also strictly formalized approaches to the evaluation of organizational
innovations, based on the creation of appropriate mathematical models. Therefore,
Kolbachev and Peredery (2015) propose to use the entropy approach, based on the
evaluation of the information characteristics of the organizational structure.
Also of practical interest are the methods for modeling factor systems for assessing
the effectiveness of organizational and technological solutions. For example, Lapidus
(2014) proposes to explore the parameters of the integrated potential of such solutions,
which allow the system to become flexible, allowing it to adapt to the changes that
inevitably occur, and at the same time, strive to optimize organizational, technological
and management decisions.
Despite the fact that many important scientific results have been obtained in the
evaluation of organizational innovations, approaches based on methods of comparing
already existing basic and new more progressive versions of organizational innovation
projects have not yet been developed. Here we are just talking about the use of
differential (incremental) cash flows in assessing the effectiveness of relevant man-
agement decisions.
In practice, there are always several rational options for achieving the set goals of
the company. That is, there are alternative solutions from which to choose the optimal.
First of all, choose the option that is the most economical in comparison with others.
210 S. N. Yashin et al.
The least expensive option of the decision is taken as the basic one. The remaining
alternatives are compared with the basic one. Cash flows are then defined as the
difference between the respective flows of the analyzed and basic alternative. The
money flow defined in this way ( ) is called differential (incremental) (Brigham and
Gapenski 1993; Limitovsky 2008):
DCF ¼ CFa CF0
Where CF0 - cash flow in the basic option in the period of time t (rub.);
CFa - the same for the considered alternative (rub.).
In each period of the planning horizon, the differential cash flow is caused by a
change in the amount of investment at the beginning of the period of the organizational
innovation project. The return from such events will be stretched in time. For this
reason, it is necessary to bring the differential cash flows to the point of project
evaluation using the appropriate discount rate. As such a rate, it is reasonable to take
the weighted average cost of capital (WACC) for the firm carrying out the project.
Table 1 shows the methodological approaches to the estimation of differential cash
flow for various types of company innovations (Limitovsky 2008).
Table 1. Organizational innovations of the company, the effect of which is calculated using
differential cash flow.
Event Cash in flow Cash out flow
Change in collection Reduction of non-payments, The costs of implementing a
policy (relationship with disinvestment with reduction of new collection policy
debtors) the term of repayment of
receivables
Change in payment The emergence of a source of Instability of supply, risk of loss
policy (relationship with temporarily free cash of suppliers
creditors)
Change in the Disinvestment of related current Expenses for the
organization of work, assets (decrease in demand for implementation of the event
inventory management inventories, etc.)
Introduction of new Additional cash flow as a result Investments in the purchase of
productive machinery of increased productivity equipment, development of new
equipment, change in risk
Introduction of new Cost reduction compared to the Investments in the purchase of
unproductive equipment basic option equipment, etc.
Staff development Higher productivity in the future, Higher pay
(replacement of profit from better work
specialists with more performance
qualified ones)
(continued)
Event Cash in flow Cash out flow
Sale of assets Receiving income from sales Loss of current income from
assets
Use of commercial Inflow from the acceleration of Remuneration of intermediaries
intermediaries inventory turnover of finished
goods, increase in sales volumes
Reorientation to new Higher productivity, Change in technological risk,
sources of raw materials, disinvestment of stocks, reducing costs associated with the
materials transportation costs, lowering development of new sources
prices, etc.
Finally, the use of differential cash flow can also have practical application for
assessing the effectiveness of social projects that are implemented by the state. In this
case, for the basic version of the project, one can take one that was implemented earlier
by the corresponding state structure. Change of any parameter of the new social project
entails the appearance of a differential cash flow. By discounting this flow at the time of
assessment, you can calculate the net present value of the new social project in relation
to the basic option ( ). If it is positive, then the social project in these conditions is
beneficial. It is also possible to investigate the effect of several parameters on the effect
of the project, both individually and in a complex (Klychova et al. 2016b).
With the help of differential cash flow, various organizational solutions can be justified,
for example, changing the company’s credit policy with regard to debtors, its payment
policy towards creditors, changing approaches to managing inventories, and so on.
Such management decisions can include the situation of justification of a flexible price
scale, depending on the timing of payment of invoices by customers. In this case, the
value d of the trade discount is set, and then it is necessary to find out whether it is
profitable to sell at a discount d.
However, the task can be put in a different way. Say, we need to calculate the
maximum discount size d, at which the corporation will not suffer losses. To solve
similar problems, you can also use differential cash flow. Then the expected value of its
net present value ( ) is used as a criterion for making a decision about the discount. For
this purpose, the linear interpolation formula can be used in the calculations
(Kruschwitz 1999), in this case will be of the form
E[DNPV]1
d ¼ d1 þ ðd2 d1 Þ; ð1Þ
E[DNPV]1 E[DNPV]2
as well as the corresponding methods of computer modeling, for example, in the

packages Maple and Matlab.
We will illustrate the methodology for assessing the effect of organizational

innovation of the company using differential cash flow on a specific example
(Limitovsky 2008).
Analysis of research results
The firm is engaged in the production of Russian national toys. The average maturity of
receivables is 3.32 months. The company’s management believes that using a discount
of 7% of the price of the goods for immediate payment of the product can lead to the
following results:
(a) in an optimistic case, 40% of all products will be sold at a discount (the proba-
bility of this event is 0.6);
(b) in the pessimistic case, 15% of the total goods will go at a reduced price (the
probability of this event is 0.4).
Is it advantageous for the company to introduce a discount if:
– the average annual sales volume is 17 328 thousand USD. USA;
– the current costs are 63.6% of the sales volume and will not change with the
introduction of a discount;
– the income tax rate is 20%.
It is assumed that this organizational event will last 10 years, the average cost of the
company’s capital at the moment is 21% per year in USD.
The maturity of receivables in months can be found as
receivable s
t¼ 12
annual sales volume
With a maturity of accounts receivable of 3,32 months and the annual revenue of
$17,328 the firm’s investments in receivables are
3; 32
17; 328 $ ¼ 4794; 1 $
12:
In an optimistic scenario, from the moment the discount is introduced, 40% of the
total sales volume will go at a discount price, then the amount of investment (I) in
accounts receivable will also decrease by 40%:
DI ¼ 0; 4 4794; 1 ¼ 1917; 6 ðThousand USDÞ:
In a pessimistic scenario, the amount of investment in receivables will be reduced

by 15%, i.e.,
DI ¼ 0; 15 4794; 1 ¼ 719; 1 ðThousand USDÞ:
At the moment, the company’s annual net profit is

CFbase ¼ ð17328 0; 636 17328Þð1 0; 2Þ ¼ 5045; 9 ðThousand USDÞ:
After the introduction of the discount, the profit will change either to the value
CFopt ¼ ð17328 0; 6 þ 17328 0; 4ð1 0; 07Þ 0; 636 17328Þð1 0; 2Þ

¼ 4657; 8 ðThousand USDÞ;
Or before
CFpes ¼ ð17328 0; 85 þ 17328 0; 15ð1 0; 07Þ 0; 636 17328Þð1 0; 2Þ

¼ 4900; 4 ðThousand USDÞ:
In the optimistic case, the change in net profit will be
DCFopt ¼ 4657; 8 5045; 9 ¼ 388; 1 ðThousand USD a yearÞ;
But in the pessimistic –
DCFpes ¼ 4900; 4 5045; 9 ¼ 145; 5 ðThousand USD a yearÞ:
The diagram of differential cash flows under the conditions considered is shown in
Fig. 1.
Fig. 1. The diagram of differential cash flows.
Net present value in an optimistic scenario is
1 1; 2110
DNPVopt ¼ 1917; 6 388; 1 a10;21% ¼ 1917; 6 388; 1
0; 21
¼ 344; 2 ðThousand USDÞ;
but in the pessimistic –

1 1; 2110
DNPVpes ¼ 719; 1 145; 5 a10;21% ¼ 719; 1 145; 5
0; 21
Thus, even in the worst case, the use of discount is beneficial for the firm. The
expected net present value is
E[DNPV] ¼ DNPVopt 0; 6 þ DNPVpes 0; 4 ¼ 344; 2 0; 6 þ 129; 2 0; 4

Now we set the inverse task: What is the maximum size of the discount the firm can
use, given the characteristics of the volume of sales of products, the average maturity
of receivables and current production costs?
The expected net present value function, depending on the discount d, will look like
E[DNPV] ¼
¼ 1917; 6 þ ½17328ð0; 6 þ 0; 4ð1 dÞ 0; 636Þ0; 8 5045; 9a10;21% 0; 6 þ :
þ 719; 1 þ ½17328ð0; 85 þ 0; 15ð1 dÞ 0; 636Þ0; 8 5045; 9a10;21% 0; 4
The discount size d can be found from this expression, for example, by the method
of linear interpolation (Kruschwitz 1999) using formula (1). In this case, we already
know. Its exact value is a thousand USD. Then using the expression for the function of
the expected net present value, depending on d, it is not difficult to find, for example,
thousand USD. Substituting the data into formula (1), we obtain
258; 071
d ¼ 0; 07 þ ð0; 1 0; 07Þ ¼ 0; 085307;
258; 071 þ 247; 722
i.e. d = 8,5307%.
Check results
E[DNPV]8;5307% ¼ 0; 001699 0:
To avoid these rather cumbersome calculations on the calculator, and also to find
the exact value of the rate d, if necessary, you can calculate it, for example, in a
package Maple. To do this, type the following text in the program:
The result is obtained.

In addition, to obtain a visual representation of the dependence on d, you can use,
for example, the Matlab package. To do this, type the following text in the program:
In Fig. 2 shows the result of the program.
Fig. 2. Dependence of expected net present value on discount d
4 Conclusions
1. Despite the importance of organizational innovation of the company, due primarily
to the production need, it is often difficult to assess their effectiveness, because such
measures do not have a separate commercial result. The creation of an appropriate
methodology to solve this problem is necessary in order to choose the most
advantageous option of such managerial solutions from the set of available
alternatives.
2. In this case, you can use a technique based on the application of differential cash
flow, which is the difference between an alternative and a basic option of the
organizational solution. After calculating such a flow, the expected value of the net
present value is calculated according to the available set of scenarios.
3. However, the solution of this practical problem is not limited by the solution of the
presented direct problem. It is also important to solve the inverse problem, the
essence of which is to calculate the optimal value of the parameter characterizing
the idea of organizational innovation. So, in the presented example, as such a
parameter, the size of the trade discount was considered for the buyers of the
products, which pay for it immediately.
4. To solve the direct and inverse tasks of assessing the effectiveness of organizational
innovation, we presented the necessary computational methods, as well as computer
simulation methods.
5. The use of differential cash flow can have practical application for assessing the
effectiveness of various projects that do not have a separate commercial result, that
is, both projects of organizational innovations of the company and social projects
that are implemented by the state.
Acknowledgments. The article was prepared with the financial support of the Russian State
National Scientific and Technical Foundation. Grant No. 15-02-00102 “Formation of a mecha-
nism for managing the innovative development of the industrial region (exemplified by the
Nizhny Novgorod region).”
References
Lazarev, V.N.: Problems of the evaluation of organizational innovation. Bulletin of the Perm
National Research Polytechnic University. Socio-Economic Sciences, No. 20, pp. 98–105
(2013)
Krylov, A.G.: A model for assessing the economic efficiency of project management of
enterprise’s innovation activity. Electronic Scientific and Practical Journal “Economics and
Management of Innovative Technologies”, No. 2 (2015). http://ekonomika.snauka.ru/2015/
02/7364
Kolbachev, E.B., Peredery, M.V.: Planning the development of organizational structures and
business processes as an innovative task. Vestnik YURSTU (NPI), No. 1, pp. 4–10 (2015)
Lapidus, A.A.: Potential efficiency of organizational and technological solutions of the
construction site. Vestnik MSSU, No. 1, pp. 175–180 (2014). https://doi.org/10.22227/
1997-0935.2014.1.175-180
Limitovsky, M.A.: Investment projects and real options in emerging markets: training manual,
4th edn., revised and supplemented. M.: Yurayt (2008)
Brigham, E.F., Gapenski, L.C.: Intermediate Financial Management, 4th edn. The Dryden Press,
Orlando (1993)
Galor, O., Tsiddon, D.: Tecnological Progress, Mobility, and Growth. Am. Econ. Rev. 87, 363–
382 (1997)
Klychova, G.S., Kuznetsov, V.P., Trifonov, Y.V., Yashin, S.N., Koshelev, E.V.: Upgrading
corporate equipment as an Asian real option. Int. Bus. Manage. 10(21), 5130–5137 (2016a).
https://doi.org/10.3923/ibm.2016.5130.5137
Klychova, G.S., Kuznetsov, V.P., Yashin, S.N., Koshelev, E.V.: Concept of Integrated
management of the financial flows of the investing region. Acad. Strateg. Manage. J. 15
(Special Issue 1), 198–209 (2016b)
Kruschwitz, L.: Finanzierung und Investition, Munchen, Wien: R. Oldenbourg Verlag (1999)
Evaluation of Technological Innovations
of a Company by the Methods of Chain Repeat
and Equivalent Annuity
Sergey N. Yashin(&) , Yury V. Trifonov, Egor V. Koshelev ,

Julia A. Grinevich, and Sergey L. Ivankovsky
N.I. Lobachevsky Nizhny Novgorod State University, Nizhny Novgorod,

Russian Federation
Abstract. When assessing technological innovation, one cannot rely on any

one method of analysis. Based on the investor’s goals and the planning horizon,
each specific method carries some additional information about the effectiveness
of investment chains. In order to make the most optimal decision about repli-
cating technological innovation projects, it is necessary to take into account the
specific features of operation of a particular new equipment, in particular con-
cerning the planned lifetime. Among the many approaches used to solve this
problem, the chain repeat method and the method of equivalent annuities are the
most popular among financiers. In this case, often a preference is given to the
method of equivalent annuities as the most simple for calculations. Despite the
fundamental differences between the method of chain repeat and the method of
equivalent annuities, they allow one to obtain the same result for investment
chains that have terms that are multiples of the investor-planning horizon. If this
condition is violated, then the problem of choosing the most profitable chain of
technological innovations is considerably complicated. This factor can signifi-
cantly affect the correctness of the final decision of the company. Therefore, in
the example considered, if we were guided only by the results of the equivalent
annuity method, we would get an incorrect conclusion about the optimal chain
of technological innovations of the company.
Keywords: Technological innovation Investment chains

Chain repeat method Equivalent annuity method
JEL Classification: D92 G31 O22
1 Introduction
At present, interest to the problems of assessing the profitability of technical, techno-

logical and organizational measures is emerging in Russia. Refusal of such measures
often leads to a decrease in the competitiveness of enterprises, loss of clients, strategic
positions in the market. It is important to understand that many actions of the company’s

management are often dictated not by considerations of economic benefit, but by pro-
duction necessity (Galor and Tsiddon 1997; Damodaran 2002; Klychova et al. 2016).
In the field of assessing the effectiveness of technological innovation of companies,
many different methodological approaches have been developed. Therefore, for
example, Kondrashov (2014) for assessing technological innovation in the agronomic-
industrial complex suggests taking into account indicators of a general economic and
financial nature that allow to assess the enterprise’s ability to develop because of
introducing innovations in the future. For this, Kondrashov (2014) considers the
qualitative characteristics of the innovative attractiveness of enterprises, which offers to
be evaluated using the expert method. These characteristics make it possible to take
into account the opinion of reputable specialists in the field of investment and inno-
vation management.
However, such an approach, in our opinion, is not strict enough in the scientific
sense, since the opinions of experts are always highly individual. This irreversibly
affects the nature and quality of the assessments they give.
Bakaev (2014), on the contrary, proposes an evaluation technique whose main
advantages are: the possibility of assessing the level of innovative development of the
company in dynamics; integrated research of the level of innovative development; the
possibility of comparing the actual values of indicators with ones that, evaluated by
experts. A feature of the proposed methodology is not only the possibility of quanti-
tative assessment of the level of innovation development in general, but also the
diagnosis of individual factors. This approach allows us to determine what factors need
to be intensified to bring the company to a higher level of innovative development.
On the other hand, Vlaskin and Lisin (2015) apply the principle of template
business modeling to evaluate technological innovations. Particular attention is paid to
the problem of assessing the effectiveness of the chosen business model of innovation
and technological activities. To solve this task using the process approach, structural
and logical links between blocks of the template business model of the technological
start-up are established and key performance indicators for each main business process
are proposed. Based on the developed system of balanced indicators, a method for
assessing the effectiveness of business processes of an innovative enterprise was
developed.
However, considering the technological innovations of companies, the analyst faces
the problem of evaluating multiple investments. Such a situation can arise in practice,
when it is assumed that technological innovations in the future will be repeated peri-
odically. At the same time, the evaluation of such innovations is based on the fact that
any rational investor takes into account only the possibilities of acquiring or designing
such equipment or entire technological lines that will at least be as good as those
already available. Such an approach, of course, does not exclude the possibility that the
equipment will be better than that already used. In this case, a monetary valuation of
the worst possible future equipment alternatives assumes a calculation according to a
pessimistic scenario. This estimate will then be the lowest threshold for making a final
decision on the chain of investment in technological innovation.
Among the many approaches used to solve this problem, the chain repeat method is
the most popular among financiers (Brigham and Gapenski 1993; Kruschwitz 1999;
Yashin et al. 2014) and the method of equivalent annuities (Brigham and Gapenski
Evaluation of Technological Innovations of a Company 219
1993; Limitovsky 2008 Yashin, Koshelev and Podshibyakin 2014). In this case, often a
preference is given to the method of equivalent annuities as the most simple for
calculations. (Brigham and Gapenski 1993; Limitovsky 2008). However, this approach
does not always lead to the correct solution of the problem of estimating the investment
chain.
In order to make the most optimal decision about replicating technological inno-
vation projects, it is necessary to take into account the specific features of operation of a
particular new equipment, in particular concerning the planned lifetime. This factor can
significantly affect the correctness of the final decision of the company.
In the case of a one-time investment, it is assumed that the investor, during its planned
period after the expiration of the optimal period of operation, as it were, “takes a
well-deserved rest” and if it implements any investments, it is only complementary.
This case, of course, is far from reality. As a rule, after the expiration of the economic
life of the first project, the investor starts the second (third, fourth …) project.
We are here to consider the sequence of investment or, as they say, the investment
chain. In this regard, it is necessary to distinguish between identical and non-identical
investment chains (Kruschwitz 1999).
1. The investment chain is called identical when all individual projects included in the
chain have the same net reduced income (NPV). This does not necessarily mean the
premise that all projects have identical cash flows. However, for the sake of sim-
plicity, we further discuss always a special case in which all projects generate a
chain of identical cash flows. Such identical chains have the property that NPV of
individual projects coincide at any discount rates.
2. Non-identical investment chains are spoken of when NPV chain projects differ from
each other. In the event that the cash flows of individual projects do not coincide
with each other, the probability of a difference in NPV is very high.
In addition to these two kinds of investment chains, we would like to distinguish
between the final planned time period (temporary enterprise) and the endless planning
period (permanent enterprise). If we combine the term of the planning period (finite or
infinite) and types of investment chains (identical or non-identical) with each other, we
get 4 possible planning situations in Table 1 (Kruschwitz 1999).
Table 1. Planned situations with multiple investments.

Chain of investments
Identical
Planning period Finite chain effect
Endless infinitely identical chain investments
This approach needs clarification. In a temporary enterprise, the use of identical

investment chains leads to the so-called “chain effect” or “general law of replacement”.
After all, in the final chain, the optimal lifetime of a given project is always longer than
its “predecessor” (and shorter than the term of its “successor”). This is not immediately
clear-the phenomenon was discussed intensely and with passion in publications on the
theory of investment without clarifying the practical significance of this circumstance
(Kruschwitz 1999). Identical investment chains, apparently, are really rare. Therefore,
just in the case of a temporary enterprise that can “forecast” its planning horizon, it
would be better to limit ourselves to analyzing non-identical investment chains.
The situation is different in the case of a permanent enterprise, that is, in the case of
an investor with an infinite horizon of planning. Here it seems quite unreasonable to
believe that an investor can somehow reliably predict the cash flows of the 10th, 20th
… and even more so of the 1000th project. In this situation, it is more reasonable to
assume identical cash flows (identical investment chains).
Thus, further we will consider infinitely identical chains of investments in tech-
nological innovations, then moving to comparison of different variants of termination
of these chains in time. In this case, the planning horizons will be as short as possible,
which will avoid the previously mentioned “chain effect”.
Comparing the method of chain repeat and the method of equivalent annuities, we give
them a brief description.
The method of chain repeat. The essence of this method is the periodic repetition of a
particular project. For this, the net present project income (NPV) is calculated, which
the firm expects to have as many times in time as the project Brigham and Gapenski
1993 is planned to repeat; Kruschwitz 1999) (Fig. 1).
Fig. 1. Chain of investments.
After this, all NPV of the repeating project are discounted to zero and add
up. Choosing the chain of investment in technological innovation, which will bring the
greatest effect in monetary terms.
Method of equivalent annuities. The choice of the most profitable investment chain
in this case is made by comparing the equivalent annuities of the chains. That is, it is
calculated how much the annual annuity (EAA) can generate a particular project.
Equating the present value of such an annuity to NPV (Brigham and Gapenski 1993;
Limitovsky 2008), we find that
NPV ¼ EAA an;i ;
Where is the discount multiplier for an annuity of n year’s duration with a rate of
i percent for the year, calculated as
1 ð1 þ iÞn
an;i ¼ :
i
From here, you can find the value of the equivalent annuity for a particular project:
NPV
EAA ¼ : ð1Þ
an;i
In this case, the investment chain that generates the largest annual equivalent
annuity is selected.
Despite the fundamental differences between the method of chain repeat and the
method of equivalent annuities, they allow one to obtain the same result for investment
chains that have terms that are multiples of the investor planning horizon. If this
condition is violated, then the problem of choosing the most profitable chain of
technological innovations is considerably complicated. Then one can not uniquely
apply any one of the considered methods, for example, the method of equivalent
annuities as the most simple to understand and calculate. As practice shows, often the
method of chain repeat is truer for projects that differ significantly in terms of time.
However, it would be wrong to take a decision in this case, relying only on one of
the methods. It is necessary to thoroughly investigate the problem of evaluation,
starting with trivial methods, such as, for example, calculating the NPV of each project
from different investment chains.
Let us illustrate these arguments on a concrete example.
Corporation “SIA International” (c. Moscow) is engaged in the production and

wholesale of medicines. This company considers the expediency of acquiring a new
technological line. In the market, there are two models with the parameters suitable for
the firm, the data on which are presented in Table 2.
Table 2. Parameters of technological lines.

Line A Line B
Price (thousand rubles) 9 500 13 000
Generated annual income (thousand rubles) 2 100 2 250
Service life (years) 8 12
Liquidation value (thousand rubles) 500 800
WACC firms (%) 11 11
It is necessary to justify the expediency of acquiring a particular technological line.

Acquisitions of line A will be called project A, and acquisition of line B - project
B. Then we estimate NPV projects:
1 1; 118 500
NPVA ¼ 9 500 þ 2 100 þ ¼ 1 523; 821 ðthousand rubles:Þ;
0; 11 1; 118
1 1; 1112 800
NPVB ¼ 13 000 þ 2 250 þ ¼ 1 836; 474 ðthousand rubles:Þ;
0; 11 1; 1112
therefore. However, projects vary considerably in terms of time. Therefore, for the
analysis of projects, it is necessary to apply the chain repeat method. Project A can be
repeated every 8 years, and project B - every 12 years. Then compare them for the
smallest multiple period, that is, 24 years.
In Fig. 2 we show the flows of NPV projects: Above the time axis for project A,
and below for project B.
Fig. 2. NPV project flows A and B
NPV of a recurring project A for 24 years will be
1 523; 821 1 523; 821

NPVRA ¼ 1 523; 821 þ þ ¼ 2 471; 971 ðthousand rubles:Þ:
1; 118 1; 1116
NPV of a recurring project A for 24 years will be
1 836; 474
NPVRB ¼ 1 836; 474 þ ¼ 2 361; 413 ðthousand rubles:Þ:
1; 1112
NPVRA [ NPVRB , so now A B.

The same result can be obtained using the method of equivalent annuities. So by the
formula (1) we get that
NPVA 1 523; 821

EAAA ¼ ¼ ¼ 296; 11 ðthousand rubles:Þ:
a8;11% 5; 146123
NPVB 1 836; 474

EAAB ¼ ¼ ¼ 282; 867 ðthousand rubles:Þ:
a12;11% 6; 492356
EAAA [ EAAB , therefore A B.

However, this result should also be seriously challenged. The fact is that 24 years is
too long to periodically repeat the acquisition of the same technological line, even if
only two times in the case of line B. For 12 years, many parameters of the technological
line will change. This is primarily (1) the price, (2) the liquidation value and (3) the
WACC or the firm. In addition, and this is perhaps the most important, the techno-
logical line for 12 years will become morally obsolete. Therefore, acquiring old
technology will no longer make sense.
You can solve this problem by assuming the divisibility of projects in time.
Namely, suppose the divisibility of project A in half. This will make it possible to
compare different projects for the period of the greatest of them, that is, Project B.
Then we calculate the NPV of the dividend project A for 12 years:
9 500 1 1; 114 1
NPVRA ¼ 1 523; 821 þ 2 100
1; 118 0; 11 1; 118
¼ 228; 609 ðthousand rubles:Þ:
This is less than a NPVB ¼ 1 836; 474 thousand rubles, so the final conclusion will
be: B A. This means that the company should purchase the 2nd model of the pro-
duction line, that is, the line B.
5 Conclusions
When assessing technological innovation, one cannot rely on any one method of
analysis. Based on the investor’s goals and the planning horizon, each specific method
carries some additional information about the effectiveness of investment chains. So in
the considered example, if we were guided by the results of the method of equivalent
annuity most popular among financiers, we would get an incorrect conclusion. We
would have chosen the repetition of project A, although at the most reasonable mini-
mum planning horizon - 12 years - this decision would not be optimal. In this case, the
optimal investment chain B allows us to identify the chain repeat method. However, if
we considered another horizon of planning - 24 years - then the result would be directly
opposite. We would choose the investment chain A.
These results can be useful for financial analysts and project managers when
choosing the most profitable option for technological innovation of the company.
Acknowledgments. The article was prepared with the financial support of the Russian State
National Scientific and Technical Foundation. Grant No. 15-02-00102 “Formation of a mecha-
nism for managing the innovative development of the industrial region (exemplified by the
Nizhny Novgorod region).”
References
Bakaev, D.N.: Methodology for assessing the innovative activity of meat industry enterprises.
Vestnik VGUIT, No. 3, pp. 163–167 (2014)
Vlaskin, A.A., Lisin, E.M.: Development of a model for assessing the effectiveness of innovative
entrepreneurship based on the principle of template business modeling. Int. Sci. Res. J. 6(37),
Part 3, 23–27 (2015).
Kondrashov, K.A.: Methodology for assessing the innovative attractiveness of enterprises of the
agronomic industrial complex. Discussion, No. 7(48) (2014). http://www.journal-discussion.
ru/publication.php?id=1143
Limitovsky, M.A.: Investment projects and real options in emerging markets: training manual,
4th edn. M.: Yurayt (2008). Revised and supplemented
Yashin, S.N., Koshelev, E.V., Podshibyakin, D.V.: Index method of forming the investment
program of the corporation with a limited budget for financing. Finances and credit, No. 24
(600), pp. 2–8 (2014)
Brigham, E.F., Gapenski, L.C.: Intermediate Financial Management, 4th edn. The Dryden Press,
Orlando (1993)
Damodaran, A.: Investment Valuation: Tools and Techniques for Determining the Value of Any
Asset. Wiley, New York (2002)
Galor, O., Tsiddon, D.: Tecnological Progress. Mobility, and Growth, American Economic
Review 87, 363–382 (1997)
Klychova, G.S., Kuznetsov, V.P., Trifonov, Y.V., Yashin, S.N., Koshelev, E.V.: Upgrading
corporate equipment as an Asian real option. Int. Bus. Manage. 10(21), 5130–5137 (2016).
https://doi.org/10.3923/ibm.2016.5130.5137
Kruschwitz, L.: Finanzierung und Investition, Munchen, Wien: R. Oldenbourg Verlag (1999)
Legal Foundations of Human Society
The Russian Information Systems
of the Housing and Utilities Sector:
Peculiarities of Legal Regulation
and Application
Andrey A. Inyushkin(&), Elena S. Kryukova, Yury S. Povarov,

Evgenia V. Ruzanova, Valentina D. Ruzanova,
and Nikolay G. Frolovskiy
S.P. Korolev Samara National Research University, Samara, Russia

[email protected]
Abstract. The article studies the issues of application of information systems in

the housing and utilities sector in the Russian Federation. Topicality of the
studied issues is predetermined by the necessity for improving the law for the
purpose of overcoming the difficulties that appear in practice due to the Russia’s
active implementation of state and private information systems in the housing
and utilities sector. The purpose of the article is to determine the main directions
of improvement of the legal mechanism that determines the forms and means of
using the information systems in the housing and utilities sector on the basis of
determination and analysis of this mechanism’s drawbacks. The main approaches
to studying this problem are the dialectic, system, intersectorial, etc., which
allows for the complex consideration of the mechanism of the information sys-
tems usage in view of the needs of the housing and utilities sector. The results are
as follows: the current state of legal regulation in the sphere of the Russian
information systems is determined, and the peculiarities of application of the
information systems in the housing and utilities sector are determined, in par-
ticular, during general meeting of the residents of an apartment block via postal
vote; the procedure of using the state and private information systems the housing
and utilities sector is studied; the directions for improvement of the law in this
sphere are given. The article poses practical value for specialists of various
profiles that work in the housing and utilities sector, scholars who conduct
analysis of the legal, information, and economic aspects of functioning of the
housing and utilities sector, and persons who deal with the legislative activities.
Keywords: Information systems Data bases Housing and utilities sector

Intellectual property Premises’ owners voting
1 Introduction
1.1 Establishing a Context

In the recent decades, the information and communication technologies have been
developing in Russia, which reflected the legal system of the country as well. Social

228 A. A. Inyushkin et al.
transformation in Russia, democratization of public life, and informatization of activities

of the public authorities bodies require deep change of the structure and character of the
information provision (Khusyaynova 2016). The legislator has been showing peculiar
interest in regulation of public relations with the legal and technological methods
(Amelin 2016). Article 23 of the Federal Law No. 149-FZ dated July 27, 2006 “On
information, information technologies, and protection of information” (hereinafter – the
Federal law on information) establishes the definition of the information systems –
totality of the information containing in data bases and ensuring its processing with
information technologies and technical means. At that information is the data (messages,
etc.) regardless of the form of its presentation, and data bases are the objects of intel-
lectual property (Inyushkin 2016). In March 2014, the Federal law dated March 12, 2014
No. 35-FZ introduced a new object of intellectual property – Internet site, which has a
legal regime of a complex item. Until this law, the relations in the sphere of information
turnover with the help of the information and telecommunication network Internet had
been regulated in the form of the legal regime of data bases. In particular, higher judicial
bodies treated Internet site as a data base, which led to allied rights of the creator of the
data base for the information containing on the Internet (decision of the Court on
intellectual rights dated March 7, 2014 No. C01-114/2013 for the case No. A56-58781/
2012). Definition of web-site on the Internet is found in Article 2 of the Federal law on
information, but it does not contain the interconnection with data bases. At that, all
information systems use the Internet – so they are Internet sites. In literature, appearance
of an electronic information system is related to connecting the information resources of
a certain subject of law to the program product on the basis of a certain data base which is
included into a specific personal computer or a system of computers (Bachilo 2009).
Diversity of the existing types of information is predetermined by diversity of human
activities (Shaikh and Londhe 2016); at that, the law provides the classification of
information into state, municipal, and others (Article 13 of the Federal law on infor-
mation); information system became were widespread in the housing and utilities sector.
1.2 Literature Review

The general problems of the issues of regulating the information systems were reflected
in the works of Bachilo (2009); Eremenko (2012); Voynakanis (2013). Interconnection
between data bases and the information on the Internet was studied by Manap et al.
(2013); Inyushkin (2015, 2016). The issues of protection of information in various
information systems were analyzed by Tarasov (2014); Amelin (2016); Shaikh and
Londhe (2016). The peculiarities of application of specialized information systems in
the housing and utilities sector were studied by Pichugin (2011); Khusyaynova (2016).
1.3 Establishing a Research Gap

The previous studies, information systems were viewed without consideration of the
specifics of the sphere of their usage, which did not allow determining the factors
influencing the effectiveness of such usage in the housing and utilities sector and
determining the ways of overcoming the obstacles for their full implementation.
The Russian Information Systems 229
The research determines a range of contradictory provision of the law regarding the
conditions and the order of applying the state and private information systems in the
housing and utilities sector and determines the directions of improving the mechanism
of functioning of these systems for the purpose of the information provision of real-
ization of housing rights of the citizens.
1.4 Aim of the Study

The purpose of the study is to determine the main directions of improvement of the
legal mechanism that determines the forms and methods of using the information
systems in the housing and utilities sector on the basis of determining and analysis of
this mechanism’s drawbacks.
2 Methodological Framework
2.1 Research Methods

General and private methods of cognition were used: dialectic, historical, system,
formal and logical, rather-legal, intersectorial, etc. Their complex application allowed
determining the peculiarities of functioning of the systems of the housing and utilities
sector, the circle of subjects of relations for usage of the corresponding information
systems, and the hierarchy of legal norms in this sphere.
2.2 Research Basis

The research basis includes the works of the Russian and foreign scholars who studied
various aspects of functioning of information systems, including in the housing and
utilities sphere, the law in the sphere of information systems, and practice of its
application.
2.3 Research Stages

The problem was studied in two stages:
– 1st stage: selection and analysis of the existing scientific literature on the topic of the
research, as well as the law in the sphere of information systems and practice of its
application in the housing and utilities sector;
– 2nd stage: formulation of the conclusions received in the course of analysis of the
scientific literature, the law, and the practice of its application in the housing and
utilities sector, preparation of materials for publication.
3 Results and Discussions

3.1 Legal Regulation in the Sphere of Information in the Housing
and Utilities Sector
The state information system of the housing and utilities sector is one of the varieties of
state information systems (hereinafter – SIS HUS), which – due to the large number of
its users and social significance – is related to those for whom information technologies
play one of the most important roles. Information systems allow for participation of the
maximum number of citizens in voting for various issues that emerge during man-
agement of an apartment block, which means realization of housing rights. The liter-
ature notes that SIS HUS is very important during solving the inventory tasks by means
of accumulation and systematization of a large massive of information (Pichugin 2011).
The Order of the Ministry of Communications of the RF No. 504, and the Order of the
Ministry of Construction of the RF No. 934/pr dated December 12, 2014 made www.
dom.gosuslugi.ru the official web-site of SIS HUS. Therefore, this address on the
Internet is the web-site in which SIS HUS is located (Inyushkin 2015). Practical usage
of SIS HUS causes a lot of argues. The problem of usage the information system in the
housing and utilities sphere appeared during the general meeting of the owners of an
apartment block by voting, which was provided to the citizens by Article 47.1 of the
Housing Code of the RF.
3.2 The Procedure of Usage the State Information System of the Housing
and Utilities Sector
The key role during usage of the information system belongs to the administrator of the
general meeting, who, according to the provisions of the housing law, places the
announcement of the general meeting of premises’ owners in the apartment block,
sends the notification to each owner in the apartment block via the system, accepts the
written decisions of the owners in the apartment block on the issues that were voted (in
case they have not voted in the electronic form), specifies the data on the voter, and
post the electronic form of the owner’s decision in the system. At that, voting on the
issues of the agenda of the general meeting of premises’ owners in the apartment block
with the usage of the system is performed in the electronic form. According to the
Federal law dated April 6, 2011, No. 63-FZ “Regarding electronic signature”, it is
possible to use a simple electronic signature for legally significant actions, which can
be combined with the certificate of the verification key of the electronic signature and
the qualified certificate of the verification key of the electronic signature. Electronic
signature is the guarantee for identification of information and its sender (Tarasov
2014). Article 47.1 of the Housing Code of the RF does not envisage the corresponding
detalization and does not specify the implementation of this norm regarding the
owners’ voting. Probably, for the purpose of observing the balance of interests of
owners and initiators of the general meeting, it is expedient to use electronic signature
with a usual certificate of the verification key. In this situation, the persons participating
in voting will be reflected in the system, and falsification of votes and decisions of the
meetings is improbable.
3.3 Application of Non-Government Information Systems of the Housing

and Utilities Sector, Including Data Bases in the Housing and Utilities
Sector
The issue of applying other information systems during a general meeting of owners in
the apartment block in the form of postal vote, which is allowed by the legislator with
observation of the similar order and terms, is rather complex. Probably, for the purpose
of application of Article 47.1 of the Civil Code of the RF after January 1, 2018, it will
be necessary to determine the circle of subjects of these relations – similarly to the
subjects of relations during usage of SIS HUS. In this case, the list of participants of
these relations expands, which allows for their maximum regulation. During usage of
other information systems, the Internet will be used in any case – therefore, the
mandatory subjects that participate in the relations of postal vote of the owners will also
include the owner of the Internet site. He shall determine the order of using the
web-site, including the order of posting the information on it. Besides, during the usage
of other information systems, new providers of communications will appear who
provide the access to the Internet and, from the point of view of the Civil Code of the
RF, are information intermediaries. It should be noted that the system treatment of the
law allows using the legal regime of data bases with other information systems used in
the housing and utilities sector. As is provided in the literature, only the work of actors,
performers, conductors, and directors can be deemed the result of intellectual activities
in the list of joint rights objects that conform to the requirements of Article 1228 of the
CC of the RF on creation of such results with creative work of their authors (Eremenko
2012; Voynikanis 2013). The activities of manufacturers of phonograms, data bases,
and information organizers and publishers could be qualified as organizational and
technical. Thus, allied right of the manufacturer of data bases conforms to the doctrine
“Sweat of the brow”, which was described in the scientific literature on many occasions
(Manap et al. 2013). In the conditions of straight “direction” of the analyzed
non-government information systems at the housing and utilities sector, application of
the civil and legal norms on data bases will be subject to the special norms of the
housing law.
4 Conclusions
Legal regulation in the sphere of information systems in the RF is development very

quickly. In the conditions of wide implementation of informatization in the housing and
utilities sector, we offer to implement the following system legal corrections:
– establish the full list of subjects in relations for usage of information systems in the
housing and utilities sector, as it is not possible to determine them due to lack of
certainty in the ratio of general and special legal norms on information systems;
– specify the legal regime of data bases that perform the role of other information
systems, in particular – distinguish specialized data bases for solving the national
tasks.
– in order to avoid falsification of the decisions of general meetings of premises’

owners in the apartment block and for the purpose of keeping the balance of the
owners and initiators of the general meeting, it is expedient to use the electronic
signature with the usual certificate of verification key.
References
Manap, N.A., Hambali, S.N., Tehrani, P.M.: Intellectual creation in database: a superfluous test?
J. Intell. Property Rights 18(4), 369–376 (2013)
Shaikh, S.-A., Londhe, B.R.: Intricacies of software protection: a techno-legal review. J. Intell.
Property Rights 21(3), 157–165 (2016)
Amelin, P.B.: Federal law or information system: invitation to discussion. In: Administrative
Law and Procedure, No. 4, pp. 64–67 (2016)
Bachilo, I.L.: Information law: study guide for universities. - M.: Higher education, Yurait-Izdat,
p. 238 (2009)
Voynikanis, E.A.: Right of intellectual property in the digital age: the paradigm of balance and
flexibility. M.: Yurisprudentsiya, p. 208 (2013)
Eremenko, V.I.: Regarding the legal protection of allied rights in the Russian Federation. In: Law
and Economics, No. 2, pp. 30–55 (2012)
Inyushkin, A.A.: Information in the system of objects of civil rights and its interconnection with
intellectual property by the example of data bases. In: Information Law, No. 4, pp. 4–7 (2016)
Inyushkin, A.A.: The ratio of web-site on the Internet and data base. volume: Problems and
perspectives of socio-economic reformation of modern state and society. Materials of the 20th
international scientific and practical conference. The scientific publishing center “Institute of
strategic research”. - Moscow, pp. 56–58 (2015)
Pichugin, I.L.: Application of GIS technologies – the effective methods of monitoring of the
objects of the housing and utilities sector. Bulletin of Orel State Agrarian University, vol. 31,
No. 4, pp. 76–79 (2011)
Tarasov, A.M.: Cryptography and electronic digital signature. In: Russian Investigator, No. 1,
pp. 50–54 (2014)
Khusyaynova, S.G.: Imperfection of the law on disclosure of information in the housing and
utilities sector: a prosecutor’s opinion. In: Russian Justice, No. 11, pp. 16–18 (2016)
The Housing Code of the RF dated 29 December 2004 No. 188-FZ. Collection of laws of the RF.
No. 1 (part 1), Article 14, 03.01.2005
Federal law dated 3 July 2016 No. 267-FZ “Regarding the changes in the Housing Code of the
RF”. Collection of the laws of the RF. No. 27 (Part I). Article 4200. 04.07.2016
Federal law dated 12 March 2014 No. 35-FZ “Regarding corrections in part 1, 2, and 4 of the
Civil Code of the RF and certain laws of the RF”. Russian Gazette. No. 59. 14.03.2014
Federal law dated 27.07.2006 No. 149-FZ “Regarding information, information technologies,
and protection of information”. Collection of the laws of the RF. No. 31 (Part 1). Article 3448
31.07.2006
Federal law “Regarding the state information system in the housing and utilities sector”.
Collection of the laws of the RF. No. 30 (Part I). Article 4210 28.07.2014
Federal law dated 06.04.2011 No. 63-FZ “Regarding electronic signature”. Collection of the laws
of the RF. No. 15. Article 2036, 11.04.2011
The Order of the Ministry of Communications of the RF No. 504, and the Order of the Ministry
of Construction of the RF No. 934/pr dated 30 December 2014 “Regarding the official
web-site of the state information system of the housing and utilities sector in the information
and telecommunication network ‘Internet’”. Russian newspaper, vol. 42, 02.03.2015
Decision of the Court on intellectual rights dated 7 March 2014 No. C01-114/2013 on the Case
No. A56-58781/2012
Migration Processes in the Legal Life of Society
Vitaly A. Ponomarenkov1(&), Tatyana S. Cherevichenko1,

Elena A. Efremova1, Anna G. Bordakova1, and Alexey V. Azarkhin2
1
2
Samara Law Institute of the Federal Penitentiary Service of Russia,
Samara, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. Topicality. Topicality of the studied problem is predetermined by

the fact that the global migration processes take place in the world, and they
bring positive and negative consequences for the society.
The purpose of the article is to find the reasons and mechanisms of migra-
tion, as well as their social consequences for the modern society.
The methodology of this work includes the cognitive and systemic &
determining approach which required using a complex of general scientific,
specific scientific, and special methods of cognition.
The article opens the essence of migration processes and shows various
regulatory mechanisms of influencing the migration processes.
Practical significance. The article poses practical value for researchers who
study migration processes and conduct socio-economic forecasting.
Keywords: Migration Migration policy Labor potential Geopolitical factor
JEL Code: K 100 K 150 G 290
1 Introduction
Over the long history of mankind, people have constantly moved on the territory of the
planet. Article 13 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights says, “Everyone has
the right to freedom of movement and residence within the borders of each state.
Everyone has the right to leave any country, including his own, and to return to his
country” (Universal Declaration of Human Rights 1948).
In the modern world, such movement of people (migration of people) has different
consequences.
Migration (under certain conditions) supports the process of global economic
growth, stimulates the development of countries and societies, enriches difference
cultures and civilization, and plays an important role in solving national, regional, and
global problems. However, in certain cases, it becomes a serious problem that can
influence economic development of the countries and determine the level of social
tension, political stability, demographic situation, ethnic relations, etc.

Migration Processes in the Legal Life of Society 235
In the process of globalization, the Russian Federation opened its borders for
migrants, which led to growth of unemployment among the indigenous population and
aggravation of social and legal conflicts, which led to increase of dissatisfaction with
the state policy, etc.
Wise immigration policy and correct legal regulation in the regions of the RF
should influence the social processes of the life of the society and provide a positive
potential for development of the society’s legal life.

The following methods were used in the process of the research: systemic & structural,
comparative, and sociological.
2.2 Experimental Basis of the Research

The experimental basis of the research is Samara State University of Economics.
2.3 Stages of the Research

The problem was studied in three stages:
– first stage: theoretical analysis of existing methodological approaches given in the
scientific literature and dissertation works on the problem, as well as theory and
methodology of socio-legal studies; distinguishing the problem, purpose, and
methods of the research, compilation of the plan.
– second stage: formation and substantiation of the complex of social conditions of
the research; conduct of field survey, using the sociological method.
– third stage: analysis of conclusions received in the course of the research: specifi-
cation of theoretical and practical conclusions, generalization and systematization of
the received results.
3 Results
523 respondents were surveyed; the analysis of the regime of living activities and labor
of migrants in Samara Oblast was conducted.
4 Discussions
A lot of unskilled labor force enters Russia; also, a negative tendency is emigration of
highly-qualified personnel, especially representatives of science and higher education,
employees of the healthcare sphere, which services have an important social and
technological value for development of the country’s potential.
236 V. A. Ponomarenkov et al.
The reasons for external migration include economic, social, family, religious,
cultural, political, military, and existential (voluntary migration, people who want to
live in another country) (Madison 2006) factors of society’s life.
In its turn, the reasons for internal migration are search for a job, improvement of
housing conditions, increase of living standards, change of way of life, etc.
Internal migration is popular in the countries with large territory and various cli-
mate and economic conditions – e.g., Russia. At that, for Russia internal migration is
an important component of demographic and socio-economic development of the
country on the whole and separate regions in particular.
In the countries with wide territory, a large role belongs to internal seasonal
migration of work force, i.e., temporary movement of employees into rural territory for
agricultural works, and from rural territory to cities.
The cause of international migration is economic difference in the level of wages,
which could be received for the same work in different countries.
Lack of specialists in a certain profession or in certain country raises the wages for
representative of this profession and stimulates the inflow of highly-qualified migrants,
so external migration of work force is peculiar for increase of the share of
highly-qualified specialists in it.
Migration is partially caused by such reasons as war (military action) – e.g.,
migration from Syria under attacks of the “Islamic state” to Europe; natural catastro-
phes and political, ethnic, and confessional conflicts. At that, forced migration can be a
means of social control of authoritarian and totalitarian regimes, while voluntary
migration is a means of social adaptation and a reason for growth of urban population.
Modern migration processes are a many-sided phenomenon that influences all
aspects of development of society and the state.
Most of the modern theories of migration agree that migration is profitable for
accepting countries and for the countries of departure (under the condition of control
over the flows). At that, according to the scholars, migration does not negatively
influence the level of unemployment and the level of wages in accepting countries
(Haisken-DeNew and Zimmerman 1995; Brücker 2002).
Russia, with its low birth rate, high death rate, and large territory, needs a
high-quality migration structure. That’s why the task to “make our country attractive
for immigrants” requires real actions from Russia, aimed at development of
well-balanced migration policy, including the policy of acceptance of migrants, legal
and institutional provision of their stay and employment (in case of temporary labor
migration), and integration and naturalization (in case of permanent migration).
Of course, labor potential of migrants is different, so there should be measures of
professional training and additional training of migrants, as well as socio-cultural
adaptation in society.
Migrants (with low level of education, from remote and rural regions) are less
socio-adaptable, so they are less inclined to use the existing social institutes and ser-
vices – legal, educational, medical, national & cultural, etc. Most of social contracts are
conducted by them through informal connections, primarily through relatives and
friends, as well as the existing shadow institute of brokers in the sphere of organization
of migration and employment of migrants. All this increases “migration risks” and
decreases protection of migrants. On the other hand, such migrants possess
underdeveloped legal awareness and prefer not to protect their rights or to do this
through their informal (simply speaking, criminal) brokers.
From the beginning of mass labor migration, large and flexible networks have
appeared, which are used by new generations of migrants for organization of trips and
for emigration to Russia for permanent residency. These networks are not
well-developed. Unlike traditional expat communities, they are usually informal and
weakly institutionalized. However, they fill in the vacuum that appears due to lack of
official services but are often more effective than official structures.
Most (up to 80%) migrants find the job through their relatives and acquaintances,
i.e., with the help of existing informal migrants’ networks. On this basis, the “institute”
of private brokers is formed – these brokers work with most of the flow of labor
migrants, which leads to a substantial socio-economic imbalance – non-payment of
taxes, outflow of money from the country, distribution of infection diseases, growth of
the level of illegal migration, etc.
Thus, the reasons for negative tendencies of the migration processes are the
following:
1. Ineffectiveness of state migration policy, i.e., lack of clear systematized mechanisms
for solving the problems related to stay of foreign citizens on the territory of the
Russian Federation (unequal distribution of migrants on the territory of the coun-
try), which requires changing the laws that envisage the possibility of redistribution
of migrants for the subjects of the RF.
2. Mismatch between the migration and labor laws, which are related to organization
and functioning of the modern labor market, which leads to formation of shadow
sectors of economy that support high demand for unskilled and low-paid work
force.
3. Lack of the effective system of social protection and support for migrants.
4. Lack of effective system of social adaptation and integration of immigrants into the
Russian society (e.g., the possibility of serving religious cults, creating conditions
for implementation of socio-cultural needs, a chance for socio-psychological
adaptation in society, etc.)
5. Formation of the conditions of tolerant attitude of the country’s population and
migrants, as well as other conditions necessary for development of normal living
(Simanovich 2008).
The modern problems of illegal migration in Russia are caused by the fact that the
legal field of migration is very narrow due to strict laws, and, thus, illegal migrants
cannot legalize their position due to lack of procedures and the corresponding legal
basis (Balashov 2009).
A large share of illegal migrants are socially vulnerable, as they are isolated from
access to social institutes of the modern society and do not have a possibility to
implement the universal rights and freedoms of human – so they are obliged to go to
the sphere of shadow economy and criminal business.
Criminal migration is one of the negative aspects of the modern legal life of society,
which negative consequences are typical for Russia, but its scale and character make it
a threat to national security.
It is largely caused by the role of the criminal component of illegal migration.

During criminal migration the persons understand that they violate criminal laws,
which makes criminal migration a socially dangerous phenomenon. At that, criminal
migration is characterized by relative mass, as we speak of large numbers of people
who move into different countries with the purpose of performing illegal activities
(performing crimes).
Criminal migration is a latent phenomenon, which is manifested in hidden character
of territorial movements for the purpose of performing crimes. At that, criminal
migration is a part of the context of various phenomena: socio-economic, political,
national & ethnic, demographic, etc.
From the socio-legal aspect, criminal migration is a part of the developed infras-
tructure of criminal business; in view of the level of criminal penetration into legal
business and high mobility of offenders, it is possible to speak of a potential threat to
the state of the whole system of economic relations in a region or the country.
From the national & ethnic point of view, criminal migration is manifested in
territorial movement of the nations and ethnic groups that are peculiar for high mobility
in the criminal aspect. From the point of view of socio-demographics, criminal
migration is “mixed” with natural migration.
As of now, criminal migration is a certain means of provision of sordid wishes of
certain groups and the states which are used for achieving certain sordid purposes of
illegal enrichment.
Solving the problems of illegal migration requires a lot of effort from the state and
population; thus is true also for increasing the level of legal awareness among the
population, development of a new common goal and socio-legal standards.
These problems could be solved with the following:
(1) improvement of the state social and migration policy;
(2) changing the existing migration law;
(3) effective opposition to illegal immigration;
(4) attraction of highly-qualified foreign specialists into the country;
(5) integration and adaptation of immigrants into the Russian society, as well as
development of measures for formation of tolerant attitude to them with the
population of the RF.
Migration in the modern world is a factor that can influence the economic devel-
opment of countries and determines the level of social tension and political stability,
demographic situation, and ethnic relations. Migration is considered to be an inde-
pendent direction of the state policy not in all countries.
Wise policy and planned legal regulation are the tools for the state to influence these
processes. It is possible to view migration as a solution to the demographic problem:
inflow of able-bodied population with high level of education and professional quali-
fication, as well as children. On the contrary, in case of lack of wise political and legal
approaches, migration could turn into a negative factor that increases social tension,
provokes ethnic conflicts, and aggravates criminal situation (Nemytina 2001).
It is necessary to state that against the background of low population density of
Russia, the controlled and regulated migration could save the country, its nationhood, etc.
State, as a central element of the political system, influences all spheres of society’s
living activities. According to K.S. Gadzhiev, “state is an entity in which ethnic &
national, socio-cultural, property, and civil interests of people are combined in various
forms and levels” (Gadzhiev 1999).
Being a carrier of sovereignty (Article 4 of the Constitution of the RF), the state
uses the corresponding institutes to enter the relations with social subjects and performs
the main functions for managing the activities of the society.
The state’s activities for managing the economic, social, national, migration, and
other processes acquire the character of state policy (Zametina 2001). That’s why the
state has to develop and implement migration policy.
During development and implementation of state and regional migration policy, it
is necessary to create:
– a single data base of migrants on the territory of the country;
– develop rules for quotas of migrants on the basis of the principle of proportional
settlement, avoiding creation of ethnic “enclaves” of migrants;
– during adaptation of migrants, it is necessary to bear in mind that their integration
into the RF does not mean that they have to refuse their ethnic features;
– controlled migration is an important factor of provision of economic development
and the strategy of national security, constitutes an important resource and condition
for the state’s development.
The influence of the processes of globalization is unequal, which leads to dispro-
portions of increase of the scales and volumes of migration.
5 Conclusion
It should be concluded that migration is one of the regularities of developing processes

of socio-economic life of society in the conditions of globalization.
Due to Russia’s lacking mobile work force and due to refusal from low-paid and “not
prestigious” work, as well as destruction of the system of professional technical educa-
tion, demographic decline, and other negative phenomena of the modern life of the
society that led to low demand for free jobs, especially in the sphere of real production,
labor migration would perform an important and positive function of industrial pro-
duction, as well as development of non-production sphere (education, science, medicine).
This requires wise migration policy and solution of the following tasks that appear
in the life of the modern society:
1. Differentiated approach to limitation of labor migrants as to the levels:
– provision of permanent residence to highly-qualified specialists with a perspective
of obtaining citizenship of the RF (after the trial period);
– provision of work permit for several years to workers of industrial production and
agriculture with a perspective of extension of the period (under condition of
preservation of legally set requirements);
– training representatives of labor migration for the specialties that are necessary for
the Russian economy;
– creating conditions that ensure adaptation of migrants (teaching the basics of life
activities in the country, determining the temporary residence place, establishing a
system of social control over migrants and activities of employers, coverage of the
Russian labor law for migrants, etc.);
– creating conditions that favor the controlled labor migration into East Siberia and
the Far East.
All this will allow creating the conditions for solving the migration problem of the
legal life of society in the conditions of globalization and ensure observation of rights,
freedoms, and interests of migrants and the population of accepting countries.
References
Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Resolution 217 A (III) of the UN General Assembly
dated 10 December 1948
Madison, G.: Existential migration. Existent. Anal. 17(2), 238–260 (2006)
Haisken-DeNew, J.P., Zimmerman, K.F.: Wage and mobility effects of trade and migration,
CEPR Discussion Paper 1318, London (1995)
Brücker, H.: The Employment Impact of Immigration: a Survey of European Studies (2002)
Simanovich, L.N.: Actual problems of immigration in the Russian Federation. Migration picture
of modern Russia. Migr. Law 4, 24–27 (2008)
Balashov, Z.V.: Problems of criminal migration in modern Russia. Sci. Works 3(9), 393–396
(2009)
Nemytina, M.V.: Regulation of migration processes in Russia: ratio of politics and law.
Migration in Russia: Problems of legal provision. Saratov, p. 37 (2001)
Gadzhiev, K.S.: Political philosophy, p. 278 (1999)
Zametina, T.V.: Certain problems of correlation of the national and migration policy in the
Russian Federation. Migration in Russia. Problems of legal provision. Saratov, p. 36 (2001)
Tools for Sustainability Management
of Socio-ecological Systems in the Globalizing
World
Aleksey F. Rogachev1(&) , Viktoria N. Ostrovskaya2,

Alexandr S. Natsubidze3, Tatiana N. Litvinova1,
and Elena A. Yakovleva4
1
Volgograd State Agrarian University, Volgograd, Russia
2
North-Caucasus Federal University, Stavropol, Russia
[email protected]
3
Moscow Institute of State and Corporate Governance, Moscow, Russia
4
Voronezh State Forestry Engineering University Named After G. F. Morozov,
Voronezh, Russian Federation
[email protected]
Abstract. The article is devoted to solving the following problem: further

development of human society with preservation of current rate of production
volumes growth and increase of the number of population may lead to the global
catastrophe. The purpose of the work is to develop effective tools of sustain-
ability management of socio-ecological systems in the conditions of globaliza-
tion. The methods of the research include modeling and multi-criterial
optimization, with the help of which the authors formulate the task of provision
of socio-ecological systems sustainability in the conditions of globalization and
offer a managerial model for solving it. The basis of the sustainability man-
agement tools of socio-ecological systems in the globalizing world should be
economic & mathematical model of multi-criterial optimization of sustainability
of economic and ecological development of modern global economic system.
The authors denote three directions of solving this optimization task and develop
the corresponding instrumentarium and the proprietary model of sustainability
management of socio-ecological systems in the globalizing world.
Keywords: Management Socio-ecological systems

Sustainable development Globalization
1 Introduction
Striving for satisfying various interests of various economic agents under the condi-
tions of limitation of resources and possibilities of the environment over the whole
history of humankind led to aggravation of the ecological situation in the world. The
key problem consists in the fact that further development of humanity with preservation
of the current rate of increase of production volumes and increase of population might
lead to the global catastrophe.

242 A. F. Rogachev et al.
Modern culture of consumption dictates need for increase of volumes of

GDP. Quick growth of population in combination with the idea of humanity also
causes growth of total needs of humankind. All this does not allow refusing from the
plans of economic development. However, it is impossible to ignore the ecological
consequences of intensive development of economy.
Over the recent decades, developed countries actively use such tool of sustain-
ability management of socio-ecological systems as transfer of hazardous production on
the territory of other countries. It does not allow solving ecological problems in the
global scale but only improves the position of certain countries as compared to others.
At that, development of the global socio-ecological system is still unsustainable.
In the conditions of globalization, all countries of the world are in close interde-
pendence, and the idea that lies in the basis of modern approach to sustainability
management of socio-ecological systems, which consists in striving for solving the
ecological пpoблeм by means of other countries without significant limitations from
their side, is false. This is reflected by ineffectiveness of existing and necessity for
development of a new instrumentarium of sustainability management of
socio-ecological systems in the conditions of globalization – which is viewed in this
article.
2 Methods
Sustainable development supposes combination of interests of development of pro-

duction – primarily, industrial (Grincheva 2016) – and environment protection (Hák
et al. 2016). Unsustainable development of socio-economic and ecological systems
leads to crises (Kopnina 2016), which could be manifested in the sphere of economy
and in the sphere of ecology (Aznar-Márquez and Ruiz-Tamarit 2016).
Management of socio-ecological and economic systems supposes state interference
with market processes (Moussiopoulos et al. 2010) for limiting the development of
economy for the purpose of minimizing the damage to the environment (Ferrão et al.
2014; Frolov et al. 2015; Popkova et al. 2015; Nadtochey 2010).
In the conditions of globalization, the process of managing the socio-economic and
ecological systems becomes complicated (Ren 2012), as it is influenced by more
factors (Cheng et al. 2015), and it is necessary to take into account interests of a large
number of interested parties (Sturn 2013; Marsh 2012).
Based on the performed literature overview on the topic of the research, it is
possible to conclude that despite a high level of elaboration of certain aspects of the
solved problem, modern authors study it primarily at the theoretical level.
At that, practical tools of sustainability management of socio-ecological systems in
the conditions of globalization remain beyond the limits of the performed studies. It
causes the necessity for development of empirical and methodological basis of man-
agement sustainability.
The research methods include modeling and multi-criterial optimization, with the
help of which the authors formulated the task of provision of sustainability of
socio-ecological systems in the conditions of globalization and offer a managerial
model for its solution.
Tools for Sustainability Management of Socio-ecological Systems 243
3 Results
The authors offer that the tools of sustainability management of socio-ecological sys-
tems in the conditions of globalization be based on the proprietary economic &
mathematical model of multi-criterial optimization:
8
>
> S ¼ ðGDP=NPÞ=DE ! max;
<
GDP ! max;
ð1Þ
>
> NP ! max;
:
DE ! min:
where S – sustainability of socio-ecological system;

GDP – volume of GDP within system;
NP – number of system’s population;
DE – damage to ecology of system;
In the formula (1), the sought variables are volume of GDP, number of population,
and damage to the ecology of environment. The targeted function supposes that sus-
tainability of socio-ecological system, determined as ration of GDP per capita to the
damage to environment, should strive to maximum with the following limitations: GDP
and number of population should strive to maximum, and loss to environment – to the
minimum.
These limitations are dictated by the very idea of sustainable development of the
socio-ecological system, according to which the number of population constantly
grows, which leads to increase of needs and necessity for satisfying them, by growth of
GDP. At that, provision of this level and living standards of the population requires
preservation of favorable environment and minimization of the damage to ecology from
production activities.
Obviously, the limitations set in the optimization task contradict each other –
increase of GDP inevitable leads to increase of damage to the environment. This task
could be solved in the global, national, and regional scales. With the help of modern
software (for example, MathCad program), it is possible to obtain Pareto limit for
non-dominating solutions (series of optimal solutions each of which corresponds to the
given limitations).
While selecting the best solution, depending on the socio-economic, cultural, and
political peculiarities of the viewed system, it is necessary to determine priority of each
of the limitations. Thus, interests of the growth of population might prevail over the
purposes of provision of favorable conditions of life. Then the number of population
and GDP will increase, and the state of ecology will aggravate.
Or, quite on the contrary, the system might be interested in provision of maximally
comfortable conditions for life. Then, either GDP per capita will decrease, or the
number of population will reduce. In either case, there are three directions for solving
this optimization task within sustainability management of socio-ecological systems in
the conditions of globalization.
The first direction supposes reduction of each human’s needs within change of
GDP/NP ratio. At the first glance, this might seem unreal, as it is considered that needs
are unlimited and the possibilities of their satisfaction with the help of GDP growth are
limited by existing resources and production capacities.
However, with more detailed analysis of this problem, it is possible to see that with
improvement of technologies of production, the very product changes – and it can
satisfy more needs, i.e., there is increase of feedback from production in the sphere of
satisfaction of needs. Thus, while preserving the volume of production, it is possible to
increase the level of satisfaction of society’s needs. Within this direction, it is possible
to offer the following tools:
– Modernization of technologies and equipment. This will allow increasing feedback
from production and labor efficiency;
– Application of marketing for management of needs. With the help of marketing
tools it is possible to create new needs and reduce the old ones;
– Implementation of innovations and creation of new types of products. Development
of new products, which can satisfy more needs, will allow reducing the production
volume with preservation of the level of need satisfaction.
The second direction is oriented at adaptation to new, less favorable conditions of
the environment within the change of NP/DE ratio. This could be conducted within the
evolution. As is known, human society differs from animals by the fact that it does not
adapt to the environment but changes the environment. However, human can also adapt
to the new ecology.
This supposes artificial creation of special closed areas with favorable environment
for special groups of population, improvement of medical and biotechnologies for
curing new types of diseases that emerge in the conditions of life in unfavorable
environment, conquering space for relocation of part of the population, etc. The fol-
lowing tools could be offered within this direction:
– Development of innovations. Development of new technologies will allow creating
and restoring favorable environment;
– Reduction of requirements to the environment. Within adaptation to new ecological
conditions, it is possible to change a human’s body with the newest technologies;
– Refusal from hazardous production. This tool supposes import of products manu-
facture of which supposes serious damage to the environment, or full refusal from
consumption of such products.
The third direction is based on minimization of the damage done to the environ-
ment in the process of production activities within changing the GDP/DE ratio. This
direction is the most realistic and perspective. It supposes development of innovational
technologies for reduction of production wastes with preservation of its scales. The
following tools could be offered within this direction:
– Attraction of investments. Implementation of the latest production technologies
requires significant financial resources;
– Toughening of ecological standards. This measure is aimed at state stimulation of
the process of business ecologization;
– Growth of demand for ecological responsibility of business. This allows the whole
society to motivate business for increase of ecological compatibility of production.
In practice, it is possible to realize all the given directions simultaneously or some

of them that fit the socio-economic system. Together, they form the model of sus-
tainability management of socio-ecological systems in the conditions of globalization
(Fig. 1).
Fig. 1. Model of sustainability management of socio-ecological systems in the conditions of

globalization
As is seen from Fig. 1, subjects of management in the offered model are state,
which can regulate and stimulate society and business for increase of sustainability, and
society, which can motivate private business for realization of the sustainability
practice. As a result of realization of the model, GDP per capita should be reduced with
preservation of society’s satisfaction level, criteria of favorable environment should be
adapted and changed, and volume of hazardous waste of production should be reduced
with preservation of the GDP volume.
4 Discussion
Realization of the determined directions and the offered tools of sustainability man-
agement of socio-ecological systems will allow regulating the contradiction between
socio-economic and ecological interests in the modern global economic system. At the
national level – depending on the unique peculiarities of a specific country – it is
possible to select and realize the best fitting direction of sustainability management
depending on the set criteria of optimization.
5 Conclusion
It should be concluded that sustainable development of socio-ecological systems could

be ensured by joint efforts of all economic agents. In the conditions of globalization,
the problem of provision of sustainable development of socio-ecological systems
should be solved by all members of international economic relations.
To a certain extent, a limitation of the results of this research is the full character of
the offered tools and the model of sustainability management of socio-ecological
systems in the conditions of globalization, as well as non-domination of solutions on
Pareto limit for the developed model of multi-criterial optimization.
In the process of further research in the sphere of sustainable development, the
attention should be paid to development of the mechanism of prioritization of opti-
mality criteria for various socio-economic and ecological systems.
References
Hák, T., Janoušková, S., Moldan, B.: Sustainable development goals: a need for relevant
indicators. Ecol. Ind. 60, 565–573 (2016)
Aznar-Márquez, J., Ruiz-Tamarit, J.R.: Environmental pollution, sustained growth, and sufficient
conditions for sustainable development. Econ. Model. 54, 439–449 (2016)
Cheng, Y., Johansen, J., Hu, H.: Exploring the interaction between R&D and production in their
globalization. Int. J. Oper. Prod. Manag. 35(5), 782–816 (2015)
Ferrão, P., Ribeiro, P., Rodrigues, J., Lopes, A., Costa, E.L.: Environmental, economic and social
costs and benefits of a packaging waste management system: a Portuguese case study. Resour.
Conserv. Recycl. 85, 67–78 (2014)
Frolov, D.P., Popkova, E.G., Stratulat, I.V., Shulimova, A.A.: Complex management of
promising technologies: a case study of Russian nano-industry. Nanotechnol. Law Bus. 12(2),
148–160 (2015)
Grincheva, N.: Sustainable development in cultural projects: mistakes and challenges. Dev. Pract.
26(2), 236–250 (2016)
Kopnina, H.: The victims of unsustainability: a challenge to sustainable development goals. Int.
J. Sustain. Dev. World Ecol. 23(2), 113–121 (2016)
Marsh, P.: The New Industrial Revolution: Consumers, Globalization and the End of Mass
Production, pp. 1–311 (2012)
Moussiopoulos, N., Achillas, C., Vlachokostas, C., Spyridi, D., Nikolaou, K.: Environmental,
social and economic information management for the evaluation of sustainability in urban
areas: a system of indicators for Thessaloniki, Greece. Cities 27(5), 377–384 (2010)
Popkova, E.G., Abramov, S.A., Ermolina, L.V., Gandin, E.V.: Strategic effectiveness evaluation
as integral part of the modern enterprise management. Asian Soc. Sci. 11(20), 16–21 (2015)
Ren, X.: Building globalization: transnational architecture production in urban China. Urban
Morphol. 16(2), 165–166 (2012)
Sturn, R.: Economic citizenship rights as barriers to trade? Production-related local justice and
business-driven globalisation. In: Merle, J.C. (ed.) Spheres of Global Justice, pp. 663–679.
Springer, Dordrecht (2013). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-5998-5_53
Nadtochey, Y.I.: The phenomenon of one-sidedness in the policy of the USA and Russia. Int.
Process. 8(24), 85–95 (2010)
Analysis and Problems of Development
of Regional Consumer Complex
Galina V. Golikova(&), Galina N. Franovskaya,

and Olga B. Dzyubenko
Voronezh State University, Voronezh, Russia

[email protected]
Abstract. The article is devoted to the issues of development of the consumer

sphere of goods and services in regional economy and to the possibilities of
increase of the consumer market’s competitiveness in the conditions of econ-
omy’s globalization and growth of territorial competition. It is considered that
the consumer sphere of goods and services in middle-sized regions of Russia
develops with insufficient intensity. Thus, it is necessary to develop the mea-
sures of state stimulation and regulation of the consumer market’s development.
As a result of research, the problems of development of the regional consumer
complex are determined and the system of measures of state support for
development of the consumer sphere of goods and services in a region is offered.
Keywords: Regional consumer complex Consumer market

Development of the consumer sphere of goods and services
GEL Classification Codes: R 11 – General Spatial Economics:

Analysis of Growth, Development, and Changes
1 Introduction
In the conditions of economy’s globalization and growth of territorial competition,

development of a region depends on the capabilities to create and develop new
structures that allow developing according to the global standards. Dynamic devel-
opment of the consumer sphere of goods and services is one of the directions of
increase of regional economy’s competitiveness which allows solving a wide specter of
socio-economic tasks. They include increase of living standards, increase of well-being
and employment rate of the population, increase of region’s competitiveness, and
increase of innovative activity of socio-economic systems.
Characteristics and qualitative parameters of the regional consumer complex in
Russia differ from the Western ones. It could be explained by the fact that Russia has
more traditional spheres which ensure transportation and sales of the manufactured
products. Besides, differentiation of the Russian regions as to various indicators of
socio-economic development is very high [1].
The Central Federal District of the RF is the mode developed and the widest in the
sphere of consumption of goods and services. A special role belongs to the transport

Analysis and Problems of Development of Regional Consumer Complex 249
and logistics, telecommunication, and financial services, which are the basis of the
whole economy [2]. Still, they require constant improvement.
Consumer preferences and institutional conditions of the regions are very important
for various economic sub-systems of Russia [3].
The influence of public authorities of various levels in the Russia’s economic
processes is very high [4].
Based on the documents of strategic planning of the RF and the Central Federal
District (CFD), the key external factors of the consumer complex development in
regions are the following [7, 8]:
– high dependence on import of food, raw materials, and components, machines and
equipment, and everyday usage products;
– high level of cooperation between the region’s economy and other subjects of the
RF;
The key internal factors of development of the consumer sphere of goods and
services in the CFD are the following:
– the dominating position in the Moscow region (80% of gross regional product of the
region);
– substantial disproportions in the socio-economic development of the District’s
region;
– rates of the consumer market development of Moscow (50% of GRP is created in
trade);
– tourism.
2 Analysis of Development of the Consumer Complex

in the CFD of the RF
Let us characterize the structure of the consumer complex in the CFD. At present, the
Central Federal District is peculiar for growth of the volume of sold goods and services
on the whole and per capita. Still, the indicator “turnover of goods and services per
capita” does not fully reflect the real socio-economic phenomena and processes, as the
level of population’s income is different for each region.
As of now, the consumer market is peculiar for the large volume of various goods
and services. The consumer market of the CFD is determined by the indicators given in
Table 1.
These data show that dynamics of turnover of retail of the CFD is positive. Its
structure is in constant development and improvement. This is explained by growing
indicators of the share of paid services in the total volume of retail, public catering, and
paid services for the population.
Dynamics of development of the consumer complex in the regions of the CFD,
which formed in 2011–2015, is peculiar for the positive tendencies (Table 2).
According to the statistical data, factual consumption of households grew by
169.3% in 2015; the average money income per capita grew by 165.5%; the average
250 G. V. Golikova et al.
Table 1. Turnover of retail, public catering, and paid services for the population of the CFD [9]
Indicators 2014 2015 2016
Total volume of retail, public catering, and paid 129,869.4 166,130.1 226,576.9
services for population, RUB million
In % including: 100 100 100
Turnover of retail, RUB million 96,969.8 121,736.6 161,441.0
In % to total 74.7 73.3 71.3
Turnover of public catering, RUB million 6,549.4 7,837.6 10,543.5
In % to total 5.0 4.7 4.6
Paid services to population, RUB million 26,351.2 36,555.9 54,532.4
In % to total 20.3 22.0 24.1
Table 2. Dynamics of development of the consumer sphere of goods and services in the regions
of the CFD in 2011–2015.
Indicators Years 2011 to 2015
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
Factual final consumption 18,928 23,684 25,039 27,660 32,053 169.3%
of households, in current
prices, RUB billion
Per capita, RUB 132,542 165,920 175,361 193,630 224,206 169.2%
In % as compared to the 112.5 109.4 95.5 104.0 105.8 −6.7 pct
previous year, in
compatible prices
Money income of the 12,540.2 14,863.6 16,895.0 18,950.8 20,754.9 165.5%
population per capita,
monthly, RUB
Real disposable money 112.1 102.4 103.0 105.9 100.4 −11.7 pct
income of the population,
in % as compared to the
previous year
Average monthly nominal 13,593.4 17,290.1 18,637.5 10,952.2 23,369.2 171.9%
accrued wages of the
people employed in
economy, RUB
Real accrued wages, in % 117.2 111.5 96.5 105.2 102.8 −14.4 pct
as compared to the
previous year
Average pension, RUB 3115,5 4198,6 5191,1 7476,3 8202,9 263,3%
Real volume of pensions, 104.8 118.1 110.7 134.8 101.2 −3.6 pct
in % as compared to the
previous year
(continued)
Indicators Years 2011 to 2015
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
Minimum subsistence 3,847 4,593 5,153 5,688 6,369 165.6%
level, per capita RUB per
month
In % as compared to the 112.4 119.4 112.2 110.4 112.0 −0.4 pct
previous year
Population with the money 18.8 19.0 18.4 17.7 18.0 95.7%
income below the
minimum subsistence
level; million people
In % of the total number 13.3 13.4 13.0 12.5 12.7 −0.6 pct
of population
In % as compared to the 87.0 101.1 96.8 96.2 101.7 14.7 pct
previous year
Ratio of the value of the 327 348 334 341 340 13 pct
minimum subsistence
level to the monthly
average accrued wages
accrued wages of the people employed in economy grew by 171.9%; the average
volume of pensions grew by 263.3%.
Besides the number of the population below the poverty line (people with money
income below the minimum subsistence level) decreased by 4.3% by 2015; as to the
share of the total number of the Russian population – by 0.6 pct.
At that, in “real” value, i.e., in view of inflation, all indicators of the money income
of the population reduced over the studied period: for income – by 11.7 pct, for accrued
wages – by 14.4 pct, for pensions – by 3.6 pct. This influenced the dynamics of the
indicators of formation of the factual final consumption, which sources, according to
the official statistics, are expenditures of household and social transfers in the natural
form.
Dynamics of the structure of consumption for the directions of consumer expen-
ditures is shown in Table 3.
Quicker growth of the population’s expenditures for consumption of food products
is confirmed not only by structural but also by “per unit” indicators.
It should be noted that the indicators of dynamics of development of retail and
turnover per capita slowed down as calculated by compatible prices.
It is known that due to large difference in socio-economic development of the
regions of the CFD, retail turnover is differentiated. This is true for the “per unit”
indicator of turnover, calculated per capita for the corresponding territory, which varies
from RUB 68,416 in 2015 for a resident of Orel Oblast (per year) to RUB 286,952 for a
Moscow resident. In view of this, we studied the changes in distribution of the regions
of the CFD as to retail turnover per capita for 2011–2015 in Table 4.
Table 3. Dynamics of the structure of consumption for the directions of consumer expenditures
in the CFD
Directions of consumer Years 2011
expenditures for the purpose 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 and
of consumption 2015,
(+, −)
Consumer expenditures – total 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0
Including: Expenditures for food 28.4 29.1 30.5 29.6 29.5 1.1
products and non-alcoholic
beverages
Alcoholic beverages, tobacco 2.4 2.3 2.4 2.4 2.5 0.1
products
Clothing and shoes 10.4 10.4 10.4 10.8 10.1 −0.3
Household services, water, electric 11.6 10.4 10.8 11.3 11.4 −0.2
energy, gas, and other types of fuel
Household articles, household 7.3 7.5 7.0 6.2 6.5 −0.8
appliances, and house care
Healthcare 3.1 2.9 3.1 3.3 3.5 0.4
Transport 16.6 15.5 13.4 14.9 15.9 −0.7
Communications 3.8 3.7 3.8 3.8 3.7 −0.1
Leisure and culture events 6.4 3.7 7.3 6.8 6.8 0.4
Education 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.2 −0.6
Hotels, café, and restaurants 3.0 3.0 3.4 3.4 3.2 0.2
Other goods and services 5.2 5.9 6.4 6.2 6.0 0.8
The grouping showed that over the five-year period there took place a substantial
shift in distribution of regions in the direction of growth of the retail turnover
per capita.
This allows for the conclusion on the tendency of leveling of the realized consumer
demand, which is reflected by the indicator of turnover of retail per capita. This is a
positive aspect – in view of its influence on the formation of consumer behavior.
In the regional distribution of retail turnover per capita, the positive changes in the
direction of regions’ shift into the groups with higher intervals of the indicator and
leveling of the realized consumer demand took place, confirmed by equal distribution
of regions at the end of the research period.
The consumer complex of the CFD is developing very quickly. Wholesale and
retail trade accounts for a third part of the gross regional products of the District. In
2011, the crisis phenomena in the economy led to reduction of retail turnover in the
CFD by 4.8%. The trade sphere is peculiar for domination of the Moscow region.
Retail turnover for the trade networks of the District constitutes 16.8% of the total
volume, which shows a significant potential of development of trade networks.
One of the most urgent problems that hinder the development of the consumer
complex in the regions of the CFD is insufficiently developed trade infrastructure and
low rates and volumes of construction of new trade areas.
Table 4. Dynamics of retail turnover per capita in the CFD for 2011–2015
Indicators Years 2011–
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2015
(+, −)
RUB, in factual prices
Turnover of retail, 171,320 188,757 207,394 231,873 237,737 66,417
including:
Food products, 82,919 90,415 101,623 113,386 119,582 36,663
including beverages
and tobacco
Non-food products 88,401 98,342 105,771 118,487 118,155 29,754
In % as compared to the previous year, in compatible prices
Turnover of retail, 116.5 110.2 109.9 111.8 102.5 −14.0
including:
Food products, 113.7 109.0 112.4 111.6 105.5 −8.2
including beverages
and tobacco
Non-food products 119.3 111.2 107.6 112.0 99.7 −19.6
The measures of state policy in the sphere of development of the consumer com-
plex should be oriented at increase of accessibility of areas and lands for development
of trade and logistical organizations, quick increase of communal generating and dis-
tributing capacities, and development of the sphere of telecommunications and elec-
tronic payments.
The main mechanisms of development of the consumer complex infrastructure are
construction of infrastructural objects, usage of the mechanisms of public-private
partnership, provision of various subsidies, and creation of the necessary administrative
conditions for the purpose of attracting private capital for development of infrastruc-
tural objects.
An important task of development of the consumer sphere of goods and services is
reduction of disproportions in development of trade in industrially developed centers of
the macro-region and remote communities, where the material and technical basis of
trade companies is ineffective and old – both morally and physically.
At the regional level, for the purpose of development of the consumer sector, it is
possible to use the mechanism of formation of sectorial and inter-sectorial clusters [5].
Analysis of the state and problems of the consumer complex allows determining a
range of top-priority directions for further development of the consumer sphere of
goods and services at the meso-level. They include:
(1) scientific substantiation of the territorial organizations of the consumer complex in
view of peculiarities of settlement and social structure of population;
(2) development of the marketing studies aimed at the issue of the population’s
demand for goods and services;
(3) improvement of the structure of services by means of increase of the share of edu-
cational, medical, financial, information, service, and tourist & recreational services;
(4) development in the production sphere of consumer goods and services of small
entrepreneurship and medium business, including attraction of foreign capital
(creation of joint companies);
(5) active search for source of financing and development of the economic mecha-
nisms for stimulating entrepreneurial activities, aimed at fuller satisfaction of the
population’s demand for goods and services;
(6) strengthening of the material and technical basis of industrial companies by means
of restoration of the main funds and implementation of the world-level progres-
sive technologies, which will allow diversifying the assortment and improving the
quality of their products;
(7) implementing the achievement of the scientific and technical revolution into the
consumer sphere, including communications means and information technologies
– which will influence positively the development of the consumer complex and
increase of the quality of goods and services for the population.
3 Conclusions
The Russian and foreign experience of functioning of the regional consumer complexes
confirms the necessity for interaction between the public and local authorities and the
key participants of the consumer sphere of goods and services. This aspect positively
influences the processes of consolidation of the efforts of the state and business
structures for increase of the region’s competitiveness in the consumer sphere.
For development of the regional consumer complex, it is necessary to take into
account advantages of the specific region, which will allow attracting investments.
Besides, active development of the consumer sphere of goods and services requires
state regulation and support in the form of provision of subsidies and state guarantees.
Implementation of cluster project in the consumer complex may become a multiplier
for development of the region’s economy.
Bases on the monitoring of development of the consumer sphere of goods and
services, it is possible to conclude that the situation in the consumer market is viewed
as positive, and the forecast for its development is positive as well. However, public
authorities and the entrepreneurial community have to show clear actions for solving
the most topical problems of the consumer complex.
References
1. Ibragimova, N.A., Parakhina, V.N., Pankova, L.N., Kalyugina, S.N., Khanaliev, G.I.:
Differentiation of regions of the Russian Federation as to level of budget revenue potential of
municipal entities. J. Appl. Econ. Sci. 11(5(43)), 940–954 (2016)
2. Makarov, E.I., Nikolaeva, Y.R., Shubina, E.A., Golikova, G.V.: Impact of risks on stable and
safe functioning of transport and logistics cluster of the transit region. In: Popkova, E.G. (ed.)
Russia and the European Union, Development and Perspectives. Contributions to Economics,
pp. 321–326. Springer International Publishing AG (2017)
3. Treshchevsky, Y., Nikitina, L., Litovkin, M., Mayorova, V.: Results of innovational activities
of russian regions in view of the types of economic culture. In: Russia and the European
Union, Development and Perspectives. Contributions to Economics, pp. 47–53 (2017).
ISBN: 978-3-319-55256-9 (Print) 978-3-319-55257-6 (Online)
4. Risin, I.E., Treshchevsky, Y.I., Tabachnikova, M.B., Franovskaya, G.N.: Public authorities
and business on the possibilities of region’s development. In: Popkova, E. (ed.) Overcoming
Uncertainty of Institutional Environment as a Tool of Global Crisis Management.
Contributions to Economics. Springer, Cham (2017). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-
60696-5_8, ISBN 978-3-319-60695-8 (Print), ISBN 978-3-319-60696-5 (Online)
5. Vertakova, Y., Risin, I., Treshchevsky, Y.: The methodical approach to the evaluation and
development of clustering conditions of socio-economic space. In: Proceeding of the 27th
International Business Information Management Association Conference – Innovation
Management and Education Excellence Vision 2020: from Regional Development Sustain-
ability to Global Economic Growth, IBIMA (2016)
6. Vertakova, Y.V.: Vector analysis of cluster initiatives of the region. In: Vertakova, Y.V.,
Polozhentseva, Y.S., Klevtsova, M.G. (eds.) Scientific and Technical Bulletin of St.
Petersburg State Polytechnic Universityа. Economic Sciences, no. 1(211), pp. 43–50 (2015)
7. The Concept of long-term socio-economic development of the RF until 2020. http://www.
consultant.ru/document/cons_doc_LAW_82134/28c7f9e359e8af09d7244d8033c66928fa27e527/
8. Strategy of socio-economic development of the Central Federal District until 2020. http://
economy.gov.ru/wps/wcm/connect/16ee8ae4-4bdb-4616-9375
9. Economy of the Central Federal District. http://newsruss.ru/doc/index.php. Accessed 25 Apr
2017
Information Provision of Planning the Balance
of the Innovational and Investment
Spheres of Activities
Olga A. Boris1(&), Pavel N. Timoshenko2,

and Valentina N. Parakhina1
1
North Caucasus Federal University, Stavropol, Russia
{boris,vparakhina}@ncfu.ru
2
Nevinnomysk State Humanitarian and Technical Institute,
Nevinnomyssk, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The issues studied in this article are very topical, as all specialists are
confident in the necessity for provision of well-balanced innovational and
investment spheres of activities. For management of these processes, it is
important to have correct information on their dynamics, as well as method-
ologies and tools of its processing for assessment of balance.
For solving the set problem, the essence and indicators of balance of the
innovational and investment spheres of activities were analyzed. It was deter-
mined that the notion “balance” has the financial, economic, ecological, orga-
nizational, and technical & technological senses. The system of indicators that
reflects them has to conform to certain requirements (accessibility, authenticity,
fullness, and compatibility) and include the indicators of balance of the required
resources and their sources, as well as coordination of the required and existing
(planned, forecasted) rates of change of the results of their usage.
It is especially important to determine and prevent the critical level of
imbalances in the state system of management, including the sphere of inno-
vational development and its investment provision. One of the key aspects in
this process is formation of the comprehensive innovational & investment policy
at the state level as a primary precondition for the balance of the innovational
and investment spheres of activities and the basis for its planning.
The authors identify the sources of the information necessary for conduct of
evaluation of balance and methods of assessment of its indicators and distin-
guish the most acceptable of them, which, due to high information content and
relative simplicity, include the following: the matrix (for evaluation of the
resources’ balance) and correlation methods (for evaluation of balance of
dynamics of the basic indicators of development).
The principles (of normative & legal provision, strategic orientation, coor-
dination of interests, and constant monitoring) and organizational & method-
ological approaches to information provision of the process of planning of
balance are determined.
The article provides the results of evaluation of balance at the level of the
sphere (industry). The determined limitations in development show that it is
necessary to reorganize management of regional and sectorial systems from the
positions of provision of balance. For this, the mechanism of information

Information Provision of Planning the Balance 257
provision of planning of balance of the innovational and investment spheres of

activities is offered.
Keywords: Information provision Planning Well-balanced development

Innovative activities Investment sphere Industry
Methods of evaluation of balance
1 Introduction
The value of indicators of balance development is that they provide factual basis for
determining:
strategic feedback that shows to the persons who make decisions the current status
of the organizations from several perspectives;
diagnostic feedback from various processes for management of changes;
temporary tendencies of the change of effectiveness of work with control over
indicators;
feedback between the methods of measuring and selection of controlled indicators;
quantitative incoming parameters for the methods of forecasting and modeling for
the systems of decision support.
Topicality of the problem of information provision of planning of balance devel-
opment of industry is caused by a lot of problems of the methodological, organiza-
tional, technological, and economic character.
According to the works (Niven 2004; Sirotkina and Vorontsova 2014; Khamidulina
and Suldina 2015, Goncharov and Sitorkina 2015a, 2015b; Kruglyakova et al. 2017),
as well as Parakhina and Khanaliev 2011, Boris 2014, Timoshenko and Gorbenko
2016, there is no methodology for balance evaluation that is acceptable for various
spheres. Therefore, it is necessary to compare different approaches that allow evalu-
ating the level of “imbalances” and planning their reduction.
Organizational problems are manifested in the fact that the existing system of
planning supposes evaluation of balances of the material and financial characters
(which is reflected in the works on planning of regions and separate spheres –
(Basovsky 2002; Maximenko 2009; Tadtaev and Parakhina 2016) and does not deal
with the issues of collecting information for coordinating the tendencies of innovational
& investment development.
The technological problems are related to weak elaboration of the technologies of
receipt and processing of interconnected information of the innovational and invest-
ment spheres of activities – as is seen in the works (Anshina 2006; Arsenyeva et al.
2016; Bergman and Charles 2003; Goncharenko 2014; Doloro and Parto 2003), etc.
The economic problems are determines by increasing negative influence of
imbalance and uncertainty of the forecast situation in the sphere of the innovational &
investment spheres of activities on the results of development of the spheres of the
Russian national economy – which is shown by the works (Glazyev 2013; Parakhina
et al. 2015; Treshchevsky et al. 2017).
258 O. A. Boris et al.
2 Methods
The following methods were used:

– monographic, for studying the essence, principles, and approaches to creation of the
system of information provision planning of balance of the innovational and
investment spheres of activities and formation of the investment policy at the state
level;
– economic & statistical – for receipt, selection, and evaluation of information on the
indicator of balance of the innovational & investment spheres of activities;
– index, matrix, economic & mathematic modeling – for complex evaluation of the
level of the system’s development balance;
– induction and deduction for the formation of conclusions for the results of calcu-
lations of the indicators of balance of the innovational & investment spheres of
activities in the analyzed systems.
3 Main Part
1. Studying the essence and the indicators of balance of the innovational & investment
spheres of activities
For the purposes of monitoring and diagnostics of the influence of various con-
ditions on well-balanced innovational development, for adequate managerial interac-
tion at the macro-economic level, it is necessary to apply special research methods,
developed in view of peculiarities of the component structure of balance. This con-
dition predetermines the topicality of substantiation the indicators of well-balanced
development and further development of methodological approaches to conduct of
monitoring of the socio-economic position and interpretation of the received results
from the positions of well-balanced development. The system of indicators of
socio-economic development should conform to the requirements of completeness,
accessibility, and correctness of the information; possibility of expansion of spatial and
time limits; compatibility; information content of results.
That’s why the indicators should be developed on the basis of priorities of the
strategic plan which contains the key factors of development of business and criteria of
selecting the indicators that are most interesting for the managers. Then, the processes
of information collection are planned and bringing them into the numerical from for
storage, reflection, and analysis.
During determining the criterion of balance, it is necessary to consider several
aspects of this category, providing each indicator in two “views” (the present and the
future) and as to a certain level of the production complex (a company or the sphere on
the whole, a region or the country on the whole). Integrating various approaches to the
forms of balance (Timoshenko and Gorbenko 2016), we offer – for the purpose of
similarity of evaluation of the internal and external balance – to study the following list
of forms of balance: financial; economic; material; targeted (large industrial systems –
sphere, region, country)/technical & technological (companies and organizations);
innovational; labor; social, ecological.
Let us view the essence of balance of industrial complex by its forms and select one
of the indicators as the main criterion of its assessment.
Firstly, financial balance is the balance of needs and sources of financial resources,
which could be characterized by profitability or profitability of capital in industry, as
only a certain level of profitability allows accumulating own assets for development (at
least, profitability should be above the inflation level) and attracting borrowed assets
(profitability should be above the interest rate for the credits).
Secondly, economic balance, as ratio between industrial production (its results) and
needs for them (demand for industrial production). This ratio cannot be reflected by
enlarged indicator, though it may be characterized by the level of business activity and
turnover of capital in the industry on the whole and for the spheres and companies: if
the products does not satisfy the demand, the company acquired more products, and the
stock of final products and unfinished goods are increased, the capital becomes “dead”,
and its turnover reduces.
Thirdly, labor balance, as proportional distribution of public labor (resources)
between various spheres of industry and balance between the required and existing
human capital (quantity and quality), which could be expressed by the indicators of
effectiveness of human resources use, as the lack (or “excess”) of labor force leads to its
“overload”, loss of the potential of labor activity (or “underutilization”) – as a result,
labor efficiency decreases.
Fourthly, targeted and technical & technological balance as the balance of existing
and required (according to the priorities of development) production capacities and
correspondence of the performed changes to the set strategic goals of development of
industry. At a company, this comparison is conducted for each area of product creation
(in the quantitative and qualitative aspects). We think that this is reflected in the level of
return on assets. Presence of “narrow” spots in the technological chain leads to
underutilization of other areas of the production chain and lower return of production
funds on the whole.
Fifthly, material balance – as the balance of existing and required material
resources (raw materials, spare parts, etc.). Lack of one resource leads to its urgent and
more expensive purchase, use of replacements, reduction of quality and/or growth of
the cost of products cost in the part of material expenditures. As a result, the share of
material expenditures in the products’ cost grows.
Sixthly, balance of innovational processes, as the ratio between the existing and
used innovational potential. Underuse of the innovational potential leads to overrun of
the rates of growth of expenditures for innovations and development over the rates of
growth of the innovational product.
Seventhly, social balance as a reflection of the level of social provision of
employees, expressed by the level of wages and the volume of expenditures for the
social programs in the industrial complex and their growth in view of inflation.
Eighthly, ecological balance as a ratio of growth rates of production (reflects the
usage of natural resources) and the costs of reproduction of natural resources (assets
allocated for ecological programs).
This structure of the indicators of balance is applicable to the industrial sphere of
the country on the whole and reflects the balance of its development.
2. Necessity for formation of the integrated innovational & investment policy and the
system of collection of information on its implementation at the state level
For evaluation of balance of production complexes, it is necessary to collect the
required information on the state of their innovational and investment spheres and to
observe certain priorities that ensure coordination of their development. These priorities
are set by the public authorities bodies within the corresponding policies, strategies, or
concepts of development of the spheres, regions, and the country on the whole.
An important element of the state economic policy is innovational policy, which
supposes selection of the top-priority directions in development of science and tech-
nology and full support from the state in their development. As a rule, when developed
independently, investment policy creates conditions for implementing the innovational
programs and projects – but analysis of the goals, mechanisms, and tools of state
regulation of investment policy that are used in practice show that they are ineffective
as to the innovational sphere.
Thus, it is expedient to use the complex and systemic approaches during formation
of the innovational & investment policy at the state level, which allows viewing it as a
union of two spheres: innovational and investment; as well as interconnected com-
ponents: goal, limitations, the processes of entering and exiting (Fig. 1).
Development of the innovational & investment policy and strategic planning of its implementation
Social goals and priorities of Resources and limitations:
Implementation of strategic plans, achievement of the goals with observation of

innovational & investment development financial, material, legal, social,
Regulation of the innovational & investment processes, conditions,
organizational, etc.
Information flows:
- innovational & investment rankings; Investment flows:
- normative and legal provision;
priorities of innovational & investment policy
- statistics of the results of work of the - budget means (from the state, sub-
production complex;
resources, and applied tools
federal, and municipal budgets);

- R&D reports; - non-budget assets: own, borrowed:
- current results of work of production of Russian and foreign investors.
complexes on implementation of plans,
projects, and programs;
- analytical materials, etc.
Tools of innovational & investment Process of decision making:

policy: - collection of information
-innovational and investment plans, (innovations – demand and offer;
projects, and programs; Investments – demand and offer);
- system of state purchases; - development of alternatives:
- state policy: innovational and investment projects,
economic, tax, budget, financial & portfolios of projects;
credit; amortization, foreign trade, etc. - evaluation of alternatives and
synergetic effect;
- selection of the optimal variant.
Control over execution of the innovational and investment policy
Fig. 1. The system approach during formation of the state innovational & investment policy
During formation and implementation of the state integrated innovational &

investment policy, it is necessary to pay attention to such constant negative factors as
inequality of distribution of the investment potential among the country’s regions and
deep differences in the regional investment risks.
3. Identification of the methods of evaluation of the balance indicators
The main idea of the increase of the level of balance of functioning supposes
creation and usage of its indicators. The indicators of balance are measured charac-
teristics of products, services, processes, and operations that are used by the company
for tracking and increasing the balance.
Analysis of the methodological approaches to evaluation of balance of innovational &
investment development of the production complexes allowed determining the following.
Most often the researchers use the system of well-balanced indicators offered by
Kaplan and Norton (2003), Neeley et al. (2003), Niven (2004). It includes the fol-
lowing groups: finances, satisfaction of customers, internal business processes, and the
company’s capability to develop and grow. However, this concept does not draw a
difference between achievement of internal and external balance – i.e., this system
could be applied for the companies of various levels, but not for their aggregated
totality in the form of sectorial complexes, regional and national economies.
The opinion of Goncharov and Sirotkina (2015a, 2015b) on the issue of
well-balanced regional development on the basis of implementation of the stakeholder
and Social Darwinism approaches, which reflect the external and internal balance of the
socio-economic system, is especially interesting.
However, the works of various authors do not set the criteria of balance that would
ensure the compatibility of evaluations of organizations and complexes of different
levels. It seems that the indicators of this evaluation could be formed on the basis of the
selected methods of provision of correspondence and become the calculations of:
(1) index of correspondence to the criterial indicator of balance;
(2) indicator of observation of normative proportions and limitations;
(3) level of implementation of the necessary functions and operations;
(4) coefficient of correlation of the rate of change of various indicators and the set
ranks of priority.
On the basis of private indicators of balance of innovational & investment
development for the formed groups Kiði ¼ 1; 2; . . .; nÞ, the complex indicator is cal-
culated (1):
Kp ¼ fpðK1; K2; . . .; KnÞ; ð1Þ
where fpðK1; K2; . . .; KnÞ – function of variables ðK1; K2; . . .; KnÞ:

The methodological basis for determining this indicator could be the multi-factor
model. The model of multi-factor analysis is of the universal character, as it allows
studying various phenomena and processes. According to this model, balance should
be evaluated at all levels of analysis: federal, regional, sectorial, and entrepreneurial.
The system of criteria of balance of innovational & investment development forms on
the basis of analyzing the general strategic goals of the economic system, problem
spheres for innovational activities, and investment possibilities of the economic system.
The drawbacks of the traditionally used economic & mathematical and statistical
methods are the necessity for quantitative determination of the evaluation’s indicators.
For overcoming the drawbacks of the traditional methods, it is possible to use the
theory of fuzzy logic, theory of graphs and scenario approach, which are applied in the
works of Prigozhin (2003), Nedosekin (2003), Katkova et al. (2013), etc.
In the process of analysis, the most acceptable methods of evaluating the balance of
innovational & investment development of the production complex were determined;
the following ones were assigned to them due to high information content and relative
simplicity of usage: matrix (for evaluation of the resources’ balance) and correlation
methods (for evaluation of balance of dynamics and the basic indicators of develop-
ment) (Timoshenko and Parakhina 2017). Determination of the methodological
approaches to evaluation of balance and conditions that determine it is the initial
position for development of the recommendations aimed at effective management of
economy for the purpose of provision of its well-balanced development.
4. Conduct of evaluation of balance in the sectorial and regional levels
For evaluation of balance of the industry development, the growth rates of each
indicator is assigned with factual rank; based on coordination of normative (Table 1)
and factual ranks, the level of balance of development of industry with the usage of the
correlation coefficients of the ranks of Spearman (Кc) and Kendall (Кк) is used:
6Rdi
Kc ¼ 1 ; ð2Þ
n ðn2 1Þ
ðSp SnÞ
Kk ¼ 1 ; ð3Þ
2 n ð n 1Þ
where
di – second degree of difference between the normative and factual ranks;
n – number of the observed features (indicators);
Sp – number of the rank ratios that were observed;
Sn – number of violated rank ratios
The results of evaluation of balance, performed with the usage of the offered totality
of indicators, show that the level of balance of development of the Russia’s industrial
complex was below average in the pre-crisis period of 2011–2012: less than half of the
required normative ratios were observed.
In the period of quick decrease of oil prices and implementation of economic
sanctions, the level of balance drops down. However, apart from the export-import
operations (due to the policy of import substitution), it restores rather quickly: even at
the higher level than in 2011–2012. However, export-import operations are the
top-priority direction, so the level of balance is lower than before the sanctions (Fig. 2).
Table 1. The ranked basic list of indicators for evaluation of balance that takes into account the
priorities of modern development of industry (innovational and social orientation of
development)
Rank Indexes of growth of indicators *
of 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
norms
Index of growth of balanced financial result 1 117.77 102.16 77.58 105.48 136.31
Index of growth of gross added value of 2 119.26 111.65 106.26 108.29 111.59
industrial production
Index of investments into fixed capital 3 120.64 118.73 108.99 105.43 110.24
Index of growth of fixed funds in industrial 4 117.35 113.89 113.51 113.70 113.22
production
Index of growth of the volume of 5 158.47 135.85 122.43 98.86 107.27
innovational industrial goods
Index of the volume of export of industrial 6 130.13 101.55 100.24 94.56 69.07
goods
Index of industrial production for the types 7 108 105.1 100.5 102.1 94.6
of economic activities - processing
production
Index of industrial production, total 8 105 103.4 100.4 101.7 96.6
Index of the volume of import of industrial 9 133.57 103.76 99.38 91.04 63.65
goods
Index of growth of the expenditures for 10 168.42 116.73 123.65 113.05 125.81
scientific and technical works
Index of growth of internal expenditures 11 125.62 121,09 118.81 102.72 122.52
for R&D
Index of growth of the number of industrial 12 117.65 97.86 97.08 103.38 134.91
companies that perform scientific and
technical works
Index of growth of expenditures for 13 114.88 109.56 109.44 106.71 107.51
payment of labor for production of
industrial goods
Index of growth of investments into fixed 14 105.92 110.02 123.57 124.49 107.83
capital, aimed at protection of environment
Index of growth of current expenditures for 15 100 100 106.69 103.35 109.97
protection of environment
Index of growth of material expenditures 16 123.03 108.82 106,07 108.64 110.79
for production of industrial goods
Index of growth of expenditures for 17 122.66 110.10 111.19 107.80 106,41
production of industrial goods
Index of growth of average annual number 18 99.90 98.61 99.10 97.66 98.41
of companies’ employees
Index of growth of average annual number 19 100 99.25 99.24 97.71 100
of employees in the industrial production
*Based on the data of the Federal State Statistics Service. http://www.gks.ru/wps/wcm/connect/
rosstat_main/rosstat/ru/statistics/enterprise/industrial/
Spearman coefficient Kendall coefficient
Fig. 2. Evaluation of balance of the Russian industry development (in view of export-import
operations)
It is possible to say that social priorities are damaged. Without considering the
social priorities, balance of industry is higher and grows in a stable way (Fig. 3).
Spearman coefficient Kendall coefficient
Fig. 3. Evaluation of the production and financial balance of the industrial complex of the RF
On the contrary, balance of the industrial complex reduced in 2014 and reached
zero level in 2015. The obtained data show that the financial and economic problems
cannot be solved by means of social results and expenditures, though attention is not
paid to the social problems.
In the course of the complex diagnostics of well-balanced development, the key
problems were determined; a conclusion was made that the available reserves of the
previous stage of development are depleted, and there’s necessity for the innovational
approach, which supposes re-industrialization and development of the powerful “in-
novational sector” in the reproduction system.
5. Organizational and methodological approaches to provision of the process of
planning of balance with the necessary information
Overview of the existing approaches to formation of the information and analytical

sub-system allowed distinguishing the basic functional tasks and methods of their
solution (Fig. 4).
The tasks of the information and analytical Methodological approaches and

sub-system of the mechanism methods of solving the tasks
1.1. Evaluation of WBSED on the basis of

1. Formation of the system of indicators of
local generalizing indicators
well-balanced socio-economic development
1.2. Evaluation of WBSED on the basis of

2. Evaluation of the global imbalances of composite indices
economic development
2.1. Application of the methods and models
3. Evaluation of factors – sources of of analysis of convergence in development
formation of imbalances
3.1. Application of the methods of
decomposition of the indicators of
4. Evaluation of local imbalances inequality of development
4.1. Methods of multi-dimensional
classification
5. Determining the strategic alternatives of
well-balanced socio-economic development 5.1. Scenario analysis of WBSED
(WBSED)
Fig. 4. Classification of tasks of the information and analytical sub-system and methodological
approaches to their solution
Management of innovations at the company level and at the level of industrial

complex is the criterial sign of the possibility for well-balanced management of
changes in the strategic aspect. The innovational sub-system determines the necessity
and possibility for well-balanced changes in other components of an industrial com-
pany management.
Developing the organizational and methodological approaches to information
provision of the process of planning of balance, it is possible to distinguish the fol-
lowing principles of implementation of this process:
– normative and legal provision, which supposes coordinated improvement of the
normative and legal provision of investment & innovational activities;
– strategic orientation which shows concentration of efforts on the strategic directions
of balance;
– coordination of interests, including organization of interaction of public authorities
and business for the purpose of mobilization of investments at the top-priority
directions of innovational policy;
– constant monitoring, includes constant control and analysis of positive and negative
aspects of the innovational & investment development.
4 Conclusions
The necessity for managing the balance of balance of development of socio-economic

systems, including the industrial complexes, is caused by the fact that violations of
balance lead to quick reduction of effectiveness of the companies’ activities, emergence
of crises and threats to national economic security. The mechanisms of managing the
balance of industry’s development should ensure the prevention of emergence of these
negative phenomena.
Their information provision could be based on the following:
– the initial precondition for developing the models of evaluation should be the ideas
of the main reasons for emergence of imbalances in development;
– the information basis for evaluation of balance should be organization of moni-
toring of the state of industrial complex, timely setting of the problems of its
development, and diagnostics of the possible threats to economic security of the
region.
From the position of the systemic and cybernetic approach, the mechanism of
formation of well-balanced development could be treated as a system for conducting
the targeted activities related to evaluation of the threats to formation of imbalances of
development, forecasting of their negative consequences, and development of the
strategies of prevention or their neutralization.
Within the information and analytical sub-system, the level of threats to
well-balanced socio-economic development is evaluated, and the possible tools and
levers of management are determined. One of the basic providing elements is the
information and analytical block, which forms the foundation of the strategy and policy
of well-balanced changes in regional economic systems. The central role in these
documents belongs to the integrated innovational & investment policy aimed for cre-
ation of the favorable investment climate and the organizational and economic basis of
positive structural changes in the innovations-oriented economy of the region.
References
Arsenyev, V.A., Litvinova, S.A., Parakhina, V.N., Kozenko, Z.N., Denisov, M.Y.: Mechanisms
of innovational development of countries with transitional economy. Contemp. Econ. 10(4),
373–380 (2016)
Bergman, E.M., Charles, D.: Innovative Clusters: Drivers of National Innovation Systems.
Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, San Antonio (2003)
Doloreux, D., Parto, S.: Regional innovation systems: a critical review. Int. J. Innov. Manag. 7
(2003)
Goncharov, A.Y., Sirotkina, N.V.: The mechanism for managing balanced development of
regions with dominant economic activities. News High. Educ. Establ. Technol. Text. Ind. 4
(358), 35–43 (2015a)
Kaplan, R., Norton, D.P.: Alignment: Using the Balanced Scorecard to Create Corporate
Synergies. Harvard Business School Press, Boston (2003)
Kruglyakova, V.M., Treshchevsky, Y.I., Bredikhin, V.V.: The development of the textile
industry in the context of harmonizing national, sectoral and regional strategies. News High.
Educ. Establ. Technol. Text. Ind. 1(367), 60–67 (2017)
Parakhina, V.N., Timoshenko, P.N.: Internal balance of the industrial complex: the fundamental
necessity and methodology of assessment. Bull. North-Caucasian Fed. Univ. 3(60), 124–131
(2017)
Parakhina, V., Boris, O., Midler, E.: Evaluation of innovative regional development Russia.
Asian Soc. Sci. 11(5), 201–208 (2015)
Treshchevsky, Y., Nikitina, L., Litovkin, M., Mayorova, V.: Results of innovational activities of
Russian regions in view of the types of economic culture. In: Popkova, E. (ed.) Russia and the
European Union Development and Perspectives Part (Series Contributions to Economics),
Contributions to Economics, pp. 47–53. Springer, Cham (2017)
Anshina, V.N.: Innovational Management: Concepts, Multi-level Strategies, and Mechanisms of
Innovational Development (2006). Delo, M
Basovsky, L.E.: Forecasting and planning in the market conditions. In: INFRA-M (2002)
Boris, O.A.: The Socially Oriented Innovational Company: Theory and Practice of the Holistic
Development. The Publishing and Information Center “Fabula”, Stavropol (2014)
Glazyev, S.Y.: Regarding the purposes, problems, and measures of state policy of development
and integration, Moscow, 29 January 2013. http://www.glazev.ru/econom_polit/305/
Goncharenko, L.P.: Management of investments and innovations. In: KnoRus, 160 p. (2014)
Goncharov, A.Y., Sirotkina, N.V.: Well-balanced regional development: the stakeholder and
social darwinism approaches. Reg. Syst. Econ. Manag. 3(30), 10–17 (2015b)
Kaplan, R., Norton, D.: Well-balanced System of Indicators. Olimp Business CJSC, From
strategy to action. M. (2005)
Konovalova, M.E.: Structural Balance of Public Reproduction: Issues of Theory and
Methodology, 184 p. Samara State University of Economics Publ., Samara (2009)
Maximenko, L.S.: Development of the Theory and Methodology of Planning: Structural and
Logical Approach. North Caucasus State Technical University, Stavropol (2009)
Niven, P.: Well-balanced system of indicators step-by-step. Maximum increase of effectiveness
and establishment of the received results. Balance Business Books, 328 p. (2004)
Neeley, E., Adams, K., Kennerly, M.: The prism of effectiveness: map of well-balanced
indicators for measuring success in business and management. Balance Club, Dnipro (2003).
400 p
Parakhina, V.N., Khanaliev, G.I.: The conceptual issues of managing the well-balanced
development of regions. Bulletin of North Caucasus Federal University 3, 244–249 (2011)
Sirotkina, N.V., Vorontsova, I.N.: The notion and essence of well-balanced development of
region, competitiveness, innovations, finances, no. 1, pp. 55–59. Institute of management,
marketing, and finance, Voronezh (2014)
Tadtaev, D.M., Parakhina, V.N.: Strategic planning of innovational development of the Republic
of South Ossetia. Retrospective analysis and the modern model. Bull. North Caucasus Fed.
Univ. 4(55), 143–147 (2016)
Timoshenko, P.N., Gorbenko, L.I.: Forms of balance of the innovational development of
organizations. Bull. North Caucasus Fed. Univ. 6, 151–157 (2016)
Khamidulina, A.M., Suldina, G.A.: Evaluation of balance of socio-economic development of
municipal entities in the region. Bull. Kazan (Volga) Fed. Univ. 3(17), 55–59 (2015)
Katkov, E.V., Borodin, A.I., Streltsova, E.D.: Fuzzy logic in evaluation of the investment
attractiveness of projects. Appl. Inf. 46(4), 19–24 (2013)
Administration of Oslo. Recommendations for collection and analysis of the data on

innovations/Joint publication of the OECD and Eurostat. 3rd edn., 107 p. CRSS (2010)
Nedosekin, A.O.: Strategic planning with the use of fuzzy descriptions. Audit Financ. Anal. 2,
38–42 (2003)
Prigozhin, A.I.: Methods of organizations’ development. In: ICFED, 863 p. (2003)
Complex Development of Competence-Based
Potential as the Innovational Task of Industrial
Companies Management
Olga A. Boris(&), Irina I. Kuzmenko, Elena N. Lepyakhova,

and Valentina N. Parakhina

{boris,vparakhina}@ncfu.ru, [email protected],
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the work is to determine and overcome the contra-
dictions in provision of the complex development of a company’s competences.
The methodological basis of the research includes dialectics and the systemic
approach to changes of the component structure of a company’s competence-
based potential.
The differences between the managerial categories – competence and com-
petency – are analyzed. It is shown that they are interconnected as a whole and
in parts. Competency consists of separate competences and has relative evalu-
ation (level of competency) which is assesses quantitatively. Competences are
specifics, for the elements of competency have their own qualitative charac-
teristics in a certain sphere.
The authors offer to treat the totality of competences of personnel the
competence-based potential of the company, as the skills of employees consti-
tutes the core of the key competences of the company.
Development of competence-based potential is predetermined by develop-
ment of competences of personnel – primarily, managerial personnel. Thus, it is
necessary to develop the system of personal management of managerial per-
sonnel, including formation of its modern structure, aimed at development and
effective usage of six basic resources of a person, six main potential of the
manager and employees of the organization, which include: potential of time
management; potential of education level; potential of paying capacity; potential
of activity and working efficiency; charismatic potential (influences on people)
(public authorities); potential of psychological sustainability. Development of
personal potential is ensured by the existing system of coaching.
Keywords: Competences Competency Personal management

Coaching Development of personnel
JEL codes: M 54 M 53 J 24

1 Introduction
Topicality of these issues is related to the importance and popularity of development of

company’s competences as a reflection of its capabilities to develop, occupy its posi-
tions in the competitive market, and oppose the aggressive behavior of the environment
(Lovkova et al. 2016; Arsenyev et al. 2016).
There are differences between the managerial categories – competency and com-
petence – regarding organization and its employees, though they are often used as
similar, especially as to organizations. Company’s competences reflect (Hamel and
Prahalad 1990) its skills and technologies which allow providing certain values to the
customers. Employee’s competences are his knowledge and skills which allow him to
work effectively.
As knowledge, skills, and technologies have a tendency for aging, the most
important component of development of organization’s competency is constant work
on restoration of competences of its personnel, provisionи of the potential of their
improvement and effective usage (Parakhina et al. 2017). This task could be solved on
the basis of creation and improvement of the system of personal management in
organization.
2 Methods and Their Initial Provisions
According to the results of the research, competency consists of separate competences

and has relative evaluation (level of competency) which is assessed quantitatively.
Competences are specifics, for the elements of competency have their qualitative
characteristics in a certain sphere.
Competency and competence are interconnected as a whole and in part; employees’
competence is the basis of organization’s competency, which actually integrates sub-
jective and objective components into one complex, the attributes of which are brought
down to their sum:
Ko ¼ f ðkoi; ksjÞ;
where
Ko – competence of organization;
koi – competences determined by i objective factors (used by technologies,
possibilities of their development in the form of the research basis);
ksj – competences determined by j subjective factors (skills of the personnel that
allow them to work effectively and to use and develop the leading technologies).
We offer to treat the totality of competences of personnel as the competence-based

potential of the company, for the skills of the employees constitute the core of the key
competences of the company.
Evaluation of the level of competence-based potential of a company is conducted in
comparison to other companies in such spheres as a capability to work and achieve
success at various markets (commodity, capital, and resources); capability for changes,
Complex Development of Competence-Based Potential as the Innovational Task 271
development, and innovations; capability for social responsibility; capability to pre-

serve its potential in negative external conditions.
Development of competence-based potential is predetermined by development of
competences of personnel – primarily, managerial. Thus, it is offered to develop the
system of personal management of the managerial personnel.
Thus, it is offered to rank the components of personnel competency, distinguish the
key ones, and offer the development of the system of personal management of man-
agerial personnel, including formation of its modern structure.
3 Results
3.1 Structure of Personal Management as a Reflection of the Systemic

Approach to Development of Competence-Based Potential
of Industrial Company
Totality of an industrial company’s competences, determined by the personnel’s skills
which allow them to work effectively and use and develop the leading industrial
technologies, constitutes the core of the organization’s competency. The essence of its
competence-based growth consists in complex development of the manager’s potential
and the potential of the whole personnel of the company.
Each organization’s manager has six types of resources and personal qualities, as
well as potentials, the effective usage of which will provide the industrial company with
long-term growth by application of motivators of the personnel and with development
of competence-based potential of the company (Parakhina et al. 2017).
Persona assistants in implementation and devleopment of

personal potential
Ways of preserving and developing the potential
Personal potential that is formed by skills
Personal qualities that determine the skill to manage one's own

resource
Personal resources
Fig. 1. Components of personal management of an industrial company

Basic resources of a personality include time, knowledge, money, physical and

mental health, and power.
Personal qualities: organized nature, competency (education, experience), paying
capacity, work efficiency (activity), resilience, and influence (charisma).
Figure 1 shows the concept of the structure of personal management of an indus-
trial company.
Accordingly, the main potentials of the manager of an industrial company include:
potential of time management; potential of education; potential of paying capacity;
potential of activity and working efficiency; charismatic potential (influence on people)
(power); potential of resilience (psychological stability), the effective usage of which
will provide the company with long-term growth by application of the motivators of
personnel and, therefore, development of the company’s human resources.
3.2 Peculiarities of Formation of Competence-Based Potential

of an Industrial Company’s Manager
The manager of an industrial company, due to his busy schedule, cannot pay proper
attention to managing his potential of education, as he is not very well aware of the
technological, marketing, and other innovations. So there’s a necessity for an assistant
(Fig. 2).
The manager who knows what to study and how to study can achieve the set goal.
If he can assess where to receive knowledge and where to obtain the necessary
information for solving certain problems, he will be able to increase his professional
level and acquire any necessary additional knowledge (Novikov 2016).
According to the recent research, the main potentials of the ones presented in Fig. 2
are potential of education level, as well as of organized nature and time management –
so the employees who help the manager (and the key personnel) to develop his
potentials should work full-time, though their work might not be related to develop-
ment of the manager’s self-management.
3.3 Development of Competence-Based Potential Through the System

of Coaching
3.3.1 Managing the Potential of Manager’s Education Level
Management of the potential of educational level of an industrial company’s manager
should be conducted by an academic coach, who has to speak business English.
Besides, a modern manager of a large company should know at least one foreign
language (Markova 2004). It is imperative that he receive the news literature of the
global publishers in the language of the original. This reduces the barriers during
entering new world markets and stimulates the manager for self-development. The
most optimal time for presenting the innovational material – morning coffee, lunch
breaks, and car rides (with personal driver) (Ponomarev 2003).
According to the concept of personal management of industrial corporation, the
academic coach determines the directions of personnel development in the corre-
sponding sphere. He participates in attestations and additional training of personnel, as
Types of assistants in Manager and employees of an Measures for

development of personal industrial company development of human
potential potential
Internal and external
ACADEMIC COACH, obtaining programs of additional
the skills of successful studying. Potential of education level training, support for self-
education
PERSONAL ASSISTANT
Life coaching for people with Trainings on self-management
deficit of attention, creation of Potential of organized nature, and time management with
“internal coach” with a set of time management practical lessons at the work
rules of time management and place
self-management on the whole
IMAGE MAKER Organization of image studio,

Coaching for image making and Charisma potential workshops on personal
branding branding
Psychological consultations,
solving internal and external
PSYCHOLOGIST- consultant
Life coaching Potential of resilience conflicts, overcoming the
syndrome of professional
burnout
Trainings and consultations

PERSONAL ACCOUNTANT for reduction and
Financial coaching, solving the restructuring of debts,
problems of achieving the goals Potential of paying capacity reduction of expenditures, and
and observing the financial plans developing the habit for
accumulation
FITNESS INSTRUCTOR Potential of activity and Organization of fitness classes

Coach for healthy life style working efficiency and “healthy catering”
Fig. 2. The concept of formation of the structure of the company’s personal management
well as periodic seminars with personnel on importance and need for self-education for
development of certain knowledge.
3.3.2 Time Resource Management

The next potential that lies in the basis of the concept of personal management of
modern industrial companies is management of the time resource. Over the recent 2–3
decades, each manager of a large company has had a feeling of scarce time for different
things (Zayvert 1995).
Time management (or time potential management) of a corporate’s manager should
be conducted by the secretary or personal assistant. Personal assistant or life coach
manager have to organize seminars on time management with practical lessons at the
work place. It is important to understand that individual time management is very
difficult – it should be a corporate system that connects the tasks of all employees. The
complex approach to implementation of such system is much more convenient with the
usage of special programs or online services.
3.3.3 Management of the Paying Capacity Resource

As a rule, a company’s manager has several directions of activities and a lot of money
assets that have to be managed. Therefore, the manager has to have a financial coach
who will conduct the accounting of finances of the corporation and of the manager’s
family (Savenok 2006).
Financial coach has to conduct certain events for improvement of the financial
discipline and financial literacy of the large company’s employees. Thus, for example,
it could be courses on personal finances management, during which the employees are
taught the methods of family budget management, which has to be thoroughly con-
trolled and analyzed – for it helps to avoid unnecessary expenditures and to accumulate
the sum sufficient for implementation of the set goals (Shevtsova and Gorb 2007).
At the seminars on financial literacy the corporation’s employees have to be taught
their rights and obligations, shown obvious advantages of financial programs that
consist in authomatization of all routine processes (it is possible to divide the expen-
ditures into the categories, compile the scheme of accumulation of money for summer
vacations, receive plans and reports), and given practical lessons on application of these
programs. Besides, modern banks “connect” bank cards to the programs of automatic
accounting of all transactions (Kosolapov 2016).
The higher effectiveness, it is necessary to conduct the courses on development of
financial literacy on a mandatory basis for all employees of the organization; they have
to be repeated every two years (depending on the number of employees at an industrial
company) (Stoyanova 2003).
3.3.4 Management of the Resilience Potential

The next potential of manager is the potential of resilience. Stress in professional
activities is an inseparable part of life of an industrial company’s manager, which
makes the issue of stress management very urgent. High changeability and complexity
of the world make stresses constant companions of a modern manager (Sergeeva and
Tokareva 2012).
Phenomena of the global economic crisis influence not only industrial companies
and the state but also every human. The Russian industry works in the conditions of
permanent crisis, but it does not use the means of psychological protection of its
employees. The main goal of the employees is to survive, which is peculiar for
industrial companies and for each human in the conditions of partial employment,
which leads to constant tensions at work, lack of confidence in future and perspectives
of work in the company. A psychologist has to provide help in management of stress
for the personnel of a large organization.
3.3.5 Development of Potential Leadership

A good manager of corporation should be a leader, and leader has to have charisma.
The main role of a manager in the management of a large industrial company is to show
an example and lead the people. A charismatic manager has authority and looks like a
confident person. He has to show approval and gratitude with his employees, possess
communication capabilities for explaining his ideas to the people who surround him,
and be able to motivate himself and other people for achieving success. However, not
all top managers of large companies have charisma, which negatively influences the
development of organization. Charisma could and should be developed by develop-

ment and activization of internal potential. The obstacles and barriers that hinder
manifestation of charisma are hidden in the manager himself. Their manifestation
reduces the work efficiency of the manager and the whole industrial company, so the
manager needs help in order to overcome them. According to the offered concept of
personal management, this help could be provided by an image maker together with a
psychologist (Robert and Tilman 1988).
Image maker is a specialist dealing with creation of an attractive highly-
professional image of an industrial company’s manager (Rogacheva 2004).
According to the concept of personal management of a company, the assistant for
development of charisma potential deals with creation of internal basis for the for-
mation of public opinion – the so called basis, i.e., the looks and capability to present
oneself. Thus, the profession of coach for image making and/or branding includes the
skills of stylist and specialist on the oratory skill. As to the manager, the described
competences are supplemented by selection and purchase of clothing and footwear.
3.3.6 Management of the Working Efficiency Potential

The most important potential of a manager is the potential of activity and working
efficiency.
Over the course of history of humankind, movement has been the most important
condition of its survival in the process of evolution, which led to establishment of
people. In the modern computerized conditions, managers and other managerial staff of
corporations deal with small volumes of physical movements; the volume of muscle
work decreased, but nervous tension increased. In the situations of nervous overloads
the hormones are directed into blood, and their excess negatively influences the ner-
vous system of managers, bereaves them of sleep and creates restlessness (Lukyano
2002). The movement activity stimulates restoration of hood mood, returns lost
calmness, and allows working for a long time without any harm to health (Fomin and
Vavilov 2004; Dyadichkin 1990). Thus, management of the potential of activity and
working efficiency of a corporation’s manager should be conducted by fitness instructor
and coach responsible for healthy way of living of the company’s employees.
4 Conclusions
Thus, according to the concept of personal management of industrial corporation,

depending on the size and needs of the manager and employees, a department could be
formed for each direction of development of competences – it could be one department
of personal management with coaches on development of separate components of
self-management (human resources). Assistants or coaches could be full-time
employees of the corporation or be invited on the conditions of outsource. This will
reduce the expenditures, but will also reduce the effect of influence on all employees.
The offered concept unifies self-management and HR management and allows the
manager to distribute work time in the optimal way by delegating a part of work to
another person.
The system of personal management in the offered structure stimulates the devel-
opment of professional qualities of managers and employees of the organization that
are required for execution of work responsibilities, which ensures development of
competence-based potential of an industrial company.
References
Prahalad, S.K., Hamel, G.: The Core Competence of the Corporation. Harvard Bus. Rev. 68(3),
79–91 (1990)
Novikov, A.M.: The notion “education” in the post-industrial society (2016). http://www.
anovikov.ru. Accessed 11 Nov 2016
Markova, O.Y.: Education in the system of values of modern human’s culture. In: Materials of
the International Symposium, Zugdidi, Georgia, 19–20 May 2004, pp. 177–187. SPb: St.
Petersburg Philosophic Society. – no. 2 (2004)
Ponomarev, R.E.: Educational space as the basic notion of the theory of education. Pedagogical
Educ. Sci. 1, 29–31 (2003)
Zayvert, L.: Your time is in your hands. INFRA-M (1995)
Savenok, V.S.: Creating a personal financial plan. Path to financial independence. Piter, SPb
(2006)
Shevtsova, S.G., Gorb, M.I.: 10 ways to become richer. Personal budget. Piter, SPb (2007)
Kosolapov, A.: Methods of saving personal money (2016). http://www.lkapital.ru/articles_
review_1_52.htm. Accessed 21 Oct 2016
Stoyanova, E.S.: Financial management: theory and practice: study guide. Perspektiva (2003)
Sergeeva, V.B., Tokareva, A.A.: Leadership in management. Bull. NSIER. 9, 81–102 (2012)
Parakhina, V.N., Perov, V.I., et al. (eds.): Self-management. MSU Publ, Lomonosov (2012)
Robert, M.-A., Tilman, F.: Psychology of individual and group. Progress (1988)
Rogacheva, M.I.: Image – component of manager’s success and labor organization. HR Manage.
17, 60–62 (2004)
Lukyano, V.S.: Regarding preservation of health and working efficiency. Medgiz (2002)
Fomin, N.A., Vavilov, Y.N.: Physiological foundations of moving activities. Physical training
and sport (2004)
Dyadichkin, V.P.: Psychophysiological reserves of increase of working efficiency. HSE, Minsk
(1990)
Lovkova, E.S., Starikova, T.V., Sirotkina, N.V.: Problems of activation of innovative activities in
the textile industry. Bull. High. Educ. Establishments. Technol. Text. Ind. 5(365), 22–25
(2016)
Arsenyev, V.A., Litvinova, S.A., Parakhina, V.N., Kozenko, Z.N., Denisov, M.Y.: Mechanisms
of innovational development of countries with transitional economy. Contemp. Econ. 10(4),
373–380 (2016)
Parakhina, V.N., Boris, O.A., Timoshenko P.N.: Integration of social and innovative activities
into industrial organization. In: Popkova, E.G., et al. (ed.) Integration and Clustering for
Sustainable Economic Growth, pp. 225–242. Springer (2017)
Parakhina, V.N., Ustaev, R.M., Boris, O.A., Maximenko, L.S., Belousov I.N.: Study of
tendencies of formation and evaluation of HR innovational potential of the regions of the
Russian federation. In: Popkova, E.G. (ed.) Overcoming Uncertainty of Institutional
Environment as a Tool of Global Crisis Management, pp. 295–301. Springer (2017)
The Problems of Financing
of Entrepreneurship Infrastructure
in Developing Countries and Their Solutions
Irina M. Morozova1(&), Tatiana N. Litvinova2,

Natalia V. Przhedetskaya3, and Veronika V. Sheveleva3
1
[email protected]
2
Volgograd State Agrarian University, Volgograd, Russian Federation
[email protected]
3
Rostov State University of Economics, Rostov-on-Don, Russia
Abstract. The purpose of the research is to determine the problems of financing

of entrepreneurship infrastructure in developing countries and their solutions.
The authors use the method of logical analysis as to the level of national debt,
volume of direct foreign investments, and cost of public-private projects in the
infrastructure. The authors also use the method of correlation analysis for
studying dependence of the level of national debt, volume of direct foreign
investments, and cost of public-private projects in infrastructure on the index of
development of transport and telecommunication infrastructure, as well as
dependence of the values of the indices of development of transport and
telecommunication infrastructure and the number of registered new companies.
The information and analytical support for the research includes the materials of
the World Bank, the International Telecommunication Union, and the World
Economic Forum for 2016. The research objects are China, Brazil, Turkey, and
Russia. The authors determined three key problems of financing of
entrepreneurship infrastructure in developing countries: national debt which
limits the state’s capabilities for financing of infrastructural projects, unattrac-
tiveness of domestic infrastructural projects for foreign investors, and institu-
tional barriers on the path of implementation of the mechanism of public-private
partnership in the infrastructural sphere. For solving the above problems, the
authors offer the framework strategy and practical recommendations: reorien-
tation of the international financial support for developing countries at the
infrastructural sphere, development of special economic areas in the infras-
tructural sphere for attracting direct foreign investments, and development of
institutional provision of public-private partnership in the infrastructural sphere.
Keywords: Problems of financing Entrepreneurship infrastructure

Developing countries

278 I. M. Norozova et al.
1 Introduction
Modern global economy is very polarized. Countries are divided into conventional, but
stable, categories; the largest categories are developed and developing countries. Dif-
ferentiation of the level of their development is so high that a lot of projects of
developed countries for overcoming the underrun of developing countries lead to a
very small result. In the interests of elimination or at least leveling of structural dis-
proportions in development of the global economy with simultaneous maximization of
its growth, it is necessary to accelerate the rate of development of developing – not only
in comparison with previous periods but in comparison with developed coutnries.
As the most important source of economic growth is entrepreneurship, it draws
close attention of the modern global society. A lot of scientific studies in the sphere of
entrepreneurship show that its development required the corresponding modern and
sufficient infrastructural provision. The differences in entrepreneurship infrastructure
occupy the central place in the system of limitation of the categories of developed and
developing countries, so their research is topical for modern science and practice.
The working hypothesis of the research is that entrepreneurship infrastructure in
developing countries is peculiar for low global competitiveness. This leads to low
business activity in these countries, hindering their economic growth and increasing
their underrun from developed countries. One of the origins of this phenomenon is the
problems of financing of entrepreneurship infrastructure in developing countries. The
purpose of this research is to determine the problems of financing of entrepreneurship
infrastructure in developing countries and to determine their possible solutions.
In this research, entrepreneurship is treated in the narrows sense. It includes only the
material – transport and telecommunication - component. At that, the non-material
component, which includes the institutional conditions, provision with financial and
human resources, etc., goes beyond the limits of the selected research object. Verifi-
cation of the working hypothesis supposes consecutive verification of the three fol-
lowing sub-hypotheses:
– hypothesis H1: developing countries are peculiar for deficit of financial resources for
development of entrepreneurship infrastructure. Its verification supposes the logical
analysis of the national debt level, volume of direct foreign investments, and cost of
public-private projects in the infrastructure;
– hypothesis H2: there exists close connection between the volume of financial
resources, accessible for developing cтpaн, and the level of development of their
entrepreneurship infrastructure. It is verified through finding the correlation between
the level of national debt, volume of direct foreign investments, and cost of
public-private projects in the infrastructure with the index of development of
transport and telecommunication infrastructure;
The Problems of Financing of Entrepreneurship Infrastructure 279
– hypothesis H3: business activity in developing countries is in close interconnection

(predetermined) with the level of development of entrepreneurship infrastructure. In
order to verify this hypothesis, it is necessary to assess the correlation of the indices
of development of transport and telecommunication infrastructure and the number
of registered new companies.
The information and analytical support for this research includes the materials of
the World Bank, the International Telecommunication Union, and the World Economic
Forum. According to the criterion of accessibility of the official statistical data, the
objects of the research are such developing countries as China, Brazil, Turkey, and
Russia. For the purpose of obtaining more authentic results, the study is performed with
the 2016 data. The indictors of financial provision, development of entrepreneurship
infrastructure, and business activity in the studied countries in 2016 are systematized
and shown in Table 1.
Table 1. Indicators of financial provision, development of entrepreneurship infrastructure, and

business activity in the studied countries in 2016
Indicators Country
China Brazil Turkey Russia
x1 National debt, % of GDP 237.18 67.48 29.10 13.52
x2 Volume of direct foreign investments, % of GDP 1.52 4.39 1.43 2.57
x3 Public-private projects in the sphere of transport, 0.06 0.05 0.09 0.01
% of GDP
x4 Public-private projects in the sphere of 0.20 0.70 0.22 0.43
telecommunications, % of GDP
y1, x5 Index of development of transport infrastructure, 4.70 4.00 4.40 4.90
points from 1 to 6
y2, x6 Index of development of telecommunication 5.05 6.03 5.58 6.91
infrastructure, points from 1 to 6
y3 Number of registered new companies 167,280 73,614 57,760 427,388
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of materials (The World Bank (2017a, b, c, d, e),
(World Economic Forum 2017), (International Telecommunication Union 2017).
3 Discussion
The conceptual and applied issues of infrastructural provision of entrepreneurship in

developing countries are studied in the works (Popkova et al. 2016a), (Ragulina et al.
2015), (Bogoviz et al. 2017), (Bogdanova et al. 2016), (Popova et al. 2016b), (Kuz-
netsov et al. 2016), (Kostikova et al. 2016), and (Simonova et al. 2017). At that, the
financial component of development of infrastructural provision in developing coun-
tries is not sufficiently studied from the scientific point of view, which requires further
scientific research in this sphere.
4 Results
The results of the correlation analysis of the indicators of financial provision, devel-
opment of entrepreneurship infrastructure, and business activity in the studied countries
in 2016 are shown in Table 2.
Table 2. Level of correlation of the indicators of financial provision, development of

entrepreneurship infrastructure, and business activity in the studied countries in 2016
Variables Correlation of
variables
y1 y2 y3
x1 −0.83 −0.76 –
x2 0.82 0.85 –
x3 0.78 – –
x4 – 0.71 –
x5 – – 0.81
x6 – – 0.71
As is seen from Table 2, correlation of the values of the index of development of

transport infrastructure in developing countries to national debt is strong and negative
(−0.83), to volume of direct foreign investments – strong and positive (0.82), to
number of public-private projects in the transport sphere – moderately expressed and
positive (0.78).
Correlation of the values of the index of development of telecommunication
infrastructure in developing countries to national debt is moderate and negative
(−0.76), to volume of direct foreign investments – strong and positive (0.85), to
number of public-private projects in the sphere of telecommunications – moderately
expressed and positive (0.71). Correlation of the number of registered new companies
to the index of development of telecommunication infrastructure is strongly expressed
and positive (0.81), to the index of development of transport infrastructure – moder-
ately expressed and positive (0.71).
The results of the performed analysis prove all three offered hypotheses and the
main working hypothesis of the research. Thus, deficit of financial resources in
developing countries hinders the formation of entrepreneurship infrastructure, which
slows down business activity in these countries. We determined three main problems of
financing of entrepreneurship infrastructure in developing countries, which are brought
down to the following.
1st problem: deficit of financial resources with the state, which does not allow it to
finance infrastructural projects in full. This problem could be solved only with the help
of the mechanism of international support for development of infrastructure in devel-
oping countries. Infrastructure of entrepreneurship should become the initial targeted
object for provision of international subsidies, credits, etc. for developing countries, as
this allows achieving stronger effect in the sphere of growth of these countries’
economies, thus ensuring high effectiveness of support.
2nd problem: low investment attractiveness of economy, which leads to weak

investment flows. As infrastructural projects are peculiar for the longest period of
investments return and high risk, they are not very attractive for investments. Together
with deficit of investments resources in the economy on the whole, its influence is very
large in the infrastructural sphere.
This problem could be solved by increase of investment attractiveness of infras-
tructural projects for foreign investors, fro it is very difficult to achieve the increase of
investment attractiveness of economy on the whole in the mid-term and short-term.
Attraction of direct foreign investments could be achieved with the help of developing
special economic areas that specialize in the infrastructural sphere of economy.
3rd problem: insufficient development of projects in the form of public-private part-
nership (PPP) in the infrastructural sphere. Weakness of the institutional mechanisms of
cooperation between the state and private business does not allow using this highly-
effective means of expanding the financing of infrastructural projects, which is actively
used in developed countries, with the same success and intensity. Creation of strong
institutional provision of PPP in the infrastructural sphere allows solving this problem.
Based on the above, we offer the following framework strategy of solving the
problems of financing of entrepreneurship infrastructure in developing countries (Fig. 1).
Goal: overcoming infrastructural barriers on the path of entrepreneurship development and

growth of developing countries’ economies
Tools for achievement of the set goal
Perspective means
International financial Development of Institutional
of solving the
support special economic development of
problems of
areas PPP
financing
Problems of financing
Deficit of financial Low investment Insufficient
of entrepreneurship
resources with the state flows development of
infrastructure
the PPP
mechanism
Formation of new infrastructure in the necessary volume and full-scale modernization of the
existing entrepreneurship infrastructure
Development of transport Development of telecommunication

infrastructure infrastructure
Expansion of possibilities for attraction Creation of preconditions for formation and

of foreign resources and export of final development of innovational entrepreneurship,
products including in high-tech spheres
Result: increase of business activity in developing countries and acceleration of the level and
growth rate of their economies, reduction of disproportions of the global economy
Fig. 1. Framework strategy of solving the problems of financing of entrepreneurship

infrastructure in developing countries Source: compiled by the authors.
As is seen from Fig. 1, implementation of the offered practical recommendations

for overcoming the determined problems of financing of entrepreneurship infrastructure
in developing countries ensures formation of new infrastructure in the necessary vol-
ume and full-scale modernization of the existing entrepreneurship infrastructure. This
stimulates the development of transport infrastructure and expansion of possibilities for
attraction of foreign resources and export of final products, as well as development of
the telecommunication infrastructure and creation of preconditions for formation and
development of innovational entrepreneurship, including in the high-tech spheres.
As a result, the set goal is achieved – the infrastructural barriers on the path of
development of entrepreneurship and of growth of developing countries’ economies are
overcome, business activity in developing countries is raised, the level and growth rate
of their economy are increased, and disproportions of the global economy are reduced.
5 Conclusions
In the course of the research, we determined three key problems of financing of

entrepreneurship infrastructure in developing countries: national debt which limits the
state’s capabilities for financing of infrastructural projects, unattractiveness of domestic
infrastructural projects for foreign investors, and institutional barriers on the path of
implementation of the mechanism of public-private partnership in the infrastructural
sphere.
For solving these problems, the authors offer the framework strategy and practical
recommendations: re-orientation of the international financial support for developing
countries at the infrastructural sphere, development of special economic areas in the
infrastructural sphere for attractive direct foreign investments, and development of
institutional provision of public-private partnership in the infrastructural sphere.
It should be concluded that successfulness of solving the problems of financing of
entrepreneurship infrastructure could differ in developing countries, as it depends on
the peculiarities of the state of the entrepreneurship infrastructure, specifics of the
problems of financing of its development, and the macro- and geo-economic situation.
That’s why it is recommended to focus further efforts on development of specialized
national strategies of solving the problems of financing of entrepreneurship infras-
tructure in developing countries.
References
Eur. Res. Stud. J., 19(2 Special Issue), 268–275 (2016)
investment policy and their economic justification. Int. J. Appl. Bus. Econ. Res. 15(11), 275–
285 (2017)
International Telecommunication Union: ICT Development Index (2017). http://www.itu.int/.
Accessed 6 Nov 2017)
Kostikova, A.V., Tereliansky, P.V., Shuvaev, A.V., Parakhina, V.N., Timoshenko, P.N.: Expert
fuzzy modeling of dynamic properties of complex systems. ARPN J. Eng. Appl. Sci. 11(17),
10601–10608 (2016)
Kuznetsov, S.Y., Tereliansky, P.V., Shuvaev, A.V., Natsubize, A.S., Vasilyev, I.A.: Analysis of
innovate solutions based on combinatorial approaches. ARPN J. Eng. Appl. Sci. 11(17),
10222–10230 (2016)
mechanisms of nanotechnology development in developing countriesJ. Appl. Econ. Sci. 11
(4), 584–590 (2016b)
structures. Mod. Appl. Sci. 9 (3), 145–158 (2015)
Simonova, E.V., Lyapina, I.R., Kovanova, E.S., Sibirskaya, E.V.: Characteristics of Interaction
Between Small Innovational and Large Business for the Purpose of Increase of Their
Competitiveness. Russia and the European Union Development and Perspectives, pp. 407–
415 (2017)
The World Bank: Foreign direct investment (2017a). https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/BX.
KLT.DINV.CD.WD. Accessed 6 Nov 2017
The World Bank: Current account balance (2017b). https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/BN.
CAB.XOKA.CD. Accessed 6 Nov 2017
The World Bank: Investment in telecoms with private participation (2017c). https://data.
worldbank.org/indicator/IE.PPI.TELE.CD. Accessed 6 Nov 2017
The World Bank: Investment in transport with private participation (2017d). https://data.
worldbank.org/indicator/IE.PPI.TRAN.CD?view=chart. Accessed 6 Nov 2017
The World Bank: New businesses registered (2017e). https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/IC.
BUS.NREG?view=chart. Accessed 6 Nov 2017
World Economic Forum: The Global Competitiveness Report 2016–2017 (2017). http://www3.
weforum.org/docs/GCR2016-2017/05FullReport/TheGlobalCompetitivenessReport2016-
2017_FINAL.pdf. Accessed 6 Nov 2017
Popkova, E.G., Chechina, O.S., Abramov, S.A.: Problem of the human capital quality reducing
in conditions of educational unification. Mediterr. J. Soc. Sci. 6(3), 95–100 (2016a)
Infrastructure as the Key to Domestic
Companies’ Entering the Global Markets
Tatiana N. Litvinova(&)
Volgograd State Agrarian University, Volgograd, Russian Federation

[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the research is to determine the infrastructural barriers

for the companies’ entering the global markets by the example of modern Russia
and to develop the practical recommendations for overcoming them. The
methodology of the work is based on systematizing and logical analysis of sta-
tistical data, which are formed from the Global Competitiveness Report for 2017–
2018 (World Economic Forum 2017). The authors perform regression and cor-
relation analysis, with the help of which the dependence of domestic companies’
entering the global markets on the infrastructural provision is determined. The
research objects are the four largest countries with developing economies: Russia,
Brazil, China, and India. The main conclusion is that the counties with developing
and forming market economies are peculiar for non-conformity of the infras-
tructural provision of entrepreneurship to the global standards that are set by the
developed countries. This is an obstacle on the path of opening their export
potential. The authors prove that modern Russia possesses wide possibilities in the
sphere of entrepreneurship transnationalization. In order to accelerate this process,
the practical recommendations for solving the determined problems in the sphere
of infrastructural provision of entrepreneurship in Russia, which hinder its suc-
cessful transnationzalization, are offered. In order to achieve the synergetic effect,
it is recommended to use them in the systemic and complex way in modern Russia.
For this, the algorithm of the domestic companies’ entering the global markets
through the prism of infrastructural provision development is offered.
Keywords: Infrastructure Entering global markets Domestic companies

Transnationalization of entrepreneurship
1 Introduction
In the modern global economic system, which is currently under the influence of the
processes of economic integration and globalization, there are significant transforma-
tion changes of the national sectorial markets. In order to avoid international economic
isolation, modern economic systems join the international trade association, the most
vivid example of which is the World Trade Organization – which makes them ter-
minate the policy of protectionism.
Erasure of customs barriers leads to appearance of foreign rivals on the previously
closed national markets, which possess larger marketing and resources capabilities and
experience, which helps them to oust the domestic companies. For the countries of the world

Infrastructure as the Key to Domestic Companies’ 285
to receive profits from the international trade and economic integration, they have to change
their internal orientation and the domestic companies have to enter the global markets.
This research is built on the hypothetical and deductive principle and is based on
the idea that most countries with developing and forming market economy are peculiar
for non-conformity of infrastructural provision of entrepreneurship to the global
standards, set by the countries with developed economy. This is an obstacle on the path
of opening their export potential. The goal of this research is to determine the
infrastructural barriers on the path of the domestic companies’ entering the global
markets by the example of modern Russia and to develop practical recommendations
for overcoming them.
The methodology of the research is based on systematization and logical analysis of

statistical data that are formed from the materials of the Global Competitiveness Report
for 2017–2018 (World Economic Forum 2017) (Table 1). The data are divided and
grouped according to the components of entrepreneurship infrastructure, which is
viewed in the wide sense and includes the transport, institutional, human, financial,
technological, and innovational infrastructure.
Table 1. Indicators of infrastructural provision of entrepreneurship in Russia and the Russian

companies’ entering the global markets in 2017.
Indicator Corresponding index Values of the indices for the
countries
Russia Brazil China India
Business Transport 2nd pillar: Infrastructure, 4.9 4.1 4.7 4.2
infrastructures points, 1–6
Institutional 1st pillar: Institutions, points, 3.6 3.4 4.4 4.4
1–6
Human 5th pillar: Higher education and 5.1 4.2 4.8 4.3
training, points, 1–6
7th pillar: Labor market 4.3 3.7 4.5 4.1
efficiency, points, 1–6
Financial 8th pillar: Financial market 3.4 3.7 4.2 4.4
development, points, 1–6
Marketing 6th pillar: Goods market 4.2 3.8 4.5 4.5
efficiency, points, 1–6
Technological 9th pillar: Technological 4.5 4.6 4.2 3.1
readiness, points, 1–6
Innovational 12th pillar: Innovation, points, 3.5 3.2 4.1 4.1
1–6
Presence of domestic 10.04 Export, % of GDP, 1– 25.9 12.1 20.6 18.8
companies at the global 100
market 11.04 Nature of competitive 3.4 2.8 4.4 4.4
advantage, points, 1–6
Source: compiled by the author on the basis of: World Economic Forum (2017).
286 T. N. Litvinova
Based on these data, the index of development of entrepreneurship infrastructure in a

country was calculated (Iinfr), as a direct average of the values of indices of all the
components of infrastructural provision of entrepreneurship (business infrastructure).
Also, the index of global presence of domestic entrepreneurship (Ientr) was calculated, as
direct average of the volume of export and the index of global competitive advantages.
For the sake of compatibility of the data, the absolute values of the indices (Abs.) were
transformed into % (Rel.). Based on the calculated indices, the regression and correlation
analysis was performed, and the dependence of domestic companies’ entering the global
markets on infrastructural provision was determined. The research objects are the four
largest countries with developing economy: Russia, Brazil, China, and India.
3 Discussion
The conceptual and applied issues of establishment and development of the global
entrepreneurship are viewed in the works (Popkova et al. 2016; Ragulina et al. 2015;
Bogoviz et al. 2017; Bogdanova et al. 2016; Popova et al. 2016; Kuznetsov et al. 2016;
Kostikova et al. 2016; Simonova et al. 2017). The essence and practical peculiarities of
formation and development of entrepreneurship infrastructure are studied in the works
(Mottaeva and Gritsuk 2017; Ray 2016; Tammela and Salminen 2016; Revoltella et al.
2016; Misbakhova et al. 2016).
The scientific literature overview on the selected topic showed insufficient elabo-
ration of the interconnection between infrastructural provision and development of the
global entrepreneurship. Therefore, the infrastructural aspect of domestic companies’
entering the global markets requires further attention and study.
4 Results
The results of the calculations are shown in Table 2.
Table 2. Calculation of indicators for the regression and correlation analysis

Indicators Values of the indicators for the countries
Abs. Rel.(%) Abs. Rel.(%) Abs. Rel.(%) Abs. Rel.(%)
Infrastructure Transport 4.9 81.67 4.1 68.33 4.7 78.33 4.2 70.00
Institutional 3.6 60.00 3.4 56.67 4.4 73.33 4.4 73.33
Human 5.1 85.00 4.2 70.00 4.8 80.00 4.3 71.67
4.3 71.67 3.7 61.67 4.5 75.00 4.1 68.33
Financial 3.4 56.67 3.7 61.67 4.2 70.00 4.4 73.33
Marketing 4.2 70.00 3.8 63.33 4.5 75.00 4.5 75.00
Technological 4.5 75.00 4.6 76.67 4.2 70.00 3.1 51.67
Innovational 3.5 58.33 3.2 53.33 4.1 68.33 4.1 68.33
(continued)
Indicators Values of the indicators for the countries
Abs. Rel.(%) Abs. Rel.(%) Abs. Rel.(%) Abs. Rel.(%)
Iinfr – 69.79 – 63.96 – 73.75 – 68.96
Share of export 25.9 25.90 12.1 12.10 20.6 20.60 18.8 18.80
Competitive advantages 3.4 56.67 2.8 46.67 4.4 73.33 4.4 73.33
Ientr – 41.28 – 29.38 – 46.97 – 46.07
Based on the data from Table 2, the regression and correlation analysis is per-
formed. The following model of the paired linear regression is obtained:
y = 1.79 + 1.82x, which shows that increase of the index of development of
entrepreneurship infrastructure in developing countries by 1 point leads to increase of
the index of global presence of domestic entrepreneurship by 1.82 points. The corre-
lation coefficient of these indicators constitutes 93%, which reflects their strong con-
nection and statistical significance of the compiled regression model.
The results of the performed analysis by the example of the selected countries with
developing economies prove the offered hypothesis and show that infrastructural
provision influences the domestic companies’ entering the global markets very
strongly. For determining the perspectives of overcoming the infrastructural barriers on
the path of transnationalization of domestic entrepreneurship, let us concentrate on one
of the viewed countries – modern Russia.
As is seen from Table 2, the index of development of entrepreneurship infras-
tructure in the country (Iinfr) in Russia constitutes 67.79%, i.e., the potential of
development of infrastructural provision of entrepreneurial activities is realized by
67.79%, which reflects large perspectives for bringing it in correspondence with the
leading global standards.
The index of global presence of domestic entrepreneurship (Ientr) in Russia con-
stitutes 41.28%. That is, the level of transnationalization of entrepreneurship in modern
Russia is 41.28%. This shows large perspectives of further development of the process
of transnationalization of Russian entrepreneurship. Based on deep study of the global
competitiveness report of the Russian economy, the following key problems in the
infrastructural provision of entrepreneurship in Russia, which hinder its successful
transnationalization, were determined:
– Critical underrun from the leading globally oriented countries in the sphere of
institutional entrepreneurship infrastructure (3.6 points out of 6 and the 116th
position in the world). This causes high transaction expenditures of entrepreneur-
ship and, accordingly, higher prices, as compared to foreign rivals;
– Strong deficit of financial entrepreneurship infrastructure (3.4 points out of 6 and the
107th position in the world). This complicates modernization of the production and
distributive processes, thus reducing the qualitative (technical) characteristics of the
Russian products as compared to foreign analogs;
288 T. N. Litvinova
– Weak development of the marketing entrepreneurship infrastructure (4.2 points out

of 6 and the 80th position in the world). This hinders the formation and strength-
ening of the global Russian brands of products, hindering its promotion in the world
markets;
– Insufficient development of technological entrepreneurship infrastructure (4.5
points out of 6 and the 57th position in the world). This does not allow for full
automatization of business processes at the Russian companies, thus increasing their
expenditures and hindering the receipt of benefits from the “scale effect”.
Due to the above infrastructural barriers, the presence of the Russian companies in
the global markets is very weak. Thus, the share of export constitutes 25.9% of GDP
(94th position in the world). The character of competitive advantages is 3.4 points out
of 6 (72nd position in the world). This is the sign of the initial stage of transnation-
alization of entrepreneurship in modern Russia.
At that, high level of development is peculiar for the transport (4.9 points out of 6,
35th position in the world), human (5.1 and 4.3 points out of 6 and 31st and 60th
positions in the world), and innovational (3.5 points out of 6 and 49th position in the
world) infrastructure. This provides large possibilities for Russia in the sphere of
transnationalization of entrepreneurship. For accelerating this process, the following
practical recommendations for solving the determined problems in the sphere of
infrastructural provision entrepreneurship in Russia, which hinder its successful
transnationalization, are offered.
Firstly, it is recommended to strengthen the institutional support for globally ori-
ented entrepreneurship in Russia. Secondly, it is offered to increase the state support for
globally oriented Russian companies. Thirdly, it is necessary to stimulate the devel-
opment of transnational cluster processes with participation of the Russian companies,
which stimulates the strengthening of their brands in the global markets. Fourthly, it is
necessary to develop the technological infrastructure through attraction of private and
foreign investors.
In order to achieve the synergetic effect, which increases the positive influence of
the above recommendations, they should be applied in complex in modern Russia. For
this, the algorithm of domestic companies’ entering the global markets through the
prism of development of infrastructural provision has been prepared – it is shown in
Fig. 1.
As is seen from Fig. 1, development of the components of entrepreneurship
infrastructure takes place consecutively; due to the systemic nature of this process,
sustainable competitive advantages in all aspects of competitiveness are achieved:
price, quality, and marketing. As a result, the growth of global competitiveness of
domestic products and strengthening of the positions of domestic products in the global
markets is achieved.
Starting point: developed transport, human and innovational infrastructure – preconditions for
transnationalization of entrepreneurship
Development of the reduction of transaction Reduction of

institutional infrastructure costs prices for
domestic
production as
Development of the authomatization, “scale compared to
technological infrastructure effect” foreign analogs
growth of quality
Development of the financial modernization of production of domestic
infrastructure and distribution products
promotion of
Development of the marketing strengthening of the global domestic products
infrastructure brands in the global
markets
Growth of global competitiveness of domestic products, strengthening of the positions of
domestic companies in the global markets
Fig. 1. Algorithm of domestic companies’ entering the global markets through the prism of
infrastructural provision development Source: compiled by the authors.
5 Conclusions
Summarizing the above, it is necessary to emphasize that infrastructure is a key to

domestic companies’ entering the global markets. That’s why the infrastructural aspects
of transnationalization of entrepreneurship should be paid a lot of attention in the
process of development and implementation of the state foreign economic policy.
According to the results of this research, countries with developing economy possess
significant potential and perspectives in the sphere of improvement of infrastructural
provision entrepreneurship, thus stimulating domestic companies’ entering the global
markets.
It should be noted that the results of this research are limited by the fact that the
objects of studying the entrepreneurship infrastructure and domestic companies’
entering the global markets are only four of the many countries with developing
economy. This does not allow distributing the received conclusions for all countries
with developing economy. During development of the practical recommendations,
attention is paid to determination and overcoming of infrastructural barriers on the path
of transnationalization of entrepreneurship in modern Russia. Research on the basis of
other countries is a perspective direction for further scientific studies.
290 T. N. Litvinova
References
285 (2017)
10601–10608 (2016)
10222–10230 (2016)
Misbakhova, C.A., Shinkevich, A.I., Belozerova, Y.M., Yusupova, G.F., Stakhova, L.V.:
Innovation infrastructure of engineering and small innovative business in development of
national innovation system. J. Adv. Res. Law Econ. 7(2), 323–331 (2016)
Mottaeva, A., Gritsuk, N.: Development of infrastructure of support of small and medium
business. MATEC Web Conf. 106, 80–83 (2017)
mechanisms of nanotechnology development in developing countries. J. Appl. Econ. Sci. 11
(4), 584–590 (2016)
Ray, N.: Business Infrastructure for Sustainability in Developing Economies, pp. 1–343 (2016)
Revoltella, D., Brutscher, P.-B., Tsiotras, A., Weiss, C.T.: Linking local business with global
growth opportunities: the role of infrastructure. Oxf. Rev. Econ. Policy 32(3), 410–430 (2016)
Simonova, E.V., Lyapina, I.R. Kovanova, E.S., Sibirskaya, E.V.: Characteristics of interaction
between small innovational and large business for the purpose of increase of their
competitiveness. In: Russia and the European Union Development and Perspectives, pp. 407–
415 (2017)
Tammela, J., Salminen, V.: Modeling business innovation collaboration in open infrastructure.
In: 2006 IEEE International Technology Management Conference, ICE 2006 (2016). https://
doi.org/10.1109/ICE.2006.7477075
World Economic Forum: The Global Competitiveness Report 2017–2018 (2017). http://www3.
weforum.org/docs/GCR2017-2018/05FullReport/TheGlobalCompetitivenessReport2017–
2018.pdf. Accessed 8 Nov 2017
The Mechanism of Optimization of the Tax
Administration System with the Help
of the New Information and Communication
Technologies
Irina V. Gashenko(&), Yulia S. Zima, V. A. Stroiteleva,

and N. M. Shiryaeva
Rostov State Economic University (RINH), Rostov-on-Don, Russia

[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to develop the mechanism of optimization

of the system of tax administration with the help of new information and com-
munication technologies by the examples of modern Russia. For studying the
connection between the system of tax administration and usage of new informa-
tion and communication technologies, the authors use the method of correlation
analysis. The authors calculate the correlation coefficients for time spent for tax
accounting according to PricewaterhouseCoopers and the values of the
E-government index according to the United Nations. For the sake of pre-
sentability of the data, the objects of the research are countries from various
geographical regions of the world and with different values of studied indicators –
Russia, the USA, China, the Maldives, the UAE, Ireland, and Singapore. The
timeframe of the research is 2005–2016. With the help of this method, the authors
also calculate the correlation coefficients for the values of the E-government index
and the share of shadow economy according to the Association of Chartered
Certified Accountants, as well as the share of tax revenues of state budgets of the
countries according to the World Bank in 2016. The authors show that an
important step on the path of overcoming the consequences of the global economic
crisis is optimization of the tax administration system, which allows reducing the
scale of shadow economy and ensuring more revenues for state budgets. A per-
spective tool for achieving this goal is implementing the new information and
communication technologies into the process of tax administration. The authors
analyze the problems that countries of the world face in the process of optimization
of the system of tax administration with the help of new information and com-
munication technologies by the example of modern Russia.
Keywords: Optimization Tax system System of tax administration

New information and communication technologies
1 Introduction
Viewing the national economic system from the positions of the dominating systemic
approach, it is obvious that highly-effective and continuous functioning of this systems
requires well-coordinates work of all sub-systems. Due to transition to the modern

292 I. V. Gashenko et al.
economic systems to the phase of restoration after the global recession, the attention of
the global society was switched from tactical tasks to strategic tasks, of which the
primary one is modernization of economy.
However, a serious obstacle on the path of implementing the new strategic course
of development of countries of the world is deficit of financial resources that appeared
as a result of the global crisis. This increased the importance of solving tactical tasks
related to provision of replenishment of state budgets of countries of the world and
drew attention to providing sub-systems, among which the central role belongs to the
tax sub-system, with the help of which the state’s financial resources are formed which
are necessary for implementation of strategic tasks of economy’s development.
In the tax sub-system, the consequences of the global recession are seen very
clearly. The number and volume of profit of entrepreneurial structures, which are the
main sources of revenues into the state budgets of the countries, reduced. Striving to
cover the deficit of the state’s budget, the governments raise the tax load for business,
which often leads to growth of shadow economy and further reduction of the volume of
tax revenues into the state budgets of the countries of the world. Due to this, the
topicality of the issues related to optimization of the system of tax administration,
aimed at fighting shadow economy and replenishment of state budgets, grew.
The working hypothesis of this research is that a perspective direction of opti-
mization of the system of tax administration in the countries of the world is imple-
menting the new information and communication technologies into the process of tax
collection. However, low effectiveness of the process of informatization of modern
Russia’s economy does not allow for full implementation of the existing potential in the
sphere of optimization of the system of tax administration. The authors verify the
hypothesis and seek the goal of developing the mechanism of optimization of the
system of tax administration with the help of the new information and communication
technologies by the example of modern Russia.
For studying the connection between the system of tax administration and usage of the
new information and communication technologies, the method of correlation analysis is
used. With the help of this method, the authors calculate the coefficients of correlation
для time spent for tax accounts according to PricewaterhouseCoopers and the values of
the E-government index according to the United Nations (Table 1).
For the sake of presentability of the data, the objects of the research are the
countries from various geographic regions of the world and with different values of the
studied indicators – Russia, the USA, China, the Maldives, the UAE, Ireland, and
Singapore. The timeframe of the research is 2005–2016.
With the help of this method, the authors also calculate the coefficients of corre-
lation for the values of the E-government index and share of shadow economy
according to the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants, as well as share of tax
revenues of state budgets according to the World Bank in 2016 (Table 2).
The Mechanism of Optimization of the Tax Administration System 293
Table 1. Statistics of the time spent for tax accounts and the E-government index in 2005–2016
Country Indicators Values of the indicators for the years
2005 2008 2010 2012 2014 2016
Russia Expenditures for tax accounts, hours/year 449 448 448 448 447 447
E-government index 0.53 0.51 0.51 0.73 0.73 0.72
USA Expenditures for tax accounts, hours/year 56 56 56 55 55 54
China Expenditures for tax accounts, hours/year 80 80 80 80 80 80
Maldives Expenditures for tax accounts, hours/year 0 0 0 0 0 0
UAE Expenditures for tax accounts, hours/year 12 12 12 11 11 11
Ireland Expenditures for tax accounts, hours/year 76 76 76 75 74 74
Singapore Expenditures for tax accounts, hours/year 84 84 84 83 82 81
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of: The United Nations (2017);
PricewaterhouseCoopers (2017).
Table 2. The country statistics of the share of shadow economy and share of tax revenues in
2016
Country Share of shadow economy, % of GDP Share of tax revenues, % of GDP
Russia 39.0 25.9
USA 7.8 11.3
China 10.2 22.6
Maldives 24.5 21.2
UAE 26.3 23.0
Ireland 22.1 21.8
Singapore 18.6 14.3
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of: Association of Chartered Certified
Accountants (2017); The World Bank (2017).
3 Discussion
The authors use the materials of the works of modern authors in the sphere of tax
administration and implementation of the new information and communication tech-
nologies, among which are Popkova et al. (2016); Ragulina et al. (2015); Bogoviz et al.
(2017); Orudjev et al. (2016); Bogdanova et al. (2016); Popova, et al. (2016);
Kuznetsov et al. (2016); Kostikova et al. (2016); Simonova et al. (2017).
4 Results
The results of the performed correlation analysis are shown in Tables 3 and 4.
Table 3. The level of correlation of the time spent for tax accounts and the E-government index
in the selected countries
Country Level of correlation Character of connection (+, −)
Russia 46% –
USA 99% –
China 98% –
Maldives 99% –
UAE 98% –
Ireland 99% –
Singapore 99% –
Source: calculated by the authors.
As is seen from Table 3, in all cases, except for Russia, there is strong positive
correlation of time spent for tax accounts and the E-government index (98–99%). This
shows that new information and communication technologies do allow for optimization
of the systems of tax administration.
Introduction of the system of electronic document turnover in the system of cor-
porate tax accounts allows for automatic formation of the accounts and their transfer to
the tax bodies, which can conduct the administration automatically. Low correlation of
these indicators in modern Russia (46%) shows that informatization of economy only
slightly influences the tax sphere or is not effective at all.
Table 4. The level of correlation of the E-government index and the time spent for tax accounts,
share of shadow economy, and share of tax revenues of government in the selected countries in
2016
Level of correlation Character of connection (+, −)
Time spent for tax accounts 98% –
Share of shadow economy 91% –
Share of tax revenues 95% +
As is seen from Table 4, in 2016 there was high correlation of the E-government
index and the time spent for tax accounts (98%), share of shadow economy (91%), and
share of tax revenues of government (95%) in the selected countries. Accordingly, in the
process of informatization of economy, time spent for tax accounts and the share of
shadow economy reduce, while the share of tax revenues increases. This means that
implementation of new information and communication technologies in the tax sphere
allows achieving clear results in the sphere of provision of replenishment of state budgets.
Based on the above, it is possible to conclude that the potential of new information
and communication technologies in the sphere of optimization of tax administration is
very high. In modern Russia, it is not implemented sufficiently, which is due to the
following reasons:
– alternative forms of corporate tax accounts: automatic tax accounts with the help of
the new information and communication technologies is not mandatory in Russia,
and high primary capital expenditures, required for starting it, make it a rare phe-
nomenon in the Russian economic practice;
– corporate accounts of not all taxable business operations: low level of consumer
consciousness and corporate responsibility are the reason that not all operations are
reflected in corporate tax accounts, which - even in case of its authomatization –
does not allow to reduction of shadow economy;
– a small share of electronic corporate transactions: lack of transparency of financial
operations of business, including B2B and B2C transactions, which complicates the
process of authomatization of corporate tax accounts.
For optimization of the system of tax administration with the help of new infor-
mation and communication technologies in modern Russia, the following practical
recommendations are offered:
– legislative establishment of mandatory authomatized accounting of economic
operations that are taxable;
– increase of the level of consumer consciousness in corporate responsibility;
– legislative establishment of mandatory electronic transactions by entrepreneurial
structures.
The mechanism of optimization of the system of tax administration with the help of
new information and communication technologies on the basis of the offered recom-
mendations is shown in Fig. 1.
As is seen from Fig. 1, the offered mechanism is aimed at achieving the goal of
reduction of shadow economy and increase of the volume of tax revenues into state
budgets of all levels of a country’s budget system. The tools for achieving it include
optimization of the system of tax administration with the help of new information and
communication technologies. For this, the following algorithm is implemented: the first
stage supposes realization of the offered recommendations for preparation and creation
of the necessary conditions for optimization of tax administration.
The second stage supposes authomatization of the system of tax administration, for
which it is necessary to expand the financing of modernization of equipment and
technologies of tax administration, train specialists for tax bodies to use the new
information and communication technologies, and implement new requirements and
standards of tax administration. The third stage supposes monitoring and control over
the work of the modernized system of tax administration – i.e., its debugging.
The result for the taxpayers includes the reduction of resources and time required
for tax accounts, simplification of tax accounts, and ineffectiveness of shadow tax
accounts. The result for the tax bodies includes reduction of resource intensity and
simplification and acceleration of tax administration. The result for the state includes
growth of tax revenues and replenishment of budgets in the necessary volume.
Fig. 1. The mechanism of optimization of the system of tax administration with the help of new
information and communication technologies. Source: compiled by the authors
5 Conclusion
Thus, the working hypothesis has been proved. The authors show that an important
step of the path of overcoming the consequences of the global economic crisis is
optimization of the system of tax administration, which allows reducing the scale of
shadow economy and ensures the replenishment of the state budgets in full volume.
A perspective tools for achieving this goal is implementation of the new information
and communication technologies into the process of tax administration.
The authors analyze the problems the countries of the world might face in the
process of optimization of the system of tax administration with the help of the new
information and communication technologies by the example of modern Russia.
A certain limitation of the results of the performed research is emphasis on causal
connections during developing the mechanism of optimization of the system of tax
administration with the help of the new information and communication technologies
with the generalized character of the implemented measures. Development of the
strategies of optimization of the system of tax administration with the help of the new
information and communication technologies in the countries of the world on the basis
of the offered mechanism is a perspective direction for further scientific studies.
References
Association of Chartered Certified Accountants: Ranking of the countries with largest shadow
economies (2017). http://www.accaglobal.com/russia/en.html. Accessed 8 Nov 2017
285 (2017)
10601–10608 (2016)
10222–10230 (2016)
(4), 584–590 (2016)
PricewaterhouseCoopers: Russian FederationCorporate - Tax administration (2017). http://
taxsummaries.pwc.com/ID/Russian-Federation-Corporate-Tax-administration. Accessed 8
Nov 2017
415 (2017)
The United Nations: E-Government Survey 2005–2016 (2017). https://publicadministration.un.
org/egovkb/Reports/UN-E-Government-Survey-2014. Accessed 8 Nov 2017
The World Bank: Tax revenue (2017). https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/GC.TAX.TOTL.GD.
ZS?view=chart. Accessed 8 Nov 2017
Highly-Effective Management of the Process
of Innovations Commercialization as a Basis
of Development of Modern Human Society

Nelli A. Saveleva3, Irina V. Lysak4, and Sergei N. Makarenko4
1
Federal State Budgetary Scientific Institution
“Federal Research Center of Agrarian Economy and Social Development
of Rural Areas – All Russian Research Institute of Agricultural Economics”,
Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
2
[email protected]
3
Sochi State University, Sochi, Russia
[email protected]
4
Southern Federal University, Rostov-on-Don, Russia
{ivlysak,snmakarenko}@sfedu.ru
Abstract. The purpose of the work is to study the social component of

managing the process of commercialization of innovations and to develop the
concept of highly-effective management of the process of commercialization of
innovations as a basis of the modern human society development by the
example of Russia. In order to verify the offered hypothesis, the work uses
the method of statistical analysis – trend and correlation analysis, as well as the
method of comparative analysis for calculating the relative indicators. The
information basis includes statistical accounting of the Federal State Statistics
Service for 2012–2016. The authors analyze and compare the indicators of the
potential and efficiency of the country in the sphere of commercialization of
innovations. As a result, it is concluded that insufficient attention to the social
component in the process of managing the process of commercialization of
innovations leads to emergence of a large lost socio-economic profit, caused by
incomplete implementation of the accumulated potential of society’s develop-
ment. Highly-effective management of the process of commercialization of
innovations as a basis of the modern human society’s development supposes the
shift of emphasis from management of companies’ innovative activity at the
final stage of the innovational process – implementation of the leading pro-
duction technologies – to the initial stages of this process – creation and
patenting of leading production technologies.
Keywords: Highly-effective management

Process of commercialization of innovations
Development of modern human society

Highly-Effective Management of the Process of Innovations Commercialization 299
1 Introduction
The key role of innovations in achievement of economic growth is acknowledged by

the modern academic society and state regulating bodies of the economic systems.
Innovations are justly considered to be the sources of national entrepreneurship’s
competitiveness and, accordingly, of sustainable development of national economies,
as well as the tool for overcoming the crises of economic systems and stabilization of
the world economy. According to this, stimulation of innovative activity of entrepre-
neurial structures is paid a lot of attention in most of countries of the world.
At that, deep research of the essence of the innovational process shows that the
central role and meaning in it belongs to human – research and innovator. Therefore,
ignoring the social component of the innovational process violates its integrity.
Emphasis on mostly economic goals of starting the innovational process does not allow
taking into account the social component, thus presenting this process as a “black box”,
which does not allow achieving high effectiveness in its management. This creates a
scientific and practical problem, which is not yet studied sufficiently and is not yet
solved.
The initial point of this research is the offered hypothesis that insufficient attention
to the social component in the process of managing the process of commercialization of
innovations leads to emergence of large lost socio-economic profit, caused by
incomplete realization of the accumulated potential of society’s development. The
purpose of this work is to study the social component of managing the process of
commercialization of innovations and to develop the concept of highly-effective
management of the process commercialization of innovations as a basis of the modern
human society’s development by the example of Russia.
For verification of the offered hypothesis, the authors use the methods of statistical
analysis – trend and correlation analysis, as well as the method of comparative analysis
for calculating relative indicators. As the information basis, the authors use the
materials of the Federal State Statistics Service for 2012–2016 (Table 1). The authors
analyze and compare the indicators of potential and the indicators of the country’s
efficiency in the sphere of commercialization of innovations.
The indicator of potential of commercialization of innovations is total quantity of
potentially created innovations in the country. It is calculated based on the supposition
that each Ph.D. or doctor of science should create at least one leading technology.
Personnel involved with conduct of scientific research in R&D organizations could
be unified into the groups of five people according to the international scientific
standards (maximum number of authors of a scientific article in a peer-reviewed
international journal cannot usually exceed five people). Each group should create at
least one leading production technology per year.
The indicators of the result are the number of developed and used leading
production technologies (own) and the number of patent applications. The level of
Table 1. Selected statistical information on R&D and innovative activities in Russia in 2016
Indicator 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2016/2012
Number of Ph.D.’s 33,082 35,162 34,733 28,273 25,826 0.78
Number of doctors of science 1,321 1,371 1,356 1,359 1,386 1.04
Number of R&D organizations 3,566 3,492 3,566 3,605 3,604 1.01
Number of personnel of R&D 813,200 736,500 726,300 727,000 732,300 0.90
organizations
Average number of personnel in 228.043 210.911 203.674 201.664 203.191 0.89
R&D organization
Number of R&D teams five 46 42 41 40 41 0.89
people each
Number of potentially created 162,640 147,300 145,260 145,400 146,460 0.90
innovations by R&D
organizations
Number of developed leading 1,138 1,323 1,429 1,409 1,398 1.23
production technologies
Number of patent applications 32,254 44,211 44,914 40,308 45,517 1.41
Number of used leading 191,650 191,372 193,830 204,546 218,018 1.14
production technologies
Number of used leading 117,697 110,037 109,424 116,002 122,583 1.04
production technologies of
Russian origin
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of: (Federal State Statistics Service 2016).
implementation of the existing potential is assessed by through comparing the indi-

cators of the result with the indicator of potential. Also, their correlation and change
over the five-year period are calculated.
3 Discussion
Specifics and the essence of managing the economic component of the process of
commercialization of innovations is studied in detail in the works (Popkova et al. 2016;
Ragulina et al. 2015; Bogoviz et al. 2017; Orudjev et al. 2016; Bogdanova et al. 2016;
Popova et al. 2016; Kuznetsov et al. 2016; Kostikova et al. 2016; Simonova et al.
2017). However, despite the high level of elaboration of the economic component, the
social component is not paid enough attention by modern researchers.
4 Results
The received results of statistical analysis of the indicators of R&D and innovative
acitvities in Russia in 2016 are given in Table 1.
As is seen from Table 2, the potential of creation of leading production tech-
nologies in Russia reduced by 12% 2016, as compared to 2012, constituting 17.36
thousand. The level of its implementation is low. Thus, the share of developed leading
Table 2. The results of statistical analysis of indicators of R&D and innovative acitvities in
Russia in 2016
Indicator 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2016 R2
/2012
Total number of potentially 19.70 18.38 18.13 17.50 17.36 0.88 –
created innovations in the
country, thousand (x)
Share of developed leading 0.58 0.72 0.79 0.80 0.80 1.39 84%
production technologies, of
x, %
Share of the number of 16.37 24.05 24.77 23.03 26.21 1.60 61%
patent applications of x, %
Share of the number of used 59.73 59.86 60.34 66.27 70.58 1.18 2%
leading production
technologies of the Russian
origin of x, %
Source: compiled by the author.
production technologies constitutes 8% of the existing potential, the share of patent

applications – 26.21%, the share of the used leading production technologies of the
Russian origin – 70.58%.
The positive aspect is growth of the values of the indicators of the result by 39%,
60%, and 18% in 2016, as compared to 2012. Correlation of the number of developed
leading production technologies and the potential of their creation is rather high,
constituting 84%. Correlation of the number of patent applications and the potential is
moderate, constituting 61%. Correlation of the number of used leading production
technologies of the Russian origin and the potential is low, constituting 2%.
Thus, we determined the following problems at each stage of the innovational
process:
– At the stage of R&D activities: low efficiency of R&D activities, caused by the fact
that a lot of scientific studies are not finished or reach a negative results, which does
not lead to creation of leading production technologies and creation of completely
new leading production technologies. The share of completely new leading pro-
duction technologies in Russia constituted 11% in 2016 (153 technologies);
– At the stage of registration of rights for the results of R&D activities – objects of
intellectual property: not all created leading production technologies are registered
as patents, which leads to absence of protection of intellectual property of the
scholars;
– At the stage of implementation of leading production technologies into business
processes of companies: not all domestic leading production technologies are
implemented into production, as import of leading production technologies is very
popular. A lot of technologies are implemented without any success, which does not
lead to creation of innovational products. Thus, the share of innovational products
in Russia constituted 6% in 2016 (RUB 3. 13 billion).
These problems show low effectiveness of managing the process of commercial-

ization of innovations in Russia, the main reason of which is insufficient attention to the
social component of this process. In order to increase the effectiveness of managing the
process of commercialization of innovations in Russia, we offer the following practical
recommendations:
– Provision of increase of social responsibility of scholars for the performed scientific
research and crated innovations. The scholars should be motivated for achieving
high efficiency of the performed scientific research, which should end with creation
of completely new leading production technologies and their successful
implementation;
– Simplification of the process of registration of rights for the objects of intellectual
property through expansion of stimulation of R&D organizations;
– development of cooperation between R&D organizations and innovations-active
companies through creation of innovational clusters, technological parks, techno-
logical cities, etc. for increase of efficiency of the process of implementing inno-
vations into the companies’ economic practice.
Based in the above analysis, we offer the following concept of highly-effective
management of the process of commercialization of innovations as the basis of the
modern human society’s development (Fig. 1).
Goal: harmonization of the social and economic components of the innovational process in
the interests of stimulating the development of modern human society
Management of the innovational process
motivation and simplification of registration development of cooperation
Financing, demand for innovations
stimulation of social of rights for the objects of between R$D organizations

responsibility of scholars intellectual property and companies
Innovational products
Conduct of scientific Registration of patents Implementation of

research for technologies technologies
increase of the number of increase of protection of more successful

created leading rights of scholars for the implementation of
production technologies objects of intellectual technologies into production,
property growth of the volume of
innovational products
Result: increase of satisfaction of scholars, increase of the number of innovations-active

companies and issued innovational products, growth of the share of successfully
commercialized innovations, increase of positive socio-economic effect from innovations
Fig. 1. The concept of highly-effective management of the process of commercialization of

innovations as a basis of the modern human society’s development. Source: compiled by the
authors.
As is seen from Fig. 1, the offered concept is aimed at harmonization of the social
and economic component of the innovational process in the interests of stimulating the
modern human society’s development. As a result of implementation of the offered
practical recommendations, the number of created leading production technologies is
increased, protection of scholars’ rights for the intellectual property objects is raised,
and more successful implementation of technologies into production and growth of the
number of innovational products are achieved.
In total, these positive effects stimulate the increase of scholars’ satisfaction,
increase of the number of innovations-active companies and issued innovational
products, growth of the share of successfully commercialized innovations, and increase
of positive socio-economic effect from innovations.
5 Conclusions
Concluding the above, it should be noted that commercialization of innovations is an

important component of the innovational process, as it fills this process with certain
sense. For the purpose of maximization of efficiency of the innovational process and
successful commercialization of innovations, it is necessary to set before R&D orga-
nizations not only economic (growth of the volume of sales and revenues, economic
growth, etc.) but also social indicators (growth of the population’s living standards,
opening the innovational potential of scholars, etc.).
Highly-effective management of the process of commercialization of innovations as
a basis of the modern human society’s development supposes shifting the emphasis
from managing the innovational activity of companies at the final stage of the inno-
vational process – implementation of leading production technologies – to the starting
stages of this process – creation and patenting of the leading production technologies.
This is explained by the fact that successful commercialization of innovations requires
all stages of the innovational process, as they are closely interconnected.
A certain limitation of the results of this research is the fact that the offered
recommendations denoted the perspective directions of increase of effectiveness of
managing the process of commercialization of innovations as a basis of the modern
human society’s development. Their more detailed elaboration and preparation for
implementation in practice is a perspective vector for continuing the research presented
in this article.
References
Eur. Res. Stud. J. 19(Special Issue 2), 268–275 (2016)
275–285 (2017)
10601–10608 (2016)
10222–10230 (2016)
(4), 584–590 (2016)
Simonova, E.V., Lyapina, I.R., Kovanova, E.S., Sibirskaya, E.V.: Characteristics of interaction
415 (2017)
Federal State Statistics Service. Russia in numbers: short statistical collection. Federal State
The Problems of Legal Regulation
of the Development of Far Eastern Native
Minorities During the Soviet State National
Policy Formation Period (1920’s–1930’s)
Anna V. Akhmetova(&) and Yana S. Ivashchenko
Komsomolsk-on-Amur State Technical University,

Komsomolsk-on-Amur, Russian Federation
Abstract. This paper addresses the formation of the legal status of aboriginal
population of the Far East during the period of establishment of the new Soviet
State government authorities between 1920’s–1930’s. The object of the research
is the legal development of native small-numbered ethnic groups of the Far East.
The study employs different methodological tools: historical-systematic, com-
parative law, historical-typological and other methods. The main problems
resolved in this paper are handled in the light of modernization theory. The
author defines basic laws and regulations reflective of the process of estab-
lishment of national statehood among the indigenous population of the Far East.
The historic significance of the question of compliance of the objectives
declared by the Soviet government with the actual situation in national districts
of the Far East is shown. The conclusion on positive results of pursued policy is
drawn; the problems relevant to the period in question are identified. The pri-
ority of political and ideological considerations over the economical interests in
the national policy of the Soviet government can be considered as the most
important positive factor for the indigenous peoples of the Far East. From the
very beginning the approach of the Soviet government to the problems of the
peoples of the North was based on political perspective rather than on prof-
itability of investments. Originally the activity of the Soviet government had
been focused on emphasizing the traditional peculiarities of aboriginal popula-
tion. In the second half of 1930-s the orientation of ideological line was changed
towards the forced integration of small-numbered ethnic groups into the Soviet
society resulting in introduction of modernization activities related to national
and territorial division of the national regions of the Far East.
Keywords: The Far East Legal status Native minorities National district
National policy Municipal authorities
1 Introduction
The problem of compliance of the legal system of the Russian Federation with inter-
national legislation on the status of traditional ethnic groups remains open. Unstable
market-based economy of the Russian Federation coupled with social problems hinders

306 A. V. Akhmetova and Y. S. Ivashchenko
the development of regulatory and legal framework governing life and activities of the
native ethnic groups of the Russian North (Akhmetova 2012).
Governmental attention to this problem today is apparent as confirmed by the
Decree of the President of the Russian Federation No. 1666 “On strategy of the state
national policy of the Russian Federation until 2025” (Legislation Bulletin: 7477) dated
19.12.2012, that establishes preservation and development of cultures and languages of
the nations of the Russian Federation, strengthening of their spiritual community and
protection of the rights of ethnic minorities including the indigenous peoples as the key
issues of the national policy of the Russian Federation calling for special attention from
governmental and municipal authorities.
In order to give an adequate estimation of national policy methods formerly used or
still employed by the government with regard to native minorities of the Russian Far
East a clear understanding of mechanisms utilized in the relationships forming process
between the government and the indigenous peoples at different historical stages is
required.
The exploration of the topic was performed with involvement of the following data
source base.
The State Archive of the Russian Federation has an archive fund P-3977 The
Committee for development of the peoples of the North under the Presidium of
All-Russian Central Executive Committee (The Committee for Affairs of the North).
The documents of this archive fund include minutes of meetings of the Bureau of the
Committee, the Committee for development of the peoples of the North, the Admin-
istrative and Legal Commission, the Commission for improvement of labor and living
conditions of women under the Committee for Affairs of the North (1924–1930),
minutes of meetings of the Committees for Affairs of the North (inclusive of the Far
Eastern territory 1927-1934) and other documents reflecting the legal regulation of the
Soviet policy towards the aboriginal population in 1920’s–1930’s.
The important information was found in the State Archive of Khabarovsk region П-
35 (Khabarovsk regional committee) – the largest archive in terms of document volume
and informational content. It possesses the data revealing the role of central and local
organizations in economic, educational and cultural development of indigenous peo-
ples of the Far East.
The main problems outlined in this paper are handled in the light of modernization
theory. Despite the fact that many scientists consider the scientific and research
potential of this theory to be exhausted, the modernization processes perfectly reflect
transformations in life of the Far East aborigines during the Soviet period. Therefore
the concept of modernization is renovated within the framework of the study of
adaptive (overtaking) variant of modernization which is the case for the Soviet mod-
ernization – the attempt to reach qualitative and quantitative economic indicators of the
leading western states at a swift rate. Socialist variant of modernization exercised in the
USSR regardless of any ideological differences was a type of general modernization
process, the adaptive response of non-western societies (Gavrov 2010). Socialist
The Problems of Legal Regulation of the Development 307
modernization model meshed with collectivist mindset of non-western societies

including native minorities of the North. That’s why the Soviet variant of transfor-
mation of ethnic and cultural development of traditional ethnic groups during the
period under investigation became more successful than in western countries.
From this perspective the theory of A.I. Flier about the historical dynamics of social
and cultural reality (Flier 2014), identifying different stages of this reality (preservation,
destruction, development and renovation of the system) is of the utmost interest. Thus,
Flier indicates different variants of system development dynamics. According to the
author, transformation is the reinvention of essential or functional content of a tradition
without changing the form of an action itself. Further Flier identifies the modernization
or modification of a tradition, when the symbolically significant essence or the meaning
of such a tradition is preserved in contrast to some form changes. In our opinion the
Great October Socialist Revolution (1917) and the USSR modernization transforma-
tions in 1920’s–1930’s, when in two stages the old system was destroyed and the
hundreds of traditions were left behind, give the perfect examples of overcoming the
traditions. With regard to paucity of aboriginal societies their traditions were treated in
a special way including transformation and modification approaches applied in natural
sequence. The activity of the Committees for Affairs of the North was a typical
example of transformation of the old generic system and imposition of new Soviet
practices. The formation of integral cooperation is a manifestation of modernization
approach. It was the formation of a command and administration system which resulted
in completion of system renovation process. At first sight this process was suspended
(from the technological point of view) by the Great Patriotic War. However, from the
mental point of view it resulted in final alteration of traditions of the Far Eastern
population.
In the course of investigation the main historical methods – comparative, syn-
chronous, systematic – were used. Comparative analysis allows retracing the gradual
implementation of legal regulation with regard to different native minorities in the
different territories of the Far East. Synchronous method gives an opportunity to review
interrelations and interference between the governmental actions related to education
and upbringing. Based on systematic approach we can conclude that political and legal
development of native minorities is a subsystem integrated into the general line of the
Soviet governance, while the system is formed by the general directions of its policy.
3 Discussion
Chronologically the historiography on the subject can be divided into three main
groups: prewar period (A. G. Bazanov, I. F. Fedorov); postwar period: 1950’s–1960’s
(M.A. Sergeev, E. V. Yakovleva, V. G. Balitskiy) and 1970’s–1980’s (V.A. Zibarev,
V. S. Lukovtsev, V. N. Uvachan, I. S. Gurvich, Z.P. Sokolova) and contemporary
period (L. Y. Ivashchenko, A. E. Zavalishin, S. V. Bobyshev, V. P. Serkin, V.A.
Kryazhkov, A.I. Gorelikov).
Many contemporary researchers of the life of indigenous population in Soviet times
give estimation of the national policy within the framework of social modernization.
The work by Bobyshev (2000) dealing with the content of governmental activity
related to economical and cultural assistance provided to the small-numbered peoples

in 1920s–1930s is also of great importance. Kryazhkov (2010) investigates the prob-
lems of regulatory and legal framework evolution for indigenous peoples of the Far
North.
The monograph “Arctic Mirrors, Russia and the Small Peoples of the North” by Y.
L. Slezkin (Ph.D., USA) dedicated to the history of interaction between the alien and
indigenous population of the North is of exceptional interest. The author gives a staged
analysis of the transformation of attitude of the Russians to the aborigines and vice
versa. These processes provide an opportunity to trace the process of self-identification
of indigenous peoples. The figures reflected in the “arctic mirrors” of Russian
self-consciousness – a foreigner, an adherent of a different faith, a non-Russian, a
national minority, a primitive communist, the last aborigine – are the product of the
established complex interaction far beyond the clichéd framework of colonial rule and
exploitation. A considerable part of the monograph is dedicated to the radical period
between 1920’s and 1930’s, when the task of understanding and reformation of the life
of small-numbered ethnic groups associated with the processes of the indigenization
and the “Stalin’s revolution” was especially difficult. The author does not just propose
the original interpretation of these problems, but demonstrates biographical approach to
ethnography through the example of politicians and public figures from M. Speransky
to L. Sternberg and A. Skachko, who had advanced and put into practice the idea of
diversity of human nature despite the predominant attitudes.
Eventually the conclusion can be made that the historiography of the period under
investigation covers much ground. The investigation of interrelations between the
Soviet government and native minorities is represented by the works of numerous
scientists because, firstly, this subject is now becoming ever more relevant, and, sec-
ondly, this is a highly problematic period in Russian history which indicates the
necessity of in-depth analysis of transformations in the development of the Far East
native minorities.
4 Results
The October revolution of 1917, which cannot be overestimated for its historical value,
opened a new stage of state policy concerning the indigenous small-numbered peoples
of Russia. The process of establishing of aboriginal regulatory and administrative
authorities formed the basis of this important period. This process was accompanied by
the formation of special bodies of national and local significance to secure the pro-
tection of these peoples by the state (Babay and Kiselev 2005).
In 1917 the indigenous population lost its special status of non-Russian and was
granted equal rights with the other peoples of Russia. This fact is of great importance.
The revolution declared new values including those related to national relations.
The “Declaration of rights of the peoples of Russia” stated the right of the peoples of
Russia to self-determination, equality and sovereignty, the suspension of national and
religious privileges and restrictions; free development of national minorities and ethnic
groups living in the territory of Russia (Lipatov and Savenkov 1957).
In general, the “Declaration of rights of the peoples of Russia” contained funda-

mental principles of national policy of the Soviet regime with respect to the peoples of
the North. The only way to understand the decisions made by the Soviet government
with regard to the small-numbered peoples is to perform the analysis of this document.
The primary target of the Soviet policy concerning the indigenous peoples was their
integration into the Soviet society. The small-numbered peoples presented different
stages of historical development; however all of them were pre-capitalistic. Marxist
concept of the modes of production allowed for theoretical justification for the
indigenous peoples to “skip the capitalist stage” and come over to socialism (Lipatov
and Savenkov 1957).
The appeal of All-Russian Central Executive Committee and the Council of Peo-
ple’s Commissars of Russian Soviet Federative Socialist Republic (RSFSR) dated
August 16, 1919 “To workers, peasants, non-Russian population and working cossacks
of Siberia” guaranteed the indigenous peoples the rights stated in the “Declaration of
rights of the peoples of Russia”, including the right to decide their own destiny
independently. It also stated that the areas actually used by the non-Russians were not
subject to any restrictions and cutbacks and became the sole social property of the
indigenous peoples (Sibrevcom 1959).
The Constitution of the Russian Soviet Federative Socialist Republic dated 1918
acknowledged the areas with specific culture and ethnic composition (p. 11). Paragraph
22 stated that the establishment or the admission of special privileges and preferences
based on race or ethnical identity, the oppression of national minorities and the
restriction of their legal equality disagree with the fundamental laws of the Republic
(The indigenous peoples of Russia 1995).
The Constitution of the Russian Soviet Federative Socialist Republic dated 1924
also stated the right of nations to self-determination and formalization of their existence
within the Republic; inadmissibility of oppression of ethnic minorities or restriction of
their equal status and exclusion of privileges for particular nations; the right to free use
of national language at conventions, in court, in school, in administration and social life
(p. 13) (Kryazhkov 2010).
The People’s Commissariat of Nationalities of the Russian Soviet Federative
Socialist Republic established in accordance with the Constitution of 1918 had exer-
cised the administration of the Far North till 1924. However this administration was
only token. Without local bodies the People’s Commissariat of Nationalities had no
significant effect to the development of the indigenous peoples of the North.
The People’s Commissariat of Nationalities was dismissed on April 9, 1924 in
accordance with the resolution of the All-Russian Central Executive Committee and the
Council of People’s Commissars. In 1924 it was replaced with the Committee for
development of the peoples of the North under the Presidium of the All-Russian
Central Executive Committee (or the Committee for Affairs of the North). In accor-
dance with RSFSR All-Russian Central Executive Committee and the Council of
People’s Commissars Decree dated February 2, 1925 “On approval of the Charter of
the Committee for development of the peoples of the North under the Presidium of the
All-Russian Central Executive Committee”, the purpose of the Committee was to assist
stable development of economical, political and cultural life of the indigenous peoples
(The collection of RSFSR laws 1925).
Further implementation of measures on administration of national relationships in

the Northern regions can be divided into two stages. The first period had lasted from
1926 to 1929, when the Councils were created according to a tribual principle. The
second period had lasted from 1932 to 1936 when nomadic and village Councils were
created.
The first period of local government authorities formation in the northern national
territories was based on “Temporary provision on administration of aboriginal ethnic
groups and tribes in the Northern territories of RSFSR” (The collection of RSFSR laws
1926, p. 575) approved by the All-Russian Central Executive Committee and the
Council of People’s Commissars Decree dated October 25, 1926.
On June 14, 1927, based upon the Temporary provision, the Far Eastern Committee
of the All-Union Communist Party (of Bolsheviks) and the Far Eastern Executive
Committee made the following decision: the establishment of “aboriginal” adminis-
trative institutions by local administration must conform to ethnic and territorial cri-
teria, while the tribual principle must be used only when such “aboriginal” organization
has remained effective and the aboriginal population wishes to retain it. By the end of
1920-s there had been established 9 district executive committees and 127 “aboriginal”
Councils in the Far Eastern region (State Archive of the Russian Federation, 281).
These administrative bodies can not be considered proper governmental authority
institutions. Their activities were limited to the affairs of aborigines. The affairs of
trade, economic and other organizations located in the region had remained out of their
influence area (Bobyshev 2005).
In general the institution of tribual principle-based Councils can be considered as a
consequence of cooperation between the peoples of the North and more developed
peoples with the Soviet form of socialist statism.
In this case the external influence preconditioned the establishment of Councils as
socialist political bodies, while the internal conditions resulted in their specific tribual
nature.
Councils establishment initiative was not launched by the peoples of the North,
therefore even the tribual nature of Councils could not make them clear to the popu-
lation especially since the official form of the Russian government that had existed
before the revolution was associated with oppression (Popkov 1990).
The organization of tribual Councils involved many other problems caused by the
fact that the Councils were the result of cooperation between classless and socialist
national communities. As a result they covered both primitive communal and (to some
extent) socialist relations. Misunderstanding of the fundamentals of the socialist system
was the main problem. Thus, the collective authority of the Council was seen as a
personal authority of its chairman who in turn identified himself with the Council.
Lack of actual data on decomposition level of primitive communal relations of
different peoples had sometimes resulted in establishment of tribual-type local bodies
upon the abolishment of imperial governing bodies despite the break-up of tribual ties
and the development of social differentiation. In these circumstances the introduction of
tribual-type Councils often contributed to consolidation of power of the former fore-
men and rich community members who frequently chaired the Councils. In the
Councils formed this way the shamans and the kulaks took the leading role. For the
most part these were the same people that had been used by the czarist regime in the
administrative system of the peoples of the North.
Participation in their work allowed the indigenous population to obtain qualities
required to overcome inactivity and to make autonomous political, economical and
other decisions.
Between 1920’s and 1930’s due to the striving of the Soviet regime to introduce
radical changes to all spheres of life of the peoples of the North, the use of this special
system of administration had been stopped and replaced with the common Soviet
system of administration (Vakhtin 1990).
This replacement was followed by the period of “Sovietization” of life of the
indigenous peoples. During this period local ethnic administration was substituted by
state administration and necessary measures required to accelerate integration of these
peoples into the Soviet system of social relations were initiated.
The development of the indigenous peoples under the abovementioned conditions
could continue only under the fundamentals of the Soviet state with its governmental
property in land, forests, waters, mineral resources, means and instruments of pro-
duction, its planned economy, its centralized system of government bodies that exer-
cises power based on communist ideology and its supranational structure – the
Communist Party of the Soviet Union – acting without any legal restraints and based on
the two main principles – division into classes and party membership.
The establishment of national areas in the territory populated by the small-
numbered peoples of the North can be considered the first step in the specified
direction. The system of administration consisting of national areas, national districts
and national Councils was established in 1929–1932.
The system of tribual Councils was abolished in 1930. They were replaced with the
common institutions of local Soviet government from village Councils to national
areas. This implied the end of “aboriginal conservation areas” that had been defended
by Russian ethnographists in the early years of the Soviet regime. The aborigines were
politically and administratively connected with the territories of metropolitan country.
The tribual principle-based system of Councils could not satisfy the Soviet gov-
ernment. This system left intact many aspects of the previously existed tribal structure.
The influence of genearchs remained very strong and dictated decisions of the Councils
during the tribal meetings. The poor were apolitical – the population in general did not
understand the fundamentals of the new regime. From the perspective of the Soviet
government the main goal was to make Councils able to meet competition with tribual
principle-based institutions as administrative and political bodies.
For this reason the administrative system of the peoples of the North was drastically
reorganized in the first half of 1930’s. The changes consisted in establishment of
national areas and village nomadic Soviets.
National area is a type of Soviet autonomy corresponding to a national
administrative-territorial unit. National areas formed at the suggestion of the Com-
mittee of the North can be considered the last attempt to reach a compromise between
the necessity of preservation of native minorities of the North and the inevitably
approaching industrial development of the North (Vakhtin 1990).
In 1930 the following areas were established: Chukotka, Okhotsk (Even), Koryak
national areas as well as Zeya-Tura (Even) and Dgeltulak (Even) national districts.
However the totalitarian system was aiming at countrywide uniformity of eco-

nomical and social life of the peoples of the Soviet state. It resulted in disestablishment
of Okhotsk-Even area and some other national units as early as in the middle of 1930’s.
Koryak and Chukotka areas were integrated into the Kamchatka region of The Far
Eastern territory while the national districts of Okhotsk-Even area became a part of
Nizhneamurskiy region. Apart from the areas there was a number of independent
national districts in the territory (The collection of RSFSR laws 1932).
The specific political and legal nature of a national area at the development stage
consisted of the following:
– it had no constitutional legal platforms but was established by a special act of the
highest agency of State power of RSFSR in accordance with the political directives;
it was interpreted as a national administrative community; was a part of a region,
territory;
– it defined the areas of settlement of native minorities and the boundaries of these
areas; demonstrated a special status of the indigenous peoples;
– it was ethnically non-uniform by default but named after the indigenous people
prevailing on the corresponding area; the government authorities of the area acted in
accordance with the “Provision on congresses of Councils and Executive Com-
mittees of national areas in the northern territories of RSFSR” dated April 20, 1932
(State Archive of the Russian Federation).
The pinnacle of the Soviet policy pertaining to the administrative and territorial
division of the northern regions was reached with introduction of the USSR Consti-
tutions dated 1936 and 1937 (Kukushkin and Chistyakov 1987).
These Constitutions did not grant any special rights to national minorities and the
peoples of the North. There were only three general statements relevant to the
indigenous peoples: on national areas which finally obtained the status of specific
administrative-territorial entities within territories and regions, the guaranteed repre-
sentation in the Council of Nationalities of the Supreme Soviet of the USSR and the
acceptance of the provision on these areas (p. 102 of RSFSR Constitution); on the
languages of national areas permitted for court proceedings in the Russian Federation
(p. 114 of RSFSR Constitution); on equality of USSR and RSFSR citizens regardless
of their nationality and race in the fields of state, economic, social, political and cultural
activity; on prohibition of rights restriction and provision of special privileges based on
the abovementioned principles (p. 123 of USSR Constitution, p. 127 of RSFSR
Constitution).
5 Conclusions
In general, the national policy between 1920s and 1930s was based on humanitarian
considerations. In this context the difference between the policy of the Soviet state and
the policy of tsarist Russia becomes apparent: the policy of tsarist Russia had also been
based on humanitarian principles, but the Soviet policy was more effective. The
attempts of the Soviet regime to improve the life conditions of native minorities, to
provide them with welfare assistance and to secure their numerous privileges were
quite sincere. Soviet authorities attached great political importance to these measures in
the context of furtherance of the main principles of the Soviet national policy.
The priority of political and ideological considerations over the economical inter-
ests in the national policy of the Soviet government can be considered as the most
important positive factor for the indigenous peoples of the Far East. From the very
beginning the approach of the Soviet government to the problems of the peoples of the
North was based on political perspective rather than on profitability of investments.
The Soviet state considered maintenance of traditional activities of these peoples
the highest political, ideological and cultural interest. It encouraged their traditional
production mainly by fixing high prices for the goods produced by these peoples. This
economical measure guaranteed preservation and development of traditional produc-
tion. For example, this policy was completely opposite to the measures taken towards
the indigenous population of North America. Upon destruction of traditional social and
economic system the Indians were provided only with material assistance that resulted
in degradation of the peoples.
The Soviet state gave high priority to reorganization of traditional economy of the
peoples of the North. In accordance with Marxist-Leninist theory, economical changes
predetermine all other social changes. For this reason the Soviet government com-
menced from production force changes as a new society development prerequisite. This
activity included the upgrading of the instruments of labor, mechanization and intro-
duction of industrial society achievements to the indigenous peoples. The objective of
the Soviet government was the economic modernization of the indigenous peoples. It
included process improvements, labor management changes and orientation of con-
ventional wisdom of native minorities in line with new conditions. This objective
follows from the Marxist ideology where economical changes precede and determine
all other changes. The Bolsheviks made an attempt to create a new culture based on the
new economic system.
Being a center link of the system of administrative bodies of national areas in
1920’s – the first half of 1930’s, the Committees for Affairs of the North were abol-
ished as a result of a change of the ideological task with respect to native minorities.
Originally the activity of the Soviet government was focused on emphasizing of tra-
ditional peculiarities of aboriginal population. In the second half of 1930’s the orien-
tation of ideological line was changed towards the forced integration of
small-numbered ethnic groups into the Soviet society resulting in introduction of
modernization activities into the social and economic sphere and the sphere of national
and territorial division of the national regions of the Far East. The way of life and the
traditions of indigenous ethnic groups were leveled off by the shortfall policy of
regional authorities approving the transformation of ethnocultural development of
aboriginal population under the guise of formation of the integral Soviet society.
Acknowledgments. This research study was supported by the Ministry of Education and Sci-
ence of the Russian Federation, the Agreement No. 14.Z56.16.5304-MК (The Grant of the
President of the Russian Federation).
References
On approval of the Charter of the Committee for development of the peoples of the North under
the Presidium of All-Russian Central Executive Committee: RSFSR All-Russian Central
Executive Committee and Council of People’s Commissars Decree dated February 2, 1925.
The collection of RSFSR laws, No 12: paragraph 79 (1925)
On approval of the Temporary provision on administration of aboriginal ethnic groups and tribes
in the Northern territories of RSFSR: All-Russian Central Executive Committee and Council
of People’s Commissars Decree dated October 25, 1926. The collection of RSFSR laws, vol.
73: paragraph 575 (1926)
On strategy of the national policy of the Russian Federation until 2025: Edict of the President of
the Russian Federation dated December 19, 2012 No 1666. Legislation Bulletin of the
Russian Federation, No 52: 7477 (2012)
State Archive of the Khabarovsk region. Archive fund 35. Series 1. File 45, p. 76
State Archive of the Russian Federation. Archive fund 3977. Series 1. File 279, p. 34
State Archive of the Russian Federation. Archive fund P-3977. Series 1. File 598, pp. 2–6
State Archive of the Russian Federation. Archive fund 3977. Series 1. File 280, p. 281
State Archive of the Russian Federation. Archive fund P-3977. Series 1. File 1043, pp. 12–13
The indigenous peoples of Russia: self-government, land and natural resources. The review of
laws and other regulatory documents of the 19th–20th centuries, 46 p. Russian Historical
Society of the Central office of the State Duma, Moscow (1995)
The Provision on congresses of Councils and Executive Committees of national areas in the
northern territories of RSFSR dated April 20, 1932. The collection of RSFSR laws, No 39:
paragraph 176 (1932)
The Siberian Revolutionary Committee (Sibrevcom), August 1919–December 1925: the
collection of documents and materials. Novosibirsk book house, Novosibirsk (1959)
Akhmetova, A.V.: The problems of implementation of the international law on the rights of the
native minorities of the North into the Russian legal system. Chelyabinsk State University.
Reporter, vol. 279(25), pp. 21–24 (2012)
Babay, A.N., Kiselev, E.A.: Constitutional and legal status of the native minorities of the Amur
River basin, 196 p. The Far Eastern Juridical Institute of MIA of RF, Khabarovsk (2005)
Bobyshev, S.V.: The Committees of Eastern Siberia and the Far East, p. 239. Far Eastern Federal
University publishing office, Vladivostok (2000)
Bobyshev, S.V.: The Soviet state and the native minorities of Siberia and the Far East in 1920s–
1930s. Komsomolsk-on-Amur: Federal State-financed Educational Institution of Higher
Professional Learning Komsomolsk-na-Amure State Technical University (2005)
Gavrov, S.N. Modernization of Russia: the post-imperial transit, 269 p. MSUDT (2010)
Kryazhkov, V.A.: Native minorities of the North in Russian law, p. 560. Norma, Moscow (2010)
Kukushkin, Y.S., Chistyakov, O.I.: An Essay on the Soviet Constitution, 367 p. Politizdat,
Moscow (1987)
Lipatov, A.A., Savenkov, N.T.: The history of the Soviet Constitution. Documented, 1917–1956,
1046 p. Gosyurizdat, Moscow (1957)
Popkov, Y.V.: The process of internationalization of the peoples of the North: theoretical and
methodological analysis, 200 p. Nauka, Novosibirsk (1990)
Vakhtin, N.B.: The indigenous population of the Northern territories of the Russian Federation,
95 p. European publishing house, Saint Petersburg (1993)
Slezkin, Y.: Arctic Mirrors, Russia and the Small Peoples of the North, 512 p. New literary
review, Moscow (2008)
Flier, A.I.: The Selected Works on Culture Theory, p. 289. “Soglasie” publishing house LLC;
“Artem” publishing house, Moscow (2014)
Human Resources Make All the Difference
Olga Klimovets(&)
Academy of Marketing and Social Information Technologies – IMSIT,

Krasnodar, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. People with higher education in Russia, including those who have
graduated from university relatively recently, 5–10 years ago, possess tremen-
dous advantages on the labour market compared to other employees. Unem-
ployment rates are about 2 times less than the national average, the earnings –
much higher, social status over the last 15 years has not deteriorated, up to date
the vast majority of these people are working in the fields, which make them
belong to three social groups: executives and specialists of higher and middle
skill level.
Keywords: Employment Unemployment Workforce Knowledge economy

New economy International business
JEL Classification Codes: E24 F22 J24 P51

Today, the Russians get higher education massively, but the demand for their
knowledge is poor as far as economy is focused on resource exploitation. Russia
exports its high quality human capital, but the one that remains within the country is
not of high demand.
Unfortunately, the knowledge economy does not value this remaining human
capital and doesn’t provide incentives to learn “difficult” professions. This is evidenced
by the results of the study. The doctor earns on average 20% more then the driver. For
comparison: in the USA the difference is 261%, in German – 172% and even in a
developing Brazil – 174% [1].
Over 20 years of comprehensive reforms, from 1995 to 2015, the structure of the
labor market in Russia has changed insignificantly from the point of view of separation
between public and private sectors, new and old companies.
The main employer is still the public sector - nowadays in the form of state
companies (the share of those employed in the public administration even more than
doubled), compared to small and medium enterprises, large companies such as Yandex
and international companies, where less than a third of all employees are engaged.
Business bears the “social burden” and has to maintain employment. Unemploy-
ment in Russia is one of the lowest in the world and does not react to GDP changes. In
most countries worldwide if GDP is falling, unemployment is growing. In Russia the
unemployment can even decrease is similar GDP pattern. In such an environment, even
if a person has the knowledge and skills required for new economy, there will be no
area for application. Every modern professional can get out of demand in the future.

316 O. Klimovets
The new economy requires new competences – not only theoretical knowledge,
programming and data skills, but also creative, analytical thinking, communication
skills and ability to work in conditions of uncertainty.
Business is looking for such competences. Only 17% of those employed has more
than half of creative or analytical tasks at their workplace, almost half of the employed
has to complete routine tasks. Almost the same ratio is in Brazil, but in developed
countries the proportion of people that solve analytical problems is significantly higher:
for example, in Germany – 29%, in Greet Britain – 45%.
The educational system concentrates young people on the technical and routine work
by teaching them to act according to instruction, which is applicable, for example, in the
civil service. However, this is consistent with the public mood of the majority of Russians
who seek stability and prefer to work in the public sector or state-owned companies.
Public higher education doesn’t improve the quality of human resources: the
demand for graduates in small – many receive diplomas and work where it is not
needed. The employers claim that many professions do not need long learning. 26% of
graduates would as well learn less than five years [5]. However, the education system
focuses on enrollment figures, not on the real needs of business.
1 What is Taught in Universities?
People with higher education in Russia, including those who have graduated from
university relatively recently, 5–10 years ago, possess tremendous advantages on the
labour market compared to other employees. Unemployment rates are about 2 times
less than the national average, the earnings – much higher, social status over the last 15
years has not deteriorated, up to date the vast majority of these people are working in
the fields, which make them belong to three social groups: executives and specialists of
higher and middle skill level.
The share of people with higher education who work in low-skilled areas is rela-
tively the same as in the OECD countries – 20%. The demand for people with higher
education was growing faster than the supply since 2000s and still grows, but this trend
can change with the growth of supply: the share of people with completed and
uncompleted higher education grew from 26% in 2000 to 37% nowadays, and it could
reach up to 45% in 2030.
According to a UN report, in 2016 Russia was among the countries with very high
human development level, the problem is not in the education system, but in the
economy. Obsolete and inefficient enterprises cannot create normal working conditions
for graduates, and they will quickly leave, after which such enterprises are moving back
into the labour market. But educating engineers in Russia is really a serious problem,
the failure is observed at the level of advanced training and continuing professional
education: there is no sufficient demand for such programs in the economy, employers
do not have enough resources for retraining employees, and the employees themselves,
as a rule, has lack of time and finance. Many employers have noted the need to create
platforms of requalification and retraining of personnel for the new challenges,
enterprises today are experiencing such conditions that they are not about innovation,
they are more about survival.
Human Resources Make All the Difference 317
2 How to Shift a Small Business from Law Quality Mass

Consumption to Innovation?
In Germany and employment high-tech, well-funded, export-oriented small and med-

ium enterprises ensure economic growth.
Ask a question to Russian friends, what’s a small business in your view? The
answer is: shopping pavilion, a barber shop, homemade cakes, taxi or repairs to the
house, cafés and restaurants, design services, online shopping and site creation. Asking
the same question to a resident of Germany, Austria or Switzerland, you will hear in
response, “deг Mittelstand”. Mittelstand in Germany is more than 3.5 million small
businesses, of which hundreds of thousands of engineering, and many of them are
so-called hidden champions in their niches and industries. That’s 15 million high-tech
jobs in Germany alone. This is what drives the economy of the European Union
together with giant corporations, conducts research and expands the scope of services.
Mittelstand (a lot of small and medium businesses) makes engineering calculations and
produces individual parts and components, creates the electronics for such automakers
as BMW, Volkswagen or Daimler, helps to develop the electronics and electrical
equipment for Siemens, creates IT solutions and projects for various spheres of activity,
developing medical and biotechnology, teaches people. Of course, cafes, Breweries,
hair salons and Internet-shops in Germany, too, but they do not provide economic
growth. This task take on large corporations and innovative, well-funded and
export-oriented of Mittelstand.
How does small and medium business operate in Germany? What helps small
businesses to develop and to survive? And why the economic troubles of the EU have
little impact on the German labour market?
Up to 100,000 new engineers and scientists recently graduated from universities
flows in the German economy. But young people without higher education also receive
vocational training and practical skills in special schools. The modern system of
education provides the German economy with a reliable influx of skilled workers and
engineers, which are so important for business, and small and medium enterprises
benefit from high quality training of the workforce most of all.
The rights of owners of German companies are protected by Federal law. The rights
of employees are protected by trade unions, which negotiate with business owners on
clear rules of remuneration and the size of tariffs. These agreements take into account the
interests of all parties, which allows avoiding strikes and negative social effect on small
businesses. The Federal Employment Agency ensures that all employees of the enter-
prises were registered in the offices of the pension and social insurance, to which the
employers and the employees themselves make certain proportions of contributions [9].
The state also performs continuous monitoring, regularly checking enterprise
compliance with standards and regulations, but this is done so as not to harm their
current activities. The company also financially interested to address the shortcomings
identified by inspectors as soon as possible. The phrase “to scare business” simply
cannot take place in the German vocabulary, because there is classification and order.
Despite the fact that many small and medium businesses are financially indepen-
dent, there are over 200 programs to support entrepreneurs at both the regional and
318 O. Klimovets
Federal level in Germany. Their funding is conducted through the state Bank KfW
(assets – EUR 489 billion) or its subsidiary DEG - the Corporation for investment and
development.
Only in 2014, the KfW group has financed the companies with 74.1 billion euro
and allocated 26.6 billion euro on programmes to protect the environment. It’s more
than the entire volume of the Russian National Welfare Fund, on which our largest
corporations lay so much hope. And compare it with the volume of state support of
small and medium business in Russia. The conclusion, unfortunately, is obvious.
The foundation of the German economic model is based on advanced technology
and export orientation. Industrial competition in the world is very high, so annual R&D
spending in Germany is 70 billion euros – more than in any other country.
Its economic power, Germany is also obliged to the cooperation of the University
system, and industrial research laboratories. There is a network of publicly funded
research institutions such as the Max Plank Scientific Research Society and Fraunhofer
institutes for applied research, which, in partnership with the business provide the
development of future technologies and products.
R&D is financed mainly by large corporations, and the task of Mittelstand is to
implement in production the results of these scientific and technical studies in the first
phase when producing a new product innovation is a risky business. This is a global
trend – up to 85% of all venture projects in the world belong to a small high-tech
companies. Mittelstand uses advanced technology in export oriented industries. Many
family firms have sales offices, service centers and even factories abroad.
Relatively small but highly successful companies of small and medium businesses
earned the title of “hidden champions”. They have narrow specialization, but a high
degree of innovation and quality makes their products popular worldwide. Some of the
“hidden champions” was released outside of Germany and work worldwide. For
example, Omicron NanoTechnology (about 100 employees) is a world leader in the
field of analytical methods of surface physics, a manufacturer of tunneling microscopes
and systems for creating nanostructures; wind turbines manufacturer Enercon; the
medical technology company BrainLab, a manufacturer of technological equipment for
processing of poultry products and livestock Rud. Baader and well-known to keen car
enthuisiasts Webasto [10].
Manufacture and export of electrical equipment in Germany is growing annually by
12%, and this is higher than the rate of economic growth of China.
After the implementation in Germany of the Federal target program on develop-
ment of biotechnology in the late 90s — early 2000s, the number of biotech companies
has increased five times, and now the country is inferior in this area only to the United
States.
Mittelstand is the largest employer. Approximately 70% of jobs, 57% of GDP, 40%
of exports and 52% of value added in the economy are generated by small and medium
business in Germany. Taxes in Germany are high. In average 50% of the profits of
Mittelstand goes to the Federal and regional budgets. But the state creates the condi-
tions for business development, implementing investment funding, supports education,
provides incentives to start-ups and creates the infrastructure.
In Russia, the official tax burden on business is 35.6%, but in fact, according to
Russian Union of Industrialists and Entrepreneurs and the World Bank, reaches 54%.
Human Resources Make All the Difference 319
And if we add the inflation “tax” and unimaginable corruption costs, the numbers are
again in favor of the German business. You say, Germany has no natural resources, so
entrepreneurs are forced to base their business on knowledge. Yes, it is absolutely true.
But also our small and medium business doesn’t have access to natural resources, does
it?
We live in the 21st century. There are many technologies that are successfully
developed, or will be in demand. For example, the industry where Russian small and
average business can take production and export niche - robotics. It doesn’t need to
have a lot of raw materials to create robots, but it requires intelligence, knowledge of
theoretical mechanics, programming, and mathematics - and this we have always been
strong. Robots, in turn, will increase productivity, freeing up people in heavy work and
production for more intellectual activities.
Experts are stricken by the fact that the Ministry of Labour of the Russian Fed-
eration is planning to spend hundreds of billions of rubles to attract the country’s
millions of migrant workers in the coming years, instead of using these funds for the
improvement of vocational education. Russia still has labor traditions, the education
system, which is not destroyed yet, and even the system of state control, and most
importantly - human potential.
References
1. Klimovets, O.V.: New marketing technologies in international business. In the collection:
living economics: yesterday, today, tomorrow. In: The International Scientific and Practical
Web-Congress of Economists and Jurists. ISAE “Consilium”, pp. 25–30 (2017)
2. Pozdnyakova, U.A., Dubova, Y.I., Nadtochiy, I.I., Klimovets, O.V., Rogachev, A.F.,
Golikov, V.V.: Scientific development of socio-ethical construction of ecological marketing.
Mediterranean J. Soc. Sci. 6(5S1), 278–281 (2015)
3. Klimovets, M.V.: Practice of outsourcing for strategic purposes by Russian and foreign
companies. Mediterranean J. Soc. Sci. 6(36), 193–200 (2015)
4. Klimovets, O.V.: Review for monograph of D. Sc of Economics. In: Agabekyan, R.L. (ed.)
Russian Labour Market: Peculiarities, Problems and Perspectives, 208 p. Publishing
House-YUG, Krasnodar (2014)
5. Klimovets, O.V.: Research modern processes of Russian labour market (Review for
monograph of D. Sc of Economics). In: Agabekyan, R.L. (ed.) Russian Labour Market:
Peculiarities, Problems and Perspectives, 208 p. Publishing House-YUG, Krasnodar (2014)
6. Klimovets, O.V., Fundy, K.V.: Analysis of system development staff motivation hotels.
Discussion 8(49), 97–102 (2014)
7. Klimovets, O.V.: Marketing of territories as a tool of formation of investment attractiveness
of the region. In the collection: latest developments and the success of the development of
economics and management. In: Collection of Scientific Papers on the Results of
International Scientific-Practical Conference, pp. 55–58 (2017)
8. Klimovets, O.V.: Regional peculiarities of the implementation of the policy of import
substitution. In the collection: modern scientific research: historical experience and
innovations. In: Proceedings of the International Scientific-Practical Conference, pp. 6–12
(2017)
320 O. Klimovets
9. Klimovets, O.V.: Russian multinational corporations on the markets of Asia and Latin
America. In the collection: cooperation between China and Russia in the framework of the
initiative “One belt, one road”. In: Collection of Materials of International Scientific-
Practical Conference, pp. 150–156 (2017)
10. Klimovets, M.V.: The formation of international outsourcing in the new economy. In the
collection: modern scientific research: historical experience and innovations. In: Proceedings
of the International scientific Practical Conference, pp. 27–31 (2017)
Problems and Perspectives of Improving
the Process of Innovations’ Commercialization
in a Modern University
Svetlana E. Sitnikova1(&), Lyubov A. Halo2,

and Natalia S. Polusmakova3
1
Volgograd State Medical University, Volgograd, Russia
[email protected]
2
MFUA, Serpukhov, Russia
[email protected]
3
Volgograd State University, Volgograd, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the work is to determine the problems and per-
spectives of improving the process of innovations’ commercialization in uni-
versities of modern Russia. The theoretical and methodological basis of the
research is the new institutional theory and the systemic approach to conduct of
research within the economic theory. The work uses the method of structural
and functional analysis, statistical analysis, and formalization. As a result of
processing of statistical information on the innovational activities of Russian
universities in 2016, we schematically presented the process of creation and
commercialization of innovations in modern Russian universities in 2016. Based
on the performed result, we determine the “institutional trap” of innovative
activities of modern Russian universities. Its effect could be characterized as
“innovations for innovations”. In other words, Russian universities are separated
from the national economic system and seek their own interests. The interests of
scholars related to increase of authority in the scientific society and maxi-
mization of reward for innovative activities do not correlate with the national
interests, oriented at import substitution of innovations and increase of inno-
vational activity of domestic companies. The authors prove that the main reason
of low effectiveness of the process of innovations’ commercialization in modern
Russian universities is underdevelopment of the institutional basis. Practical
recommendations for solving the above institutional problems and improving
the algorithm of innovations’ commercialization in a modern university are
offered – they will allow increasing the number of innovations that are suc-
cessfully commercialized, i.e., patented and passed for implementation to the
companies, and that are reflected in modernization of business processes and
manufacture of innovational products.
Keywords: Improvement of the process of innovations’ commercialization

Modern university Russia “institutional trap”

322 S. E. Sitnikova et al.
1 Introduction
Importance of dynamics innovational development of modern economic systems could

not be overestimated. High innovational activity of domestic companies allows sup-
porting global competitiveness of economy and ensures its sustainability against the
fluctuations of the world markets and crises. Due to these reasons, innovational
development is established as the main priority of modern countries of the world.
Implementation of this priority in practice requires coordinated work of all par-
ticipants of the innovational process, its systemic integrity, and high effectiveness. The
main participants of this process are R&D organizations that create innovations and
economic companies that implement innovations. Modern university performs an
important strategic mission in the socio-economic system, being a source of innova-
tions and forming the foundation for creation of innovational economy.
However, in the conditions of high level of universities’ separation and their weak
connection with commercial structures, the process of commercialization of innova-
tions, which are created by universities, becomes complicated, which does not allow
them to perform their function as suppliers of innovations in economic systems, ori-
ented at development of innovational economy. This emphasizes topicality of studying
the process of innovations’ commercialization in a modern university.
The authors prove the hypothesis that universities in modern Russia face the
problems that hinder successful commercialization of their innovations. The purpose of
the article is to determine the problems and perspectives of improving the process of
innovations’ commercialization in modern Russia’s universities.
The theoretical and methodological basis of the research is the new institutional theory
and the systemic approach to conduct of research within the economic theory. The
work uses the method of structural and functional analysis, statistical analysis, and
formalization. The initial information for the research was taken from the materials of
reports of the Federal State Statistics Service for 2016 (Table 1).
Table 1. Statistics of innovational activity of Russian universities in 2016.

Indicator Total Universities
Number of universities – 702
Share of universities in the number of R&D organizations, % – 19.48
Personnel of universities dealing with scientific research, people – 142,652
Number of leading production technologies that are potentially – 28,530
created by groups of scholars five people each
Number of created leading production technologies 1,398 272
Patented leading production technologies 34,706 6,760
Implemented patented leading production technologies 9,249 1,801
Number of imported patented leading production technologies 2,336 455
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of Federal State Statistics Service 2016.
Problems and Perspectives of Improving the Process of Innovations’ 323
3 Discussion
The process of innovations’ commercialization in modern universities is studied in

detail in multiple works of such authors as Popkova et al. 2016a, Ragulina et al. 2015,
Bogoviz et al. 2017, Orudjev et al. 2016, Bogdanova et al. 2016, Popova et al. 2016b,
Kuznetsov et al. 2016, Kostikova et al. 2016, Simonova et al. 2017, Sitnikova 2016.
However, despite the high level of elaboration of the set problem, there are perspectives
of its further study, related to development of methodological and practical recom-
mendations for optimizing the process of innovations’ commercialization in modern
universities.
4 Results
As a result of processing of statistical information on innovational activity of univer-

sities of Russia in 2016, we present the scheme of creation and commercialization of
innovations in modern Russian universities in 2016 (Fig. 1).
Created innovations: – 142,652 scholars from 702

272 universities;
– 0.95% of potentially created
innovations.
Patented innovations: – by 2000 times more than

6,760 created.
Commercialization
of innovations
– 33% of all
Sold innovations: patents;
2,256 – 20% imported.
Fig. 1. The process of creation and commercialization of innovations’ in modern Russian

universities in 2016 Source: compiled by the authors.
Based on the performed analysis, we determined “institutional trap” of innovational

activities of modern Russian universities. The essence of its effect is that modern
universities have a lot of workers who participate in scientific research. The potential of
creation of innovations by modern Russian universities is very high. There were 28,530
leading production technologies in 2016.
However, modern universities created 272 leading production technologies in 2016 –
i.e., their innovational potential is realized by less than 1% (0.95%). This shows weak
motivation of scholars who conduct scientific R&D in modern Russian universities, as
even in view of the norm of potentially impossible scientific research such efficiency is
very low.
It is obvious that patent activity is more important criterion of efficiency of a

modern Russian scholar, as 6,760 patents were registered in 2016, which is by 2000
times more that the number of created leading production technologies. Only 33% of
patented Russian innovations were used in practice (2,256), of which 20% were
imported – i.e., instead of stimulating innovational development of domestic economy,
the competitive advantages of other countries are increased.
The effect of “institutional trap” of innovative activities of modern Russian uni-
versities could be characterized as “innovations for innovations”. In other words,
Russian universities are separated from the national economic system and seek their
own interests. The interests of scholars, related to increase of authority in the scientific
society and maximization of reward for their innovational activity, do not correlate with
the national interests that are oriented at import substitution of innovations and increase
of innovational activity of domestic companies.
However, despite the fact that Russian universities do not fully perform the func-
tion of being sources of innovations for development of the national economic system,
creating unpopular innovations or importing them, they continue to receive financing
from the state. The main contradiction is that there is no interest and responsibility of
universities for commercialization of created innovations.
The main reason of low effectiveness of the process of innovations’ commercial-
ization in modern Russian universities is underdevelopment of the institutional basis.
The obstacles on the path of its formation are the following problems:
– absence of stimuli and requirements to innovations’ commercialization for modern
Russian scholars, as the most important indicators of efficiency of R&D activities
are the number of participations in scientific events (conferences, symposiums,
etc.), number of scientific publications, and number of patents, but their imple-
mentation in practice is not mandatory and is not taken into account, without any
reward envisaged;
– low interest of the management of modern Russian universities in successful
commercialization of created innovations, as it is not taken into account during the
ranking assessment of universities;
– weak connection between universities and entrepreneurial structures and low
demand for innovations from business, predetermined by import of innovations and
low innovational activity.
Perspectives of improving the process of innovations’ commercialization in a
modern university are related to solving these problems. For this, we offer the fol-
lowing practical recommendations:
– introduction of the system of stimulating the scholars who work in universities for
commercialization of the created innovations. One of the most significant criteria of
evaluation of efficiency of R&D activities should be successful sales of innovations
to companies and their implementation into economic practice. This is to be con-
firmed by agreement (contract) for transfer of rights for the objects of intellectual
property, which describes material reward for scholar/scholars who created the
innovations which is the object of the contract;
– an important element of the system of ranking evaluation of activities of modern

universities should be commercialization of created innovations and efficiency of
the work of universities’ management should be evaluated through the prism of this
indicator – for ensuring the interest in this process;
– it is necessary to correct the system of state (primarily, tax) stimulation of inno-
vational activities of economic subjects in favor of stimulating not just imple-
mentation of innovations but innovations that are created by Russian universities –
for stimulation of demand for them and ensuring import substitution of innovations.
As a result of implementation of the offered recommendations, it will be possible to
overcome the determined “institutional trap” and to optimize the algorithm of inno-
vations’ commercialization in a modern Russian company, which, in our opinion,
should have the following way (Fig. 2).
– determining the demand for innovations from

Stage 1. Marketing department in modern domestic companies;
university
– setting strategic goals and tactical plans of
Stage 2. University management innovative activities, formation of the groups of
(rectorate, dean’s office) scholars;
– conduct of scientific research in certain directions,
Stage 3. Groups of scholars creation of innovations;
(including multidisciplinary)
– registration of patents for innovations with

Stage 4. Department of intellectual
involvement of the scholars who created them;
property
– selling patented innovations in the interests of

Stage 5. Marketing department in
maximization of university’s commercial profit;
university
– reward for scholars as a result of successful

Stage 6. University management
commercialization of created innovations.
(rectorate, dean’s office)
Fig. 2. Perspective algorithm of innovations’ commercialization in a modern university Source:

compiled by the authors.
As is seen from Fig. 2, the offered perspective algorithm of innovations’ com-

mercialization in a modern university is conducted in six consecutive stages. At the first
stage, the acting subject is the department of marketing, which conducts marketing
research and determines the demand for innovations from modern domestic companies
and, if possible, concludes agreements for further creation of innovations for them.
At the second stage, the university’s management (rectorate and dean’s offices) set
strategic goals and tactical plans of innovative activities, form the groups of scholars
from the university’s employees for satisfying the determined demand for innovations
and execution of the contracts with companies. At the third stage, the groups of
scholars (including multidisciplinary, i.e., from different faculties) conduct scientific
research in certain directions and create innovations.
At the fourth stage, the department of intellectual property in the university reg-
isters patents for innovations with involvement of the scholars who created them, i.e.,
the main subject in the process of patenting of innovations is the department of
intellectual property, and the scholars provide support for it. At the fifth stage, the
department of marketing sells the patented innovations in the interests of maximization
of the university’s commercial profit – i.e., selects the optimal terms of the contract for
transfer of rights for the objects of intellectual property.
At the sixth stage, the university’s management (rectorate, dean’s offices) rewards
the scholars as a result of successful commercialization of created innovations, thus
stimulating their further interest to successful innovations’ commercialization. The
advantage of the offered algorithm, as compared to the applied algorithm of innova-
tions’ commercialization in universities of modern Russia, is the high level of labor
division, which allows reducing the load on the scholars and ensuring their interest in
successful commercialization of created innovations.
5 Conclusions
It is possible to conclude that the process of innovations’ commercialization in a

modern university requires further institutionalization, as the most important obstacles
on the path of its optimization are institutional problems. This includes underdevel-
opment of the institute of stimulations for scholars for commercialization of created
innovations, institutional gap with stimulations for universities for innovations’ com-
mercialization through the system of ranking score, and weak institutional connections
between universities and companies.
The offered practical recommendations for solving the above institutional problems
and improving the algorithm of innovations’ commercialization in a modern university
will allow increasing the number of innovations, which are successfully commercial-
ized, i.e., patented and transferred for implementation to companies, as well as reflected
in modernization of business processes and production of innovational goods.
It should be acknowledged that a certain limitation of the results of the performed
research is usage of the experience of modern Russia in the sphere of innovations’
commercialization in university, which does not allow determining the whole specter of
the problems that emerge in the countries of the world. Conduct of transnational studies
that cover the groups of countries according to the regional principle or to the principle
of common progress in socio-economic development determines the perspectives of
further scientific research.
References
285 (2017)
10601–10608 (2016)
10222–10230 (2016)
(4), 584–590 (2016)
415 (2017)
in conditions of educational unification. Mediterranean J. Soc. Sci. 6(3), 95–100 (2016a)
Federal State Statistics Service: Russian in Numbers: Short Statistical Bulletin. Federal State
Sitnikova, S.Е.: Peculiarities of the institutional infrastructure of innovations’ commercialization
of developed countries’ universities. Econ. Entrep. 11-2(76-2), 742–745 (2016)
Looking Inside Things
Olga V. Dybina(&)
Tolyatti State University, Tolyatti, Russia

[email protected]
Abstract. The article studies the approaches to pre-schoolers’ acquaintance

with objective environment. The theoretical studies are analyzed, according to
which the child’s life does not “naturally” guarantee the elements of creative
beginning. It is obvious that their emergence and development require specially
and scientifically substantiated socio-pedagogical practices. The issues of edu-
cating and teaching are very delicate and require large care in their application.
The article shows that the art of pedagogue consists in finding a limit between
“can”, “want”, and “must” with a child. Pedagogical practice should be con-
scientious and structured as to the one who studies. Assimilation and accom-
modation are universally fit for building the system of studying. At that, the
corresponding (specifically organized) consumption of items can develop cre-
ative beginning with a child. Special attention is paid to the stages of pre-
choolers’ acquainting with objects with the help of which they can look inside
the world and participate in its transformation, showing independence and
creativity. These problems are of a many-sided character.
Keywords: Material environment Transformation

Stages of acquaintance with the material world Developing environment
Transformation situations
1 Introduction
“In medias res” is the Latin for “inside the things”. This expression perfectly fits the
topic of this research – consideration of the role of the material aspect for a human.
As a matter of fact, many of us wonder at babies – namely, at what happens with
them during the first year of life. Psychologists emphasize: this is the period of active
development of a baby’s attitude towards material world. Here’s a latest example: a
ten-month baby tries to kick a ball – just like its father showed him. Positive emotions
in relations with an adult will form with this baby a positive attitude towards himself
and inquisitive attitude to the surrounding world. Revealing the material world, a baby
reveals itself within this world as a material creature.
Our research showed that a baby easily perceives the material surrounding in its
changes, movement, and development, which gives a push to appearance of forecasting
view on the artificial world (things). Children’s acquaintance with practical transfor-
mation of things significantly influences their creative activity – in particular,
pre-schoolers’ striving to create something original and new.
Capability for creative transforming activities will give a creative person the very
best that is on the Earth. For example, what can a four-year child know about glass?
Looking Inside Things 329
Only that it can drink tasty juice from a glass, that flowers are put into a vase, that glass
is transparent, cold, and fragile, that it produces sounds, etc. It is quite possible that
later it will learn of Alexander the Great who – according to the ancient scrolls – went
underwater in a specially constructed glass box (probably, that was a prototype of a
diving bell).
An inquisitive and creative human, who has knowledge and strives for transfor-
mation of the surrounding world, will not heed the limits in his findings, urges, and
travels. He will reach the depths and heights in cognitive and creative activities.
During analysis of own and other authors’ materials, the main peculiarity wasn’t
omitted: for a pre-schooler, the material world is a sphere of realization of himself and
his personality, and adult is the one who knows and evaluates the pre-schooler’s
achievements.
Material surrounding performs not only utilitarian functions – it plays an important
esthetic and moral role. Moral function of the material world is vividly expressed in
works of art. Let us note that such feature of character as taste is formed under the
influence of material environment.
2 Methodology
Orientation at deep interest of Russian and foreign scholars in the nature of the material
world allowed us to distinguish the essential and universal content of philosophical and
other ideas of things. A book has to bring pedagogue to the child’s being in the world
of things. With crossing of such huge essential trajectories as “child-thing” and
“child-adult”, we can expect happy appearance of creative potential. Also, a theoretical
model that we built during the research sets qualitative solution of psychological
practice for formation of a creative origin with a child.
As we can see, child’s life cannot guarantee the “development” of elements of
creative origin. It is obvious that their emergence and development require special and
scientifically substantiated socio-pedagogical practices. According to V.M. Bekhterev,
the issues of education and training are very subtle and require huge care in their
application.
We think that the art of pedagogue consists in finding in each specific case the
measure between “can”, “want”, and “must” of a child. Pedagogical practice of edu-
cation should be responsible and structured regarding the educated person. Assimila-
tion and accommodations are universal for development of the training system. At that,
corresponding (specifically organized) consumption (assigning) of things can actively
develop a creative origin with a child.
Success depends not so much on things that a pedagogue uses as on his profes-
sional approach to them and skillful use of a key named “need-capability” (firstly,
formation of a need for creativity, and then starting the development of creative
capabilities).
Having the largest arsenal of practical developments, we’re sure that during for-
mation of attitude towards the material world, it is necessary to use such “subtle”
means as acquaintance with creative transformations of the material world: things of
the past, present, and future. Full-scale and interesting acquaintance expands children’s
330 O. V. Dybina
ideas of transforming types of activities. At last, a moment comes when they cannot but
shout “me too!” – that it the strength of a child’s wish to do something itself and of
creative light in its eyes.
Let us emphasize that the basis of creative activity is set in pre-school age. At this,
it is important to know – according to K.D. Ushinsky – the activities fir for a child and
enrich it with means leading to unlimited activities.
3 Main Results
Analysis of a wide circle of philosophical and psychological & pedagogical literature

and own study allowed for determination of the system of scientific & pedagogical
provisions that consist theoretical concept of creativity formation with pre-schoolers in
the process of their acquaintance with the material world:
– about necessity for consideration of creativity through ontology of human being and
anthropological orientation, which expands conceptual understanding of creativity
and logic of its development and allows stating that creativity should be revealed as
general capability of a child in totality of knowledge, skills, wishes, etc.;
– about moving connection between creativity and copying, which allows pedagog-
ical practice to found not on separate conditions but their comprehensive entity and
interaction between them during formation of creativity;
– about connection between creativity, material world, and acquaintance with it,
which is reflected during development of model’s structural component;
Based on the viewed provisions and analysis of age peculiarities of children of 3–4,
4–5, and 5–6 years old, we developed a model of formation of creativity through
acquaintance with the material world.
Creation of a model of creativity formation that consists of three interconnected
sub-systems (information block, action & thinking block, and transformation block) in
the process of preschoolers’ acquaintance with the material world seeks the main goal –
rational organization of experimental work.
Based on structural components of the model and content and organization of
acquaintance with the material world, the chain of interaction of adult and child was
created which includes three stages – at each of which the character and content of
interaction were changes.
The first stage of a new experiment included setting the task; during solving the
task, the children copy their role models from adults (tranformers of the material world)
and copy their means of activities and creative manifestations of item transformation.
For this purpose, the children were led (according to their age possibilities) to
understanding that the thing has the past and the future, and, this, to realizing the
connection “human-thing” and creative features with a human; the children were
attracted to participation in transformational activities together with adults.
Pre-educational activities of a child were determined by the environment, adult and
child’s experience, and their activity as for motives and means of action. In the process
of transfer of experience of transformation, the system of targeted and organized
interactions was used, which had dual purpose: teaching children the means of the
thing’s transformation and influencing the establishment of experience of creativity; for

practical transformation, the emotional material was used which activated development
of new motives (striving for transformation) in pre-schooler’s activities.
The task of the second stage of experiment is formation with children of means of
actions by creation of creative “field” (developing environment) for independent
actions of different character, manifestation of cognitive, practical, and creative activity
and establishment of interaction “child-thing” in social reality. Creative “field” is an
indirect sample that stimulates creative manifestations of children. A huge role here
belongs to enrichment of environment: museums of things, landscapes, collections,
pieces of artificial world, laboratories, transformation centers etc. were created.
Didactic games were included into creative “field”.
Didactic games combine cognitive and interesting activities of a preschooler. Our
games are based on experimental actions, which significantly complicates the conduct
of direct educational activities – as senior preschoolers who observed the demonstra-
tion of the experiment with huge pleasure achieve independent execution of each
experiment – but this does not always coincide with a pedagogue’s capabilities. It is
obvious that experimenting is one of the most complicated actions for a preschooler.
Didactic games begin with discussion of the topic and main tasks for different
actions. Such start stimulates development of attention and concentration of children.
Each member of the discussion obtains the experience of discussion conversation and a
skill to protect his opinion and listen to a friend’s opinion. Observation, discussion, and
joint selection of the direction for future actions – all this ensures success of each
didactic game. The leading role in these games belongs to the pedagogue, as these
experimental actions are too complicated for beginning researchers.
In the course of experiment, creative manifestations of each child are fixed and
controlled by adults. Internal capability of a child to solving creative situations, a skill
to set a creative task and to solve it with available method (application of the action of
research, modeling, experimental, and algorithmic character), etc. is determined.
Acquaintance with new items not only pushes the limits of the surrounding world
but ensures its development – cognitive and creative. A preschooler not only fixed
external features of things, understands their name and purpose but can offer another
way of their application, replacement of one item with another, and even transforma-
tion of certain things.
At this stage, children get acquainted with various things. The problems of mate-
rials’ features, their quality and possibility of use in the process of the game are always
interesting for preschoolers. Having fixed the main examples of items’ features in their
mind, it is possible to pass to understanding materials’ characteristics. This is the
“beginning of beginnings” – getting acquainted with materials’ features. For the games
with materials, the number of research objects is limited: metal, wood, glass, plastic,
fabric, and leather. Children constantly use things of them, without giving any thought
to their peculiarities and possibilities of their use in various situations. What will be the
main task for solving this problem? Surely, consideration of features of the enumerated
materials according to the principle – “everything is relative”.
Behavior of items of various materials in water is a classic of the genre. These
experiments allow for determination and comparison of the item’s mass as to the
feature that is interesting for children: it is lighter or heavier than water. Experiment:
332 O. V. Dybina
“mass verification” of objects in a transparent plastic bottle is performed: two similar

balls of glass and foam are put in it, the bottle is filled with water and closed. With each
turn of this “item”, the balls switch places.
The children are very proud by the fact that they have a hand-made toy and can
explain why the balls switch places with turning of the bottle. It is worth noting that the
depth of the knowledge depends on the child’s age. Becoming older, it acquires
experience, preserving the wish to continue experiments. After performing the active
and interesting actions with balls in the water, each young researcher has new “items”:
a transparent plastic bottle has two minute glass bottles with rubber corks and several
small colored pebbles inside. They behave exactly like the first “items” with balls, and
it is difficult to understand why the bottles switch places with turning the “item” upside
down. Our young experimentalists will try to keep the answer secret, and it’s easy to
understand them – they’re only five or six years old, and they have already made such a
“wonder” themselves!
Answer: One minute bottle has water inside, the water is transparent and cannot be
distinguished in water environment, and its mass – as compared to another bottle with
air – is larger (air is lighter than water). It is a “focus”, and children do not forget such
things and dream of new experiments with various items.
Such experiments and pedagogical situations should be included into direct edu-
cational activities. At that, important role belongs to pedagogue and his attentive
attitude towards a child’s position. Senior preschoolers, who have certain experience of
getting peculiarities of the surrounding world, sufficient volume of skills for search for
necessary information, and even conduct of elementary experimental actions, often do
not even want to listen to long and detailed explanations of the pedagogue.
The most impatient child tries to shift the pedagogue’s attention to the experiment
that it has performed or is going to perform at home. Perhaps, it is a “very important”
question, the answer to which it cannot find in the books recommended by the peda-
gogue or even on the Internet. If this sudden question is close to the topic of the future
research, it is possible to thank the “hasty” pupil and bring everyone’s attention to
expedience of mandatory acquaintance with the topic of the new research and prepa-
ration of question that demonstrate their interest in ways of solving the set task. The
questions that do not coincide to the topic of educational activities should not always be
refused. Sometimes, the answer to the question allows setting a “task” for the young
researchers and directing them to the new ways of search for information.
The third stage of the forming experiment includes the tasks that require inde-
pendent creative actions for transformation of things. The pedagogical process includes
creative tasks, situations of transformation, didactic games, etc. Special attention is paid
to transformation games and organization of transformation activities.
4 Conclusions
An obvious result is the positive dynamics of preschooler’s wish to get acquainted with
the material world and participate in its transformation. Forecasting and forestalling
were expressed in a specific form, manifested by a word, drawing, movement, etc. The
work complicated with each stage, depending on children’s age, level of creative
manifestations, and individual differences. By the end of experiment, each age group of
the children features the change of the creativity level (it increased), as compared to the
control groups’ children, which shows effectiveness of the developed methodology.
“Tempora mutantur, et nos mutamur in illis” – “times change, and we change with
them”, said the ancient people. The contemporaries say, “Things change, and we
change with them”. Today this saying is topical and ambiguous and modern. New time
requires things according to dialectics of a new mode.
References
Drobnitsky, O.G.: The World of Live Objects. M.: Nauka (1967). 321 p
Druzhinin, V.N.: Psychology of General Capabilities. SPb.: Piter Publ. (1999). 368 p
Druzhinin, V.N., Khazratova, N.V.: Experimental study of forming influence of environment on
creativity. Psychol. J. (4), pp. 83–93 (1994)
Dybina, O.V.: Creativity is an essential feature of human being. Monograph. M.: Russian
pedagogical society (2001). 96 p
Dybina, O.V.: Material world as a means of development of children’s creativity. In: Theory and
Practice of Public Development, vol. 2, pp. 157–159 (2014)
Dybina, O.V.: Cultural foundation of being in ontogenesis. In: Theory and Practice of Public
Development, vol. 7, pp. 151–158 (2015)
Dybina, O.V.: Methodology of formation of creativity with children with the means of the
material world. In: Scientific Opinion, vol.2, pp. 99–103 (2014)
Krulekht, M.V.B.: Preschooler and man-made world. SPb.: Detstvo-Press (2002). 160 p
Savenkov, A.I.: Cradle of a genius. M.: Pedagogical society of Russia (2000). 224 p
Ushinsky, K.D.: Education of a Human: Selected Works. M.: Karapuz Publ. (2000). 256 p
Venger, N.B.: Path to development of children creativity. In: Preschool Eduction, vol. 11 (1983),
pp. 32–35
A Systemic Approach to Development
and Implementation of Key Performance
Indicators in a Non-government Healthcare
Institution
S. Blinov1(&) and V. Blinova2

1
Organization of Public Health and Public Health,
Medical University “Reaviz”, Samara, Russia
[email protected]
2
Road Clinical Hospital at Samara Station of the Open Joint-Stock Company
“Russian Railways”, Samara, Russia
Abstract. The use of strategic management tools and program-targeted man-

agement ensures the adoption of quality and timely management decisions in the
long-term and medium-term. A systemic approach to the development and
implementation of key performance indicators will ensure the unity of goals and
objectives, the necessary centralization and standardization, a comprehensive
analysis of the institution as a whole, of each structural unit and employee.
Keywords: Systemic approach Balanced scorecard

Key performance indicators PEST SWOT SMART Cost reduction
Attached contingent
1 Introduction
Changes in macro-, mezo- and microeconomic situations require the use of new
management tools and ways to effectively adapt the health care institution as a whole
and staff to the changes that are taking place. It is necessary to ensure not only the
quality of medical services – diagnostic, therapeutic, rehabilitation, preventive; Social
and economic efficiency of medical institutions, their competitiveness and financial
stability; but also in the long term – strengthening the health of the nation. Heads of
non-governmental health care institutions (NGHCI) of JSC «Russian Railways» per-
form an additional corporate order – ensuring the safety of the transportation process;
improving the quality of medical care for employees of Russian Railways and their
family members, the company’s retirees, preventing occupational diseases and injuries
to employees, and ensuring the professional longevity of the company’s employees.
Achieving the planned values of the indicators of medical and non-medical
activities set by the founder and centralized orders; the introduction of the principles of
lean production and the process approach orient the leaders of the NGHCI to the use of
innovative tools for conducting medical and non-medical activities, optimizing the
staffing and management structure of the institution, including modern methods of
strategic and operational planning, budgeting and controlling, motivation and
A Systemic Approach to Development and Implementation of KPI 335
encouragement of employees, analysis Results of medical and preventive and

administrative-economic activities.
Formation of a list of key performance indicators (KPI), built in accordance with
the principles of strategic management, Management by Objectives (MBO) and
SMART-technologies, will provide quality planning, comprehensive analysis, moni-
toring and control of the results of medical and financial and economic activities of the
healthcare institutions in general, of each institution, structural units and employees.
The research was based on conceptual approaches to solving problems of effective
management of such world-famous scientists and practitioners as M. Armstrong, G.
Dessler, R. Kaplan, D. Norton, L. Porter, F. Taylor, A.A. Thompson, A.J. Strickland,
and others.
The theoretical and methodological basis of the study was the conceptual provisions of
the fundamental works of foreign and domestic scientists in the sphere of management
and management of employees; monographs, articles in leading scientific journals;
federal and regional legislative and regulatory acts governing the development of
public health in Russia; local acts of JSC «Russian Railways»; publications in peri-
odicals and materials of scientific and practical conferences.
The author’s research is based on a systemic approach. To solve the problems, the
methods and tools of formal, logical, process, functional research were applied;
strategic, statistical and comparative analyses; expert evaluation, forecasting and reg-
ulatory planning.
The materials of the Ministry of Health of the Russian Federation, the Ministry of
Health of the Samara Region, the current documentation and statistical reports of the
non-governmental public health institution «Road Clinical Hospital at Samara Station
of the open joint-stock company «Russian Railways»; normative and methodical
materials; official information and reference data posted on Internet sites.
The empirical basis for the study was the results of observations and studies carried
out personally by the authors.
3 Results
The list of the main tasks of the development of the healthcare facilities of the holding
company is the provision of medical security for the transportation process, the pro-
vision of medical assistance to employees of Russian Railways, members of their
families, non-working pensioners of railway transport, examination of occupational
fitness, prevention of occupational diseases (poisoning) and occupational injuries of
workers, On railway transport, ensuring the professional longevity of company
employees are determined the Central Health Directorate (previously – the Department
of Health) and are adjusted annually based on actual results achieved.
The solution of these problems requires appropriate training at the level of each
institution. In the second half of the year 2015, the hospital at st. Samara has developed
336 S. Blinov and V. Blinova
special organizational documents, first of all, the draft Regulation on the application of
key performance indicators (KPI) activity in the Clinical Hospital at the Samara
Railway Station of the open joint-stock company «Russian Railways» [1]. The situa-
tion determined the basis for the formation of a system of key performance indicators
and the purpose of their implementation – the translation of strategic objectives and a
long–term program of institution development into the form of specific management
indicators. Indicators should be suitable for the translation and promotion of network
management solutions throughout the vertical, including the labor collectives of the
hospital, and to assess the current state of their achievement and make timely man-
agement decisions in the long and medium term. The actual results of each institution’s
activities allow us to determine the dynamics of integration into regional health care, to
evaluate the activity of managers, to participate in network construction and the for-
mation of a personnel reserve.
The draft regulations specify: the purpose of the KPI system and the requirements
to it; tasks and list of basic KPI and peculiarities of their application; algorithm of
approval, algorithm for monitoring and controlling their execution.
Purpose of the KPI system:
– determination of the performance of the economic entity at any level of the orga-
nizational hierarchy – the institution as a whole, the enlarged structural units (ESU)/
structural units (SU), employees (Table 1);
Table 1. Three–level KPI system

Three–level KPI system
1 level KPI hospital
2 level KPI ESU
KPI SU
3 level KPI employees
– increasing the efficiency of the business entity (institution in general, ESU/SU,

employees);
– ensuring a reliable evaluation of the result and effectiveness of the activity;
– motivation of the business entity (institutions in general, ESU/SU, employees).
The main objectives of the KPI system are:
– monitoring and monitoring the implementation of the strategy;
– assessment of achievement of strategic goals;
– creation of appropriate motivation taking into account the orientation of employees
to achieve priority development goals.
The main tasks in the development and implementation of the KPI system are:
– development of the KPI list in accordance with the strategic development goals;
– determination of the methodology for calculating KPI values;
– determination of the mechanism for setting the target KPI values;
– development of procedures to ensure the implementation of the process of preparing

initiatives to achieve strategic goals (the «strategic initiatives plan»);
– formation of a matrix of goals and KPI reflecting the alignment of strategic
development objectives and key performance indicators across different planning
horizons and organizational hierarchy levels – hospital, ESU/SU, employees;
– development of a matrix of authority and responsibility in the implementation of the
development strategy and implementation of KPI at the institution level, ESU/SU
and employees;
– development of procedures to monitor actual KPI values.
Simultaneously with the development of the Regulations on the application of key
performance indicators (KPI), other organizational documents regulating the process of
establishing and applying KPI were developed:
– draft Regulation on the commission/subcommittee on strategic planning;
– methodological recommendations for setting the target KPI values in the hospital;
– procedure for approval of the planned KPI values;
– algorithm of monitoring and control of achievement of planned KPI values;
– regulations for the formation of plans for strategic initiatives;
– matrices of authority and responsibility distribution at the hospital, ESU/SU level,
officials and employees;
– approximate individual plans of employees;
– the procedure for monitoring the actual KPI values and possible deviations;
– the project of scheduling.
In December 2015, in the hospital at St. Samara a business game was conducted on
the formation of a list of KPI 2016 for three levels – institution, enlarged structural
units, structural units and employees. The game was attended by deputy chief physi-
cians, heads of structural units of all levels and staff members included in the category
of personnel reserve, total 38 human.
In determining significant KPI, the participants analyzed the external and internal
environment (PEST/SWOT) of JSC «Russian Railways», the network of
non-governmental health care institutions (NGHCI) of the holding company and
hospital; peculiarities of staff motivation and problems of interaction between medical
and non-medical structural divisions.
At the first stage of team work, the following were agreed:
– hierarchy of strategic objectives and KPI for the hospital at st. Samara;
– list and graduation of ESU/SU;
– strategic goals of the hospital at st. Samara (level 1 hierarchy), ESU/SU (level 2),
heads of ESU/SU and employees (level 3);
– strategic maps of the development of the hospital, taking into account the principles
of MBO, KPI, BSC;
– matrix of goals and KPI, taking into account the principles of MBO and the
SMART methodology.
When the hierarchy and the list of indicators were agreed upon, the following were
taken into account:
– strategic development goals of the holding of JSC «Russian Railways» for the
period up to 2030;
– the hierarchy of the strategic objectives of the holding, the non-governmental
organization of JSC «Russian Railways», the hospital at st. Samara, ESU, SU,
executives;
– opportunities and prospects for the development of the hospital at st. Samara on the
principles of MBO, BSC, KPI;
– specific activities, goals and objectives of the hospital, ESU/SU and staff;
– presence of forecasted strategic indicators of KPI development (list of long-term,
medium-term and short-term goals);
– availability of planned indicators of KPI operational activities.
In determining specific lists of KPI of the hospital at st. Samara, ESU/SU, managers
of ESU/SU and employees took into account the methodological requirements to
performance indicators:
– transparency;
– measurability;
– minimum sufficiency;
– the possibility of a comprehensive description of activities;
– coherence of operational performance indicators and strategic development goals of
the institution;
– consistency of KPI;
– focus on improving the indicators of medical and financial and economic activities
in accordance with the development strategy of JSC «Russian Railways»;
– strengthening the competitiveness of the institution as a whole, ESU/SU,
employees;
– the ability to broadcast strategic goals and indicators from the highest organizational
level to the lowest.
The basic principles of the Balanced Score Card (BSC) [2, 3], the tools of the
program-target management – Management by Objectives (MBO) and the SMART
methodology [4] were applied to determine the KPI list of the institution as a whole,
ESU/SU and employees. All indicators were determined taking into account the fol-
lowing qualitative characteristics:
– S – specific;
– M – measurable;
– A – attractive–achieved–agreed;
– R – resourced;
– T – time.
The developed system of the hospital at st. Samara took into account long-term (5–
10 years and more), medium-term (3 to 5 years) and short-term (1–3 years) plans for
medical and financial-economic activities of the hospital [5].
In accordance with the draft Regulation on the application of key performance

indicators of the KPI activity in the non-governmental public health institution «Road
Clinical Hospital at Samara Station of the open joint-stock company «Russian Rail-
ways» the target values of the target KPI of the institution, ESU/SU and their weight
should be established by the Strategic Planning Commission taking into account the
strategy and development program and approved by the chairman of the Commission
or the head physician.
The commission ensures the formation of a list of KPI, the methodology for cal-
culating them, the target KPI values, broken down by the years of operation of the
approved strategy, with the initial formation of KPI, as well as in the monthly and
quarterly breakdown of the target values. Approval of the list of KPI of the non-
governmental public health institution «Road Clinical Hospital at Samara Station of the
open joint-stock company «Russian Railways» and ESU/SU are implemented at a
meeting of the Strategic Planning Commission, the results of implementation are
assessed on a monthly, quarterly and year-end basis. The basis for calculating the
actual values of indicators that characterize the result of financial and business activities
should be the consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with Interna-
tional Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), or consolidated statements prepared in
accordance with Russian Accounting Standards (RAS).
When forming the list of KPI for 2016 within the framework of a business game at
working group meetings, centralized indications were given based on the results of the
previous year’s activities – reduction of targeted financing, increase in profits due to
revenue growth and cost reduction [6], attraction additional sources of financing while
maintaining strategic objectives 2020 – ensuring traffic safety, maintaining the health
and professional longevity of JSC «Russian Railways» employees:
– centralization of management;
– development of planning – strategic, tactical and operational;
– application of specific performance indicators;
– optimization of the staffing level;
– development of motivational programs.
The application of specific performance indicators allowed in 2016 significantly
improve the financial result of the work, showing growth relative to 2015 – 1420%
(RUB 52,230,000). The growth of the number of the attached territorial population was
20.2% compared to 2015. The number of the attached adult population was 47,888
people, incl. employees of JSC «Russian Railways» – 17,848 (37.3% of the contin-
gent), pensioners of the industry – 5,492 (11.5% of the contingent). In 2016, 29,792
medical examinations were carried out, which is 16.3% more than in 2015; 25,009
people were examined, which is 19.2% more than in 2015. The corporate income
increased by 18% compared to the previous year and amounted to RUB 811,821,000.
The list of KPI for 2017 was formed on the basis of the results of the activities of
2016 [7], taking into account the directions of development of the network of NGHCI
determined by the Central Health Directorate (CDH):
– harmonization of the activities of the institutions of JSC «Russian Railways» and

regional healthcare;
– reduction of targeted financing;
– increase in incomes;
– optimization of the structure of health facilities;
– standardization of activities at all levels and in all directions;
– increasing the effectiveness of the activities of the NGHCI;
– introduction of a motivation system;
– development of human resources.
The decisions of the Medical Council «Integration of Healthcare Institutions of JSC
Russian Railways into the National Health System of the Russian Federation» No. –2–1,
Suzdal on May 24–26, 2017, marked the corporate order and determined the growth
points of the healthcare institutions of the holding company.
Corporate order – medical provision for train traffic safety, social programs,
medical examination, medical examinations, medical expert commissions, medical care
for pensioners of JSC «Russian Railways» and high-tech medical care. Relationships at
the corporate level are built on a contractual basis for the purpose of conducting
medical examinations for the safety of train traffic, voluntary medical insurance for
employees of the company and providing employees of JSC «Russian Railways» with
vouchers to the sanatorium and health resorts of the holding company.
As points of growth of the health care institutions of JSC «Russian Railways» were
indicated:
– interaction with regions;
– industrial medicine;
– telemedicine;
– unified network standards;
– medical tourism.
The basis of the regional policy of JSC «Russian Railways» in the field of health
and health care is the principle of rendering medical services to the territorial popu-
lation on the basis of cost recovery from the funds of compulsory and voluntary
medical insurance and the provision of paid medical services. The development of
relations with local authorities assumes integration with the regional health care sys-
tems of the Russian Federation and the conclusion of treaties on the joint maintenance
of specialized healthcare institutions.
Centralized management of processes at all levels of «RZD MEDICINE» with the
use of the KPI system will contribute to the effective medical security of the trans-
portation process; improving the quality of medical care for employees of JSC
«Russian Railways», members of their families, non-working pensioners of railway
transport, attached to the population; prevention of occupational diseases and occu-
pational injuries, ensuring the professional longevity of the company’s employees.
Use of the «Regulation on the application of key performance indicators in a
non-governmental public health institution «The Road Clinical Hospital at the Samara
station of the open joint-stock company «Russian Railways» will provide a unified
approach to employee bonuses on the basis of a holistic KPI hierarchy, principles of

MBO, BSC and SMART.
4 Discussion
Noting the variety of fundamental research that allowed solving many methodological
and applied problems of effective management, it should be said that specific issues
related to improving the economic efficiency of the healthcare system of the holding
company JSC «Russian Railways» with the use of topical tools of strategic manage-
ment, program-target management, a system of balanced indicators and key perfor-
mance indicators are practically not affected in domestic research.
Moreover, the issues of the expediency of applying a system of balanced indicators
and key performance indicators in planning and making managerial decisions in the
long and medium term continue to be debatable not only for healthcare institutions, but
also for many other domestic organizations.
The current stage in the development of the system and management technologies
of JSC «Russian Railways» determines the need to apply the planned values of the
target performance indicators that will allow to build an integral centralized system of
operational management indicators suitable for assessing the current status of their
achievement, making managerial decisions, on the specified indicators.
5 Conclusions
Achievement of strategic goals and qualitative indicators defined by the Health

Development Concept of the Russian Federation and the Development Strategy of JSC
«Russian Railways» until 2030 is possible only if there is a unified approach to
building an effective management system in each healthcare institution of the holding.
Application in the daily medical and financial-economic activities of the algorithms
proposed by the authors for the development and implementation of performance
indicators, the matrix of distribution of powers and responsibilities and other docu-
ments could ensure achievement of the planned development targets in the near future.
6 Recommendations
The author’s version of the system of the KPI activity was approved by the
non-governmental public health institution «The Road Clinical Hospital at the Samara
station of the open joint-stock company «Russian Railways» and can be used in other
healthcare institutions of the holding company. In addition, practical recommendations
can be useful for leaders of other health organizations, primarily non-governmental/
private, since in the process of reforming the health care system of the Russian Fed-
eration they will contribute to raising the efficiency of activities and material incentives
for employees of all structural units in providing high-quality medical care.
References
1. Revina, S.N., Kuzmina, N.M., Blinov, S.V.: Formation and implementation of a system of
key performance indicators and the evaluation of the quality of medical services of the
Russian Railways (by the example of the DKB at the Samara station of JSC RZD). Economic
Sciences 6, 20–25 (2016)
2. Kaplan, R., Norton, D.: Strategic Maps. Olimp–Business (2005)
3. Kaplan, R., Norton, D.: Balanced Scorecard. From Strategy to Action, 2nd edn., 320 p. ZAO
Olimp–Business, Moscow (2008). Rev. and additional
4. Thompson, A.A., Strickland, A.J.: Strategic management: concepts and situations for
analysis, 928 p. Williams Publishing House, Moscow (2005). Trans. With the English
5. Revina, S.N., Kuzmina, N.M., Blinov, S.V.: Development of a staff motivation system based
on the application of key performance indicators (by the example of the DKB at the Samara
station of JSC «RZD»). Economics 6, 29–34 (2016)
6. Decision of the Medical Council of the Department of Health of JSC «Russian Railways»,
no. –2–1, 14–15 April 2016) «On the results of the activity of the Scientific Research Institute
of JSC Russian Railways in 2015 and the main tasks for 2016»
7. Decision of the Medical Council “Integration of Healthcare Institutions of JSC «Russian
Railways» into the National Health System of the Russian Federation», no. –2–1, Suzdal, 24–
26 May 2017
New Approaches to Formation of Innovational
Human Capital as an Element of Institutional
Environment
Lyubov I. Vanchukhina(&), Tatiana B. Leybert, Elvira A. Khalikova,

and Artur R. Khalmetov
Ufa State Petroleum Technological University, Ufa, Russia

Abstract. The article is devoted to new approaches to formation of innova-

tional human capital as an inseparable element of institutional environment,
viewed from the position of professional characteristics of human resources,
capable of generating ideas and creating innovations, and the level of technical
equipment of a work place, characterized as high-technology. Special attention
is paid to Russian and foreign approaches to evaluation of human capital, used
by economic subjects.
The authors characterize innovational human capital, systematize the criteria
of assigning human capital to innovational capital, determine the main problems
during creation of innovational human capital, and offer the organizational &
economic mechanism for risk management during creation of innovational
human capital in economic systems as an element of the institutional environ-
ment, which includes the algorithm of managerial actions aimed at reduction and
neutralization of risks.
Keywords: Economic system Institutional environment

Innovational human capital Highly-effective work place Risk management
Algorithm of managerial actions HR management
1 Problem Setting and Its Connection to Important Scientific

and Practical Tasks
The institutional environment of economic system is determined by the general state

institutes, among which the most important is the strategy of development of industrial
spheres.
In the conditions of technological and institutional transformation, one of the state’s
strategic courses is modeling the process of managing the innovational human capital,
which is a component of innovational economy and is required by the character of the
innovational process, motivated at implementing innovations into all spheres of
activities. Innovational human capital is a so called basis for realization of innovational
ideas and new technologies into production, sales, and management.

344 L. I. Vanchukhina et al.
Formation of innovational human capital, which supposes creation of highly-

effective work place, capable of ensuring manufacture of competitive products with
minimal expenses of time and equipped with highly-technological equipment and
highly-qualified personnel, is accompanied by large risks.
Diversity of risks, appearing in the process of formation of innovational human
capital, supposes the necessity for the complex approach to their evaluation and
minimization of the possibility of emergence of the problems, danger, and threats, as
well as the necessity for formation of organizational & economic mechanism of risk
management during creation of innovational human capital.
As the analysis shows, there’s a lot of discussion regarding the categorical appa-
ratus, criteria of assigning human capital to innovational type, and risks management
during creation of innovational human capital. In the conditions of integration of the
national economy in the global economic system, studying new approaches to for-
mation of innovational human capital, as an inseparable element of the institutional
environment, becomes very topical.
2 Analysis of Recent Publications on the Topic
There are a lot of works devoted to the problems of evaluation of human capital as an
element of the institutional environment.
The foreign approach to evaluation of human capital was founded by American
economists Gary Becker and Theodore Schultz.
Schultz proved that human capital is formed only when financial capital is invested
into education, which stimulates the development of intellect with a person, who is then
capable of providing the growth of added capital of companies [1].
Continuing the theory of human capital, Becker makes an analogy between human
capital and physical capital, which can wear out and require certain expenses.
According to him, human capital should take its cost through amortization, as the
company realizes a long-term and expensive project, related to formation of intellectual
human capital [2].
There’s also a concept of the theory of human capital at the corporate level -
Human Resources Accounting, developed by Eric Flamholtz. In his studies, he used the
cost method to evaluation of human capital and formulated the problem of keeping
personnel at the company, which is a result of preservation and increase of human
capital [3].
Development of approaches to evaluation of intellectual human capital in the
conditions of innovational development of institutional экoнoмики was studied by
Russian scholars: V.P. Bagov, V.P. Barancheev, B.B. Leontyev, L.I. Lukicheva, O.V.
Loseva, et al.
In the scientific works, devoted to development of the theory of human capital and
its interconnection to innovational component at the meso-level, Loseva views the
contents of human capital from the intellectual point of view as economic category that
integrates two interconnected components - intellectual potential and results of intel-
lectual and innovational activity [4].
New Approaches to Formation of IHC as an Element 345
She notes that a necessary condition for modernization of economic system is its
capability to generate new knowledge, received by intellectual results, which is treated
as human intellectual capital.
In the previous studies made by Vanchukhina et al. [5], a problem of evaluating
human resources of economic systems was determined, related to increase of labor
efficiency and formation of highly-effective jobs at the micro-level.
3 Goals of the Research
The purpose of the research is to develop organizational & economic mechanism of

risk management during creation of innovational human capital (IHC) in economic
systems as an element of the institutional environment.
The issues of categorical apparatus of “innovational human capital” are viewed,
specific types of risks peculiar for formation of innovational human capital are grouped,
the exiting tools of determining the characteristics of human resources are evaluated,
and the algorithm of managerial personnel’s actions for identification, minimization,
and elimination of risks during formation of innovational human capital is determined.
4 Main Results of the Research and Their Substantiation
Innovational human capital is a type of the resource of an economic system that can
manufacture highly-effective product that provides the largest growth of added value
with least expenses of labor and time. Provision of the set parameters requires two
components – highly-qualified human resources (intellectual human capital, capable of
generating ideas and innovations) and high-tech work place, equipped with leading
(latest) technologies.
After studying extensive scientific and periodic materials in the sphere of assigning
human capital, the criteria according to which human capital can be considered
innovational are systematized (Table 1).
During creation of innovational human capital, economic system is open to certain
risks that are multiple and can differ in specific spheres of activity. They could be
divided into groups, within which a more detailed consideration and determination of
ways for their reduction and neutralization will be performed.
Grouping of risks related to creation of innovational human capital in the sphere of
oil and gas business, is presented in Table 2.
Viewing these risk groups, which are considered to be main, it should be noted that
their neutralization requires the work with personnel, which means double expenditures
for creation of IHC – creating all conditions and making sure that employees have
adapted and use their potential and potential of provided additional resources in the best
possible way.
For substantiation of decision making in the process of creation of innovational
human capital and minimization of the above risks, the authors offer the organizational
& economic algorithm of risk management during creation of IHC.
Table 1. Criteria of assigning human capital to innovational

Criterion Characteristic
Efficiency Expressed in exceeding a certain indicator of labor efficiency, showing a
special status of a work place, which allows for such efficiency, or in the
volume of revenue that exceeds a certain average indicator
Wages Expressed in high evaluation of labor cost of a specialist, who possesses
the corresponding capabilities and competences for performing the
work on the spot
Decent conditions Expressed in providing a worker with proper comfort, created for the
purpose of increasing his effectiveness, motivation, and maximum
usage of existing resources
Provision with Expressed in totality of characteristics of work place, which allow
resources employee to achieve the results that are above the average for the sphere
and are a combination of leading technologies and human management
Table 2. Grouping of risks related to creation of innovational human potential in the sphere of
oil and gas business
Group title Short characteristic
Risk of technological Very topical for high-technology spheres which include
unpreparedness the oil & gas sector. IHC requires for employees to be
provided by the newest technologies, which are not easy
to learn for the workers with proper skills and who are
not used to technological and program innovations. Also,
a lot of unique technologies are not always accessible
Risk of moral unpreparedness IHC means increased expectations from worker. Despite
the fact that professional worker has to be confident in his
abilities, a lot of workers can experience stress, which
leads to decrease of efficiency and failures in work
Risk of inability of performing IHC often means that worker get a possibility to perform
large volumes of work large volumes of work over lesser terms and with worse
conditions, due to new technologies and methods;
however, worker may see the situation only in the context
of growth of the volume of his duties, which might
complicate the adaptation
Risk of desynchronization of It is obvious that any production is a complex system
departments with a lot of stages. Highly-effective work place at one
stage can disrupt the system’s balance, which neutralized
the useful effect and requires organizational
improvements for normalization of the system
Risk of incapability for studying Despite the fact that specialists in the sphere of
management are easy to teach, it is necessary to take into
account that transfer of work place into the form of
highly-effective and high-technology may be
accompanied by large changes of the work process,
which will require full preparation and feedback from the
worker
Stage 1. Evaluation of general expedience of IHC creation (optional, used

when IHC is not created by the direct order from above)
Stage 2. Considering the risks related to accessibility of necessary

technologies. In case of large complications with access, it is only logical to
refuse from creation of IHC
Stage 3. Considering the risks related to personnel – if workers within the

economic subjects are selected for creation of IHC
Stage 4. Considering the risks related to personnel – if workers for creation of

IHC are selected from external sources
This stage may be omitted, depending

on the results of the 3rd stage
Stage 5. Considering the risks of complexity of integration of IHC into the

existing system of economic subject
Fig. 1. Supposed algorithm of managerial actions in the sphere of risk management during
creation of IHC
The offered algorithm of risk management during creation of IHC consists of two
stages – evaluation of general expedience of IHC creation and consideration of risks
related to accessibility of the necessary technologies (Fig. 1).
Schematically, algorithmization of the first stage of the managerial process for
reducing the risks of IHC creation is shown in Fig. 2.
The peculiarity of the first stage of the algorithm of managerial process for reducing
the risks related to creation of IHC consists in the fact that any risks are to be tem-
porarily ignored as it performs the task of additional verification of expedience of IHC
creation. At that, before the managerial decision on creation of IHC, verification by the
persons who make the decision should be made.
The advantage of the first stage of the algorithm is that it allows evaluating the
general expedience of IHC creation, in order to avoid involvement of economic sub-
jects into ineffective and doubtful project and forms the data base for the following
stages of the algorithm.
Schematically, algorithmization of the second stage of the managerial process for
reducing the risks related to IHC creation is presented in Fig. 3.
At the second stage, the aspects related to accessibility for the economic systems of
the technologies necessary for IHC creation and their further use are viewed.
Is there full Receive data –

yes
information on the otherwise, further
existing work is impossible
possibilities?
yes
Are approximate or
No sense to create precise profits from
IHC without creation and
no
envisaging the functioning of IHC
expected profits determined?
yes
Profits are Profits are rather

insufficient, Compare the expected attractive – on
based on costs of costs to expenses for the basis of
resources spent evaluation of
creation of IHC
for IHC creation costs
Transition to the next

Creation of IHC stage is acceptable and
is inexpedient sensible, as the existing
resources (finances and
technologies at this stage)
allow performing the next
stage
Fig. 2. Algorithm of the first stage of the managerial process for reducing the risks of IHC
creation
This stage is peculiar for its importance during transition to the following com-
ponents of the algorithm. That is, at the first stage of the algorithm, unfavorable ratio of
expenses and supposed profit from IHC creation can be ignored by the subject of
management in favor of the fact that creation of IHC will serve some other purposes,
which are invisible within a purely economic comparison, but at the second stage of the
algorithm, the transition is possible only under clear conditions.
This stage of the algorithm is peculiar for the fact that it directly evaluates the
possibility for creation of IHC according to the danger factor and allows for clear
determination of the further position on the basis of the economic system’s
possibilities.
The third stage of the algorithm of risk management during IHC creation is devoted
to the search for human resources for work at the created highly-effective work places
at the economic subjects. While the presence or absence of technologies is very
Does the subject have Evaluate complexities

yes
the technologies and expenditures for
required for IHC their application for
creation? specific IHC
no
Is it possible to create Are the

no the required no complexities and
technologies by the expenses
Are the required
subject’s means? acceptable?
technologies
accessible (in yes no
general and
according to the
cost)? yes
Is the subject
no ready to bear
additional
Possibility for expenses and
transition to the yes complexities?
Dead end next stage
no
Dead end
Fig. 3. Algorithm of the second stage of the managerial process for reducing the risks that
accompany IHC creation
important (it is impossible to work without proper equipment), complexities with

personnel are less important and could be solved in many ways, as any device or
technology created by a human can be used by a human. The real issue is the one of
knowledge and qualification, or the wish and possibilities to acquire the qualification.
One way or another, the economic subject will be looking for workers at IHC – its own
personnel.
Schematically, algorithmization of the third stage of the managerial process for
reducing the risks related to creation of IHC is presented in Fig. 4.
This stage of the algorithm is peculiar for dead end options and the largest number
of further possible actions. If the required personnel are already within the economic
subjects, the search for personnel at the external labor market is ignored. If personnel
can be additional trained, it is possible to pass to evaluation of external labor market to
compare the possible expenses or, by the management’s decision, to pass to the fifth
stage (which is not recommended, as it is not correct). If the personnel within the
economic subjects are absent and cannot be trained, a transfer to the external labor
market is necessary.
This algorithm component’s advantage is the fact that it is possible to distinguish
maximum possible variability that is to be open in the complicated form of the stage
and to provide the economic subject with a lot of ways of solving the possible problem
of human resources.
Does the subject have Is it possible to teach

Transfer to the yes no
specialists with required them based on the
fifth stage skills and qualifications? subject’s capabilities
? and will it be rational?
yes
partly
no
Evaluate expenses
for training Transfer to the
(additional training) fourth stage
for comparison
Transfer to the fifth stage, in order to allow for

comparison of economic rationality
Fig. 4. Algorithm of the third stage of the managerial process for reducing the risks related to
creation of IHC
Conduct the
Does the labor market have comparison of
Can the no yes the expenses
specialists with the required
economic
qualification? or go to the
subject influence
the market so fifth stage
that such
specialists Will the
appear? Is it possible to expenses of
do that over the the subject
yes required period yes be rational? yes
of time?
no
If there are no no no
required
personnel
If the third stage is
within during
unsuccessful, the situation is
the third stage,
clear: either refusal from
it’s a dead end,
creation of IHC or accepting
there are no
the expenses for creation of
required
IHC
specialists
Fig. 5. Algorithm of the fourth stage of the managerial process for reducing the risks related to
creation of IHC
The difficulty may consist in insufficiently correct evaluation of the skills required
during the initial formation of requirements to applicants for IHC and in the relative
character of the notion of rationality during deciding which of the variants is the best
for a specific subject.
Schematically, algorithmization of the fourth stage of the managerial process for
reducing the risks related to creation of IHC is provided in Fig. 5.
This stage is peculiar for the fact that is depends on the company’s plans for its
further development – i.e., the largest companies may make a decision on the more
expensive variant in the form of influencing universities for creation of the required
new training programs, if this is a good contribution into the future of their own HR
personnel, or decide that new specialties are not required and be satisfied with the
existing human resources, with only additional training.
This algorithm stage’s advantage is that it clearly shows the possibilities for the
economic subject within the work with external labor market during search for per-
sonnel for IHC creation.
Difficulties may arise as well – despite the clarity of each specific end, in case of
several possible alternatives the decision will have a character of a complex strategic
decision, not a local project one.
The fifth stage of the algorithm of risk management during creation of innovational
human capital consists in integrating IHC into the existing system of the economic
subject. Certain difficulties are possible during conduct of this process, systematization
of which is presented in Table 3.
Table 3. Main possible problems during integration of innovational human capital into the
existing system of an economic subject
Problem Probability Description
of
appearance
IHC will work quicker/more Almost The sense of creation of IHC is to
effectively, which will cause 100% increase the effectiveness. The
discord in the whole system adjacent work places are to be
corrected
Special needs for Depends on Search for new suppliers
equipment/resources will arise specifics of
IHC
Working schedule will change High Compilation of new plans and norms
5 Conclusions
Based on the performed analysis of foreign and Russian approaches to formation of

human capital, the authors substantiated the criteria of determinining innovational
human capital as an inseparable element of the institutional environment. This notion is
based on symbiosis of two economic categories – human capital as a resource and as a
result of innovative activities. It is specified that creation of innovational human capital

is related to specific forms of risks, for which there are no specialized mechanisms of
reduction of risks.
The authors develop the organizational & economic mechanism of risk manage-
ment during creation of innovational human capital (IHC) in economic systems, which
includes the process of algorithmization of managerial decisions for reduction of risks
related to creation of innovational human capital.
References
1. Schultz, T.: Investment in Human Capital: The Role of Education and of Research, New York
(1971)
2. Becker, G.S.: Human Capital: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis. Columbia University
Press for NBER, New York (1964)
3. Dobrynin, A.I., Dyatlov, S.A., Tsyrenova, E.D.: Human Capital in Transitive Economy:
Formation, Evaluation, and Effectiveness of Use. SPB, Nauka (1999)
4. Loseva, O.V.: Formation of the methodology of evaluating human capital in the innovational
activity. Doctoral thesis, 387 p. (2013)
5. Vanchukhina, L.I., Leybert, T.B., Khalikova, E.A.: Methodological approaches to evaluation
and analysis of labor efficiency in the spheres of fuel and energy complex. J. Environ. Manag.
Tourism 1, 585–594 (2016)
6. OECD: OECD Investment Policy Reviews, Botswana, 26 p. (2014). http://tinyurl.com/
lenua3h. Accessed 02 Apr 2016
7. Highly-efficient work place in Russian regions (analytical note). TPP Inform LLC, 28
p. (2013)
Methodology of Information & Psychological
Safety of Human and Society:
Epistemological Aspects
Natalia Z. Aliyeva1(&) and Elena B. Ivushkina2

1
Don State Technical University, Rostov-on-Don, Russia
[email protected]
2
Institute of Service and Entrepreneurship (Branch) of Don State Technical
University, Shakhty, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The process of human interaction and information environment, the

formation of personal threats and the society is determined by external social
and political conditions and global informatization, and by internal conditions in
the form of psychological factors and mechanisms. Such a fusion of external and
internal determinants of the development of society leads to the emergence of
the phenomenon of information & psychological convergence, which determi-
nes not only the information & psychological impact on a person, but its
information & psychological security. The study of information & psychological
convergence requires methodology and a system forming basis for the devel-
opment of the concept of information & psychological security of the individual.
The study helps to solve the problem, which consists in creating a methodology
and tools for designing an integral concept of information & psychological
convergence, which causes the convergence of elements within the security
system and other regulators of relationships in society, as well as develop rec-
ommendations aimed at improving the information and psychological conver-
gence in the implementation of the security of the individual and society.
In this article, the authors analyze the concepts of the methodology in general
and specifically the methodology of information & psychological convergence.
Based on the analysis of principles and methods of convergence, the authors
formulate the definition of information & psychological convergence. Particular
attention is paid to the influence of globalization factors on the formation and
application of methods of information & psychological convergence.
Keywords: Convergence Information & psychological safety

Methodology Epistemological aspects
1 Introduction
Information & psychological convergence determines not only the information &
psychological influence on a human but also his information & psychological safety. It
is determined by not only external factors of society, politics, and globalization of the
information processes, but also by internal factors of psychological influence on human

354 N. Z. Aliyeva and E. B. Ivushkina
and society. Such internal and external similarity and interaction of the information и
psychological phenomena and their form are a complex and ambiguous process. The
largest influence on the process of convergence is performed by globalization – pri-
marily, information globalization. Globalization is appearance of commonness in the
main systems of the world: political, social, and economic. Globalization is based on
technological revolution that creates previously unknown communications, technique,
and technologies, including information ones. Information & communication tech-
nologies, as well as appearance and popularization of the Internet, became an accel-
erator of the globalization processes, including in the social sphere. R. Robertson
connects globalization to the transformation of the global consciousness, “globalization
is related to the compression of the world and intensification of the global con-
sciousness as a single whole, to the specific global interdependence and realization of
the global whole” (Robertson 1998). W. Anderson defines globalization as a “flow of
converging powers that create truly comprehensive world” (Anderson 2001).
Quick acceleration of information & communicative processes and convergence
with psychological influence on a human and society’s consciousness takes them to a
new qualitative state: information & psychological convergence, which became the
objects of our research. This situation opens not only new possibilities but also new
threats. Due to using these possibilities and opposing the challenges, each national
society requires the systemic strategy of provision of safety, which has to include the
information & psychological safety. Keeping in mind the “global society of risk” and
the large conflict potential of the modern world, it is possible to state that the modern
variant of the process of globalization contradicts the safe development of the world
(Beck 2001).
The modern stage of society’s development is characterized by the growing role of the
information sphere, which performs the role of the systemic factor of the society’s life.
The necessity for protecting the individual and mass consciousness from the negative
information & psychological influences and creation of the scientific foundations and
the methodology of information & psychological safety in view of the modern realia
determine the topicality and theoretical significance of this study. A necessity arises for
development of the mechanisms that will not allow for information & psychological
influence on the consciousness of human and society. It should be noted that the
information society cannot consider only the information influence, as the informa-
tion’s influence leads to transformation of the psychological state of human and his
ideology. Therefore, the influence should not be divided into information and
psychological.
Their convergence led the authors to creation of the notion of information &
psychological convergence, which is treated as a process of approximation and inte-
gration of two structures – information and psychological into a new single system. The
main idea of the information & psychological convergence is emergence in the com-
munication environment of the targeted transfer of specially selected information that
influences the subject (human, group, or society) and leads him to the sense and
Methodology of Information & Psychological Safety of Human and Society 355
meaning of the offered information. Secondly, this influence leads to the programmed
psycho-emotional response from the object, which changes the character of the
received information and creates the ideology and picture of the world that is required
by the subject of the influence (Dolgov 2016).
Another sphere of information & psychological convergence is information &
psychological safety, for which the basic notion is information & psychological
influence applied in the form of operations, measures, struggle, and war between
countries and within one country in different spheres of activity: international, eco-
nomic, political, and information. “Information & psychological struggle is conducted
during peace and war between states to protect one’s interests, for political influence
zones, sales markets, debatable territory, property, strengthening of the defense sphere,
etc.” (Barishpolets 2013). The task of provision of the national safety could be solved
only in the complex way, by convergence of all forms and means of struggle, including
the information & psychological.
In the information & psychological opposition, special role belongs to information
& psychological wars, as well as to manifestations of terrorism, including information
wars, information terrorism, and cyber terrorism (Taran 2009). Terrorism increases the
opposition between different states, thus reducing the international safety on the whole.
Information & psychological war, as an intensive and aggressive information & psy-
chological conflict, poses a threat to the modern society. Information terrorism is a
psycho-intellectual diversion, a threat to the individual and public consciousness. It is
based on false information, which allows creating the contradiction between ideas,
negative nature of opinions, and false understanding of events. The result of such
disorientation of consciousness is the change of reality in the form of weakening of the
existing society’s foundations. The mechanisms of managing the information terrorism
are the processes of forming the public opinion with the help of mass media (TV,
Internet, and press).
In its turn, cyber terrorism is defines as attack on an information system. Thus,
cyber terrorism is a part and a tool of the information terrorism on the whole. Cyber
terrorism is used for destroying information infrastructure of a state, creating new
regimes in a state, and creating the social environment that leads to crises and
catastrophes.
It is possible to state that evolution of various forms of influence, including ter-
rorism, goes from the information to the information & psychological convergence.
The psychological component, which includes the aspects of behavior, motives, and
goals of terrorists, allows determining the technologies of fighting by finding and
influencing the pain points. The technologies of information & psychological manip-
ulation could be used against terrorism and terroristic threats both in external and
internal political activity (Shkhagapsoev and Tarchokov 2016).
3 Methods and Object of the Research
The methods of studying the very methodology are viewed – in particular, the
methodology of information & psychological safety of human and society. Such
research is of a complex character, and it is predetermined by interdisciplinary nature of
approaches to study of the problem. Philosophical study of the problem of information

& psychological safety of human and society as a complex and ambiguous process of
realization of the information & psychological interaction is based on using the whole
complex of philosophical and general scientific methods: analytical, phenomenologic,
principles of objectivity, general connection, contradiction, methods of comparative
analysis and synthesis, and scientific generalization. The study uses the conceptual &
logical analysis of the theoretical terminology for the purpose of determining the term
“information & psychological safety” for the socio-cultural context. For this, the
methods of historical & genetic analysis of the scientific methodology for analyzing its
re-orientation from the formal & theoretical to socially significant one are used. The
primary methodological idea of the research is the dialectical and systemic approaches.
4 Results
Information & psychological convergence could be presented in the form of a complex

and ambiguous process of internal and external approximation of information & psy-
chological phenomena. The methodology of information & psychological convergence
is a new and ambiguous notion – as well as the methodology of science on the whole.
Despite the study of methodology as an object of scientific analysis, it is treated
differently (Stefanov 1967). Due to this, in order to define the methodology of infor-
mation & psychological convergence, let us view the basic notion of methodology as a
whole. Analysis of methodology in scientific and reference sources defines method-
ology ambiguously. Firstly, methodology (Greek methodos – way, means of research,
teaching, explaining) is a study of means and methods of cognition and execution of
activity (9). Secondly, it is a study of methods of scientific cognition and totality of
methods applied in science. Thirdly, it is a totality of means, methods, and operations
of cognition and practical activity. Fourthly, it is a system of principles of methods of
organization and development of theoretical and practical activity, as well as study of
this system (10). Fifthly, it is an algorithm of search for the goal and a set of means,
methods, and principles of achieving the goal.
The theoretical goal of methodology is creation of a model of knowledge in its ideal
(in specific conditions). The practical goal is the algorithm of means and methods
necessary for achieving a practical goal according to the true knowledge. As is seen, in
the reference literature the notion “methodology” is viewed primarily from the point of
view of study of method, together with methods used in a certain activity, which does
not fully reflect the sense of the viewed notion. On the one hand, this position “im-
poverishes” methodology, on the other hand, it leads to identifying methodology to
methods, which lead to a scientific discussion.
The notion “methodology” constantly expands. A.I. Rakitov sees it as an inde-
pendent science, K.D. Petryaev sees it as an ideology. According to D.A. Kerimov,
“methodology is an integral phenomenon, which unites a range of components: ide-
ology and fundamental general theoretical concepts, philosophical laws and categories,
and general and specific scientific methods” (Kerimov 2001). According to S.A.
Lebedeva, it is methodological concepts and specific methods of specific theories.
Methodology of Information & Psychological Safety of Human and Society 357
Excess of the given concepts of methodology allows for the following conclusions:
1. Methodology is not one method, but a study on the methods of cognition of a
scientific object. 2. Methodology is not science, but its part on the scientific tools. 3.
Methodology includes not only study and methods, but also ideology, principles,
notions, and categories. 4. Methodology is a system comprised of methods, principles,
and categories that are connected to each other and interact with each other. 5.
Methodology is based on three pats: special, interdisciplinary, and general scientific –
which provide result, as a whole. 6. Methodology contains the theoretical and practical
levels of cognition, which are peculiar for different elements that allow creating the
abstract picture of the studied phenomenon in the first case and the real picture of the
studies subjects and phenomena – in the second case. 7. The subject of cognition
determines the content of methodology, which depends on its competence, the initial
knowledge basis, etc. 8. Methodology is a basis of any research, as it determines the
quality of result. 9. Methodology justifies its Greek definition – it is really a way, which
has to be worked in order to receive the knowledge on the studied object. The first stage
of the way includes gnoseological study of the phenomenon for obtaining the con-
ceptual knowledge of the object. The next stage includes practical study for receiving
the real picture of the studied phenomenon. 10. Methodology is a whole complex of
components that allows receiving knowledge in theoretical and practical activity of the
studied object. As a result, methodology could be defines as a system of “elements that
comprise the theoretical basis and the tools of the research in a certain sphere, as well as
the system of methods of practical influence on the imagined or true reality”
(Tretyakova 2010).
These studies of designing the information & psychological convergence could be
presented in the forms of the following provisions.
Information & psychological convergence is the process of interaction of infor-
mation & psychological elements within the social systems, characterized by their
approximation and a certain level of coordination of influence of these elements on
social relations (Alieva 2013).
The methodology of information & psychological convergence could be defined as
a study of the means of organization of various subjects’ activity on approximation of
information and psychological systems and their realization in the concept of the
information & psychological safety.
The classification model of information & psychological methods of convergence
includes two groups of methods. The first group includes the methods that are based on
the general information & psychological influence on human and social relations. The
second group includes the methods of information & psychological safety.
The object of information & psychological convergence is activity for approxi-
mation of various information и psychological phenomena that appear as a result of
convergence and lead to emergence of social relation, that allow managing the infor-
mation & psychological phenomena.
Depending on the methods, it is possible to distinguish negative information &
psychological convergence, which leads to threats and negative influence on human
and society, and positive information & psychological convergence, which ensures
information & psychological safety.
5 Conclusions
The authors conduct the categorical analysis and specification of the categorical
apparatus necessary for development of the methodology and tools of designing the
concept of information & psychological convergence. The above provisions could be
the basis for development of the comprehensive model of convergence of information
and psychological influence on a human and society. Practical significance of the
research consists in the fact that it provides a new approach to creation of the model of
information & psychological system of safety.
References
Robertson, R.: Globalization, 28 p. (1998)
Anderson, W.: All Connected Now. Life in the First Global Civilization, Oxford, pp. 122–123
(2001)
Beck, W.: What is globalization? Mistakes of globalism – answers to globalization.
Progress-Traditsiya, 304 p. (2001)
Dolgov, M.I.: Classification of the information & psychological influences and evaluation of the
level of their threat to public consciousness. Society: politic, economics, law, no. 2 (2016).
http://cyberleninka.ru/article/n/klassifikatsiya-informatsionnopsihologicheskih-vozdeystviy-i-
otsenka-stepeni-ih-ugroz-dlya-obschestvennogo-soznaniya
Barishpolets, V.A.: Information technologies. Appl. Inf. Psychol. Influ. Radioelectron. Nanosyst.
Inf. Tech. 5(2), 62–104 (2013)
Taran, A.-A.V.: Classification of information threats to the modern society. Bull. Russ. Univ.
Peoples’ Friendsh. Polit. Sci. (2), 37–40 (2009)
Shkhagapsoev, Z.L., Tarchokov, B.A.: Organization of the information & psychological
opposition to terroristic activity. Hist. Socio-Educ. Thought 8(4-1), 115–117 (2016)
Stefanov, N.: Theory and method in public sciences, 271 p. (1967)
Methodology of philosophy. http://sargelas.com/metodologiya-filosofii
Methodology as a system of principles. A short dictionary of philosophic terms. http://nenuda.ru
Kerimov, D.A.: Methodology of Law. Subject, Functions, and Problems of Philosophy of Law
(Monograph), 2nd edn., Avanta+, 560 p. (2001)
Tretyakova, O.D.: Epistemology of the methodology of law convergence: economic measure.
Legal science and practice. Bull. Nizhny Vodgorod Acad. MIA RF 1(12), 61–65 (2010)
Alieva, N.: Convergence of science, technologies and society: research-on-research aspects.
World Appl. Sci. J. 28(12), 2271–2275 (2013)
Theoretical and Methodological Aspects
of Human Capital Management
Galina V. Golikova1(&), Valery G. Larionov2,

Svetlana I. Verbitskaya3, Tatiana E. Fasenko4,
and Dmitry V. Kokhanenko4
1
[email protected]
2
Bauman Moscow State Technical University, Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
3
Smolensk Branch of Plekhanov Russian University of Economics,
Smolensk, Russia
[email protected]
4
Financial University under the Government of the Russian Federation,
Barnaul Branch, Barnaul, Russia
{TEfasenko,dvkohanenko}@fa.ru
Abstract. In the modern conditions, competitive advantages of economy and

possibilities for its modernization are determined by the accumulated and
realized human capital. Human capital can be determined as a totality of
knowledge, competences, and qualities, embodied individually in each
employee, which stimulate the creation of personal, social, and socio-cultural
economic well-being of the society. Intellectualization of economy destroys the
foundations of the anthropogenic civilization – motives and goals that formed its
integrity and were the driving force of the progressive movement. The imper-
ative of maximization of material well-being was replaced by realization of the
possibility for self-affirmation through possession and use of knowledge.
Keywords: Human capital Labor Competition Human Economic sense

Capital Resource Investments Education Economic development
JEL Code: I200 I210
1 Introduction
Starting from 1960’s, a special attention in the theory of managerial thought has been
paid to the issue of formation of human capital. Gary Becker was the first to move the
notion “human capital” to the micro-level; in 1964, he formulated the definition “hu-
man capital – totality of knowledge, skills, and capabilities of a human” [1]. At that, the
main investments in human capital are the company’s expenditures for education and
training of personnel. In his work “Theory of Human Capital”, Becker calculates the
economic effectiveness of education and substantiates the interconnection between
labor efficiency and investments into education of the company’s employees. Becker

puts the main emphasis on the necessity for investments into the sphere of education,
i.e., receipt of knowledge and professional skills of employees, the presence of which
will lead to economic growth of the company.
While studying the evolution of the notion “human capital”, it should be noted that
a lot of scientific efforts were aimed at evaluation of economic effectiveness of
investments in the organizational resource and at the possibility of calculation of an
employee’s cost for the company in terms of money. Thus, for example, W. Petit, A.
Smith, D. Ricardo and others supposed that not workforce but labor was sold. The
scholars tried to form the methodology of evaluation of employee’s effectiveness in the
organization. The basis of the evaluation was comprised of humans (human) capable of
providing competitiveness of the organization in the external environment by contin-
uous improvement of qualitative and quantitative characteristics of their labor.
2 Methodology
For development of the directions of human capital management, it is necessary to

systematize various approaches to determining the content of this notion (Table 1).
Table 1. Approaches to determining the notion of human capital

Authors Contents of the notion
T. Schultz, G. Human capital is a valuable resource, which is more important than
Becker [1] natural resources or accumulated wealth
J.R. Walsh Viewing investments into education from the point of view of receiving
profit, he saw higher and postgraduate education as a basis for
long-term successful economic realization of the individual’s
capabilities. He showed that the value of education, received in college,
exceeds its cost. The value of higher education is connected to such
indicators as individual’s satisfaction with his own life scenario, his
capability to manage his time, mobility, and demand in the labor
market, etc.
P. Neumann Education is distinguished as a special element of human capital. Its
main components include cultural & ethnical peculiarities; general
education; professional education, key qualification qualities
S.A. Dyatlov In the process of reproduction of human capital, the following stages
are distinguished: micro-cycles, local cycles, and macro-cycles of the
human capital turnover
A.I. Dobrynin [5] Human capital is the existing stock of health, knowledge, skills,
capabilities, and motivations that stimulate the growth of his labor
efficiency and influence the growth of income; he states that
post-industrial society is peculiar for reproduction of the production
forces of human not in the commodity form but in the form of human
capital
(continued)
Theoretical and Methodological Aspects of Human Capital Management 361
Authors Contents of the notion
M.M. Kritsky Human capital was initially a comprehensive specific form of life
activity, which assimilates the preceding forms and is realized as a
result of historical movement of human society to its modern state
N.N. Koshel It is necessary to have correspondence of human capital to forms and
organization of human’s activity, in which his activity and energy could
be manifested
Generalizing various treatments of the notion “human capital”, it is possible to

distinguish three main components:
– health, which, being psychosomatic, physiological state of a human, turns into a
certain mode of life, which supports its health;
– culture, which sets stereotype models of behavior and values of the individual,
determining the character of its realization in the process of labor activity;
– education, which determines maximally achievable social status and creates
objective and subjective foundations for a person’s career growth, where the
objective foundations are requirements for a certain type of activity and office,
related to education, and subjective – the person’s capability to use the acquired
skills in the production activity, which increase his capability for creativity and
innovative activity.
In the modern economic theory, there are various approaches to treatment of the
notion “human capital” [1–3, 5, 7, 11]. Generalizing them, it is possible to offer the
following definition, “Human capital is a totality of knowledge, skills, and capabilities
of an employee, which includes the accumulated storage of qualitative and quantitative
characteristics of his labor, necessary in the sphere of public production, which are
capable of increasing the labor efficiency and ensuring the growth of economic
effectiveness of the activity of the company, region, or country on the whole”.
3 Results
Human capital should be viewed as the most important resource that forms investment
attractiveness. This statement is confirmed by the fact that in the foreign countries
investments into human capital are viewed as the most important and effective
investments. The strategic characteristics of human capital are reflected in Fig. 1.
Fig. 1. Strategic characteristics of human capital

At that, the main condition that ensures their effectiveness is formation of the
motivation for further education, professional development, and career growth with the
employees.
According to Korchagin, these characteristics are formed with the help of invest-
ments into increase of quality of life and living standards of the population, education,
health, knowledge, etc. The investors that conduct investments into development of
personnel are guided by the idea that human capital is the main factor of production of
goods and services. As a matter of fact, modern technical means of production,
top-quality resources, etc. will remain at the level of “dead weight”, until a human hand
touches them – but this touch should be professional.
The main investors during formation of qualitative characteristics of human capital
are states and companies that seek the goal of receiving the corresponding economic
effect, in the form of growth of profit (at the micro-level) or gross domestic product (at
the macro-level). At that, human can view both the object and the subject of investment
activity.
Figure 2 shows the scheme of human capital formation.
Being an object of investments, human is influenced by investors, and, as a subject
– participates in the process of investment activity.
Investments into human capital are aimed at increase of qualification of employees,
and, therefore, are more effective at the level of region and state than other types of
investments. Highly-qualified personnel can provide larger economic return from the
material means of production and stimulate further scientific and technical development
of society, which leads to formation of large socio-economic effect.
It should be noted that the modern conditions of development of the society led to
formation of a completely new type of economy of macro- and meso-levels, which set
their requirements to organization of economic activity at the micro-level – a separate
economic subject. In this case, we speak of economy of intellectual labor and
knowledge & innovations economy, based on implementation of achievements of the
scientific and technical progress, which supposes using the labor of the highest qual-
ification – among the managerial apparatus by the economic subject, and among the
main employees that ensure the production process.
Fig. 2. Scheme of formation of human capital with investing

For the policy of management of human capital development, an important issue is

evaluation of its current state and role in provision of socio-economic development. In
the theory of human capital, evaluation of its state is most complex, as there is no
unambiguous methodology. The economic theory has developed various approaches to
evaluation of human capital. L. Sharok offered to systematize the existing approaches
and divide them into the methods of evaluation of human capital and the methods of
evaluation of effectiveness of its use [4, 8] (Table 2).
Additional indicators of evaluation of human capital include the following: number
and share of researchers in the population, number of people with scientific degrees,
share of the people involved in the non-material investment complex (R&D and
Table 2. Classification of the methods of human capital evaluation

Direction of Indicators Content of indicators
evaluation
Evaluation of Natural quantitative and qualitative Number of able population
human capital indicators of human capital Number of years of study
Average life span
Share of population with higher
education
Living standards, etc.
Cost indicators of evaluation Cost method
Pricing method
Index of value of human
capital, etc.
Integral evaluation of human capital Index of development of human
capital
Index of development of
cultural potential
Index of living standards, etc.
Effectiveness of Effectiveness of use of human Level of population’s
use of human capital at the regional level employment
capital Gross regional product
Labor efficiency for the spheres
of regional economy
Effectiveness of use of human Labor efficiency (general, but
capital at the level of the economic for separate structural
subject departments)
Profitability of human capital
Internal norm of profitability
Kirkpatrick model
Return of investments
according to the Phillips model
Index of innovativeness of
human capital, etc.
education) [6, 9, 10], and the indicators of coverage of various levels of education of
the corresponding age categories, number of undergraduates, postgraduates, and doc-
toral candidates, share of expenditures for education and science in GDP, etc.
According to I. Soboleva, a drawback of these indicators of evaluation of human
capital is their incapability to perceive and assess the parameters of quality, as mostly
the existing system of formal education is evaluated.
Systematizing the existing approaches to evaluation of human capital and deter-
mination of its role in socio-economic development, we offer the following method-
ology (Table 3).
Table 3. Classification of methods for human capital evaluation

Level of human capital Offered methods of evaluation
management
Individual (1st level) Cost approach
Pricing approach
Index of return of investments on the basis of the Phillips model
Micro-level (2nd level) Model of individual cost of employee
Method of calculation of direct expenditures for personnel
Kirkpatrick model
Comparative method (indicators of labor efficiency, level of
correspondence of education to the occupied position, etc.)
Index method (index of human capital, index of innovational
development of personnel, etc.)
Meso-level (3rd level) Comparative method (level of population’s employment, share of
population with higher education, share of innovational
directions of study in the universities of a city, region, etc.)
Index method (HDI, index of quality of life, etc.)
Analysis of perspectives of innovational development in the Russian Federation

shows a lot of obstacles on this path. Lack of highly-qualified employees is one of the
main barriers for development of science-drive production, especially in the long-term.
Negative influence is performed by the general priority of the resource sector, which is
not related to development of the processing industry spheres, primarily science-drive;
orientation at short-term goals, large underestimation of human capital; violation of
succession of scientific and technical knowledge. The unclear border between man-
agers and workers leads to “deflating” of the traditional hierarchy and distribution of
responsibility, which was previously concentrated on the upper floor of the hierarchy,
at the whole organization. This, the opposition to changes is reduced: “plain” hierar-
chical structures stimulate the organizational study.
Destruction of the foundations of private property, which is based on formation of
ownership for information and knowledge. According to the Western scholars, “…
movement of information challenges the exclusive and individual ownership”. Firstly,
this is caused by the fact that knowledge and information are related to those who
produce them, and capital cannot be taken from labor. Secondly, even if knowledge is
sold, it remains with its manufacturer, so knowledge is “collective benefit”.
4 Conclusions
Thus, progress of knowledge leads not only to change of balance between material and
non-material factors of production but to “erosion” of private property, emergence of
pluralistic relations, and relations that lead to new quality.
Formation of new priorities of personality and society, which means transition from
maximization of material consumption to “quality of life”: humanistic, ecological, and
“non-monetary” criteria of being.
References
1. Becker, G.S.: Human behavior: economic approach. In: Kapelyushnikova, R.I. (ed.) Selected
Works on the Economic Theory, pp. 360–374. SU HSE, Moscow (2003)
2. Bezrukova, T.L., Chugunova, E.V.: The structure of intellectual capital in innovational
organizations. J. Forest. 4(4), 130–134 (2011)
3. Bezrukova, T.L., Kuznetsova, T.E., Chugunova, E.V.: Formation of intellectual potential in
innovational organization. In: Igolkin, S.L., Bezrukova, T.L., Akhmedova, A.E. (eds.)
Perspectives of Innovational Development of the Modern Global Society: Economic &
Legal and Social Aspects: Materials of the International Scientific and Practical
Conference-2012, Voronezh, 24–27 April 2012, vol. 3, pp. 92–97 (2012)
4. Bezrukova, T.L., Bikulova, D.U.: A comparative analysis of methodological approaches to
evaluation of population’s living standards in economic studies. In: Current Directions of
Scientific Research of the 21st Century: Theory and Practice: Collection of Scientific Works
by the Materials of the Scientific and Practical Conference, Voronezh, no. 3, p. 1 (8-1),
pp. 345–352 (2014)
5. Dobrynin, A.I., Dyatlov, S.A., Tsyrenova, E.D.: Human capital in the transition economy,
pp. 296–300. SPb., Nauka (2000)
6. Mangutov, I.S.: Theoretical and methodological issues of labor potential of personnel as an
object of functional management. Bull. A.S. Pushkin Leningrad State Univ. 6(4), 89–101
(2010)
7. Nesterov, A.A., Forrester, S.V.: Problems of human capital in the modern economy:
monograph, pp. 169–179. Samara State Technical University, Samara (2010)
8. Pavlova, E.A., Smirnova, L.A.: Evaluation of competitive advantages of a company on the
basis of analysis of its innovational potential. Mod. Issues Sci. Educ. 1, 584–591 (2015)
9. Rybalkina, Z.M.: Development of managerial potential as a factor of increase of company
manageability. Curr. Issues Hum. Nat. Sci. 7(1), 155–157 (2014)
10. Stepanova, T.E.: Knowledge economics: a methodological aspect: monograph, pp. 53–57.
Saratov University Publications, Saratov (2004)
11. Stepchenko, N.A.: Development of human capital in the conditions of globalization of the
world economy. Finan. Credit 35, 50–52 (2005)
Service Labor and Problems of State
Management of the Russian Middle
Class Development
Konstantin V. Vodenko1(&), Sergey S. Chernykh1,

Tatiana I. Barsukova2, Roman K. Ovcharenko3,
and Olga S. Ivanchenko1
1
M.I. Platov South-Russian State Polytechnical University,
Novocherkassk, Russia
[email protected]
2
3
South-Russian Institute of Management, Russian Academy of National
Economy and State Service, Moscow, Russia
Abstract. The object of the research is value orientations of representatives of

middle class, viewed through the prism of influence of the service labor
sub-institute, which determines the character of the basic institutional model of
the Russian society. The object of the research is cultural peculiarities and value
orientations of middle class in Russia and trends of its further economic
development and political participation in the process of establishment of the
Russian version of civil society in view of the general vector of Russia’s
modernization. It is concluded that sub-institute of service labor and the labor
sub-culture continue to play an important role in the structure of value orien-
tations of the Russian middle class, hindering its political activity and fixing its
representatives to their job, thus slowing down the social mobility. As a result,
the value orientations of Russian middle class help to form negative position as
to the Western path of development, which orients its representatives to the
practices of communal solidarity.
Keywords: Service labor Middle class Russian society

Value orientations Institutional matrices
1 Introduction
Analysis of the Russian society allows determining the culturally determined specifics
of its institutional environment, which forms peculiarities and significant differences of
Russian middle class from its Western analogs. The topic of middle class is closely
related to the problem of sub-institute of service labor, which forms redistributive
relations in the structure of employment [2, 6]. However, the value orientations of
representatives of Russian middle class – at least at the declarative and ideological
levels – contradict the dominating practices of service labor, which might lead to
protests and confrontations with public authorities in the sphere of the viewed group of
population.

Service Labor and Problems of State Management 367
The object of the research is value orientations of representatives of middle class,

viewed through the prism of influence of sub-institute of service labor, which largely
determines the uniqueness of the basic institutional model of the Russian society.
The object of the research is cultural peculiarities and value orientations of middle
class in Russia and trends of its further economic development and political partici-
pation in the process of establishment of the Russian version of civil society in view of
the general factor of the country’s modernization.
The level of scientific elaboration of the topic includes analysis of scientific
sources, concentrated around the value aspects of the Russian modernization and
leading trends of development in Russia: institutes of civil society, middle class, and
the system of socio-labor relations [10, 11].
The theoretical basis includes the settings of “understanding” sociology of M. Weber,

structural and functional analysis of T. Parsons, and cultural sociology of J. Alexander.
The article uses the theory of neo-institutionalism of D. North, theory of institutional
matrices of S.G. Kirdina, and the Marxist approach on the basis of analysis of B.Y.
Kagarlitsky in the context of consideration of the modernizing function of middle class
[1, 3, 5, 6].
Within the Russian science on the boundary between economics, social science,
social philosophy, and history – namely in the works of O.E. Bessonova, S.G. Kirdina,
P.I. Smirnov, et al. – the notion “service labor” was conceptualized, which formed in
the context of its contradiction to exchange (buy-sell) in market economies of the
Western type. S.G. Kirdina notes that “the attribute of service labor, which differen-
tiates it from the influence of the institute of hired labor, is striving for full employment
of population” [7, p. 117]. This shows that the viewed sub-institute functions in
economies of redistributive type, which are peculiar for the centralized mechanism of
labor relations’ regulation.
The authors speak of service labor as of sub-institute, not institute, which shows its
subordination as to market interrelations of exchange and emphasizes that practices of
service labor have informal character. That’s why it is possible to speak of a special
sub-culture of service labor, which forms special relations between managers and
subordinates, which actually pierces labor relations that are formally determined as
market relations.
3 Results
Long evolution of the Russian society in the conditions of state paternalism led to
strong dependence of the whole social system on the decisions of authority’s hierarchy.
As a rule, the characteristics of sub-institute of service labor are peculiar for their
fixation to a certain place and their mandatory character [7]; mandatory character,
departmental organization, hierarchical nature, and nomenclature [2]; service labor
368 K. V. Vodenko et al.
activity – activity for “another” – society, group, clan, and person, unlike hired labor,
where the main purpose consists in satisfying the needs of a performer [8].
Obviously, the influence of the above sub-institute on society is so large that it
stimulates formation of communal attitudes in public conscience, which determine the
priority of the whole over the part, put the system’s goals above the individual’s goals,
and form a special subjection to public authorities, as well as servility, which is peculiar
for the Russian labor mentality.
Middle class is within the field of influence of service labor’s practices, though its
segments have large differences – at that, its domination grows with transition from
representatives of small business to employees of the budget sphere. In Russia, the state
continues to perform the dominating role in the sphere of distributive relations. Due to
this, service labor continues to play the key role in the system of public relations;
according to P.E. Sheregi, there’s a strong fact that “out of 143.3 mln of population of the
Russian Federation, only 52.9% are economically active, and only 17.8% are employed in
the sphere of material production. In simple words, if the latter indicator is rounded to
20%, state budget is a direct or indirect source of consumption for at least 80% of the
Russian population. As a matter of fact, it is the Soviet variety of government natural
distribution – however, now it has been replaced by the money equivalent, which creates a
visibility of equal monetary exchange” [9, p. 35]. This creates additional structural pre-
conditions for larger dependence of representatives of middle class on the state’s redis-
tribution system and stimulates the reproduction of the service labor’s practices.
The value orientations of middle class in Russia constitute the national model of
civil society, which strives for practices of solidarity and reproduction of social rela-
tions on the basis of civil participation. “A peculiarity of economic institutes of
redistribution X-economy (which include relative ownership, redistribution, service
labor, and limitation of costs, or X-effectiveness) is the different state of economic
subjects as compared to the market institutional environment. They are different due to
independence, as well as “involvement” into economic cultures. Such “connection”
determines specifics of mass economic behavior, which supposes not so much struggle
as co-existence with these structures” [6, p. 70]. That’s why the sub-institutes of service
labor hinder the possibilities of the national middle class to become the subject of
opposition to bureaucratic authorities, which controls budget flows.
Therefore, Russian middle class is not well-prepared for protecting its own eco-
nomic interests at the individual level – especially, as compared to the Western soci-
eties, where middle class has a large experience of fighting for its rights. “It is possible
to see that half of the population think that strengthening of civil rights and liberties, as
well as civil society, may ensure Russia’s well-being. Nevertheless, a third of the
population thinks that this might be stimulated by “strengthening of the authorities’
vertical” [6, p. 70]. At that, a lot of representatives of middle class show negative
attitude towards the above labor relations, considering them to be vivid relics of fief-
dom and the Soviet totalism. At that, the latter are often assigned to supporters of the
West or to liberals, though such definitions are not correct, as striving of middle class to
emancipation is a universal social phenomenon. That’s why protest mood among
representatives of middle class as to current public authorities and their bureaucratic
machine should be evaluated as to the level of acceptance – non-acceptance of the
above type of labor practices.
4 Discussion
In the conditions of economic crisis, which led to reduction of revenues, including for
representatives of middle class, class contradictions aggravate, which leads to increase
of the opposition. Thus it is necessary to take into account the historic duality of middle
class (bourgeoisie), which may be a stalwart of stability and order, under the conditions
of compliance with the class compromise and growth of well-being, and, quite on the
contrary, it may perform the role of the subject of bourgeois (civil) revolutions in case
of large crisis in the system of distribution of resources, public authorities, and man-
agement. Geopolitical influences from outside can only increase these tendencies,
especially in case of high contradictions and conflicts among the elites.
With the general decrease of everyday consumption, refusal from former practices
of consumerism may lead to frustration among large groups of population – especially
in middle class, which now leads to reduction of its loyalty to current public authorities.
Middle class, which possesses high level of self-consciousness and capability for
private initiative, preserves the protest potential, which could be channeled by
anti-corruption protests. That’s why middle class preserves a positive possibility to
influence the process of the country’s modernization by increasing the quality and
strengthening the civil control.
In the countries with a high level of systemic corruption, which face the crisis of
system of management in the spheres of politics and economy, middle class is a
potential realistic scenario [5]. The culture of middle class produces and supports the
values of the legal state and democracy. That’s why the attempts of ideological shift of
its active representatives to “post-materialistic” values, compiled according to the
image of new morality of “patriotic Orthodoxy”, cannot compensate for the existing
consumer settings. It is especially difficult to conduct such a shift due to qualitative
growth of information technologies, which have already led to unprecedented level of
social and political transparency in Russia, providing additional resources to the
Russian oppositionists.
Dependence of a large part of the Russian society on the redistribution system of
national economy and domination of socio-cultural practices of service labor hinder
extinguish the political activity of middle class and its capability to present revolu-
tionary projects. At that, while not ignoring institutional determinants (peculiarities of
institutional matrices) of development of the Russian society, it is necessary to note
formation of innovational value orientations as to interaction between the state and the
civil society. Thus, it is necessary to treat seriously the forecast of M. K. Gorshkov and
N. E. Tikhonova that “development of this tendency may lead to refusal from standing
the aggravation of the position in the course of another economic crisis – refusal not at
the individual level, but at the scale of society, from the norm and necessity to “repay
the debt to the country” by military service, etc.” [4, p. 52]. Therefore, the sub-institute
of service labor in the conditions of the Russian realia may contradict the value ori-
entations of representatives of middle class who wish to show their initiative and
implement their professional functions in the conditions of market relations.
5 Conclusions
The sub-institute of service labor and the labor sub-culture, which is based on it,
continue to play an important role in the structure of value orientations of Russian
middle class, hindering its political activity and tying to the work place, thus slowing
down the social mobility. As a result, value orientations of Russian middle class help to
form the negative position as to the Western path of development, which orients its
representatives for the practices of communal solidarity. At that, the value orientations
of middle class are peculiar for a clear contradiction between the values of modern
time, which produce nonconformity, internal locus control, initiative, and communal
values of solidarity, supported by the bureaucratic system of power. Domination of
service labor, predetermined by the redistribution character of the Russian economy,
forms a special national model of civil society, where the main value settings suppose
not the struggle but co-existence with deep structures of power and management. At
that, the perspectives of development of the Russian model of civil society on the basis
of increase of middle class’s subjectivity also preserve their topicality due to economic
crisis and reduction of consumption, as well as growth of civil control and increase of
the level of transparency in the country.
Acknowledgments. The article was prepared within the grant of the President of the Russian
Federation for state support for young Russian scholars – doctors of science – on the topic
“Cultural and ideological foundations of formation of the national model of regulation of
socio-economic and scientific and innovational activities” (MD-651.2017.6).
References
1. Alexander, J.: The Meanings of Social Life: A Cultural Sociology (2013). 640 p
2. Bessonova, O.E.: Transfer Case: The Institutional Theory of Economic Development of
Russia. Novosibirsk (1999). 152 p
3. Weber, M.: Selected Works: The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism. SPb (2014).
656 p
4. Gorshkov, M.K., Tikhonova, N.E.: Socio-cultural factors of consolidation of the Russian
society (2013). 54 p
5. Kagarlitsky, B.Y.: Revolt of Middle Class. (2012). 224 p
6. Kirdina, S.G.: Civil Society: Retreat from Ideologeme. Sociological Studies. 2, 63–73 (2012)
7. Kirdina, S.G.: Institutional Matrices and Development of Russia: Introduction into the
X-Y-Theory. SPb (2014). 468 p
8. Smirnov, P.I.: Stages of social development as ideal types. Bulletin of SPbSU 6, Issue 3,
P. 45 (1998)
9. Sheregi, F.E.: Education as a social institute. Edges of Russian Education (2015). 644 p
10. Vodenko, K.V., Cherkesova, E.Y., Shvachkina, L.A., Fateeva, S.V., Erosheva, I.Y.: The
specifics of the socio-cultural determination of the current economic activity. Int. J. Econ.
Financ. Issues 6(S1 (Theory and Practice of Organizational and Economic Problems of
Territorial Development and the Effectiveness of Social and Economic Systems)), 206–210
(2016)
11. Vodenko, K.V., Shevchenko, O.M., Barsukova, T.I., Hubuluri, E.I., Mishina, N.V.: Modern
institutes and regulatory forms of social and labor relations in Russian society. Int. Rev.
Manag. Mark. 6(S6 (Special Issue on “Management of Systems of Socio-Economic and
Legal Relations in Modern Conditions of Development of Education and Society”)), 185–
190 (2016)
The Problems of Preclusive Effect of Judicial
Acts of Special and Simplified (Short) Civil
and Criminal Proceedings
Andrey V. Yudin(&), Vyacheslav V. Ivanov, and Ilya D. Simonov
Samara University, Samara, Russia

[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to determine the regularities of

preclusive effect of judicial acts of special and simplified civil and criminal
proceedings. The authors found on the functional similarity in establishment of
special and simplified civil and criminal proceedings, which allowed deter-
mining general methodological approaches to solving the set task. As a result of
the research, the authors come to the conclusion that differentiation of preclusive
effect of judicial acts of special and simplified civil and criminal proceedings is
not logical. Court proceedings in a certain procedural order, including special or
simplified proceedings, does not diminish the force of adopted judicial act and
all manifestations of its legal force.
Keywords: Preclusive effect Intersectorial prejudgement

Special proceedings Simplified procedure Summary procedure
1 Introduction

The problems of preclusive effect of judicial acts, made in various types of court
proceedings, are a subject of scientific discussion and attract researchers’ attention. At
that, certain aspects of manifestation of preclusive effect of judicial acts are not studied
very well, which makes their research very topical. One of such important problems is
analysis of the effect of prejudgement in special and simplified legal and criminal
proceedings.
The institute of prejudgement has the intersectorial value and is important from
intrasectorial positions, as, being a component of evidence law, sees its own depen-
dence on the change of the procedure – primarily, on differentiation of the types of
proceedings, creation and termination of procedural orders of consideration of civil and
criminal cases.
Implementing a new procedural order of consideration of legal conflicts (at the
level of type of proceedings, category of case, etc.), the legislator does not usually
model the special rules of action of preclusive effect of judicial acts, adopted in these
types of proceedings – though, there are opposite examples. Thus, on the basis of
Article 90 of the Criminal Procedure Code of the Russian Federation (hereinafter – RF
CPC), the circumstances, determined by the effective sentence, excluding the sentence
The Problems of Preclusive Effect of Judicial Acts 373
made by the court according to Article 226.9 (proceedings on a criminal case with
investigation in the simplified form), 316 (special order of court proceedings with the
accused person’s agreeing with accusation), or 317.7 (sentencing with defendant with a
plea deal) of the RF CPC, are acknowledged by court, prosecutor, investigator, and
interrogator without additional inspection. In most cases, it is supposed that the general
provisions on prejudgement are enough for the purpose of law-enforcement activities.
Based on materials of two classic processes – civil and criminal – the general
regularities of the effect of prejudgement in separate proceedings of civil and criminal
cases should be determined. This caused the structure of the research: (1) the problems
of prejudgement in special, simplified, and summary procedures of civilized process;
(2) problems of prejudgement in the special order of court proceedings in criminal
procedure; (3) general regularities of manifestation of prejudgement in special and
simplified proceedings of a legal process.
It should be noted that the authors do not discuss the issues of the notion, content,
limits, and system of special, simplified, and short proceedings in civil and criminal
proceedings; The authors consider that from the functional side in civil and criminal
proceedings there are orders of consideration of cases with exceptions from the general
order, which is expressed in a special object of judicial activities, special order of
consideration, etc. Validity of this is confirmed by studies in the sphere of legal
process.

Prejudgment was the object of research by Soviet jurisprudents, is studied in modern
Russia and foreign countries.
The history of development of the laws that regulate preclusive effect of judicial
acts was viewed by Eremkina (1970), Gurvich (1976), Bezrukov (2007), Gromoshina
(2010), Dudanova (2011), Dikarev (2011), Golovko (2012), Lang (2017) et al.

The previous studies do not allow for complex consideration of the problems of
preclusive effect of judicial acts, made in special and simplified civil and criminal
proceedings.
The research uses the rather-legal aspect and is aimed at analysis of the problems of
preclusive effect of judicial acts made in special and simplified civil and criminal
proceedings.

The purpose of the research is to determine and open the problems of preclusive effect
of judicial acts made in special and simplified civil and criminal proceedings. This is
necessary for determining whether the judicial acts made in special and simplified civil
and criminal proceedings have preclusive effect.
374 A. V. Yudin et al.
The following methods were used during the research: analysis, synthesis, comparison,
and generalization; historical and legal and rather-legal – which allow for complex
consideration of the problems of prejudgement in various types of court proceedings.
2.2 Research Basis

The basis of the research is scientific studies and publications of the Russian
jurisprudents that study various aspects of the institute of prejudgement.
2.3 Research Stages

First stage: analysis of existing scientific literature on the topic of the research and
procedural laws; determining the problem, purpose, and methods of the research.
Second stage: formulating the conclusions received in the course of analysis of
scientific literature and the laws, preparing the publication.
3 Results
3.1 Problems of Prejudgement in Special, Simplified, and Summary

Procedures of Civilized Process
While for civilized process the special proceedings is traditional, the history of sim-
plified and summary procedures has a shorter history; thus, summary procedure in civil
procedure appeared in 1996 (Chapter 11.1 “Court order” was introduced by the Federal
Law dated 30.11.1995 No. 189-FZ “On certain changes and additions into the Civil
Procedure Code of the RSFSR”), in arbitrary process - in 2016 (Chapter 29.1 “Sum-
mary procedure” was introduced by the Federal Law dated 02.03.2016 No. 47-FZ “On
certain changes into the Arbitration Procedure Code of the Russian Federation”);
simplified procedure in arbitrary procedure appeared in 2002 (together with adoption of
the RF APC in 2002), in civil procedure – in 2016 (Chapter 21.1 “Simplified proce-
dure” was introduced by the Federal Law dated 02.03.2016 No. 45-FZ “On certain
changes in the Civil Procedural Code of the Russian Federation and the Arbitrary
Procedural Code of the Russian Federation”).
Procedural law does not contain any exceptions for preclusive effect of judicial acts
made in the proceedings other than adversary. However, simple logic shows that
judicial acts made within adversary proceedings are different from judicial acts made in
“special” proceedings from the point of view of fullness of studying the evidential
material, motivation of conclusion, procedure of decision making, and other
components.
Traditionally, “special proceedings” are seen as special proceedings in civil and
arbitrary procedures, as well as proceedings on cases that emerge from administrative
and other public and legal relations in arbitrary procedure; in this case this term is used
in the meaning “non-adversary” – the one not belonging to adversary from the formal
point of view (as, for example, proceedings which is simplified in its nature is
adversary).
It is possible to suppose that any proceedings with their specifics are based on
refusal from the elements that are usual for adversary proceedings. Therefore, it is
necessary to determine how these elements are significant for preclusive effect of
judicial acts, and, therefore, how the refusal from them may influence preclusive effect
of judicial acts made in “special” proceedings. If prejudgment is connected to existence
of such elements, refusal from them is refusal from prejudgement.
Preclusive effect is based on inadmissibility of repeated ascertainment of the cir-
cumstances that already have been a subject of judicial ascertainment with the same
parties that participate in averment. The circumstances that are ascertained with
preclusive effect are reflected in a judicial act and are the result of the court’s analytical
activity.
Is it possible to state that in the special, summary, and simplified proceedings the
legislator frees the parties from the obligation of proving, and the court – from the
necessity to determine the circumstances of the case? Is it possible to state that judicial
acts on such proceedings are made “blindly”, not on the basis of determined circum-
stances of the case? This is not acceptable.
Averment take place in special proceedings – at that, the court has more active role
that in adversary proceedings; in summary and simplified proceedings, the court also
studies the evidences provided by the court. There are no reasons to doubt in sound
quality of such evidentiary activities – in any case, until the interested party announces
his right, debtor refuses (or requires replacement) of the judicial order, and defendant or
another party starts stating insufficiency of simplified procedure for determining the
real circumstances of the case. During determining the circumstances in all above
cases, the evidential load is not reduces, and the court cannot be futile.
The court decision on the case of special proceedings is also rather meaningful: for
example, during the court’s satisfying the announcement on determining the fact that
has a legal meaning, the resolutive part of the decision states the presence of the fact
with a legal meaning and states the determined fact (Clause 2 of Article 222 of the
Arbitrary Procedure Code of the Russian Federation – hereinafter RF APC).
Moreover, with cases of special proceedings it is possible to see decisions the facts
for which have a quality of “increased prejudgement”. They are peculiar for the fact
that even the parties that do not participate in the case for which such circumstances
were ascertained, have to take them into account. Thus, M.A. Budanova states that
“due to special specifics of certain categories of civil cases, such facts, which are
ascertained by effective decision, the court act, cannot be avoided by persons who
participated in the case or by any other persons. This exception from the general rule on
subjective limits of prejudgement refers to the categories of cases, as the result of
consideration and solving of which the court determines a legal status of a party (e.g.,
for cases of debtor acknowledged to be a bankrupt, dissolution of marriage, annulment
of marriage, acknowledging minor sui juris, etc.)”.
The court order states the law on the basis of which the requirement is satisfied;
volume of money to be levied or movable property to be demanded with specification
of its cost; amount of penalty, if levying it is presupposed by the federal law or

agreement, as the volume of fines if they are due; the period for which the levied debt
appeared for the obligations that suppose execution in parts or in the form of periodic
payments (Clauses 5–7, 10, Part 1, Article 127 of the Civil Procedure Code of the
Russian Federation (hereinafter – RF CPC), Clauses 5–7,10, Part 1, Article 229.6 of the
RF APC).
As is known, court decision on the case of simplified procedure according to the
general rule is made by announcing the resolutive part (Part 1 of Article 232.4 of the
RF CPC, Part 1 of Article 229 of the RF APC) and only the claim of the persons
participating in the case leads to the court’s preparing the motivated decision (Part 2 of
Article 232.4 of the RF CPC, Part 2 of Article 229 of the RF APC).
With a motivated decision on the case of simplified procedure, there are not doubts
in preclusive effect of the decision.
As to court order or in case of “short” decision on a case of simplified procedure, it
is necessary to note the following. Prejudgement is traditionally projected at the cir-
cumstances related to the motivational part of a judicial act – for these circumstances
can further form the decision on another case related to the already viewed one. At the
first glance, there’s no sense in acknowledging preclusive effect of the court decisions
given in the resolutive part, for, firstly, they are mandatory not due to prejudgement but
due to general binding nature of a judicial act; secondly, due to exclusiveness of a
judicial act, the court cannot repeatedly consider the case in which it would have to
reproduce the similar resolutive part – this would mean violation of ban for repeated
consideration of the similar lawsuit.
However, it is possible to see that the minimum factual basis is present in this case
as well – the court ascertains and provided in a judicial act the basis for emergence of a
debt, period, volume of the main debt, sanctions, and legal qualification of legal
relations in dispute. Due to objective reasons, prejudgment is limited by one obligation
and is brought down to stating the debt of debtor before creditor – however, this comes
from the object of the viewed proceedings. If we say that if a dispute arises in the future
regarding the authenticity of the agreement, the party that achieved the levy will not be
protected by prejudgment – we will not be logical, for levy according to the agreement
in adversary proceedings does not guarantee in the future its invincibility during a
claim on contestation of agreement only due to the fact that it was a basis for debt
enforcement.
It is possible to offer a lot of examples of using prejudgement of judicial order or
short decision on the case of simplified procedure. For example, during consideration
in adversary proceedings of a case on penalty recovery due to non-fulfillment of
agreement, the fact of delay could be motivated by court with a reference to a court
order or decision on a case of simplified procedure, with which the main debt was
levied.
3.2 Problems of Prejudgement in Special Order of Court Proceedings

in Criminal Procedure
Prejudgment in criminal procedure has a range of peculiarities. As was said above, in
2015 the text of Article 90 of the RF APC was corrected and the legislator specified
that additional inspection is not required for acknowledging the circumstances deter-
mined by the court decision in a criminal, civil, and administrative case, except for the
sentence set during consideration of a criminal case finished by investigation in a
shortened form of interrogation (Article 226.9 of the RF CPC) or in case of the accused
person’s agreeing with the accusation (Article 316 of the RF CPC), or with a plea deal
(Article 317.7 the RF CPC). Thus, there appeared a situation when the court decisions
made within various procedures (common and special) lead to different legal conse-
quences, expressed in presence or absence of their preclusive character.
In all above cases, verdict is made without studying the evidences, for the court’s
conclusion on the defendant’s guilt is based on his own acknowledgment. In 2002, the
procedure of special order of court decision with defendant’s agreeing with the accu-
sation, which did not suppose studying the evidences, was introduced in Russia. The
initial mistrust from law enforcers to the new procedure has passed, and 2/3 of criminal
cases are viewed by courts within this special order.
Special order of court proceedings does not suppose the judge studying and
assessing the evidences gathered for the criminal case. The court does not ascertain the
factual circumstances of the case – it is a result of Part 7 of Article 316 of the RF CPC –
but compares the circumstances in the form as they were ascertained by the preliminary
investigation bodies with existing evidences.
In 2009, plea deal was introduced into the RF CPC, and the criminal defendants
received more possibilities for building their protection strategy for the purpose of
reducing the form and volume of punishment. As this procedure could be applied only
in cases of group crimes, in certain cases the materials of a criminal case as to indi-
vidual defendants are separated from the criminal case for independent investigation
and further consideration by the court. Therefore, if sentences for such cases are made
in the order of special proceedings, the circumstances ascertained by these sentences
are deemed ascertained for the main case without verification.
As a result, sentence for the main case could be made on the basis of the testimony
of the convicted for the separate case. This contradicts the principle of freedom of
assessment of evidences, according to which no evidences can have prearranged force
(Part 2 of Article 17 of the RF CPC) and part 2 of Article 77 of the RF CPC, which sets
that the defendant’s testimony that are not confirmed by other evidences, cannot be a
basis for judgment of conviction.
Obviously, judgments on the cases that are considered in a special order are
exceptions from this rule. However, these exceptions are true only for the defendant –
for he is convicted on the basis of his testimony. Convicting other people on the basis
of sentence based on the testimony of the person convicted for another judgment, when
the defendants cannot challenge the evidence, is not acceptable.
This shows the necessity for weighted approach to provision of preclusive effect to
judicial acts made within special, simplified procedures.
3.3 General Regularities of Manifestation of Prejudgement in Special

Proceedings of a Legal Procedure
Beginning from 2009, prejudgment of decisions on civil and criminal cases became
equal - regardless of the category of the case and procedure within which it is
considered and solved, the circumstances ascertained by court were acknowledged to

have preclusive effect in criminal and civil procedures. These changes were criticized
by a lot of authors. Thus, L.V. Golovko wrote that “criminal procedure, in which the
issue of guilty – not guilty and the issue of taking a person’s freedom are solved, unlike
civil and arbitrary procedure, provides a maximal number of guarantees: prosecution
has to prove the defendant’s guilt, and the latter has a right for protection and pre-
sumption of innocence, the complainant has his right, etc. So it was considered that
ascertaining of the facts mandatory for criminal court through other procedures is
ignoring these guarantees, for neither arbitrary nor civil procedure requires such
guarantees, for they have different tasks. When it was said that the decision of civil
court has not influence on a criminal case, it was not supposed that the judge on the
criminal case should be indifferent towards it but it was supposed that it had a value of
a common evidence for him. That it, you may use as the evidence the decision of civil
or arbitrary court, but you cannot ascertain the facts that have the criminal and legal
meaning with prejudgment through other processes and without guarantees”.
Differentiation of preclusive effect of judicial acts, made in special and simplified
legal and criminal proceedings, is not very consistent. Consideration of a case by the
court in a certain procedural order does not diminish the force of the made judicial act
as a justice act and all manifestations of its legal force. Establishing the defendant’s
debt for a civil case on the basis of the documents studied by court, which prove the
debt, as well as establishing the defendant’s guilt on the basis of his confession does
not change the nature of factual circumstances ascertained by the court which should be
adopted without additional verification for a different case; otherwise, levying the
money and convicting a person would have been unjust, as it would have happened
only because this fact was not argued by anybody.
4 Discussions
The positions that are brought down to refusing prejudgement for the final judicial acts,
made in special and simplified proceedings, are motivated by a relatively easy
cancelling/changeability of such acts or by unstable character of the order of pro-
ceedings within which they are made. Thus, special proceedings can take place only if
there’s no dispute on right; court order could be cancelled due to debtor’s claim; court
may pass from simplified procedure to adversary procedures in case of procedural
difficulties, etc.
However, could this be a basis for refusing preclusive effect for judicial acts made
in the viewed proceedings? We think it could not. If it could, the debtor would refuse
from execution of court order or decision on the case of simplified procedure with a
reference to incompleteness of the procedural order applied for his case; or the inter-
ested party may doubt in the facts ascertained by the court in the order of special
proceedings. Obviously, such references would be deemed inconsistent. Therefore,
refusal of preclusive effect of judicial acts for the viewed cases will be deemed
inconsistent as well.
If due to some reasons the judicial act is canceled, the effect of prejudgement will
disappear; still the similar order exists for decisions on cases of adversary proceedings.
A different case is objectively narrower sphere of effect of preclusive effect of

judicial acts for the analyzed cased, which is the result of limitation of the applied
orders of proceedings and the possibility of opening them only in cases envisaged by
the law on the basis of certain criteria (thus, cases of special proceedings are given in
the law; the list of cases of adversary proceedings is given in the codes; there are also
criteria for consideration of case in simplified order), while the case of adversary
proceedings are opened “universally”, due to plaintiff stating the emergence of a legal
dispute before court (Article 3 of the RF CPC, Article 4 of the RF APC).
5 Conclusion
During modeling of the orders of proceedings that are different from adversary the
legislator follows the general legal logic and does not neglect the elements important
for emergence of preclusive effect of judicial acts – proving, ascertaining of circum-
stances of the case, court judgments. Thus, there are not foundations for refusing
preclusive effect of judicial acts made on the proceedings of civilized and criminal
procedures other than adversary.
References
Bezrukov, A.M.: Preclusive Effect of Judicial Acts, 144 p. Walters Kluwer, Moscow (2007)
Budanova, M.A.: Procedural exemptions in proving in civil court proceedings: Ph.D. thesis.
Saratov, 25 (2011)
Golovko, L.V.: Russian judicial procedure is archaic (2012). https://pravo.ru/review/view/73251/
Gromoshina, N.A.: Differentiation, unification, and simplification in civil court proceedings,
409 p. Prospekt, Moscow (2010)
Gurvich, M.A.: Court decision. Theoretical problems, 176 p. Legal literature, Moscow (1976)
Dikarev, I.S.: Debatable issues of prejudgement in criminal procedure. Peace justice 2, 30 (2011)
Eremkina, A.P.: Prejudgement in Soviet civil process. Ph.D. thesis, Moscow, 16 p. (1970)
Lang, P.P.: Institute of special proceedings in a legal process. Ph.D. thesis, Kazan, 39 p. (2017)
Blended Learning in Teaching EFL
to Different Age Groups
Maria V. Arkhipova1(&), Ekaterina E. Belova1, Yulia A. Gavrikova1,

Natalya A. Lyulyaeva1, and Elina D. Shapiro2
1
2
Nizhny Novgorod State Linguistic University named N.A. Dobrolyubov,
[email protected]
Abstract. The article investigates how blended learning inspires students of

different ages to be more motivated in the process of acquiring receptive and
productive foreign language skills. The authors analyze the neurobiological and
psychological characteristics of various age groups of people learning a foreign
language. The results of this analysis lead to the conclusion that the age of a
student is a defining factor of the necessity of information technologies use in
the learning process. The authors argue that the younger the learners are the
more IT-oriented they are. It means that neglecting new technology in teaching a
foreign language to children, teenagers and young adults is not an option any
more. Older students used to traditional methods of teaching a foreign language
appreciate the use of online resources and tools. The combination of
student-centered methods and modern technology is the quintessence of blended
learning which serves as an effective teaching tool for EFL students.
Keywords: Blended learning IT-technologies Age groups Teaching EFL

Electronic course Online resources Foreign language skills
1 Introduction
Being the international language English is widely used as a means of communication

in the international relationship and commonly used in all branches of knowledge. This
fact made it necessary to include English into school curriculum starting from the
primary level. Nowadays the study of English as a foreign language (hereinafter EFL)
by young children in Russia is definitely on the rise. The demand for English among
adults is huge too. Among teenagers there is a need for English when taking various
examinations as it represents a contribution factor, whereas among adults to know and
improve English skills constitutes an additional opportunity for promotion and career
development. An effective learning environment for children and adults is sure to be
different. Thus, methods, and techniques applied to teaching dissimilar learning groups

Blended Learning in Teaching EFL to Different Age Groups 381
are entirely different propositions and should be based on diverse approaches, bio-
logical and psychological aspects related to age impact.
As pointed by Asl and Valipour (2015) age plays a crucial role in what to teach and
how to teach it, since a young learner class is different from an adult or a teenager class
in terms of the learners’ language learning needs, the language competences empha-
sized, and the cognitive skills addressed. Harmer (2007) emphasizes that learner groups
are to be kept in mind in the process of teaching as well as the fact that every learner is
unique.
In accordance with this fact the goal of our study is to provide theoretical bases on
teaching English as a foreign language to different age groups. The following questions
constitute the foundation of our research: (1) What are the differences of teaching EFL
to different age groups in terms of biological and psychological aspects? (2) Can
blended learning promote students’ motivation towards learning a language?
2 Theoretical Fundamentals of the Research
Teaching English to young learners at elementary and secondary school is different

from that to adults, the main differences of which being the following:
(1) Language perception
Children perceive messages better if they are presented in natural chunks and
language-acquisition theory bears this out. The necessity to break these chunks into
individual pieces is of much less relevance for children than for adult learners, because
(a) children are more accepting and tend not to analyze, and (b) children’s ability to
mimic is extremely good (Abe 1991). On the contrary, adults can engage with meta-
language and can talk about abstract issues (Harmer 2007).
Junior students have weak capacity for memorizing the material, first of all, lexical.
The more complicated the training material is, the slower the educational process
becomes.
(2) Attention span
Ruff and Lawson (1990) point out that the time spent consciously on doing a task is
different according to different ages. Children have a short attention span; the amount
of time they can concentrate and focus on learning materials varies from 5 to 10 min
after which they can easily get bored (Harmer 2007). Dukette and Cornish (2009) state
the range of concentration of about 5 min for a two-year-old child, to 20 min of
teenagers. Adults have a longer concentration span to continue an activity and are more
self-disciplined.
(3) Styles of learning
Children understand better when they interact, touch, hear, and see. Flash cards,
pictures, various objects and realia, games make lessons alive and resemble more
closely the outside world. According to Harmer (2007), adults can benefit from their
abstract thought, life experiences; they have expectations about the learning process
and their individual patterns of learning.
382 M. V. Arkhipova et al.
(4) Attitude to mistakes

Children, as a rule, are sociable and learn a foreign language more quickly without
worrying about their mistakes. In comparison with children, most adults care about
being corrected and this makes them feel anxious and, therefore, leads to avoiding
speaking a foreign language in public (Asl and Valipour 2015).
Some students’ fear to make a mistake in case of extremely demanding teachers,
who reduce the mark for any tiny slip/mistake, complicates the educational process. It
is especially unacceptable with pupils, because this attitude of teachers’ may lead to the
students’ antipathy to the subject, namely, the English language.
(5) Motivation
Adults for the most part are highly motivated. They attend classes of their own free
choice usually at some personal and financial sacrifice. They lack the uninhibited
enthusiasm of small children (K.S. Joan).
The latest research in Russia in the field of motivation has revealed its continuing
decline. At primary school children are eager to learn a foreign language (I.N. Andreeva,
I.A. Zimnyaya, and I.B. Minayeva). But later the accumulation of the basic material and
overcoming various difficulties reduce their counter activity. Psychophysiological
characteristics of teenagers (the fear of making a mistake, the lassitude provoked by the
uniformity of lessons presentation manner) contribute significantly to motivation
reduction. The research of students’ motivational aspect, related with the foreign lan-
guage study, also shows the process of its permanent decline (M.V. Arkhipova,
I.L. Belykh, L.V. Garibova, N.N. Kasatkina, and N.V. Shutova). The scientists have
stated a sharp decline in the sphere of motivation for foreign language education among
university students as well. First and second year University students demonstrate a high
level of anxiety when studying foreign languages. Oral speech and the likelihood of
making mistakes represent the most widespread stressors (E.A. Sedova). Third year
students consider the possibility of negative consequences in case of failure as the
dominant factor while learning a foreign language (M.V. Arkhipova, I.A. Bakhtina,
E.A. Sedova, and N.V. Shutova). After conducting the research in the sphere of stu-
dents’ motivation for foreign languages learning we have revealed a similar tendency
both among school and university students.
The dependence of studying on motivation was validated by multiple treatises
(V.G. Aseev, L.I. Bozhovich, V.K. Vilunas, V.S. Ilyin, A.N. Leyontiev, A.K.
Markova, A. M.Mateshkin, Y.I. Meshkov, A.A.Rean, P.V.Simonov, V.A. Yakunin and
other disquisitions). The studies revealed the capacity of motivation to represent the
compensatory factor in case of lacking aptitude. Meanwhile, even the paramount
abilities fail to recompense the lack or low level of motivation for studying, thus being
a stub track to success in education.
Taking into consideration all the above mentioned differences, it is of vital sig-
nificance to find appropriate teaching methods for children and adults with respect to
their biological and psychological capabilities.
The question of methods of teaching English as a foreign language has always
attracted attention of scholars. Recent studies show that language learners may benefit
when the process of language learning includes blended learning.
According to the empirical research (S. Fridman), the traditional lecture has proved
to be inefficient in today educational environment. Having studied the so-called Internet
generation’s attitude to such traditional educational form as lecture, S.G. Krylova
(2015) discovered that the strongest stimulus to attend lectures is the necessity to
follow teachers’ or educational establishment rules and regulations. Academicians
attend more willingly the lectures supported by electronic presentations and gladly
accomplish the tasks involving interactivity.
One of the urgent tasks of foreign language tuition has become the introduction of
blended learning. The term blended learning means the combination of online digital
media use with traditional classroom methods. Only blended learning is able to satisfy
the needs and requirements of today education. Teachers’ irresponsiveness to the
necessities of current education requirements puts at risk the efficiency and effective-
ness of the teaching/learning process as a whole, creating a growing gap between a
teacher and a student, between a trainee and a mentor.
3 Methodology of the Research
The material for the research has been collected for many years of teaching a foreign
language. The descriptive methodology was used as the main tool. It was carried out in
the forms of observation and survey.
The first stage included study and analysis of various literature on methods of
teaching English as a foreign language to children and adults with respect to their
biological and psychological characteristics. In the second stage the survey results were
studied and compared. These two stages lead to their subsequent conclusion and
definition of the prospective and potential research.
4 Analysis of Survey Results
The aim of blended learning approach consists in ascertaining a harmonious balance

between the traditional in-class education, online access to the lessons and indepen-
dency of the foreign language studying process. The use of online digital media is
based on visualization, which helps to activate all the analyzers and connected with
them mental processes of sensation, perception and analysis. As a result, a rich
empirical basis arises for cumulatively analytical mental activity not only of children
but adults as well. Online resources give access to authentic materials and native
speakers’ oral and written practices, which is crucial for communicative and other skills
training. Online authentic resources appeal to both students and professors due to
certain characteristics: demonstrativeness; structured and laconic character of the the-
oretical material or lesson content; familiar and user-friendly interface; simplicity of the
usage; up-to-date authentic content allowing the necessary or required skills devel-
opment; and independent or individual learning.
Some of the features should be dwelt upon at length.
The human’s mind receives its nourishment primarily from visual rather than verbal
sources, and visualization is rightly considered one of the underlying principles in the
process of education. A narrative rendered in visual images attracts all ages, especially
junior students. The blended learning method is of great help here, as it may keep you
from droning the material to the class or group. Instead, they make the class more
interesting and stimulate students’ imagination. Complete visual images and sophisti-
cated ideas are provided while giving the teacher time to organize their discussions.
They also have controversial topics and present a myriad of viewpoints. The teacher
can gradually expand not only viewing time and attention span, but also analytical
abilities.
The use of IT-technologies being an integral part of the blended learning method
may be extremely beneficial for computer-minded students and those, who are passive
at the lesson. Their passive participation in the educational process is conditioned by
their inferiority complex, their extreme shyness to ask questions in front of their
groupmates in case they do not understand something.
The study revealed the following sample tips of developing an electronic course:
1. The modularity principle presupposes splitting the material into sections consisting
of modules that are closed in content; what is equal to children’s easiest perception
of material in chunks.
2. The principle of completeness means the presence of a theoretical core, control
questions, tasks and exercises for independent solution, control tests with answers,
references and comment;
3. The principle of regulation, which gives the student the ability to independently
control the course, thus making it possible for the learner to feel comfortable;
4. The principle of adaptability signifies that the course allows adaptation to the needs
of a particular user in the process of learning activities, variation of the depth and
complexity of the material studied, as well as its applied orientation which depends
on the future specialty of the student.
Blended learning has certain evident advantages because (1) students are con-
fronted with electronic devices almost from birth nowadays, (2) they have learned to
read the sophisticated visual language but have not developed the cognitive ability to
distinguish the real world from the virtual one, (3) students who have been exposed to
electronic devices are one year ahead of their unexposed peers in vocabulary, (4) stu-
dents exposed to electronic devices have a fragmented and confused idea of reality and
a shorter attention span.
In order for students to develop cognitively it is necessary for them to be able to
interpret things they encounter in the real world. It is also necessary for teachers not to
foster the misconception that school is only a socializing experience. In order for the
school to be a humanizing experience, it is necessary to return to the primary duty of
teaching the younger generation via the powers of the subject how to remain human
despite dehumanizing elements in their environment. To do this, teachers should
explore the world that the students live in every day. It is not necessary to like
The Sponge Bob, but it is necessary to know who he is and why he is a superhero. An
approach to incorporating blended learning into a classroom does not need to do away
with the traditional method, but a teacher has to invest more time and pay careful
attention to how all material is to be used.
The humanizing experience can be obtained with the atmosphere of trust between
the teacher and the learner. If they expect the teacher to refuse, criticize their
impressions or opinions and their expectations come true, the teacher is likely to fail to
ever feel their further respond to the material offered in any format. If the students feel
that the teacher expects only his/her own viewpoint to be supported, the class will be
counterproductive. Teachers will have to learn to take it into consideration and make
the process of teaching student-oriented.
5 Conclusions
Information and computer technologies, which play a growing part in current educa-
tional process and stimulate research, represent one of the most efficient ways of
educational environment organization. They allow academic process participants to
reap the benefits of modern electronic educational sphere by using the latest pieces of
research in diverse domains and formats, trying collaborative activities which signifi-
cantly boost motivation and introduce personalized approach into learning. Information
and computer technologies facilitate communication between trainees and mentors.
Furthermore, the blended learning method intensifies various grammar and speaking
activities forming deep and reliable skills. Introducing the latest IT forms and
achievements within the blended learning method into the class boosts students’
motivation and creativity.
Thus, we see the prospect of our further studies in conducting an experiment with
the aim to research the impact of the blended learning method on the process of
teaching EFL to different age groups. The experiment is supposed to provide evidence
supporting our hypothesis: if to organize the process of teaching that will meet bio-
logical and psychological needs of different age students’ groups, it is possible to
increase motivation to learn a foreign language, influence students’ performance so that
it could enhance academic achievements.
References
Abdulova, E.V., Krylova, S.G., Minyurova, S.A., Rudenko, N.S.: Virtual educational
environment – a means of intercultural interaction. In: Okushova, G.A. (ed.)
Connect-Universum – 2014: Collection of the Materials of the 5th International Scientific
and Practical Internet Conference, pp. 46–50. Tomsk State University, Tomsk (2015)
Arkhipova, M.V., Zhernovaya, O.R.: Experimental study of the peculiarities of training
motivation of modern pupils during studying foreign languages. Hist. Socio-Educ. Thought 8
(6–1), 177–179 (2016)
Belova, E.E., Minasyan, V.A.: Regarding easy and difficult languages. In: Belova, E.E. (ed.)
Theoretical and Practical Aspects of Linguistics, Literature Study, and Methodology of
Foreign Languages Teaching: Collection of Articles on the Materials of the International
Scientific and Practical Conference, 15 April 2015, pp. 11–18. Minin University, Nizhny
Novgorod (2015)
Gavrikova, Y.A.: Meliorative communicative strategies as a mechanism of influencing the

complex axiological vocabulary. Bull. N.I. Lobachevsky Nizhny Novgorod Univ. 6, 347–352
(2010)
Lyulyaeva, N.A.: Algorithmization of foreign languages teaching in higher school. Problems of
modern pedagogical education. Series: Pedagogics and psychology. Collection of scientific
articles: Yalta: RIO GPA, (55). – P. 11. pp. 63–73 (2017)
Filippova, S.Y., Shapiro, E.D.: Certain results of the experiment on implementation of blended
learning in N.A. Dobrolyubov NNLU. In: Bwlova, E.E. (ed.) Language and Language
Education in the Modern World: Collection of Articles on the Materials of the International
Scientific and Practical Conference, 13 April 2016, pp.266–268. Minin University, Nizhny
Novgorod (2016)
Abe, K.: Teaching english to children in an EFL setting. J. Teach. Engl. Outs. United States
XXIX(4), 6–7 (1991). English Teaching Forum, 11
Asl, H., Valipour, V.: Teaching english as a foreign language to persian children vs. adults.
Indian J. Fundam. Appl. Life 5(S1), 5199–5204 (2015)
Harmer, J.: The Practice of English Language Teaching, 4th edn. Pearson Longman, Essex
(2007)
Hobbs, R.: Measuring the impact of media education on student skills and teacher performance.
In: Forum International de Recherchers “Les Jeune et les medias demain. Problematiques et
Perspectives”, p. 25. UNESCO-GRREM, Paris (1997)
Hobbs, R.: Media literacy’s effect on viewing motivations. Telemedium J. Media Lit. 46(1), 15
(2000)
Joan, K.S.: Teaching English to Young Learners, 62 p. English Language Center University of
Maryland, Baltimore County
Masterman, L.: A Rational for Media Education. Media Literacy in the Information Age, pp. 15–
68. Transaction Publishers, New Brunswick and London (1997)
Kaznacheeva, S.N., Bondarenko, V.A.: Specifics of motivation learning a foreign language by
students of non-language directions in Minin University. Bull. Minin Univ. 3, 1 (2016)
Ruff, H.A., Lawson, K.R.: Development of sustained, focused attention in young children during
free play. Dev. Psychol. 26(1), 85–93 (1990)
Dukette, D., Cornish, D.: The Essential 20: Twenty Components of an Excellent Health Care
Team. RoseDog Books, pp. 72–73 (2009)
Experience of Approbation and Introduction
of the Model of Management of Students’
Independent Work in the University
Olga V. Bogorodskaya(&), Olga V. Golubeva, Marina L. Gruzdeva,

Alexandra A. Tolsteneva, and Zhanna V. Smirnova

[email protected]
Abstract. In Nizhny Novgorod State Pedagogical University named after

Kozma Minin in the period from 2015 to 2017, the project “Creating a system for
managing the independent work of trainees” was developed and implemented as
part of the program for the modernization of pedagogical education. In the article,
approaches creation and results of approbation of a control system of independent
work of students are considered. A model for managing the independent work of
students in a university is proposed, which includes: Analysis of normative doc-
uments, target component, conditions of implementation; Technology imple-
mentation, the object management, the resulting component of the model. The
main tool for managing the independent work of the students is the syllabus of
discipline. The most effective forms and methods of teaching in the implemen-
tation of the model are considered, preference is given to the use of the electronic
educational environment of the university and active methods of learning. A new
form of organization of student’s work is offered - independent self-employed
work. The role of a tutor in a university is defined when accompanying the
independent work of students. A significant place in the article is given to the
organization of reflexive activity of students, tools for organizing reflexive activity
are offered - diaries of individual and group reflection. The pedagogical efficiency
of the proposed model was assessed according to the selected criteria: Motivation
to realize independent work, the level of mastering disciplines, the level of for-
mation of general educational activities among students.
Keywords: Model of management of independent work of students

Syllabus of discipline Tutorial support Reflexive activity
Pedagogical effectiveness
1 Introduction
The urgency of the development and approbation of the project “Creating a system for
managing the independent work of students” is conditioned by modern conditions for
training students in the higher education system, namely, reducing the classroom

388 O. V. Bogorodskaya et al.
workload and increasing the amount of independent work of students. Work on the
development, approbation and implementation of the model for managing the inde-
pendent work of students was conducted in 2015 at Kozma Minin Nizhny Novgorod
State Pedagogical University.
2 Theoretical Bases of Research
We understand the management of the independent work of students as a set of

processes implemented by the University’s structural divisions and scientific and
pedagogical workers aimed at the development of educational information, its trans-
ferring and controlling learning by students in the conditions of auditor and
extracurricular independent work that ensure effective formation of the general cultural
and professional competencies of trainees. In addition, any management process
assumes the existence of feedbacks in the system that provide the necessary correction
of the process.
In determining the approaches to the solution of this problem, we relied on the
studies of contemporary Russian [4, 6, 7] and foreign [12–14] authors whose main idea
was the interpolation of modern management methods in the educational process in the
system of general and vocational education.
We propose a model for managing the independent work of trainees (Fig. 1).
The problem of managing the independent work of students is super disciplinary,
which makes it possible to set a goal - the formation of strategies for self-study and
self-education as the basis for future professional activity, which is reflected in the
educational and professional standard of the teacher.
The conditions for the implementation of the model were:
– Presence of normative and methodological support: Provisions on the organization
of independent work of students in the university; Methodical manual for
teachers [8].
– Use of the electronic educational environment providing access to educational
resources.
– Development and creation of a new design of the educational environment inte-
grating the auditorium and recreational space for independent work, the possibility
of collective, group and individual activities of students, both under the guidance of
the teacher and independently [9].
– Involvement of all necessary services of the University in the process of managing
the independent work of students. In addition, the creation of the institute of
tutoring.
Experience of Approbation and Introduction 389
Fig. 1. Structure of the management model of independent work of students
During the research, we used theoretical and practical methods: Analysis of literature
on the topic of research, modeling, pedagogical experiment, testing, questioning,
observation, methods of mathematical statistics.
The syllabus of discipline is applied as the main technology for the implementation
of the model - this is a “plan of action” for students, which can be a kind of
outline-outline of the academic subject aimed at helping in the organization of edu-
cational activities [3].
Let us represent the structural elements of the syllabus (Fig. 2).
The choice of forms and methods of training in the implementation of the man-
agement system of independent work of trainees was based on:
– Analysis of the requirements of educational and professional standards to manage
the independent work of students;
– Studying the forms and methods of managing independent work, proposed by
teachers and implemented in the course of the project;
Fig. 2. The main sections of the syllabus
During the implementation of the project, a new form of conducting classroom

activities was offered - self-study independent work - performed under the guidance of
the teacher and on his instructions or under the guidance of the tutor when they were
present in the classroom. The time devoted to independent work amounted to 30% of
practical (laboratory, seminar) classes [11]. Among the most suitable methods for
conducting self-study by teachers are:
– project training,
– Informational-interactive training,
– information and communication technologies,
– case study,
– content analysis,
– game simulation methods,
– hermeneutics of the text etc.
The creation of a system for managing the independent work of students required
the creation of an institute of tutors. When organizing the system of work of the tutor,
they relied on a number of principles:
1. Openness is the management of students with their own cognitive and educational
activities.
2. Continuity - ensuring a timely, consistent, cyclical process in the development of
cognitive and interest of students.
3. Flexibility - the orientation of students to expand social contacts, support initiatives

in choosing ways of doing things.
4. Individualization - the account of personal inquiries, individual features and inter-
ests of students.
The choice of forms of tutoring was directly related to the courses taught and had
academic or educational and research character. Directly the forms of independent
work of the students were determined by the departments (teachers of the department)
when developing the working programs of disciplines (modules) and syllabuses of
disciplines (modules). Particular attention was paid to individual work with students on
the formation of positive motivation.
The analysis of the results of the work carried out during the implementation of the
project line “Managing student’s independent work” made it possible to draw the
following conclusions.
Tutorship activity was carried out on various scales. The vectors of the tutor’s
activity were [2]:
1. Social - the adaptation of the student in the university and the educational space of
the university and the society in general, moral mentoring, the resolution of conflict
situations.
2. Anthropological - mastering of techniques and technologies of development of
personal qualities necessary in education, including self-education.
3. Cultural-objective - the disclosure of the potential of academic disciplines, the
choice of courses, the back of independent work, supervising independent
self-employed work; Work with small groups of students performing specific
(group) assignments; Development of recommendations for effective learning using
information and communication technologies.
In addition, it should be noted such a direction of the tutor, as the accompaniment
of the teaching staff.
Within the framework of this direction, the tutor can perform the following
functions:
1. Consulting work to manage the independent work of students.
2. Consultative work on the individualization of student learning.
3. Providing feedback between the learners and teachers.
4. Organization and solution of technical issues arising from the teacher when orga-
nizing independent and individual work with students.
5. Preparation for conducting full-time and virtual educational events.
6. Control, duplication and distribution of documents related to the management of
independent or individual work of students.
Summing up the work done at this stage, it can be noted that the spectrum of the
tutor’s responsibilities is very wide. It should be remembered that the main task of the
tutor would be the formation of an individual educational program for students. In
addition, it should be noted that such a direction of the tutor’s activity as a tutor support
of the teaching staff.
One of the tasks of the project was the organization of professional reflexive
activity of students. Professional self-awareness is built based on reflection of the
experience gained in the process of teaching and activity, therefore the development of
reflection of student’s learning activities is currently a key task of building the process
of training future professionals [1].
Reflexion (from the late reflexio - reversal) is the comprehension by the subject of
himself, the content of his personality (values, interests, motives, emotions, and deeds),
his knowledge and states [5].
The effectiveness of the process of reflexive self-management is impossible without
the most important reflexive skill: Conscious goal setting. Professional self-awareness
requires purposeful development. The ability to set conscious smart goals both in terms
of their activities and in terms of organizing the reflection of this activity is an
important task already at the stage of training. It is this ability of conscious goal setting
in the reflection of activities. Ensures the basic readiness of the graduate to the pro-
fession makes him free in choosing his professional path and be effective. Undoubt-
edly, the development of the capacity for reflexive activity must be in a harmonious
combination of actual practical experience. A.K. Markova defines the formation of the
capacity for goal setting as a key element in the development of the professionalism of
a specialist in subject activities.
Proceeding from this, the organization of reflexive activity of students should be
based on the mechanisms of conscious goal setting, which was realized in the
framework of approbation of the project “Creation of a system for managing the
independent work of students”. The organization of reflexive activity of students
included the following goals and objectives:
The goal is the formation of the reflective thinking of the student as the basis for
conscious self-regulation of the process of forming psychological readiness for pro-
fessional activity.
As a tool for the reflexive activity of students, a group reflection sheet and an
individual reflection journal were developed and criteria for evaluating reflexive
activity were singled out:
• Awareness and ability to formulate and analyze goals (their own, disciplines,
modules),
• Ability to determine and evaluate their activity and contribution to the development
of discipline (module),
• The ability to highlight key events, ideas, people and assess the extent and mech-
anism of their impact on one‘s own professional development,
• The ability to analyze what experience has been obtained and to identify needs that
are not yet satisfied with professional activities,
• Ability to analyze failures and their causes, determine potential ways to overcome
failure.
At the preliminary stage of assessing the students themselves and assessing the
teachers, the first two criteria had the greatest number of difficulties, they, in our view;
determine the priority areas for further work on organizing and teaching reflexive
students.
A qualitative analysis of the results of the control segment of student’s reflection on

the ability to understand and analyze goals has shown that students see the goals of
teachers most often in the context of informing and creating the conditions for mas-
tering the disciplines of the module, and their own in gaining knowledge and new
information. Thus, one of the main problems in the reflexive activity of students,
affecting the effectiveness of mastering the module and acquiring competencies, is an
insufficiently conscious goal setting. In connection with this, the urgent task is to
actively use work methods aimed at increasing awareness of one’s own goals. Mas-
tering the methods of correction, including from the point of view of goals, his personal
professional plan, the ability to plan tasks for its implementation, the definition of his
personal goals in the process of mastering each module, discipline in the professional
educational program contributes to the expansion of prospects and options for pro-
fessional development.
To overcome the difficulties encountered, webinars and master classes with the
participation of students and teachers “The Art of Reflexive Questions in Awareness of
Professional Activities” were held. Because of the content analysis, it can be concluded
that in the groups of models of management of independent work of students:
• Students higher evaluate their skills of reflective activity,
• Goals are prescribed more specifically,
• The formulation of goals coincides as a whole for the group,
• They give more specific answers, noting their contribution to training,
• They give more diverse answers, listing various forms of activities that they
implemented on their own initiative in order to master the disciplines.
Thus, the work on the development of reflection using special technologies (Diary
of Reflection, a sheet of group reflection), based on the creation of a system for
managing the independent work of students, favors greater awareness of professional
activity, a clearer understanding of the goals and position in the process of mastering
the materials of various disciplines.
To assess the pedagogical effectiveness of the model in general, we have defined the
following criteria:
– Level of formation of general educational activities;
– The level of mastering the content of educational disciplines;
– Motivation of scientific and pedagogical workers to manage self-study
– of students;
– Motivation of students to realize independent work.
We determined the following types of general educational activities formed during
the implementation of the model:
• organizational - the ability to set goals and objectives for the implementation of
independent work; Plan independent work and carry it out in a timely manner;
Organize the necessary conditions in the workplace; Collaborate in solving learning

problems, perform tasks both individually and in a group; To exercise self-control
and self-analysis of educational activities;
• information - the ability to work with sources of educational information, to search
for and use reference and additional sources; Own at the required level of infor-
mation and communication technologies; To conduct selection and grouping of
information on given topics; Make plans of various types and create texts of various
types; Perform reproductive tasks using methodological materials;
• educational and intellectual actions - the ability to independently analyze, synthe-
size, generalize information and other types of intellectual operations; Indepen-
dently choose tools and methods for solving problems, ways of doing the work;
Give a detailed answer and justify it, argue their position; To carry out independent
work, carried out in the form of educational-research and project assignments,
which allow obtaining new information; To present the results of independent work.
Generalized levels of the formation of general educational activities can be as
follows:
0th level - the trainee does not own this action at all or did not start the action;
1 st level - inability to perform an independent action;
2nd level - the student is sufficiently free to perform the action when consulting and
correcting the actions of the teacher or tutor;
3rd level - independent performance of the action, an objective assessment of their
own achievements.
The experimental data are shown in Fig. 3.
The data obtained indicate a significant increase in the number of students who
reached the second and third levels and the reduction of students at the zero and the first
levels.
The level of mastery of the content of the academic disciplines was evaluated based
on the results of the intermediate certification of students in accordance with the rating
system used at the university. Figure 4 shows the average score of students on the basis
of the exam and examination session.
The data obtained demonstrate a higher average score for students participating in
the experiment.
Motivation of students to perform independent work and motivation of scientific
and pedagogical workers to manage the independent work of trainees was evaluated by
questioning. Summarizing the obtained data, it should be noted:
– Increasing the level of importance of independent work for the organization of the
educational process;
– Raising the level of information and methodological support of disciplines and
material and technical support of the educational process in the implementation of
the model for managing the independent work of students;
– Preference for the use of group forms of organization of independent work;
– Wide use of the information educational environment.
Fig. 3. Level of formation of general educational activities of students of the experimental and
control groups.
Fig. 4. The level of development of the content of educational disciplines.

In this way:
– There was a statistically significant increase in the level of formation of general
educational activities of students;
– The level of development of the content of disciplines did not decrease in the
experimental groups;
– There was an increase in the interest of trainees and teachers in the development of
new forms and the implementation of the project to manage the independent work
of students.
5 Conclusions
The obtained results testify to the pedagogical effectiveness of the proposed model and
the possibility of its replication in the preparation of students, as well as the dissem-
ination of the experience gained through the system of improving the qualifications of
scientific and pedagogical workers.
References
1. Bogorodskaya, O.V.: Conscious goal setting as a key competence in the reflection of students’
learning activities. Bulletin of the Minin University of Nizhny Novgorod, vol. 4 (2016)
2. Golubeva, O.V., Shlyakhov, M.Y.: The role of the tutor in the management of independent
work of students. Bulletin of the University of Minin, vol. 4 (2016). http://vestnik.
mininuniver.ru/
3. Gruzdeva, M.L., Tukenova, N.I.: Sillabus as a means of organizing independent work of
students. Bull. Univ. Minin 1(13), 19 (2016)
4. Korotkov, E.M.: Quality management of education, p. 320. Academic project, Moscow
(2007)
5. Karpenko, L.A., Petrovsky, A.V., Yaroshevsky, M.G.: Brief Psychological Dictionary.
PHOENIX, Rostov-on-Don (1998)
6. Morozova, N.V.: Management of non-audit independent work of students in the conditions
of the rating system. Publishing House Kazanskiy Publishing House, Kazan, pp. 324–326
(2010)
7. Solostina, T.A.: Ensuring the quality of education of students by means of independent
work. Thesis for a Candidate Degree in Candidate of Pedagogical Sciences, 13.00.01,
Moscow, 250 p. (2015)
8. Tolsteneva, A.A., Golubeva, O.V., Gruzdeva, M.L., Bogorodskaya, O.V., Perevoshchikova,
E.N., Smirnova, Z.V.: Modernization of the educational process: management of indepen-
dent work of students in the university: educational and methodical manual, 72 p.
The University of Minin, Nizhny Novgorod (2016)
9. Tolsteneva A.A., Smirnova Z.V., Guryanicheva E.N.: Model of management of independent
work of students: results of approbation. Bull. Univ. Minin, 4 (2016)
10. Shkunova, A.A., Pleshanov, K.A.: Experience in modeling the syllabus of independent work
of students. Bull. Univ. Minin 3(16), 8 (2016)
11. Smirnova, Z.V., Gruzdeva, M.L., Chaykina, Z.V., Terekhina, O.S., Tolsteneva, A.A.,
Frolova, N.H.: The role of students’ classroom independent work in higher educational
institutions. Indian J. Sci. Technol 9(22), 95568 (2016)
12. Kezar, A.: Understanding and Facilitating Change in Higher Education in the 21st Century.
ERIC Digest. George Washington University, Washington DC (2001). http://www.
ericdigests.org/2002-2/21st.htm
13. Zeitlinger, B.V.: Managing schools towards high performance: linking school management
theory to the school effectiveness knowledge base. In: Visscher, A.J. (ed.) 354 p. Swetz,
Lisse, The Netherlands (1999)
14. Mendenhall, R.W.: Technology: creating new models in higher education. Western Governors
University, Salt Lake City, Utah. http://www.nga.org/Files/pdf/HIGHEREDTECH.pdf
Application of Multi-level Analysis
in the Process of Advertising Industry
Trends Study
Valery A. Borodin(&), Sergey B. Prianichnikov, Anna I. Galushkina,

Elena A. Nagaeva, and Sergey V. Ustinkin
Nizhny Novgorod State Linguistic University Named After N.A. Dobrolyubov,

[email protected]
Abstract. The long-term steady development of enterprises under the con-

temporary economic conditions is to a considerable extent determined by the
possibility of output not only for the domestic advertising market, but also on
the world. The today universal market for advertisement rapidly is developed,
moreover mainly, due to the countries of Asia and Latin America. Whereas the
Russian market for advertisement lags behind the world leaders, and its portion
remains small. Like many of market, the market for advertisement is globalized,
and explosion the Internet advertisement makes possible to leave to this segment
of market for companies practically from any country. In the article is given the
analysis of the trends of development of advertising market in the world, whose
understanding will allow Russian companies to develop their strategies of output
to the markets for other countries, which will, in turn, be important competitive
advantage and will increase the competitive ability of these companies. With the
estimation of the effectiveness of the solutions about the output for one or other
advertising market or another it is necessary to consider different criteria and
indices of micro and macro of the media, which sometimes can contradict each
other. Therefore as the basic method in the article it is proposed to use multilevel
analysis.
Keywords: Advertising industry The advertising markets

Advertising BTL and ATL markets Marketing communications
Media agencies The tendency of regional advertising markets
1 Introduction
The formation of the sustainable economic development of the Russian enterprises and
organizations is largely determined by the ability to sell their products, where the large
role is played by formed system of marketing communications and development of the
advertising industry. In this connection, the analysis of the status and possible trends in

Application of Multi-level Analysis in the Process 399
the advertising industry is an important direction of promotion on the markets of

domestic goods and services as well as enhancing the competitiveness of Russian
enterprises.
2 Theoretical Foundations of the Research
Advertising industry is an industry that defines advertising as a product of economic

activity providing public demand for advertising services. The development and
transformation of promotional activities led to a special social institution, which per-
forms an important function in ensuring the public needs for advertising services.
Organization of the advertising industry is aimed at the development of specialization
and the formation of a variety of advertising organizations producing complex pro-
motional product and/or rendering only advertising services, as well as involvement in
the advertising process of different economic actors.
Among foreign experts who contributed to the advertising industry, to the creation
of conceptual bases for analyzing the advertising market in the world, one can mention
S. Zu, S.T. Kavusgil, J. Volz, D. Griffith, G. Yalchinkaya, D. Yugenheim, L.D. Kelly,
J. Hudson, S. Bradley, etc. In particular, Zu and Kavusgil developed the theory of
global marketing strategy (GMS), which justifies the need for standardization of
marketing strategies implemented in different countries by transnational corporations
[10]. J. Volz considered the possibility of applying GMS theory to the analysis of
advertising campaigns carried out by TNCs on world markets. Griffith and Yalchinkaya
suggest that the firm’s activities in the global advertising market should be viewed from
the standpoint of resource theory, within which each resource is assessed in terms of its
contribution to the firm’s overall competitiveness [8]. Jugenheim et al. provides a
description of the various tools and resources that can be used to analyze the adver-
tising industry in the world [9].
The state of the advertising industry can be examined on the basis of a comparative
analysis of the advertising market in developed countries, the volume and dynamics
estimation of the advertising market in Russia as a whole as well as analysis of the
advertising industry Russian metropolises. Nowadays, well-known analytical and
consulting companies, media agencies analyze the global advertising industry [1, 2].
Analytical materials provided by Russ Outdoor, Zenith Optimedia (ZO), Carat Russ
Media, Ad Age, GroupM, PricewaterhouseCoopers, TNS Media Intelligence Initiative,
ACAR (Association of Communication agencies of Russia), JeSPAR analyst, data of
annual financial reports of leading world OOH-operators, official statistics Rosstat are
considered to be of interest.
It is important to note that every company has its own approach to prepare ana-
lytical materials, for example, the company Russ Outdoor estimating media market and
outdoor advertising industry Russia additionally considers the costs to print because the
poster in outdoor advertising is a means of distributing content. However, data of
ESPAR-Analytic Company and Russ Outdoor Company are of interest for calculations
of the outdoor advertising industry volume.
400 V. A. Borodin et al.
3 Methodology of Research
Modern methodological tools research trends in the advertising industry is character-

ized by the use of wide range of different economic, sociological and even psycho-
logical methods. However, while the external environment is being transformed,
various factors influence the development of the advertising industry. Thus, it is
important to examine the level of demand, to study the market capacity as well as to
determine the prospects for its development. Therefore, a multileveled analysis of all
aspects of the functioning of this market should be applied.
In the last decade, there has been a trend of constant growth of total global
advertising spending. Situation on the global advertising market remained relatively
stable: global spending in traditional media: television, radio, press, outdoor adver-
tising, cinema, the Internet grew. This trend should persist for the near term, however,
the development of the advertising market will largely depend on the overall economic
situation in the world.
Starting from 2009, there has been a steady growth of total global advertising
expenditure, and for the period 2014–2016 the following eight countries contributed to
the growth of the advertising industry: the USA - $20,945 million, China - $12,990
million, the United Kingdom - $5,080 million, Japan - $3,138 million, India - $2,706
million, Indonesia - $2,475 million, Brazil - $2,470 million, and Argentina - $2,077
million. Additionally, according to analysts, the average annual growth of global
advertising expenditure for the same period amounted to 0.6% in Eastern and Central
Europe, 2.5% in Japan, 3.2% in Central Europe, 3.7% in North America, 6.9% in Latin
America and 9.1% in Asian developing countries.
The developing countries in Asia and Latin America showed the greatest growth
and they rightly expect to reduce the economic gap with developed countries through
increased promotional activities.
In 2014–2016, the global investment growth in advertising amounted to the fol-
lowing: 4.7% in 2014, 4.2% in 2015, 5.0% in 2016 and 4.5% in 2017 (forecast). It is
characteristic that GDP grew proportionally: 5.0% in 2014, 4.7% in 2015, 5.9% in
2016, 6.1% in 2017 (forecast). Thus, there is a direct correlation of GDP growth and
increased investment in advertising.
The analysis of the proportion of expenditure on the world market media showed
that advertising on TV is still leading (with declining shares). Comparative data are as
follows:
1. TV 39.1% (2014) and 36.8% (2016);
2. Internet 5.1% (2014) and 12.9% (2016);
3. Newspaper 14.9% (2014) and 11.7% (2016);
4. Magazines 7.4% (2014) and 5.9% (2016);
5. Cinema 0.5% (2014) and 0.5% (2016);
6. Radio 6.8% (2014) and 6.2% (2016);

7. Outdoor advertising 6.8% (2014) and 6.2% (2016).
The trend is the growth of Internet advertising and the decline in the share of other
advertising media. The main reason is the large number of audience and the relative
cheapness of Internet advertising. Thus, during the last decade, the situation in the
global advertising market remained positive: the costs of the most common media
(TV, radio, press, outdoor advertising, cinema, Internet) grow.
However, the development of the advertising market significantly depends on the
global economic situation. So Zenith Optimedia forecasts that in the coming years
global advertising costs are expected to increase and in general, this forecast is close to
estimates of other leading media agencies.
However, a number of experts reduced the forecast of the world advertising market
development in the coming years and this is due, above all, to unstable Euro zone
economies and the existence of economic sanctions. Therefore, in a number of Euro-
pean countries, there is a tendency to reduce advertising costs, while the situation in the
euro area had an impact on the growth forecast in the entire European region. It is
reduced in Western Europe and Central and Eastern Europe. The same tendency is
observed in the Asia-Pacific region and Latin America.
It is safe to say that the main world advertising market growth should be provided
by emerging markets (all markets that are on the level of advertising expenditures
below North America, Western Europe and Japan). According to experts, their con-
tribution to the growth of the global market will make up more than 60%, thus, BRIC
countries (China, Brazil, Russia, India) will make a significant global growth of the
advertising market.
Today, the list of largest national advertising markets is headed by the United States
(about 30%), Japan (10–11%), China (6–7%) Germany (5–6%), United Kingdom
(over 4%), Brazil (about 3.5%).
The highest dynamics of growth of expenditure on advertising, according to Zenith
Optimedia is observed in Latin America, the smallest one - in North America. In the
Middle East and Africa, a significant drop in the advertising market is observed, which
is associated with unstable political and economic situation in a number of countries in
the region, and Russia’s share of the global advertising market is about 2.0%. However,
there will be very characteristic changes in the largest advertising powers list in the
coming years. China is closer to the advertising budget of Japan, Brazil will join the
five largest advertising powers in the world, and Russia must approach Canada.
A large part of the costs among all media traditionally falls on TV (about 40%) and
the press (about 30%). According to Zenith Optimedia, the proportion of the world’s
outdoor advertising segment will remain stable in coming years and will be at the level
6–7% with the trend of gradual reduction. The main small reallocation of budgets will
occur among segments and Internet use.
The state of the advertising industry in Russia can be summarized as follows [3–7].
The amount of the advertising market in Russia in the past 10 years has a tendency of
growth; however, the share of the advertising market in Russia is still relatively small.
According to experts, in recent years 2013 was the best year for the advertising market
in Russia in terms of volumetric indicators (dollars). In 2014, there was a decline in
total advertising market (up to RUB 340 billion). The part of the advertising market in
media was estimated at 8.5 billion US dollars, that is 17.5% less than 2013 estimates.
This decrease was due to the average annual ruble exchange rate vis-à-vis the United
States dollar, which decreased in 20% in 2014 compared to 2013.
Nowadays, the television advertising remains the largest segment of the advertising
market in media. ACAR experts evaluated that advertising on television amounted to
RUB 160 billion in 2014 that is by 2% higher than in 2013. This in view of the fact that
“media inflation” (the rise of instrumentation cost allocation) according to experts
ranged from 7 to 12 per cent in 2014. There has been a downward trend in the
proportion of television advertising by an average of 5–9%, it is important to note that
the share of the Russian television advertising accounts for 2% of the world total
television advertising. However, the comparative analysis should take into account that
Russia’s population is about 2% of the world population and GDP in the last decade
estimated at 2.5–3.5% of global GDP.
As in the global advertising market, Internet takes the second place in Russia as for
advertising. For example, in 2014, ACAR experts appreciated that the volume of
Internet advertising reached RUB 84–85 billion. The placement of the banner
(“display”) Internet advertising fell by 5% to RUB 19 billion, and contextual adver-
tising grew by 27% to RUB 65–66 billion. Thus, the share of the Russian Internet
advertising in the global advertising market is 1.8%–2% of global spending on Internet
advertising.
As far as outdoor advertising, its share in the Russian market does not change
substantially for a long time and is estimated by experts at RUB 40–41 billion.
Stagnation in the market of outdoor advertising is due to its excessively high share in
the total volume of media in the middle of the last decade. So in 2005–2008 outdoor
advertising share exceed 16% of the total volume of advertising in the media, however,
this situation is explained by the relatively liberal approach of regulators to the
placement of outdoor advertising. After 2009 the requirements of urban authorities
(especially in large cities: Moscow, St. Petersburg, Ekaterinburg, Novosibirsk, Kazan,
etc.) to this kind of advertising has noticeably increased. But in 2014, the year the share
of outdoor advertising has fallen to only 12% of total advertising in media, almost
twice the world average.
In the past 5–6 years in Russia there was a decrease in the volume of advertising in
newspapers and magazines, while in value terms, the press has lost about 11%. For
example, compared to 2008 (RUB 57 billion) press advertising market fell by more
than 40% in 2014, and its share of total advertising in the media dropped more than
twice from 21.5% in 2008 to 9.7% in 2014. For example, in 2004, the share of
advertising in the press was more than 30% of the total volume of Russian advertising
in the media.
Russian press advertising is only 0.7%–0.8% of costs (income) of advertising in the
press in the world advertising market. Consumer interest to newspapers and magazines
falls down a clear trend. It is partially the fault of magazines and newspapers pub-
lishers, who inflate costs, make a bad choice of advertising location.
Analytical materials published by the international company Zenith Optimedia,
show that the proportion of press advertisement in worldwide advertising costs
decreased in the last decade from 42.7% to 22.5%, though these 22.5% are more than
twice Russian 9.7%. For comparison, the proportion of the press advertising expen-
diture (income) in the United States is 16% of national advertising costs.
The average annual amount of advertising on the radio in the past three years is
estimated at RUB 17–18 billion, while the share of radio ads over the last 10 years is
held stable at around 5% of the total advertising market. The world market of radio
advertising has a similar situation.
Currently, the global advertising market estimated at more than 500 billion dollars.
Therefore, we cannot allow the decline in the share of the Russian media of advertising
product up to 1% of the world as according to experts it could lead to substantial losses
in Russian advertising market and move Russia to the periphery of the world adver-
tising industry. It is appropriate to point out that even in good years (2012–2013) the
Russian market of advertising failed to enter the top ten most powerful advertising
markets in the world.
Especially it is necessary to assess the condition of the Russian BTL market,
because this type of advertising product allows you to interest unobtrusively the
audience while the purchaser shall decide alone on buying, and nobody and nothing
“pressure” him or her.
BTL includes direct marketing; events and contests; POS materials; stimulation of
selling from dealers and buyers. BTL appeared in the middle of the 20th century and
today in Russia this way of advertising has about 24% of the advertising budget, while
in Western countries its share amounts to more than 50%. We can point out the main
advantages BTL advertising: it is not obtrusive; less expensive, television with ATL
oversaturated with advertising, to circumvent prohibitions on certain kinds of adver-
tising (alcohol, tobacco).
Currently, major advertising agencies, marketing communications agencies become
media agency and work closely on BTL advertising. While advertising agencies open
host departments accommodation, media planning, design studios. According to
ACAR, 20% of the largest media agencies have 60% of advertising in the media; the 20
largest BTL-agencies have less than 20% of the total BTL market.
There is a tendency of BTL market growth in Russia. In 2013, this market
amounted to RUB 91 billion, or $2.85 billion at an average 2013 rate. In 2014, the BTL
market grew approximately 10% up to RUB 100 billion. Compared to the market of
advertising in media, the higher BTL growth is explained by the Sochi Olympics. In the
first quarter of 2014, the BTL budget significantly increased due to the Olympics and
participation of dozens of major Russian companies-producers of consumer goods and
services as sponsors. For example, the BTL market growth is estimated at 20–25%
compared to the previous year. However, the absence of similar events in 2015
changed the stats. The BTL market decline in 2015 compared to the previous year is
due to several factors:
1. lack of comparable events as the Sochi Olympic Games;
2. reduced rates for accommodation in the media made media advertising relatively
more affordable for large and medium-sized advertisers and they’re cutting budgets
in general, redistribute them in favor of the media, especially the Internet;
3. restrictions on “marketing services” provided by suppliers of retailers (introduced in

2013 the new edition of the law “On trade”) have led to a reduction in supply of
these services and have a negative impact on the dynamics of the BTL market.
After BTL were included in the advertising market, marketing services include:
(a) marketing research services;
(b) marketing consulting, consulting on marketing strategies, product and assortment
policy, branding;
(c) public relations-business PR.
5 Conclusions
Thus, it may be noted that the modern market of the advertising industry is charac-
terized by major trends:
– globalization, i.e. it serves an integral part of the global economy;
– integration, i.e. combining its economic actors as well as deepen their interaction
and linkages between them;
– concentration, i.e. strengthening the processes of mergers and acquisitions market
players;
– networking, i.e. the development of a global network of advertising agencies;
– diversification of the activities of the actors of the market, i.e. the output of their
work beyond the core business.
Along with the Russian market, the advertising industry is characterized by a
significant time lag from world leaders. The development of the Russian market of
advertising industry is influenced by government regulation, in particular by the neg-
ative impact of multiple restrictions at both Federal and local levels.
References
1. Review of entertainment industry and the media. Encyclopedia of marketing. http://
www.marketing.spb/travel/entertal. Accessed 07 June 2017
2. Review of entertainment industry and the media: the prediction for 2016–2020 years. PWC.
http://www.pwc.ru/assets/(e)-media-ou. Accessed 07 June 2017
3. Vartanov, S.A.: The dynamics of media industry of Russia in 2000–2014: General trends
and correlation with macroeconomic elements. Electron. Sci. J. “Mediaskop”. http://www.
medioscop.ru/183/. Accessed 10 June 2017
4. Advertising in printed media: status and prospects.http://www.adindex.ru/analiticx. Acces-
sed 10 June 2017
5. Rating federal providers of UN-and Indoor-advertising-2017-Adindex. http://www.adindex.
ru/analiticx. Accessed 12 June 2017
6. Russian advertising Yearbook 2015-the Association of communication agencies of Russia.
http://www.akarussia.ru/download/rre15. Accessed 10 June 2017
7. Review of the mobile advertising market in Runet 2015-IAB Rossia. http://www.labrus.ru/
files/study. Accessed 14 June 2017
8. Griffit, D., Yalcinkaya, G.: Resource-advantage theory: a foundation for new insights into
global advertising research. Int. J. Advert. 29(1), 15–36 (2010)
9. Jugenheimer, D.W., Kelley, L.D., Hudson, J., Bradley, S.: Advertising and Public Relations
Research. Routledge, New York (2014)
10. Zou, S., Cavusgil, S.T.: The GMS: a broad conceptualization of global marketing strategy
and its effect on firm performance. J. Mark. 66(4), 40–56 (2002)
11. Zou, S., Volz, Y.Z.: An integrated theory of global advertising. An application of the GMS
theory. Int. J. Advert. 29(1), 56–84 (2010)
Preparation of Bachelors of Professional
Training Using MOODLE
Marina N. Bulaeva(&), Olga I. Vaganova, Margarita I. Koldina,

Anna V. Lapshova, and Anna V. Khizhnyi

Abstract. The object of the research in this article is Moodle – a system for
distant learning. At the legislative level, the need to use this type of education in
the educational activities of vocational schools is fixed. The electronic medium
is used for blended learning, and is a tool with full set of resources for online
courses. The electronic environment of Moodle is characterized by modularity,
special flexibility in managing the learning process, easy publishing of training
materials and their support in the format of international standards, management
of user groups, the use of Web 2.0 services and the ability to integrate with other
web applications. The article presents a study on the possibilities and the
analysis of the experience of the use of distance learning for students in an
electronic environment Moodle applied in the Pedagogical University. The
experience of the implementation of e-learning courses on the example of
“General and vocational pedagogy”. The experience of creating electronic
training courses for their implementation proves the promise of this direction. Its
introduction of the educational process of professional educational institutions
will improve the quality of training specialists. The dynamism of the platform
management and the modular structure of the training makes it possible to create
the organization of the educational process, taking into account the individual
requirements of the students to contribute to improving the learning outcomes of
students.
Keywords: E-learning Bachelor of professional training

Information technology E-learning Mixed education Distance learning
Educational technologies
1 Introduction
To improve the quality of the educational process in vocational schools e-learning is

being promoted. Requirements for the use of various educational technologies,
including e-learning, are enshrined in the Federal Law the Russian Federation dated by
December 29, 2012 No. 2733-FZ “On Education in the Russian Federation.” At the
legislative level the need for such kind of educational facilities is fixed in vocational
schools.

Preparation of Bachelors of Professional Training Using MOODLE 407
Electronic training is an important component of the educational process in

vocational schools, provides ample opportunities, access to educational resources and
management to a new level; thus significantly increases the opportunities of the edu-
cation system [6].
The urgency of e-Learning technologies usage is defined by the following factors:
the introduction of new federal education standards that focus on the implementation of
competence-based approach; increase of independent work of students; implementation
of the principle of “learning throughout life”; Freedom in the choice of the place of
study by the entrant; IT implementation in education; the rapid development of
information and communication technologies; promoting new opportunities pits in the
educational process.
E-learning research takes both domestic researchers (it is worth noting the work
M.Y.U. Bukharkin, M. Moses, E.S. Polat [12] Robert I. [11]), and foreign (M. Barber
[13], M. Rosenberg, E. Masie, T. Anderson, E. Hanushek [14]). The study of the
practice of using Moodle environment in the educational process is presented in D.S.
Kostylev and [5] E.K. Samerkhanova, W. Rice, H. Foster, J. Cole, R. Jirmann. The
implementation of the requirements of the competency approach to the preparation of
teachers is, presented in the works O.V. Akulovoh, V.A. Adolf, V.A. Bodrov. I.S.
Batrakovoh, G.A. Bordovsk, E.V. Baranovoh A.K. Markovoh, N.F. Radionovoh N.N.
Surtaevohoh A.P. Tryapitsyn, Z.I. Kolychev and N.V. Chekalev and etc.
Methodological basis of research supports the competence and modular approach to

studies. The approach focuses attention on educational results, requires the ability to
solve professional problematic and non-standard situations [15]. The world educational
practice separated educational practices and highlights the concept of “competence” as
the concept of competence that allows combining intellectual skills and single for-
mation. Secondly, it reflects the idea of designing the content of education, based on
learning outcomes. Thirdly, the key competences integrate closely related skills and
knowledge [1]. The electronic environment Moodle allows realizing in practice the
principles of content-competence and practice-oriented preparing when creating elec-
tronic educational complex discipline [9].
Moodle is characterized by modularity, increased flexibility in the management of
the educational process, easiness of training materials and publications of their support
in international standards format, management of user groups, the use of Web 2.0
services, and the ability to integrate with other web - applications. All of these factors
determine its effectiveness [8].
It should be noted that the main objective of the project on creation of Moodle is to
provide effective tools for managing learning process. In this case, Moodle has the
ability to scale, that is, may increase the number of students to a few hundred or a
408 M. N. Bulaeva et al.
thousand, and can be used in elementary school or for individual self-study. Most often
Moodle is used as a platform for online courses – to provide blended learning [2].
Now let us consider the aspects of the vocational training (on branches) on the subject
“General and vocational pedagogy”. The course is available for registered users, such
as university students, or other users who passed a special registration.
E-learning course “General and vocational pedagogy” is designed to provide
vocational training to bachelors. The educational material is presented in to be studied
at an individual pace, a sufficient number of internal and external links have been
created that allow you to create efficient and quick access to necessary information. The
content of the course implements the requirements of a rating system and
activity-oriented, personal-oriented approach to bachelor’s education. The course is
located in the official website Minin University in the section “Distance Courses”
http://moodle.mininuniver.ru/course/view.php?id=898.
This course is a combination of a clear logic of the discipline, a balanced theoretical
material and practical-oriented jobs that allow you to identify the level of formation of
professional knowledge and students’ skills. The course contains necessary examples
of material to support theoretical material.
The distance learning course “General and professional pedagogy” was developed
on the basis of the principle of interaction at a remote distance between a student and a
tutor (teacher). The educational material is presented in the course fully and clearly
presented on the course for the convenience of self-study at an individual pace, a
sufficient number of internal and external links have been created that allow you to
create efficient and quick access to the necessary information.
Electronic content of “General and vocational pedagogy” is built on a modular
basis, each module is a complete system, complete fragment having its didactic tasks
and direction in the formation of students’ professional competencies and their appli-
cations. Practical activities are included [3]. A student is provided with a set of elec-
tronic theoretical training and reference material such as instructions and etc.
The structure of the developed course of “General and vocational pedagogy”
includes 5 modules
Introductory module (news forum; abstract; Instructions for students to study the
discipline; Educational and methodological support of the discipline; Glossary);
Module 1. Professional pedagogy as a branch of pedagogical knowledge;
Module 2. Theoretical bases of vocational training of workers;
Module 3. Characteristics of a holistic education process in a vocational school;
Module 4. Subjects of educational process; Materials for certification.
Each module is filled with information resources and interactive elements - theo-
retical materials, lectures, presentations to lectures, practical tasks and tasks, tests, links
to Internet resources.
Reflection planning on the learning procedure of the discipline includes the training
sessions of all types and control measures [15].
The course provides guidance on the types and forms of activity that are in the
e-course - for practical work, for self-study. They include instruction organization of
learning and assessment criteria. Recommendations in the key are: advice on planning
and organization of independent work of the student: types of work and the description
of the workflow, the implementation rules, criteria and evaluation indicators; instruc-
tions for the implementation of practical and coursework; advice on working with
scientific or special text; tips for working with literature and etc.
The course has training materials that are provided in various file formats supported
by Moodle such as text and web-pages and links to files.
Element “lecture” allows you to divide the lecture into pieces, add to the text of the
lecture quizzes, links to external sources and illustration [6]. The lecture material is
presented in the “Glossary” on each item. The important thing is respect of the
copyright, so the lectures are links to copyrighted material borrowed in the form of
pictures, charts and tables [9].
In the description of task type, name and purpose, a task or a group of level
assignments, order fulfillment and recommendations for implementation of these tasks
are provided. Algorithms and examples of assignments or solutions of typical tasks,
indicators and criteria for evaluating all work according to the student’s rating plan are
given.
With the help of interactive elements “chat” and “forum” individual consultations
are held, organized by the judgment of the course work, each participant may speak
about any topic. The possibilities of interactive elements (different types of jobs,
glossaries, forums, tests) emphasize students’ individual fragments of the studied
material, ability to check their level of knowledge, the organization of interaction of
participants with each other and with the teacher [1].
Educational outcomes of students in e-learning system are considered as an
integrated single procedure implemented via plurality of means and methods of
assessment. Using the evaluation procedures determined in formation of educational
results, general cultural and professional competences are enrolled. Estimates are
presented as assignments and tests containing questions for the input control, helping to
master course content better; job training and tests containing questions for self-control,
finding the correct answers with explanations, tips, technique; quizzes and tests are
designed to replicate, consolidate and control the protection of the reports on the
practical and independent work, to prepare for other accreditation procedures, essays
and case assignment.
In tests organization control is provided with the help of questions of various types,
for example, “in Selecting the missing words”, “random question for compliance”,
“image choice”, “multiple choice”, “n and the correspondence” “in false answers,”
“true/false”, “in calculations”, “diagram relations”, “short answer”, “numeric
answer” [7].
Using an essay evaluation means evaluating higher levels of productive develop-
ment of educational results, the ability to analyze selected for reflection subject.
Solution case assignments allow you to simulate a professional situation, to form
students’ professional position, to choose their own way of solving professional
problems. The development of directional control system takes into account the time
410 M. N. Bulaeva et al.
frame, the logics of the construction of the educational material, the level of training,
the complexity of the previous assignments.
Distance learning course “General and vocational pedagogy” has been tested in the
learning process in Minin University to teach bachelors 44.03.04 Vocational training
(on branches). The course was taught as a mixed training, involving the combination of
classroom training with the elements of e-learning.
5 Conclusions
Experience in creating e-learning courses proves the efficiency of this trend. Its
introduction into educational process in vocational schools will improve the quality of
training. Moodle is a powerful tool for establishing effective rates with the possibility
of the adaptation to any student, whether full-time, part-time or distance learners.
Moodle provides interaction and implementation of ongoing communication between
students and teachers. Moodle is a flexible and effective tool in the educational process.
The dynamism of the platform management and the modular structure of the training
make it possible to create the organization of the educational process, taking into
account the individual requirements of the students, to contribute to improving the
learning outcomes of students.
References
1. Alexandrova, N.M., Markova, S.M.: Problems of development of vocational teacher
education. Vestnik Mininskogo Universiteta 1(9), 11 (2015). (in Russian). http://www.
mininuniver.ru/mediafiles/u/files/Nauch_deyat/Vestnik/2015-04-16/Aleksandrova.pdf
2. Gorlova, V.G., Markova, S.M.: Model professional pedagogical education teacher of
vocational training. Vestnik Mininskogo Universiteta 1(5), 21–24 (2014). (in Russian).
http://www.mininuniver.ru/mediafiles/u/files/Nauch_deyat/Vestnik/2014-07%201/markova_
Gorlova.pdf
3. Kostylev, D.S., Salyaeva, E.Y., Vaganova, O.I., Kutepov, L.I.: The implementation of the
requirements of the federal state educational standards to the functioning of the electronic
information and educational institute environment. Azimuth Res.: Pedagogy Psychol. 2(15),
80–82 (2016). (in Russian). T. 5
4. Krivonogova, A.S., Tsyplakova, S.A.: Technology project activities teacher of vocational
training. Vestnik Mininskogo Universiteta 1(9) (2015). (In Russian). http://www.
mininuniver.ru/mediafiles/u/files/Nauch_deyat/Vestnik/2015-04-16/Krivonogova.pdf
5. Kutepova, L.I., Mukhina, M.V., Smirnova, Z.V.: Realization scientific and practical
conference about results of students practice is a effective way for increasing role and
meaning of practic for students which studied in service specialty. Vestnik Mininskogo
Universiteta 2(6), 16 (2014)
6. Kutepova, L.I., Nikishina, O.A., Aleshugina, E.A., Loshkareva, D.A., Kostylev, D.S.:
Organization of independent work of students in the conditions of the
information-educational environment of high school. Azimuth Res.: Pedagogy Psychol.
3(16), 68–71 (2016) (in Russian). T. 5
7. Lapshova, A.V.: Criteria and indicators of teacher professionalism in additional education

system. Vestnik Mininskogo Universiteta 4(8) (2014). (in Russian). http://www.mininuniver.
ru/mediafiles/u/files/Nauch_deyat/Vestnik/2014-12-4/Lapshova_A.V..pdf
8. Lapshova, A.V.: Professional training of bachelors in terms of modernization of the
university. Vestnik Mininskogo Universiteta (2) (2013). (in Russian). http://www.
mininuniver.ru/mediafiles/u/files/Nauch_deyat/Vestnik/2013-06%202/lapshova.pdf
9. Markova, S.M.: Technologization of the pedagogical process of professional education.
World Sci. Discoveries 3(51), 296–301 (2014). (in Russian)
10. Markova, S.M., Tsyplakova, S.A.: Designing of pedagogical process on the basis of the
process. Vestnik Mininskogo Universiteta 3(7) (2014). (in Russian). http://www.
mininuniver.ru/mediafiles/u/files/Nauch_deyat/Vestnik/2014-09%203/Markova_S.M.__
Cyplakova_S.A..pdf
11. Polunin, V.Yu.: Designing technology for professional training of workers and specialists.
World Sci. Discoveries 3(51), 373–378 (2014)
12. Robert, I.V.: Didactics education informatization period. Teach. Educ. Russia 8, 110–119
(2014). (in Russian)
13. Smirnova, Zh.V., Muhina, M.V.: Modernizacija processa podgotovki studentov vuza s
primeneniem modul’nogo obuchenija [The modernization process of preparation of students
of high school with the use of modular training]. In: Mezhdunarodnyj zhurnal prikladnyh i
fundamental’nyh issledovanij, no. 4–4, pp. 827–829 (2016). (in Russian)
14. Smirnova, Zh.V., Parshina, A.: Rol’ informacionnyh tehnologij v modernizacii obrazo-
vatel’nogo processa vuza [The role of information technology in the process of
modernization of the educational institution]. In: Integracija informacionnyh tehnologij v
sistemu professional’nogo obuchenija sbornik statej po materialam regional’noj
nauchno-prakticheskoj konferencii [The integration of information technology in training
a collection of articles on materials of regional scientific-practical conference], pp. 45–47.
NGPU im. K. Minina, Nizhny Novgorod (2016). (in Russian)
15. Polat, E.S., Buharkina, M.Y., Mosaic, M.V.: Theory and practice of distance education.
ucheb.pos. for students. vyssh.ped.uchebn.zavedeny. Academy, Moscow (2004). (in Russian)
16. Tsyplakova, S.A.: Theoretical bases of design training of students in high school. Vestnik
Mininskogo Universiteta. 1(5) (2014). http://www.mininuniver.ru/mediafiles/u/files/Nauch_
deyat/Vestnik/2014-07%201/Cyplakova.pdf
17. Barber, M., Donneliy, K., Rizvi, S.: An Avalanche is Coming. Higher Education and The
Revolution Ahead. Institute for Public Policy Research, London (2013)
National Center for Analysis of Longitudinal Data in Education Research (2010). http://www.
urban.org/UploadedPDF/1001507-Higher-Teacher-Quality.pdf. Accessed 03 Apr 2017
M.: Estimation of educational results of the bachelor’s programme students. IEJME. Math.
Educ. 11(10), 3469–3475 (2016)
Social Component of Modern Human
The Value-Based and Cultural Matrix
as a Component of the National Model
of Social Development
Konstantin V. Vodenko1(&), Valentina I. Rodionova2,

Lyudmila A. Shvachkina2, and Marina M. Shubina2
1
M.I. Platov South Russian Polytechnic University, Novocherkassk, Russia
[email protected]
2
Abstract. The article is devoted to introduction of the notion “value-based and

cultural matrix” into the discourse of socio-humanitarian sciences. The method-
ology that allows constructing this theoretical concept is substantiated. The main
theoretical and methodological principles are the axiological approach – as a
universal methodological principle, it allows analyzing various social phenom-
ena; institutional theory (D. North); theory of institutional matrices (S.G. Kirdina).
Value-based and cultural matrix is treated as a totality of national, religious,
cultural, educational, and family traditions, the established legal custom, and the
generally recognized moral values, as a stereotype of life of a specific society in a
separate period of time and in the territorial frameworks of a specific region,
sanctioned by the national law.
Keywords: Culture Values Religion State Law Civilization

Institutes
1 Introduction
Studying the specifics of the models of social development is very topical, as these
specifics predetermine the processes of socio-economic and scientific and technological
development. During studying the national cultures, it is necessary to pay attention to
their components that are ideological attitudes which determine the specifics of the
processes of development, society, economy, and science. In this article, we try to
substantiate the notion “value-based and cultural matrix”, which connects axiology and
social ethics and cultural, legal, educational, and family traditions and law. Such task
on creation of this theoretical institute is caused by the fact that, based on the obvious
processes, generally known historical facts, and stereotype notions, which are recog-
nized in humanitarian sciences of various profiles, it is necessary to produce a new
notion that generalizes certain social phenomena in their totality. This theoretical
construct could be used as a methodological approach in studies of various
socio-humanitarian sciences.

For studying value-based and cultural matrix as a theoretical construct and social
reality, it is possible to use a range of theoretical and methodological approaches. Thus,
the axiological approach, as a universal methodological principle, allows analyzing
various social phenomena [1, 2]. A lot of social phenomena’s ontological source is
moral values, which are components of a certain ideology. For example, development
of certain economic events in the world depends on the hierarchy of values in the
ideology of the people who make decision on application of certain financial levers for
achieving their goals. The purposes of application of the economic levers directly
depend on the hierarchy of values of the people who form them. It is true for any other
social phenomena that take place in various spheres – political, cultural, military,
family, and others. However, for using the axiological approach during an attempt to
analyze the challenges of the modern world, it is necessary to create additional theo-
retical constructs that have to explicate the axiological component in social phenomena,
stimulate the ordered course of the research, and systematize and differentiate large
ideological material.
Studying value-based and cultural matrices is impossible without using the insti-
tutional theory. Thus, according to its founder D. North, institutions “are the humanly
devised constraints that structure political, economic, and social interaction” [3, p. 18],
or, “rules of the game” in the society that created the stimulating structure of society.
D North distinguishes three main components in institutions: informal limitations
(traditions, customs, social norms); formal rules (constitutions, laws, judicial prece-
dents, administrative acts); mechanisms of constraint that ensure observation of rules
(courts, police, etc.). Another author, J. Hodgson, defines institutions as systems of
stable and generally acknowledged social rules, which structure the social interactions
[4, pp. 1–25]. In particular, he criticized D. North for not including informal rules into
institutions. Thus, institutions are the regulating basis which determines the order of
interaction between the subjects of economic relations.
Institutions are usually divided into formal (e.g., the Constitution of the USA) and
informal (e.g., the Soviet “telephone law”). Informal institutions are generally accepted
rules and ethic codes of behavior of people. These norms, “laws”, or habits are the
result of joint existence of people. Due to them, people learn what others want from
them and understand each other very well. These codes of behavior are formed by
culture. Formal institutions are the rules that are created and supported by authorized
people (state officials).
The methodology of this research is based on the theory of institutional matrices of
C.G. Kirdina. Institutional matrix is defined by D. north as a complex of interconnected
formal and informal rules and limitations that determined the content and dynamics of
economic political institutions of each specific society [3, pp. 129, 147–148]. In his
institutional and evolutional theory, he determined the historical dependence of the
present on the past in the form of the selected trajectory of institutional development,
and social institutions – as a set of formal rules, informal limitations, and mechanisms
of their compulsive implementation. At that, formal rules could be changed quickly,
and informal rules are very slow to change.
The Value-Based and Cultural Matrix 417
Institutional matrices are a sustainable, historically formed system of basic insti-

tutes which regulate the economic, political, and ideological sub-systems of the society
[5, p. 17]. Institutional matrices, denoted as X- and Y-matrices, correspond to the
Eastern and Western types of civilizations. Each society was peculiar for one institu-
tional matrix during its historical development. For example, X-matrix of the Eastern
type for Russia (same as for the Asian counties and Latin America), while for most of
European countries and the USA it is Y-matrix. Matrix cannot be replaced by another –
even in the age of globalization, informatization, and global transformations.
However, interchange is possible between institutional matrices; due to this, at a
certain historical stage, one institutional matrix is enriched with the elements of another
institutional matrix (in the form of new traditions, norms, rules, models of behavior,
and values), which are assimilated by the basic matrix with time.
3 Results
In the widest sense of the words, “value-based and cultural matrix” is the generally
accepted tradition of existence of a specific society in specific period of time, which is
established or not forbidden in the state’s law. In a more specified form, the notion
“value-based and cultural matrix” supposes totality of the national, religious, cultural,
educational, and family traditions, established legal custom, and generally acknowl-
edged moral values, as a stereotype of life of specific society in a certain period of time
within the territorial limits of a specific region, sanctioned by the state law.
The term “stereotype” in the notion “value-based and cultural matrix” is used in a
wide sense. It means not only the final scheme of perception of a certain event or
phenomenon but also certain sustainable traditions, inclinations, and ideologies that are
expressed in consciousness and actions of certain people and groups. As long as this
public stereotype is expressed in the actions of social units, it could be sanctioned or
not sanctioned by the national law.
It is necessary to pay attention to the fact that the type of value-based and cultural
matrix directly depends on the territorial limits of existence of a specific society. The
territorial interconnection of “place of residence, work, religious activities, political
organization, and other various factors” is emphasized by Parsons [6]. He thought that
territorial factor should be taken into account during supporting the normative order
and control over behavior.
It is possible to distinguish the value-based and moral component, cultural and
social component, and legal component of value-based and cultural matrix of society.
Value-based and moral component of value-based and cultural matrix is the axi-
ological basis of the generally accepted tradition of existence of a specific society in a
specific period of time in a specific region. It could be distinguished and studied
separately, but in practice it pierces all other components of value-based and cultural
matrix, being the leading criterion of acceptance, morality of a certain tradition, culture
element, or education, and the regulator of the society’s legal custom.
The cultural and social component of value-based and cultural matrix is the gen-
erally accepted traditions of behavior, ethics, morality, family and business
interrelations, education, and social and national & cultural peculiarities. The cultural
and social component also includes the leisure traditions of the society.
The components of value-based and cultural matrix could be transformed in various
periods of time. Thus, in the same region the type of value-based and cultural matrix
could be different in different periods of time. Also, it is necessary to take into account
that adjacent value-based and cultural matrices could be very different as to their type.
The family, educational, financial, and other legal relations in the society, being
sanctioned by the national law, are a legal component of value-based and cultural
matrix of the region.
Let us analyze the interconnection between the components of value-based and
cultural matrix. It is obvious that while changing, the value-based and moral compo-
nent, as the axiological basis of the whole value-based and cultural matrix, leads to
changes of other components; as a result, the type of value-based and cultural matrix is
changed. What can be a source of changes of the value-based and moral component of
the matrix? Obviously, the cardinal changes of the value-based and moral component
are possible only as a result of targeted influence on the society. An example is
distribution of Islam in Dagestan, related to Arabic conquests, and distribution of
Christianity in the Rus, which was caused by the actions of Prince Vladimir. Also, an
example of the influence on society and quick changes of the value-based and moral
component of value-based and cultural matrix of the region is implementation of
state-backed atheism in Soviet Russia. The issue of the process of natural transfor-
mation of the value-based and moral component of value-based and cultural matrix of
the region should be studied further.
The cultural and social component depends on the value-based and cultural com-
ponent, which is shown in the example of religious culture. For example, a large role in
development of the religious Orthodox values in the everyday life of the Russian
people belonged to the Church calendar, which connected together the dogmatic ideas
of Eastern Christianity to the cultural and ritual aspects of people’s life. This is proved
by existence of so called “people’s calendar”, where observations over weather, family
traditions and customs, and periods of field works were connected to the dates of
memory of Christian saints and religious holidays. Organization of the connection of
the feasting and cultural people’s traditions of heathen Slavic tribes to the Church
Christian calendar became an effective means of quick turning of people to the Church
in the times of Prince Vladimir. Efficiency of the liturgical calendar as a guide of
Christian values into people’s life was used (with a negative sign) in Russia in the
Soviet period. Together with wide implementation of the atheistic ideology into society
through mass media and pedagogical programs, the ideologists of the USSR used
temporal connection of new “communistic” holidays to the most reverent Christian
feasts, which allowed secularizing the social life.
Therefore, it could be concluded that the influence on the social and feasting
traditions of society is very important in formation of the type of value-based and
cultural matrix of the region.
The legal component of value-based and cultural matrix is based on axiological
content of the value-based and moral component and on the generally recognized
traditions of cultural and social component of value-based and cultural matrix. Its social
sustainability and public authority are ensured by sanctionining in written national law.
The people’s legal traditions, forbidden in the national law, lose their power and
disappear from the society’s life.
This could be seen by the example of actions of the Russian Orthodox princes
[7, pp. 108–113]. Not trying to replace the Slavic custom of blood revenge by the
Christian ideals of mercy, they prohibited the revenge kills, setting the tradition of
weregilds. Thus, the blood tradition was given the vector of development from the
lynch law to the state measures of punishment, determined by a court, not by personal
wish of the victim’s relatives. This step led to the desired consequences and was
established in the law which prohibited blood feud. At that, a subtle educational step by
adapting the traditions to new rules led not to external obedience of the society to the
established law but changed the sign of the civil legal consciousness from minus to
plus: from heathen values of lynch law and revenge to the Christian values of court
decisions, legality, and justice for the victim, balanced by mercy to the criminal and
acknowledging the guilt of the one who performed a crime, leaving his relative and
descendants aside – which was reflected in later legislative acts [8, p. 4]. The same
historical example is seen in Islamification of Dagestan, when the usual legal norms
were replaced by the norms of the Sharia law – though preserving authority in certain
regions, they were based on the general Islamic principles [9, pp. 4–5].
Therefore, based on the above, it is possible to conclude that it is possible to change
the national law and therefore change the legal component of value-based and cultural
matrix, thus influencing the type of value-based and cultural matrix.
4 Discussion
It is necessary to study the issues of the types of value-based and cultural matrices and
the issues of their similarities and differences. The issues of typologization and clas-
sification of value-based and cultural matrices requires additional studying – however
we can offer certain conclusions. As in the theoretical construct “value-based and
cultural matrix” the leading component is the value-based and ethic component, which
is reflected in the cultural and social component and is fixed in the legal component, the
main typologization should be conducted by the type of the value-based and ethic
component. The additional attribute is the leading peculiarity of the cultural and social
component.
Similarity and difference of value-based and cultural matrices could be determined
by the value-based and ethic component. Thus, for example, traditional religions offer
similar moral value and ethic norms for their followers, which will be reflected in the
legal component in the form of similar legal norms. These matrices will be different by
the peculiarities of the national culture, which are vivid but not substantial in state
management. For example, value-based and cultural matrix of the Russian Orthodox
state (18th – 19th centuries) and value-based and cultural matrix of Islamic Dagestan of
the same period are similar in the axiological content of their components and their
reflection in law, as compared to value-based and cultural matrix of a modern Islamic
state and value-based and cultural matrix of a modern liberal and democratic state. The
main difference of the matrices is not so much in culture (as it is possible to find the
followers of any national cultures in a liberal and democratic state) as in the axiological
content of the value-based and ethic component of matrices and its reflection in the
legal component in the form of legislative prohibition or permission of certain actions –
e.g., divorces, abortions, euthanasia, etc. [10, 11].
Then it is necessary to consider similarities and differences of the notion
“value-based and cultural matrix” as compared to the opinions popular in modern
knowledge. In particular, let us consider its correlation to the ideas of the Russian
sociologist N.Y. Danilevsky that are provided in his book “Russia and Europe”. N.Y.
Danilevsky classified the cultural and historical types of society as to the totality of
interconnected features of a large social organism. As the main characteristic of the
cultural and historical type, N.Y. Danilevsky used national culture, and the cultural and
historical type was named by the national and territorial feature. Besides, the list of
features included the peculiarities of the social, religious, scientific, industrial, political,
and artistic development of peoples [12].
Similar to the cultural and historical type, the notion “value-based and cultural
matrix” is a comprehensive system determined by interconnected features of the social
organism. However, the leading feature here is the value-based and moral component,
the axiological content of which is the foundation of two other components of the
matrix – cultural & social and legal.
Thus, N.Y. Danilevsky assigned religion to the cultural activities of peoples, but in
the notion “value-based and cultural matrix of region” religion is one of the main
sources of axiological content of the value-based and moral component. Apart from
religion, in the conditions of modern realia, the source of axiological content of the
value-based and moral component could be various non-religious philosophical ideas,
shared by large social masses. An example could be the value of freedom of religion,
shares by all peoples of Europe and North America [12].
5 Conclusions
The cultural and historical type, together with the national and cultural characteristic, is
closely connected to the place of residence of peoples. Value-based and cultural matrix
is also territorially connected to the areas of various peoples, as, despite active
migration and geopolitical processes, the modern existence of societies is still peculiar
for connection of a certain nation to a certain territory. However, unlike the cultural and
historical type, value-based and cultural matrix could be described and studied in any
region – from a small territorial social unit which occupies a small region (e.g., local
national diaspora) to continental sectors of the Earth. The narrower the region of study
of value-based and cultural matrix, the more authentic sociological data are obtained;
the wider the region of study, the more average data are obtained. However, for the
tasks of state management it is necessary to study large regions, as they allow deter-
mining the existence of similar value-based and cultural matrices on the basis of their
similar axiological content.
Acknowledgments. The article was prepared within the grant of the President of the Russian
Federation for state support for young Russian scholars – doctors of sciences – on the topic
“Cultural and ideological foundations of formation of the national model of regulation of

socio-economic and scientific and innovational activities” (MD-651.2017.6).
References
1. Dokuchaev, I.I.: Value and existence. Foundations of historical axiology of culture. M.:
Science, 595 p. Axiology (2009)
2. Vodenko, K.V., Polozhenkova, E.U., Matyash, T.P., Burmenskaya, D.N., Shvachkina, L.A.:
Socio-cultural context and theological sources of the modern European sciences formation:
theoretic-methodological ideas and approaches. Mediter. J. Soc. Sci. (Italy) 6(no. 5,
Supp. 3), 99–107 (2015). MCSER (Mediterranean Center of Social and Educational
Research), Rome
3. North, D.: Institutions, institutional changes, and functioning of economy. M. (1997)
4. Hodgson, G.M.: What arc institutions? J. Econ. Issues 40(no. 1) (2006)
5. Kirdina, S.G.: Institutional matrices: macro-sociological explanatory hypothesis
6. Parsons, T.: The notion of society: components and their interrelations. Thesis, issue 2,
pp. 99–122 (1993)
7. Vorotilin, E.A., Leyst, O.E.: The history of political and legal sciences. In: Leyst, O.E. (ed.)
M.: Zertsalo, 568 p. (2006)
8. Zyubanov, Y.A.: Christian foundations of the Criminal Code of the RF: a comparative
analysis of the norms of the Criminal Code of the RF and Scripture. M.: Prospekt,
416 p. (2007)
9. Shikhsaidov, A.R.: Distribution of Islam in Dagestan/Islam and Islamic culture in Dagestan.
In: Gadzhiev, M.S., Kaymarazov, G.S., Shikhsaidov, A.R. (eds.) M.: Oriental Literature of
the RAS, 198 p. (2001)
10. Vodenko, K.V.: The resource of interethnic agreement among the Russian youth.
Humanitarian of the Russia’s South, no. 3, pp. 203–214 (2017)
11. Lubsky, A., Volkov, Y., Denisova, G., Voytenko, V., Vodenko, K.: Civic education and
citizenship in modern Russian society. Indian J. Sci. Technol. 9(36) (2016)
12. Danilevsky, N.Y.: Russia and Europe. M.: Kniga, 576 p. (1991)
Comparison of Approaches to Development
of Industrial Production in the Context
of the Development of a Complex Product
Ekaterina P. Garina1(&), Alexander P. Garin1, Viktor P. Kuznetsov1,

Elena G. Popkova2, and Yaroslav S. Potashnik3
1
[email protected]
2
[email protected]
3
Nizhny Novgorod State Technical University,
[email protected]
Abstract. The article analyzes the theoretical and methodological basis for the
design and development of a complex industrial product in the machine-building
industry, when the task of product development is solved through the domi-
nance of the concept of product development management over technological
and production solutions. The authors considered the classical project man-
agement methodologies in the context of product development as the conditions
for making managerial decisions to ensure the sustainable development of
industrial enterprises. Several directions in the field of industrial product
development have been studied, among which at the level of industrial pro-
duction the most widespread are: (1) organizational aspect (organization of the
production process), (2) engineering design of systems and (3) operational
management. A set of solutions for product design/development, differing in the
level of abstraction, critical success factors, and used variables has been formed.
It is determined that the development of production in the context of product
development is built either through: drawing up of road maps - allocation of
certain functional tasks in the process of product creation with the subsequent
selection of tools for their implementation and organization of production, or
through a cross-functional solution of the problem within the framework of
project management. That the typologization of solutions for the development of
production through the creation of a product that allows carrying out the pro-
longation of the results does not exist. Each project is developed for certain
production, which predetermines the need for further research on the issue.
Keywords: Development of production Product of production

Production system Engineering design Operational management

Comparison of Approaches to Development of Industrial Production 423
1 Introduction
In the modern economy, Russian industrial enterprises are increasingly confronted with
increasing competitive pressure, determined by the globalization of value increment
processes; shortening the life cycles of the product; an endless growth of technical,
market and organizational interdependencies. The complexity is further increased in
industrial production, where the pace of technical development, competition and
increased demands from consumers determines the need for new technical solutions of
the product. As a consequence, the tasks of the manufacturer are shifted towards
reducing the volumes of aggregate output against the backdrop of a significant increase
in the functionality of the product; increase the flexibility of production and reduce the
time for product development. In such complex and dynamic conditions, each new
production process is already considered as a “unique” and dynamic action, and the
task of product development is increasingly being solved through the dominance of the
concept of product development management over technological and production
solutions. The process of creating a product in this perspective solves the overall
strategic task of the enterprise, and the production system ensures effective interaction
of information flows, materials, personnel, capital within the set business objectives;
market uncertainty is reduced through careful planning of projects for the development
and development of industrial products.
Thus, the task of forming a theoretical and methodological basis for the develop-
ment and development of a complex industrial product in the machine-building
industry is an urgent task requiring the study of appropriate approaches that determine
the new hierarchy, logic, principles and criteria for making managerial decisions aimed
at ensuring the sustainable development of industrial enterprises.
2 Theoretical Basis of the Study
Product development is a complex set of activities, the primary stage of projects that
serve PD processes (Table 1).
“Reference points” of projects: product design, development costs, terms, quality of
the product received, etc. depend on the number of individual tasks and the complexity
of their implementation and are determined by the complexity of the project, the
presence/absence of technical innovations; coordination links, the scope of the project.
The final values of the indicators depend on the project environment or the set goals for
the project implementation. Large differences in projects for the creation/development
of products according to their targets, sizes, customers, suppliers, partners and the
required characteristics of the product complicate the task of systematizing projects.
Product development covers activities that translate knowledge of market needs and
technological capabilities into information for the manufacturer. Information is trans-
formed into product concept, models, technical characteristics, layouts, prototypes,
engineering drawings, design processes, tools, equipment and software.
In the world practice, there are several areas in the field of design/development of
industrial products, among which at the level of industrial production, the most wide-
spread: (1) organizational aspect (organization of production process), (2) engineering
424 E. P. Garina et al.
Table 1. Overview of classical methodologies in the context of product development [6]

Project integration PD-process is divided into several projects implemented
management simultaneously. Integration of projects is carried out in the field of
managing the “resource pool” (MSP). The effectiveness of PD
projects varies from the minimum during the stage of concept
formation to the model that grows in subsequent stages
Scope management Most projects are aimed at specific “windows” of opportunities due
to the high uncertainty of the project, which is difficult to achieve in
the production of a new product. In an attempt to solve the problem,
the methods PERT, CPM; management methods in the
methodology of the “quality gate”: Gantt diagram, etc. The
approach is based on the realization of the idea of parallel product
design. The task is to form and distribute the scope of the project
work to small subtasks (decomposition of works). To obtain the
result, it is necessary that the subtasks are relatively independent of
each other, which in practice is rarely achieved. In addition, the
volume of forthcoming work is difficult to foresee in the context of
the new project
Cost management It involves estimating the cost of the project based on an assessment
of the base time costs, and then the cost control activities that occur
during the project implementation stage. Studies show that the focus
on target costs may not be appropriate in terms of product
differentiation by technology, time to market, or satisfied needs for
the consumer. That is, the manufacturer’s narrow focus on the cost
of creating and selling a new product can distract designers from the
essence of the product itself. In conditions of high uncertainty, the
amount of costs generated is ambiguous
Quality management A set of quality criteria and its measurement processes is formed.
Originally implemented in the field of engineering product design
(TQM). With regard to the PD process, the product is considered in
a system of functional, aesthetic and technological indicators. The
following methods are used: analytical hierarchy
«leanprojectmanagement»; just-in-time and others. Dedicated tasks,
more often in production planning and supply chain, are
implemented in parallel to reduce the overall duration of the project.
Management style NPD-projects identified as an element of success
design of systems and (3) operational management (operation management). A variety of

approaches predetermined the multiplicity of decisions of product design/development,
often differing in terms of abstraction, critical success factors, used variables (Table 2).
From an organizational point of view, with the development of industrial pro-
duction in the context of product design/development, attention is mainly focused on
the determinants of the “success project” in the organization of production and tech-
nological processes. And given that the architecture of a modern product is usually the
result of the development of several firms that form a modular supply system to the
OEM, from the organizational point of view, the coordinating tasks of product
Table 2. Comparison of approaches to the development of industrial production in the context

of product development [2, 4]
Process/production Engineering design Operational management
organization
Product view The product is the result The product is a complex The product is a sequence
of a production process system of interacting of stages of development
built by creating a components of production
federation of systems (technological) processes
Typical “Success” of the project Form and function of the Overall efficiency of the
performance product. Technical project. Cost of
indicators capabilities/performance. production. Execution
Innovativeness of the time. Coefficient of
product. Sometimes direct capacity utilization
costs
The There is no dominant Geometric characteristics Parametric model of the
dominant paradigm of the model. Product execution process.
paradigm Specifications Technology system
Variables Stages of product Size, shape, Technological process,
development. Product configuration, function of production schedule.
structure the product Differentiation of the
production process
Critical Organizational Creative concept. Product Logistics, design,
success alignment. Team configuration. Optimizing production
factors characteristics performance
Reference formation of The concept of the main Prototyping the product;
points of the terms/sequence of product; target attributes prototype technology;
project activities; identification of the product (speed, testing the market,
of project participants: price, reliability, power, launching the product on
Manufacturers/suppliers etc.); product the market; forming a
of components, architecture; product production plan,
assemblers of variants; unified launching, implementing
components; the components; shape,
formation of a configuration and
communication industrial design of the
mechanism between product; individual
team members; chaining components, platforms,
of supplies modules; values of key
(configuration, location parameters of the project
of individual points); for product development;
technological process of the configuration of
product assembly; components and the
development of determination of priorities
assembly technologies for their selection;
detailed design of
components, platforms,
modules; material support
and the process of
selecting components
development are highlighted as systems of integration interaction between participants,

through the idea of federation of systems [4]. The structure, being a form of the system,
is determined by its content, i.e. processes that occur both in the production system and
in the supply chain.
More often than not, product creation is a design solution within the engineering
design of systems - industrial product design: when assembling the product (DFA);
when designing product components (DFM), modules, platforms [6]. The study of the
issue within the framework of this approach is at a more detailed level - on individual
engineering solutions: design and modeling of the product, building the production
system. At the same time, the indicators of the effectiveness of the project are: archi-
tecture and functionality of the product, technical capabilities of the manufacturer/labor
productivity, product innovation and the costs determined by it, the cost of the product.
Operational management focuses on the alignment, development of production
(technological) processes, business processes of the enterprise, on the parametric model
of execution processes, the production schedule; on the management of operations,
control of production and the sequence of the project.
Let us dwell in more detail on the highlighted solutions.

Engineering design
The problems of the architecture of engineering systems are dealt with by Alexander,
Simon; the interconnection of product architecture is considered by Ulrich; Organic
design issues are handled by Sanchez, Mahoney; the development of individual
industries was considered in the works of Baldwin, Clark et al. The five main decisions
in the framework of the product development concept are outlined: target values of
product attributes (for example, speed, price, reliability, power); product concept;
product variants; product architecture; general physical form and industrial design of
the product. In addition, the concept considers advanced elements of the product
creation system, such as the life cycle of services and after-sales deliveries. And the
attributes of the product take into account both customer needs, and technical char-
acteristics (engineering characteristics) of the product, design and modeling. The
concept of development includes the implementation of attributes in a certain tech-
nological approach, as a result of which the concept of the main product is determined.
If the technological approach is changed, then the concept of a new generation is
worked out.
The concept of the product:
– is static and is developed “to details”, after that the design of a product is realized.
In modern conditions, the development of products is carried out using several
concepts, and the design is already being developed in the process of their imple-
mentation. Completion of specifications can be carried out later, already in dynamic
environments. In this case, manufacturers prefer the standardization in the design
and production of the product. A set of components partly determines the archi-
tecture of the product;
– includes both decisions on technical characteristics, and on the basic physical

parameters of the product configuration, the appearance of the product within the
framework of industrial design.
Decisions within the framework of “product development” can be as follows:
– product planning strategy: the formation of a product portfolio to achieve certain
performance indicators, the effectiveness of the manufacturer; the formation of a
map of components that determine the functionality of products, based on the
company’s core competencies;
– product development: the definition of the technologies used in the production of
the product; choice of enterprise management model; formation of project staffing;
determination of project performance/effectiveness indicators; definition of the
investment component of the project; identification/selection of processes planned
for use (for example, Stage-Gate);
– supply chain management and logistics. The “supply chain and logistics” category
covers both incoming and outgoing streams of materials, intellectual property, and
firm services. Supply chain design solutions for product creation include vendor
selection, product and production system design questions, component set defini-
tion, supply chain configuration, process and business process mix, process
equipment selection, and so on.
With respect to the aggregate of components, most new engineering solutions
involve the use of a list of standard (already existing) components. If the product
contains components developed for it, then within the supply chain decisions are made
about who will develop these components, produce and test them. Researchers of
management operations also pay great attention to the development of physical supply
chains; industrial design, that is, differentiation in the performance of orders. Opti-
mization of the configuration of the dedicated supply chain systems of a certain
community of “platform” products uses and extends the concept of the “Generic
Specification” (GBOM) of the product family [6].
The supply chain configuration covers not only the alternative choice of suppliers and
delivery modes for the end products of this specification, but also aspects of the manu-
facturing process such as the way of processing materials/components/semi- finished
materials, production of materials, production time or time to market, under the project of
the release of new products. These solutions may differ depending on the characteristics
of the final products in the course of their changes. In addition, the availability of
alternative production processes in turn affects the final solutions of the product and
(or) the product family.
Until the early 1990s design solutions are usually implemented in the geometry of
the models of nodes and components, in the list of materials, in the production doc-
umentation, in the values of the design parameters and the desired characteristics of the
product.
Specialization in the field of design (it is the intensity of the deployment of spe-
cialists at the design stage) can be carried out in two ways:
1. Percentage of project resources allocated to a specialist;
2. The number of specialists developed products. Analysis of projects in engineering
shows a high correlation between directions - 0.87.
Work on product design is closely motivated by the needs of production. Thus, the
development of product attributes within marketing leads to a large amount of work on
the analysis of parametric characteristics, design problems, and work on optimizing the
design.
Process/Production Organization
Design solutions related to the “customization” of the product, its production and
launch include solutions for the target market segment, product range, priority setting,
resource allocation and technology selection. When developing products, as a rule,
product characteristics, terms and cost of development are determined and a prototype
of the product is created. Product performance may contain several dimensions, such as
quality, innovation, manufacturability, etc. Describes the time that passes between the
beginning and the end of the project, and measures to save resources. These factors
have a significant impact on the likelihood of economic success. A roadmap (usually a
diagram illustrating the timing of planned projects) prescribes specific solutions,
including: target market of the company, product portfolio, specific product develop-
ment projects, assets common to all products; technologies planned for use; Efforts that
need to be made to coordinate the above solutions in the company’s corporate finance,
marketing and operational strategies. Approval of the plan is a product, that is, product
planning is a set of solutions that guarantee the company growth in a strategic aspect.
Projects of product portfolio choice are considered in the works of Aiello et al.
Determining what opportunities exist for product realization, Christensen and Bower
are exploring potential pitfalls in existing markets. Their research shows that successful
firms often fail to recognize technological or other changes in the market, because there
is a time lag of product planning. The working version of solutions for the product line
is offered in the work of Green and Krieger, which includes making decisions on the
line of product models that have maximum objective functions, such as social load,
maximum profit and others. Several procedures were developed to solve this combi-
natorial problem. A number of researchers approached the question from the per-
spective of the cost structure.
When the product is launched, the firm also decides the timing and sequence of
product introduction. Moorthy and Png argue that it is in the interest of the firm to
introduce end products with medium characteristics, coupled with high-tech products.
Padmanabhan, Bhattacharya suggest that it is more appropriate to introduce products
with average characteristics before high-tech products (for example, the introduction of
network devices and exogenous technological improvements). Adler and others are
studying solutions for developing product lines in parallel and sharing resources in
various projects. They identified the “traps” of effects arising from the development of
several product projects in parallel; “Traps of maximum utilization” of production
capacity; the effects of variability in the development of projects. According to
Nobeoka et al. sharing of resources can also lead to more effective use of resources,
reducing labor intensity, and improving the education system in different projects.
Substantial exchange of assets in the production of a number of products leads to the
development of a product platform. Most of the work on the platforms, however,
focuses only on the benefits of developing “product platforms”. In the framework of
this topic Robertson and Ulrich indicate that the client loses the perception of differ-
entiation due to the existence of product platforms. In turn, Krishnan and Gupta discuss
the issue of low final cost of products through the creation of product platforms. Where
the key component of product planning is the decision on which technologies to
include in the new product. It is proved that advanced technologies increase the risk
level of the process of developing new products. Also an “approach” is widespread, in
which products are collected using proven technologies. This approach makes the
development process more manageable, but the conditions of competitiveness may
require the development of technologies and products simultaneously.
Closely related to the planning of development work decisions on the types of
communication. Cross-functional links (for example, between marketing and engi-
neering) are widely considered in the literature [5]. Prospects are also developments to
strengthen cross-functional relationships in order to obtain the greatest added value of
the product.
Operational management
After the design and development of the product, solutions are found for the production
of the product that meet the main criterion for evaluating the process - the required
performance in the given production constraints. Despite efforts to design and ensure
optimum production and installation characteristics, no production system is able to
account for all possible variations in input materials; possible production processes;
actual skills of workers; environmental factors (for example, temperature, humidity)
and other. There are several strategies for ensuring the required product performance:
– Process management. The process can be either on the control (the effects the
producer receives from monitoring the identified causes of the discrepancy) or out
of control. Effects from unrecorded causes/factors can be eliminated through proper
process design (for example, using Taguchi methods), implemented offline, or as a
result of constant monitoring on the production line.
– Maintenance and repair. In addition to the statistical control of processes, some
tests and test methods are aimed at ensuring compliance of products with: verifi-
cation and testing of raw materials, parts and components after receipt from sup-
pliers, at any point in the production of the final product; audit, i.e. periodic
inspection of the production process or quality/product results; checking of spe-
cialized products - the product undergoes a series of tests (specified in the contract)
until the moment of product transfer to the client.
Various tricks in the process of creating and developing a product predetermine the
allocation of a subset of solutions. In the 1950s, the XX century. Clustering of these
solutions for product development was built in accordance with the functional logic -
through the allocation of certain functional tasks in the process of creating a product
with the subsequent selection of tools for their implementation and organization of
production [1]. In the late 1990s - early 2000s when developing a product, they begin
to focus not on the expression of traditional functional links, but on the coordination of
operations/process stages-an approach is developed for “cross-functional study of the
problem”. For example, researchers’ attempts to formulate a “product line of product
models through industrial design” are complemented by studying the conditions and
limitations of traditional marketing. And the inconsistency of decisions between pro-
duct differentiation, its design and operational complexity can be “removed” through
the transformation of the product architecture.
There are other possible criteria for clustering the solution, for example, statistical
analysis and optimization. The ability to combine approaches is seen through the
development of design methods for products developed by marketers and incorporating
a set of technological constraints. In fact, this is the creation of industrial designs, a
certain form and style. This design can be one of the most important factors in
explaining consumer preferences in some commodity markets, including cars, house-
hold appliances and furniture. At the same time, the absence of an industrial design
does not allow us to reflect the inherent difficulties in modeling the relevant factors.
However, product planning solutions, development of product metrics are atypical in
production practice. For example, there are several research results on the use of a
product platform with market advantages of a wide variety of products. Nevertheless,
the integration of the market request, the new product project and technological con-
siderations for the solution of the product lines are increasingly developed, beginning
with the level of sharing resources.
4 Conclusions
1. There is a wide variety of approaches to the development of production through the
creation of a product. The differences between them are predetermined by the
chosen focus, the technologies used, the production capacity and the existing
hierarchy of systems and subsystems, enterprise processes. In the world practice at
the level of industrial production, the most widespread: (1) organizational aspect
(organization of production process), (2) engineering design of systems and
(3) operational management (operation management).
2. The diversity of approaches also predetermines the multiplicity of product
design/development decisions, often differing in terms of abstraction, critical suc-
cess factors, and variables used.
3. Clustering solutions is built either through: (a) drawing up of road maps - allocation
of certain functional tasks in the process of product creation with the subsequent
selection of tools for their implementation and organization of production, or
(b) through a cross-functional solution of the problem within the framework of
project management.
4. Typologization of solutions for the development of production through the creation
of a product that allows carrying out the prolongation of the results does not exist.
Each project is developed for certain production, which predetermines the need for
further research on the issue.
References
1. Krishnan, V., Ulrich, K.T.: Product development decisions: a review of the literature. Manag.
Sci. 47(1), 1–21 (2001). Design and Development http://www.jstor.org/stable/2661556.
Accessed 16 Mar 2013
2. Lee, H.L.: Effective inventory and service management through product and process redesign.
Oper. Res. 44(1), 151–159 (1996)
3. Mizikovsky, I.E., Bazhenov, A.A., Garin, A.P., Kuznetsova, S.N., Artemeva, M.V.: Basic
accounting and planning aspects of the calculation of intra-factory turnover of returnable
waste. Int. J. Econ. Persp. 10(4), 340–345 (2016)
4. Kuznetsov, V.P., Romanovskaya, E.V., Vazyansky, A.M., Klychova, G.S.: Internal enterprise
development strategy. Mediterr. J. Soc. Sci. 6(1, S3), 444–447 (2015)
5. Romanovskaya, E.V., Garin, A.P., Dalidovich, K.N.: Features of the process of making
managerial decisions. Bull. Univ. Minin. 3(11), 7 (2015)
6. Chase, R.B., Equiline, N.J., Jacob, R.F.: Industrial and Operational Management, 8th edn.
Translated from English. Publishing House “Villamé”, Moscow (2004). 704 p.
Actual Issues of Improving the Methodological
Approaches to Estimation of Population’s
Living Standards: A Regional Aspect
Pavel N. Zakharov(&), Karina V. Nazvanova,

and Artur A. Posazhennikov
Vladimir State University, Vladimir, Russian Federation

[email protected]
Abstract. The urgency of studying and evaluating such a social and economic
category as “living standards” is due to the need to comply with the standards
established within the framework of the Concept of the Social and Economic
Development of the Russian Federation until 2020, as well as in the Main
Directions of the Government of the Russian Federation until 2018. Within the
framework of the set tasks, it is necessary to ensure a stable and dynamic
improvement of the living standards, as well as the solution of demographic,
social and environmental problems. Different regions of such a large-scale state
differ in the profile of the population, the degree of accessibility of certain
resources, and, therefore, the living standards. The regional differentiation of the
Russian Federation is so great that the definition of the population’s living
standards throughout its territory does not lend itself to comparable quantities,
which justifies the difficulty of identifying the most significant criteria that
determine this indicator. Thus, when assessing the Russia’s population’s living
standards, it is necessary to use the toolkit that would emphasize such a pro-
nounced differentiation of incomes in the country. The article analyzes the
category “population’s living standards”, examines the most significant, from
the author’s point of view, modern techniques and identifies their positive and
negative sides for the purpose of the further development of an effective system
for assessing the living standards in the Russian Federation.
Keywords: Assessment of living standards Methodology Population

Indicators of living standards Region
1 Introduction
The world community recognized that the living standards is one of the main indicators
characterizing the economic development of the region. Thus, “the living standards” is
a highly effective method for assessing the socio-economic well-being of the popula-
tion of the region, the people’s life potential and the ability to meet their needs” [1].
Increasing interest in the study of this indicator gives rise to more and more controversy
about what exactly includes a category such as “living standards” and what methods
should be used to evaluate and measure it.

Actual Issues of Improving the Methodological Approaches 433
Taking into account the high differentiation of the regions of the Russian Federation
in terms of territory, climatic characteristics, population density and density, the level
of economic development, etc. The authors of the article reviewed existing methods for
assessing the living standards in a regional context with the aim of identifying
promising areas for improving the methodological bases for researching this problem.
Most researchers, when characterizing the phenomenon of “living standards,” pay great
attention to the economic side, the material security of life of the population [7, 8, 10].
Thus, at the beginning of the twentieth century, at the initial stage of the development
of this concept, the German theoretical scientist I. Steffen pointed out that the “living
standards” must be considered as a conscious formation of the economy in the interests
of the majority. There is also an opposite point of view, according to which the living
standards is the most integrated social indicator. For example, George Galbraith
defined the living standards as “the possibility of consuming goods and services” [9],
thereby bringing this judgment beyond the limits of quantitative, economic indicators.
A.I. Subbeto unites the above approaches and considers the living standards as a
system of qualities of spiritual, material and socio-cultural, ecological and demographic
components of life [6].
As part of the socio-economic approach, there is the problem of association with
the standard of living. The opinions of specialists are divided, some believe that the
concept of the standard of living is a component of the “living standards” (Nobel
laureates, Stiglitz and A. Sen), others - that the living standards and the standard of
living in practice should not be divided. The most widely spread view was that the
broad concept of the living standards is historically a branch of the standard of living.
The similarity of the concepts “standard of living” and “living standards” is based
on the overall economic component of the categories. However, if we take as a basis a
comprehensive assessment of categories, it turns out that the living standards is only a
social component of the standard of living. Thus, the standard of living is an economic
category of the living standards and in practice, these indicators are closely related.
The methodological basis for the study was general scientific and special methods,
namely the system approach, the method of analysis and synthesis, the method of
comparison and analogy, methods of econometric.
The definition of an effective methodology for assessing the living standards for the
Russian Federation is even more controversial in connection with the distinction of
income among the population that is noticeable and distinguished among many states.
434 P. N. Zakharov et al.
According to Rosstat in 2015, 10% of the wealthiest Russians account for about 29% of
total cash income and 10% of the wealthiest - about 2% [2]. Thus, when assessing the
Russia’s population’s living standards, it is necessary to use the toolkit that would
emphasize such a pronounced differentiation of incomes in the country.
The list of indicators for determining the level of population’s living standards is
quite extensive, which leads to the need to understand the “living standards” - as a
systemic concept that determines the life activity of people in a certain territory, as well
as the set of conditions in which it occurs.
To date, there are a number of different methods for assessing the population’s
living standards. Together, these methods should be divided into 2 categories:
Subjective and objective. Nevertheless, today the definition of a high level of living
standards includes a number of indicators that are universal for all methods [3].
Objective methods of assessing the population’s living standards are based on the
analysis of statistical data, and therefore, for the most part, are simple in systemati-
zation and calculations. However, they use rather averaged and generalized data, which
does not always reflect the population’s living standards of the region as a whole,
especially in the Russian Federation, where there is a fairly strong differentiation of the
population in terms of income, access to resources, health, working conditions and
other criteria.
Subjective methods for assessing the living standards include various ways to find
information on the degree of satisfaction of needs by different segments of the popu-
lation. Such methods are based on sociological surveys and expert assessments, and
reflect objective indicators in the subjective views of people. Such a fact is the merit of
the presented system of assessing the population’s living standards, since such data are
more difficult to politicize in the interests of the authorities, and reveal the weaknesses
of specific regions being analyzed for the life of the population and the study is
directed. The disadvantage of subjective methods can serve as an incorrectly compiled
evaluation program. Mainly, the reliability of the results with a subjective assessment
of the population’s living standards is affected by the degree of ownership of the data
by the researchers themselves, and, however close to the results obtained by such
residents in the regions themselves, the data obtained during the research using
objective methods are considered more reliable.
It should also be noted that in the process of increasing interest in the study and
assessment of the population’s living standards of different states and the constituent
entities included in their composition, there have also emerged cumulative techniques
that combine the signs of objective and subjective assessments.
The objective component of assessing the living standards is a combination of
statistical indicators, as well as the variation calculation based on them have been
developed by this area of activity indicators. The subjective evaluation is represented
by the results of sociological surveys and the results of the questioning of the popu-
lation. Subjective indicators focus on the satisfaction of the population with their own
lives, their subjective feelings, but studies show that the relationship between living
conditions and life satisfaction is small, which significantly complicates the measuring
and comparative apparatus of the methodology of researching the population’s living
standards.
Such combined methods allow not only to obtain an assessment of the living
standards based on indicators applied to different population groups and taking into
account the territorial feature, but also to analyze differences in such indicators and
averaged values for a certain region [5].
The methodologies presented in Table 1 include a number of particular indicators,
each of which is an analysis of the criteria of the methodologies and an assessment of
their practical applicability. It should be noted one of the main drawbacks - an
indefinite set of criteria, depending on the subjective representation of conducting
research. A positive characteristic of all-Russian methods is their extensive range of
study of the sides of the life of the inhabitants of the region, which is not taken into
account in the case of the HDI methodology.
Table 1. Review of existing methods for assessing the population’s living standards
No. in Name Territorial Main content
order application
1 Calculation of the HDI International A standard tool for assessing
(human development index) and comparing the living
by the UN methodology standards of different countries
in terms of living standards,
literacy and longevity
2 Gini Coefficient International Statistical indicator of the
degree of stratification of the
society of a given country or
region in relation to any
studied trait
3 Integral Welfare Ratio RF Calculation of the welfare of the
population of the region and the
economic potential of its
inhabitants
4 Integral assessment of the RF A six-block system for
living standards assessing the population’s living
standards of a subject of the
federation
5 Regional methodology for Subjects of Quantitative assessment of
assessing the living standards the Russian quality and living standards
(designed to assess the living Federation (from 0 to 1), based on the
standards in Yaroslavl living standards index ( ) and
Oblast) the index of satisfaction with the
living standards ( ), their
subsequent matrix comparison
Speaking about the methodology for assessing the living standards in Yaroslavl
Oblast, we note the existence of both a mathematical principle for studying the living
standards and an extensive sample of respondents who can demonstrate the real moods
of society for research. Techniques that combine quantitative and qualitative indicators
differ with the instruments used; one cannot unequivocally state the effectiveness and
fairness of their application for all regions. It should be noted that combined methods
are recognized as the most capacious, which is explained by the combination of diverse
methods of assessing the living standards included in them.
The Human Development Index (HDI) is a method of objective assessment of the
population’s living standards, an integral indicator capable of determining the human
development in the area of the study. Beginning in 1990, this index finds its application
in the United Nations “Human Development Reports” (UN). In these reports, we are
talking about how to relate the living conditions of different countries, how to promote
human development so that it enhances the level and living standards. When calcu-
lating the HDI, the following indicators are taken into account (average among three):
– The average duration of life expectancy at birth (ADLEB) measured by the sta-
tistical indicator of the life expectancy of an individual at birth (the minimum value
in this area is considered 25 years, the maximum - 85);
– The level of adult literacy (2/3) and the cumulative share of students (1/3 of the
indicator), including not only the received and documented education, but also the
intellectual abilities of the individual, grounded in various psychological and
sociological methods;
– The standard of living, estimated through GDP per capita and purchasing power
(PPP), then the standard of living of citizens, objectively measured by the level of
GDP per capita, which in turn determines the purchasing power of a particular
citizen.
Formulas for calculations are shown in Table 2.
Table 2. Calculation of the HDI according to the data of the Vladimir region for 2015
1 Lifespan index
2 Education index 2/3ALI + 1/3GEI
The adult literacy index (ALI)
Index of student population aggregate
(GEI)
3 GDP Index where = 5990 + 2 (GRP per capita -
5990)½
Where LE is the life expectancy at birth; ALR - level of literacy of the adult population, %;
GGER - the cumulative share of students; - GRP per capita at purchasing power parity, in
dollars. USA [1]. - the average constant for the world community.
The calculation of the HDI of the Vladimir region in 2015 was carried out as
follows:
1. I (PW) = (70−25)/(85−25) = 0.75
2. I (sample) = 2/3 * 0.521 + 1/3 * 0.09 = 0.38
ALI = 52.1%/100 = 0.521
GEI = 9.13%/100 = 0.09
3. = 5990 + 2(11666−5990)½ = 6140,7
GDP Index = (6140.7−100)/(6311−100) = 0.97

HDI = (0.75 + 0.38 + 0.97)/3 = 0.7
The Gini coefficient is a statistical indicator, that component of the living standards
assessment, which allows determining the degree of economic differentiation of a
particular region. The advantages of this methodology can also be recognized in a
region that is diverse in characterization and size, supplementing data on GDP and per
capita income, the ability to compare the trait in different population groups and the
visibility of the dynamics of the unevenness of the trait, as well as anonymity.
Integral welfare factor is a calculation of the welfare of the population of the
region and the economic potential of its inhabitants: [1]
1 - GRP (gross regional product per capita, rubles/person); 2 - PP (purchasing
power, the ratio of per capita income with the subsistence minimum per capita,%); 3 -
PR (poverty rate - the proportion of the population with incomes below the subsistence
level,%); 4 - CF (coefficient of funds - income ratio 10% of the most and 10% of the
most well-off population, times); 5 - PL (poverty level - the share of food expenditures
in the total amount of consumer spending,%); 6 - MPS (the marginal propensity to save
- the ratio of the growth of savings of the population on ruble accounts to the total
increase in monetary incomes, times). These indicators are calculated in relation to
federal data (region/RF or RF/region).
To illustrate the population’s living standards in the Vladimir region, we present an
analysis of the changes in the proposed indicators for several years (and 2015)
according to data provided by the Federal State Statistics Service (Table 3).
Table 3. Calculation of integral coefficients of the population’s living standards of the Vladimir
region
Year Indicators of living standards
GRP PP PR CF PL
(Region/RF) (RF/region) (RF/region) (RF/region) (RF/region)
2015 0.58 1.3 0.82 1.4 0.81
Integral methodology can be considered the most general and complex, which
underlines its name. As already noted above, the integral methodology for assessing the
population’s living standards is based on 6 main blocks of indicators:
– 1 block (the level of economic development of the region) includes the total
expenditures of the consolidated budgets - CB, the costs of the CB for social policy
and investments in fixed assets;
– 2 block - indicators characterizing the material well-being and the degree of con-
sumption of goods and services by the population;
– 3 block - socio-demographic indicators;
– 4 block - indicators of the labor market;
– 5 block - indicators of social tension (indicators characterizing the incidence of
alcoholism, drug addiction, as well as crime);
– 6 block - indicators characterizing the ecological situation.
It is assumed that the indicators comprising the presented blocks cover all indi-
cators of the population’s living standards. In addition, their statistical accounting is
quite simple. Based on the results of calculations, the region is given a rank according
to the living standards index of the population.
Nevertheless, the dimension of the final integral index of the development of the
population’s living standards does not allow bringing it to comparable with other
considered methods in the article, which implies that we cannot compare the result and
evaluate it in comparison with other methods.
The calculation of particular indexes for the methodology proposed in
Yaroslavl Oblast is divided into the calculation of particular objective and subjective
indexes. Objective indexes are subdivided into sub-indexes such as the population
quality index, the index of livelihood opportunities, the index of the level of economic
welfare, the index of the level of development of the social sphere, the index of the
level of safety of life. Subjective indexes are based on the results of a sociological
survey, which involves respondent’s assessment of the same five indicators of satis-
faction with the living standards.
The wide application of the methodology is limited by the fact that the calculation
algorithm is presented in the program documents of the administration (government) of
Yaroslavl Oblast, and also involves the application of the expert assessment method for
the sample of respondents.
Analysis of methods for assessing the living standards allows us to say that the
indicators characterizing the population’s living standards of the region vary unevenly,
their dynamics are barely noticeable, which ambiguously characterizes the policy of the
region. The leadership of the Vladimir region managed to maintain the value of the
subsistence minimum and income of the population, which is demonstrated by the size
of the PP (this indicator is one of the leading indicators for the regions of the Central
Federal District), which also explains the increase in the poverty coefficient (PC) - its
increase is mainly due to an increase in the subsistence minimum by Compared with
other areas. You can also note the increase in the savings capacity of citizens (the MPS
indicator), which positively notes the superiority of income levels over expenditure
levels. However, the integral indicators of the living standards in the region do not
show a noticeable positive dynamics, which indicates an inefficient or stagnant nature
of the policy pursued by regional authorities in the area of implementing reforms to
improve the population’s living standards.
5 Conclusions
The most effective system for assessing the population’s living standards should be
addressed by minimizing negative factors and integrating quantitative and qualitative
indicators. It should be considered that the differentiation of the subjects of the Russian
Federation is so great that it is not possible to determine the average indicator of the
population’s living standards throughout the territory, which justifies the difficulty of
identifying the most significant criteria that determine this indicator, since the deter-
mining criterion for a better life support for some may be insignificant for others. This is
the complexity and the need to develop a new effective method of determining the
population’s living standards of the Russian Federation.
References
1. Kulikov, N.I., Vdovina, E.S.: State Educational Institution of Higher Professional Education
“Tambov State University”. Tambov, C.: Assessment of the population’s living standards of
the region. Issues of modern science and practice 30(7–9). University named after V.I.
Vernadsky (2010)
2. http://www.gks.ru/ - the official portal of the Federal Service of State Statistics of the Russian
Federation
3. Zubets, A.N.: Origins and history of economic growth. A.N. The tooth, M.: Economics
(2014). 463 p.
4. Correction of the methodology for a comprehensive assessment of the development of
regional economic systems in the conditions of forming an innovation-type economy.
Zakharov, P.N., Nazvanov, K.V.: Regional economy: theory and practice, vol. 33, pp. 35–47
(2014)
5. Rossoshansky, A.I.: Assessment of the population’s living standards: review of method-
ological approaches. Young Sci. 11, 440–445 (2013)
6. Subbeto, A.I.: Living standards management and human survival. Stand. Qual. 1, 63–65
(1994)
7. Balakrishnan, N.: Parametric and Semiparametric Models with Applications to Reliability,
Survival Analysis, and Living Standards. Springer Science + Business Media, LLC
(Birkhäuser Basel Publ.) (2004)
8. Bock, H.H., Hayashi, E.C., Yajima, K., Ohsumi, N., Tanaka, Y., Baba, Y. (eds.) Data
Science, Classification, and Related Methods: Proceedings of the Fifth Conference of the
International Federation of Classification Societies (IFCS 1996), Kobe, Japan, 27–30 March
1996. Springer (1998)
9. Galbraith, J.: The Affluent Society. Houghton Mifflin, Boston (1958)
10. Kyritsis, Z., Papadopoulou, A.: The living standards via semi Markov reward modeling.
Methodol. Comput. Appl. Probab. (2016)
Interconnection Between the Categories
of Region’s Self-development and Population’s
Living Standards
Zhanna A. Zakharova1(&) and Valery V. Bogatyrev2

1
Vladimir Branch of the Russian Academy of National Economy
and Public Service under the President of the Russian Federation,
Vladimir, Russian Federation
[email protected]
2
[email protected]
Abstract. The article investigates the relationship between the categories of the
region’s self-development and the quality of life of the population. The purpose
of writing this article was to test the hypothesis of a stable relationship between
the categories of the region’s self-development and the quality of life of its
population. The authors based on the review of existing developments proposed
a methodological approach to quantifying the parameters of the region’s
self-development and the quality of life of the population. The method of
quantitative assessment proposed by the authors envisages the use of official
statistics and suggests the definition of two integrated integral indicators
reflecting the level of self-development of the region and the quality of life of
the population. Approbation of the methodology was carried out on the example
of five regions of the Central Federal District of the Russian Federation
(Vladimir, Ivanovo, Kaluga, Kostroma and Yaroslavl Oblasts), typical of central
Russia and comparable in key parameters of social and economic development.
The results of the study are of interest to public authorities at the regional level,
the teaching staff of higher education institutions, post-graduate students and
students studying in economic areas of training. The authors also determined the
directions for further exploratory research in terms of clarifying the list of direct
and inverse indicators that reflect the parameters of the region’s
self-development and the quality of life of the population.
Keywords: Economy Region Self-development Quality of life

Population Integral indicator
1 Introduction
From the point of view of the performance of any social and economic system (mu-
nicipal formation, region, country), the quality of life of the population as a whole and
of a single individual is of undoubted importance. In this regard, it is necessary to
identify those factors that have a decisive influence on improving the quality of life of
the population of the territory. The degree to which public needs can be satisfied in

Categories of Region’s Self-development and Population’s Living Standards 441
general cannot be considered separately from the satisfaction of the needs of a single
individual in basic and derivative needs (higher-level needs).
The purpose of writing this article was to test the hypothesis of a stable relationship
between the categories of the region’s self-development and the quality of life of its
population.
In the modern specialized scientific literature, several approaches to the classification of

regions are singled out according to the criteria of self-development [1, 5, 7, 8, 11–15].
From the point of view of one of the approaches, where the criteria mainly consider
the indicators of budget provision and the dynamics of the change in the gross regional
product (hereinafter - GRP), those regions in which the growth of the regional product
is provided with only own or reduced use are the self-developing ones external sources.
According to another approach, researchers consider the self-development of the
economy as its development based on economic (commercial) calculation, the postu-
lates of which are self-sufficiency, self-financing and profitability. Therefore, one of the
main indicators of self-development is the share (in percent) of profitably operating
enterprises and economic organizations of their total number. At the same time, it is
noted that the self-development of the economy and the region is possible only when
the share of profitable organizations and enterprises will be approximately 80–90%.
The second indicator suggests the share of small business in the gross regional product,
which, for comparison, in the industrialized countries reaches 40–60% [3].
However, although the authors of these approaches also speak about the need to
improve the quality of life of the population of the region in conditions of
self-development, they do not offer any indicators in its evaluation. We, like many
other researchers, adhere to this approach, that the self-developing regions are those
that, while growing GRP, are at the same time socially oriented. For example,
Tatarkin A.I., Tatarkin D.A. and Sidorova E.N., correlate the process of evolution of
underdeveloped territories from the state of subsidization to financial self-sufficiency
and self-development with a change in the level and quality of life of the population in
the social security system, defining the main indicator of the latter as the social sphere
in GRP. Naturally, according to the authors, there is no direct relationship between the
GRP per capita of the region and the indicators characterizing the share of the social
sphere in GRP [10] or indicators reflecting the quality of life of the population of the
territory. Moreover, the inverse relationship is more common - the higher the GRP
level, the lower the share of the social sphere. As the authors explain, this may well be
connected with the policy of inter-budget equalization, since in the subsidized regions,
through the redistribution of financial resources, the level of financing of social services
rises to a certain average Russian level in absolute terms, while the comparison base -
GRP per capita - remains at the same low level. This situation can be explained by the
presence of a disproportionately high share of the social sphere in relation to the level
of development of the regional economy [10].
From our point of view, self-development of the region is an opportunity to use the
resource component in terms of providing the region with the necessary amount of
442 Z. A. Zakharova and V. V. Bogatyrev
resources (both existed and delivered), provided that the potential of the region’s
self-development (internal and external sources) is available in terms of opportunities that
can be realized in the future and existence of motives for subjects of economic activity of
the region to sustainable social and economic development in the long term [6].
At the same time, not improving the qualitative characteristics of the well-being of the
population with the growth of GRP regions having the potential for self-development or
seeking to develop themselves can enhance the potential for self-development of other
regions that are to some extent already self-developing. Thus, the movement of skilled
labor resources from the region with a low level of wages, or unfavorable living con-
ditions (insufficient and poor development of the social infrastructure) into the region
capable of satisfying the demands (both in terms of wages and living conditions) of the
fluid part of enterprising people [2] can strengthen the potential for self-development of a
self-sufficient region.
When we correlate the region’s self-development and achievement of the quality of
life indicators of the population of the region, we do not focus on the share of the social
sphere in the GRP of the region, and first, we single out the block of self-development
indicators of the region, taking into account both internal sources of self-development
and interaction with the external environment, which reflects the level of the well-being
of the population, the degree of satisfaction of the needs of the population of the region,
as well as the ecological effect.
Therefore, within the framework of our research the self-development block
includes such criteria as:
– the share of self-developing industries, types of economic activity in the GRP
structure of the region1, in%; The value of this indicator is formed as a share of
economic activities “Wholesale and retail trade; repair of motor vehicles, motor-
cycles, household products and personal items” and “Real estate transactions, rental
and provision of services” in the GDP structure of the region.
– the degree of openness of the regional economy, which can be measured by such
indicator as the ratio of the volume of foreign trade turnover of the region to GRP,
in%. The region is not a closed socioeconomic system. Increasing the degree of
openness of the regional economy allows more actively attracting external resources
in the form of investments, technologies, information, etc. Other things being equal,
the openness of the region’s economy increases its competitiveness and efficiency;
– indicators of self-organization of economic activity of the population of the region:
The number of economically active population; the number of individual entre-
preneurs and small business organizations per 10,000 people in the territory;
– the proportion of loss-making enterprises in the total number of registered enter-
prises in the region, as an indicator reflecting the efficiency of enterprises in the
region (less than 20%).
1
We refer industries and types of economic activity to self-developing ones, which, in a market
economy, can independently by accumulating domestic resources and internal motives (high
profitability, the possibility of increasing sales volumes and increasing market share, etc.) respond to
changes in demand (or changes in the external environment), ensuring its stable state in the medium
and long term.
To indicators reflecting the quality of life of the population of the territory, we

include:
– unemployment rate;
– per capita income of the population;
– share of the population with incomes below the subsistence level;
– retail turnover per capita;
– volume of paid services per capita;
– security with housing;
– The volume of emissions of pollutants into the atmosphere (thousand tons per
million RUB. GRP);
– morbidity per 1000 people of the population;
– share in the costs of citizens of the costs of payment for services (communal, health,
etc.)
The methodological basis of the research is general scientific research methods

(analysis and synthesis, deduction and induction, normative and positive methods,
etc.), quantitative econometric methods (summary and grouping of statistical data,
regression analysis, and statistical indexes).
In the course of the research, a methodology was developed to assess the impact of the
region’s self-development on the quality of life of the population. The proposed
methodology provides for the formation of a list of two groups of indicators. The first
group of indicators reflects the level of self-development of the region’s economy. The
second group of indicators reflects the quality of life of the population of the region.
Taking into account the fact that the indicators are multidimensional and
multi-directional, the methodology assumes conducting normalization in order to bring
them to a comparable form. The implementation of the above procedures allows us to
calculate the integral indicators of the self-development of regions and the quality of
life of the population. Comparison of integrated indicators allows quantifying the
tightness of communication and the nature of the impact of the region’s self-
development on the quality of life of the population.
As an empirical basis for the study, the official statistics of 2015 were used for five
regions of the Central Federal District of the Russian Federation (Vladimir, Ivanovo,
Kaluga, Kostroma and Yaroslavl Oblasts), which are typical for the general population
and are comparable in the main socioeconomic indicators.
At the first stage of the study, we summarized the indicators reflecting the
parameters of sustainable development of the above regions of Russia, presented in
Table 1.
Table 1. Indicators of regional self-developmenta

No. Indicator/Region Vladimir Kaluga Ivanovo Kostroma Yaroslavl
Oblast Oblast Oblast Oblast Oblast
1 GRP total, RUB billion 327.89 324.94 151.05 146.31 388.14
2 Specific weight of 25.1 25.9 27.7 21.9 27.4
self-developing types of
economic activity in the GRP
structure of the region, %
3 Number of PI per 10000 131 135 198 102 172
population
4 The share of unprofitable 32.4 30.8 40.3 35.6 36.6
enterprises (in % of the total
number of enterprises in the
region)
5 Degree of openness of the 34 71.05 24.69 17.13 21.98
region’s economy (foreign trade
turnover of the region to GRP),
in %
a
Constructed by: [9]
Taking into account the multidimensional of the indicators presented in Table 1,

the authors carried out a normalization in accordance with the approach proposed by
Zakharov and Nazvanova [4]. The results of normalization are given in Table 2.
Table 2. Normalization of the indicators of the region’s self-developmenta

No. Normalized indicator/Region Vladimir Kaluga Ivanovo Kostroma Yaroslavl
1 GRP 0.8448 0.8372 0.3892 0.3770 1.0000
2 Specific weight of 0.9061 0.9350 1.0000 0.7906 0.9892
self-developing types of
economic activity in the GRP
structure of the region, %
3 Number of PI per 10000 0.6616 0.6818 1.0000 0.5151 0.8687
population
4 Specific weight of unprofitable 0.9506 1.0000 0.7643 0.8652 0.8415
enterprises
5 Degree of openness of the 0.4786 1.0000 0.3500 0.2400 0.3100
region’s economy
Integral indicator of the region for 0.7456 0.8820 0.6351 0.5024 0.7412
self-development
a
Constructed by: [9].
The results of normalization made it possible to determine the integral index of the
region’s self-development, namely: Vladimir Oblast is 0.7456, Kaluga Oblast is 0.8820,
Ivanovo Oblast is 0.6351, Kostroma Oblast is 0.5024, and Yaroslavl Oblast is 0.7412.
The next stage of the study was to determine the quality of life indicators in the
regions included in the sample (Table 3).
Table 3. Indicators of the quality of life in the regions

No. Indicator/Region Vladimir Kaluga Ivanovo Kostroma Yaroslavl
1 Unemployment rate, % 5.6 4.3 5.6 5.3 5.3
2 Average per capita monetary 23732 27550 22560 22466 27369
income of the population,
RUB/month
3 The share of the population 14.1 10.9 15.8 14 10.5
with incomes below the
subsistence minimum,% of the
total population of the subject
of the Russian Federation
4 Retail turnover per capita, 139.8 167.22 143.8 131.3 160.8
thousand RUB
5 The volume of paid services 47744 43042.00 37212.00 36823.00 37997.00
per capita, RUB/person
6 The volume of emissions of 0.09 0.08 0.21 0.30 0.23
pollutants into the atmosphere
(thousand tons per billion
RUB. GRP)
7 Morbidity per 1000 people of 937.7 712.40 877.50 768.90 857.50
the population;
8 Share in the costs of citizens of 28.5 24.50 23.40 22.20 27.90
the costs of payment for
services (communal, health,
etc.), %
9 Housing security (area of 27.2 28.30 25.20 26.60 26.00
living accommodation per 1
inhabitant), sq. meters.
10 Specific weight of household 10.5 8.60 10.30 7.70 10.40
expenditures on housing and
communal services, %
The results of normalization of the indicators reflected above are given in Table 4.
Table 4. The results of the normalization of the quality of life indicators of the population
No. in Indicator/Oblast Vladimir Kaluga Ivanovo Kostroma Yaroslavl
order Oblast Oblast Oblast Oblast Oblast
1 Unemployment rate 0.7679 1.0000 0.7679 0.8113 0.8113
2 Income of the population, 0.8614 1.0000 0.8189 0.8155 0.9934
per capita
3 Share of the population with 0.7447 0.9633 0.6646 0.7500 1.0000
incomes below the
subsistence level
4 Retail turnover per capita 0.8694 1.0399 0.8943 0.8165 1.0000
5 Volume of paid services per 1.0000 0.9015 0.7794 0.7713 0.7958
capita;
6 The volume of emissions of 0.8889 1.0000 0.3810 0.2667 0.3478
pollutants into the
atmosphere
7 Morbidity per 1000 people 0.7597 1.0000 0.8119 0.9265 0.8308
of the population
8 The share in the expenses of 0.7789 0.9061 0.9487 1.0000 0.7957
citizens of the costs of
payment for services
9 Security with housing; 0.9611 1.0000 0.8905 0.9399 0.9187
10 Specific weight of household 0.7333 0.8953 0.7476 1.0000 0.7404
expenditures on housing and
communal services, %
Integral indicator of the region on the 0.8319 0.9694 0.7508 0.7693 0.7946
quality of life of the population
As a result of the computational procedures, the following integral estimates of the

quality of life of the population in the regions of the Russian Federation were obtained:
Vladimir Oblast is 0.7456, Kaluga Oblast is 0.8820, Ivanovo Oblast is 0.6351,
Kostroma Oblast is 0.5024, and Yaroslavl Oblast is 0.7412.
5 Conclusions
The study confirmed the hypothesis of authors about the existence of a causal rela-
tionship between the categories of the region’s self-development and the quality of life
of the population. At the same time, the potential for self-development is not always
fully realized in order to improve the quality of life of the population (Ivanovo Oblast,
having a higher potential for self-development, is inferior to the Kostroma Oblast in
terms of an integral characteristic of the quality of life of the population). The authors
also draw attention to the absence of significant discrepancies between the integral
estimates for each group of indicators of individual regions.
The directions of the future exploratory researches of the authors are refinement and
addition of lists of used indicators, as well as further approbation of the methodology
for other regions of the Central Federal District of Russia. And the authors also plan to
understand under what conditions the self-development of the region is ensured and the
achievement of indicators of the quality of life of the population, and with which on the
contrary reduction. The definition of these conditions will make it possible to develop
recommendations for public authorities on the achievement of indicators of the quality
of life of the population of the region in conditions of using the opportunities for
self-development of these regions.
References
1. Abramova, E.A.: Problems of the formation and functioning of the mechanism of
self-development of regional socioeconomic systems. Modern Sci. Intensive Technol. 1(41),
17–24 (2015). Regional appendix
2. Babayev, B.D.: Donor or “vampire”?!: Monograph, 271 p. Ivanovo, Moscow (2009)
3. Buvaltseva, V.I.: Essence and content of the process of self-development. In: All-Russian
Scientific Conference “Science and Education”. Collection of Scientific Papers, pp. 25–29.
KemSTU, Belovo (2002)
4. Zakharov, P.N., Nazvanova, K.V.: Correction of the methodology for a comprehensive
assessment of the development of regional economic systems in the conditions of forming an
innovation-type economy. Reg. Econ. Theory Pract. 33(360), 35–47 (2014)
5. Zakharova, Z.A.: Approaches to sources of regional self-development. Multilevel Public
Reproduction: Questions of Theory and Practice, vol. 12(28) (2017)
6. Zakharova, Z.A.: Optimization of the conditions for attracting private investment in the
infrastructure of the regions. Reg. Econ. Theory Pract. 22(349), 49–56 (2014)
7. Zakharchuk, E.A., Pasynkov, A.F., Nekrasov, A.A.: Classification of regions of the Russian
Federation according to the criteria of self-development. Econ. Reg. 3, 54–62 (2011).
Molchanova M.U.
8. Molchanova, M.Y.: Criteria for the self-development of regions as the basis for the
formation of intergovernmental fiscal relations. Fundam. Res. 6(1), 131–135 (2013). https://
www.fundamental-research.ru/en/article/view?id=31429. Accessed 12 Apr 2017
9. Regions of Russia. Socioeconomic indicators. Digest of articles/Rosstat, 1326 p. (2016).
ISBN 978-5-89476-428-3
10. Tatarkin, A.I., Tatarkin, D.A., Sidorova, E.N.: Transformation of the subsidized regions of
Russia into self-developing. Federalism 4, 39–52 (2012)
11. Bielikova, N.V., Ivanova, O.Y.: Formation of regions financial self-sufficiency in the context
of economic reforms implementation. Actual Probl. Econ. 177(3), 219–228 (2016)
12. Karpenko, T.V., Zaloznaya, D.V., Volodina, T.V., Belousova, L.F., Breusova, E.A.:
Prospective mechanisms of peripheral areas investment and innovation potential formation.
Asian Soc. Sci. 11(20), 112–118 (2015)
13. Akberdina, V.V., Grebyonkin, A.V., Bukhvalov, N.Y.: Simulation of innovative resonance
in the industrial regions. Econ. Reg. 4, 289–308 (2015)
14. Animitsa, E.G.: Outlines of the theory of urban agglomerations self-development. Econ.
Reg. 1, 231–235 (2012)
15. Rumyantsev, A.A.: Science and innovation space of a macro region: Prospects of innovative
territorial development. Stud. Russian Econ. Dev. 26(4), 379–387 (2015)
Research Trends of HR Management
in Tourism
Svetlana N. Kaznacheeva(&), Antonina L. Lazutina,

Tatyana V. Perova, Jeanne V. Smirnova, and Elena A. Chelnokova

[email protected],
Abstract. The authors turn to the consideration of personnel management in

tourism as the most important sphere of activity of the modern tourist organi-
zation. The authors point out the fact that at present the tourism industry is one
of the fastest growing spheres. Personnel management reflects the importance of
the sphere of people management in organizations, as it affects one of the main
aspects of the organization’s activities, personnel management. The authors
present the interpretation of the concept “HR management”, define the goals and
tasks of personnel management. The peculiarities of tourist activity are con-
sidered. The article presents data of average salary proposals for the tourism
industry in 2016 and dynamics of average salary offers for the cities of the
Russian Federation for 2016. The authors outline the main tendencies of per-
sonnel management in the sphere of tourism: the staff turnover in Russia in 2016
reached peak values; in the future among candidates for employment in the
tourist company will be more and more representatives of the Millennium
generation; many tourist organizations are losing capital because of the low
emotional intelligence of line managers; tourism enterprises are looking for
employees in social networks; a good social package is a serious advantage of a
tourist organization; tourist organizations are focused on the internal staff
development, rather than looking for ready-made professionals; charity is an
occasion for pride of employees for the company; The loyalty of Russian
employees towards the employer is growing more actively than the Western
colleagues; expected the growth of competition in the regional labor market of
tourist services.
Keywords: Management Personnel management Tourism

Tendencies of personnel management in the sphere of tourism
1 Introduction
In any sphere of human activity, one of the important conditions for the success of an
organization is the effective use of human resources. To properly manage personnel
and create an environment for employees in which they could realize their potential is
the task of personnel management.

Research Trends of HR Management in Tourism 449
2 Theoretical Basis
The notion of «cadre management» came into scientific circulation at the end of the
20th century. The concepts of «personnel management» and «HR management» are
very close to each other, but «HR management» reflects the importance of the sphere of
people management in organizations deeply. Leadership in the formulation of the
problem of personnel management belongs to E. Mayo. He considered personnel
management as an installation for professional competence. D. McGregor believed that
human resources management is aimed at ensuring social control of the organization’s
daily work. K. Levin, F. Herzberg dealt with the possibilities of personnel management
in the formation of initiative and self-realization of personnel. In general, the Western
theory of personnel management implies individualization of organizational standards
to strengthen corporate loyalty. Personnel management is understood as «a combina-
tion of organizational, socio-psychological and psychological means (forms and
methods) allowing to solve various «human» problems and tasks» [5]; «a direction of
management studying the development of the company’s personnel potential for the
purpose of hiring and training effectively employees in the company» (Bazarov and
Eremina) [1]; purposeful activity of the management structure of the organization,
managers and specialists of the personnel management system, including the devel-
opment of the concept and strategy of personnel policy, principles and methods of
personnel management [6].
Under the personnel management we understand the system of planning, organi-
zation, motivation and control of personnel necessary for the formation and achieve-
ment of the objectives of the company.
The objectives of personnel management are:
– «the ability to work with people, to select and evaluate them properly, to seek their
interest in improving their qualification level» [8];
– «satisfaction of the organization’s need for qualified personnel and to use them
effectively with consideration of opportunities for self-realization of each employee
within the framework of this organization» [12, p. 4].
The tasks of HR management change depending on the stage of development of the
organization. At any stage of the organization’s development, tasks such as labor
market analysis, employee adaptation, motivation, corporate culture, career manage-
ment and so on are solved. During the stabilization period, the main tasks of personnel
management: analysis of activities, detection of sources of losses and construction of
personnel work; regular evaluation procedures.
Personnel management is necessary in any organization, especially in the organizations

of the tourist industry, as this industry develops quickly today. One of the main
objectives of the development of tourism business in Russia is the need to increase the
efficiency of using the human resources of tourist enterprises.
450 S. N. Kaznacheeva et al.
Features of tourism activities which determine the nature of work in this area [11]:
– «a relatively large proportion of living labor, which makes it difficult rationing;
– a high degree of influence on the process of production and sales of tourist products
subjective factors both from employees of the tourist enterprise, the firm, and the
client;
– the complexity of the production of a tourist product, which is the result of
well-coordinated work of independent collectives, whose work is subordinated to
the same goal - the satisfaction of the client’s needs;
– the availability of productive and unproductive labor;
– features of labor in tourism assume other approaches to personnel policy, organi-
zation of recruitment, selection, reception of personnel, career guidance and
adaptation, training and management of a business career, professional and pro-
fessional promotion, etc.»
As analysts note, the demand for work in the sphere of tourism is decreasing, and
although the number of vacancies in most regions of the country until recently grew,
there were fewer people wishing to work in the industry. For example, in St. Petersburg
in 2016 the number of vacancies in tourism increased by 13% compared to the same
period last year. Positive dynamics of the growth of vacancies was also observed in the
Moscow and Sverdlovsk regions, in the Republic of Bashkortostan, Krasnodar region
and Moscow. The maximum share of vacancies in the tourism of the country falls on
Moscow (39%) and Petersburg (13%), however, comparing with 2010, the number of
vacancies in them also decreased. Employers usually do not focus on specialized
education in the field of tourism.
To the education in the tourist sphere, the applicants are more likely to choose
themselves, which purposefully choose tourism as a profile of future activity. In con-
nection with the absolutely undeveloped sphere of tourism in the Soviet time, spe-
cialists born no earlier than 1980 have a profile higher education. The received
education in the sphere of tourism for the employer is only a sign that the person
intends to grow and develop exactly in the tourist business.
According to HeadHunter, tourism still remains a female profession: 82% of
applicants are women.
According to analysts, candidates for work in this sphere are well-educated,
experienced and active, as almost half of them are between the ages of 26 and 35, 38%
have more than 6 years of experience, two-thirds have higher education, and a third
speaks English fluently [9].
Knowledge of one or more foreign languages is more important for many com-
panies, especially if the company actively develops such areas as Spain, Italy, England,
Germany, Latin America, USA, Canada, when it is important to know the national
language. When working on other «non-math areas», such as Asia, Cuba, Africa,
China, discussion are conducted in English. But experience is also important here. It
usually takes a conversational level, as well as keeping correspondence in a foreign
language [10].
The most popular requests for personnel in 2016 were: a sales manager, a tourism
manager, a hotel administrator, a chef, a waiter (Table 1).
Table 1. Average salary offers in December 2016 (RUB) [4]

City Tourism Sales manager Hotel Cook Chef
manager (hotel services) administrator
Moscow 48 000 52 000 30 000 35 000 70 000
St. Petersburg 37 920 41 080 23 700 27 650 55 300
Novosibirsk 31 200 33 800 19 500 22 750 45 500
Yekaterinburg 32 160 34 840 20 100 23 450 46 900
Nizhny 28 800 31 200 18 000 21 000 42 000
Novgorod
Kazan 27 360 29 640 17 100 19 950 39 900
Samara 29 760 32 240 18 600 21 700 43 400
Chelyabinsk 29 760 32 240 18 600 21 700 43 400
Rostov-on-Don 30 720 33 280 19 200 22 400 44 800
Ufa 29 760 32 240 18 600 21 700 43 400
Krasnoyarsk 30 720 33 280 19 200 22 400 44 800
In general, on the labor market the salary offers of employers are at the same level
as a year ago. Negative dynamics indicates an increase in the vacancy rate to less
qualified personnel (waiters, maids). Positive dynamics indicate a change in demand in
favor of vacancies in managerial positions (Table 2).
Table 2. Dynamics of proposals in 2016 [4]

City Average salary offers in Average salary offers in Growth/fall,
the sphere of tourism and the sphere of tourism and %
hotel business, December hotel business, December
2015, RUB 2016, RUB
Moscow 32 100 34 400 7.2
St. Petersburg 26 900 28 900 7.4
Novosibirsk 29 700 28 500 −4.0
Yekaterinburg 23 800 25 300 6.3
Nizhny 22 100 24 300 10.0
Novgorod
Kazan 20 800 21 500 3.4
Samara 28 700 27 300 −4.9
Chelyabinsk 27 600 26 300 −4.7
Rostov-on-Don 27 400 27 200 7.2
Ufa 23 500 24 800 7.4
Krasnoyarsk 28 200 27 300 −3.2
Today tourism managers in the personnel market are quite a lot. But for the tourist
industry, the sale of tours is a key position in the range of services, so experienced
tourism managers are always needed. For this position, for a specialist the most
important thing is to have a highly specialized experience in sending tourists to one

country or one direction. Also, the feature of this position can be called the fact that the
employer will soon recruit a young specialist with work experience of about 1–2 years
than a competent manager with extensive experience after 35–40 years. It is believed
that having experience in tourism for 5 years or more, you can take leadership positions
or set up a business.
According to analysts from Job.ru and Hr Data Center, a lot of recent events in the
political field and causing huge damage to the tourism industry will bring many dif-
ficulties to market participants next year. Those who can successfully reorient to new
directions, actively master the domestic market, it may be possible to avoid staff
reductions within companies. The labor market in the hotel segment seems to be more
stable in this respect, as the demand for domestic tourism will increase, in this case, it is
possible to expect an increase in the number of vacancies for new employees [4].
So, the management of the tourist organization needs to not only implement
innovations, but also adapt to modern staff, for the effective operation of the enterprise,
because the newly admitted employees are representatives of the Millennium genera-
tion, which cannot be maintained with the usual methods.
The main tendencies of personnel management in the sphere of tourism:

Trend 1. The turnover of personnel in Russia reached a peak in 2016. According to
forecasts of Hay Group experts, a global consulting company in the field of manage-
ment, staff turnover reached its maximum in 2016. It was about 28%. Such trends are
typical not only for the Russian labor market, by 2018 the turnover of personnel on a
global scale will grow to 23–24%. In general, about 190 million people will be replaced
by employers. Therefore, already now it is very important to start working with the
staff. Moreover, the level of staff turnover is 54% lower in organizations that monitor
the level of staff involvement and create favorable working conditions [3]. From this it
follows that new personnel need to be interested in work.
Trend 2. Among candidates in the tourist company will be more and more repre-
sentatives of the Millennium generation. The Millennium generation is people involved
in digital technology. These are impulsive and ambitious people. They are not confused
by the frequent change of work. Self-realization is important for this generation. They
are in constant search of themselves and are not afraid to take on the difficult work.
Such young people are ready to spend personal time for an interesting project. Rep-
resentatives of the Millennium generation live today and do not plan for a long time [7].
Under the influence of the Millennium generation, such major Internet resources as
YouTube and Facebook, have began to develop. Therefore, if you do not put new
interesting tasks before such an employee, then the employee can easily leave, despite
the high salary.
Trend 3. Many tourist organizations are losing capital because of the low emotional
intelligence of line managers. About half of all workers are dissatisfied with their
salary. Many employees complain about the lack of connection between the size of
payments and the work done. In most cases, workers do not have the opportunity to
develop within the organization. Therefore, the main reason for the employee’s
replacement of the place of work is the head. To retain valuable personnel, the HR
manager should be assisted, established with the employees of communication,
encouraged and directed them.
Trend 4. Tourism enterprises are looking for employees in social networks.
According to the statistics of Kelly Services (Fig. 1), the number of people who are
looking for work through social networks has increased by 5% [2]. From this it follows
that the placement of vacancies in such Internet resources is quite effective. Also, a
personal page gives an accurate psychological portrait of a person and shows the true
working motives and interests.
Fig. 1. Percentage of people who are looking for work through social networks [10]. Source:
Kelly Services data
Trend 5. A good social package is a serious advantage of a tourist organization. In

the conditions of the current crisis, for young specialists it is very important to get some
benefits in addition to basic earnings. Experts believe that now it will be increasingly
difficult to attract employees to those companies that can not offer such conditions. For
young workers, the most attractive organization is an organization where they can get
an opportunity to improve their skills.
Trend 6. Tourist organizations are focused on the internal staff development,
instead of looking for ready specialists. This trend can be traced in 48% of Russian
companies and 73% of foreign firms. The main aim is to increase the efficiency of
employees. It should be noted, the costs of finding and recruiting staff are declining
year by year, spending on internal training has been reduced in about 15% of orga-
nizations. Nevertheless, business is focused on the internal development of personnel.
Most firms have programs to identify and develop the abilities of employees. Many
successful top-managers of the world devote time to personal participation in the
development of talents of their subordinates.
Trend 7. Charity is an occasion for the pride of employees for their company.
HeadHunter – the Russian company of Internet recruitment, job search. According to
its research, every third Russian organization is engaged in charity. Most often this is
support for socially disadvantaged groups of the population. Business should not be
configured only for profit, it should benefit society. Most employees are proud that the
organization in which they work is engaged in charity.
Trend 8. Loyalty of Russian employees towards the employer grows more actively,
than at the western colleagues. According to the results of the study of the international
recruitment company Kelly Services, recently in Russia the loyalty of subordinates
towards the employer has increased substantially. At the moment, 37% of Russian
specialists stated full trust to their employer, while in Europe the percentage of loyalty
is 26% [9].
Trend 9. Competition is expected to grow in the regional tourism labor market.
Most companies want to outsource individual functions to regions. This is connected
with the development of regional centers, as well as with the fact that organizations are
looking for replacement of employees from distant corners, since such people have
greater purposefulness and efficiency compared with urban residents.
So, to solve the problem with personnel, first of all, it is necessary to conduct a
comprehensive analysis of the current system of motivation. It needs to be adapted to
young employees, taking into account their interests and values. Also, it is necessary to
change the hierarchical system of communication with personnel on a linear-personal.
Only the right communication with a young specialist will allow him or her to develop,
show initiative and be responsible for the result of his or her actions. It is worth noticed
that the managers of the company copy the behavior of their bosses, so it is very
important for them to pay attention to communication with staff. It is also important to
use social networks to find staff. They are convenient for placing detailed information
about the company, as well as for finding really worthy personnel.
References
1. Bazarov, T.Y., Eremina, B.L.: Personnel Management: Textbook, 2nd edn., Pererab. And
additional. Unity, Moscow (2002)
2. Research Kelly Global Workforce Index (KGWI): more and more Russians are looking for
work through social networks (Electronic resource). http://www.kellyservices.ru. Accessed
10 Apr 2017
3. Researching the level of staff effectiveness (Electronic resource). www.haygroup.com.
Accessed 10 Apr 2017
4. Personnel management (Electronic resource). http://www.managementnews.ru/termin/40/.
5. Human resources management (Electronic resource). https://psyera.ru/kadrovyy-
menedzhment-1911.htm. Accessed 13 Apr 2017
6. Personnel management as the most important factor of the company’s survival in the
conditions of the formation of market relations in the Russian Federation (Electronic
resource). http://www.learnmanage.ru/lmans-712-1.html. Accessed 13 Apr 2017
7. Kaznacheeva, S.N., Chelnokova, E.A.: The brand as a tool for creating competitive
advantages of the company. Mod. Sci.-Intensiv. Technol. Regional Annex 2(42), 16–21
(2015)
8. Mnushko, Z.N., Pestun, I.V.: Personnel management: principles, tasks, directions, efficiency
(Electronic resource). http://www.provisor.com.ua/archive/2004/N10/art_27.php?part_
code=73&art_code=4176. Accessed 13 Apr 2017
9. Staff 2015: Do not you have to cut down? (Electronic resource). http://www.kellyservices.ru.
10. Trends in personnel management: 9 trends in headhunting and personnel management
(Electronic resource). http://www.gd.ru. Accessed 13 Apr 2017
11. Nature of labor in the field of tourism (Electronic resource). http://www.kukiani.ru/index.
php?page=content&subpage=s&r=7&p=16&s=54. Accessed 30 Mar 2016
12. Shchekin, G.V.: The Fundamentals of Personnel Management: A Textbook, 5th edn., 280
p. The stereotype. MAUP, Kyiv (2004)
13. Sakharchuk, E.S.: Analysis of practice centered aspects of educational programs in the
sphere of tourism and hospitality. World Appl. Sci. J. 27(Education, Law, Economics,
Language and Communication), 305–308 (2013)
The Model of Effective Work
of a Transport Node
Anatoly G. Kitov(&), Artem A. Sirotkin, Vladimir N. Nosakov,

Anatoly A. Permovsky, and Alexander I. Fedoseev

[email protected]
Abstract. In the modern conditions, great attention is paid to finding oppor-

tunities to increase the efficiency of use of vehicles and handling equipment in
transport nodes, as well as increasing the standards of cargo operations. In many
ports that function as transport nodes, the increase in vehicle handling standards
is achieved mainly through the opening of internal reserves, Whereas the car-
dinal solution of this problem is connected with the perspective of development
of the berthing front. From how the maintenance of vehicles in transport nodes
is coordinated, how the reloading technique is used depends on the duration of
unproductive downtimes of vehicles and handling equipment. The most effec-
tive way of transshipment of goods in transport nodes is the transshipment of
goods under the direct option: A vehicle is a vehicle without temporary storage.
The interaction of various modes of transport is considered when implementing
the operational planning of the transport node. At the same time, the moments of
arrival of the adjacent modes of transport in the transport node and the work of
the handling equipment in the port are coordinated. To ensure the efficiency of
cargo transshipment in transport nodes, it is proposed to use a probabilistic
model that takes into account the interaction of various types of transport and
reloading equipment in the transport node.
Keywords: Transport node Cargo handling Direct option

Probabilistic model Efficiency
1 Introduction
The transport node is the point of intersection and branching of the communication
routes of several modes of transport. Therefore, the transport nodes include whole sets
of devices of these types of transport: railway, river, sea and automobile nodes.
Transport nodes are connected with transport systems and are distinguished by a rather
high level of infrastructure complexity [9]. In the transport system, the nodes play a
regulating function.
One of the variants of the transport node is the seaport, in which work is carried out,
for example, with container loads [8, 11, 12].

The Model of Effective Work of a Transport Node 457
The most important problem of transport nodes is the optimization of the inter-
action of traffic flows in order to minimize the mutual expectation of vehicles.
A variety of industry structures deal with the issues related to transportation and other
forwarding services provided at transport nodes, for example, in the OJSC “Research
Institute for Road Transport” this is the cargo transportation administration [5, 7].
At the same time, in [7, 11] it is noted that “forwarding services by various types of
freight forwarding companies affect the distribution of functions included in the stan-
dard freight forwarding service between the links of the companies, transport nodes and
customers that interact during the delivery process”.
The main purpose of this study is to analyze the quality of operational planning for
the interaction of traffic flows in a transport node with the identification of factors that
affect unproductive idle vehicles. The researchers set and tried to solve the following
problems:
– analyze the factors affecting the quality of vehicle interaction in transport nodes;
– to develop a mathematical model of cargo interaction of conveyances in a transport
node;
– calculate optimal characteristics of the berthing front and handling equipment;
– to test the mathematical model on a real transport node.
The transport node is characterized by the following features [4, 10, 12]:
– The organization of uninterrupted operation of all types of transport, which consists
in the timely and full satisfaction of cargo owners needs in transportation;
– Complexity of the processes implemented in the node (interaction of various modes
of transport, sorting, loading and unloading of a large volume of goods of different
nomenclature, integrated passenger services [3, 6, 11]);
– The possibility of dividing a node into a large number of interconnected and
interacting subsystems and elements whose functioning is subject to a common
goal;
– Hierarchical structure of links of individual subsystems of the node and perfor-
mance criteria;
– The availability of a control system that ensures the intensive use of technical
devices and throughput, as well as transportation and transshipment of cargo at
minimal cost;
– Resistance to the effects of fluctuations in traffic and other parameters.
Therefore, any failure in the operation of one such node can lead to problems in the
entire transport system [11, 12].
The efficiency of the transport node is associated with the synchronization of the
receipt of vehicles for cargo handling and the performance of the handling equipment
of the unit [2, 13].
458 A. G. Kitov et al.
The studies were carried out based on a system analysis of the existing technology of
interaction of traffic flows in rivers and seas of Russian ports. The results of the analysis
made it possible to substantiate a mathematical probabilistic model of the functioning
of the port as a transport node. In the future, the probabilistic model was used to
develop optimal parameters for the entire berthing complex of the transport node.
If we take a look at the transport node at which transshipment of goods from road
transport to river vessels and vice versa is performed, and the efficiency of the system
“car - river port vessel” will be estimated by the minimum of the total reduced costs for
the vehicles participating in this process and the transport node [2, 14]:
C ¼ Cvehicles þ Ctr:node ; rub=tons: ð1Þ
Where
Cvehicles - specific reduced costs for vehicles, rub/ton;
Ctr:node - reduced costs for the transport node, rubles/ton.
Cp ¼ Cc þ Cm ; rubles=tons ð2Þ
Where
Cc - reduced costs for the coastal economy of the transport node, rubles/ton;
Cm - reduced costs for reloading mechanization of the transport node, rubles/ton.
Based on the studies carried out in [1], it is possible to represent Eq. (1) as follows
Cpr ð1 þ 0 Ygrr Þ nbe ð1; 15 Lpc Cpr þ nm Cm Þ

C ¼ þ ; rub=ton. ð3Þ
Bgrr Qyear
Where
Cpr - the resulted expenses on the maintenance of vehicles on parking, rub/day;
0
Ygrr - relative waiting time of the transshipment vehicle;
Bgrr - the rate of reloading, tons/day;
Nbe - number of berths, units;
1,15 - factor, taking into account the distance between the vessels at the berth;
Lpc - is the length of a river ship, m;
Cpr - annual reduced costs for the maintenance of one running meter of the quay,
rubles/m;
Nm - number of operating reloading mechanisms on one berth, units;
Qyear - annual volume of cargo processing, tons;
0 kt Qcday
Ygrr ¼ ; ð4Þ
Qday þ Bgrr
1 þ t2
Kt ¼ ; ð5Þ
2
Bgrr ¼ npr nm qm ; t=day; ð6Þ
Qday
T¼ ; ð7Þ
Bgrr
Qyear ¼ Qday tyear ; tons ð8Þ
Where
Qday - daily volume of cargo processing, tons/day;
t2 - coefficient of variation in the duration of cargo handling;
Qm - design capacity of one reloading mechanism, t/day;
Tyear - the operational period of river transport during the year, days;
s - is the utilization factor of the berth capacity
We transform the formula (3) with allowance for (4)–(8)
ð9Þ
We differentiate expression (9) and, equating first derivative to zero, we obtain the
following expression
ð1 AÞ 2 2 A A
0:5 s4 þ s3 þ s s ¼0 ð10Þ
3 þ t2 3 þ t2 3 þ t2
Where
Qday*ð1; 15 Lpc Cpr þ nM*CmÞ

A= ð11Þ
Cpr tyear*nm*qm
Solve Eq. (10) by the Newton method [2].

Finding the real roots of Eq. (10), you can determine the optimal rate of cargo
works, as well as the required number of berths
Bgrr
Npr ¼ ; units: ð12Þ
nm*qm
460 A. G. Kitov et al.
Approbation of the proposed methodology was carried out on the example of pro-
cessing grain cargo in the Volgograd transport node. As a result of the implementation
of mathematical modeling of the flow of traffic during September 2015, the optimal rate
of reloading works was determined. It should increase by 14% (from 6,380 tons per day
to 8,765 tons per day). In addition, the required number of berths is recommended to
increase from two to three. However, due to the tightness of the water area in the
Volgograd transport node it is not possible to extend the quay wall, it is necessary to
install an additional handling device with a capacity of 3,176 tons per day to ensure the
optimum rate of reloading operations. Because of these measures, the reduced costs for
the fleet being processed and berths can be reduced by 13.7%, which is about 2.3
million rubles a year of profit.
5 Conclusions
In this way, the proposed method allows to determine the optimal parameters of the
interaction of transport streams in the transport node, including the capacity of the
reloading equipment and the required number of berths, which will generally improve
the efficiency of the transport hub.
References
1. Verzhbitsky, V.M.: Numerical methods. Linear Algebra and Nonlinear Equations,
386 p. Vysshaya shkola, Moscow (2000)
2. Voronin, V.F., Kogan, V.E.: Conditions for the effectiveness of the system pushed structure –
port. In the Collection: Optimal Planning of the Cargo Fleet: Works of GIIVT, the city of
Gorky, vol. 173, pp. 72–80 (1980)
3. Devyatov, D.M., Permovsky, A.A.: Decrease in the quality of passenger traffic - the problem
of modern urban transport. In: The collection Industrial Development of Russia: Problems,
Perspectives Proceedings of the 12th International Scientific and Practical Conference of
Teachers, Scientists, Specialists, Postgraduates, Students, 3 volumes, pp. 24–30 (2014)
4. Kitov, A.G., Fedoseev, A.I.: Evaluation of reliability of cargo transshipment by direct option
in the transport node. In the Collection: Social and Technical Services: Problems and Ways
of Development a Collection of Articles on the Materials of the III All-Russian Scientific and
Practical Conference. Nizhny Novgorod State Pedagogical University named after Kozma
Minin, pp. 205–207 (2017)
5. Kitov, A.G., Vakhidov, U.S., Shapkin, V.A., Shapkina, U.V.: Application of an innovative
system of numerical simulation (fem) for the study of vibroacoustic characteristics (nvh) of
automobile parts. Vestnik of the University of Minin, vol. 1, no. 1, p. 19 (2013)
6. Permovsky, A.A., Repina, R.V.: Determination of the quality criteria for passenger road
transport. In the Collection: Social and Technical Services: Problems and Ways of
Development a Collection of Articles on the Materials of the II All-Russian Scientific and
Practical Conference. Nizhny Novgorod State Pedagogical University. K. Minina, pp. 216–
219 (2015)
7. Sirotkin, A.A., Kitov, A.G.: Forwarding services on land transport: Current state and
development prospects: Textbook, Moscow (2016)
8. Sirotkin, A.A., Kitov, A.G.: Forwarding service of container transportations (course design):
Teaching-methodical manual, Nizhny Novgorod (2014)
9. Sirotkin, A.A., Repina, R.V.: Optimization of freight traffic in the context of a
comprehensive analysis of the transport system. In the Collection: Industrial Development
of Russia: Problems, Perspectives Collected Articles on the Materials of the XIII
International Scientific and Practical Conference of Teachers, Scientists, Specialists,
Postgraduates, Students. Department of Economics of the NGPU Named K. Minina,
pp. 206–211 (2015)
10. Fedoseev, A.I., Kitov, A.G.: Development of a work plan for drivers. In the collection:
Social and Technical Services: Problems and Ways of Development a Collection of Articles
on the Materials of the II All-Russian Scientific and Practical Conference. Nizhny Novgorod
State Pedagogical University. K. Minina, pp. 232–236 (2015)
11. Cherchenko, D.O.: Current state and directions of development of multimodal transport in
the Rostov transport hub. In: International Scientific and Practical Conference World
science, E. 1, vol. 12, no. 16, pp. 53–55 (2016)
12. Konings, R., Van Der Horst, M., Hutson, N., Kruse, J.: Comparative strategies for
developing hinterland transport by container barge analysis for Rotterdam and U.S. ports.
Transportation Research Record, no. 2166, pp. 82–89 (2010)
13. Brockel, H.C.: Today’s port – a trade and transport hub. Ann. Am. Acad. Polit. Soc. Sci.
345(1), 95–102 (1963)
14. Fisenko, A.I., Kuleshova, E.A.: The role of the Russian Far East in the system of East-West
international transport corridors. In: Problems and Trends in the Economy and Management
in the Modern World Proceedings of the International Conference, pp. 605–609 (2012)
Analysis of Deceptive Communication Speech
Acts in Linguistic Examination
Svetlana V. Kozmenkova(&), Timur B. Radbyl, Viktor I. Tsyganov,

and Vasily A. Yumatov
N.I. Lobachevsky Nizhny Novgorod State University,

Abstract. Purpose of the research. The purpose of the study is to identify the
differential signs of verbal acts of unfair information that are significant for
conducting a linguistic expert study in disputed verbal and written texts.
Theoretical bases, methods and materials of research. The method of logical
analysis of felicity conditions in the framework of the scientific instruments of
the postclassical theory of speech acts was used in the work. The article sum-
marizes the experience of 13 linguistic expertise’s in law enforcement practice
under clause 152 of the Civil Code of the Russian Federation “On protection of
honor, dignity and business reputation” and 7 researches of the expert on the
analysis of texts of mass-media in out-of-court sphere (for revealing signs of
“black” PR in the election campaign) for the period from 2007 to 2016.
Findings. Important theoretical issues of delineation of speech acts of sincere
error and unfair informing are considered. A method is proposed for detecting
speech acts of unfair communication based on the detection of diagnostic signs:
substantial (logical contradictions, excessive detailing of the message, omis-
sions of important details, reporting “extra” information, references to rumors,
unverified sources, etc.); proper language (inadequate tone expression, exces-
sive language means uncertainty impersonal and passive constructions,
WE-exposure, speech strategy de re, and expressive syntax pr.).
Practical implications. The results of the research can be used as method-
ological recommendations for the identification and qualification of various
kinds of implicit information in the production of linguistic examinations and in
the production of examinations in cases of humiliation of honor and dignity,
extremism, unfair and unreliable advertising,
Scientific value. The original method of revealing the content and actual lan-
guage features of the speech act of dishonest information as opposed to the
verbal deed of good faith was tested.
Keywords: Linguistic expertise Speech act theory Felicity conditions

Deceptive communication Honest mistake Deceptive information speech act

Analysis of Deceptive Communication Speech Acts in Linguistic Examination 463
1 Introduction
Recently, the application of modern linguistic theory, the need for which in the modern
information age has become increasingly important due to the expansion of spheres and
areas where it became possible, has acquired particular urgency. One of such areas is
linguistic expertise (Galyashina 2003).
Linguistic forensic examination is defined as a “procedurally regulated expert
linguistic study of verbal and (or) written text, resulting in a written opinion on issues
whose resolution requires the use of special knowledge” (Rosinskaya (ed.) 2001,
p. 124). One of the most important requirements in the theory and practice of legal
proceedings for a linguistic expert conclusion is the scientific validity that “presupposes
the scientific, logical and methodological literacy of the conducted study and the
presentation of results” (Belchikov et al. 2010, p. 34). Scientific validity is largely
determined by the adequacy of the methods and methods used, based on certain the-
oretical positions of linguistic science. Often it is the right choice of linguistic theory as
the methodological basis of research that gives the desired result.
Thus, among the most popular categories of requests for a linguistic expertise are
the tasks of determining and qualifying the content and verbal features of deceptive
communication for the analysis of textual materials. In our opinion, the methodological
tools of the theory of speech acts can significantly help in solving this problem.
A.N. Baranov indicates the importance of using the methodological tools of the theory
of speech acts in linguistic expertise, in particular: “Linguistic pragmatics is no less
important for the examination of the text (here and further it is highlighted by the
author - A.B.). In particular, the speech act theory, which determines the commu-
nicative orientation of the utterance (illocutionary force) and the essence of such
important speech categories as affirmation, evaluation and appeal” (Baranov 2011,
pp. 18–19).
The founder of the theory of speech acts (speech act theory) is the English
philosopher-analyst and logic J.L. Austin, who presented the basic ideas of the theory
of speech acts in the course of lectures at Harvard in 1955, which were then published
in the book “How to do things with words?” In 1962 (Austin 1962). Subsequently,
these ideas were developed by the American philosopher and logician J.R. Searle in the
work “What is a speech act?” (Searle 1971, pp. 39–53).
The speech act is a purposeful speech action performed in accordance with the
principles and rules of speech behavior adopted in this society. The structure of the
speech act in main features reproduces the model of the ordinary, non-verbal action:
there is intention, purpose and effect (result). A person is responsible for both verbal
and non-verbal actions if they violate accepted norms of behavior.
In the modern theory of speech acts, much attention is paid to speech acts that
violate the fundamental principle of speech communication (the Cooperative Principle)
and postulates of communication (conversational maxima) put forward by H.P. Grice
in the work “Logic and Conversation” in 1975 (Grice 1975, pp. 41–58), and also the
464 S. V. Kozmenkova et al.
Principle of Politeness (Politeness Principle), formulated in the well-known book

G.N. Leech “Principles of Pragmatics” (Leech 1983).
3 Materials of Research
The article summarizes the experience of 13 linguistic expertise’s in law enforcement

practice under clause 152 of the Civil Code of the Russian Federation “On protection of
honor, dignity and business reputation” and 7 researches of the expert on the analysis
of texts of mass-media in out-of-court sphere (for revealing signs of “black” PR in the
election campaign) for the period from 2007 to 2016.
4 Methods of Research
Therefore, in the framework of the theory of speech acts, in addition to cooperative

speech acts, which can be called honest communication speech acts, we can speak of
deceptive communication speech acts. The latter include such non-cooperative speech
acts as lies, slander, defamation, compromising, incomplete information, biased cov-
erage of facts in the right speaker, concealment of important factual circumstances, the
dissemination of unconfirmed rumors and unverified opinions, distortion of facts by
incorrect or inconsistent presentation etc.
It is clear that many of these speech acts can not be determined in a purely linguistic
way. For example, a verbal act of lies or slander can be qualified as such only when it is
found that the information contained in the text material does not correspond to the
actual side of the matter, which is beyond the competence of the linguist.
However, the modern theory of speech acts still has sufficient tools for identifying
meaningful (conceptual and logical), communicative-pragmatic and verbal signs of
unfair information in the analyzed text. This applies primarily to the mechanisms for
identifying the communicative intention of the author (which in the requests for
expertise is often referred to as the “communicative orientation” of the statement or
text), features of compositional construction of the text and its actual side, as well as the
presence of purely linguistic (“verbal”) signals of dishonest information.
It is methodologically important that, according to external linguistic features, the
speech acts of unfair informing do not differ from other types of incomplete or distorted
information, in particular, from speech acts of the so-called “conscientious delusion”
caused simply by the lack of information from the speaker, incomplete knowledge of
the facts or other reasons, but in no way the absence of his goodwill or the estab-
lishment of intentional non-cooperative speech communication.
It is necessary to distinguish between these two fundamentally different types of
speech acts - honest error and unscrupulous communication. In this paper, the dis-
tinction between the two types of speech acts is based on the method of analyzing the
so-called “success conditions” within the framework of the methodological apparatus
of the theory of speech acts.
So, in addition to the presence of a certain communicative intention, which in the
theory of speech acts is commonly called “illocutionary force” or “illocutionary function”
of utterance, speech acts are characterized from the point of view of the so-called “felicity
conditions” put forward in the already cited work of J.R. Searle (Searle 1971).
The conditions for the success of a speech act are conditions that are necessary to
recognize a speech act as appropriate, and failure to comply with one or more success
conditions, on the contrary, leads to communication failures.
J.R. Searle identifies four main groups of conditions for success:
(1) Preparatory preconditions are conditions that reflect objective (situational) and
subjective (psychological) prerequisites, compatible with the nomination of this
illocutionary goal, i.e. the circumstances of the speech act, in the absence of which
it will suffer a communicative failure;
(2) Essential conditions are conditions that directly correspond to the communicative
intention of the speaker (expression in a specific linguistic form of assertion,
question, motivation, commitment, etc.), which the speaker seeks to convey to the
listener’s consciousness by means of his utterance;
(3) The condition of sincerity is a condition that reflects the internal (psychological)
state that can be attributed to the speaker, based on the assumption of the sincerity
and seriousness of the speech act (for the purposes of our study, it is important
that, unlike the preliminary conditions, violation of the terms of sincerity by the
speaker usually happens unnoticed for the addressee and therefore does not
directly entail a communicative failure, although the counterfeit, falsity of this
speech act can be exposed in the long run);
(4) Propositional content conditions are conditions that impose restrictions on the
choice of language facilities for the performance of a speech act (for example, the
act of communication can not include the verb in the imperative mood, and the act
of the request is a verb in indicative mood in the past tense, etc.).
From the point of view of the theory of speech acts, delusion should be regarded as a
special kind of speech acts of representatives, or constatives messages. All speech acts
of this type unite the communicative intention of the speaker to inform the addressee of
any information so that the addressee takes note of it and draws conclusions from it
himself.
At the heart of delusion as a speech act of an inauthentic message lie the following
conditions for the success of a speech act:
(1) Preparatory conditions: (a) communication intent of the message - the speaker
informs the recipient information about a certain fact, event, person, without
having knowledge about its conformity to reality; (b) the speaker is convinced of
the truth of this information. refers to reliable, in his opinion, or simply author-
itative, respectable sources, or trusts data from his own experience, or relies on
false analogies, etc.;
(2) Essential condition: the speaker confirms the truth of the information being
communicated to the addressee;
(3) The condition of sincerity: The speaker observes the condition of sincerity; sin-
cerely considers his information to be a reliable and worthy attention of the
addressee;
(4) The condition of propositional content: the speaker uses the standard language
form to report facts (indicative, nouns in specific reference use, etc.); from a
linguistic point of view, a delusion has the form of a proposition - an affirmation
or opinion, and does not practically differ from linguistic features.
Because of the speech act of sincerity conditions, and error nontermological and
tautological referred to in some sources “honest mistake” (a bona fide ignorance)
(while any delusion, by definition, good faith, because unscrupulous errors do not
happen, it is difficult to assume a sincere intention of the speaker to be mistaken,
deceived, not to receive reliable information about the facts, etc.).
From the speech acts of inaccurate messages should distinguish a similar shape,
but differ on communicative intentions of the speech act of unfair posts (deceptive
information) - false (knowingly misleading the recipient, unlike the self-delusion of the
author), slander, flattery, hypocrisy, manipulation speech acts of other types.
From the speech act of an unreliable message (“bona fide error”), the speech act of
dishonest communication differs in two parameters:
(1) In the field of preparatory conditions - the condition varies (a): there is a com-
municative intention of deliberately misleading the addressee or concealing from
him the true state of affairs;
(2) In the field of the condition of sincerity, a breach of the terms of sincerity for the
speakers, which is precisely characterized by a contradiction between the declared
speaking purpose-falsified communicative intention and the actual communicative
intention that the speaker hides.
Note that hiding the true communicative goal by the speaker is the main feature of
the manipulative speech strategy. In the Russian linguistic tradition, in such cases it is
customary to speak of “language demagogy” (Nikolaeva 1988, pp. 154–165).
However, it is not difficult to see that in terms of content and speech (neutral) style
of presentation, the speech act of bona fide error is not too different from the usual
statement or opinion.
It follows that in order to correctly classify a speech act as a “bona fide error” or an
unfair manipulation (lie, slander, etc.), it is necessary to know the extralinguistic
conditions of communication. For example, whether the speaker is aware that the
information he provides is untrue, is whether the true goal of the speaker is to provide
the addressee with some information for evaluating it objectively, whether the speaker
is sincere in his intention to inform the audience of certain facts, etc. It is clear that
these requirements go beyond the scope of the possibilities of linguistic analysis.
However, in linguistic pragmatics and the theory of speech acts, nevertheless
certain principles of differentiation of sincere and insincere speech strategies have been
worked out. This primarily relates to the ways of presenting information in the mes-
sage, its quality and quantity. In particular, such speech acts, as a rule, contain various
meaningful and verbal means of evasion from the truth, i.e. evasion of the speaker from
responsibility for the utterance, which, following J. Lakoff, should be treated as “fence”
words (hedge (s)/hedging) - words and expressions whose function is to create some
kind of semantic blurriness, fuzziness - like in general or approximately, etc. (Lakoff
1972, p. 195).
On the basis of these principles, we developed a methodology for detecting
violations of the condition of sincerity in the analyzed text at the content and actual
language levels, which consists in the detection of the following diagnostic signs:
– Significant features: (1) logical contradictions; (2) excessive detailing of the
message; (3) on the contrary, excessive “conciseness”, omitting important details;
(4) violation of the postulate of “quantity” (H.P. Grice), i.e. the message of “su-
perfluous”, irrelevant information; (5) excessive “pedaling” of unreliable sources of
information (references to rumors, unverified sources, etc.);
– Actually language features: (1) atypical for speaking vocabulary; (2) a special,
inadequate tone of utterance; (3) the abundance of linguistic means of uncertainty
(vague pronouns and adverbs, hypothetical particles, subjunctive moods of verbs,
etc.); (4) the presence of means of expression or evaluation, inappropriate for the
speech act of the message; (5) means of evasion of the speaker’s responsibility for
utterance (impersonal and passive constructions, WE-discourse, etc.); (6) use of the
speech strategy de re instead of de dicto; (7) means of expressive syntax instead of
neutral style of presentation (parcellation, rhetorical questions and exclamations,
question-answer form of presentation, ironic quotes, defaults, etc.).
6 Conclusions
Thus, both in the field of author’s intentionality and in the choice of speech strategies
that correspond to it, one can still see some significant content and speech differences
between “conscientious delusion” and dishonest information.
So, a genuinely erring speaker/author does not refer to rumors in support of his
opinion, since he is sincerely convinced of his truth. He does not need the means of
expression and evaluation, does not give a lot of details unnecessary for presenting his
position and irrelevant, in his opinion, facts, does not put “hedges” that insure against
possible charges of dishonest reporting, does not use means of evasion from respon-
sibility for own utterance, i.e. from the I-presentation (I-discourse), from the first
person, etc.
In general, the conducted study showed that it is possible to identify verbal acts of
unscrupulous communication by linguistic methods. The scientific tools of the theory
of speech acts, in particular, the scientific concept of “conditions of success,” make it
possible to adequately determine non-cooperative communicative intentions and cor-
responding content and speech attributes in the text if it is possible to take into account
the totality of extra linguistic circumstances of the generation of the analyzed text.
7 Practical Implications
The results of the research can be used as methodological recommendations for the
identification and qualification of various kinds of implicit information in the pro-
duction of linguistic examinations and in the production of examinations in cases of
humiliation of honor and dignity, extremism, unfair and unreliable advertising.
References
Baranov, A.N.: Linguistic Examination of the Text: Theoretical Grounds and Practice: Study
Allowance, 3rd edn., p. 592. Science, Flint (2011). (In Rus.)
Belchikov, Y.A., Gorbanevsky, M.V., Zharkov, I.V.: Methodical recommendations on the issues
of linguistic examination of disputed media texts: Collection of materials. IPK “Informkniga”,
p. 208 (2010). (In Rus.)
Galyashina, E.I.: Basics of judicial speech: Monograph, p. 236. STENSY (2003). (In Rus.)
Nikolaeva, T.M.: Linguistic Demagogy. In: Pragmatics and Intensionality Problems, pp: 154–
165. Science (1988). (In Rus.)
Rosinskaya, E.R. (ed.): Forensic Examinations in Civil Proceedings: Organization and Practice,
p. 535. Yuright Publishing House; ID Yuright (2001). (In Rus.)
Austin, J.L.: How to do Things with Words: The William James Lectures delivered at Harvard
University in 1955, p. 179. Clarendon Press, Oxford (1962). Urmson, J.O. and Sbisà, M. (ed.)
Grice, H.P.: Logic and conversation. In: Cole, P., Morgan, J. (eds.) Syntax and Semantics. IH.
Speech Acts, pp. 41–58. Academic Press, New York (1975)
Lakoff, G.: Hedges: A study in meaning criteria and the logic of fuzzy concepts. In: Papers from
the Eighth Regional Meeting of the Chicago Linguistic Society, pp. 183–228 (1972)
Leech, G.N.: Principles of Pragmatics, p. 250. Longman, London (1983)
Searle, J.R.: What is a speech act? In: Searle, J.R. (ed.) The Philosophy of Language (Oxford
Readings in Philosophy), pp. 39–53. Oxford University Press, Oxford (1971)
Problems of Formation of Perspective Growth
Points of High-Tech Productions
Tatyana S. Kolmykova1(&) , Ekaterina A. Merzlyakova1,

Vladimir V. Bredikhin1, Tatyana O. Tolstykh2,
and Oksana P. Ovchinnikova3
1
Southwest State University, Kursk, Russia
2
Industrial Management, National University of Science and Technology
(MISIS), Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
3
Peoples Friendship University of Russia, Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The current socio-economic situation in Russia is characterized by

the impact of complex foreign policy conditions, the use of international
sanctions, and the intensification of global competition. Internal features of
Russia’s economic development are associated with the exhaustion of the
export-raw material model of development, the impact of a new technological
and technological structure, which puts the industrial sector in the task for
transition to an innovative development paradigm. On background, high-tech
science-intensive enterprises should become the locomotive of the growth of the
Russian economy. In this article, the role of high-technology sectors in initiating
the processes of innovative development of the economy based on the
structural-dynamic analysis of macroeconomic parameters is substantiated, and
the main criteria for classifying industries as high-tech sectors are outlined.
Economic and statistical analysis of the activity of enterprises of the high-tech
sector of the Russian economy was carried out, taking into account international
comparisons. The estimation of the basic tendencies of formation of the world’s
added value of hi-tech manufactures is given. The main tendencies in formation
of perspective points of growth of high-tech sector are revealed. The key factors
for successful implementation of the tasks of innovative development of
enterprises in the high-tech sector of the economy are identified. In addition, the
significance of this study is to develop theoretical and methodological support
and justification of scientific and practical measures aimed at the formation of a
high-tech sector of the innovation economy.
Keywords: Innovation Innovation management Innovative development

High-tech production High technology
1 Introduction
The Russian economy overcomes the recession and stagnation, which replaced the
active development.

470 T. S. Kolmykova et al.
First, the situation of a sharp decline in prices for natural resources once again
demonstrates the country’s export-raw material dependence. The Russian economy has
been developing over the past decades largely thanks to the raw material sector, in
particular the oil and gas sector. This sector plays the main role in the formation of the
country’s balance of payments and provides the main share of export earnings.
According to the Federal State Statistics Service, revenues from the export of minerals
account for more than 60%. At the same time, about 40% of all export earnings come
from crude oil and natural gas. One of the negative consequences of this economic
structure is the obstacle to creating incentives for the development of high-tech
industries.
Secondly, in the world political space, tendencies towards multi-polarity are
increasingly being traced. Strengthening the struggle of states for spheres of influence
provokes the growth of regional instability and the exacerbation of world security
problems. The negative geopolitical situation and the sanctions regime make their
adjustments to the functioning of the Russian economy. There are significant restric-
tions in relations with traditional Western partners. This leads to a complication and a
reduction in the interaction on the transfer of technology. A viable alternative and a
promising solution to this kind of problems is the activation of the domestic research
and development sector, which is the driver of innovative development.
The world community enters the period of formation of a new paradigm of sci-
entific and technological development, which is connected with the transition to the
sixth technological order and the beginning of new revolutionary industrial changes.
Lagging in the pace and scale of Russia’s transition to a new paradigm will naturally
lead to a loss of competitiveness, both in the world and in the domestic market [7]. In
this context, the role of the high-tech sector of the economy is obvious. Since it is
where the main production forces of the sixth technological order are located. In this
way, the problem of development and formation of perspective points of growth of
high-tech industries is actual.
The purpose of the study is to identify the main trends in the formation of
promising points of growth of high-tech industries on the basis of analysis and eval-
uation of high-tech industries taking into account international comparisons.
The importance of the innovative component of the growth of the Russian economy is
underlined by the strategic documents adopted within the framework of the goal setting
at the federal level. The strategy of social and economic development of the Russian
Federation, the National Security Strategy of the Russian Federation, the Strategy for
Scientific and Technological Development of the Russian Federation, and a number of
sectoral strategies contain certain goals and priorities for innovative development.
Thus, in terms of ensuring national security in science, technology and education, the
need to integrate science, education and the high-tech industry is indicated.
According to Rosstat’s normative documents, the criterion for classifying high-tech
industries is a high level of technological development. It is determined by the ratio of
R&D costs to gross value added. However, there is no single approach that makes it
Problems of Formation of Perspective Growth Points 471
possible to classify branches of the economy in terms of their level of manufactura-

bility, in world or domestic practice. The OECD, the US National Science Foundation
and the United Nations (within the Standard International Trade Classification) clas-
sification are universally recognized [1].
The current grouping of industries based on technological development, Rosstat
develops science intensity because of the recommendations of Eurostat, and OECD
based on NACE Rev.1.1, taking into account the national characteristics of the
development of industries. The list of economic activities included in the group of
high-tech industries is normatively fixed and includes:
– Production of pharmaceutical products;
– Production of office equipment and computers;
– Production of electronic components, equipment for radio, television and
communications;
– Manufacture of medical products; measuring instruments, monitoring, control and
testing; optical devices, photo and cinematographic equipment; watches;
– Production of aircraft, including space vehicles.
The concept of high technology is associated with the category of science intensity,
which is generally understood as the degree of communication with scientific
research’s and developments. Legislative, however, the criterion for classifying the
sector as a science-intensive one is the proportion of people with a high level of
vocational education in the number of employees. It should be noted that high-tech
innovations are the “highest” form of innovation activity. They contribute to a sig-
nificant social and economic impact, as well as the development of new industries.
Today, the global share of medium- and high-tech activities in the added value of
manufacturing industries is about 50%. At the same time, in some countries higher
values are also fixed: Singapore - 81%, Switzerland - 65%, Germany - 60%, the USA -
51%. The world volume of added value created by industrial enterprises of high-tech
industries is also increasing - 1.8 trillion dollars US in 2014 [10].
This trend is not typical for all countries. Unconditional leader in the production of
high-tech products are the United States. However, if in 1999 the share of the United
States accounted for 37.1% of the global added value of high-tech industries, in 2014 -
less than 29%. The main reason for this dynamic is the rapid innovation growth of
China’s economy. Its share in the global production of high-tech products increased
from 3.4% in 1999 to 27.3% in 2014. Thus, it can be said that at present the USA and
China occupy leading positions in the production of high technologies.
It should be noted that China’s experience in building and developing an innovative
economy is unique. It is recognized as one of the most successful in the world. In the
shortest time, the country has evolved from an economic system with a low level of
technological development to one of the world’s innovative centers open to interna-
tional trade and technology exchange.
On this picture, Russia’s positions are still insignificant. Despite the positive
dynamics, the country’s share in the global production of high technologies is just over
1%. The same is true for high-tech knowledge-intensive innovations. There are a
number of factors hindering the creation of high-tech innovations:
– Insufficient funding of research activities both from the state and from the private
sector;
– Lack of effective incentives for R&D;
– Time factor (the process of developing new technologies can take several years).
Specialists note that the development of innovative activities of high-tech enter-
prises directly depends on the volume and sources of funding [6]. Analysis shows that
gross domestic expenditure on R&D in Russia has a steady upward trend. Their share
in GDP increased from 0.85% in 1995 to 1.13% in 2015. In the United States, the same
indicator in 2015 was 2.75%, in China - 2.05%. In Japan it is -3.59% [8].
Significant financial resources were directed at supporting the research sector and
reviving the research infrastructure, attracting talents and re-conquering leadership
positions. A significant part of gross domestic expenditure on R&D (about 20%) is
directed to supporting applied research, which serves as a basis for high-tech
knowledge-intensive innovations.
As for the structure of high-tech production in Russia, here the undisputed leaders are
aircraft manufacturing enterprises, including spacecraft. They account for almost 50%
of all high-tech production in the country (Fig. 1, [8]).
Fig. 1. Production in Russia of high-tech products, including innovative, 2015, RUB million.
(1 - production of pharmaceutical products, 2 - production of office equipment and

computers, 3 - production of electronic components, equipment for radio, television
and communications, 4 - production of medical products, measuring, control and

testing instruments, optical instruments, and cinema equipment, watches, 5 - produc-
tion of aircraft, including space vehicles)
This state of affairs is natural. The cosmos has long been recognized as a strategic
priority in the struggle for world economic leadership. Prospects for using space and
space technologies in many ways are able to influence the trajectories of the devel-
opment of the world economy and the economy of Russia. Aeronautical and
space-rocket technologies have a strong influence on the formation of the world
economy by importing space technologies into the civilian sphere of activity, a sharp
increase in the volume of production, a change in the structure of the world market
towards innovative high-tech industries. This predetermines the economic effect of the
development of aerospace industries.
Russia historically has the highest potential in such industries as space and nuclear
technologies. At the same time, space technologies are one of those areas of high
technology, where Russia still maintains a leading position on world markets. Enter-
prises that create aviation and space-rocket technologies have a powerful scientific and
technical base, unique experimental equipment, traditionally high organization and
responsibility, technological discipline, well-established programs for the development
and production of complex types of science-intensive technology. According to the
researchers, they have highly skilled cadres of workers, technicians, engineers, pro-
duction organizers, economists and scientists [2].
According to the Thomson Reuters report on innovation, five of the ten most
innovative aerospace companies in Europe are in Russia for the period (Table 1).
Table 1. Top 10 European innovation leaders in the aerospace industry [9]

Company A country Number of
inventions
Airbus France 225
RSC Energia Russia 113
ISS M.F. Reshetnev Russia 80
Thales France 73
Center Nat Etud Spatiales France 42
Institute of Engineering Science. A.A. Blagonravov RAS Russia 61
Khrunichev State Research and Production Space Center Russia 41
Deut Zent Luft Production Center Germany 32
Snecma France 24
Moscow Experimental Design Bureau “Mars” Russia 19
The domestic aerospace industry is characterized by a high level of centralization

and state control. On the one hand, this approach allows achieving breakthrough sci-
entific and technological results, on the other hand it is not effective enough that in the
process of introducing into the production and launching of the technologies and
solutions being developed.
Space technologies and infrastructure are usually associated with the launch of
carrier rockets, the management and maintenance of satellites, manned spaceflight
missions and other important tasks. However, the traditional landscape of the aerospace
industry is changing rapidly, and now the industry is on the threshold of a new era that
can lead to a significant expansion in aerospace applications and the emergence of new
markets [4, 5].
Today, the state, the educational sector and a number of private innovative com-
panies are experimenting with new approaches to the creation and deployment of
groupings of spacecraft and the provision of new services. The changes concern the
characteristics of the satellites that are put into orbit. In 2015, slightly less than half of
the nearly three hundred launched satellites weighed 10 kg and less. In 2014, a Russian
carrier rockets was launched, which deployed a mix of 33 small satellites and CubeSat
in low-Earth orbit [4].
New technologies allow creating and managing satellite groupings with the pos-
sibility of full coverage by monitoring the Earth’s surface. Solutions for remote sensing
can be used to study climate and environmental monitoring, in agriculture and forest
industry, for monitoring road traffic and identifying emergencies.
Along with space technologies, biotechnologies and pharmaceuticals are highly
concentrated in industries with a high degree of concentration. In these industries,
several large international companies dominate, such as Pfizer, Glaxo Smith Kline,
Abbott Laboratories and Eli Lilly. However, it should be noted that the competitive
environment in the field of biotechnology is also changing. Biotechnological start-ups
attract more and more investments. According to a study by Hiroko Tabuchi, published
in The New York Times, in the first half of 2014, international investment in biotech
start-ups grew by 26% to approximately $3 billion., which could exceed the 2008
record of $5 billion dollars US [6]. New areas are emerging, such as personal genomics
and genetic engineering. More and more attention is paid to biotechnology in
agriculture.
5 Conclusions
Thus, today, Russia is actively investing in high-tech and knowledge-intensive inno-

vations and is still competitive in leading areas, however, to expand the sphere of
leadership and maintain current positions, it is necessary to make a big breakthrough.
Key factors for the success of this task are attracting talents and increasing involvement
in international research activities.
On the way to achieve and maintain the leading position in the world market of
high-tech and science-intensive innovations, it seems expedient to develop higher
education institutions and introduce new models for organization of research activities,
expand cooperation between business and scientific institutions, create global inno-
vation centers, and integrate Russia into a global innovation network.
To achieve the stated goals, the maximum concentration of efforts is needed in
those industries in which the country already has a substantial reserve (aviation and
space-rocket technologies), as well as in the sectors of high-tech in the world markets
(biotechnology and pharmaceutics).
References
1. Balatsky, E.V., Ekimova, N.A.: The doctrine of high-tech jobs in the Russian economy, 124
p. Edithus, Moscow (2013)
2. Belousov, A.I., Maslova, A.G.: Features of aerospace engineering and modern aerospace
engineering education. Bull. Samara State Aerosp. Univ. 360(5), 333–338 (2012)
3. Erygina, L.V., Serdyuk, R.S.: The state of the Russian rocket and space industry and its
development trends. Vestn. Siberian State Aerosp. Univ. 53(1), 207–211 (2014)
4. Isupov, A.M.: Perfection of state regulation of aircraft-building clusters of the Russian
Federation: strategic aspect. Vesnik of the Samara State Univ. 105(4), 27–33 (2013)
5. Kolmykova, T., Telizenko, A., Lukianykhin, V.: Problems of modernization and develop-
ment for industrial complex. Probl. Perspect. Manage. 11(4), 27–33 (2013)
6. Kolmykova, T., Kazarenkova, N.: International criteria for the country’s banking system
efficiency assessment. Econ. Ann. XXI 157 (3–4(1)), 97–99 (2016)
7. Ljevčenko, A.S., Rudičev, A.A., Kuznecova, I.A., Nikitina, J.A.: Competitive strategy as
instrument of increase of business activity of the industrial enterprise. J. Appl. Eng. Sci. 13
(1), 19–24 (2015)
8. Voynilov, U.L., Gorodnikova, N.V., Gohberg, L.M., et al.: 2017 Indicators of science:
Statistical collection. National Research University, Higher School of Economics, 304
p. HSE, Moscow (2017)
9. State of Innovation Report: Thomson Reuters (2016). http://stateofinnovation.com/2016-
state-of-innovation-report
10. United Nations Industrial Development Organization: Industrial Development Report 2016.
The Role of Technology and Innovation in Inclusive and Sustainable Industrial Develop-
ment. Vienna (2015). http://www.unido.org/
Tax Planning as a Basis of the System
of Corporate Tax Management
Lyudmila S. Kirina(&) and Natalia A. Nazarova

Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. Topicality of the studied problem is predetermined by the necessity

for improving the management of tax expenses of an economic subject, caused
by the peculiarities of development of the taxation process in Russia and, as a
consequence, by the taxpayers’ wish to optimize their tax liabilities. Thus, a need
for theoretical and practical knowledge on formation of tax expenses and man-
agement of their volume on the basis of improving the tax strategy of an eco-
nomic subject arises, which predetermines the emergence of independent sphere
of financial management – tax management of organization (corporate tax
management), which task is to optimize the management of tax liabilities at the
micro-level. The purpose of the article is to determine and open the general
tendencies and peculiarities of functioning and development of tax management
at the corporate level. The leading approaches to studying this problem are the
historical & legal and comparative & legal approaches, which allow for complex
consideration of the process of functioning of tax management as an element of
financial management and the object of economic & legal regulation. Results: the
article views the causes of emergence of tax management: opens the general
tendencies and peculiarities of its functioning; determines the most significant
directions; reflects the stages and methods of tax planning; offers the algorithm of
calculation of planned liabilities for the year and the variants of determining the
effectiveness of tax management. The materials of the article are of practical
value for specialists in the sphere of taxation and tax law; persons who conduct
scientific research in the sphere of economic & legal regulation of tax policy of an
economic subject; persons who conduct entrepreneurial and legislative activities.
Keywords: Taxes Tax management Financial management

Tax planning Tax expenses Tax liabilities Tax budget Tax load
1 Introduction

With the growth of qualitative and quantitative parameters of business, conducted by
an economic subject, the need for the structured form of management of financial flows
and tax expenses for improving the financial state and the corresponding processing of
the increasing flow of information grows. Corporate tax management contributes into
profitability of business and optimization of tax liabilities. Due to this, the search for

Tax Planning as a Basis of the System of Corporate Tax Management 477
the methods of optimization of tax payments is one of the most important directions of
tax planning performed in the interests of business, which shows the topicality of the
viewed problem.

The problems of financing and development of tax management are studied in the
works of economists and lawyers in Russia and abroad.
The history of development of tax management and tax planning, as its main
function, was studied by Bablenkova et al. (2009); Barulin et al. (2008); Vylkova
(2017); Evstigneev (2004); Kucherov (2016); Melnik (2000), et al.
The establishment of tax management as a form of practical activity was studied in
the works of Tikhonov and Lipnik (2004); Pimenov and Rodionov (2017), et al.
The history of development of financial management was studied by such foreign
authors as Braley and Mayers (2008); Van Horn and Vahovich (2006); Mintzberg
(2009), et al.

The previous studies do not allow for complex consideration of the process of for-
mation and functioning of tax management as an element of intra-corporate relations
and the object of economic & legal and tax regulation in different periods of estab-
lishment of the Russian tax system.
This work views the economic & legal aspect and is aimed at analysis of pre-
conditions for emergence of tax management and perspectives of its development in
Russia.

The purpose of the study is to determine and open the general tendencies and pecu-
liarities of formation and functioning of tax management in Russia. This is necessary
for answering the question on the possibility of development of new economic & legal
relations at the macro- and micro-levels in the sphere of taxation that would take into
account the specifics of the Russian tax laws and the possibilities of its application for
optimization of tax liabilities of economic subjects.

The following methods were used in the process of the research: general scientific –
analysis, synthesis, comparison, and generalization; specific scientific: historical &
legal and comparative & legal, which allow for complex consideration of the process of
formation and functioning of tax management as an element of financial management
and the object of economic & legal regulation in Russia. The historical & legal method
was used for studying the stages of establishment and development of companies’ tax
478 L. S. Kirina and N. A. Nazarova
management. The comparative economic & legal analysis was used for determining the
peculiarities of formation and regulation of this phenomenon in the Russian tax law at
different stages of development of the Russian tax system.
2.2 Research Basis

The research basis includes the scientific studies and publications of the Russian and
foreign economists and lawyers who study various aspects of tax management and tax
planning in organization.
2.3 Research Stages

First stage: analysis of the existing scientific literature on the topic of the research,
as well as the laws in the sphere of economic & legal regulation of tax management;
determination of the problem, goal, and methods of the research.
Second stage: formulation of profits received in the course of analysis of scientific
literature and law, preparation of publication.
3 Results
3.1 Emergence of Tax Planning as a Form of Practical Activity

Tax planning - from the position of taxpayer - as one of the elements of corporate tax
management, is an inseparable part of its financial and economic activity. This process
is very important, as optimization of taxation allows for simultaneous allocation of
financial assets for their capitalization. Due to this, there is a task of wide and legal
reduction of tax load for each taxpayer.
Based on this, it is possible to determine the main directions of tax planning:
studying tax law (existing and for perspective); evaluation of tax consequences for the
performed actions; development of the methods of reducing the tax expenses of eco-
nomic subject; evaluation of the possible tax risks of the planned events; calculation of
tax load before and after implementing the means of tax optimization.
The performed actions include: selection of organizational & legal form of busi-
ness, conclusion of deals and agreements, selection of the sources of tax payment (by
means of own or borrowed assets), determination of the terms of tax payments, etc.
Unlike other stages of tax management, tax planning emerges before the registra-
tion of economic subject and the beginning of conduct of the production activities, as it
includes the selection of the organizational & legal form of a legal entity. Due to this, it
is possible to argue with certain authors who state that tax planning is peculiar only for
reduction of tax payments, as the taxpayers hadn’t had any organizational & legal form
and production activities, and then they appeared. Thus, the tax payments didn’t reduce
but increased.
However, despite the wide distribution of the practice of legal optimization of tax
payments, the quality of tax planning is improving very slowly. The reason for this lies
not only in the instability of tax law: the very sphere of legal provision of tax processes
in unstable. Tax law in a very important sphere of science and practice, which should
become a systemic element of professional knowledge for the persons who deal with
the problems of taxation.
It should be noted that tax planning, which is a part of the system of corporate tax
management, includes determination of the most proper legal means of reducing the tax
liabilities and compilation of the optimal tax budget. Due to this, taxes and payments
into the non-budget funds are separated into a block as an independent part of the
financial budget.
The positive aspect of this approach is that the attention is paid not only to
reduction of tax expenses but to realization of the financial strategy of economic
subject.
The organization may have its own succession of calculation of the tax budget. One
of the possible variants is given in Table 1.
Table 1. Stages of calculation of budget taxes

Stages Content of the stage
1. Collection of information for calculating tax load of organization (factual and
planned) and the indicators of tax load of the main tax objects
2. Determining the sensitivity of taxes (coefficient of elasticity)
3. Optimization of tax payments (normatives of amortization payments, subsidies,
taxes, and contractual policy)
4. Compilation of tax calendar
5. Compilation of the operational budget for taxes
It should be noted that the Table reflects not the process of tax budgeting but
presents the stages of corporate tax planning in the system of tax management during
management of tax payments, and budgeting is presented at the last – fifth – stage of
the budget compilation. At that, the first stage includes the systematization of infor-
mation on taxes and tax payments for the previous year, evaluation of tax payments in
the current years in the comparable (as to the studied year) terms of taxation. These data
are used for calculation of the tax load on organization – ratio of the accrued and paid
taxes during the year to profit of the organization. At the second stage, the coefficient of
taxes’ elasticity is determined – it shows the change of the value of a certain tax during
the change of the tax base or tax rate. At the third stage, the tax payments are opti-
mized. At that, apart from the possibility of applying the normatives and subsidies, it is
necessary to pay attention to optimization of corporate property tax and usage of the
legally set delays of tax payments into the budget. At the fourth stage of tax planning,
the tax calendar is compiled in which it is specified what taxes and when should be paid
by the organization. This will allow avoiding the delays and, therefore, penalties. The
last stage – compilation of the tax budget. The budget on taxes is effective not as such
but within the existing system of financial budgeting. As one of the operational bud-
gets, it should be coordinates to the budget of money assets’ movement. Connection of
the tax budget to the budget of financial assets budget is aimed at the balance of
financial income and payments into the budget so that the level of sufficient pure
money flow is achieved before payment of the taxes.
The comparative analysis of the offered stages of corporate tax management shows
that certain authors unify the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd stages, i.e., collection and analysis of
information, indicators of tax load in different financial & economic situations, com-
parison and ranking of the received data are unified in the collection of information for
calculating the tax load on the organization (factual and planned) and the indicators of
taxation of the main objects.
The next stage is calculation of elasticity, which coincides with the authors; the
stage of optimization coincides as well. The following stages can be switched – tax
calendar and tax budget.
Thus, it is possible to conclude that the stages of tax planning in the system of tax
management coincide (Fig. 1).
Fig. 1. Contents of the stages of corporate tax management
However, the existing methods of tax planning in the modern understanding do not
ensure the possibility of operative tax management; due to this, it is inexpedient to use
the methods of managerial accounting with distinguishing the tax component. For that,
all taxes and other mandatory payments to the budget should be viewed as business’s
expenses without connection to the financial accounting classification of expenses.

Taxes in the pure form are not considered in the managerial accounting and are not
taken into account during calculation of expenses. It could be explained by the diffi-
culties of the methodological order that emerge during the attempt to combine the
approaches to analysis of taxes and the ones that are traditionally used during analysis
of production expenses. Due to this, the changes in the methodology of operational
analysis (as a component of managerial accounting) of tax expenses for managing the
financial resources are expedient.
The offered changes of the methodology will allow controlling the taxes, i.e.,
controlling the volume of payments into the budget by influencing the assortment of the
issued products and the character of the use of the consumed resources.
For that, the organization’s management’s attention should be paid to control over
correctness, completeness, and timeliness of payment of taxes for the purpose of
avoiding penalties, fines, and other sanctions, and then – to the possibility of the legal
reduction of tax payments (tax planning). Regardless of the internal structure and the
system of corporate management, tax information is provided in the data of tax,
financial, and managerial accounting.
It may seem that tax information is provided in full in the tax accounting, but this
form of accounting is aimed for the taxation purposes only. Regardless of the fact,
whether it is distinguished by the organization into a separate type of accounting (we
think it means that the organization has a separate structural department and/or staff of
the organization includes one or several employees who deals only with the tax issues)
or not, the organization has to pay the taxes and perform a range of other functions –
e.g., register with the tax authorities, file tax calculations, declarations, and other
documents in due time and due form, and have the tax registers with the set form.
Besides, the organization may develop and use its own registers for the tax purposes.
However, we think that this is a weak spot of tax accounting during the attempt to use
these data for the purpose of tax expenses management.
Firstly, similarly to financial accounting, the data of tax accounting are oriented at
the external user. Moreover, while in case with financial accounting there are several
groups of financial accounting’s users, in tax accounting there’s only one user – tax
bodies (and, probably, the organization for the internal purposes). That’s why the
information in tax accounting satisfies not the organization’s but the tax bodies’ needs.
Secondly, the data of tax accounting are an object of commercial and tax secret. In
tax accounting, there’s no possibility to compare the indicators of various organiza-
tions. The possibility of various comparisons is very important for management; tax
accounting does not provide such a possibility. Tax accounting provides such a pos-
sibility to the employees of tax bodies but not to the wide audience or the
organizations.
Thirdly, preparation and filing of tax accounting are performed after some time, and
the data of the accounting may grow old by the moment of managerial decisions. The
corporate structure should have the operative tax accounting. Taking into account high
sensitivity of tax information to the precision of the data and practical impossibility of
comparisons to other economic subjects, operative tax accounting loses its value for the
purposes of managerial decisions.
Thus, the data formed in the tax accounting pose a certain value during managerial
decisions but do not allow solving the tasks of tax management. In particular, tax
accounting does not provide information on what products and when should be pro-
duced for the tax expenses to be minimal.
At that, the circle of issues to be solved by managerial accounting is not limited as it
includes all issues that are not properly reflected in other forms of accounting.
We share the point of view of managerial accounting peculiar for the foreign
countries. Firstly, because in case of such approach managerial accounting is not
something immense but has its specific object and methods of research and as such
interacts with other forms of accounting for solving the set tasks. Secondly, because
managerial accounting studies the costs and other issues (primarily, the ratio
expenses/profit), not limiting by the set frameworks, as is true in case of financial, tax,
and statistical form of accounting, but with such level of depth and coverage that is
necessary for specific organization, which is very important for supporting our
knowledge at the modern level.
Tax planning, as was noted, is a part of financial planning and its task includes legal
reduction of the absolute value of tax and other payments into the budget. In its turn,
financial planning is an inseparable part of organization’s financial management, which
includes tax management. That’s why the issues of provision of future payments by
financial resources and reflection of the change of the organization’s position under the
influence of concluded contracts, which are not yet completed, should be assigned to
the joint sphere of financial and managerial accounting.
In case if there are direct and reverse ties between the elements of tax management,
this stimulates the timely and efficient formation of the tax process, and regulation is
deemed organic and effective.
4 Discussion
It should be noted that the modern literature has certain differences in using the terms
“tax planning” and “tax management”. Some authors identify them – which is not
correct. The English word “management” is a synonym for the Russian word “yпpaв-
лeниe” and supposes the conduct of analysis, planning, control, and regulation. Thus,
the notion “tax management” includes the notion “tax planning”. Therefore, it is pos-
sible to agree with Galimzyanov, who divides tax management into organization of tax
accounting, control over the correctness of calculation of taxes, minimization of taxes
within the law, and structural transformations. A similar point of view is supported by
practical specialists by large consulting companies who note the following main ele-
ments of the effective system of tax management:
– comprehensive tax calendar;
– strategy of optimization of tax liabilities and the corresponding plans of their
realization;
– wise compliance with obligations;
– good state of financial accounting.
As is seen, optimization of tax liabilities is subjected by the above authors to the

more general task – tax management. This, tax management, tax control, and tax
administering could be seen as synonyms – at that, they are correlated to tax planning
as the general with the specific.
5 Conclusions
Based on the performed research of the process of formation and functioning of tax
management as an element of financial management and the object of economic & legal
and tax regulation, it is possible to make the following conclusion. Formation of the
company’s tax management has been conducted gradually, and its emergence has
specific economic and legal preconditions, namely:
– Russia’s transition to market relations, which predetermined creation of a new tax
system that played an important role in provision of the revenues part of the
consolidated budget of Russia;
– a large number of economic subjects are interested in increase of net profit by
reducing tax expenses and tax load, without violation of current tax laws;
– development of new forms of activity in the sphere of management of organiza-
tion’s finances, aimed at reduction of tax liabilities of the economic subject;
– the necessity for acquisition and application by the company’s specialists of the
means of optimization of tax liabilities that allow improving its financial state.
References
Braley, R., Mayers, S.: The Principles of Corporate Finance, 2nd edn. Olimp Business
Publication (2008)
Van Horne, J.K., Vahovich, J.M.: Foundations of Financial Management. Williams, Wantage
(2006)
Mintzberg, H.: Management: the Nature and Structure of Organizations as Seen by Guru.
EKSMO, Moscow (2009)
Garner, E., Owen, R., Conway, R. Attracting capital (1995)
Bondarchuk, N.V.: Financial Management of Organization (Methods of Harmonization of Taxes,
Money Flows, and Prices). Ekonomika Publication, Moscow (2008)
Vylkova, E.S.: Encyclopedia of Managing the Taxation of Economic Subjects. St. Petersburg
State University of Economics Publication, St. Petersburg (2017)
Dadashev, A.Z., Kirina, L.S.: Tax planning in organization (2004)
Evstigneev, E.N.: Foundations of tax planning: corporate tax management of the directions of
taxes minimization. The imitational model of tax planning. Tax risks, Piter, Moscow (2004)
Melnik, D.Y.: Tax management. In: Finance and Statistics (2000)
Tikhonov, D., Lipnik, L.: Tax planning and minimization of tax risks. Alpina Business Books,
Moscow (2004)
Barulin, S.V., Ermakova, E.A., Stepanenko, V.V.: Tax Management: Study Guide. OMEGA-L,
Moscow (2008)
Kirina, L.S., Gorokhova, N.A.: Tax management in organizations: study guide for masters: for
students of higher educational institutions, specialty: economics ; Financial University with
the Government of the RF. Yurait, Moscow (2014)
Pimenov, N.A., Rodionov, D.G.: Tax management in organizations: study guide for bachelors:
for students of higher educational institutions, specialty: economics. Financial University with
the Government of the RF, Yurait, Moscow (2017)
Kucherov, I.I.: Tax law. The General Part. Study Guide for Academic Bachelors. Yurait,
Moscow (2016)
Bablenkova, I.I., et al.: Forecasting and Planning in Taxation: Study Guide. Ekonomika, Moscow
(2009)
Problems and Prospects for Implementing
Inter-dimensional and Inter-industry Projects
in Digital Economy
Tatyana O. Tolstykh1(&), Natalia N. Kretova2,

Anna A. Trushevskaya3, Elena S. Dedova4, and Marina S. Lutsenko2
1
Industrial Management National University of Science
and Technology (MISIS), Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
2
Voronezh State Technical University, Voronezh, Russia
3
St. Petersburg State University of Aerospace Instrumentation,
St. Petersburg, Russia
[email protected]
4
Plekhanov Russian University of Economics, Voronezh, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of this study was to review the current issues of project
management and their impact on the development of regions and industries in
the new communication in environment, formed by the features of the digital
economy. Concepts related to management of inter-branch, interregional pro-
jects are specified, their stages of management are considered. Paying attention
to methodological problems related to the study of factors affecting the success
of inter-branch and interregional projects in the context of an updated postin-
dustrial society, an integral part of which is the digital economy. Express
diagnosis of the status of the most important of them for projects implemented in
Russia. The theoretical and practical basis was the regulatory provisions of the
Russian Federation, research papers of Russian and foreign scientists related to
problems of project management, as well as developed foreign standards.
Methodical basis of the study were chosen system analysis, logical analysis
methods and statistical methods. The developments outlined in this article
represent an original contribution to improving the efficiency of development of
territories and industries based on benchmarking of current global trends and
Russian experience in managing globalization projects in the digital economy.
Keywords: Digital technologies Inter-dimensional and inter-sectorial projects

Stakeholders Expert analysis Success factors
1 Introduction
According to the Strategy of Scientific and Technological Development of the Russian

Federation, the key factors determining the competitiveness of national economies are
the high rate of mastering a new knowledge and creating innovative products [8].

486 T. O. Tolstykh et al.
The most significant factors of the scientific and technological development of the
Russian Federation in the context of the rapid change in the macro and mezzo envi-
ronment under the Strategy are: reduction of the innovation cycle, erosion of territorial
and sectorial boundaries; the emergence of fundamentally of new tools related to IT
technology in the conduct of research and development; the importance of intellectual
innovative human potential, the growing role of international standards. In accordance
with the tasks set in the Strategy, the role of project management in the implementation
of the scientific and technological development of the Russian Federation is becoming
the key one.
Russian branches of territorial development are attractive for foreign investors,
which was repeatedly confirmed at the Eurasian forums. Investors are ready to come
with their finances, specialists, advanced technologies and localize them in this or that
production in Russia. However, these tasks are encumbered by insufficient knowledge
and thoroughness of this issue on the part of the Russian Federation, which naturally
reduces the effectiveness of efforts [1, 2, 9].
Thus, the main goal of this research is to focus on methodological study of the
priority aspects of managing inter-sectorial, interregional projects that potentially or
really reduce the pace of their implementation in Russia.
Let us turn to the concept of inter-industry, interregional project and project man-
agement. They are quite diverse, which is dictated by various standards existing today,
for example, PMBOK, GOST R 54869-2011, DIN 69901, PRINCE2 [6, 7]
In our opinion, the main characteristics of the project management of the future are
the speed of taking managerial decisions and erasing the sectorial and territorial
boundaries. Therefore, we combined the class of inter-dimensional and inter-branch
projects under the name Spatial reactive projects (SRP) [5]. SRP projects are a set of
interrelated activities aimed at creating one or several innovative products or services in
time and resource constraints based on several industries and territories, leading to their
multiplicative development effect.
Note that the implementation of SRP occurs in the period of intensive development
of the digital economy, including Russia. The digital economy is a new paradigm of
accelerated economic development, which assumes the comprehensive integration of
digital information technologies and real economic processes at the level of states,
markets and companies. In Russia, the share of the digital economy in GDP is 2.8%, or
$ 75 billion. Given the scale of SRP, the digital economy can have a significant impact
on the implementation process. Analyzed the practice of implementation of
inter-branch, interregional projects, we will outline the following stages:
1. Analysis of problems and motivations of the industry in general through expert
analysis, compilation of various kinds of forecasts using the opportunities of online
and innovative digital technologies.
2. Inventory resources of territories, industries and enterprises based on their
potentials.
Problems and Prospects 487
3. Formation of criteria, goals, motivation for enterprises, industries and territories.

4. Analysis of existing business processes and information flows between enterprises
and territories in the digital economy.
5. Building relationships between enterprises and creating a single information space
structure. Formation of “rules of the game” and organization of information flows in
the digital economy.
6. Risk assessment of SRP in a digital economy.
7. Estimating the cost of SRP in a digital economy.
8. Financing.
9. Implementation.
Therefore, the speed of changing the macro environment does not allow us to focus
on the long-term development of new technologies and the phased implementation of
such projects. Reactivity should characterize the project management of the future and
be the basis of the methodology for implementing inter-dimensional and inter-industry
projects [4]. This is possible if you know in advance the problem areas (the most
significant implementation factors) of such projects and take proactive actions for
effective management, taking into account the features and capabilities of the digital
economy.
In the framework of this study, an assessment of the factors influencing the success of
SRP implementation in the digital economy with the use of appropriate economic and
mathematical methods, the possibilities of online and digital technologies. Express
diagnostics of the current state of the most important of them was carried out, which
gives an idea of the potential success of SRP in Russia.
The information was collected based on an expert survey conducted using a special
assessment sheet, which lists the parameters that affect the level of success of the
project. It was suggested to evaluate the significance of each parameter on a five-point
scale, with “5” meaning that the parameter is very important, “4” has an important
meaning, “3” has a rather important meaning, “2” does not have a great meaning, “1”
does not really matter.
The tasks of organizing the survey included the development of questionnaires and
selection of experts. The study was completed in a questionnaire, which was used in the
survey of experts. The expert group was formed from leading specialists with extensive
work experience. When conducting the survey, each expert was sent a questionnaire
and complete list of factors that took into account, including the movement of infor-
mation in the digital economy, such as the consistency of stakeholder interests, the
completeness and reliability of information on the resource potential of the territories.
The task of the experts was to fill out questionnaires according to the set of rules.
Communication was carried out online, which allowed attracting experts from different
regions to the survey.
The results of the survey were processed using economic-mathematical methods of

rank correlation. Preliminary survey data for each of the experts participating in the
evaluation were reduced to one table-matrix of ranks.
To assess the degree of consistency of expert’s opinions, the concordance coeffi-
cient was calculated by formula (1) with intermediate calculation of the indicators
according to formulas (2), (3) and (4)
Sðd 2 Þ
W ¼ Pn ; ð1Þ
1
12 n2 ðm3 mÞ n j¼1 Tj
Where
S(d) is the sum of the squares of the differences in rank;

Tj is an indicator characterizing equal ranks;
m total number of factors being evaluated;
n is the total number of experts involved in assessing the significance of the
factors
" #2
X
m X
m X
n
Sðd Þ ¼2
di2 ¼ ðxij Þ X ; ð2Þ
i¼1 i¼1 j
Where d is the deviation of the sum of ranks from the j-th parameter from the average
value of the sum of ranks.
1X m X n
nðm þ 1Þ
X¼ Xij Or X ¼ ; ð3Þ
m i¼1 j¼1 2
1 X 3
Tj ¼ ðt tj Þ; ð4Þ
12 tj j
Where:
Xij the rank of the i-th parameter and the j-th expert;
Tj is the number of identical ranks for the j-th expert.
When conducting an expert survey, the expert’s opinions were completely inde-
pendent, which contributed to an increase in the objectivity and reliability of the results
of the examination.
As a result, we obtained a matrix of the values of the parameters of factors that
affect the success of the project. They are presented in Table 1.
Table 1. Matrix of the values of the parameters of factors affecting the success of SRP in the
digital economy
Factors Expert assessments
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1. Security assurance of return of funds to investors 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
2. State support 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
3. Availability of competent project personnel 5 4 4 5 5 5 5
4. A stable and transparent legal environment 4 4 4 5 5 5 5
5. Political stability 5 5 5 5 5 4 4
6. Consensus of stakeholder interests 5 5 5 5 5 5 4
7. Completeness and reliability of information on the 5 5 4 5 5 5 4
resource potential of the territories
8. The presence of competitors 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
9. Variability of exchange rates 4 5 4 5 4 5 5
10. Favorable demographic environment 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
11. Favorable economic environment 4 4 5 4 4 4 4
12 Climate 3 3 4 4 4 4 4
13. Social and cultural environment 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
(A source: was compiled by the authors on the basis of the data of the expert survey conducted)
The results of the survey were processed using economic-mathematical methods of

rank correlation. Preliminary survey data for each of the experts participating in the
evaluation were summarized in one table-matrix of ranks, which is shown in Table 2.
Table 2. The matrix of the ranks of factors affecting the success of SRP in the digital economy
Factors X Sigma V Absolute Relative
values values
1. Security assurance of return of funds to investors 5 0 0 72.5 0.114
2. State support 5 0 0 72.5 0.114
3. Availability of competent project personnel 4.714 0.488 0.104 62 0.099
4. A stable and transparent legal environment 4.571 0.535 0.117 57 0.089
5. Polytic stability 4.714 0.488 0.104 61.5 0.097
6. Consensus of stakeholder interests 4.857 0.378 0.078 67 0.105
7. Completeness and reliability of information on the 4.714 0.488 0.104 61.5 0.099
resource potential of the territories
8. The presence of competitors 3.000 0.000 0.000 12 0.019
9. Variability of exchange rates 4.571 0.535 0.117 56.5 0.089
10. A Favorable Demographic Environment 4.000 0.000 0.000 35 0.055
11. Favorable economic environment 4.143 0.378 0.091 40.5 0.064
12. The climate 3.714 0.488 0.131 28.5 0.045
13. Social and cultural environment 2.857 0.378 0.132 10.5 0.016
Coefficient of concordance 0.752093
Pearson’s criterion 63.1758
Number of degrees of freedom 12
Coefficient of concordance 0,72212
(A source: was compiled by the authors on the basis of the data in Table 1)
The values of the concordance coefficient and Pearson’s criterion, given in Table 2,
indicate that the results of the expert survey processing can be considered reliable.
Following the logic of the analysis, we will also perform the Spearman rank cor-
relation, which will allow us to study the congruence between each of the experts. [10]
The results presented in Table 3 indicate that the consistency of opinions of the experts
of the conducted survey is not accidental.
Table 3. Rank correlation of the Spearman factors affecting the success of SRP in the digital
economy
Expert 2 Expert 3 Expert 4 Expert 5 Expert 6 Expert 7
Expert 1 0.858 0.744 0.878 0.916 0.768 0.595
Expert 2 0.752 0.881 0.773 0.773 0.603
Expert 3 0.668 0.702 0.539 0.501
Expert 4 0.922 0.922 0.810
Expert 5 0.834 0.693
Expert 6 0.862
(A source: was compiled by the authors on the basis of the data in
Table 2)
According to the calculation in Table 3, we can say with confidence that all experts are
similar to each other in opinion; there are no directly opposite opinions
Therefore, based on the analysis, we can conclude that the most significant factors
for reducing the risks of an inter-territorial, inter-sectorial project are:
– governmental support;
– security assurance of return of funds to investors
– consistency of stakeholder interests.
We will perform an express diagnostics of the state of these factors.
Guarantees for the safety of return of funds to investors are provided by the leg-
islation of the Russian Federation and international treaties in force on the territory of
Russia (in particular, the Law on Foreign Investments). State support can be imple-
mented both at the financial and organizational levels. To date, among the ways of
financing SRP can be identified the following means:
– Means of the National Welfare Fund,
– Budgetary allocations, loans,
– Own net worth
In Russia, there is an example of this kind of financing. It is carried out, for
example, within the framework of the implementation of the Interdisciplinary project
“Eastern polygon” in Siberia and the Far East, which affects the development of the
Baikal-Amur Mainline and the Trans-Siberian Railway and creating a global transport
corridor. In the development passport of the Baikal-Amur Mainline and the
Trans-Siberian Railway with total financing of 560 billion rubles. It is shown that of
them 110 billion rubles. - Federal budget funds; 150 - the National Welfare Fund; 302
billion rubles. - The investment program of Russian Railways. Today, this is the largest
infrastructure project.
As for the organizational component, here it is worth mentioning the development
of project offices in Russia designed to simplify the work of stakeholders of projects,
including interregional and inter-branches. This work has recently been quite active, for
example, in the Belgorod, Leningrad region and other areas.
Continuation of the organizational factor is the coordination of interests of stake-
holders. The openness of the space formed by the digital economy, potentially provides
unlimited attraction of resources in the form of investor interest, on the other hand is a
potential source of problems, as the number of stakeholders is widening, which leads to
certain difficulties in reconciling different and sometimes even divergent interests [11].
The general classification of SRP stakeholders is shown in Fig. 1.
SRP Stakeholders
Customer SRP Leaders Sponsors SRP Other

management SRP SRP Performers
State, bodies of The leaders of State, Employees Population

territorial associations and private of and
administration, unions, directors investors enterprises ecological
enterprises of enterprises and organizat
and complexes, organizatio- ions, etc.
top managers ns
Fig. 1. SRP Stakeholders. A source: compiled by the authors
The SRP consists of projects of several hierarchical levels, which complicates the
relationship between its participants. The enlarged SRP stakeholder scheme for the
example of the development of high-speed water passenger and freight-and-passenger
transportations in the Volga-Caspian and Azov-Black Sea basins is examined in Fig. 2.
From it is clear that the potential risk of consistency of stakeholder interests in the
project under consideration is certainly an environmental component, since the
implementation of a project of this scale affects the ecosystem of the entire region.
Fig. 2. Enlarged scheme of SRP stakeholders on the example of development of high-speed

water passenger and cargo-and-freight transportation in the Volga-Caspian and Azov-Black sea
basins. A source: compiled by the authors
It should be noted that the issue of building communication in the process of

coordinating the interests of stakeholders of SRP, despite its importance, remains
poorly understood. The authors believe that the expectations of stakeholders, linked to
the strategic objectives of the project, should be placed at the center of the management
of these communications [3].
5 Conclusions
Accelerated development of Russian territories is possible only with a comprehensive

approach that bringing together the interests of businesses of different levels and ter-
ritorial entities. The analysis shows that the implementation of projects of various
levels of globalization without sufficient methodological elaboration of this issue
reduces the effectiveness of efforts.
The importance of the presented study is to systematize data in the field of
inter-branch and inter-dimensional projects on the basis of analysis of various scientific
and practical studies.
In the course of the work, the concept of inter-branch and inter-dimensional pro-
jects was clarified, their participants were specified and the stages of SRP implemen-
tation in the conditions of the digital economy were formulated.
The success of the SRP implementation depends on various factors, which can be
both potential opportunities and project risks. Based on the exclusively applied aspect
of this study, an analysis was made on the success factors of SRP in Russia. As a
research method, expert analysis was selected with the calculation of the verification
coefficients of concordance, Pearson’s criterion and Spearman’s rank correlation.
Based on the analysis, significant factors of the success of inter-territorial and
inter-sectorial projects were analyzed. Reviving that along with traditional business
security factors, factors related to the characteristics of the digital economy have a
potential serious impact on the success of SRP.
In general, the issue in question requires further close interaction between
authorities and business, and intensification and institutionalization of regional coop-
eration is a necessary condition for ensuring the sustainable development of the Rus-
sian economy.
References
1. Anokhina, L.V.: Project management in the modernization of the regional industrial
complex. Econ. Entrepreneurship 1–2(66–2), 1070–1073 (2016)
2. Komarova, A.V.: Project management: characteristics and trends of development. Problems
Econ. Manag. Oil Gas Complex 4, 44–51 (2011)
3. Kretova, N.N.: Use of integrated communications in modern enterprises. Econominfo 10,
72–75 (2008)
4. Cooke-Davies, T.J., Arzymanow, A.: The maturity of project management in different
industries – an investigation into variations between project management models. Int. J. Proj.
Manag. 21(6), 471–478 (2003)
5. Posledov, S.V.: Approaches to the management of interregional and intersectorial projects.
In: Posledov, S., Tolstikh, Т.О. (eds.) Series: Economics and Management. Vestnik of
Voronezh State University, vol. 1, pp. 24–29 (2016)
6. Razy, M.L. et al.: Program and project management: 17-module program for managers
“Management of the development of the organization.” Module 8, 320 p (2000)
7. A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK Guide) [E- resource]: a
giude (2008). http://www.novsu.ru/file/1213136
8. The strategy of scientific and technological development of the Russian Federation,
approved by the Decree of the President of the Russian Federation of 01 Dec 2016
9. Tatarkin, A.I.: Program-project management as a condition for innovative development of
socio-economic systems. Socio-econ. Sci. 2(23), 25–42 (2014). Vestnik of the Perm
National Research Polytechnic University
10. Ward, S., Chapman, C.: Transforming project risk management into project uncertainty
management. Int. J. Project Manag. 21(2), 97–105 (2003)
11. Eskerod, P., Vaagaasar, A.L.: Stakeholder management strategies and practices during a
project course. Project Manag. J. 45(5), 71–85 (2014)
Approaches to Developing a New Product
in the Car Building Industry
Viktor P. Kuznetsov(&), Elena V. Romanovskaya,

Anastasia O. Egorova, Natalia S. Andryashina, and Elena P. Kozlova
Nizhny Novgorod State Pedagogical University of K. Minin,

Abstract. The work analyzes the engineering and marketing approach to the
development of a new product in the automotive industry. The authors consider
the engineering and marketing approaches and the essence of these approaches
is defined. The possibility of using the modular method at the stage of devel-
oping new models was studied. The idea of this method is to develop a new unit
or module when using the engineering and commercial potential of component
manufacturers. The authors made an attempt to systematize a complex of
marketing, organizational, economic and engineering processes through the
industrial system of an industrial enterprise. The authors set a goal - to identify
the features of creating a new product in an industrial enterprise using a mar-
keting approach and a modular production method. The authors studied the
possibility of applying a modular production method at the product development
stage, the essence of which is to develop a new module using the development
potential and commercial-engineering solutions of the parts manufacturers. The
authors consider the transition to a modular method of design and production of
goods; consolidation of changes in the development and release of a new pro-
duct in the company when using a corporate production system based on the
example of PJSC GAZ. The scientific significance of the study lies in the
proposed method for creating a new product in the automotive industry. The
main provisions and conclusions of the article can be used in scientific activity
when considering questions about the essence of creating a new product in an
industrial enterprise.
Keywords: New product Approach Production Automotive

System Strategy
1 Introduction
The control system of the process of planning and product research in the US auto-
motive industry began to be studied in the late 1950s. A huge role in the study of the
difficulties in coordinating the design and development of products of the automotive
industry was made by foreign scientists D. Laiker, K. Prahalad, F. Kotler, L. Gelloway
et al. In Russia, significant scientific and practical experience on this problem has been

Approaches to Developing a New Product in the Car Building Industry 495
accumulated in G.Y. Goldstein, O.G. Turovets, O.V. Aristova, N.I. Novitsky,

A.I. Prigogine, N.I. Lapina, Y.A. Ushanov and other specialists.
Involving future buyers in the development of new products is one of the important
moments of stimulating innovation. This approach was most widely used in aviation,
machine-building, automotive industries, as well as in instrument making in virtually
all countries [3]. Consumers - customers of the latest products - had an important
impact on the research and production programs of equipment suppliers [5]. Despite
this, the problem of managing the stages of designing and developing new products
implies an additional theoretical basis.
2 Theoretical Basis of the Study
Particular difficulties in solving this problem are due to the current situation in the
economy, a decrease in the interest of the majority of commodity producers in the
development of products. To analyze the state of theoretical elaboration of the system
for creating a new product, we will conduct a study of the methodological basis that
characterizes the role of marketing in the innovation activity of an industrial enterprise.
There are two main approaches to the role of marketing in the development of a new
product [1]:
1. Engineering: involves the implementation of innovative developments, then the
production of the product is carried out and only in conclusion a complex of
marketing events
2. Marketing: is the preliminary study of the market segment, the formation of the
concept of a new product and the further request for innovative developments.
The engineering approach is necessary at the initial stage of the organization of
production. This stage is carried out in accordance with the technical requirements, that
is, it is determined normatively. This approach is relevant, first, in the military-industrial
complex to preserve the strategic superiority of military developments.
For goods of mass demand, the marketing approach is more applicable. With it, the
product development process is carried out in accordance with the developed business
plan, while the technical requirements can only play the nature of the constraints.
Theoretical and methodological basis of the research are fundamental provisions and
scientific works of foreign and domestic scientists in the field of the theory of product
creation and organization of production through corporate production systems [6].
In Russian and foreign practice, a sufficiently large number of methods for creating
and launching a product on the market have been developed [7]. In our opinion, the
general methodology for creating a new product in industry can be presented as
follows:
496 V. P. Kuznetsov et al.
1. Development of a marketing strategy for the introduction of a new product.

This step involves studying the market situation with the definition of the most
promising sectors of the market. All the necessary information can be obtained as a
result of a complex of marketing research, such as focus groups, panel market research
and questionnaires. This complex allows you to find “problem zones” of the marketing
strategy and determine the most promising niches in the market for the customer’s
product. The logical conclusion of this step is the process of developing one or several
promotional strategies for promoting the product to the market.
2. The choice of the optimal concept of a new product.
At this stage, there is a synthesis of ideas about the concept of a new product with
the help of such research tools as brainstorming with experts, creative group discus-
sions and interviews with consumers. Selection and implementation of the concepts of
a new product are carried out both by the firm’s developer and by the consumers of the
product. All collected information is analyzed in accordance with the SWOT-analysis
scheme for studying the situation on the market while promoting the product.
3. Developing a formula for a new product.
This step requires the synthesis of qualitative and quantitative research results. Each
result solves certain research tasks. Quantitative research is used to refute or confirm
hypotheses that arise in the process of qualitative research, or hypotheses about the
product, regardless of the results of qualitative research. Most often, quantitative
research is underestimated by most industrial companies, which quite often justify their
hypotheses with the results obtained on the results of focus groups. However, the
quantitative studies make it possible to select the most optimal of several product
formulas.
4. Creating a brand idea for a finished product.
At this stage, the concept of a new product is defined, a formula for a new product
is developed, and the development of reinforcing elements, the so-called marketing
mix, is necessary. In order to obtain reliable information from clients, we can, in our
opinion, use focus groups and interviews with consumers. Because of these studies,
primary reactions are received, decisions are taken “what to fix,” and with a minimum
number of optimal solutions, quantitative testing is carried out.
5. System testing of the brand.
Final testing before entering a new product on the market helps the client company
to make a final decision about the optimality of the concept of implementing a new
product and bringing it to the market.
However, it should be noted that the refusal to enter a new product will not be a loss
of money and time. The cost of advertising such a product is many times higher than
the cost of the entire research cycle. It should also be noted that most Russian com-
panies practically do not use the modular design method, which significantly increases
the time and financial costs of creating a new product. Therefore, in our opinion, it is
advisable to use the modular design method at the concept stage of a new product.
The idea of this method is to develop a new unit or module when using the engineering
and commercial potential of manufacturers of components for cars. Despite the fact that
the idea of developing car parts has the form of creating a whole cycle, but the complex
of development tools used in this case does not differ from the technical solutions that
were traditionally used earlier.
Proceeding from the above, it can be concluded that this method is aimed at trans-
ferring works on the regulation of compatibility of automotive components among
themselves, which have traditionally been carried out inside the automotive organi-
zation, their partners and suppliers. To implement this mechanism, it is necessary to
select a parent company from the manufacturers of automotive components of one
module, which will assume the role of coordinator of actions of all participants. In this
case, from the introduction of modular production, the manufacturers of the final
product, in this case the car, receive the following results:
– A reduction in the number of component parts leads to an increase in production
efficiency;
– Shifting part of the work on the development and assembly of car kits, external
manufacturers will allow grouping forces on the process of developing the engine or
body structure, this in turn will lead to a reduction in development time;
– Reduction in the volume of work on inventory management in warehouses, delivery
and transportation of parts will reduce management costs.
With the introduction of modular production, the automotive company builds
relationships with automotive component manufacturers both with business partners,
while taking into account their technical level of development and the ability to develop
proposals, rather than their belonging to their own group. Therefore, in our opinion, the
process of searching for manufacturers of automotive components from the external
environment will be faster and more profitable. Such a measure will enable smaller
firms among the suppliers to participate in the tender and win it. The order of the
automaker stimulates the innovative processes at the enterprise, and gives an oppor-
tunity to expand the business and even enter new markets. In addition, modular pro-
duction assumes that the company, which won the tender for the production of the
component of the car, will further actively participate in the design of the new model of
the car, taking into account its technical capabilities. The company will get additional
opportunities - signing contracts for long-term supply of components, and as a result,
an increase in the amount of profit. The pursuit of modular production will give
automotive component manufacturers additional business expansion opportunities, but
a number of challenges need to be addressed. First of all, it should be noted that there is
a possibility that there is no clear agreement on the division of responsibility between
car manufacturers and car part manufacturer companies for the defect of any part of the
module. If the manufacturer of components for a new car agrees to give a guarantee on
the quality of the module, it will mean that it must take all the costs associated with
training workers and development work for those elements of the car module for which
their own technologies are not developed fully. At the same time, in the context of
strengthening the requirements of the automotive company to reduce production costs,
the module vendor is trying to multiply the added value of its own products, most
demonstrating its capabilities in developing new types of goods. Modular production
increases the load of module suppliers, but automobile enterprises implement the
principle of adaptability to this method of production organization as one of the criteria
for finding component suppliers.
We will carry out a study of the organization of production at PJSC GAZ in terms
of the modular production method and the corporate production system. There is a
toolkit that allows you to implement practical solutions to achieve the greatest effi-
ciency of the production system [8]. The general mechanism is shown in the Fig. 1.
Fig. 1. Application of production system tools in the enterprise
The main task in the organization of production with maximum efficiency is to

eliminate all discrepancies in the vehicle with technical regulations that will reduce
customer satisfaction with the purchase. To achieve this goal, the corporate production
system of PJSC GAZ has introduced a classification of production costs that do not add
value to the product from the point of view of the final consumer of cars. This type of
cost in the terminology of the production system of PJSC GAZ is called “losses”.
To exclude them, work is carried out in the following areas: modernization of
packaging; improvement of working carts, shelving; improving the layout of the
operator’s workplace and the layout of materials. Modernization of the tool and its
location, as well as technological equipment significantly reduces the time required to
find the right tool. A special place should be taken to optimize the sequence of
operations on the production line, as well as their integration and redistribution,
depending on the workload of the worker on the assembly line.
It is important to remember that in production, there is a flow of cost and a flow of

value and at the end of the production process, the value stream must exceed the cost
stream. This difference, in fact, represents the profits of the corporation. In order for the
product value to be high for the customer, in our opinion, it is necessary to constantly
improve the quality of the car.
One of the important characteristics that affects the achievement of an ideal quality
is the consistency of assembly operations on the conveyor. As a rule, achieving the
standardization of the operation increases the quality of cars and components. The
constancy of production will depend on stability in all its components: production
technology, production equipment and materials. In turn, the level of the employee’s
qualification acquires special importance, which depends on the ability to perform work
on the standards. The permanence of the production equipment will depend on the
absence of breakdowns, defects, and on proper maintenance. The consistency of the
quality of raw materials and materials determines the absence of defects, the fixed
quantity and the absence of a deficit. The technological state of the production process
depends on the standard algorithm of work execution and management decisions.
At this stage of economic development, companies that are planning to increase
their sales require a rapid response to market demands. For this, in our view, it is
necessary to correct the revolutionary and evolutionary changes in the company. It
should be noted that the principle of kaizen in the production system of PJSC GAZ
provides for permanent improvements, but is not a method of evolution in the company
[2]. If the production equipment is morally worn out, then the firm will not be able to
reach the world level of their product. Accordingly, the client will not acquire it. In the
production system of the company “Toyota”, it is specified that as a result of constant
improvements it is possible to achieve a technological jump-kayrio. It involves the
modernization of both the main and auxiliary production processes using innovative
production technology. Leading global corporations distinguish between these kinds of
changes in the functioning of the company and the organizational environment, clearly
allocating the different types of resources that are necessary for the realization of each.
Let us analyze in more detail the instrument of kaizen offers. Kaizen aims to
improve all aspects of the company’s activities from processes and production rela-
tionships related to the receipt of materials and components, to the processes of their
processing and ways of interacting with distribution systems and end-customers.
The fundamental principle of kaizen is the philosophy of systematic improvement
of all processes. With this approach, each process is evaluated by the following key
indicators [4]:
– The required time;
– Resources used;
– Product quality.
Involvement of employees in the process of systematic improvements helps to
solve problems existing in the company and the effective use of labor resources. For the
employees’ interest, it is necessary to create a corporate culture and organizational
environment in which both management and operators act as a single team. Thus, the
Kaizen principle can consolidate changes in the company’s production system when
developing and releasing a new product. The production system of PJSC GAZ includes
the use of the kanban system.
At the initial stage of the introduction of the system of equalization of production, it
is necessary to organize the work of the conveyor from the development of areas for
warehouses of expeditions, where the selection of details takes place. The kanban
system made it possible to arrange expeditions near the production line. Changed
accordingly and the placement of components that are located near the sites where they
are installed on the car.
Thus, the storekeeper spends less time on movement, which reduces the duration of
the production cycle. The saved minute at each stage of production allows reducing the
duration of the production cycle from 10% to 20%. This system works based on the
principle: the required number of parts at the right time in the right place. The number
of parts delivered to the workplace is determined by the two-hour interval of the
employee’s work. With a standard supply system, the parts were brought into the work
area by a container, which required additional operations for the accounting and sorting
of the car components. With the use of the kanban system, all the components are on
the expedition, where their assortment and quantity are clearly known. On the conveyor
№3 of PJSC “GAZ” each storekeeper serves six operating zones of the assembly line.
Bypassing the working area, the storekeeper looks, where what parts are missing, what
needs to be replenished, and brings the necessary assortment and the number of
components for the car from the expedition warehouse. A special plate is affixed to the
container, which indicates which parts, their number and on which operating zone they
need to be delivered.
As a result of changes in the corporate production system with the aim of con-
solidating the work on the creation of a new product, we proposed to use the modular
method of production, both at the stage of developing a new product, which involves
the use of the potential of manufacturers of automotive components, and at the pro-
duction stage using the kaizen and kayrio system kanban, which allow to reduce
production costs and unite all participants in the production system with a common
corporate philosophy.
5 Conclusions
In conclusion, it should be noted that the authors identified the features of creating a
new product in an industrial enterprise, in particular, a general methodology for cre-
ating a new product in the industry, which is based on the marketing approach to the
creation of a new product. To implement this technique, it is necessary to move to a
modular method of designing and manufacturing a car using engineering and mar-
keting potential, both the corporation itself and the automotive component manufac-
turers. To combine changes in the development and release of a new product, the
production system needs to be transformed to the client needs, which can increase the
economic efficiency of production with minimal organizational costs, which is espe-
cially important in the current conditions of a slowdown in economic growth.
References
1. Andryashina, N.S.: Modern approaches to the creation of a new product in machine building.
Bull. Univ. Minin 1(5), 1 (2014)
2. Egorova, A.O., Kuznetsov, V.P., Andryashina, N.S.: Methodology of formation and
realization of a competitive strategy of machine building enterprises. Europ. Res. Stud.
J. 19(2, Special Issue), 125–134 (2016)
3. Garina, E., Kuznetsova, S., Semakhin, E., Semenov, S., Sevryukova, A.: Development of
national production through integration of machine building enterprises into industrial park
structures. Europ. Res. Stud. XVII(Special Issue), 267–282 (2015)
4. Klychova, G.S., Kuznetsov, V.P., Trifonov, Y.V., Yashin, S.N., Koshelev, E.V.: Upgrading
corporate equipment as an asian real option. Int. Bus. Manag. 10(21), 5130–5137 (2016)
5. Shushkin, M.A.: The development of enterprises of the automotive industry on the basis of
industrial partnership strategies: Doctoral thesis. Penza State University, Penza, 45 p (2013)
6. Festel, G., Würmseher, M.: Challenges and strategies for chemical/industrial parks in Europe.
J. Bus. Chem. (2013). http://www.businesschemistry.org/article/?article=173. Accessed 30
Jun 2017
7. Fujita, M., Thisse, J.F.: Economics of Agglomeration Cities, Industrial Location, and
Regional Growth. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (2002). pp. 104–106
8. Vumek, D., Jhons, D.: Lean Production: How to Get Rid of Loss and Achieve the Company
Flourishing; Translated from English- 4th edn. Alpina Business Books, Moscow (2013).
p. 472
Advantages of Residents of Industrial Parks
(by the Example of AVTOVAZ)
Svetlana N. Kuznetsova(&), Elena V. Romanovskaya,

Marina V. Artemyeva, Natalia S. Andryashina,
and Anastasia O. Egorova

Abstract. The article offers new advantages for residents of industrial parks,
and argues for the need to revise approaches to the development of the institute
of industrial parks, which will minimize the risks of integrated development of
regions and the country in general.
In the article, the authors turn to the question of the real economic efficiency
of industrial parks. The authors of the article point to the significance of
increasing regional economic efficiency, which will allow the regions of the
Russian Federation to take a new approach to the issues of expediency of
creating industrial parks. The authors identify the most promising advantages for
investors: Reduction of time from investment, reduction of administrative risks,
reduction of production costs, and profit from tax benefits. The authors point out
that the main indicators of the creation of industrial parks and the result for the
regional economy are the following: Growth of investment attractiveness, vol-
ume of investments, growth of tax revenues, creation of high-productive jobs,
and improvement of innovative development. Speaking about the importance of
industrial parks for the region, the authors suggest using the experience of
AVTOVAZ. The procedure for using the infrastructure and technological
capabilities of AVTOVAZ is considered. This approach allows organizing and
carrying out work on preparation of production of new products at AVTOVAZ,
as well as creating new jobs.
Keywords: Industrial park Resident Concentration Cooperation

Cluster Economy Investor Advantages Efficiency Infrastructure
1 Introduction
Studies show that the modern economic environment is characterized by the trans-
formation of economic relations arising in domestic industrial corporations:
– Expansion of economic independence of corporations;
– Centralization on a voluntary basis of strategic management functions in order to
obtain maximum profit;
– Contractual relations between structural units at all levels.

Advantages of Residents of Industrial Parks 503
At the same time, the mechanisms of functioning of the organization of economic

entities that have developed over the past two decades do not fully correspond to the
situation in the Russian industry [1].
In the opinion of the authors, the practical aspect of the formation of industrial parks
and the characteristics of the modern Russian economy has been poorly studied. It
should be emphasized that foreign authors have extensively studied the practical and
theoretical parts of the formation of industrial parks. However, if you introduce the
experience of foreign partners to the Russian market, there is a need for additional
study of many issues, one of which is the search for effective coordination of industrial
parks in Russia.
Interest in structuring industrial parks in Russia was formed later than in some
foreign countries. However, Russian scientists have done a great job in the develop-
ment in this direction. However, at the same time, widely worked theoretical aspects
are not provided with practical recommendations for determining the most effective
industrial parks [2].
All of the above reasons determined the relevance of the article.
This problem was investigated by such domestic scientists as V.I. Nekrasov, O.I.
Botkin, V.N. Eremin, A.N. Pytkina, A.I. Tatarkina, K.M. Pirogov and others. In their
works, they emphasize the low growth of territorial production complexes.
Formation of industrial parks will contribute to the improvement of the production

sector. Such parks are one of the types of contractual inter-firm production network of
small and medium-sized enterprises located in a specially created and under the
management of an industrial zone with a unified engineering infrastructure and tech-
nologically connected with a large enterprise engaged in the development and pro-
duction of finished products [3].
Organization of work of enterprises in the format of industrial parks has many
advantages for the regional economy in general, and for residents in particular. In
addition, industrial parks are economically attractive for investors.
If we consider a regional economy, then the formation of industrial parks will have
the following advantages:
– Growth of investment attractiveness and volume of investments;
– Increase of funds from payment of taxes to the budget;
– Increase in the number of high-tech work areas;
– Introduction of innovative technologies in the work of enterprises in the region [4].
504 S. N. Kuznetsova et al.
Investment attractiveness is explained by the presence of the following significant

features:
– Reduction of the period, the starting point of which is the time of investment by the
depositor, and the final one - the output of the product;
– Reduction of administrative risks;
– Reduction of costs of manufactured products;
– Receiving additional profits through tax incentives
For residents, industrial parks are of particular interest, since they make it possible
to create a cluster through concentration and cooperation, complementary productions.
The creation of a cluster, in turn, reduces the costs of engineering services and
transportation, and, consequently, reduces the cost of production.
For residents, the main advantage of industrial parks is the concentration in one
place of communal, transport and technological infrastructure, buildings, structures,
structures (Table 1).
Table 1. Advantages of placing on the territory of industrial parks

Benefits Indicators
Interest in filling customers with their - State financing of 50% of the spent funds
infrastructural sites, using an administrative for the purchase of equipment
resource to more effectively enter the market - Reimbursement of up to 25% of expenses
of the region for the purchase of real estate in an industrial
park (up to 5 million rubles)
- Reimbursement of up to 25% of the costs of
renting an industrial park property (up to 1
million rubles)
- State financing of up to 50% of the funds
expended for equipment purchase under
leasing agreements
- State financing of spent funds to pay % on
loans
- State financing of energy saving, energy
audit and connection to power supply
networks
- State financial support and provision of
benefits to participants in industrial clusters
Industrial sites have the necessary - Zero rate of land lease for the period of
infrastructure as a result of which, they are construction
the most suitable for the development of - Re-registration of land in ownership
production and production services - Privileges for connection to power supply
networks (0 for electricity networks, 0 for
heating networks, 0 for gas lines)
(continued)
Benefits Indicators
In industrial parks services are offered - - Privileges for local taxes (lowering
assistance in the sale of products, there is a coefficient to the rate of rent for land or land
raw material and production cooperation, tax)
public facilities, transportation and - Privileges for regional taxes (reduction of
warehouse logistics services the property tax rate from 2.2% to 0.1%)
- Privileges on federal taxes (privileges in the
part of the profit tax credited to the regional
budget - lower by 4.5% of the item)
- Privileges on customs duties and payments
Customers of the industrial park have state - Profit tax 0-5% (without TOP 20%)
financial support, as well as the provision of - Land tax 0% (without TOPs on average
benefits from the state 1.5%)
- Corporate property tax 0% (without TOP
2.2%)
- Insurance contributions to state
non-budgetary funds 7.6% (without TOP
30%)
To date, there is an active development of industrial parks. The specialists make the
following forecasts for 2020:
– The share of occupancy of objects by companies-tenants of the industrial park - at
least 70% of the total area;
– The amount of tax deductions to the federal budget - not less than the total
aggregate amount of funds requested in the form of subsidies;
– The number of high-performance jobs: For industrial parks - no less than 1500; for
techno parks - not less than 500;
– Index of budgetary profitability: For industrial parks - not less than 2; For techno
parks - not less than 1.5;
– An indicator of the effectiveness of the productive activity of people - not less
than 1.05.
The development of the Institute of Industrial Parks allows managing the risks of
complex development of regions and the country as a whole in the following areas [5]:
– Reduction of innovative risks: It is ensured by the use of modern production
facilities in industrial parks, which presuppose introduction of advanced
technologies;
– Reduction of commercial and technological risks: It is ensured by the involvement
of companies that are international leaders in the design, construction and man-
agement of industrial parks;
– Reduction of social and personnel risks: Is ensured through the development of
professional knowledge, skills and skills of employees through the organization of
internships, post-graduate training of personnel, publication of methodological,
information and educational materials and programs;
Fig. 1. Advantages of industrial park [14]
– Distribution of risks between the private partner-investor and the state: Is provided
through the work of special mechanisms of public-private partnership when
investing in industrial parks. (Figure 1).
Modern international policy creates such conditions for investment, in which the
risk of investment is very high. Therefore, to make Russia attractive for investment, it is
necessary to have very high returns on capital. If we consider this problem from a
practical point of view, then it can be noted that the Russian Federation has regions that
are open to attracting capital to industries such as manufacturing, agriculture and many
others, but a unified development program and a unified approach that will be acces-
sible for understanding to foreign investors [6, 7].
This approach has become a standard technology for creating industrial parks, but it
is necessary to realize that we need those investments that bring high technologies to
Russia (Fig. 2). It is the investment in domestic production that should become the
main one, since the opening of foreign productions will not be effective for the
development of Russia and its regions, since there is a risk that foreign goods can
become dominant over domestic goods [8, 9].
Fig. 2. Opportunities of industrial parks and residents [14]
It is necessary not only to create a mechanism for attracting investments, but also an
effective regulatory mechanism that ensures maximum positive return on investment
for the regions and minimizes the corresponding risks by ensuring the protection of
public interests.
As various studies show, the real economic efficiency of industrial parks exists, but the
low regional effectiveness of industrial parks creation remains a constraining factor. An
increase in regional production efficiency will allow the regions of the Russian Fed-
eration to assess the need for the development of existing and construction of new
industrial parks on their territories [10, 11].
As the data show for 2015–2016, there are more than 1.9–2.0 million of empty
industrial sites with utilities. To eliminate this problem, it is necessary to ensure the
attraction of funds from the federal budget for the development of infrastructure. At the
same time, in the forecast period, it is necessary to continue work on maintaining the
infrastructure of industrial parks through investment programs [12, 13].
Actual is the problem that constrains the spatial development of the Russian
Federation; these are unoccupied production capacities (Fig. 1). To solve this problem,
it is necessary to develop a network of industrial parks, actively fill in with resident
companies.
For example, the AVTOVAZ industrial park provides for the customers renting
premises for any type of activity on a long-term basis, using the infrastructure and
technological capabilities of AVTOVAZ.
According to AVTOVAZ statistics, the Russian automotive market will remain at
the level of 2016, but a slight change in demand (within 5%) is possible. During 2016,
the number of copies sold was reduced to 1,425,791 in Russia, which is 11% less than
the result of 2015. Also in 2017 it is planned to increase the percentage of exports of
goods by 50%.
The main tasks of the AVTOVAZ industrial park are [14]:

– Formation of working areas for suppliers in the non-operating facilities of
AVTOVAZ, including for additional placement in one particular place of various
components of the production of cars;
– Formation of working zones for other companies in the non-operating facilities of
AVTOVAZ;
– The formation of working areas for AVTOVAZ and its subsidiaries associated with
new products and services in the automotive and other industries;
– Preparation, coordination and implementation of various works on the production of
new products at AVTOVAZ;
– Performance of works previously performed for AVTOVAZ by third-party con-
tractors not based in the local region, under contractual agreements.
The effect of the creation and development of an industrial park for tenant com-
panies is expected in the following areas:
– Implementation of investment and innovation policies in the regions;
– Formation of organizational and legislative bases for maintenance of small and
medium business;
– Strategic cooperation with domestic partners and with partners from abroad for
small and medium-sized businesses to introduce new programs and projects in the
region;
– Cooperation with investors and investment funds for the implementation of projects
and programs in the region based on long-term prospects;
– The formation of a suitable place for the production of competitive, high-tech
products and services;
– Modernization of foreign economic relations and increase in exports;
– Attraction of foreign capital and technologies, development of industry in the
regions;
– Guaranteeing the economic security of the region;
– Maintenance of business in the regions at the expense of budgetary and
extra-budgetary funds with guarantee of protection of the state interests in the
implemented investment and innovative projects;
– Provision of sites for the implementation of various business ideas;
– Increase the level of employment and life of the population of the region;
– Increase in budget revenues;
– Increasing the impact of local authorities on regional companies.
References
1. Belenov, O.N., Smolyaninova, T.Y., Shurchkova, Y.V.: Industrial parks: essence and basic
characteristics. Reg. Econ. Manag. Electron. Sci. J. 1(33), 66–76 (2013)
2. Berkovich, M.I., Antipina, N.I.: Features and classification of industrial parks: regional
aspect. Bull. Kostroma State Tech. Univ. 1(3), 25–28 (2013). (Economics)
3. Kuznetsova, S.N.: Development of the organizational and economic mechanism for the
formation of industrial parks: Ph.D. thesis. The Ivanovo State University, Ivanovo, p. 24
(2012)
4. Lenchuk, E.B.: Formation of the institutional environment for industrial development in the
context of import substitution problems. Bull. Inst. Econ. Russ. Acad. Sci. 6, 7–21 (2014)
5. Maltseva, A.A., Chevychelov, V.N.: World trends in the development of technopark
structures: selective analysis. Probl. Anal. State-Manag. Des. Cent. Probl. Anal.
Public-Manag. Des. 5(2), 29–42 (2012). Moscow
6. Sysoev, E.V.: Actual aspects of improving the state industrial policy. Transp. Bus. Russ. 5,
193–194 (2013)
7. Shpak, N.A.: Prospects for the development of Russia’s innovative infrastructure. Mod.
Probl. Sci. Educ. 5, 421 (2014)
8. Fei, Yu., Han, F.: Zhaojie Cui evolution of industrial symbiosis in an eco-industrial park in
China. J. Clean. Prod. 87, 339–347 (2015)
9. Fujita, M., Thisse, J.F.: Economics of Aglomeration Cities, Industrial Location, and
Regional Growth, pp. 104–106. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge (2002)
10. Shi, H., Chertow, M., Song, Y.: Developing country experience with eco-industrial parks: a
case study of the Tianjin Economic-technological development area in China. J. Clean. Prod.
18, 191–199 (2010)
11. Henderson, J.V.: Urban Development. Theory, Fact and Illusion. Oxford University Press,
Oxford (1988). pp. 325–350
12. Industrial Estate: Principles and practices: Vienna Australia. UNIDO, p. 46 (1997)
13. Jacobs, J.: The Economy of Cities, p. 268. Random House, New York (1969)
Features of the Population’s Savings
Transformation into Investments
at the Present Stage
Olga G. Lebedinskaya(&), Alexander G. Timofeev,

Elvira A. Yarnykh, Nina A. Eldyaeva, and Sergey V. Golodov
G.V. Plekhanov Russian University of Economics, Moscow, Russian Federation

{Lebedinskaya.OG,Timofeev.AG,Yarnykh.EA,Eldyaeva.NA,
Golodov.SV}@rea.ru
Abstract. In conditions of limited access to external borrowed sources, the

savings of the population that can be transformed into investments become one
of the main internal reserves for stimulating economic growth and modernizing
the Russian economy. The article presents an analysis of current trends in
investment behavior of the Russian population, its motivations and reasons
restraining the most complete involvement of a part of household income that is
not used for current consumption into economic turnover. The authors outlined
the problems of attracting investments in the country’s economy through the
redistribution of effective consumer demand from the consumer market to the
sphere of turnover of the company’s cash resources.
It is noted that one of the significant factors in the transformation of the
population’s savings into investment is the lack of a “saving” culture of the
population. High-income differentiation and a low saving rate and their target
character, and the predominance of “short” investor sentiment.
The hypothesis advanced by the authors of the article about the existence of
regularities in the savings behavior of the population in an unstable economic
situation made it possible to draw conclusions about the preferred forms of
savings on the part of the population, and also on the quality of which insti-
tutions need to be developed to stimulate the investment activity of the
population.
Keywords: Savings Investment resource

Transformation of savings of the population
Investment potential of the government Investment savings Savings motives
Investment activity
1 Introduction
The new economic system of Russia has led to global changes in the mechanisms of
management and the process of social reproduction. First, this refers to investment
activity, since a fundamentally new mechanism for distributing gross domestic product
has been created, which is used mainly for investment, rather than for final con-
sumption. The emergence of independent economic entities and change in property

Features of the Population’s Savings Transformation into Investments 511
relations caused the decentralization of the investment process. Now, the role of the
population is changing, which through its savings can become one of the main par-
ticipants in investing.
New industrial relations led to the emergence of other social relations, under which
every citizen is responsible for his future. If before there was a government system of
social protection of the population, it is now necessary for everyone to make a decision
about the distribution of disposable income for consumption and further saving, pro-
viding education, medical care and old age. Therefore, the implementation of ways to
use the savings of the population is one of the most important problems at the macro
and micro levels.
Issues of theoretical and practical research on the transformation of the savings of the
population into investments at different times were touched upon by Russian and foreign
scientists, such as Sibirskaya et al. (2015), Yarnykh et al. (2015), Aliev and Taisumova
(2011), Zaretskaya and Kondratieva (2011), Darda and Sadovnikova (2013), Campbell
(2006), Nagy and Obenberger (1994), Shanthikumar and Malmendier (2003).
The problems of searching for the possibility of using the savings of the population
as a source of investment are devoted to the work of V.A. Yadov (Yadov, I.A.)
Prigozhin (Prigozhin), A. Tversky, D. Kaneman. The authors noted that most of the
research in the modern economy is because people are rational agents trying to max-
imize welfare with minimal risk; however, in some situations the operating is irrational,
as evidenced by the low percentage of “lucky” investors. The financial behavior of
people (and its variety - the savings) depends on the individual perception of risk, while
remaining social. People act in accordance with their values and patterns of behavior in
a particular environment
In the model of rational expectation (Grossman and Stiglitz, 1984), investors are
focused either on the acquisition of high-value assets (see potentially yielding signif-
icant potential income) or on passive investment (often in the form of a deposit). In
Kyle’s model Kyle (1985); the importance is given to “noise”, under the influence of
which an informed insider decides to invest.
Barber et al. (2009) notes the growth of systemic rather than individual errors in
making investment decisions, implying that the work and news feeds have a significant
impact on the decision to invest. Olsen (Olsen) distinguishes two cornerstones of the
financial behavior of the population - the problems of cognitive psychology and the
limits of arbitrage (limits of market inefficiency). In this regard, the work outlines the
specificity of savings behavior in the context of the economic crisis, which has been
one of the central socio-economic events in recent years.
512 O. G. Lebedinskaya et al.
At present, the savings rate of the population can be determined based on the following
methodological approaches, which are not sufficiently coordinated among themselves
and give different results:
– Balance of money incomes and expenses of the population of the Russian
Federation;
– Use of disposable income account for the household sector in the System of
National Accounts (SNA);
– Data on a sample survey of households (mainly CIRCOM, VCIOM);
– The data of the Central Bank of the Russian Federation regarding the calculation of
the savings rate, etc.
The analysis of individual forms of accumulation of population savings, the
characteristics of certain aspects of which are presented in Table 1, made it possible to
identify two of their basic forms - organized and unorganized.
Table 1. Institutions and technologies of accumulation of money savings of the population for
investment purposes
Financial and investment Technologies of accumulation of savings
institutions
Banks and banking institutions - Opening of term deposits
- Issue of deposit and savings certificates
- Trust management of household savings
- Placement of coupon bonds,
- Placement of preferred shares
Mutual (mutual) investment Acquisition of investment units under a contract with a
funds management company
Investment companies Attracting the population’s funds through issuance and
placement of shares
United banking management Attracting the population’s funds by providing an equity
funds certificate in exchange for the funds transferred
Regional and municipal Issue and placement of bonds of targeted regional and
investment-loan systems municipal loans
Pension funds Use of the accumulative part of deductions for portfolio
investments of collective operators of the stock market
Insurance companies Placement of the accumulated portion of insurance
premiums in portfolio of investment instruments
Stock exchanges Stock market tools
Traditionally, organized people understand those savings that are accumulated in

the deposit accounts of the population, they are invested in securities, real estate,
precious metals and stones, antiques, transferred to trust management, to the united
funds of bank management, as well as directed to the funded part of the pension. In
other words, these monetary resources have already been accumulated by the subjects
of the financial market and can be easily transformed into investments. Unorganized
(unsystematic) savings are savings that are in the hands of the population, which in
their essence are a potential investment resource, but practically not realized.
The mechanism of transformation of savings into investment can be considered as
the sequence (set) of states of the relationship of savings, investment, and income,
correlated in a special way based on the adopted model of behavior of economic
agents, and formalized by a certain institutional complex. The effectiveness of this
mechanism determines the balance of savings and investment.
The equation of such a balance has the simplest form: 1a + 2a = 16, where 1a is the
aggregate of the subjective motives of saving (from precaution, the desire to create an
interest income in the future, to ensure the welfare of descendants, to provide the
necessary amount for speculation, etc.) - subjective savings, 2a - the totality of
objective motives Change in income, interest, prices, tax policy, etc.), 16 -system of
investment factors.
This equation shows that in the “low” phases of the economic cycle (recession and
depression), the predominant part of savings for investment is formed by a system of
subjective motives, in “high” phases (recovery and boom) - objective motives.
Statistics show that often enough, when making a decision about investing, the pop-
ulation uses “mental labels” that significantly worsen the results of an investment
decision. Excessive self-confidence of an individual investor (the belief that he will be
right when choosing an investment object) leads to an extremely low differentiation of
options for saving behavior. As a result, an increase in the share of private investors
“escaping from risk” during the reduction of deposit rates will not only not cause a loss
of savings for investment (reduce the volume of deposits attracted), but, conversely,
increase their aggregate volume.
An important role in the transformation of savings into investment is performed by
the so-called institutional system of transformation (ICT), the elements of which are the
tax and banking systems, the stock market. Despite the fact that she herself is not
capable of producing the impulses of transformation processes, her action leads to the
necessary combination of savings-investment motives. The analysis shows the presence
of several types of such models: With the dominant role of the stock market in the ICT
structure, with the dominant role of the banking sector (in the whole sector and sep-
arately, with the dominant role of state banks and, accordingly, private sector).
The dynamics of changes in the population’s savings behavior is shown in Figs. 1 and 2.
The one shown in Fig. 1 dynamics and the coefficient of structural shifts calculated
by the authors. Gatev (k = 0.11) makes it possible to state that in the period under
study (1990–2015) there have been significant changes in the structure of the popu-
lation’s savings behavior: The share of financial assets in the structure of investments
has significantly increased (19.5%), and the acquisition of real estate is losing attrac-
tiveness. For example, savings in deposits and securities account for about 1.5%,
expenses for the purchase of real estate - 1.6–2%, purchase of foreign currency - 2.1–
2.5% in the costs of the population.
Fig. 1. Dynamics of changes in the structure of household savings
Fig. 2. Dynamics of monetary expenditure on accumulation.
The results of the analysis of the dynamics of expenditures have shown that there is
an obvious correlation between savings and investments in the pre-crisis (100–2007),
the crisis (2008–2009) and the post-crisis period (after 2009). The fact that, starting
from 1996, the gap between the index of the savings potential (%), calculated as the
difference between the per capita income and the two-fold size of the subsistence
minimum and the dynamics of real money incomes of the population (%) has practi-
cally decreased, only increases the need to understand the motives for saving and
investing the population.
The analysis allowed revealing the existence of a multitude of differently directed
motives, indicating that the savings of the population are inherently diverse and the
degree of their “suitability” for investment is different. The investment behavior of the
population, regardless of belonging to a particular class, may depend on the type of
risk. Therefore, we identified three groups: Savings riskofily, savings riskophobes and
neutral savers whose motives for saving are presented in Table 2.
Table 2. Types of savings behavior of the population and motives

Riskofily Neutral type Riskophobes
Purchase of goods and “Amortization” motive, the Investment (speculative)
services, the payment of reason of which is the need to motive, i.e. purchase of
which requires the replace obsolete durable securities with the purpose of
accumulation of money (real goods (car, motorcycle, etc.) their further resale
estate, summer vacation,
education)
The creation of a “safety A motive of comfort,
cushion” in the event of a suggesting the desire to have
sudden drop in revenues with him considerable money
to meet his needs at any time
Creation of “reserve funds of Savings “out of habit”
financing” of the expected
events (wedding)
Pension motive
From the point of view of the effectiveness of the economy, we are interested in
investment-oriented savings, the initial goal of which is to obtain additional income.
The analysis showed that whatever efforts the state made to stimulate investment, the
population will always wipe between “extreme” efforts - maximum or minimum,
refusing neutral behavior, which in turn causes a certain set of motives, any stimulation
of which will not give a meaningful effect in terms of the transformation of savings into
investment. This statement confirms the fact that cash in the structure of savings
priorities of the population remains in the first place (Table 3).
Table 3. Savings priorities of the population

Forms of savings of the population Share in the structure, %
1. Cash 36.5
2. Cash currency 12.7
3. Deposits in Sberbank in ruble equivalent 5.2
4. Deposits in Sberbank in currency equivalent 0.5
5. Securities 11.0
6. Deposits in commercial banks in ruble equivalent 3.4
7. Deposits in commercial banks in currency equivalent 0.7
8. Other forms of savings 30
Nevertheless, the analysis of the dynamics of the share of savings of the population
shows that the pre-savings level of the savings rate has practically recovered in the
country (the 2012 level), but the recovery is accompanied by a significant transfor-
mation of the structure of organized savings (Fig. 3).
Fig. 3. Income-weighted share of savings as a change in money on the hands, foreign currency
deposits and the purchase of currency in the income of the population, % (quoted from the
Bulletin of the Department of Research and Forecasting of the Central Bank of Russia)
However, analysis of the general dynamics of household savings (organized and

unorganized) indicates a slightly negative dynamics.
The share of savings in the structure of income according to the Federal State
Statistics Service decreased in 2016 compared to 2015 from 33.66% to 32.47% in
Russia in general, and in the rural area, the savings rate fell to 29.9%. Locomotives of
dynamics are households consisting of one adult without children, in which, on
average, per month, per household member, the savings rate is 24,875 rubles or 31.1%.
The share of those who believe that “the funds are enough to buy everything that they
consider necessary” by the beginning of the second quarter of 2017 decreased to 2.6%
(in the 1st quarter of 2016 it was 3.2%). This trend indicates an increase in unorganized
household savings, accompanied by a negative overall dynamics.
One cannot but agree with the opinion that the savings potential of the population is
characterized by four parameters that also include an assessment of investment potential:
• Labor potential;
• Institutional capacity;
• Financial potential;
• Consumer potential.
This is the situation in general in the Russian Federation. In some years, the excess
of savings over investments was up to 19% of consolidated GRP. The population’s
funds play a big role in the formation of investment resources.
5 Conclusions
The analysis made it possible to identify the key features of the mechanism of the
transformation of savings into investments in Russia:
• The average savings rate in early 2017 recovered to the level of 2012–2013 and
amounted to 24.3%; However, it underwent significant changes in the ratio of forms
of savings: The share of unorganized savings with the overall structure was only 3%:
• The underdevelopment of socially significant ways of transforming the savings of
the population into investment, which is confirmed by the fact that the population is
not in a hurry to transfer their pension savings to private capital, despite the higher
profitability they offer.
• The inability of the banking system to increase the volume of lending to investment
projects, as evidenced by their still high growth rates;
• low attractiveness of the domestic stock market for national “blue chips”, which
place on it no more than 15% of issued investment securities;
• A narrow range of financial instruments available to the public.
The authors singled out three blocks of causes that cause “failures” in transforming
the population’s savings into investments.
The first block is “savings”. The authors noted that savings, firstly, are affected by
current and accrued income, the level of interest rates; on the value of which, in turn,
the value of borrowed capital and, consequently, the total level of income. The size of
investment resources is directly dependent on the level of income of the population and
accumulated savings, which depend on this income. If we consider the indicators of the
structure of the use of income by object of expenditure, which can be directed at
investing the economy, then their share is insignificant.
The second block is “investment”: Disintegration of the national economy, the lack
of a system of equilibrium prices, inefficient taxation system.
The third block - institutional - excessive monopolization and outright specula-
tion of the banking system and the stock market is a low level of development
of Internet technologies, which largely determines the degree of development of
transformational processes.
In the circumstances, the important role in the formation of an effective mechanism

for transforming the savings of the population in Russia is, first, the activities of the
government aimed at:
• Ensuring consistency in the implementation of pension reform;
• Creation of favorable conditions for the development of institutional investors;
Improvement of the tax mechanism;
• Development and adoption of laws that promote the functional and institutional
development of the banking system; Development of the stock market.
Acknowledgments. Article is prepared with financial support of G.V. Plekhanov Russian

University of Economics.
References
Barber, B.M., Odean, T.: All that glitters: the effect of attention on the buying behavior of
individual and institutional investors. Rev. Financ. Stud. 21, 785–818 (2008)
Barber, B.M., Lee, Y., Liu, Y., Odean, T.: Just how much do individual investors lose by
trading? Rev. Financ. Stud. 22, 609–632 (2009)
Campbell, J.Y.: Household finance. J. Financ. 61, 1553–1604 (2006)
Eldyaeva, N., Sibirskaya, E., Yarnykh, E., Dubrova, T., Oveshnikova, L.: Strategy of systemic
development of entrepreneurial infrastructure of regional economy. Eur. Res. Stud. XVIII,
235–258 (2015)
Kyle, A.S.: Continuous auctions and insider trading. Econometrica 53, 1315–1336 (1985)
Nagy, R.A., Obenberger, R.W.: Factors influencing investor behavior. Financ. Anal. J. 50, 63–68
(1994)
Shanthikumar, D., Malmendier, U.: Are small investors naive? Stanford University Working
Paper (2003)
Sibirskaya, E., Khokhlova, O., Eldyaeva, N., Lebedinskaya, O.: Statistical evaluation of middle
class in Russia. Mediterr. J. Soc. Sci. 6(36), 125–134 (2015)
Sibirskaya, E.V., Khokhlova, O.A., Oveshnikova, L.V., Stroeva, O.A.: An analysis of
investment-innovation activity in Russia. Life Sci. J. 11(7s), 155–158 (2014)
Yarnykh, E.A., Oleynikov, B.I., Tsylina, I.T.: Statistical methods for the analysis of demographic
processes within the region. In: 8th International Scientific Conference Science and Society,
pp. 117–123, 24–29 November 2015
Aliev, B.H., Taisumova, H.V.: Formation of the mechanism of transformation of savings of the
population into investments for the development of the economy on an innovative basis.
Financ. Credit 30(462), 12 (2011)
Bulletin of the Department of Research and Forecasting of the Central Bank of Russia, no. 2(14)
(2017)
Darda, E.S., Sadovnikova, N.A.: Methodological aspects of the formation of intermediate
consumption in the financial sector: domestic and international experience. Fundam. Res.
(10-3), 610–614 (2013)
Zaretskaya, V.G., Kondrat’eva, Z.A.: Savings as a potential source of investment in the region.
Financ. Credit 2(434), 65–66 (2011)
Grossman, S., Stiglitz, J.: On the impossibility of informationally efficient markets. Am. Econ.
Rev. 70, 393–408 (1984)
Human as an Economic Subject
Economic and Statistical Analysis
in Evaluating the Perspectives of Structural
Changes of Regions’ Economy
Yuri I. Treshchevsky1(&) , Valeri P. Voronin2,

Maria B. Tabachnikova1, and Galina N. Franovskaya1
1
{utreshevski,fgnvrn}@yandex.ru, [email protected]
2
Voronezh State University of Engineering Technologies, Voronezh, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to determine the perspective directions

of structural changes in Russia’s regions on the basis of economic and statistical
analysis.
Economic and statistical methods of research include a wide range of specific
actions, operations, and algorithms. The authors offer and approbate – by the
example of specific data of the municipal entities of Volgograd Oblast – the
method of cluster analysis. The authors used this method for analysis of various
processes – innovational, investment, and structural changes at the level of
Russia’s regions.
Using the methods of cluster analysis allowed determining the underrun of all
municipal entities of Voronezh Oblast for specific directions of the economic
and social development. The obtained data allowed offering for each group of
municipal entities the perspective directions of structural transformations in the
economic and social spheres.
Keywords: Economic and statistical analysis Cluster analysis

Structural changes
GEL Classification Codes: R 15 – general spatial economics

Econometric and input-output models Other models
1 Introduction
In the modern conditions, intensive changes in the socio-economic structure of the

Russia’s regions take place. These changes are very contradictory. On the one hand,
new technologies expand the possibilities of territorial diversification of modern pro-
ductions and create new, highly-efficient jobs. On the other hand, the reducing demand
for traditional professions directs the financial, material, labor, and entrepreneurial
resources into large cities. Therefore, the state of the social sphere differentiates as well –
the number of free spots in educational and medical establishments in the centers of
concentration of people decreases as well. Expenditures for social establishments in the
municipal entities with reducing population become too high. The large number of

522 Y. I. Treshchevsky et al.
municipal entities in Russia’s regions sets the task of determining their groups in which
the similar socio-economic processes that require the unified methods of management
take place.
2 Research Methods
Cluster analysis was used as a method of studying the structure. The theoretical
foundations of cluster analysis were set by Oldenderfer and Blashfield (1989), Hartigan
and Wong (1979). Further on, theoretical substantiation of application of this method in
the regional studies was developed by Golichenko and Shchepina (2008, 2009). The
method was also approbated in the study of investment processes (Kruglyakova and
Treshchevsky 2012) and innovational development (Risin and Treshchevsky 2011).
As to the municipal entities, the method of Myasnikova was used (Myasnikova
2015). The method of cluster analysis was used in this article for evaluation of the state
of socio-economic development of municipal entities and the level of functional and
spatial balance of the region. During selection of the clustering options, division into 4,
5, and 6 clusters was used with inclusion of Voronezh and Novovoronezh into
municipal entities. From the point of view of statistical significance of the indicators
that characterize the clusters, the best division is division into 5 clusters with preser-
vation of all municipal entities of Voronezh Oblast.
The calculations were performed in 2012 and 2015, which allows determining the
dynamics of changes during transition from the period of “calm” macro-economic
situation to its aggravation at present.
As a result, the massive of 12 indicators formed; they show the differences between
the clusters (Table 1).
Table 1. Indicators of socio-economic development of municipal entities of Voronezh Oblast.

var 1 Number of subjects of small and medium entrepreneurship per 10,000 people of the population
var 2 Share of average number of employees (without part-timers) of small and medium m companies in
the average number of employees (without part-timersй) of all companies and organizations, %
var 3 Share of profitable agricultural companies in their total number, %
var 4 Monthly average nominal accrued wages of employees of small and medium companies and
non-profit organizations of city district (municipal region), RUB
var 5 Share of children aged 1–6 who receive a pre-school educational service and (or) service for their
support in municipal pre-school educational establishments, in the total number of children aged 1–6
years, %
var 6 Share of municipal general education institutions that correspond to certain requirements of
education, in the total number of municipal general education institutions, %
var 7 Total area of residential premises per one person, total sq.m.
var 8 Annual average number of constant population, thousand people
var 9 Total coefficient of natural increase, per mille
var 10 Total birth rate, per mille
var 11 Number of newcomers (total migration), people
var 12 Number of departed (total migration), people
Economic and Statistical Analysis in Evaluating the Perspectives 523
A part of the indicators is poorly differentiated. Though this does not prove either
high or low level of development of poorly differentiated sub-systems of the region,
they should not be viewed as top-priority directions of structural changes.
3 Structural Differences Between the Municipal Entities

of Voronezh Oblast, 2012
The statistical characteristics of clusters that were formed during division of 34

municipal entities into 5 clusters are presented in Tables 2 and 3. Most of the values of
indicators are significant at the 5% level, Var 2 and Var 7 – at the 10% level.
For determining peculiarities of the clusters, they are ranked according to the sum
of average normed values. Accordingly, they were marked “A”, “B”, “C”, D”, and “E”.
The state of the analyzed characteristics (parameters) of clusters is presented in
Table 2.
Table 2. Average values of clusters’ parameters (2012)

Indicators Cluster A Cluster B Cluster C Cluster D Cluster E
Var 1 1.000000 0.334845 0.453457 0.254106 0.183068
Var 2 0.448543 0.050904 0.348008 0.533682 0.317924
Var 3 0.000000 0.000000 0.885790 0.965675 0.912671
Var 4 0.563847 1.000000 0.208637 0.099282 0.108420
Var 5 0.759908 1.000000 0.437486 0.307444 0.275564
Var 6 0.652582 0.834832 0.478949 0.814009 0.461772
Var 7 0.217391 0.214674 0.317571 0.586889 0.373447
Var 8 1.000000 0.016402 0.041626 0.014619 0.019589
Var 9 0.978571 0.928571 0.770714 0.355357 0.500000
Var 10 0.608696 0.565217 0.793478 0.358696 0.447205
Var 11 1.000000 0.018312 0.021921 0.013299 0.010992
Var 12 1.000000 0.038288 0.029185 0.020387 0.019307
Sum 8.229537 5.002045 4.786822 4.323445 3.629961
Analysis of the data presented in Table 2 allows for the following conclusions.
The strongest indicators of cluster “A” (the value of normed indicator – 1.0) are
the following: number of the subjects of small and medium entrepreneurship per 10,000
people; annual average number of population; number of newcomers (migration);
number of departed (migration).
The indicator’s value “total coefifcient of natural increase” is rather high.
As to all other indicators, cluster “A” is ranked 2nd and lower.
Absence of the agricultural sector in the municipal entity that belongs to cluster “A”
led to zero value of the indicator “share of profitable agricultural companies”.
The cluster is ranked 2nd as to the following indicators: share of average list number
of employees of small and medium companies in the average number of employees;
monthly average nominal accrued wages of employees of small and medium compa-
nies and non-profit organizations; share of children aged 1–6 who receive a pre-school
educational service and (or) service for their support in municipal pre-school educa-
tional establishments, in the total number of children aged 1–6; total coefficient of birth
rate. As to this indicator, cluster “A” is behind cluster “B”.
The cluster is ranked 3rd and lower as to the following indicators: share of
municipal educational establishments that correspond to certain requirements of edu-
cation, in the total number of municipal entities; total area of residential premises per
one resident.
The highest values of indicators of cluster “B” (1.0): monthly average nominal
accrued wages of large and medium companies and non-profit organizations; share of
children aged 1–6 who receive a pre-school educational service and (or) service for
their support in municipal pre-school educational establishments, in the total number of
children aged 1–6.
High value (1st among the clusters) – share ofя municipal general education
institutions that correspond to certain requirements of education, in the total number of
municipal general education institutions (0.83).
High value (2nd among the clusters and a significant gap from all others) – total
coefifcient of natural increase (0.92).
Low values: share of profitable agricultural companies (absence of agricultural
companies in the cluster); number of subjects of small and medium entrepreneurship;
share of average list number of employees of small and medium companies; total area
of residential premises per one resident; number of population; number of newcomers
and departed.
The average indicator’s value – total coefficient of birth rate.
As to the parameters of cluster “B”, it is possible to conclude the following.
No parameter achieved the maximum possible value.
The relatively strong points of the cluster are the following: total coefifcient of
natural increase (0.77, 3rd position among the clusters after “A” and “B”, excessive
increase of the values of the indicators of clusters “D” and “E”); the number of subjects
of small and medium entrepreneurship per 10,000 people (0.45, 2nd position after
cluster “A”, exceeding the values of the indicator of other clusters); annual average
number of population (2nd position among the clusters, after cluster “A”); the number
of newcomers (2nd position – after cluster “A”).
Low values of the indicator – share of municipal general education institutions that
correspond to certain requirements of education (0.47, 4th position among the clusters
with certain advance of cluster “E” and substantial underrun from other clusters).
The average values of the indicators for all other parameters:
– share of average list number of employees of small and medium companies in the
total number of employees;
– share of profitable agricultural companies (internal position – 0.88), but among the
clusters this position is low (3rd position among the clusters, in view of zero values
of the indicator with clusters “A” and “B”, this position is low);
– monthly average nominal wages (0.21 – 3rd position among the clusters, advance as
compared to the clusters “D” and “E”);
– share of children aged 1–6 who receive an educational service and (or) service for
their support in municipal pre-school educational establishments (3rd position
among the clusters, advance as compared to the clusters “D” and “E”);
– area of residential premises per capita (3rd position among the clusters, large
underrun from cluster “D”);
– number of departed (0.03, 3rd position among the clusters, large advance of the
indicator as compared to clusters “D” and “E”).
Cluster “D” was characterized in the following way (as of 2012).
Strengths:
– share of profitable agricultural companies (indicator’s value does not reach 1.0, but
it is still high – 0.96, first place among the clusters);
– share of average list number of employees of small and medium companies
(indicator’s value – 0.53, but it exceeds the values of the indicator of other clusters);
– share of municipal general education institutions that correspond to the modern
requirements (0.81, small advance as compared to cluster “A”, “C”, and “E”, small
underrun from cluster “B”);
– area of residential premises per capita (0.58, larger value, as compared to other
clusters).
Weaknesses:
– monthly average nominal wages (0.099), the lowest value among the clusters);
– share of children aged 1–6 who receive a pre-school educational service or service
for support in the municipal pre-school educational establishments (0.30, fourth
position, slight advance as compared to cluster “E”);
– annual average number of constant population (0.014, the lowest position among
the clusters);
– total coefifcient of natural increase (0.35, the lowest position among the clusters);
– total coefficient of birth rate (0.35, the lowest indicator among the clusters).
The values of the indicators that characterize migration processes are medium.
Cluster’s “E” strength is total area of residential premises per capita (2nd position
among the clusters).
The weakest points of the cluster (underrun from all other clusters): number of
subjects of small and medium entrepreneurship; share of children aged 1–6 who receive
a pre-school educational service and (or) service for their support in municipal
pre-school educational establishments; share of municipal general education institu-
tions that correspond to modern requirements; indicators that characterize migration
processes.
4 Structural Differences Between the Municipal Entities

of Voronezh Oblast, 2015
The structure of clusters changed a little during 2012–2015. On the whole, the core of
the clusters (totality of municipal entities that do not change the position in clusters) are
rather wide. As of 2015, the clusters included the following municipal entities
(Table 3).
Table 3. The structure of clusters created by the municipal entities of Voronezh Oblast
Cluster Structure of cluster
A Voronezh, Novovoronezh
B Nizhnedevitsky and Ramonsky municipal regions
C Borisoglebsky city district, Bogucharsky, Kalacheevsky, Kantemirovsky,
Liskinsky, Novousmansky, Pavlovsky, Rossoshansky, and Semiluksky municipal
districts
D Anninsky, Bobrovsky, Buturlinovsky, Verkhneamonsky, Novokhopersky,
Petropavlovsky, Repyevsky, Khokholsky, and Ertilsky municipal districts
E Verkhnekhavsky, Vorobyevsky, Gribanovsky, Kamensky, Kashirsky,
Olkhovatsky, Ostrogozhsky, Paninsky, Povorinsky, Podgorensky, Talovsky, and
Ternovsky municipal districts
As of 2015, the state of parameters of the clusters somewhat changed, but the
general relative characteristics preserved. The exception is cluster “A” which included
two cities – Voronezh and Novovoronezh – in 2015. The average values of the indi-
cators that characterize the clusters in 2015 are shown in Table 4.
Table 4. Average values of the parameters of clusters (2015)

Indicators Cluster A Cluster B Cluster C Cluster D Cluster E
Var1 0.618897 0.345043 0.382066 0.226298 0.149299
Var2 0.301363 0.408632 0.474480 0.751052 0.354976
Var3 0.000000 0.866650 0.948300 0.980878 0.943708
Var4 0.764590 0.287307 0.177598 0.073166 0.119487
Var5 0.860772 0.332137 0.477712 0.429613 0.249306
Var6 0.892543 0.645332 0.511320 0.651465 0.296682
Var7 0.243119 0.974261 0.183033 0.510420 0.402226
Var8 0.507805 0.009877 0.050022 0.015564 0.012512
Var9 0.986111 0.230556 0.609877 0.314198 0.420833
Var10 0.955357 0.357143 0.367064 0.216270 0.296131
Var11 0.506146 0.018358 0.048486 0.020885 0.014033
Var12 0.508167 0.011483 0.052823 0.022214 0.019525
Sum 7.144870 4.486778 4.282781 4.212022 3.278719
Comparisons of the values of clusters’ parameters in 2012 and 2015 show that the
general “ratio of strength” did not change. At the same time, there were changes in the
structure of clusters and values of certain parameters.
The strongest indicators of cluster “A” (values of normed indicators – 1.0) are
absent. A significant role in this transformation belonged to unification of the above
municipal entities into one cluster.
The cluster’s strengths in 2015 were as follows: number of subjects of small and
medium entrepreneurship per 10,000 people; monthly average nominal accrued wages;
share of children aged 1–6 who receive a pre-school educational service and (or) ser-
vice for their support in municipal pre-school educational establishments; share of
municipal educational establishments that correspond to the modern requirements;
annual average number of population; total coefifcient of natural increase; total coef-
ficient of birth rate; number of newcomers (migration); number of departed (migration).
A formal weakness is share of profitable agricultural companies – 0.000.
As is seen from the data presented in Table 4, the strong indicators of cluster “B”
are as follows: average monthly wages (lower than in cluster “A” but higher than in
other clusters); total area of residential premises per capita (the highest indicator among
the clusters, very good statistical characteristics that allow viewing cluster as com-
prehensive system).
Low values of the indicator include share of profitable agricultural companies (the
lowest value among all the clusters, except for “A” and “B”).
As is seen from the data presented in Table 4, the strengths of cluster “C” in 2015
were as follows: total coefifcient of natural increase (2nd position after cluster “A” and
higher than in other clusters); total coefficient of birth rate (2nd position after cluster
“A” and higher than in other clusters); indicators of migration (large number of
newcomers and departed).
Weaknesses of the cluster: total area of residential premises per capita (however,
statistical characteristics is unsatisfactory – with the average value 0.183033, standard
deviation is 0.120735); share of municipal general education institutions that corre-
spond to modern requirements (last but one position among the clusters, acceptable
state of standard deviation – 0.229960 with the average value 0.511320).
As is seen from the data presented in Table 4, the strengths of cluster “D” are as
follows: share of average list number of employees of small and medium companies;
share of profitable agricultural organizations.
Weaknesses: average monthly wages of employees of large and medium companies
and non-profit organizations (the lowest indicator among the clusters); total coefficient
of birth rate (the lowest value among the clusters); indicators that reflect the migration
processes (low – but higher than in cluster “E”).
As is seen from the data presented in Table 4, cluster “E” didn’t have any
strengths in 2015.
The weakest positions (last position among the clusters): number of subjects of
small and medium entrepreneurship per 10,000 people; share of children aged 1–6 who
receive a pre-school educational service and (or) service for their support in municipal
pre-school educational establishments; share of municipal general education institu-
tions that correspond to the modern requirements; number of newcomers (migration).
5 Conclusions and Offers
The above material allows for the following conclusions.

Achievement of spatial balance of socio-economic development requires setting
specific goals aimed at elimination of underrun of municipal entities from the leaders.
At that, it is necessary to found not on the peculiarities of development of each separate
municipal entity but on the state of their homogeneous groups. It is especially true in
cases when their number is large (Voronezh Oblast has 32 municipal regions and 2 city
districts).
Analysis showed that there are five groups of municipal entities (virtual clusters) on
the territory of Voronezh Oblast; these entities are peculiar for a certain underrun in one
or another sphere of activities. At that, here we speak not of production specialization
but of provision with jobs, conditions for entrepreneurial activities, and social services.
Thus, for the most developed cluster “A” the most perspective directions of
structural changes are as follows: increase of provision of the population with resi-
dential premises, and, accordingly, expansion of residential construction; expansion of
the material basis of pre-school education establishments. Additional direction of
structural changes in one of the municipal entities of the cluster (Novovoronezh) –
development of small business.
For cluster “B”, which includes two municipal regions, the most important direc-
tion of structural changes is their financial aspect – increase of effectiveness of agri-
cultural companies’ activities.
For cluster “C”, increase of the share of municipal general education institutions
that correspond to the modern requirements is topical.
For cluster “D”, it is important to raise wages; expand employment by means of
creating jobs in various sectors of economy; reduce the outflow of young and
middle-aged population.
For cluster “E” the following aspects are important: development of small business;
expansion of the network of municipal pre-school and general education institutions
that correspond to the modern requirements.
References
Oldenderfer, M.S., Blashfield, P.K. Cluster analysis/factor, discriminant, and cluster analysis. In:
Enyukov, I.S. (ed.) Finances and Statistics, 215 p. (1989)
Hartigan, I.A., Wong, M.A.: Algoritm AS 136: a K-means clustering algorithm. J. Royal Stat.
Soc. Ser. C (Appl. Stat.) 28(1), 100–108 (1979)
Golichenko, O.G., Shchepina, I.N.: Analysis of efficiency of innovative activities of Russia’s
regions. Econ. Sci. Modern Russ. 1(44), 77–95 (2009)
Golichenko, O.G., Shchepina, I.N.: The system of characteristics for complex analysis of
innovative activities at the regional level. Econ. Sci. Modern Russ. 1(13), 89–91 (2008)
Kruglyakova, V.M., Treshchevsky, Y.I.: Basic strategies of development of investment activities
in regions of the CFD. Modern Econ. Probl. Solut. 3(27), 27–38 (2012)
Risin, I.E., Treshchevsky, D.Y.: Typologization of innovational development of Russia’s regions

on the basis of stage-by-stage clustering. Bull. South-West. State Univ. Ser. Econ. Soc. Sci.
Manag. 1, 20–27 (2011)
Myasnikova, T.A.: Strategizing of Socio-Economic Development of Municipal Entities in
Russia’s Regions: Theory, Methodology, and Methodological Provision, p. 271. Scientific
book, Voronezh (2015)
Factors and Conditions of Functioning
and Development of Regional
Socio-Economic Systems
Olga A. Shaporova(&), Ekaterina I. Mosina, Irina V. Kuznetsova,

Elena E. Semenova, and Natalya A. Baturina

Abstract. Economic space of the Russian Federation is undergoing certain

significant changes. Firstly, due to appearance of the system theory of economic
development, the subjects of the economic environment were divided within
socio-economic systems. Secondly, the key directions of the post-industrial
paradigm of development became obsolete due to appearance of new factors and
conditions of interaction between economic relations at the national and global
levels. These preconditions influence the regional socio-economic systems that
occupy a rather important position in the development of the national economy
of the Russian Federation. According to this, we study the factors and conditions
of functioning and development of regional socio-economic systems. The pur-
pose of the article is to consider the conditions and factors of development of
regional socio-economic systems through modeling these processes within the
current and required state of functioning. It is necessary to solve the following
tasks for implementation of the set goal: consider the theoretical and method-
ological aspects of study of the regional socio-economic systems; determine the
key approaches to wide study of factors and conditions within socio-economic
systems; offer the models of regional socio-economic systems, formed on the
basis of current factors of functioning and required conditions of development.
The methodology of the research includes the methods of modeling, theoretical
comparison, analysis, synthesis, and comparative evaluation. Within this
research, the key moment is creating the model of development of regional
socio-economic systems. This study poses substantial interest from the position
of determining the theoretical regularities of the categorical machine and
modeling of the current situation for comparison with the required conditions of
development of regional socio-economic systems.
Keywords: Regional socio-economic systems Factors Conditions

Models Progress Stability Balance Region Approaches
Concepts

Factors and Conditions of Functioning and Development 531
1 Introduction
Directions and priorities of development of economy in the model of overcoming

growth are losing their significance. Lack of favorable situation of the resources market,
manifestation of the stagnation processes of the national economy, and lack of the
complex of internal and external stimuli of quick growth lead to changes of the con-
ditions of functioning and development of socio-economic systems. These changes
influence the subsidized territories that are formed of the regional socio-economic
systems. Regional socio-economic systems are a totality of separately formed economic
processes that exist within a specific region. The conditions and factors of functioning of
each regional socio-economic system influence the development of a specific subject of
the Russian Federation. This thesis is confirmed by the following postulates. Firstly,
only through regional socio-economic systems is it possible to transform the region for
the conditions of change of the imperatives of the global economic space. Secondly,
accumulation in regional socio-economic systems, limited by the investment and
innovational resources, allows for the “breakthrough leap” in the technological devel-
opment of the subjects of the Russian Federation. Thirdly, the production and economic
interconnections, formed within regional socio-economic systems, increase the region’s
competitiveness at the national level. Fourthly, improvement of the financial and eco-
nomic state of each element of the socio-economic system stimulates the regional
development on the whole. Besides, it is important that regional socio-economic sys-
tems apply and approbate market approaches to regulation of relations and thus require
administrative management for the formation of factors and conditions of effective
functioning. This requirement confirms the topicality of the selected topic of the
research.
The purpose of the article is to consider the conditions and factors of development
of regional socio-economic systems through modeling of these processes within the
current and required state of functioning. Implementation of the set goal requires
solving the following tasks:
– considering the theoretical and methodological aspects of studying regional
socio-economic systems;
– determining the key approaches to joint studying the factors and conditions within
socio-economic systems;
– offering the models of regional socio-economic systems formed on the basis of
current factors of functioning and required conditions of development.
The research tools consist in using the method of modeling, theoretical comparison,
analysis, synthesis, and comparative assessment.
For obtaining the comprehensive idea of regional socio-economic systems as a
subject of the research, let us view theoretical and methodological aspects of the
categorial tools, concepts of formation, and typologization of forms.
532 O. A. Shaporova et al.
2 The Theoretical and Methodological Aspects of Studying

Regional Socio-Economic Systems
Studying the establishment and development of regional socio-economic systems was

formed on the basis of distinguishing the categorical tools of the categorical definition
and concepts in the sphere of development of this system. At that, a lot of authors tried
to substantiate the conditions of appearance and the factors that influence the devel-
opment of regional socio-economic systems.
The origins of studying the issue of development of regional socio-economic systems
in the modern conditions of functioning were reflected in the works of Holling (2001),
Reggiani et al. (2002), Zhang et al. (2000), Komarevtseva (2016), and Sherstnev (2008).
The above authors enriched the concepts and models of formation of the adaptive con-
ditions for effective development of regional socio-economic systems. At that, these
studies were based on start of application of managerial methods in the process of
regulation of the necessary conditions for functioning of various regional systems.
Further on, the approaches to considering regional socio-economic systems shifted
into the aspect of studying the factors that influence the establishment and functioning
of regional socio-economic systems, which were viewed in the articles by Li et al.
(2000), Stroeva et al. (2015), Burkaltseva (2017), Gorokhov and Ivanov (2013),
Sibirskaya and Stroeva (2010), and Shatalov (2017). The importance of notes in the
sphere of distinguishing the definitions “region” and “regional socio-economic system”
stimulated the emergence of a new direction of the economic thought – the system
paradigm of within the regional economic space. This paradigm allowed distinguishing
the peculiar differences between the notions “region” and “regional socio-economic
system”, dividing their objects for full-scale studies.
First of all, these definitions differ in the sphere of spatiality of research. A regional
socio-economic system reflects the spatial environment that is based on various eco-
nomic and legal processes and is regulated by economic relations within this definition.
The region is a territorial organizations established by means of the normative and legal
regulation of the relation between the territorial subjects that interact within this system.
At that, the region is formed under the influence of homogeneous natural conditions
that reflect the essence of development of this definition. A regional socio-economic
system includes a totality of differentiated sub-systems that form the homogeneous
functional environment of development. The existing resources are redistributed within
this system. The natural conditions of the region are reflected in exploitation of natural
resources redistributed among the systems of higher hierarchy. This thesis allows for
the conclusion that region is a dependent system with “primary” interaction between
hierarchical subjects. Simply speaking, the region distributes resources in favor of
higher territorial subjects (Federation). A regional socio-economic system is often an
independent element with “secondary” interaction. According to this, distribution of
resources is conducted only on the basis of mutual flows of accumulation and
restoration of substructural systems. However, it should be noted that subordination
within regional socio-economic systems also exists.
The peculiar categorical features of “regional socio-economic system” were the

basis of the concept of formation and origin of this definition. At present, there are two
key economic schools the concepts of which view the formation of regional
socio-economic system according to the following positions:
1. The economic school of market concept of formation of regional socio-economic
systems.
2. The economic school of competitive concept of formation of regional socio-
economic systems.
The main aspects of the market concept of formation of regional socio-economic
system are viewed in the works Cabezas et al. (2003), Elgazzar (2003), Gurnovich and
Ostapenko (2015), and Filyushin (2011).
According to this concept, the market forms the regional socio-economic system.
At the initial stage the subjects (external and internal suppliers of goods and services,
consumers, transport and logistics companies) create a comprehensive market structure
on a certain territory (territorial structure). Over a certain time, this structure begins to
integrate with larger territorial structures and is divided according to the principle of
general market. The formed markets require regulation of social and economic rela-
tions. According to this requirement, a regional socio-economic system is created.
The economic school of the competitive concept of formation of regional
socio-economic system, which is realized under the influence of the ideas of Chub
(2014), Li et al. (2003), Arashukov (2012), Konovalova (2015), Ozdoeva et al. (2012).
The position of these authors is brought down to the fact that the regional
socio-economic system could be created only in the conditions of competition.
Under the influence of tough competition between financial organizations, entre-
preneurs, and human resources, the system of adaptive conditions is transformed. Each
of the presented subjects reconsiders their own activities in the conditions of change of
the technological paradigm and restructures production for provision of leadership
positions within the competitive struggle. Based on the generated model of develop-
ment, the subjects enter the new stage of competitive struggle in various differentiated
systems. Under the influence of the formed economic relations and social interactions,
a regional socio-economic system is organized.
The above schools are a regional socio-economic system – the model formed under
the influence of external processes of constant struggle. We think that regional
socio-economic system consists of the totality of generic sub-systems that interact on
the basis of typologization (Fig. 1).
The regional socio-economic systems presented in Fig. 1 include seven main types:
– economic – functions through interrelations between economic subjects;
– territorial – divides the integrated regional socio-economic system into smaller
territorial entities;
– subjective – reflects sub-systems within the interaction between the population that
lives on the territory of this system;
– market – combines the sub-systems of implementation of market relations;
– sectorial – includes a lot of differentiated spheres within a certain sector;
Fig. 1. Certain types of regional socio-economic systems (the authors’ typologization)
– departmental – forms regulative relations between public authorities within the

regional socio-economic system;
– institutional – requires the presence of public interaction for important socio-
economic issues.
Let us note that the hierarchy that is presented in this typologization of the main
means of formation and subjection within regional socio-economic systems.
The above concepts and types of typologization of regional socio-economic sys-
tems allow forming a narrow idea of solution to the problem of effectiveness within the
factors and conditions of functioning and development of this system. Let us determine
the key approaches to joint study of the factors and conditions within socio-economic
systems.
3 The Key Approaches to Joint Study of the Factors

and Conditions Within Socio-Economic Systems
In order to consider the approaches to joint study of factors and conditions within
socio-economic systems, let us determine the main regularities of these categories.
Factor is a moving force by which a socio-economic system is created or developed.
The conditions are viewed as a totality of processes and relations necessary for creation
and change of internal and external structures of a socio-economic system. Thus,
there’s a duality of the primary and secondary nature of these categories. Firstly, the
conditions allow forming and changing not only the socio-economic systems but also
the factors. Secondly, the factors stimulate the transformation of conditions according
to adaptation to the new realia of existence of the socio-economic system. This article
does not set the task of determining the primary and secondary influence of economic
categories (factors and conditions) on development of socio-economic systems.
It is more important to consider the interconnection between the factors and conditions
for creation of the effective model of development of regional socio-economic systems.
The main approaches to joint study of the factors and conditions within
socio-economic systems are based on establishment of interconnection between these
categories within the global economic systems: industrial and post-industrial economy.
Approach #1. The system of top-priority factors in the conditions of industrial
economy. Within this approach, the regional socio-economic system is viewed as a
structural element of the industrial economy. According to the hierarchy, this system is
the lowest one. The regional socio-economic system is peculiar for such factors as
natural resources, production capacities, human resources, research potential, and
attractive elements. Balancing these factors in the industrial economy allows forming
attractive conditions for functioning of the regional socio-economic system.
At that, this approach viewed only the conditions of existence of regional
socio-economic systems – development, which is a drawback of this approach.
Approach #2. Factors of the life cycle in the conditions of post-industrial economy.
In this approach, regional socio-economic system is viewed as the resource basis of
post-industrial economy. According to this, factors (resources) on the basis of the life
cycle form the conditions of development of regional socio-economic system. Presence
of the production resources leads to interaction between the institutes within the pro-
duction cycle. These factors allow forming the conditions of development for the
regional socio-economic system. After that, the conditions within the regional
socio-economic system change in favor of accumulation of capital. At that, the main
factors are services and capital. This peculiarity is seen vividly in the capitalistic model,
within which the regional socio-economic systems function on the basis of the key
factor – capital. After that, the factor “capital” loses its economic features, being
replaced by the factor “exclusive post-industrial product”.
On the whole, the approach that considers regional socio-economic systems
through the factors of the life cycle in the conditions of post-industrial economy is the
most complex one for understanding the perception, as it is used mainly in the Western
capitalist systems. The simplest and the most popular approach for the Russian model
of management is consideration of a regional socio-economic system through the
factors of internal and external environment.
Approach #3. The factors of internal and external environment in the conditions of
regional socio-economic system’s formation. In this approach, the conditions and
factors are equal. Thus, for example, the institutional factor forms institutional con-
ditions of development of the regional socio-economic system. At that, it should be
noted that the conditions of functioning of the regional socio-economic system are
limited by the internal, external, and mutually dependent environments. Despite this
limitation, the formation of regional socio-economic system takes place both in the
process of creation of general conditions of functioning and through the specific
environment.
The above approaches allowed for the conclusion that factors and conditions per-
form a very important role in the process of formation and development of the regional
socio-economic systems. However, inconsistency of the current and required condi-
tions, as well as lack of substantial factors, does not allow transforming the created
regional socio-economic systems. On the basis of this thesis, we deem it necessary to
offer the proprietary models of regional socio-economic systems, formed on the basis
of the current factors of functioning and required conditions of development.
4 The Models of Regional Socio-Economic Systems, Formed

on the Basis of Current Factors of Functioning
and Required Conditions of Development
The authors’ idea of development of regional socio-economic systems is brought down

to creation of the models that reflect the current and required development of these
systems on the basis of created conditions and influencing factors. It should be noted
that these models are average prototypes of the most regional socio-economic systems.
These models of development are applicable for “progressing” and “unstable” regional
socio-economic systems. This division is caused by the fact that in the conditions of
adaptation to new realia of economic development a lot of regional socio-economic
systems do not stand a certain level of competition and show the results of stagnation
activities. These regional socio-economic systems are defined by the economic cate-
gory as “unstable”. On the contrary, other systems pass through the quick level of
adaptation to changes and begin to transform according to the future realia of devel-
opment. These regional socio-economic systems are defined by the economic category
as “progressing”. Let us consider the proprietary model of development of “pro-
gressing” regional socio-economic systems.
The model of development of “progressing” regional socio-economic systems
presented in Fig. 2 (through formation of factors and conditions) functions in two
conventional dimensions:
– bonuses, in which the socio-economic system that is higher according to the hier-
archy stimulates the regional socio-economic system for observing the rules of
market behavior;
– limitations, in which the socio-economic system that is higher according to the
hierarchy limits the regional socio-economic system for the purpose of preservation
of economic influence.
The purpose of the model of development of “progressing” regional socio-economic
systems in the current state is preservation of these conditions. Simply speaking, the
conditions of subjection of the regional socio-economic system to a stronger system. For
this, the regional oscillation of management is weakened, only the current risks are
regulated, federal institutes of development of influence the regional socio-economic
systems, high revenues within “progressing” regional socio-economic systems, as
compared to other systems, are preserved, and the economy of the regional socio-
economic systems as a supplement of federal socio-economic systems is developed. We
think that these factors take the “progressing” regional socio-economic systems close to
self-absorption. This thesis is confirmed by the fact that when achieving a certain level
of development and giving the necessary resources to other system, the subject (regional
socio-economic systems) cannot constantly restore the required sources and means.
After consuming the stock and the impossibility to manufacture new resources, the
Fig. 2. Model of development of “progressing” regional socio-economic systems (through formation of factors and conditions)
537
process of self-absorption starts. In order to prevent such situation, we offer – as a main

goal of regional socio-economic systems – to create the conditions of transition to
another level of development of regional socio-economic system. This purpose requires
changing the factors of development that have to reflect qualitative standards for the
conditions of global competition (the system of search of priority of benefits with the
challenges of the new time). According to this, institutionalization of the regional
economy within socio-economic systems should be aimed at the technological aspect,
which will allow providing the system’s needs independently. The factor of
self-absorption in this model is eliminates. Besides, the “progressing” regional
socio-economic system should be adapted to the changes of the global environment and
transform according to the conditions of the spatial localization.
The model of development of “unstable” regional socio-economic systems is dif-
ferent (Fig. 3). Due to the fact that “unstable” regional socio-economic systems are
prototypes of depressive systems, the conditions of limitations of development in this
model are absent, as they are replaced by stimulation and stabilization. Considering the
model of development of “unstable” regional socio-economic systems, its importance in
determining the final goal should be noted. As compared to the model of “progressing”
development, the model of development of “unstable” regional socio-economic systems
is in the state of creation of connection of the economic space by means of intensity and
density of interaction between the factors of stimulation. The ultimate goal of this model
of deepening the priority of stimulation of a larger socio-economic system. This goal is
similar to the model of “progressing” development, in which the process of “stimula-
tion” on the basis of subjection is of higher priority than creation of other developing
conditions. We think that the required state, as well as the final goal of the model of
development of “unstable” regional socio-economic systems should be directed at
stabilization processes.
Formation of high-quality economic space by means of diversification, differenti-
ation, and concentration of the stabilization factors reflect the above state of the
development model of “unstable” regional socio-economic systems. This requires
implementation of the concepts of the regional initiative and diffusion of innovations,
diversification of the regional production specializations, and observation of the bal-
ance of priorities. The formed key factors of development will create modern condi-
tions for adaptation of the regional socio-economic systems to changes.
Thus, the presented proprietary models of development of “progressing” and
“unstable” regional socio-economic systems are the initial stage for creation of the
large-scale model of well-balanced development. At that, interaction between the
factors and conditions allows focusing on the fundamental peculiarities of development
of regional socio-economic systems. Determination of the current and required state is
a precondition of formation of the final goals of development. According to this, the
models reflect certain key features of the object (regional socio-economic system).
Fig. 3. The model of development of “unstable” regional socio-economic systems (through formation of factors and conditions)
539
5 Conclusions
The performed research allowed forming certain important conclusions. Regional

socio-economic systems are a totality of high-quality economic processes that exist
within a specific region. These processes form and change on the basis of certain
factors and conditions within the given system. The influence of these economic cat-
egories on functioning and development of socio-economic systems is rather signifi-
cant. This thesis is supported by a lot of studies by Russian and foreign authors, which
determine the factors and conditions as fundamental origins of development of regional
socio-economic systems. The performed studies allowed forming the concepts and
approaches to creation and development of regional socio-economic systems through
the interaction between the factors and conditions. The market concept shows that
under the influence of the territorial structure and differentiation a market forms –
which leads to emergence of a regional socio-economic system. The competitive
concept focuses on the process of generation of a new model by means of competition,
which then transforms into the regional socio-economic system.
There is also the categorical significance of the notions “region” and “regional
socio-economic system”. These definitions differ in the aspect of the sphere of the
research. Regional socio-economic system reflects the economic space which is based
on various economic and legal processes and is regulated by economic relations within
this definition. Region is a territorial organization that establishes – by means of the
normative and legal regulation – the relations between territorial subjects that interact
within this system. At that, “region” is formed under the influence of homogeneous
natural conditions that reflect the essence of development of this definition. Regional
socio-economic system includes the totality of differentiated sub-systems that form the
homogeneous functional environment of development. The determined regularities
allowed conducting the evaluation of approaches to joint study of the factors and
conditions within socio-economic systems, as well as forming the models of devel-
opment of “progressing” and “unstable” regional socio-economic systems. The pre-
sented proprietary models reflect the current and required state of development of these
systems on the basis of created conditions and influencing factors. On the whole, the
models of development of “progressing” and “unstable” regional socio-economic
systems are the initial stage for creation of a large-scale model of well-balanced
development that will allow transforming the system of regional socio-economic
relations in favor of a new paradigm of innovational and technological development.
References
Holling, C.S.: Understanding the complexity of economic, ecological, and social systems.
Ecosystems 4(5), 390–405 (2001)
Reggiani, A., De Graaff, T., Nijkamp, P.: Resilience: an evolutionary approach to spatial
economic systems. Netw. Spat. Econ. 2(2), 211–229 (2002)
Zhang, R.Q., Xie, X.G., Liu, S.X., Lee, C.S., Lee, S.T.: Computation of large systems with
economic basis set: systems involving weak sodium-organic interaction. Chem. Phys. Lett.
330(3–4), 484–490 (2000)
Komarevtseva, O.O.: Development of the model of effective management of changes on the basis
of the DEA methodology in the economic systems of municipal entities of Orel Oblast. Econ.
J. 3(43), 41–58 (2016)
Sherstneva, N.L.: System analysis of the strategy of development of a municipal economic
system. Bull. State Univ. Manag. 1(22), 170–173 (2008)
Li, W., Szidarovszky, F., Kuang, Y.: Notes on the stability of dynamic economic systems. Appl.
Math. Comput. 108(2–3), 85–89 (2000)
Stroeva, O., Lyapina, I.R., Konobeeva, E.E., Konobeeva, O.E.: Effectiveness of management of
innovative activities in regional socio-economic systems. Eur. Res. Stud. XVIII (Special
issue), 59–72 (2015)
Bukkaltseva, D.D.: Points of economic and innovational growth: the model of organization of
region’s effective functioning. MID (Mod. Innov. Dev.) 8(1(29)), 8–30 (2017)
Gorokhov, A.V., Ivanov, K.I.: The system approach to the study of socio-economic systems.
Bull. Volga State Technol. Univ. Ser. Econo. Manag. 2(18), 24–34 (2013)
Sibirskaya, E.V., Stroeva, O.A.: The methodology of evaluation of the process of investing of
innovational activities of regional economic systems. Financ. credit. 15(399), 16–23 (2010)
Shatalov, M.A.: Formation of the tools of state regulation of sustainable socio-economic
development at the regional level. Peгиoн: cиcтeмы, экoнoмикa, yпpaвлeниe 1(36), 66–69
(2017)
Cabezas, H., Pawlowski, C.W., Mayer, A.L., Hoagland, N.T.: Sustainability: ecological, social,
economic, technological, and systems perspectives. Clean Technol. Environ. Policy 5(3–4),
167–180 (2003)
Elgazzar, A.S.: Applications of small-world networks to some socio-economic systems. Phys. A:
Stat. Mech. Appl. 324(1–2), 402–407 (2003)
Gurnovich, T.G., Ostapenko, E.A.: Management of sustainable development of regional
socio-economic systems: foreign experience and Russian practice. Econ. Entrep. 12-3(65-3),
432–436 (2015)
Filyushin, A.V.: System of indicators and criteria of effectiveness of interaction between the
economic systems in the region. Probl. Modern Econ. 3, 257–259 (2011)
Chub, A.: The integral indicator of the sustainable development of the regional socio-economic
systems: the structure, the methodology of the formation, the direction of the application. Life
Sci. J. 11(8), 177–183 (2014)
Li, W., Rychlik, M., Szidarovszky, F., Chiarella, C.: On the attractivity of a class of
homogeneous dynamic economic systems. Nonlinear Anal. 52(6), 1617–1636 (2003)
Arashukov, A.S.: The system aspects of evaluation of socio-economic systems’ development.
Polythemat. Netw. Online Sci. J. Kuban State Agrar. Univ. 84, 692–702 (2012)
Konovalova, K.Y.: Development of the methodology of indicator assessment of a regional
socio-economic system’s sustainability. Bull. Expert Counc. 3(3), 15–21 (2015)
Ozdoeva, D.M., Durdyeva, D.A., Zhemukhov, I.R., Israilov, S.K.: The system approach to
studying the functioning of regional economic system. Terra Econ. 10(1–3), 155–159 (2012)
Threats to Food Security of the Russia’s
Population in the Conditions of Transition
to Digital Economy
Gilyan V. Fedotova1(&), Natalia N. Kulikova2, Artur K. Kurbanov3,

and Anastasia A. Gontar1
1
Volgograd State Technical University, Volgograd, Russia
2
Volgograd State University, Volgograd, Russia
[email protected]
3
General A.V. Khrulev Military Academy of Material and Technical Provision,
St. Petersburg, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. Topic/subject. Topicality of the research is predetermined by the

necessity for studying the issues of provision of Russia’s food security by such
main criteria as food accessibility and product quality of consumption by
Russians. The object of the research is the level of food security in view of
modern global threats during the transition to digital economy and its influence
on the population’s living standards.
Goal/tasks. The purpose of the research is to theoretically and practically
substantiate the necessity for search and development of additional mechanisms
of provision of the high-quality level of food security for Russia’s population.
According to this goal, the authors formulate and solve the following tasks:
short analysis of criteria of food independence, evaluation of the results of the
work of import substitution programs, analysis of the consumer sector, evalu-
ation of dynamics of real income of Russians, conclusion on the growth of the
number of low-income citizens, substantiation of the necessity for targeted food
help.
Methodology. The authors use the method of statistical analysis, financial
analysis, horizontal and vertical analysis of data for analyzing the threshold
criteria of food security.
Results. Increase of the level of food security of Russia needs provision of
access to high-quality food for the country’s population, which is impossible
without the targeted government food help.
Conclusions/significance. The significance of this work consists in the
emphasis on internal threats to the state’s food security which grow despite the
increase of food independence on external import.
The problem of famine has always been one of the global problems of humanity; it
influenced the quality of social environment and life of the whole society. The problem
of famine was first determined by Thomas Malthus in 1798; he wrote of existence of a
gap between the growth of population of the Earth and growth of production of food
[2]. This gap is a reason for a lot of social conflicts. In the time of high technologies,
conquest of nano- and bio-technologies, the problem of food security still exists but in

Threats to Food Security of the Russia’s Population 543
another, wider, aspect. Therefore, we shall analyze the existing threats to food security
of the population.
The demographic situation in the country directly depends on qualitative provision
and economic accessibility of foods products for the population, volumes of manu-
facture of these products, and quality of citizens’ consumption. As of now, the problem
of qualitative increase of food security of Russia is rather urgent – it is caused by the
necessity for providing the acceptable level and quality of consumption of main food
products by various social groups of population [1]. According to the norms of con-
sumption, for the purpose of food independence from external import, the share of
domestic products should constitute at least 80% in the structure of consumption, but
this indicator is determined by the Doctrine of Food Security of Russia (hereinafter -
Doctrine), signed by the Decree of the President of the RF dated January 30, 2010,
No. 120, which specifies the indicators of the state of food security (Fig. 1).
Fig. 1. Low threshold values of the production volumes for the main food products according to
the Doctrine.
According to this document, provision of food security requires the states volumes
of production for the eight main food groups. The problem of provision of the physical
volume of domestic food production has become urgent in August 2014, after special
measures implemented by Russia in response to the anti-Russian economic sanctions
from the USA and the EU [10]. The Decree of the President of the RF dated August 6,
2014, No. 560 “On application of special economic measures for the purpose of
provision of security of the RF”, food embargo for a range of imported food products
from the EU and the USA was implemented. The embargo reached its goal, as import
of products from these countries reduced by three times – from $60 billion to $20
billion in 2016, according to the Ministry of Agriculture of the RF. For compensation
of the reducing import, the Road map of import substitution in the agriculture was
development, the aggregated result of which are presented in the graph (Fig. 2).
Figure 2 shows the growth rates of food production as a result of financing of
development of agricultural production in 2015–2016, according to which it is seen
that the dynamics of growth of agricultural products in Russia in the post-crisis period
remained positive due to subsidies from the budget.
544 G. V. Fedotova et al.
Fig. 2. Results of import substitution in 2016 as compared to 2015, % [12].
Thus, it is possible to see that the volumes of food production in Russia are
sufficient for provision of the population, but the main problem consists in economic
accessibility of food products, which is another side of the state’s food security.
According to the statistical data, the economic accessibility of high-quality food
products is unsatisfactory for the Russians, as over the period of 2014-2016 the real
income of the population reduced, and the sanctions led to growth of prices in the retail
market. The food market became one of the growth factors for inflation, together with
oil prices and depreciation of the ruble [3]. According to the experts of the Center of
agri-food policy of the Institute of applied economic research of the Russian Presi-
dential Academy of National Economy and Public Administration under the President
of the Russian Federation, the share of embargo in the inflation shock constitutes
around 20% [11]. Dynamics of the index of consumer prices for 2012–2016 in Russia
proves high level of inflation for the category “Food products” after the introduction of
trade embargo in 2014 (Fig. 3).
Fig. 3. Dynamics of the index of consumer prices for 2012–2016, % [12].

The presented negative dynamics of the price indices (Fig. 3) is aggravated by the
continuous rates of reduction of real revenues of the population for the viewed period
and reduction of their purchasing power, as well as growth of the number of citizens
with money income below the subsistence level and deficit of money income (Fig. 4).
Fig. 4. Rates of real income and purchasing power of the population for 2012–2016 [12].
The negative dynamics of real income of the population that started in 2014 con-
tinues in 2016, which proves the fact of threat to food security of the people of Russia,
due to growth of prices and reduction of real purchasing power of the population. The
studies of the fund “Public opinion” showed that more than 63% of the Russian started
saving during selection of food products, 40% started purchasing food products of
cheaper brands, and 30% reduced the volumes of purchases or even refused from
certain products. Such negative dynamics of the quality of consumption does not
stimulate the increase of food security of Russia, as against the background of growth
of food production the citizens reduce the quality of food consumption due to its high
cost and reduction of real purchasing power of their income [4, 5].
Thus, there is the following picture of food security for the main criteria of eval-
uation [6]:
(1) growth of food production due to subsidizing of the programs of import substi-
tution in the agricultural complex spheres and increase of export of food products
of the Russian origin, which increases food independence of the state;
(2) reduction of real purchasing power of the population, increase of the number of
people with income below the subsistence level;
(3) food embargo from Russia led to artificial deficit of food products, which stimu-
lated the growth of prices in the sector of consumer products;
(4) due to growth of the index of consumer prices, a lot of Russians reduce their
expenditures for food, refuse from certain food products, and purchase cheaper
brands of food products, i.e., reduce the quality of consumption.
The above arguments show that the level of food security remains unsatisfactory for
such criteria as quality of consumption and economic accessibility of food products for
Russians.
As was mentioned above, the number of Russians with the income below the
subsistence level increase, while the subsistence level has been growing over the whole
analyzed period (Fig. 5).
Fig. 5. Dynamics of subsistence level in 2012–2016, RUB [12].
The presented dynamics of the subsistence level reflects the tendencies of the
general growth of prices for the consumer sector products. Absence of growth of real
income of the population, as well as insufficient social guarantees, set by the laws of the
RF, do not stimulate the increase of the index of consumer confidence of Russians
(Table 1).
Table 1. Dynamics of the index of consumer confidence of the Russia’s population, % [12].
Year Total According to sex According to age
Males Females Below 30 Aged 30–49 50+
2012 −8 −7 −9 −2 −7 −13
2013 −11 −11 −11 −5 −10 −15
2014 −18 −17 −18 −14 −17 −20
2015 −26 −26 −27 −21 −27 −28
2016 −18 −17 −19 −12 −17 −21
Analysis of dynamics of consumer confidence of the Russians shows that the

citizens’ confidence in the future reduces due to lack of stable income and high
inflation expectations. The largest reduction of the index was observed in 2015, and the
people of the pension age constitute the social group that is not condifent in the future –
as they do not have other income apart from the state pension, which is very small.
The tendency in reduction of the quality of food consumption of the Russians
requires from the state structures the thorough reconsideration of the social support
programs for the poor groups of the population, increase of the volumes of targeted
financial help, and increase of social guarantees in such spheres as education, medicine,
and accommodation. We think that the existing expenditures for food, which constitute
the large share (up to 38%) in the structure of consumer expenditures of the population,
should be compensated by the state for the categories of the people with the income
below the subsistence level (Fig. 4). The number of such Russians reached 20.3 mil-
lion, which constitutes 14% of the total number of the citizens. This part of the citizens,
who live with the income below the subsistence level and constitute 14%, is the most
unprotected category in terms of food; it is necessary to develop the mechanisms of
targeted food help for them. The mechanisms of additional food help should increase
the calories consumption and supplement the poor rations with high-quality domestic
product that are useful for health [7, 9].
Such mechanisms are discussed at the legislative level. For example, there is the
initiative of the Ministry of Industry and Trade of the RF, which developed the plan of
a food program for the poor people in February 2016. The plan consists of two stages:
– 1st stage – introduction of food stamps (16 million) for subsidizing the purchase of
certain food products for RUB 1,400 per month. The expenditures will constitute
RUB 140 billion;
– 2nd stage – organization of social catering in special cafes and canteens in 2018–
2020. The expenditures will constitute RUB 214.2 billion.
These measures were offered for confirmation by the Government of the RF, but
still there’s no result. The Ministry of Industry and Trade of the RF is working on the
project of implementation and is conducting the preliminary negotiations with the
National System of Payment Cards JCS for food subsidies being provided through the
Mir bank cards. Thus, the national payment system will control the system of food help
to the poor citizens and farmers for purchase of seeds and saplings [13]. Still, this
project has not yet started.
It should be noted that such practice of food support for the poor is practiced by a
lot of countries. In particular, the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP)
has been practiced in the USA since 1977 – it is aimed at subsidizing the purchases of
food products for the poor, includes the programs of school lunches and breakfasts, and
the programs of additional catering for children, pregnant women, and nursing mothers
[8]. Such help stimulates the national economy, creates additional jobs, and supports
local farmers.
This practice should be used in Russia, as the state is aimed at development and
support for manufacture of all necessary products within the country, increase of the
living standards, and preservation of the national food independence from external
import.
References
1. Vertakova, Y., Plotnikov, V., Fedotova, G.B.: The system of indicators for indicative
management of a region and its clusters. Procedia Econ. Finan. 39, 184–191 (2016)
2. Maltusc, T.: Studying the law of human population. Kyiv: Foundations, 535 p. (1998)
3. Fedotova, G.V., Sibagatulina, L.M.: Cooperation and integration in the agro-industrial
complex. Finan. Analytics: Probl. Solutions 29, 14–22 (2016)
4. Fedotova, G.V., Sibagatulina, L.M.: Dependence of the agro-industrial complex on the

economic development of the country. Bull. South-West State Univ. Ser. Econ. Sociol.
Manag. 4, 50–54 (2015)
5. Fedotova, G.V., Dubinina, E.D.: Analysis of the financial state of the agricultural economy
of the Russian Federation. Finan. Anal. Probl. Solutions 19, 17–27 (2016)
6. Federal Law dated December 1, 2014 No. 384-FZ “On the federal budget for 2015 and the
planned period of 2016 and 2017”. https://www.consultant.ru/document/cons_doc_LAW_
171692/. Accessed 10 Dec 2016
7. Overview of the Center for macro-economic research of Sberbank of Russia. Effectiveness
of state expenditures in Russia, 13 January 2011. http://www.sberbank.ru/common/img/
uploaded/files/pdf/press_center/Review_20110113.pdf. Accessed 30 Jan 2017
8. Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP). Food and Nutrition service. https://
www.fns.usda.gov/snap/supplemental-nutrition-assistance-program-snap. Accessed 30 Jan
2017
9. Sazonov, S.P., Fedotova, G.V., Sibgatulina, L.M.: Analysis of state programs of import
substitution. Finan. Anal. Probl. Solutions 9, 12–21 (2016)
10. Jha, M., Medetsky, A.: Russia Dominates Wheat Market as Soggy Fields Push Out France.
https://www.bloomberg.com/news/articles/2016-07-19/russia-dominates-wheat-market-as-
soggy-fields-push-out-france. Accessed 30 Jan 2017
11. Who was punished by the anti-sanctions? http://www.gazeta.ru/business/food/2015/08/03/
7667813. Accessed 30 Jan 2017
12. The data of the official web-site of the Federal State Statistics Service of the RF. http://www.
gks.ru/. Accessed 30 Jan 2017
13. The data of the official web-site of the Ministry of Industry and Trade of the RF. http://
minpromtorg.gov.ru/press-centre/news/?tag_18%5B%5D=16. Accessed 30 Jan 2017
Economic Relations and Economic Systems
Svetlana N. Revina(&), Anna V. Sidorova, Aleksei L. Zakharov,

and Grigory F. Tselniker

[email protected]
Abstract. Topicality. As is known, the economic theory is based on the fact

that any economy is based on production and consumption of good and benefits
that are necessary for people’s lives. At that, economy is based on people’s
needs and economic interests, which make them act in one way or another. As a
result, there appear relations of production (creation), exchange, consumption,
and acquisition of life goods, which are called economic relations. It is
important to understand that implementation of the needs and interests, which
are systemically interconnected, predetermines the existence of not just a totality
of public relations but an economic system.
Purposes and tasks of the research. The purpose of the research is to study
economic relations and economic systems. The authors set the following tasks:
studying the notion “economic activities” and its correlation to the notion
“entrepreneurial activities”; studying the structure of an economic system;
determining the position on the debatable issues that emerge during conduct of
the research.
Conclusions. The Constitution of the RF formulates the principles of market
economy (competitiveness, equality of ownership forms, integrity of economic
space, freedom of entrepreneurial activities, etc.), so the Russian economy is a
market economy, not mixed economy. Market economy is the most flexible and
effective.
Keywords: State and economy Classification of economic systems

Management methods Market and command economies
Economic connections
1 Introduction
Structure of economic system is the subject of economic research; in the theory of law this
issue is not viewed or is reproduced in the system of random notions and categories.
During description of the structure of economic system it is noted that its main elements
are the following: (1) socio-economic relations that are based on existing ownership forms
for economic resources and results of economic activities, which exist in each economic
system; (2) organizational forms of economic activities; (3) economic mechanism, i.e., the
means of regulation of economic activities at the macro-economic level; (4) the system of
stimuli and motivations that guides the participants of the economic life; specific eco-
nomic connections between the companies and organizations (Economy 1999).

550 S. N. Revina et al.
2 Methodology
During the research, the authors used the following methods: logical methods, analysis
and synthesis, systemic methods, modeling, etc. All these methods were used in a
complex.
3 Results
Modern science divides economic systems into market, command, and mixed. In our
opinion, there are no purely market economies, as the state participates in all economic
processes. This influence became widespread in the end of the 19th century, and
development of the scientific and technical revolution and the production and social
infrastructure it only grew.
4 Discussion
The width of coverage of the system of economic connections cannot be overestimated.

They cover all the stages of reproduction: production, distribution, exchange, and
consumption of goods (works, services). For characteristics of the system of economic
connections, the purpose of activities in the system of reproduction or direction of
efforts of the participants of the corresponding process are not important. Of course, the
direction of economic activities at receipt of profit cannot be considered its attribute.
The theory includes the idea that the category “economic activities” is wider than such
notions as economic, entrepreneurial, or commercial activities (Ruchkina 2003).
In its turn, it would be a mistake to compare economic activities to entrepreneurial
activities. The Laptev’s idea that “economic activities is a wider notion than entre-
preneurial activities. Economic activities - are the activities on manufacture of products,
production of work, and provision of services. There exist also such forms of economic
activities that are not aimed at receipt of profit – the main criterion of determination of
entrepreneurial activities, i.e., the notion of economic activities is a generic one as to
the notion ‘entrepreneurial activities’” (Laptev 1997) is correct.
In view of all terminological peculiarities of definition of economic connections, it
is necessary to remember the special role of entrepreneurial activities in the whole
system of economic relations. The target orientation of entrepreneurial activities at
receipt of profit makes it possible for the market to appear and function.
If the approach to determination of the structure of economic system in the science
has formed, the problem of their classification still remains urgent - despite the fact that
the classification factor is the attribute of approach and methods of solving the main
economic problems (Nikolaev 2004).
Division of economic systems into market, command, and mixed became tradi-
tional for the modern science. Such classification is provided by the American econ-
omists Paul A. Samuelson and William D. Nordhaus – they distinguish the market,
command, and mixed economies. At that it is emphasized that classification is mainly
conventional, and the distinguished types of economic systems do not exist in the pure
Economic Relations and Economic Systems 551
form in any country of the world. All countries have mixed economies – economies
with the elements of market and the command form of management (Samuelson et al.
2000). This classification is supported by the Russian science (Brodsky 2002).
There are also other approaches to classification of economic systems. Thus,
Brodsky divides social systems into three groups: totalitarian systems; liberal systems;
social systems with mixed (Brodsky 2002).
The command economy is peculiar for public ownership for all material resources;
collective economic decisions via centralized economic planning; monopolization and
bureaucratization of economy; all large decisions that concern the volume of the used
resources, the structure and distribution of products, and organization of production are
made by the central planning body (Voytov 1999; Fomin 1999).
These features are implemented in the whole system of economic connections.
Thus, companies are the property of the state and conduct production on the basis of
government directives – in other words, production plans are set by the planning body
for each company. The ratio in the national product of the means of production and
means of consumption is set in the centralized way, and distribution of consumer goods
among the population is performed in the same way. The production means are dis-
tributed among the spheres on the basis of long-term priorities which are set by the
central planning body. The central planning body is responsible for the decisions –
which goods are to be produces, how they are to be produces, for whom, etc. – i.e., it is
responsible for the classic questions (Nosova 1998). All its decisions are of the
directive character. Foundation only on centralized planning is a peculiar feature of the
command economy. The administrative and command economy is peculiar also for
lack of independence of economic subjects, which led to production of the unpopular
goods, freezing of capital investments and lack of desire to implement new tech-
nologies, management of economic processes with the command and administrative
methods without consideration of objective economic laws, and the privileged position
of the government elite as a peculiarity of distribution of materials goods and services.
Despite the attractiveness of arguments of A. Smith, there not purely market
economies. The state actively participates in economic processes. The object of
application of state regulation economy is so called “magical quadrangle”: inflation –
unemployment – growth rates – balance of the payment balance (Fomin 1999). The
measures performed by the state for regulation are diverse: tax policy, direct regulation
of prices, creation of the legal basis of economy, subsidizing the unprofitable spheres,
science, defense, and protectionist policy (creation of conditions for competitiveness of
the national capital), social provision of the lowest groups of the social pyramid, and
ecological policy (Kirichenko 1999).
Moreover, the late 19th century have a start to expansion of the government
interference into economy. After that, with development of the scientific and technical
revolution and production & social infrastructure, this process accelerated. As a result,
new economic mechanisms, organizational forms, and economic ties between the
subjects formed in the second half of the 20th century, i.e., a new system was created:
the modern market economy (modern capitalism). This became possible because
market system is the most flexible and can take revolutionary transformations and
changes.
However, stating the fact of the government’s participation in regulation of eco-

nomic relations, it is necessary to note that each country has either market or command
economy; the term “mixed economy” is ambiguous, for it is impossible to combine
totally different principles and methods of management in one country, though it is
impossible to deny the presence of the state sector and the role of the state in regulation
of economic processes. The Constitution of the RF formulates the principles of market
economy (competitiveness, equality of ownership forms, integrity of economic space,
freedom of entrepreneurial activities, etc.), so in terms of laws the Russian economy is
a market economy, not mixed economy.
The market system of economy is the most flexible of all existing systems. Most
developed countries have the system of the modern capitalism.
The main advantages of market include the following: self-regulation of the
structure of production, its adaptation to the structure of public consumption; effective
distribution of resources between the spheres and regions; socially necessary conditions
of production; stimulation of manufacturer for increase of efficiency of labor and
quality of products, implementation of the achievement of the scientific and technical
revolution into production; flexible reaction to demand; effective sanitary function;
provision of the freedom of economic activities; precondition for development of
democracy in the country, and provision of personal freedom.
Despite the fact that as compared to all other economies, the market economy
turned to be the most flexible, it has a range of drawbacks, which, in their turn, play a
significant negative role in the economic life of society.
The drawbacks of the market system of economy include the following: tendency for
random setting of balance in economy goes through constant violations of this balance,
which leads to public losses of labor, unemployment, etc.; market is a tough system in
the social aspect; market does not ensure solving the ecological problems, does not
stimulate the development of fundamental science and culture; a lack of manageability
appears, and it is difficult to direct the development of economy at achievement of the
national goals (strengthening of the geo-political position of the country in the world,
provision of the scientific and technical, socio-economic, cultural, spiritual, and moral
progress of the society, and decent life of citizens) (Klotsvog 2006).
Formation of the market in Russia was complicated by specific circumstances: lack
of the agreement on the issues of the market mechanism formation, strong opposition to
this process; fight between branches of public authorities, weakness of the federative
structure, growth of centrifugal tendencies; long domination of the market system; high
level of militarization and monopolization of economy; aged capital of existing com-
panies; lack of temporary production infrastructure; social tension in the Russian
society; apathy and indifference of the people to the things that surround them.
Certain economists characterize the market reforms of 1990’s as a shock therapy
(Gubanov 2006; Lvov 2007). Others evaluate the reforms positively. Thus, Mau thinks
that overcoming the communism is ensured with minimal “blood” and losses (Mau
2002). The “shock” therapy, which started in January 1992, was an attempt for a quick
transition to market economy. The corresponding program, compiled with support from
the Western economists, the World Bank, and the IMF, began to be realized after the
dissolution of the Soviet Union. A lot of Western scholars, while comparing the
reforms during transition to market economy in the former socialist countries of the
Economic Relations and Economic Systems 553
Eastern Europe, see the largest failure of this model in Russia (Kornai 2000). The most
difficult consequences of the liberal reforms were observed in the social sphere. The
scholars think that the initial market macro-economy in Russia was created as a system
of capitalization of not the main capital (socialist main production funds) but state
revenues. Liberalization of prices was performed without the corresponding
macro-economic preparation – in particular, it was not connected to formation of the
system of money and financial turnover. Mass stick and money markets did not become
widespread, and the unprecedented depreciation of ruble took place (Evstigneeva and
Evstigneev 2006). Gubanov calls these reforms liberal and capitalistic. According to
him, there could be no compromise with comprador capital, for the cost of such
compromise is complete destruction of the country (Gubanov 2006a). Hence his offer
of a transition to state capitalism is logical (Gubanov 2006). Bogomolov thinks that the
“oligarch capitalism” was formed in Russia in 1990’s, which is a deviation from the
world practice of economic development.
It is necessary to dwell on the role of state in the modern economy. In the Western
literature, there is a popular approach to determining the role of the state on the basis of
the theory of “market defects” or “market gaps”. According to this theory, the state
should perform the functions that the economic systems is to able to perform – i.e.,
eliminate the drawbacks of market economy. Thus, an American study guide by
McConnell and Brue determines the most important tasks of the state as: (1) provision
of the legal basis and public atmosphere that stimulate effective functioning of the
market system; (2) protection of competition; (3) redistribution of revenues and wealth;
(4) correction of distribution of resources for the purpose of changing the structure of
the national product; (5) stabilization of economy, i.e., control over the level of
employment and inflation causes by the fluctuations of the situation, and stimulation of
economic growth (McConnell and Brue 1992).
Yasin distinguishes the following functions of the state in the sphere of economy:
(1) formation of the laws, provision of law and order, solving the disputes on the basis
of the laws (court), constraint for compliance with the laws and court decisions (the
state’s work as a “night watch”); (2) provision of macro-economic stability – pre-
vention of inflation, sustainability of the national currency; (3) stimulation of econ-
omy’s development and effective changes in its structure; (4) prevention or elimination
of the so called market “gaps”; (5) protection of socially vulnerable groups of the
population, provision of social guarantees, etc. (Yasin 2006).
Mau states that the role of state in regulation of economic life grew by strength-
ening the institutes of state power and increase of state’s direct interference into
economy.
5 Conclusions
From the position of the modern state of economy and society on the whole and in view
of the Soviet experience, social rights and guarantees of the citizens, as well as existing
state paternalism, the model of socially-oriented market economy fits Russia the most.
According to Zhilinsky, economic system is socially oriented – or “economy for

human” – when production relations and economic mechanisms ensure subjection of
production to increase of the living standards and development of personality
(Zhilinsky 1998).
References
Brodsky, M.N.: State and legal regulation of economic activities in the modern Russia
(theoretical model and practical implementation). Doctoral thesis. – SPb. 23 (2002)
Voytov, A.G.: Economy: General theoretical course (fundamental theory of economy), Study
guide (1999)
Gubanov, S.: Politics of a new stage: goal and means. Economist. 11, 5 (2006a)
Gubanov, S.: Russia’s way in the basic coordinates of the age. Economist 7, 5–6 (2006b)
Evstigneeva, L., Evstigneev, R.: Transformation risks of the Russian economy. Issues Econ. 11,
11 (2006)
Zhilinsky, S.E.: The legal basis of entrepreneurial activities (entrepreneurial law), 14 (1998)
Kirichenko, V.: Increase of state regulation: deepening or termination of reformation
transformations? Russ. J. Econ. 2, 3–13 (1999)
Klotsvog, F.: The key approaches to regulating the economy. Economist 11, 17 (2006)
Kornai, J.: The road to a free economy: ten years later (reconsidering the experience). Issues
Econ. 12, 46 (2000)
Laptev, V.V.: Entrepreneurial Law: Notion and Subjects, vol. 21 (1997)
Lvov, D.: Regarding the strategy of Russia’s development. Economist 2, 4 (2007)
McConnell, C.R., Brue, S.L.: Economics: 2 V 1, 94 (1992)
Mau, V.: Russian reforms: modern challenges. J. Shareholders 8, 2 (2002)
Nikolaev, M.V.: The theoretical and methodological issues of formation of effective economic
systems. Kazan (2004)
Nosova, S.S.: Economic theory in questions and answers: study guide. Rostov-on-Don (1998)
Ruchkina, G.F.: The notion and content of economic activities and its ratio to economic and
entrepreneurial activities. Yurist 2 (2003)
Samuelsson, P.A., Nordhaus V.D.: Economics, pp. 50–51 (2000)
Fomin, G.N.: Foundations of the Economic Theory, vol. 97 (1999)
Bulatov, A.S. (ed.): Economics, vol. 15 (1997)
Kamaev, V.D. (ed.): Economic Theory, pp. 12–15 (2001)
Yasin, E.: State and economy at the stage of modernization. Issues Econ. 4, 5 (2006)
Improvement of the Economic Mechanism
of State Support for Innovational Development
of the Russian Agro-Industrial Complex
in the Conditions of Import Substitution
Aleksei V. Bogoviz1(&) , Alexander N. Alekseev2,

and Denis A. Chepik3
1
of Rural Areas—All Russian Research Institute of Agricultural Economics”,
Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
2
G.V. Plekhanov Russian University of Economics, Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
3
Russian Research Institute of Agricultural Economics, Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to develop the offered for improvement
of the mechanism of state support for development of the agro-industrial complex
in the conditions of import substitution and provision of food security of Russia.
For evaluation of effectiveness of realization of the mechanism of subsidizing
within the policy of import substitution in the agro-industrial complex, a pro-
prietary formula was developed, which is presented in the article. The authors
substantiate the thesis that the policy of import substitution is necessary, as
refusal from its realization with return to competition with foreign suppliers of
agricultural products will complicate the problem of food security. However, the
mechanism of implementation of the policy of subsidizing is not effective, so
achievement of the trajectory of innovational development of the Russia’s
agro-industrial complex requires another, more complex, mechanism. Thus the
authors suggest the executive bodies of public authorities, which form the
Russian agrarian policy, pay attention to the system of measures that includes
various means of innovational development of companies of the agro-industrial
sphere, namely: development of territorial and sectorial clusters, technological
parks, innovations-oriented economic areas, and public-private partnership.
Keywords: Innovations in agro-industrial complex Import substitution

Food security State support Companies of agro-industrial complex
Russian Federation
1 Introduction
Topicality of solving the problem of food security is explained by the fact that during
the economic crisis the situation in the global economic system is subject to constant
changes, which makes the previously set international economic ties insufficiently

reliable. High risk of emergence of national food crises is a serious reason for increase
of the volumes of domestic manufacture of agricultural products and compulsory
temporary refusal from implementation from the principle of international division of
labor in the agro-industrial complex (AIC).
For the purpose of national food security, the Government of the Russian Feder-
ation implements the policy of import substitution in the agro-industrial complex of the
country. This policy led to successful ousting of foreign food suppliers in the national
market, but it is not yet possible to speak of successful solution of the problem of
modernization and technical & technological transformation of the Russia’s AIC. This
is a reason for concerns regarding short-term effect from the Russian policy of import
substitution and expectations of reduction of competitiveness of the Russian AIC
companies in the mid-term, which may lead either to deficit of products of the AIC or
to return to dependence on its import.
This argument is used as a proof in favor of weakening or cancelling of the policy
of import substitution in the AIC and return to competition, including with foreign
suppliers. Our hypothesis within this article consists in the fact that the policy of import
substitution is correct, and refusal from its implementation with return to foreign
competition will complicate solution of the problem of provision of food security. At
the same time, in order to achieve innovational development of the Russian AIC, it is
necessary to improve the economic mechanism of state support, including subsidizing
of innovations-active companies in the sphere of agro-industrial production.
The current mechanism of subsidizing of technical and technological modernization

and innovational development within the policy of import substitution in the Russia’s
AIC is based on the Order of the Ministry of Agriculture of Russia dated June 25, 2017,
No. 342 “Regarding the concept of development of agrarian science and scientific
provision of the agro-industrial complex of Russia until 2025” and the Decree of the
Government of the Russian Federation dated December 27, 2012, No. 1432 “Regard-
ing establishment of the Rules of provision of subsidies to manufacturers of agricultural
equipment) (Ministry of Agriculture of the Russian Federation 2017).
In order to evaluate effectiveness of implementation of this mechanism, we offer the
following formula:
Eis = DSiac/DSmid, where ð1Þ
Eis – effectiveness of implementation of mechanism of subsidizing within the

policy of import substitution in AIC;
ΔSiac – annual growth of the share of innovations-active companies of the AIC;
ΔSmid – annual growth of the volume of subsidies into technical and technological
modernization and innovational development within the policy of import substitution
in the AIC.
Improvement of the Economic Mechanism of State Support 557
As is seen from the formula, effectiveness of implementation of the mechanism of

subsidizing within the policy of import substitution in the AIC is evaluated by finding
the ratio of the results of its application, expressed in annual growth of the share of
innovations-active companies of AIC, to costs of its achievement, expressed in annual
growth of the volume of subsidies for technical and technological modernization and
innovational development.
The indicators are in relative expression (annual growth) for provision of their
compatibility, as the share of innovations-active companies in absolute expression is
measures in per cent, and the volume of subsidies – in rubles. It should be emphasized
that efficiency of import substitution in the AIC is assessed through the prism of
innovational activity of companies, as the share of import of the AIC products in Russia
is not large, which is a certain signal for transfer from ousting the foreign rivals to the
stage of holding the market positions by domestic companies of the AIC through their
innovational development.
The values of the indicator of effectiveness are treated with a traditional method. If
it is below 1, effectiveness is low, and the larger its values as to 1 the larger the
effectiveness. The information support for this research includes the materials of the
official statistics of the Federal State Statistics Service of the Russian Federation
(Federal State Statistics Service) and the Ministry of Agriculture of Russia for
2012–2016, presented in Table 1.
Table 1. Indicators of effectiveness of implementing the mechanism of subsidizing within the

policy of import substitution in the Russia’s AIC
Indicators 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Share of innovations-active companies, % 9.6 9.3 9 10.3 10.2
Volume of subsidies aimed at compensation of direct costs 10.1 10.5 10.8 11.1 11.4
of creation and modernization of the objects of the
agro-industrial complex and purchase of technology and
equipment, RUB billion
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of:
1. (Federal State Statistics Service 2016);
2. (Ministry of Agriculture of the Russian Federation 2017).
3 Discussion
There is no single approach to defining the notion and sense of import substitution in
the modern scientific circles. Certain researchers consider this notion in a wide sense,
seeing import substitution as ousting foreign rivals from the market. Within this
approach, import substitution is equaled to protectionism and it is considered that long
application of this tool damages the functioning of the market, slowing down its
development. This approach is described in the works (Bogoviz and Mezhov 2015;
Popkova et al. 2016; Sadovnikova et al. 2013; Popova et al. 2015).
We favor the second approach – according to which import substitution is viewed in

a wide sense and includes the measures for development of domestic entrepreneurship,
which allow it ousting foreign rivals and keeping the conquered market positions in the
long-term.
This approach supposes that import substitution includes not only protectionist
measures but also market means of implementation of the practice of import substi-
tution, the most important of which is stimulation of innovative activity of companies
of the managed market. This allows implementing the practice of import substitution
without violation of the market mechanism. It is shown in the works (Bogoviz et al.
2017; Sandu et al. 2017; Przhedetskaya and Akopova 2015).
4 Results
The results of assessing the effectiveness of implementation of mechanism of subsi-

dizing within the policy of import substitution in the Russia’s AIC for 2013–2016 are
shown in Table 2.
Table 2. Results of evaluation of effectiveness of implementation of the subsidizing mechanism

within the policy of import substitution in the Russia’s AIC in 2013–2016
Indicator/symbol 2013 2014 2015 2016
Growth of the share of innovations-active companies of the ΔSiac 0.97 0.97 1.14 0.99
AIC
Growth of the volume of subsidies for innovational ΔSmid 1.04 1.03 1.03 1.03
development of the AIC
Effectiveness of implementation of mechanism of Eis 0.93 0.94 1.11 0.96
subsidizing in the AIC
As is seen from Table 2, effectiveness of implementation of the mechanism of

subsidizing within the policy of import substitution in the Russia’s AIC was low in
2013 and 2014. In 2015, it exceeded 1, constituting 1.11, and in 2016 it dropped below
1. This shows inexpedience of application of the mechanism of subsidizing and con-
firms the offered hypothesis on the necessity for search for new mechanisms. We think
that it should be a complex mechanism that includes various means of innovational
development of the agro-industrial complex of the country:
– formation of territorial and sectorial clusters which will allow ensuring effective
interaction and cooperation between the companies of the AIC with preservation of
their competition;
– development of technological parks that ensure promotion of innovational culture
among the companies of the AIC and provision of their interaction with the leading
R&D centers and universities;
– increase of the number of innovations-oriented special economic areas that create

favorable conditions for acceleration of innovational development of the AIC by
means of necessary infrastructure;
– wider application of the principles and mechanisms of public-private partnership for
the purpose of provision of access to the companies of the AIC to state production
capacities for their effective development.
This mechanism should be based on internal competition among the Russian
companies of the AIC, ensured by the effective anti-monopoly policy. The principle of
its work consists in state’s creating the possibilities for high innovational activity by
companies of the AIC allows for their innovational development, and competition
stimulates practical implementation of this possibility (Fig. 1).
Fig. 1. Innovations-oriented mechanism of import substitution in the AIC in the interests of

provision of food security of Russia Source: compiled by the authors.
As is seen from Fig. 1, as a result of implementation of the developed mechanism,

the level of innovative activity of the AIC companies and their competitiveness are
achieved in the long-term. This will allow preserving the leading positions in the
Russian market and starting forcing the world food markets, developing export of the
AIC products.
Eventually, the policy of import substitution will be replaced by the policy of
development of export-oriented entrepreneurship in the AIC, which will ensure food
security of Russia and turn the agro-industrial complex into a new vector of growth and
development of national economy.
5 Conclusion
Thus, the offered hypothesis shows that successful implementation of the policy of
import substitution in the AIC and provision of food security of Russia require
improvement of economic mechanism of state support. It should be directed at
financing of technical and technological modernization of the AIC companies and
formation of a favorable environment in which they will be able to develop their
innovational potential, as well as supporting the market stimuli that push the companies
to this. Diversity of accessible methods of support for innovative activity of companies
of the AIC is an important condition for increase of their effectiveness and
competitiveness.
During further scientific research, it will be expedient to concentrate on develop-
ment of practice-oriented offers and recommendations for most effective application of
the methods of implementation of the offered innovations-oriented mechanism of
import substitution in the AIC for solving the problem of provision of food security of
Russia.
References
9(3), 159–172 (2015)
1049–1057 (2016)
J. 18, 27–36 (2015)
the conditions of neo-economy and globalization. Reg. Sect. Econ. Stud. 15(2), 115–122
(2015)
Ministry of Agriculture of the Russian Federation: Information guide on measures and directions
of state support of the agro-industrial complex of the Russian Federation (2017). http://www.
gp.specagro.ru. Accessed 21 July 2017
Federal State Statistics Service: Industrial production in Russia 2016: statistical collection.
Federal State Statistics Service, Moscow (2016)
infrastructure in the agrarian sector. AIC Econ. Manag. 1(1), 35–41 (2017)
Leading Tools of State Regulation
of Regional Economy
Aleksei V. Bogoviz1(&) , Vladimir S. Osipov2,3 ,

and Tamara G. Stroiteleva4
1
Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
2
[email protected]
3
4
Institute of Supplementary Vocational Education of Altai State University,
Barnaul, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to substantiate the necessity for applica-
tion of the leading tools of state regulation of regional economy in modern Russia
and to develop practical recommendations for achieving high effectiveness of this
regulation. The evidential base of the research consists of the authors’ develop-
ment of the official statistical information of the Federal State Statistics Service of
the RF on dynamics of regional economy. The authors use the method of structural
and trend analysis. As a result of the research, the authors conclude that traditional
tools of state regulation of regional economy – such as tax, infrastructural, and
social policy – do not allow achieving high effectiveness of management. They
should be replaced by the leading tools, the choice of which should be directly
determined by the top-priority goals of development of region’s economy. These
goals are creating innovations-oriented economy in the region, supporting high
competitiveness of regional economy, overcoming ecological problems, and
increasing the population’s living standards. They should be achieved with the
help of such tools as innovational & investment policy, prioritization of
entrepreneurship, territorial marketing, management of sustainability of region’s
economy’s development, and policy of social responsibility.
Keywords: State regulation Regional economy

Competition between regions
1 Introduction
Modern region’s economy functions in a completely new environment, as compared to

the previous years, let alone the previous century. Stable but often unprofitable state
companies have been replaced by highly-effective private business. Marketing relations

Leading Tools of State Regulation of Regional Economy 563
have become so deeply embedded into the structure of economic systems that even the
spheres of economy that present socially significant goods and services are passed into
private management and private property.
Simultaneously, the process of globalization and integration of the regional econ-
omy takes place. Similarly to this process at the level of countries, regions enter the
fight for new possibilities and resources that allow realizing the potential of their
development. In these conditions, it is impossible to focus on the internal processes, as
even regional residents, investors, and companies can move along the international
migration, investment, and entrepreneurial flows. That’s why a modern region should
fight for external sources of growth and development, as well as preservation of their
own assets and residents.
These tendencies changed the face of the modern region and transformed the sense
of the processes that take place at the level of regional economy. This requires
reconsideration of approaches to state management of regional economic systems. It is
a serious problem in modern Russia, as regional authorities have rebuilt the programs
of regional development of and have set new goals and tasks, with new priorities of
management of this process. However, this did not ensure economic growth or
achievement of sustainability of development of Russia’s regional economy.
Our hypothesis consists in the fact that consideration of the concept of managing
the regional economy is not enough for successful and full adaptation of the region to
new economic conditions – this requires application of completely new managerial
tools. In this paper, our aim is to substantiate the necessity for application of leading
tools of state regulation of regional economy in modern Russia and to develop practical
recommendations for achieving high effectiveness of such regulation.
The evidential base of the research consists of the authors’ development of the official
statistical information of the Federal State Statistics Service on dynamics of develop-
ment of regional economy (Table 1). The object of the research is Volgograd Oblast, as
it could be characterized as an average statistical region of Russia, being neither a
leading nor an underdeveloped region in terms of economy.
Table 1 shows not only the absolute values of the indicators but also relative
values. Thus, we calculated the shares of various categories of revenues and expen-
ditures in the general structure with application of the structural analysis method, as
well as dynamics of the indicators’ change, namely the rate of growth, with the help of
trend analysis.
Table 1. Selected economic statistics of Volgograd Oblast of Russia for 2006–2016

Indicators 2006 Share, % 2011 Share, % Growth, % 2016 Share, % Growth, %
To 2011 To 2006
Total income 29,562.7 100.0 75,590.8 100.0 155.7 100,282.9 100.0 32.7 239.2
Corporate tax 5,857.6 19.8 17,555.9 23.2 199.7 19,488.0 19.4 11.0 232.7
Income tax 7,572.3 25.6 18,455.8 24.4 143.7 27,219.1 27.1 47.5 259.5
Property tax 3,623.2 12.3 7,906.6 10.5 118.2 12,330.5 12.3 56.0 240.3
Uncompensated 5,651.7 19.1 16,090.5 21.3 184.7 22,628.5 22.6 40.6 300.4
receipts
Total income 30,044.8 100.0 78,240.5 100.0 160.4 107,519.0 100.0 37.4 257.9
General national 3,104.8 10.3 7,310.0 9.3 135.4 9,129.1 8.5 24.9 194.0
issues
National 4,766.6 15.9 9,654.1 12.3 102.5 17,900.4 16.6 85.4 275.5
economy
Housing and 3,785.0 12.6 7,065.7 9.0 86.7 5,974.7 5.6 −15.4 57.9
utilities
infrastructure
Socio-cultural 16,817.9 56.0 47,281.3 60.4 181.1 69,982.8 65.1 48.0 316.1
events
Budget balance −482.1 – −2,649.7 – 449.6 −7,236.1 – 173.1 1,401.0
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of the materials: (Federal State Statistics Service, 2016).
3 Discussion
Various theoretical & methodological and applied issues of state regulation of regional
economy are viewed in multiple works of modern authors, which include (Franco and
Ali 2017), (Belov and Kravets 2013), (Bogoviz et al. 2016), (Lui 2017), (Popkova
2013), (Ragulina et al. 2015), (Wolfe and Bramwell 2016), (Przhedetskaya 2014),
(Osipov et al. 2016a), (Osipov and Skryl 2016b).
The performed literature overview on the topic of the research showed that the main
tools state regulation of regional economy, according to the authors, are tax policy,
aimed at maximization of regional budget’s revenues, and infrastructural and social
policy, oriented at development of the region with minimal budget expenditures.
Despite a high level of scientific elaboration, effectiveness of these tools of state
regulation of regional economy in the modern economic conditions is not sufficiently
studied, which requires further research in this sphere of scientific knowledge.
4 Results
The results of the performed statistical analysis of data from Table 1 allowed for
determination of the main tendencies of development of regional economy of Vol-
gograd Oblast in 2006–2016:
– growth of dependence on federal support: share of uncompensated receipts in the
general structure of the regional budget’s revenues constituted 22.6% in 2016, as
compared to 21.3% in 2011 (growth in absolute expression constituted 40.6%) and
19.1% in 2006 (growth in absolute expression constituted 300.4%), which shows
the increase of the region’s dependence on external sources of financing and its
status of subsidized region;
– termination of infrastructural project: share of expenditures for housing and utilities
infrastructure in the general structure of regional budget’s expenditures constituted
5.6% in 2016, as compared to 9% in 2011 (reduction in absolute value constituted
15.4%) and 12.6% in 2006, which shows transition of infrastructural projects to the
rank of less important ones and general reduction of region’s expenditures for their
realization;
– expansion of social programs: the share of expenditures for socio-cultural events in
the general structure of region’s expenditures constituted 65.1% in 2016, as com-
pared to 60.4% in 2011 (growth in absolute value constituted 81.1%) and 56% in
2006 (growth in absolute value constituted 316.1%), which shows growth of pri-
ority of social programs in the region;
– increase of the budget deficit: deficit of the regional budget grew by 1.7 times in
2016, as compared to 2011, and by 14 times, as compared to 2006, which char-
acterizes the region as lossmaking, not capable for self-provision.
This proves the offered hypothesis that the traditional tools of state regulation of
regional economy – such as the tax, infrastructural, and social policy – do not allow
achieving high effectiveness of management. They should be replaced by the modern
leading tools. We think that the choice of such tools should be directly determined by
the top-priority goals of region’s economy’s development.
One of the most important goals is creation of innovations-oriented economy in the
region. The tools for achieving it are innovations & investment policy and prioritization
of entrepreneurship. They should be oriented at formation and support for favorable
investment climate in the region (low corporate tax, modern infrastructure, etc.) and
stimulation of innovational activity of entrepreneurship (tax subsidies, subsidized
crediting, etc.).
Another goal is support for high competitiveness of the regional economy. For its
realization, we recommend to use such tool as territorial marketing. This tool should be
aimed at emphasizing and developing the unique features of the region. For example, in
case of Volgograd Oblast, it is rich history, geographical location on the Volga, etc.
Another goal is related to overcoming the ecological problems that grow with
increase of industrial growth of economy. A top-priority tool for its realization is
management of sustainability of region’s economy’s development. Its application
supposes establishment of high ecological standards and strict control over their
observation in the interests of preservation of the environment.
The goals include also the increase of the population’s living standards. For that,
we recommend to use such perspective tool of state regulation of regional economy as
the policy of social responsibility. Instead of traditional social policy, which supposes
state financing of social programs in the region, we recommend to use the policy of
social responsibility which allows attracting business for solving the region’s social
problems. For that, regional authorities should stimulate entrepreneurship for social
responsibility through its propaganda, creation of rakings of companies as to the level
of social responsibility, and provision of various tax and non-tax privileges.
Realization of the offered recommendations and application of these leading tools

of state regulation of regional economy will allow ensuring a high rate of stable and
sustainable economic growth of regional economy, as well as reducing the load on the
regional budget and solving the problem of its deficit, which reflects their high
effectiveness. The model of state regulation of regional economy with application of
the offered leading tools is presented in Fig. 1.
Key goal: successful adaptation of the region to modern challenges – total marketization,
economic globalization, and integration
attraction of supporting
business to solving favorable
the region’s social Innovations and investment
problems through investments climate,
social responsibility policy stimulating
innovative
Policy of social Prioritization of
activity
responsibility entrepreneurship
Leading tools of
supporting strict state stimulation of ensuring high
ecological regional economy competitiveness
standards and of the region
conduct of Managing the Territorial through its
ecological control sustainability of marketing emphasis on its
development uniqueness
Result: high rate of stable economic growth of regional economy, reduction of load on the
regional budget, and solving the problem of its deficit
Fig. 1. Model of state regulation of regional economy with application of the offered leading
tools Source: compiled by the authors.
As is seen from Fig. 1, the leading tools of state regulation of regional economy
ensure successful adaptation of the region to modern challenges – total marketization,
economic globalization, and integration.
5 Conclusions
It is possible to conclude that state regulation of regional economy in the modern

market conditions should include the elements of marketing and be maximally flexible.
New tendencies in development of regional economy form challenges and threats and
provide new possibilities for its growth. That’s why management of a region should not
fight the influence of external factors but use them in the region’s interests.
The offered leading tools of state regulation of regional economy are developed in
view of these new challenges and allow taking the load for development of regional
economy from the state to entrepreneurship and ensuring its complete and full char-
acter. However, in view of dynamics of change of the external environment, these tools
require periodic reconsideration for supporting their effectiveness and topicality.
References
Franco, I.B., Ali, S.: Decentralization, corporate community development and resource
governance: a comparative analysis of two mining regions in Colombia. Extr. Ind. Soc. 4(1),
111–119 (2017)
Belov, A.G., Kravets, A.G.: Business performance management in small and medium businesses
and functional automation. World Appl. Sci. J. 24(24), 7–11 (2013)
Bogoviz, A.V., Ragulina, Y.V., Kutukova, E.S.: Economic zones as a factor of increased
economic competitiveness of the region. Int. J. Econ. Financial Issues, 6(8 Special Issue), 1–6
(2016)
Lui, L.T.P.: Institutions do matter: exploring the problem of governance in the Hong Kong
Special Administrative Region from the perspective of executive-legislative relations. Asian
Educ. Dev. Stud. 6(1), 72–82 (2017)
Popkova, E.G.: Marketing strategy tо overcome the “underdevelopment whirlpool” of the
Volgograd region. In: Conference of the Eurasia-Business-and-Economics-Society (EBES),
Russian Academy of Sciences, Institute of Economics, Ural Branch, Ekaterinburg, 12–14
September 2013, pp. 52–61 (2013)
Wolfe, D., Bramwell, A.: Innovation, creativity and governance: social dynamics of economic
performance in city-regions. Innov.: Manag. Policy Pract. 18(4), 449–461 (2016)
Przhedetskaya, N.V.: Design of marketing management of innovational model of education in
the conditions of development economy. Bull. Tula State Univ. 4(1) (2014)
Federal State Statistics Service. Regions of Russia. Socio-economic indicators. 2016: statistical
collection. Rosstat, Moscow (2016)
Osipov, V.S., Skryl, T.V., Evseev, V.O.: An analysis of economic issues of territories of priority
development. Res. J. Appl. Sci. 11(9), 833–842 (2016a)
development. Int. Bus. Manag. 10(6), 710–717 (2016b)
Modeling the Management of Innovational
Processes in Regional Economy
Yulia V. Ragulina1(&), Aleksei V. Bogoviz1,

and Alexander N. Alekseev2
1
Moscow, Russia
2
G.V. Plekhanov Russian University of Economics, Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is optimization modeling of management

of innovational processes in regional economy of modern Russia. The authors
use the method of problem and systemic analysis, plan-fact analysis, and method
of modeling of socio-economic processes and systems, as well as the opti-
mization method. The authors study the course of execution of the Strategy of
innovational development of the Russian Federation until 2020, determine the
existing model of managing innovational processes in regional economy of
modern Russia, and substantiate perspectives and develop recommendations for
optimization of this model. Based on studying the practice of managing inno-
vational processes in regional economy of modern Russia, the authors determine
the key problems of the applied model. It is determines that effectiveness of
managing the innovational processes at the level of regional economy is at a low
level due to founding on financial support for innovative activity, implemen-
tation of which is not possible due to deficit of the regional budget. The authors
offer recommendations for optimization of this model, which are aimed at
development of non-financial measures for stimulation of innovative activity in
the region, and develop the optimization model of managing innovational
processes in regional economy of modern Russia.
Keywords: State management Innovational processes Regional economy
1 Introduction
The modern global economy has entered the age of innovations, which are the key
landmark in development of economic systems, being a source of their sustainable
economic growth, factor of social well-being, and condition of achieving high inter-
national status. Despite acknowledgment of the necessity for creation of innovational
economy by all participants of international economic relations, certain countries have
succeeded in this process, while others have faced the obstacles, which became a
reason for their underrun and their receiving the status of outsiders of the global
economic system.
Modeling the Management of Innovational Processes in Regional Economy 569
Russia has also entered the path of creation of innovational economy. The pro-
claimed course at modernization started this process, but there are not significant results
in this direction – though, more than a half of the assigned term (2011–2020) has
already passed. This shows the existence of systemic problems in implementation of
the Strategy of innovational development of the RF until 2020.
The working hypothesis of the research consists in the fact that one of the most
important reasons for low innovative activity of economic subjects and slow rate of
modernization of modern Russia’s economic system is ineffectiveness of managing the
innovational processes at the level of regional economy. The purpose of the article is
optimization modeling of managing the innovational processes in regional economy of
modern Russia. The following tasks are solved for this:
– studying the course of execution of the Strategy of innovational development of the
RF until 2020;
– determining the existing model of managing the innovational processes in regional
economy of modern Russia;
– substantiating the perspectives and developing the recommendations for optimiza-
tion of this model.
The information and analytical basis of the research includes the materials of the
official statistics of the Federal State Statistics Service and the Strategy of innovational
development of the RF until 2020. The following data are used for studying the course
of execution of this strategy (Table 1).
Table 1. Initial data for the research

Indicators of the course of implementation of the 2012 2014 2016
Strategy of innovational development of the RF until Plan Fact Plan Fact Plan Fact
2020
Growth of the number of small innovational 5 3.98 8 4.90 12 6.49
companies, %
Share of innovational products in the total volume of 20 18.92 32 28.74 45 34.61
sales, %
Volume of sold innovational products, RUB billion 25 19.53 46 33.30 50 32.90
Number of annually created elements of the 30 19.35 60 28.74 90 23.04
infrastructure of the national innovational system
Volume of investments into the companies of the 5 3.85 10 7.14 15 9.65
high-tech spheres, RUB billion
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of Government of the Russian Federation (2011),
Federal State Statistics Service (2016).
570 Y. V. Ragulina et al.
The authors use the method of problem and systemic analysis, method of plan-fact
analysis, and method of modeling of socio-economic processes and systems, as well as
the optimization method.
3 Discussion
The theoretical basis of the research consists of the materials of fundamental and
applied studies of modern authors on the issues of managing the innovational processes
in regional economy, among which are Pradel-Miquel (2015), Wolfe and Gertler
(2016), Wolfe and Bramwell (2016), Harris et al. (2013), Ibrahim et al. (2014), Shala
et al. (2015), and Veselovsky et al. (2015).
4 Results
The results of the performed analysis, based on the plan-fact analysis, are shown in
Table 2.
Table 2. Results of plan-fact analysis

Indicators of the course of implementation of the Strategy of innovational Underrun of
development of the RF until 2020 factual values of
the indicators
from the targeted
ones, %
2012 2014 2016
Growth of the number of small innovational companies, % 20.5 38.7 45.9
Share of innovational products in the total volume of sales, % 5.4 10.2 23.1
Volume of sold innovational products, RUB billion 21.9 27.6 34.2
Number of annually created elements of the infrastructure of the national 35.5 52.1 74.4
innovational system
Volume of investments into the companies of the high-tech spheres, RUB 23.1 28.6 35.7
billion
As is seen from Table 2, in the first year (2012) of implementation of the Strategy
of innovational development of the RF until 2020, all factual values of all indicators
were behind the planned ones. This underrun accumulated and reached 74.4% for the
indicator of innovational infrastructure development by 2016.
Based on studying the practice of managing innovational processes in the regional
economy of modern Russia, we determined the following problems of the applied
model:
– deficit of budget resources of the region, which limits the possibilities in the sphere
of supporting innovational activity of economic subjects;
– absence of the specialized regional support (tax, credit, investment, or other) for
innovational entrepreneurship;
– absence of measures for stimulating the demand for innovational products of
regional companies, which is a reason for low demand for it;
– absence of measures for creation of profitable conditions for venture investments
into regional companies of high-tech sectors and development of the national
innovational system.
Thus, this model supposes low involvement of regional authorities into imple-
mentation of the national strategy of creation of innovational economy – it is limited by
propaganda of innovational activity without creating the favorable conditions. At the
federal measures are not enough, the process of implementation of this strategy is very
slow, and it is no wonder that factual results are behind the targeted (planned) ones.
The perspectives of increase of effectiveness of managing the innovational pro-
cesses in the modern Russia’s regional economy are related to expansion of activity in
the institutional sphere. In the conditions of deficit of the regional budget, the main
efforts in the sphere of such management should be brought down to attraction of
private investments into the innovational sphere of the region. For that, we offer the
following practical recommendations.
Firstly, it is necessary to implement measures for creation of profitable conditions
for venture investing into the regional companies of high-tech sectors and into devel-
opment of the infrastructure of the national innovational system. Such measure could be
placing information on venture investors and their investments into the region’s inno-
vational sphere on the official web-site of the regional administration. This will stimulate
formation and strengthening of business reputation (brand) of such private and corporate
investors, thus ensuring commercial attractiveness of venture investments for them.
Secondly, it is necessary to implement measures for stimulation of demand for
innovational products of regional companies, due to which it is not popular. For that,
we recommend to start the system of certification of innovational products of regional
companies and formation of regional brands of innovational products under the aegis of
regional authorities. The state-managed brand will increase attractiveness of innova-
tional products of regional companies and will raise its sales.
Thirdly, it is necessary to implement measures for non-financial support for
innovational activity of the region’s companies through creation of favorable condi-
tions. Separate companies, especially small business, do not possess sufficient
resources for manifestation of high innovational activity. That’s why we recommend
stimulating implementation of cluster initiatives in entrepreneurship through consul-
tation support and simplification of registration procedures. Creation of regional sec-
torial innovational clusters will allow unifying the resources of region’s companies,
thus enabling them to implement innovations, and participation of universities in
clusters will ensure quick commercialization and diffusion of innovations.
The recommended measures will allow stimulating development of innovational
processes in the region with minimal expenditures of the regional budget, which will
ensure their high effectiveness. Based on the above, we developed the optimization
model of managing the innovational processes in regional economy in modern Russia,
which is shown in Fig. 1.
572 Y. V. Ragulina et al.
Goal:optimization model of managing innovational processes in the regional economy for

stimulating the implementation of the Strategy of innovational development of the RF until
2020
certification and
Tools (methods of branding of
achieving the innovational
goal) products of
Creation of Stimulation of regional
profitable demand for companies
conditions for innovational
venture products of
investments into regional
placing the region’s companies
information on economy
venture investors
on the official
Non-financial support
web-site of the
for region’s companies’ stimulating
regional
companies’ implementation of
administration
innovational activities cluster initiatives
in
entrepreneurship
Increase of activity in high-tech sectors of regional

economy High
Results: Development of infrastructure of the innovational effectiveness of
system managing
Increase of innovational activity of regional innovational
entrepreneurship = processes in the
Minimal expenditures of regional budget region
Fig. 1. Optimization model of managing the innovational processes in regional economy of

modern Russia. Source: compiled by the authors
As is seen from Fig. 1, in the offered optimization model the non-financial mea-
sures of supporting innovational activity in regional economy are preferred, which
leads to minimum expenditures of the regional budget. Together with substantial results
in the form of increase of activity in high-tech sectors of regional economy, devel-
opment of infrastructure of the innovational system, and increase of innovational
activity of regional entrepreneurship, high effectiveness of managing the innovational
processes in region is achieved.
5 Conclusions
Thus, it is possible to conclude that within the current model of managing the inno-
vational processes at the level of regional economy its effectiveness is at a low level
due to founding on the measures of financial support of innovational activity,
implementation of which is not fully possible due to deficit of the regional budget.
That’s why the offered recommendations for optimization of this model are aimed at
development of non-financial measure of stimulation of innovational activity in the
region.
Theoretical significance of the results of the performed research consists in
development of conceptual provisions of the theory of state management of innova-
tional processes at the level of regional economy. Practical significance of the offered
recommendations consists in stimulating the achievement of the goals of the Strategy
of innovational development of the RF until 2020 and creation of innovational econ-
omy in the national economic system.
References
Government of the Russian Federation: Innovational Russia – 2020 (Strategy of innovational
development of the Russian Federation until 2020) (2011). http://cluster.hse.ru/cluster-policy/
docs/Иннoвaциoннaя%20Poccия%202020%20-%20Кoллeктив%20aвтopoв.pdf. Accessed
22 June 2017
Federal State Statistics Service: Russian in Numbers: Short Statistical Colleciton. Federal State
Veselovsky, M.Y., Pogodina, T.V., Idilov, I.I., Askhabov, R.Y., Abdulkadyrova, M.A.:
Development of financial and economic instruments for the formation and management of
innovation clusters in the region. Mediterr. J. Soc. Sci. 6(3), 116–123 (2015)
Shala, M., Hajrizi, E., Hoxha, V., Stapleton, L.: Cost-oriented agile innovation for mechatronics
management in less developed regions. IFAC-PapersOnLine 48(24), 150–152 (2015)
Ibrahim, S., Sukeri, S.N., Rashid, I.M.: Factors influencing the diffusion and implementation of
management accounting innovations (MAIS), Malaysian manufacturing industries in Nothern
Region. Adv. Environ Biol. 8(9), 504–512 (2014). Special issue 4
Harris, R., McAdam, R., McCausl, I., Reid, R.: Knowledge management as a source of
innovation and competitive advantage for SMEs in peripheral regions. Int. J. Entrepreneurship
Innov. 14(1), 49–61 (2013)
performance in city-regions. Innov.: Manag. Policy Pract. 18(4), 449–461 (2016)
Wolfe, D.A., Gertler, M.S.: Growing Urban Economies: Innovation, Creativity, and Governance
in Canadian City-Regions, pp. 1–420 (2016)
Pradel-Miquel, M.: Making polycentrism: governance innovation in small and medium-sized
cities in the West Midlands and Barcelona metropolitan regions. Environ. Plan. C: Gov.
Policy 33(6), 1753–1768 (2015)
New Challenges for Regional Economy
at the Modern Stage
Aleksei V. Bogoviz1(&) , Elena I. Semenova1 ,

and Alexander N. Alekseev2
1
[email protected]
2
Plekhanov Russian University of Economics, Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the research is to study the influence of new chal-
lenges on the Russia’s regional economy at the modern stage and to develop the
framework strategy of its reaction to these challenges for simultaneous protec-
tion of regional interests and stimulating the implementation of the national
course of socio-economic development. The authors study the connection
between national and regional indicators of economic development. These
indicators form three categories that reflect the most topical landmarks of
development of modern economic systems: economic development, sustain-
ability, and innovations. For studying this connection, the authors use the
methods of regression and correlation analysis. The results of the performed
analysis contradicted the existing theoretical ideas on a priori positive influence
of positive global tendencies on the regional economy and showed that these
tendencies influence the national and regional levels in a different way. That’s
why the strategy of regional development should be prepared not by the model
of the national strategy but in view of the region’s peculiarities. For that, the
authors offer the corresponding recommendations that allow regional economy
to adapt to new modern challenges.
Keywords: Regional economy Modern challenges Sustainable growth

Innovational development
1 Introduction
For most economic systems, the 21st century became the age of changes: from the
change of the economic mode to change of the course of socio-economic development.
The model of free market economy, which was considered to be a model, showed its
flaws. That’s why the countries with transitional economy – such as modern Russia –
faced a new crisis, which was a sign of transition to the new model of economic growth
and development.

New Challenges for Regional Economy at the Modern Stage 575
This formed unprecedented conditions, in which economic systems found them-

selves. The influence of new conditions on the national economy has been thoroughly
studies and is being studied now. Specifics of functioning and development of regional
economy under the influence of these conditions are not paid enough attention, though
the regional level is the level of implementation of economic reforms and achievement
of the initial results, of which the national socio-economic progress consists.
The working hypothesis of this research consists in the fact that the influence of the
global tendencies at the regional level could be manifested in a way that is different
from the national economy, which requires correction of the course of regional
development, which should be connected to but not identical to the national course. In
modern Russia, regional strategies of socio-economic development are equal to the
national strategy.
We think that instead of harmonization of all levels of the national economic
system, this might be a reason for its long imbalance and crisis. The purpose of the
research is to study the influence of new challenges on the Russia’s regional economy
at the modern stage and to develop the framework strategy of its reaction to these
challenges for simultaneous protection of regional interests and stimulation of imple-
mentation of the national course at the socio-economic development.
For verification of the offered hypothesis, this work studies the connection between the
national and regional indicators of economic development. These indicators form three
categories that reflect the most topical landmarks of development of modern economic
systems: economic development, sustainability, and innovations. The initial statistical
data, used during conduct of this research, are systematized and presented in Table 1.
Within the existing scientific concept, it is supposed that globalization is a universal
tool, which is very effective for economic development. That is, growth of the index of
globalization of national economy should potentially lead to growth of GRP, real
financial income, and employment and business activity. Growth of ecological effec-
tiveness at the national level theoretically supposes increase of sustainability of
regional economy – that is, reduction of polluting emissions into atmosphere.
The index of innovativeness of national economy should lead to increase of
innovational activity of companies at the level of regional economy. That is, there
should be a strong direct connection between x1 and y1, y2, y3 and y4, x2 and y5, and
between x3 and y6. For studying this connection, this work uses the method of
regression and correlations analysis.
For measuring the direction of connection, coefficient b is used in the model of
paired linear regression of the type y = a + bx, where positive sign of the coefficient
shows direct connection, and negative sign shows the reverse connection of the indi-
cators. Correlation coefficient r2 is used for measuring strength of connection. Con-
nection is strong if this coefficient is over 0.9.
Table 1. Dynamics of national and regional indicators of economic development in 2006–2016

Indicators and their symbol Values of indicators for years
2006 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
x1 Index of globalization of economy, 51.6 51.7 52.8 50.1 52.0 53.7 52.1
points
x2 Index of ecological effectiveness, points 77.5 78.1 79.3 80.1 81.3 82.4 83.5
x3 Index of innovativeness of economy, 34.3 35.1 36.4 37.2 39.1 39.3 38.5
points
y1 Economic growth of regions (average 1.0 2.1 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
growth of GRP), %
y2 Growth of real financial income of 111.7 105.4 101.2 105.8 104.8 99.5 95.9
population, %
y3 Level of population’s employment, % 61.3 62.7 63.9 64.9 64.8 65.3 65.3
y4 Growth of business activity (number of 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
employees), %
y5 Pollutant emissions into atmosphere, 20.4 19.1 19.2 19.6 18.4 17.5 17.3
thousand ton
y6 Innovational activity of companies 9.9 9.5 10.4 10.3 10.1 9.9 9.3
(share of innovations-oriented
companies), %
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of: (Yale Center for Environmental Law and Policy
2017), (INSEAD 2017), (KOF Swiss Economic Institute 2017), (Federal State Statistics Service
2016).
3 Discussion
Specifics of development of regional economy at the modern stage and the challenges it
faces, as well as possibilities and problems of its development are viewed in multiple
works of various, among which are (Belov and Kravets 2013), (Bogoviz et al. 2016),
(Popkova 2013), (Ragulina et al. 2015), (Przhedetskaya 2014), (Khairullov et al. 2016),
(Kiseleva et al. 2016), (Tkachenko et al. 2016), (Afonasova 2015), (Corpakis 2012),
and (Gibbs and O’Neill 2017).
4 Results
Based on the data of Table 1, we performed regression and correlation analysis, the
results of which are shown in Table 2.
As is seen from Table 2, growth of the influence of globalization processes on the
modern Russia’s national economy at the level of regions leads to the effect opposite to
economic development. Thus, gross regional product decreases, as well as real financial
income of population, and growth of employment and business activity is very low. At
that, the values of the correlation coefficient for all these models are very low – that is,
connection between these indicators is low.
Table 2. Results of regression and correlation analysis

Dependent Their dependence on independent
variables variables
x1 x2 x3
b r2 b r2 b r2
y1 −0.03 0.008 – – – –
y2 −2.32 0.25 – – – –
y3 0.26 0.04 – – – –
y4 0.001 0.02 – – – –
y5 – – −0.46 0.84 – –
y6 – – – – 0.002 0.99
The value of correlation coefficient for the indicators of sustainability is below 0.9,
but still it is rather high – 0.84. However, growth of ecological effectiveness at the
national level by 1 point leads to reduction of sustainability of regional economy by
0.46% - that is, it performs reverse influence, which contradicts the basic theoretical
idea. The level of correlation of the index of innovativeness of national economy and
innovational activity of companies at the level of regional economy is very high (0.99),
but the influence is minimal.
Thus, the results of the performed analysis contradicted the existing theoretical
ideas on a priori positive influence of positive global tendencies on the regional
economy. In other words, these tendencies influence the national and the regional
economy differently. That’s why the strategy of regional development should be
developed not according to the scale of the national strategy but in view of the region’s
peculiarities. For that, we offer the following recommendations.
Firstly, as globalization may negatively influence development of the region, it
needs to be limited. It should be noted that in the conditions of the national course at
freetrading such limitations cannot have a vivid barrier character (for example, be
implemented in the form of custom barriers). Therefore, these should be modern
market measures.
For supporting regional entrepreneurship, regional authorities should stimulate
strengthening of the corresponding brand. This supposes formation and development of
the brand by the regional authorities with further distribution on the products of
regional companies. Consumers’ high loyalty to the brand of regional products will
allow reducing their interest to imported products, thus limiting the influence of
globalization on the regional economy.
Secondly, as the national measures for supporting the environment are not sufficient
for achievement of high ecological effectiveness of entrepreneurship at the level of
regional economy, it is necessary to take additional measures at the regional level of an
economic system. For that, it is recommended to adopt regional ecological standards
that take into account peculiarities of the environment and entrepreneurship of the
specific region.
The additional measure in this direction is implementation of mandatory and vol-

untary ecological standards, observation of which will be a condition for distribution of
a regional brand for the company’s products. This will allow implementing the offered
recommendations and increasing the achieved effect.
Thirdly, in view of the fact that development of the innovational economy at the
national level does not necessarily suppose high innovational activity of
entrepreneurship at the region’s level, there’s necessity for additional measures for
stimulating such activity. For this, we recommend – according to the above recom-
mendations – to introduce the requirements for evaluation of innovations’ implemen-
tation for assigning the regional brand to company’s products.
This will allow replacing administrative measures (tax subsidies, etc.) with market
measures (branding) for stimulating innovational activity of regional entrepreneurship,
thus increasing favorable influence of competition on regional economy and saving the
assets of the regional budget. These recommendations are presented in the form of
framework strategy of regional economy’s reaction to new modern challenges (Fig. 1).
New challenges of regional economy at the modern stage:

globalization and aggravation of ecological course at development of etc.
integration problems innovational economy
prevention of negative usage in the region’s

influence interests
Regional brand
growth of competitiveness of regional standards of ecological

regional entrepreneurship responsibility and innovational
activity
simultaneous protection of regional interests and stimulating the implementation of the

national course of socio-economic development
Fig. 1. Framework strategy of regional economy’s reaction to new challenges of modern times.
As is seen from Fig. 1, the central tool of implementation of the offered strategy is
formation and strengthening of the regional brand. The developed strategy allows
regional economy to adapt to the viewed challenges and to any challenges of modern
times, which ensures its universal application. Due to application of market measures
instead of administrative ones, this strategy ensures simultaneous protection of regional
interests and stimulation of implementation of the national course of socio-economic
development.
5 Conclusions
It should be concluded that the modern stage of development of the global economic
system is characterized by a high level of uncertainty due to acknowledged instability
of the model of free market economy and lack of new, improved model which is to
replace it. That’s why regional economy faces new challenges. The developed and
presented framework strategy reflects the logic of regional economy’s reaction to new
modern challenges.
At that, the most important condition of its successful application in practice and
achievement of its high effectiveness is constant monitoring of internal and external
environment, in which regional economy functions, and analysis of factors of its
development. As this research showed, only flexible and adaptable market approach to
managing the regional economy will allow it to overcome contradictions with national
economy and maximizing total economic effect at all levels of the economic system.
References
Afonasova, M.A.: The concept of regional economy restructuring in the context of a problem
concerning overcoming of the social and economic development inertia. Soc. Sci. (Pakistan)
10(9), 2206–2212 (2015)
Bogoviz, A.V., Ragulina, Y.V., Kutukova, E.S.: Economic zones as a factor of increased
economic competitiveness of the region. Int. J. Econ. Finan. Issues 6(8), 1–6 (2016). Special
Issue
Corpakis, D.: A European regional path to the knowledge economy: challenges and
opportunities. In: Intellectual Capital for Communities: Nations, Regions, and Cities,
pp. 213–225 (2012)
Gibbs, D., O’Neill, K.: Future green economies and regional development: a research agenda.
Reg. Stud. 51(1), 161–173 (2017)
INSEAD: Global Innovation Index (2017). http://www.globalinnovationindex.org. Accessed 10
July 2017
Khairullov, D.S., Galeeva, G.M., Absalyamova, S.G., Butov, G.N.: Challenges of sustainable
development of regional economy in the conditions of WTO market. In: Social Sciences and
Interdisciplinary Behavior - Proceedings of the 4th International Congress on Interdisciplinary
Behavior and Social Science, ICIBSOS 2015, pp. 261–264 (2016)
Kiseleva, N.N., Tikhomirov, A.A., Lyapuntsova, E.V., Sklyarenko, S.A., Gukasova, N.R.:
Problems of economic security of the industrial sector of the regional economy at the present
stage of development. Res. J. Pharm. Biol. Chem. Sci. 7(1), 2214–2221 (2016)
KOF Swiss Economic Institute: Index of Globalization (2017). http://globalization.kof.ethz.ch/
query/. Accessed 10 July 2017
Popkova, E.G.: Marketing strategy тo overcome the “underdevelopment whirlpool” of the
Volgograd region. In: Conference of the Eurasia-Business- and-Economics-Society (EBES).
Russian Academy of Sciences, Institute of Economics, Ural Branch, Ekaterinburg, Russia
publ., 12–14 September 2013, pp. 52–61 (2013)
Tkachenko, E., Rogova, E., Bodrunov, S.: Regional models of the management of knowledge
economy development: the problem of measurement and assessment. In: Proceedings of the
European Conference on Knowledge Management, ECKM, January 2016, pp. 881–889
(2016)
Yale Center for Environmental Law and Policy: The Environmental Performance Index (2017).
http://epi.yale.edu/. Accessed 10 July 2017
Przhedetskaya, N.V.: Designing marketing management of the innovational model of education
in the conditions of development economy. Bull. Tula State Univ. 4(1) (2014)
Federal State Statistics Service: Regions of Russia. Socio-economic indicators, 2016: statistical
bulletin. Federal State Statistics Service, Moscow (2016)
Economic Analysis of Labor Resources Usage
in Regional Markets
Tatiana N. Gogoleva1(&), Pavel A. Kanapukhin1,

Margarita V. Melnik2, Irina Y. Lyashenko1,
and Valeriya N. Yaryshina1
1
[email protected],[email protected]
2
Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to substantiate the necessity for con-
sidering the territorial peculiarities of using labor resources employed at harmful
and hazardous productions, determined on the basis of the economic and sta-
tistical analysis, during formation of the optimization model and the procedure
of decision making for selecting the programs of the planned control of the
employment sphere for labor safety quality.
There are various methodologies of labor safety, oriented at characterizing
this process within a specific company and without a direct connection to
management of labor safety within the region. T.V. Azarnova developed the
approach to evaluation of effectiveness of regional management of labor safety
quality and formed the optimization stochastic model of the system of planned
control of the employment sphere in the labor safety sphere which is oriented at
the differentiated management of the control functions as to the groups of
companies that are distinguished depending on the complexity of the structure
and level of implementation of the labor safety processes. The authors offer to
use – apart from studying the situation at specific companies and groups of
companies – the economic and statistical analysis of regional peculiarities of the
influence of the production environment and the labor process factors for sta-
tistically determined groups of companies on the labor conditions of employees.
Results: using the economic and statistical analysis of regional peculiarities of
the labor conditions of employees allowed determining the specifics of the
influence of various factors at the level of federal districts of Russia and among
the regions of the Central Federal District. The obtained results became the basis
of the offers that are to be taken into account during development of the effective
system of regional management of labor safety quality.
Keywords: Labor market Labor conditions

Statistical analysis of labor at the regional market
Regional system of management of labor safety quality
GEL Classification Codes: C19 Econometric and Statistical Methods

and Methodology: General. Others J08 Labor Economics Policies

582 T. N. Gogoleva et al.
1 Introduction
In the modern conditions, labor quality and labor safety are the factor of effectiveness of
labor resources usage – and the quantity of resources reduces in Russia. Quality of labor
safety and related processes are regulated by multiple laws and bylaws. At the same
time, the preventing activities are still not developed, and violations in the sphere of
labor safety tend to repeat and perform huge material and moral damage to the society
and the state. Thus, optimization of labor safety quality by means of optimization of
state control in the sphere of labor law and labor safety becomes very topical.
The system of management and control over economic subjects depends on con-
nection between the goals of the managed object and the possibilities of the sub-
systems. Effectiveness of management is influenced by the measures for optimization
of the whole system of management [2]. One of the directions of optimization is
formation of the programs of planned control in the sphere of employment for quality
of labor safety, during development of which it is necessary to take into account the
peculiarities of companies and external socio-economic conditions and institutes that
determine the environment of their functioning and form the regional peculiarities of
the state of employees’ labor conditions. Thus, there’s a necessity to consider the
internal characteristics of organization of production processes at companies and the
external environment of their development.
2 Research Methods
At the legislative level, the issues of labor safety in the RF are regulated by the Labor
Code and the Law “On special evaluation of labor conditions”, which determine the
main norms of the state of labor conditions [9]. At present, there are various analytical
approaches to evaluation of the state of labor safety, which authors - O.U.
Drozhchanaya, E.A. Krasnoshchekaya, M.P. Gandzyuk, R.P. Kerb, and E.V. Spatar
[3–6, 8] – focus on determining the system of indicators that would help to conduct the
evaluation, emphasizing on the situation in the analyzed sphere at the company level.
Thus, the main and sole object of evaluation is company as an economic subject. At the
same time, the problem of labor quality and labor safety should not be fixed to the
company level, as it is more complex and includes diverse external conditions in which
the company’s activities are conducted. These conditions, created by the external
environment, should be taken into account at the public level of considering and
solving the problems of labor quality and labor safety – at the regional level. Such
problems are not viewed by the above authors.
The works of Azarnova [1, 2] set the question of managing the quality of labor
safety at the regional level and its assessment – for which the optimization stochastic
model of the system of planned control of the employment sphere and the algorithm of
finding the optimal intensity of control were formed – which ensure the differentiated
management of the control functions as to the companies. This model is oriented at
development of recommendations for the regional programs of control over labor
safety quality as to the groups of companies with a certain complexity of the structure
and the level of implementation of the labor safety processes. Thus, the emphasis was
Economic Analysis of Labor Resources Usage in Regional Markets 583
shifted to the level of homogeneous groups of companies of one region which are
controlled by the regional authorities. However, determination and consideration of the
regional peculiarities of the external environment, which form the factors that influence
the state of labor conditions, are not envisaged. This aspect of the problem should be
studied in detail on the basis of analysis of the official statistics data.
For evaluation of the state of labor conditions at companies depending on their
territorial location, it is necessary to consider several groups of factors: natural and
geographic, technological (factors of the production environment factors of the labor
process), and socio-economic factors.
Natural and geographic factors determine the peculiarities of functioning of sepa-
rate spheres that are located on various territories. These peculiarities are reflected in
the corresponding territorial codes (CЗB-CTAЖ, CЗB-КOPP, CЗB-ИCX). At the same
time, there are no methods of accounting of territorial peculiarities of various pro-
ductions within the same group of spheres (e.g., processing productions are represented
by various spheres in Belgorod and Voronezh Oblasts, so the state of labor conditions
will be determined by various factors).
Technological factors that determine the state of labor conditions are the object of
attention of annual statistical observations. Each company fixes its indicators by
determining the number of employees who are under the influence of the production
environment factors (chemical, biological, influence of sprays, noise, vibration, neon
and ionizing rays, micro-climate, light environment, etc.) and the factors of the labor
process (work load and work tension). Labor conditions, according to the tasks of
statistical observation within the official state statistics in the RF, are studied at large
and medium companies of the following types of economic activities: agriculture,
hunting and forestry (as well as provision of services in these spheres); mineral pro-
duction; processing productions; production and distribution of electric energy, natural
gas, and water; manufacture of food products; textile and sewing production; con-
struction; transport and communications. As these indicators are unified for all com-
panies of Russia, and the official statistics provides their generalized values in the
territorial aspect, they are used in this research for comparative analysis of external
environment that determines the state of labor conditions.
Socio-economic factors that determine the territorial peculiarities of the state of
labor conditions include the relations that emerge between employees, employers, and
the society on the whole as to formal and informal execution of the normative
requirements. In the official statistics this group is not determined, so this research
studies its influence only in general features.
In the course of the analysis a task was set of determining the types of activities and
risk factors for which the studied regions have the most vulnerable positions from the
point of view of the state of labor conditions. This analysis was performed on the basis
of the official statistics that characterizes the situation in the federal districts of the RF
and Oblasts of the Central Federal District (CFD) [7].
2.1 Peculiarities of the State of Labor Conditions of the Employees

in View of the Federal Districts of Russia (as of Year-End 2016)
Comparative analysis of the general situation that characterizes the state of labor
conditions in various territorial entities of the RF was conducted at the level of federal
districts. The task of this stage was to determine the peculiarities in the labor conditions
in various regions on the whole and as to the above sectorial groups.
The general situation that characterizes the state of labor conditions in the federal
districts of the RF regardless of the sectorial groups and the factors of hazardous
influence is shown in Fig. 1. It should be emphasized that the regions are different as to
the indicators of average Russian value (38.5% of the employees work in abusive and
(or) hazardous labor conditions.
The share of employees who work in abusive and (or) hazardous labor
condions, %
48.1 46.8
43.8
38.5 40.1 40.2
33.3
29.5 27.1
Fig. 1. The share of employees who work in abusive and (or) hazardous labor conditions,
conduct activities in agriculture, hunting, forestry, extraction of minerals, processing productions,
production and distribution of electric energy, natural gas and water, construction, and transport
and communications in federal districts of the RF (as of year-end 2016)
Figure 1 brings us to the conclusion of a large scatter of the indicator that char-
acterizes the share of the employed in the abusive and (or) hazardous labor conditions,
as compared to the average Russian level (the lowest indicators – 27.1%; 29.5% of the
employed against the highest indicators 46.8%; 48.1% in the corresponding federal
districts). The share of regions in which the studied indicator is below the average
indicator (the Central and North Caucasus Federal Districts) account for 27.0% of the
average number of employees of the RF. In its turn, in the Urals, Far Eastern, and
Siberian Federal Districts, where the indicator is higher than the average Russian
indicator, 31.1% of all employees of the RF are employed.
Further analysis of territorial peculiarities of employment in the abusive and
(or) hazardous labor conditions supposes their determination at the sectorial level. The
existing statistics allows doing this for the sectorial groups (Table 1).
Table 1. Share of the employed in abusive and (or) hazardous labor conditions who conduct
activities for separate sectorial groups in the federal districts of the RF (2016), %
Sphere RF Central Northwestern South North Privolgsky Ural Siberian Far
FD ФO FD Caucasus FD FD FD Eastern
FD FD
Agriculture, hunting 30.8 24.3 35.5 30.5 26.3 31.5 43.4 35.2 31.3
Forestry 31.2 18.5 43 11 5.5 17.6 15.8 41.2 35.8
Processing 55.6 67.6 59.7 52.4 52.7 57.4 42.9 69.9 58.8
productions
Processing 42.2 31 43.8 38.8 30.5 45.9 52.5 51.3 48.5
productions
Food productions 31.9 28.9 32.7 31.7 29.4 35.9 29.2 33.1 42
Textile and sewing 29 28.3 31.5 37.8 12.3 27.5 10.6 29.3 16.9
productions
Construction 37.9 29.6 37.9 32.4 28.9 42.7 39.7 45.3 49.3
Transport and 31.1 29.2 33.3 27.3 24.9 28.6 30.8 38.2 38
communications
It seems that the causes of the differences for the sectorial groups between the
federal districts are related to the peculiarities of the used technologies (technological
factors) and geographic conditions (natural and climatic factors).
Comparative analysis of the role of various factors of the production environment
and the labor process (technological factors) showed that the influence of noise, air
ultrasound, and infrasound, and work load are most popular in Russia.
The “anti-leaders” as to the share of the employed influenced by noise, air ultra-
sound, and infrasound (the most popular unfavorable factor of the production process)
are the Siberian (23.3% of the employed), Far Eastern (22.5%), and Ural (22.3%)
federal districts. The smallest share of the employed is subject to the influence of this
factor in the North Caucasus Federal District (10.1%). Analyzing the share of the
workers employed in the conditions of large work load – which is the second most
widespread unfavorable factor – it is possible to note that the largest share of the
employed in the conditions of this factor is observed in the Siberian Federal District
(24.1%), the smallest share – in the Central Federal District (12%).
The peculiarities of the role of separate factors that determine abusive (hazardous)
conditions of labor in the sectorial view are as follows:
– of all the employed in agriculture, the largest share of the workers in the unfa-
vorable conditions is observed in the Ural Federal District (40.8%), the smallest
share – in the Central (24%) and the North Caucasus (25.7%) Federal Districts. The
most widespread unfavorable factors are noise, air ultrasound, infrasound, and
chemical factor, which requires special attention within the measures on manage-
ment of labor safety.
– mineral production is peculiar for the large share of the employed in the abusive and
(or) hazardous labor conditions, which constitutes 55.6% in Russia. The average
Russian indicator is exceeded in the Siberian (69.9%) and the Central (67.6%)
Federal Districts. It is rather high in the North Western (59.7%), Far Eastern
(58.8%), and Privolgsky Federal Districts (57.4%). This situation could be
explained by the sectorial specifics and geographic location of the companies of this
group of spheres.
– in the sector of production and distribution of electric energy, natural gas, and
water, the largest share of the workers in the abusive and hazardous conditions is
observed in the Siberian (54.5%) Federal District, the smallest – in the North
Caucasus Federal District (28.4%).
– in processing industries, the maximum share of the workers in the hazardous
conditions is observed in the Ural Federal District (52.5%). This district is also the
“anti-leader” for such significant factors as influence of noise, ultrasound, and
infrasound (29.9%), as well as work load (24.3%). The smallest share of workers in
hazardous conditions – as to the level of noise, ultrasound, and infrasound – is
observed in the North Caucasus Federal District (30.5% and 13.1%, accordingly).
The minimum share of the employed in the analyzed sector who work in the hard
labor conditions is observed in the Central Federal District (11.3%).
– in the construction sector, 49.33% of the workers of the Far Eastern Federal District
work under the influence of hazardous conditions. This is the maximum value of
this indicator for the whole country (with the average Russian value 37.94%). The
best situation is observed in the North Caucasus (28.92%) and the Central Federal
Districts (29.62%). The most significant unfavorable factor for whole Russia and for
all federal districts in this sectorial group is work load of the labor process: 20% of
all workers experience the influence of this factor. The second most widespread
factor is noise, ultrasound, and infrasound.
– in the transport sector, 39.29% of the employed work under the influence of abusive
and (or) hazardous conditions. The largest share is observed in the Siberian and Far
Eastern Federal Districts (47.99% and 45.7%, accordingly). The smallest share is
observed in the Ural (36%) and South (36.6%) Federal Districts. The leaders are
such unfavorable factors as work load (the largest share of the employees subject to
this factor is observed in the Siberian Federal District – 22.71%, the smallest share –
in the Central Federal District – 13.5%); noise, ultrasound, and infrasound (the
largest share of the employees subject to this factor is observed in the Far Eastern
Federal District – 21.8%, the smallest share – in the Central Federal District –
10.95%).
– the communication sector is peculiar for a small share of the employees working in
hazardous conditions. It varies from 2.65% in the South Federal District to 7.98% in
the Urals Federal District. The main reason for that is the technological specifics of
the sectorial group.
The received results allow for the following conclusion: at the level of federal
districts there are substantial differences of the influence of factors that determine the
state of labor conditions of employees; at that, the main factors belong to the natural &
climatic and technological. The smallest sectorial differences between federal districts
are observed if the sphere in the country is peculiar for a relative homogeneity of
technological processes (the example with the technological group “communications”).
2.2 The State of Labor Conditions of Employees in the Regions

of the Central Federal District (as of Year-End 2016)
In order to identify the peculiarities of the influence of abusive and (or) hazardous
factors that are peculiar for specific regions, as compared to the situation in the federal
districts, it is necessary to conduct analysis of the results of statistical observations at
the level of a separate federal district and spheres. This reduces the influence of the
natural & climatic factor on the regional peculiarities of the studied influences and
increases the role of the technological and socio-economic characteristics of specific
regions. For this purpose, the statistical data that characterize the influence of abusive
and (or) hazardous factors on employees in the Central Federal District and its oblasts
were studied (Fig. 2).
The share of employees who work in abusive and (or) hazardous labor condions, %
42.4 43.1
38.7 37.4 37.3
34.3 35.9
29.5 31.2 30.9 30.9 31 29.8 29.3
26.3
23.2 24.3 24.7 24.2
Fig. 2. The share of employees who work in abusive and (or) hazardous labor conditions,
conduct activities in agriculture, hunting, forestry, extraction of minerals, processing productions,
production and distribution of electric energy, natural gas and water, construction, and transport
and communications for the regions of the Central Federal District of the RF (as of year-end
2016).
The least “hazardous” – from the point of view of labor conditions (Fig. 2) are
Moscow, Orel, and Ryazan Oblasts, and Moscow, and the most “hazardous” are
Belgorod and Lipetsk Oblasts. This is due to the structural peculiarities of these
regions’ economies and their geographical peculiarities (technological and natural &
climatic factors in our classification).
Table 2 shows the general results of comparison of the oblasts of the CFD
(excluding Moscow) as to the indicator “share of workers in the abusive and
(or) hazardous labor conditions” in the sectorial view. It should be noted that all
spheres are rather close as to the studied indicator in sectorial groups “processing
productions” and “transport and communications”. Large differences and the presence
of indicators that deviate from the average values are peculiar for the following sec-
torial groups:
Table 2. Share of workers in abusive and (or) hazardous labor conditions in the oblasts of CFD
for large groups of spheres, 2016.
Oblasts of Agriculture, Mineral Processing Food Textile and Construction Transport and
the CFD hunting extraction industries production sewing communications
industries
CFD on 24 67.6 31 28.9 28.3 29.6 28.2
the whole
Belgorod 24.1 74.6 49.9 46.1 2.6 46 25.1
Oblast
Bryansk 17.9 94.7 41 35.2 19.4 31.6 27.3
Oblast
Vladimir 35 58.8 31.9 29.5 34.6 41.9 29.3
Oblast
Voronezh 27.6 59.3 32.7 29.6 20.9 38 27
Oblast
Ivanovo 29.2 57 39.4 24.1 42.6 11.5 15.8
Oblast
Kaluga 35.4 66.1 44.1 29.4 20.3 31.8 24.6
Oblast
Kostroma 26.4 54.8 43.5 34.6 45.9 17.3 31.9
Oblast
Kursk 23.6 82.9 32.8 32.9 24.4 45.9 27.4
Oblast
Lipetsk 31.1 65.3 52 32.1 15.9 49.1 27
Oblast
Moscow 20.6 21.8 23.8 22.5 24.2 18.3 25.2
Oblast
Orel 15.9 – 31.5 24.3 7.2 35.3 20.6
Oblast
Ryazan 4.2 45.4 25.7 15.8 7.2 30.3 27.4
Oblast
Smolensk 18 8.8 35.3 44.6 22.2 35 33.1
Oblast
Tambov 25.7 – 30.1 27.8 26.1 38 25.9
Oblast
Tver 18.7 – 35 30.4 36.1 21.5 24.5
Oblast
Tula 21.4 48.7 31.6 23.9 6.3 36.8 25.2
Oblast
Yaroslavl 36.9 42.7 37.4 33.7 38.2 46.4 30.3
Oblast
– agriculture and forestry, hunting: the share of workers who work in abusive and
(or) hazardous conditions is much lower in Ryazan, Orel, and Bryansk Oblasts.
Such main factor of the production environment as “noise” is not observed here,
and the influence of the “work load” factor of the labor process is much lower. If the
levels of development of the agricultural production technologies in the oblasts of
the CFD are more or less equal, the average shares of the workers at hazardous
productions are the results of influence of socio-economic factors that are not taken
into account by statistics;
– processing productions: the oblasts of the CFD have different types of processing
productions or lack companies belonging to this group of spheres (Orel, Tver, and
Tambov);
– food productions: in this group, high indicators are peculiar for Belgorod and
Smolensk Oblasts – at that, the structure of food industry of these regions is tra-
ditional for the CFD, as well as the technologies used; at the same time, the factors
“noise” and “work load” in these oblasts are higher than the average indicator for
the CFD; the reason of deviations lies in the socio-economic factors that are not
considered by statistics;
– textile and sewing production: the lowest indicators are peculiar for Belgorod,
Ryazan, Orel, and Tula Oblasts, which is peculiar for the factors of the production
environment and labor processes;
– construction: in the range of oblasts (Belgorod, Kursk, Lipetsk, and Yaroslavl) there
is substantial increase of indicator as compared to the average indicators for the
CFD; it seems that these oblasts use obsolete technologies in this group of spheres.
3 Conclusions and Recommendations
There’s a certain differentiation as to the quantity and quality of employment in abusive

and hazardous labor conditions between various regions of Russia, which is caused by
objective reasons (natural & climatic peculiarities and peculiarities of the sectorial
structure of the studied groups of sectors as to specific districts). Processing industry is
the most vulnerable one from the point of view of the state of labor conditions – on
average, 55.6% of the workers are in abusive and (or) hazardous conditions. At the
same time, as for homogeneous – from the point of view of the natural & climatic and
technological factors that influence the labor conditions – regions, there are also sub-
stantial differences, which are explained by the influence of socio-economic factors that
are to be taken into account during formation of the regional programs of control over
labor safety, which will raise the effectiveness of the system of regional management
labor safety.
Management of control functions should be differentiated as to companies not only
depending on the complexity of their structure and level of implementation of the labor
safety processes but also in view of regional and sectorial peculiarities of the pro-
duction processes organization.
As the performed analysis showed, out of three groups of factors distinguished in
this study (natural & climatic, technological, and socio-economic) that influence the
state of labor conditions, the least studied and statistically uncontrolled are external
socio-economic conditions and institutes that determine the environment of functioning
of companies as the main economic subjects and form regional peculiarities of the state
of labor conditions of employees, at which the regional programs of labor quality
control are oriented. Expert technologies should be used for evaluating the influence of
this group of factors.
Acknowledgments. The study was conducted with the financial support of the Russian Foun-
dation for Basic Research (project No. 16-06-00535-a).
References
1. Azarnova, T.V.: The method of processing of the expert and statistical information during
determining the optimal intensity of planned control over organizations in the sphere of labor
safety. In: The Theory of Active Systems: Works of the International Scientific and Practical
Conference, pp. 254–261. IPU RAS (2007)
2. Azarnova, T.V.: Optimization of management by the labor market and population’s
employment in the region on the basis of the models of the functional and marketing
effectiveness and quality: doctoral thesis, Voronezh, 13 May 2010. 395 p.
3. Gandziuk, M.P., Kupchik, M.P., et al.: Foundations of Labor Safety, pp. 68–70. Osnova,
Kyiv (2000). 416 p.
4. Drozhchanaya, O.U.: Improvement of management over labor safety at a company. Bull.
Kurgan SAA 4, 29–31 (2013)
5. Kerb, L.P.: Foundations of labor safety. KNUE, Kyiv, pp. 18–20 (2003). 215 p.
6. Krasnoshchekova, E.A.: Methodologies of evaluating the socio-economic state of labor safety
at Russian companies. Bull. Saratov State Tech. Univ. 2(1–55), 279–283 (2011)
7. The state of labor conditions of employees that conduct activities in agriculture, hunting,
forestry, mineral production, processing production, production and distribution of electric
energy, natural gas and water, construction, and transport and communications in the RF in
2016. Federal State Statistics Service (Rosstat), Chief transregional center (CTC), vol. II,
pp. 1–3 (2016)
8. Spatar, E.V.: Evaluation of labor safety with various methods. In: Equipment, Technologies,
Engineering, vol. 1, pp. 5–9 (2016)
9. Federal law “On special evaluation of labor conditions” dated December 28, 2013,
No. 426-FZ. http://www.consultant.ru/document/cons_doc_LAW_156555/
Strategy of Risk Management in the Process
of Formation of Innovations-Oriented Regional
Economy
Larisa Kargina1(&), Sofia L. Lebedeva2, and Olga S. Semkina3

1
Moscow State University of Railways Engineering, Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
2
Institute of Economics and Finance,
Moscow State University of Railways Engineering, Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
3
Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to develop the strategy of risk man-
agement in the process of formation of innovations-oriented regional economy.
Volgograd Oblast has been selected as the objects of the research. For assessing
the influence of risk component on the process of formation of innovations-
oriented economy in Volgograd Oblast, the authors study intermediary results of
implementation of the Strategy of socio-economic development of Volgograd
Oblast until 2025. They are studied with the help of the methodology of time
series analysis. The main conclusion of the research is that in addition to high risk
level, which accompanies innovational activity, additional risks emerge in the
process of formation of innovations-oriented regional economy. This leads to
high risk component, which is a serious obstacle in this process. The authors
perform assessment of the risk component on the process of formation of
innovations-oriented regional economy by the example of Volgograd Oblast,
determine the key risks that emerge in the process of formation of
innovations-oriented regional economy, and develop the strategy of risk man-
agement in the process of formation of innovations-oriented regional economy.
Keywords: Risk management Innovations-oriented economy

Risks of innovations Regional economy
1 Introduction
Under the pressure of global competition, the tendency for formation of innovations-
oriented economy was distributed to the regional level of economic systems. Russia’s
regions adopted the strategy of innovational socio-economic development, but the first
results were not satisfactory. Instead of quick growth and innovational development of
regional economy, the first half of the time row, given to implementation of these
strategies, was marked by ineffective spending of allocated assets of the federal and
regional budgets.

592 L. Kargina et al.
In this research, the authors offer the hypothesis that a serious restraining factor on
the path of implementation of strategies of modern Russia’s regional economy’s
innovational development is high risk component. Our goal in the context of this article
consists in development of the strategy of risk management in the process of formation
of innovations-oriented regional economy.
The object of the research is Volgograd Oblast, as it presents the average statistical
Russian region, being neither the donor not the recipient. The set goal should be
achieved in the context of successive solution of the following main practical tasks:
– assessment of influence of the risk component on the process of formation of
innovations-oriented regional economy by the example of Volgograd Oblast;
– determination of the key risks that emerge in the process of formation of
innovations-oriented regional economy;
– development of the strategy of risk management in the process of formation of
innovations-oriented regional economy.
For assessment of influence of the risk component on the process of formation of

innovations-oriented economy in Volgograd Oblast, the authors study intermediary
results of implementation of the Strategy of socio-economic development of Volgograd
Oblast until 2025 (Table 1).
Table 1. Dynamics of results of implementation of the Strategy of socio-economic development

of Volgograd Oblast until 2025
Values of indicators for years, ratio of the current year to
2008, times
2010 2012 2014 2016
Goal Result Goal Result Goal Result Goal Result
Volume of investments into fixed 1.5 1.0 2.0 0.9 2.7 0.7 3.5 0.6
capital in compatible prices
Volume of expenditures for R&D at 1.3 1.1 1.7 1.0 2.2 0.9 3.0 0.7
the end of the period, as compared
to GRP
Number of innovational companies 1.6 1.1 2.1 1.5 2.8 1.9 3.7 2.1
Share of innovational companies in 1.2 1.1 1.4 1.2 1.9 1.4 2.3 1.9
the total structure of business
Volume of innovational products 1.8 1.5 2.6 1.8 3.2 2.1 4.4 2.6
Share of innovational products in 1.3 1.2 1.5 1.4 1.8 1.6 2.2 2.0
the total structure of production of
goods
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of Volgogradskaya Pravda (2008), Federal State
Statistics Service (2016).
Strategy of Risk Management in the Process of Formation 593
They are studied with the help of the methodology of time series analysis. Table 1
contains the results of trend analysis of dynamics of these indicators, on the basis of
which plan-fact analysis is performed. During the research, the authors use such sci-
entific methods as systemic and logical analysis, synthesis, deduction, induction, and
graphic representation of data.
3 Discussion
The theory and practice of risk management of regional economy development are
discussed in the works (Popkova 2013; Belov and Kravets 2013; Przhedetskaya 2014;
Ragulina et al. 2015). Specifics of formation of innovations-oriented regional economy
are studied in publication (Pradel-Miquel 2015, Wolfe and Gertler 2016; Wolfe and
Bramwell 2016; Harris et al. 2013; Ibrahim et al. 2014; Shala et al. 2015; Veselovsky
et al. 2015).
4 Results
The performed plan-fact analysis of dynamics of the results of implementation of the

Strategy of socio-economic development of Volgograd Oblast until 2025 showed that
the achieved results are below the planned results – at that, the difference between the
targeted and received results grows with time.
The largest underrun is observed for the volume of investments into fixed capital
(83% in 2016, as compared to 33% in 2010) and for the volume of expenditures for
R&D as to GRP (77% in 2016, as compared to 16% in 2010). This is explained by
increase of deficit of financial resources with companies and regional authorities, which
was a reason for reduction of investment activity.
The largest underrun is observed for such indicators as the share of innovational
products in the general structure of commodity production (9% in 2016, as compared to
7% in 2010) and the share of innovational companies in the total structure of business
(17% in 2016, as compared to 8% in 2010). However, in view of absolute changes of
these indicators (without connection to the general structure), the underrun of which
constitutes 43% and 41% in 2016, accordingly, this shows reduction of general busi-
ness activity in the region, not the increase of innovational activity of entrepreneurship.
Thus, inaccessibility of the set targeted values of the indicators of efficiency of the
process of formation of innovations-oriented regional economy in Volgograd Oblast
shows the influence of the risk component on this process. Its influence is seen at the
corporate (micro) and the regional (meso) levels.
On the one hand, at the corporate level high risk component of innovational activity
restrains innovational activity of entrepreneurial structures. It may be characterized in
the following way. The state offers stimuli for manifestation of innovational activity
(“tax holidays”, subsidies, support for sales of innovational products, etc.).
However, these stimuli cannot be received in practice due to complex procedures of
receipt of the announced benefits (large lines, large set of documents, constantly
changing requirements, etc.) – institutional risk – or unexpected change of state
innovational policy, due to increase of deficit of the regional budget – which leads to
cancelling the state measures for stimulation of innovational activity – political risk.
On the other hand, at the regional level the risk component of state innovational
policy has not been taken into account at the stage of its development, so there are
unexpected risks at the stage of its implementation – which, without proper manage-
ment, hinder the implementation of this strategy.
Thus, the measures for implementation of the regional innovational policy could be
ineffective due to unfair attitude of business to innovative activities, related to copying
of existing innovations from rivals or non-implementation of innovations with false
accounting on implementation of innovations for receipt of state support – risk of false
innovations – and/or due to low innovative activity of business due to lack of possi-
bilities, when state support is not sufficient, and unattractiveness of such support – risk
of low demand for stimuli.
It should be noted that this work does not view generally known risks that
accompany innovative activity, as our task consists in determination of additional
specific risks, peculiar for the process of formation of innovations-oriented regional
economy. In this context, the risks are connected to non-execution of obligations by
participants of the relations within the process of formation of innovations-oriented
regional economy (entrepreneurship and state). We offer the following recommenda-
tions for management of the determined risks:
– developing the system of electronic documents for access to subsidies for inno-
vational activity of business and advertising this system for increase of its reputation
in the region’s business circles;
– providing stability of reigon’s innovational policy, for dissolving the doubts of
entrepreneurship in regional authorities’ plans and volume of provided stimuli for
innovational activity of business;
– toughening control over innovational activity of business through establishment of
clear criteria of its assessment and creation of a special control comission;
– conducting sociological surveys for determining the demand for state stimuli for
innovational activity of entrepreneurship and collection of feedback (tips and
wishes) for correcting the policy of such stimulation.
According to the above, we developed the following strategy of risk management
in the process of formation of innovations-oriented regional economy (Fig. 1).
As is seen from Fig. 1, business identifies risks, evaluates them, and provides the
gathered information to the state (regional authorities). In its turn, it identifies the risks
and evaluates their importance through stress testing. If the current level of one, sev-
eral, or all risks exceeds the set acceptable limits (appetite for risk), which is a function
of the state, the corresponding measures in the sphere of managing these risks are
implemented. As a result, risks are kept at the acceptable level, for them not to hinder
formation of innovations-oriented economy in the region.
Strategy of Risk Management in the Process of Formation 595
exchange of appetite for

Business State (regional authorities)
information risk str
risk management
ess
identi
ficati tes
Development providing toughening cooperation with
on tin
of the system stability of control over business, collection
and of feedback, g
asses of e- innovational innovational
government policy activity sociological surveys
sment
Institutional Political risk Risk of false Risk of lack of

Risks:
risk innovations demand for stimuli
Result
Keeping risks at the acceptable level, for them not to hinder the formation of
innovations-oriented economy in the region
Fig. 1. Strategy of risk management in the process of formation of innovations-oriented regional

economy. Source: compiled by the authors.
5 Conclusion
Thus, the main conclusion of the research is that in addition to a high level of risks that
accompany innovational acitvity, additional risks appear in the process of formation of
innovations-oriented regional economy. This leads to a high risk component, which is a
serious obstacle in this process. For its normalization, a strategy of risk management in
the process of formation of innovations-oriented regional economy is offered.
Despite the connection of the performed calculations for verifying the offered
hypothesis in the economic practice of Volgograd Oblast, the authors’ conclusions and
recommendations are oriented at the Russia’s regional economy on the whole, and the
developed strategy of risk management in the process of formation of
innovations-oriented regional economy is accessible for implementation in any region
of modern Russia.
References
Harris, R., McAdam, R., McCausl, I., Reid, R.: Knowledge management as a source of
innovation and competitive advantage for SMEs in peripheral regions. Int. J. Entrepreneurship
Innov. 14(1), 49–61 (2013)
Ibrahim, S., Sukeri, S.N., abd. Rashid, I.M. (2014). Factors influencing the diffusion &
implementation of management accounting innovations (MAIS), Malaysian manufacturing
industries in Northern Region. Adv. Environ. Biol. 8(9, Special Issue 4), 504–512 (2014)
Popkova, E.G.: Marketing strategy to overcome the “underdevelopment whirlpool” of the

Volgograd region. In: Conference of the Eurasia-Business-and-Economics-Society (EBES),
12–14 September 2013. Russian Acad. Sci., Inst. Econ., Ural Branch, Ekaterinburg, Russia,
pp. 52–61 (2013)
Pradel-Miquel, M.: Making polycentrism: governance innovation in small and medium-sized
cities in the West Midlands and Barcelona metropolitan regions. Environ. Planning C: Gov.
Policy 33(6), 1753–1768 (2015)
structures. Modern Appl. Sci. 9(3), 145–158 (2015)
Shala, M., Hajrizi, E., Hoxha, V., Stapleton, L.: Cost-oriented agile innovation for mechatronics
management in less developed regions. IFAC-Papers Online 48(24), 150–152 (2015)
Veselovsky, M.Y., Pogodina, T.V., Idilov, I.I., Askhabov, R.Y., Abdulkadyrova, M.A.: Devel-
opment of financial and economic instruments for the formation and management of
performance in city-regions. Innov. Manage. Policy Pract. 18(4), 449–461 (2016)
Wolfe, D.A., Gertler, M.S.: Growing urban economies: Innovation, creativity, and governance in
Canadian city-regions. In: Growing Urban Economies: Innovation, Creativity, and Gover-
nance in Canadian City-Regions, pp. 1–420 (2016)
Volgogradskaya Pravda: The Law of Volgograd Oblast, 21 November 2008,
No. 1778-od “Regarding the strategy of socio-economic development of Volgograd Oblast
until 2025” (2008). http://docs.cntd.ru/document/819076044. Accessed 23 June 2017
Przhedetskaya, N.V.: Designing marketing management of the innovational model of education
Federal State Statistics Service; Regions of Russia. Socio-economic indicators, 2016: Statistical
Bulletin. Federal State Statistics Service, Moscow (2016)
Systemic Contradictions in Development
of Modern Russia’s Industry in the Conditions
of Establishment of Knowledge Economy
Aleksei V. Bogoviz1(&) , Yulia V. Ragulina1 ,

and Natalia V. Sirotkina2
1
Moscow, Russia
2
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the work is to determine and analyze systemic

contradictions in development of modern Russia’s industry in the conditions of
establishment of knowledge economy and to determine the perspectives of
overcoming them. In order to achieve it, the authors use the method of com-
parative analysis, which allows comparing the values of indicators of industry’s
development in Russia and in the countries with developed knowledge economy
and evaluating the level of their deviation. Based on study and content analysis
of authoritative scientific literature on the topic of the research, the key char-
acteristics of industry that determine the basis of knowledge economy are dis-
tinguished and the evaluation of their correspondence to modern Russia’s
industry is performed. As a result, the authors conclude that Russia’s industry is
developing in the direction that is opposite to the set target course on creation of
knowledge economy. The authors offer recommendations and perspectives for
overcoming the determined contradictions in development of modern Russia’s
industry in the conditions of knowledge economy development.
Keywords: Industry Knowledge economy High-tech spheres of economy

Modern Russia
1 Introduction
Modern Russia presents itself as one of the leading countries of the world, striving to
and capable of influencing the global economic processes and be a leader and model for
other, less developed countries. For strengthening of this status, the Russian govern-
ment takes active measures for provision of global competitiveness of the national
economic system, the most important conditions for which is creation of knowledge
economy.

However, these measures are not effective, which is a reason for knowledge
economy being at the initial stage of formation in Russia. This leads to the problem of
deprivation, related to the fact that Russia has a large potential of development (large
territory and resources), which is a reason for its claims for the global authority and
which determines close attention from other countries, while this potential has not been
realized over the recent decades.
Difference between expectations and reality, deepened by the attempts of the
Russian government to present facts in a more profitable light, leads to mistrust to
Russia and instead of leadership in the global economic system leads to its becoming
an outsider. One of the essential differences of knowledge economy from
post-industrial economy is refusal from full specialization in the service sphere and
founding on the real sector, which allows supporting sustainability of an economic
system. This determines central position of industry in knowledge economy.
That’s why industry was selected as the object of the research. Our hypothesis is
that systemic contradictions in development of industry hinder the establishment of
knowledge economy in modern Russia. The purpose of the work is to determine and
analyze systemic contradictions in development of industry of modern Russia in the
conditions of establishment of knowledge economy and determination of perspectives
for overcoming them.
Based on studying and content analysis of authoritative scientific literature on the topic
of the research, we determined two key characteristics of industry, which determine the
basis of knowledge economy: large share of high-tech spheres in economy and high
level of employment in these spheres, as well as high innovative activity of industrial
enterprises. They are described in Anokhina et al. (2016), Bogoviz and Mezhov
(2015), Dudukalov et al. (2016), Duman and Kurekovà (2016).
These characteristics were selected as criteria of evaluation of correspondence of
industry of modern Russia to the standards of the countries with developed knowledge
economy. Such standards are determined on the basis of studying the experience
creation of knowledge economy in the countries of the world, reflected in materials of
the research by Korobkin et al. (2015), Malyshkov and Ragulina (2014), Popkova
(2017), Przhedetskaya and Akopova (2015). The information and analytical basis of
the research is given in Table 1.
In order to verify the offered hypothesis and to determine the systemic contradic-
tions in development of modern Russia’s industry in the conditions of establishment of
knowledge economy, the authors use the method of comparative analysis, which allows
comparing the indicators of development of industry in Russia and the countries with
developed knowledge economy and evaluating the value of their deviation.
Systemic Contradictions in Development of Modern Russia’s Industry 599
Table 1. Indicators of development of industry in Russia in 2016 and standard values for the
countries with developed knowledge economy
Indicators of development of industry Values of indicators
In Russia In countries with developed
knowledge economy
Turnover of high-tech industrial enterprises, 3,189.4 –
RUB billion
Share of high-tech spheres in the structure of 5.90 70
industry, %
Share of high-tech spheres in economy, % 2.25 30
Share of industrial enterprises that conduct 6.76 50
technological innovations, %
Share of industry in the structure of GDP, % 38.1 –
Share of involved in industry in the structure of 26.15 –
employment, %
Level of employment among technical 52.6 5
specialists, %
3 Discussion
Fundamental and applied issues of creation and development of knowledge economy in

various countries of the world are studied in the works of such authors as Przhedetskaya
and Panasenkova (2014), Shakirtkhanov (2017), Trindade et al. (2016), Veselovsky
et al. (2017). The experience of modern Russia in creation of knowledge economy is
studied in the works Khan (2017), Fujii and Managi (2016), Kinahan (2016).
Despite the detailed study of the concept of knowledge economy, industry – its
important structural element and indicator of development – is not paid sufficient
attention, which determines the necessity for further study of this topic in this direction.
4 Results
Based on analysis of data from Table 1, we determined three important systemic

contradictions in development of industry of modern Russia in the conditions of
knowledge economy. The firs one is related to weak development of high-tech spheres
of economy. These include space, pharmaceutical, and telecommunication sphere, as
well as production of computer equipment and high-precision and optical equipment.
Instead of domination in the structure of industry, high-tech spheres in Russia
constitute 5.90%. Their share in the general structure of Russia’s economy is very small
and constituted 2.25% as of 2016. In the countries with developed knowledge econ-
omy, the share of high-tech spheres in economy exceeds 30%, and in industry – 70%.
Turnover of high-tech companies of Russia constituted RUB 3,189.4 billion (3.71% of
GDP) in 2016.
Another contradiction is low innovational activity of industrial enterprises of

Russia. The share of Russian industrial enterprises that implement technological
innovations constituted 6.76% in 2016. For comparison, in the countries with devel-
oped knowledge economy this indicator exceeds 50%. This shows strong underrun of
Russia from the countries with developed knowledge economy as to this indicator.
The third contradiction consists in a low level of employment in the Russian
industry. Despite the quick development of the service sphere, the structure of modern
Russia’s economy is peculiar for high share of industry (38.1%). Universities of Russia
provide technical specialists for industrial companies each year. This is caused by
technical specialization of a lot of Russian universities, which emerged in the period of
industrial economy in the 20th century, and large state order for preparation of technical
specialists due to prioritization of industry.
However, due to low innovational activity, Russian industrial companies lose
competitiveness. As of now, a lot of them exist only due to state order and support from
territorial authorities, balancing on the edge of bankruptcy. A lot of Russian industrial
companies close each year. While in 2010 there were 898,400 industrial enterprises in
Russia, their number in 2016 reduced by 40%, constituting 545,400.
This causes the problem of employment of technical specialists, the offer of which
has been exceeding the demand. This leads to a high level of unemployment of among
technical specialists, the level of which constituted 52.6% in 2016, while in the
countries with developed knowledge economy the value of this indicator does not
exceed 5%. The share of the employed in industry constitutes 26.15% in the structure
of total employment in Russia.
In order to determine the means of overcoming the systemic contradictions in
development of modern Russia’s industry in the conditions of establishment of
knowledge economy, it is necessary to analyze the reasons for their emergence. The
main reason for emergence of the first contradiction is high market barriers for entering
the high-tech spheres of economy. As private business cannot enter this market, the
state has to show the initiative.
Development of high-tech spheres in Russia’s economy should be performed on the
basis of public-private partnership. Within this mechanism, the state initiates creation
of high-tech companies, and private business provides investments for their develop-
ment and conducts effective management of companies. This is done under thorough
control of the regulating bodies of public authorities.
The key reason for the second and closely related third contradiction consists in
deficit of financial resources for modernization of Russia’s industrial enterprises.
Overcoming it is seen in the context of development of the leasing mechanism, which
allows updating equipment and technologies of industrial enterprises with a minimum
rusk for the leasing organizations.
The sense of the process of overcoming the systemic contradictions in development
of modern Russia’s industry in the conditions of establishment of knowledge economy
is reflected by Fig. 1.
As is seen from Fig. 1, as a result of implementation of the offered recommenda-
tions, the targeted (corresponding to the countries with developed knowledge econ-
omy) and factual indicators of economic system’s development will be balanced in
modern Russia. Elimination of systemic contradictions in development of industry will
Systemic Contradictions in Development of Modern Russia’s Industry 601
Reasons for contradictions: Perspectives for elimination of contradictions:
high barriers for entering public private partnership in high-tech spheres of

high-tech spheres economy
public private partnership in high-tech spheres of
deficit of financial resources economy
for modernization of industry Modern Russia
low share of high-tech

spheres in economy increase
Knowledge economy
large share of high-tech

spheres on economy and high high unemployment
employment in them among technical reduction
specialists
high innovative activity of low innovative activity

industrial companies of industrial companies
increase
establishment of knowledge balancing the targeted and factual indicators of

economy in Russia economy development
Fig. 1. The sense of the process of overcoming systemic contradictions in development of

modern Russia’s industry in the conditions of establishment of knowledge economy. Source:
set foundations bringing indicators of development of other spheres of national econ-

omy in correspondence with the targeted values of other spheres, thus stimulating the
establishment of knowledge economy in modern Russia.
5 Conclusions
Thus, Russia’s industry is developing in the direction opposite to the set course for
development of knowledge economy. The results of the research showed three systemic
contradictions in development of industry of modern Russia in the conditions of
establishment of knowledge economy. They include low share of high-tech spheres in
the structure of industry, innovational passivity of industrial enterprises, and high level
of unemployment in industry.
The offered recommendations showed perspectives of overcoming these contra-
dictions. At the same time, practical realization of the offered perspectives could be
complicated due to institutional problems. That’s why studying the process of devel-
opment of industry of modern Russia in the conditions of establishment of knowledge
economy with the help of the tools of the institutional theory is a perspective direction
of further scientific research.
References
growth of the agro-industrial complex. J. Internet Bank. Commer. 21(3), 224 (2016)
9(3), 159–172 (2015)
Hungary and Slovakia: The case of industrial policy. Changing Models of Capitalism in
Europe and the U.S., pp. 99–120 (2016)
Industrial Revolution, 1750–1930. Cliometrica, 1–29 (2017)
institutions and collections of industrial and product design. Econ. Dev. Q. 30(4), 329–341
(2016)
for patents prior-art retrieval and structured physical knowledge extracting. CCIS, vol. 535,
pp. 124–136 (2015)
future. Life Sci. J. 11(6), 118–121 (2014)
(2015)
Trindade, J.R., Cooney, P., de Oliveira, W.P.: Industrial Trajectory and economic development:
dilemma of the re-primarization of the Brazilian economy. Rev. Radical Political Econ. 48(2),
269–286 (2016)
The Concept of Provision of Regional
Economy’s Global Competitiveness
Viktor P. Khorev(&), Alexandr I. Tarasov, and Sergey A. Golubtsov
Military University of the Ministry of Defense of the RF,

[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to verify the offered hypothesis and to
develop the concept of provision of regional economy’s global competitiveness
by the example of modern Russia. For that, the authors determine competi-
tiveness of Russian regions and conduct statistical analysis, aimed at determi-
nation of differences, their depth and dynamics of change. The proprietary
methodology of transferring the national values of the competitiveness index
into global values is used. As a result of the research, the authors come to the
conclusion that modern Russian regions, despite the national integrity, are
characterized with a high level of differentiation. On the one hand, their pecu-
liarities emphasize their uniqueness, and, on the other hand, they cause different
levels of attractiveness from the point of view of territorial marketing – for
residents, investors, employees, entrepreneurs, tourists, etc. This is a reason for
quick development of certain regions due to attraction of larger volume of
resources of all types, while other regions are behind them as to the level of
socio-economic development. This increases disproportions in development of
the Russian regional economy, which is a serious problem, influencing the rate
of the national economic growth and social development. In order to solve this
problem, the authors develop the concept of provision of global competitiveness
of the regional economy.
Keywords: Global competitiveness Regional economy

Territorial marketing Modern Russia
1 Introduction
In the modern global economy, tough competitive struggle take place at all levels of
economic systems, including the regional level. Despite the turnover of integration and
disintegration processes in the global economic space, it is already formed and is an
integrated system, the structural elements of which grow or diminish.
Large diversity of economic systems, caused by their specific peculiarities due to
natural and socio-economic factors, determines not only the expedience but the
necessity for using the advantages of access to the global flows of resources, which are
viewed in a wide sense, including material, financial, technological, human, etc.
The working hypothesis of this research is formulated in the following way. The
regions of modern Russia, despite the national integrity, are characterized with a high
604 V. P. Khorev et al.
level of differentiation. Their peculiarities, on the one hand, emphasize their unique-
ness, and, on the other hand, cause the different levels of attractiveness from the point
of view of place marketing – for residents, investors, employees, entrepreneurs, tour-
ists, etc.
This is a reason for quick development of certain regions due to attraction of larger
volume of resources of all types, while other regions are behind them as to the level of
socio-economic development. This increases disproportions in development of the
Russian regional economy, which is a serious problem, influencing the rate of national
economic growth and national development. The purpose of the article is to verify the
offered hypothesis and to develop the concept of provision of regional economy’s
global competitiveness by the example of modern Russia.
In order to verify the offered hypothesis, the authors determine competitiveness of

Russia’s regions and conduct statistical analysis aimed at determining the differences,
their depth and dynamics of change. For that, such indicators as dispersion, standard
deviation, and variation coefficient are calculated in Microsoft Excel.
The information and analytical basis of the research consists of the materials of the
ranking of competitiveness of Russia’s regions for 2013 (the first year of the ranking)
and 2016 (the most topical information) according to AV Group, as well as the
materials of the ranking of global competitiveness for 2013 and 2016 according to the
World Economic Forum.
As the index of competitiveness of Russia’s regions is national, in order to deter-
mine their global competitiveness, the authors use the proprietary methodology of
transferring the national values of the competitiveness index onto the global values. For
that, the percentage ratio (PR) of all indicators of competitiveness in the national scale
is determined (their share as to the leading region in the national ranking of compet-
itiveness is calculated).
Then, the value of the competitiveness index in points is calculated – as the share of
the national competitiveness index (SH). After that, the level of global competitiveness
(GC) of the region is calculated, as the share of the highest possible value of the global
competitiveness index.
Three regions from the conventional categories were selected as the objects of the
research:
– regions that are leaders in the national ranking: Krasnodar Krai, Moscow Oblast and
the Republic of Tatarstan;
– regions with medium place in the national ranking: the Republic of Komi, Vladimir
Oblast, and the Chuvash Republic;
– regions that are outsiders in the national ranking of competitiveness: Kostroma
Oblast, the Republic of Adygea, and Kurgan Oblast.
At that, statistical analysis is conducted for the whole mass of data, which includes
83 regions of Russia. The initial data for calculations are given in Table 1.
The Concept of Provision of Regional Economy’s Global Competitiveness 605
Table 1. Dynamics of the values of index of competitiveness of Russia’s regions (in the
national scale) and the index of global competitiveness of Russia in 2013–2016
Regions of 2016 2013
Russia Competitiveness Place in the Competitiveness Place in the
index regions’ ranking index regions’ ranking
Krasnodar 4.11 2 2.73 6
Krai
Moscow 4.01 3 2.98 2
Oblast
Republic of 3.87 4 2.62 9
Tatarstan
Republic of 1.40 42 2.01 40
Komi
Vladimir 1.36 43 2.02 39
Oblast
Chuvash 1.31 44 1.85 51
Republic
Kostroma 0.48 72 1.55 68
Oblast
Republic of 0.27 74 1.27 76
Adygea
Kurgan Oblast 0.06 78 1.43 73
Russia 4.50 43 4.25 64
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of: (AV Group 2017; World Economic Forum
2017).
3 Discussion
Various aspects of provision of regional economy’s global competitiveness of the

theoretical, methodological, and applied nature are reflected in multiple studies by such
representatives of foreign and Russian science as (Popkova 2013; Dudukalov et al.
2016; Belov and Kravets 2013; Przhedetskaya 2014; Ragulina et al. 2015; Wolfe and
Bramwell 2016; Veselovsky et al. 2015).
4 Results
The national values of the indices of competitiveness of Russia’s regions, shown in

Table 1, are transferred into the global scale in Table 2.
As is seen from Table 2, such short period as three years showed substantial
increase of differentiation of the level of global competitiveness of Russia’s regions.
Thus, for example, global competitiveness of Krasnodar Krai, which is one of the
leaders in the national ranking of Russia, grew from 57.55% to 61.65%, that is its
absolute growth constituted 4.1%, and relative growth constituted 7.1%.
Table 2. Transfer of national values of the competitiveness index into the global scale
Regions of Russia 2016 2013
PR SH GC PR SH GC
Krasnodar Krai 0.822 3.69 61.65 0.81 3.45 57.55
Moscow Oblast 0.802 3.61 60.15 0.89 3.77 62.82
Republic of Tatarstan 0.774 3.48 58.05 0.78 3.31 55.23
Republic of Komi 0.28 1.26 21.00 0.59 2.54 42.37
Vladimir Oblast 0.272 1.22 20.40 0.60 2.55 42.58
Chuvash Republic 0.262 1.18 19.65 0.55 2.34 39.00
Kostroma Oblast 0.096 0.43 7.20 0.46 1.96 32.68
Republic of Adygea 0.054 0.24 4.05 0.38 1.61 26.77
Kurgan Oblast 0.012 0.05 3.75 0.42 1.80 30.14
Source: compiled by the authors
At that, global competitiveness of Kurgan Oblast, which is one of the outsiders in

the Russian national ranking, dropped from 30.14% to 3.75%, that is its absolute
growth constituted − 26.39%, and relative growth constituted − 88%. The estimate
statistical indicators, obtained in the course of analysis of the selection for all Russian
regions, are shown in Table 3.
Table 3. Estimate statistical indicators, obtained in the course of analysis of selection for all
Russian regions
Estimate statistical indicators 2016 2013
direct average 1.67 1.62
dispersion 1.16 1.12
standard deviation 1.07 1.03
coefficient of variation 0.65 0.64
As is seen from Table 3, 2016 marked increase of direct average of the values of
global competitiveness indices of Russia’s regions (1.67) as compared to 2013 (1.62).
Simultaneously, dispersion grew from 1.12 to 1.16, standard deviation grew from 1.03
to 1.07, and variation coefficient grew from 0.64% to 0.65%. This confirms the
working hypothesis of this research and shows the necessity for development of the
concept of provision of regional economy’s global competitiveness.
The purpose of this concept, which consists in provision of global competitiveness
of regional economy, in the conditions of global competition should be realized with
the help of marketing tools – which acquire the form of place marketing at the regional
level. The key direction of achievement of the set goal is provision of region’s
uniqueness with emphasis on its absolute and relative competitive advantages. This is
necessary for distinguishing it against the background of other regions.
The Concept of Provision of Regional Economy’s Global Competitiveness 607
A supporting direction, which ensures reliable basis for the offered concept, is
supporting stability, predictability, and manageability of the processes that take place in
the region’s economic system. This will allow minimizing the risk component in the
regional economy, thus increasing its attractiveness for the targeted audience of place
marketing: residents, investors, employees, entrepreneurs, tourists, etc.
At the top of implementation of the offered concept we see supporting the sus-
tainability of development of regional economy, which supposes achievement of a high
rate of economic growth, social well-being, development and justice, as well as pro-
tection of environment and low ecological cost of development of entrepreneurship in
the region. The developed concept is shown in Fig. 1.
Goal: provision of regional economy’s global competitiveness
Directions of achievement of the goal:

Tool
of
achie sustainable development of economic system
veme High rate of economic growth
nt of
the Protection of
goal: Social well- Uniqueness with emphasis on environment and
place being, absolute and relative low ecological
mark development, and competitive advantages of the costs
eting justice region
Stability, predictability, and manageability of processes that take

place in region’s economic system
Result: leveling of disproportions in the level of regions’ global competitiveness
Fig. 1. The concept of provision of regional economy’s global competitiveness Source:

As is seen from Fig. 1, the main directions of achievement of the goal, which is set
within the offered concept, form a building with strong foundations, attractive façade,
and reliable roof. That is, in terms of philosophy, it is possible to compared provision
of region’s global competitiveness with construction of a building. In both cases,
there’s a need for responsible and well-thought approach, oriented at long-term result.
Realization of the offered concept leads to leveling of disproportions in the level of
regions’ global competitiveness.
5 Conclusions
It should be noted that the developed concept of provision of regional economy’s

global competitiveness was created for modern Russia, but it is universal and could be
applied in any other country. However, the differences will be manifested in the
methods of implementation of these directions of achieving the goal of the concept.
Another advantage of the offered concept is that despite the short character of
formulations and seeming simplicity, it is rather detailed, allowing building an idea on
the sense and logic of provision of regional economy’s global competitiveness.
As compared to the existing analogs, the offered concept is not limited by principles
of provision of regional economy’s global competitiveness but provides the tools and
the key directions of implementation of this goal, forming a clear manual for modern
regions.
It should be noted that the offered concept of provision of regional economy’s
global competitiveness is of descriptive character and required adaptation to pecu-
liarities of each specific region in which it is to be realized. In particular, it is necessary
to pay attention to development of the approach to managing the elements of marketing
mix of place marketing at the level of a region, which is a top-priority direction for
development of scientific provisions, described in this article.
References
AV Group: Ranking of competitiveness of Russia’s regions (2017). http://forumstrategov.ru/
UserFiles/Files/LC-AV_%20RCI-16_Growth%20Poles%20161022-04.pdf. Accessed 28 July
2017
Popkova, E.G.: Marketing strategy то overcome the “underdevelopment whirlpool” of the
Volgograd region. In: Conference of the Eurasia-Business- and-Economics-Society (EBES),
12–14 September 2013, pp. 52–61. Russian Acad. Sci., Inst. Econ., Ural Branch,
Ekaterinburg, Russia (2013)
structures. Modern Appl. Sci. 9(3), 145–158 (2015)
Veselovsky, M.Y., Pogodina, T.V., Idilov, I.I., Askhabov, R.Y., Abdulkadyrova, M.A.:
Development of financial and economic instruments for the formation and management of
Wolfe, D., Bramwell, A.: Innovation, creativity and governance: Social dynamics of economic
performance in city-regions. Innov. Manage. Policy Pract. 18(4), 449–461 (2016)
World Economic Forum. The Global Competitiveness Report 2016–2017 (2017). https://www.
weforum.org/reports/the-global-competitiveness-report-2016-2017-1. Accessed 28 July 2017
Przhedetskaya, N.V.: Design of marketing management of the innovational model of education
Digitization and Internetization of the Russian
Economy: Achievements and Failures

Alexander N. Alekseev3, Inga A. Koryagina4,
and Tatiana V. Aleksashina5
1
of Rural Areas – All Russian Research Institute of Agricultural Economics”,
Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
2
[email protected]
3
Plekhanov Russian University of Economics Russia, Moscow, Russia
4
[email protected]
5
Russian University of Transport, Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to study the processes of digitization and
Internetization of the Russian economy through the prism of their influence on a
modern human. In order to evaluate the current state and successes of modern
Russia in the sphere of digitization and Internetization of economy, the methods
of horizontal and trend analysis are used, with the help of which the authors
study the dynamics and assess the progress of the Russian economic system in
implementation of these processes. In order to study the social consequences
that accompany the processes of digitization and Internetization of the Russian
economy, the authors use the method of correlation analysis for analyzing the
connection (correlation) between the indicators of socio-economic development
of the economic system and the indicators of digitization and Internetization of
economy. As a result of the research, it is concluded that sustainable growth of
quantitative indicators of digitization and Internetization of the Russian econ-
omy shows the achievement in this sphere. At the same time, the authors found
the failures in management of these processes, the most serious of which is
orientation at improvement of macro-economic indicators. According to the
existing model of management, the processes of digitization and Internetization
of the Russian economy are aimed at increase of effectiveness of state man-
agement, optimization of business processes, and increase of economic growth
rate. The authors developed a new model of digitization and Internetization of
the Russian economy, which allows ensuring growth of the living standards of
the Russian population, this stimulating the improvement of the indicators of
socio-economic development.
Keywords: Digitization Internetization Russian economy

1 Introduction
Under the influence of the global tendency of distribution of the latest information and
communication technologies, which appeared as a result of the recent scientific and
technical revolution – digital means of storing, transfer, and processing of information,
as well as the Internet – the Russian economy has been peculiar for active digitization
and Internetization. An essential feature that differentiates Russia from other developed
countries is that these tendencies take place by the government initiative and are of the
revolutionary character – they are not evolutional transformations of self-developing
economic systems.
Taking place in the specific environment, predetermined by unreadiness and
opposition from society and business, as well as lack of financial resources with all
economic subjects, including households, entrepreneurial structures, and governments
of all levels of the economic system, the processes of digitization and Internetization in
Russia are peculiar for intensity and efficiency that are different from developed
countries. At the same time, their importance and significance for modernization of the
Russian economic system and support for its sustainable positions among the devel-
oped counties is very high.
This explains high topicality of studying the essence and peculiarities of the pro-
cesses of digitization and Internetization of the modern Russia’s economy. The authors
offer and substantiate the scientific hypothesis that in contrast with other developed
countries, in modern Russia these processes are slower and are accompanied by
additional complications; they are also related to various negative manifestations that
are not so vividly seen during the generalized macro-economic analysis, so they remain
hidden and unproved. The purpose of the article is to study the processes of digitization
and Internetization of the Russian economy through the prism of their influence on a
modern human.
In order to evaluate the current state and successes of modern Russia in the sphere of
digitization and Internetization of economy, the methods of horizontal and trend
analysis are used, with the help of which the authors study the dynamics and assess the
progress of the Russian economic system in implementation of these processes. For
studying social consequences that accompany the processes of digitization and Inter-
netization of the Russian economy, the authors use the method of correlation analysis.
With the help of this method, the authors analyze the connection (correlation)
between the indicators of socio-economic development of the economic system (y) and
the indicators of digitization and Internetization of economy (x). E-government index,
indicators of development of E-commerce – volume of electronic trade, volume of
electronic payments, volume of the digital content market in the Internet, and share of
E-commerce in the structure of GDP are used as the indicators of digitization of
economy, and number of Internet users and share of Internet users in the structure of
population are used as the indicators of Internetization.
Digitization and Internetization of the Russian Economy: Achievements and Failures 611
Dynamics of initial indicators for conduct of the research is given in Table 1. The
data for 2008-2017 are given with a four-year interval – for the sake of the scientific
paper format, though the full data are used during the analysis.
Table 1. Dynamics of indicators of socio-economic development economic of the system and

the indicators of digitization and Internetization of the modern Russia’s economy in 2008–2017
Indicators Values of indicators for years
2008 2011 2014 2017
Indicators of digitization and Internetization economy
x1 E-government index, points 0.6512 0.6714 0.7296 0.7814
– Volume of electronic trade, RUB 274.1 256.3 247.8 284.9
billion
– Volume of electronic payments, RUB 278.9 278.5 264.1 268.7
billion
– Volume of the digital content market 4.44 3.89 3.83 5.07
in the Internet, RUB billion
x2 Share of E-commerce in the structure 2 4 6 8
of GDP, %
– Number of Internet users, million 23.7 48.6 75.3 109.5
people
x3 Share of Internet users in the structure 16.5 34.1 58.9 76.4
of population, %
Indicators of socio-economic development of economic system
y1 GDP per capita in current prices, USD 416,155.00 416,853.00 439,508.11 432,103.81
y2 GDP per capita in constant prices, 12,468.4 14,187.2 14,388 10,885.48
USD
y3 Index of economy competitiveness, 3.8 4 4.2 4.5
points
y4 Index of knowledge economy, points 5.64 5.78 5.82 6.01
y5 Index of happiness, points 5.738 5.364 5.186 5.963
Source: (Miniwatts Marketing Group 2017; Data Insight 2017; The Division for Public
Administration and Development Management, The United Nations 2017; The World Bank
2017; The Earth Institute (UN) 2017; World Economic Forum 2017; International Monetary
Fund 2017).
3 Discussion
The issues of conceptual substantiation of the essence and meaning, as well as

methodological measuring of costs and consequences of the processes of digitization and
Internetization of economy are studied in multiple scientific works: (Jepsen and
Drahokoupil 2017; Sood and Baruah 2017; Etemad et al. 2010; Plaksin et al. 2017), etc.
The applied issues of digitization and Internetization of the modern Russia’s
economy are studied in multiple works of such modern authors as (Popkova et al.
2016a; Ragulina et al. 2015; Bogoviz et al. 2017; Bogdanova et al. 2016; Popova et al.
2016b).
However, despite a lot of publications on this topic, the processes of digitization

and Internetization of the Russian economy are not studied sufficiently, as in the
existing scientific literature they are studied from the macro-economic point of view,
while their social manifestations remain without attention and required detailed
analysis.
4 Results
The results of the performed analysis are given in Table 2 and 3.

As is seen from Table 2, all indicators of digitization and Internetization of the
modern Russia’s economy has been showing positive dynamics over the recent years.
In particular, growth of the value of E-government index in 2017 constitutes 7%, as
compared to 2014, and 20% - as compared to 2008. Growth of the volume of electronic
trade in 2017 constitutes 15%, as compared to 2014, and 4% - as compared to 2008.
Growth of the volume of electronic payments in 2017 constitutes 2%, as compared to
2014; its reduction in 2014 constituted 4% - as compared to 2008.
Table 2. Results of the horizontal and trend analysis

Indicators Horizontal Trend
2011/2008 2014/2011 2017/2014 2014/2008 2017/2008
E-government index, points 1.03 1.09 1.07 1.12 1.20
Volume of electronic trade, 0.93 0.97 1.15 0.90 1.04
RUB billion
Volume of electronic payments, 1.00 0.95 1.02 0.95 0.96
RUB billion
Volume of the digital content 0.88 0.99 1.32 0.87 1.15
market in the Internet, RUB
billion
Share of E-commerce in the 2.00 1.50 1.33 3.00 4.00
structure of GDP, %
Number of Internet users, 2.05 1.55 1.45 3.18 4.62
million people
Share of Internet users in the 2.07 1.73 1.30 3.57 4.63
structure of population, %
GDP per capita in current 1.00 1.05 0.98 1.06 1.04
prices, USD
GDP per capita in constant 1.14 1.01 0.76 1.15 0.87
prices, USD
Index of economy 1.05 1.05 1.07 1.11 1.18
competitiveness, points
Index of knowledge economy, 1.02 1.01 1.03 1.03 1.07
points
Index of happiness, points 0.93 0.97 1.15 0.90 1.04
Table 3. Results of the correlation analysis

y/x x1 x2 x3
y1 0.799938188 0.788013 0.827381
y2 –0.476924501 –0.35757 –0.34353
y3 0.988378585 0.994377 0.988723
y4 0.950473194 0.972796 0.955299
y5 0.297985209 0.182122 0.160966
Growth of the volume of digital content market in 2017 constituted 32%, as

compared to 2014, and 15% - as compared to 2008. Growth of the share of
E-commerce in the structure of GDP constituted 33% in 2017 – as compared to 2014,
and 300% - as compared to 2008. Growth of the number of Internet users in 2017
constituted 45%, as compared to 2014, and 362% - as compared to 2008. Growth of the
share of Internet users in the structure of population in 2017 constituted 30%, as
compared to 2014, and 363% - as compared to 2008.
This shows the substantial success of modern Russia in digitization and Interne-
tization of economy. While in 2008 Russia was an outsider among developed countries,
its indicators corresponding to the level of developing countries, now (as of 2017) it
successfully implements the processes of digitization and Internetization of economy.
There’s also growth of the values of indicators of socio-economic development of
economic system, which allows supposing the positive dynamics between the selected
dependent (y) and independent (x) variables.
As is seen from Table 3, correlation of the processes of digitization and Interne-
tization of the Russian economy and the values of the country’s competitiveness index,
as well as knowledge economy index, is very high. That is, these processes perform
positive influence on economy of the Russia’s economic system on the whole.
Detailed study of dependence of the selected indicators show that correlation of the
processes of digitization and Internetization of the Russian economy and GDP per
capita in current prices is rather high, while their correlation with GDP per capita in
constant prices is negative. That is, growth of the values of E-government index, share
of E-commerce in the structure of GDP and share of Internet users in the structure of
population negatively influences the living standards of the population, leading to
reduction of real disposable income.
Connection between the indicators of digitization and Internetization of the Russian
economy and the value of happiness index is very low. This shows that these processes
do not influence the Russia’s population living standards. Based on the results of the
performed analysis, it is possible to conclude that successful processes of digitization
and Internetization – despite multiple and serious obstacles (social opposition, deficit of
financial resources, etc.) – are achievements of the modern Russian economy.
At that, the most important mistake of managing these processes is orientation at
improvement of the macro-economic indicators, due to which the consequences of
these processes are left without attention. If these processes are viewed through the
prism of their influence on a modern human in Russia, it is possible to see that they are
related to large complications in transformations related to the transition to the digital

form of storing, transfer, and processing of information, additional expenditures due to
the necessity for purchase of digital devices and Internet connection – they do not
simplify, accelerate, or reduce the cost of everyday actions (for consumer) and business
processes (for employee and entrepreneur).
In order to eliminate the contradictions between the national economic and indi-
vidual social and business interests in the process of digitization and Internetization of
the Russian economy, we offer a new model of implementation of these processes
which supposes their orientation at a modern human (Fig. 1).
Goal: increase of social effectiveness of the processes of digitization and Internetization of

the Russian economy
Development of the E- – increase of accessibility

government system and reduction of cost of
state services for
population and business
– simplification and
reduction of cost of
communications,
increase of Modern human development of the E-
information’s commerce system
accessibility
– increase of the level
Development of Internet of satisfaction of
technologies individual needs
Results: increase of the level of GDP per capita in constant prices and the value of happiness
index, accompanied by growth of the population’s living standards, improvement of business
climate, and increase of macro-economic effect
Fig. 1. The model of digitization and Internetization of the Russian economy, oriented at a
modern human Source: compiled by the authors.
As is seen from Fig. 1, the offered model’s goal is increase of social effectiveness
of the processes of digitization and Internetization of the Russian economy, i.e.,
improvement of social consequences of these processes. For this purpose, it is rec-
ommended to conduct these processes in connection to a modern human.
In the process of development of Internet technologies, it is necessary to orient at
simplification and reduction of the cost of communication and increase of information
accessibility. During development of the E-government system, it is expedient to strive
for increase of accessibility and reduction of the cost of state services for population
and business. In the process of development of the E-commerce system, it is recom-
mended to orient at the increase of satisfaction of individual needs.
As a result of practical implementation of the offered model of digitization and

Internetization of the Russian economy, oriented at a modern human, it is possible to
increase the level of GDP per capita in constant prices and the value of happiness
index, accompanied by the growth of the population’s living standards, improvement
of business climate, and increase of macro-economic effect.
5 Conclusions
Thus, sustainable growth of quantitative indicators of digitization and Internetization of

the Russian economy shows the achievement in this sphere. At the same time, the
mistakes in management of these processes were determined in the course of the
research – the most serious of which is orientation at improvement of macro-economic
indicators.
According to the existing model of management, the processes of digitization and
Internetization of the Russian economy are aimed at increase of effectiveness of state
management, optimization of business processes, and increase of the rate of economic
growth. The recommended model of digitization and Internetization of the Russian
economy, oriented at a modern human, allows ensuring growth of the Russian popu-
lation’s living standards and stimulates the improvement of the indicators of Russia’s
socio-economic development.
References
Bogdanova, S.V., Kozel, I.V., Ermolina, L.V., Litvinova, T.N.: Management of small innova-
tional enterprise under the conditions of global competition: possibilities and threats. Eur.Res.
Stud. J. 19(2 Special Issue), 268–275 (2016)
275–285 (2017)
Data Insight. Internet trade in Russia 2017: numbers and facts (2017). http://datainsight.ru/
ecommerce2017. Accessed 6 Oct 2017
Etemad, H., Wilkinson, I., Dana, L.P.: Internetization as the necessary condition for interna-
tionalization in the newly emerging economy. J. Int. Entrepreneurship 8(4), 319–342 (2010)
International Monetary Fund. Report for specific countries and subjects. http://www.imf.org.
Accessed 6 Oct 2017
Jepsen, M., Drahokoupil, J.: The digital economy and its implications for labour. 2. The
consequences of digitalisation for the labour market. Transfer 23(3), 249–252 (2017)
Miniwatts Marketing Group. Interned World Stats (2017). http://www.internetworldstats.com/
stats4.htm. Accessed 6 Oct 2017
Plaksin, S., Abdrakhmanova, G., Kovaleva, G.: Approaches to defining and measuring Russia’s
internet economy. Foresight STI Gov. 11(1), 55–65 (2017)
11(4), 584–590 (2016)
Sood, A., Baruah, A.: The new moral economy demonetisation, digitalisation and India’s core
economic problems. Econ. Political Wkly. 52(1), 31–36 (2017)
The Division for Public Administration and Development Management, The United Nations.
The UN Global E-Government Development Index (2017). http://www.unpan.org/. Accessed
6 Oct 2017
The World Bank. The Knowledge Economy Index (2017). http://www.worldbank.org/kam.
Accessed 6 Oct 2017
The Earth Institute (UN). World Happiness Report 2017 (2017). http://worldhappiness.report/.
Accessed 6 Oct 2017
World Economic Forum. The Global Competitiveness Report 2016–2017 (2017). http://www3.
weforum.org/docs/GCR2016-2017/05FullReport/TheGlobalCompetitivenessReport2016-
2017_FINAL.pdf. Accessed 6 Oct 2017
Economic Stimuli for Creation
of Highly-Efficient Jobs on the Basis of the New
Internet Technologies

Alexander N. Alekseev3, Galina G. Vukovich4,
and Anna Y. Grönlund5
1
of Agrarian Economy and Social Development of Rural Areas – All Russian
[email protected]
2
[email protected]
3
[email protected]
4
Kuban State University, Krasnodar, Russia
[email protected]
5
National State University of Physical Education Sport and Health Named
After P.F. Lesgaft, St. Petersburg, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to determine the perspective economic

stimuli for creation of highly-efficient jobs on the basis of new Internet tech-
nologies in modern Russia and to develop the corresponding practical recom-
mendations. The authors use the method of factor analysis for determining the
level and direction of the influence of various factors (indicators of entrepreneurial
activities) on the value of the entrepreneurship index according to the U.S. News
in 2010–2017. As a result of analysis, the authors come to the conclusion that the
main reason for implementing new Internet technologies into activities of the
modern Russian companies is insufficiency of market stimuli and existing pos-
sibilities of the modern Russian companies in the sphere of implementation of
new Internet technologies. The most important factors that perform negative
influence on entrepreneurship in modern Russia and are its problem areas include
low accessibility of capital, low quality of infrastructure, lack of transparency of
business practice (large share of shadow economy), insufficient development of
the market environment (low level of competition, high entering barriers), and
insufficiently strong and effective institutional provision of entrepreneurship. For
solving the determined problems, the authors develop the mechanism of eco-
nomic stimulation of creation of highly-efficient jobs on the basis of new Internet
technologies in modern Russia. It allows supplementing the market methods with
the methods of regulatory economic stimulation of creation of highly-efficient
jobs on the basis of new Internet technologies in modern Russia. This will ensure
the interest of modern Russian companies to creation of highly-efficient jobs on
the basis of new Internet technologies and will provide such an opportunity, thus
guaranteeing sustainable positive effect.

Keywords: Economic stimuli Creation of highly-efficient jobs

New internet technologies Modern Russia
1 Introduction
New Internet technologies open wide possibilities for increase of effectiveness of

modern economic systems of all levels, from separate companies to the global econ-
omy on the whole. This becomes possible due to growth of efficiency – replacement of
manual labor in mechanical (routine, recurrent) operations by machines within the
process of automatization allows accelerating these operations, reducing the probability
of mistakes that take place under the influence of “human factor”, reducing the cost of
their completion, and increasing the intellectual component of labor activities of a
modern specialist.
Therefore, new Internet technologies are a precondition for creation of
highly-efficient jobs. Their advantage – as compared to usual jobs – apart from growth
of efficiency, is larger possibilities for opening the innovational potential of employees
due to provision of more time for manifestation of innovational initiatives. As a result,
satisfaction with labor from the employees, profitability of business for entrepreneurs,
and economic growth and social development (growth of the population’s living
standards due to increase of the volume of accessible benefits) for the national and the
global economic system grows.
This explains high topicality of studying the perspectives of creation of
highly-efficient jobs on the basis of the new Internet technologies. However, despite
these advantages, new Internet technologies are implemented into the modern Russian
companies very slowly, which leads to a scientific and practical problem – a large share
of potential of the efficiency growth remains unrealized, slowing down the national
level and rate of socio-economic growth and development.
Our hypothesis within this article consists in the fact that the main reason for
emergence of this problem is insufficiency of market stimuli and existing possibilities
for modern Russian companies in the sphere of implementation of new Internet
technologies. This leads to the necessity for additional economic stimuli, provided by
the state, which are seen in a wider sense – not only as requirements but also as support
for implementation of new Internet technologies by domestic companies. The purpose
of the article is to determine the perspective economic stimuli of creation of
highly-efficient jobs on the basis of the new Internet technologies in modern Russia and
to develop the corresponding practical recommendations.
For verification of the offered hypothesis, the authors use the method of factor analysis.
The authors determine the level and direction of influence of various factors (indicators
of entrepreneurial activities) in the value of entrepreneurship index as to the U.S. News
in 2010–2017.
Economic Stimuli for Creation of Highly-Efficient Jobs 619
At that, creation of highly-efficient jobs on the basis of new Internet technologies is

a vector of development of entrepreneurship, and it is influenced by the same factors in
the same volume (level and direction), as in case with entrepreneurship as such.
Dynamics of the values of indicators for factor analysis is given in Table 1.
Table 1. Dynamics of the values of indicators and entrepreneurship index in Russia in

2010-2017 according to the U.S. News
No. Indicator Symbol 2010 2017
1 Accessibility of capital AC 1.85 1.70
2 Quality of infrastructure QI 4.45 4.40
3 Transparency of business practice (corruption) TB 1.20 0.60
4 Level of education LE 4.60 4.60
5 Level of human resources’ qualification LQ 5.30 5.30
6 Enterprising (development of entrepreneurial capabilities) EC 3.70 3.70
7 Openness of economy OE 6.20 6.90
8 Accessibility and popularity of innovations AI 3.00 3.00
9 Market environment (level of competition, barriers for entering) ME 8.45 8.10
10 Technological provision TP 7.30 7.30
11 Institutional provision of entrepreneurship IP 1.92 1.80
Index of entrepreneurship Entr. 4.36 4.30
Source: USNews (2017).
3 Discussion
Importance and priority of growth of efficiency for provision of quick and sustainable
socio-economic development of economic systems and supporting high competitive-
ness of entrepreneurial structures are emphasized in multiple works of various authors,
among which are Popkova et al. (2016a), Ragulina et al. (2015), Bogoviz et al. (2017),
Bogdanova et al. (2016), Popova et al. (2016b), Kuznetsov et al. (2016), Kostikova
et al. (2016), Simonova et al. (2017).
Thus, in the modern studies and publications only separate aspects of the set
problem are studied, which leads to the possibility and necessity for scientific research
of all other aspects – in particular, the issues of economic stimulation of creation of
highly-efficient jobs on the basis of the new Internet technologies.
4 Results
The results of the factor analysis are given in Table 2.

Based on the data of Table 2, let us evaluate the change of the value of
entrepreneurship index under the isolated influence of each factor (indicator) in 2017,
as compared to 2010:
Table 2. Calculation of the values of entrepreneurship index in Russia with changes values of
each factor as of 2017, as compared to 2010
Indicators 2010 ΔAC ΔQI ΔTB ΔLE ΔLQ ΔEC ΔOE ΔAI ΔME ΔTP ΔIP 2017
AC 1.85 1.70 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.85 1.70
QI 4.45 4.45 4.40 4.45 4.45 4.45 4.45 4.45 4.45 4.45 4.45 4.45 4.40
TB 1.20 1.20 1.20 0.60 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 1.20 0.60
LE 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60 4.60
LQ 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30 5.30
EC 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70
OE 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.90 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.20 6.90
AI 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00
ME 8.45 8.45 8.45 8.45 8.45 8.45 8.45 8.45 8.45 8.10 8.45 8.45 8.10
TP 7.30 7.30 7.30 7.30 7.30 7.30 7.30 7.30 7.30 7.30 7.30 7.30 7.30
IP 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.80 1.80
Entr. 4.36 4.35 4.36 4.31 4.36 4.36 4.36 4.42 4.36 4.33 4.36 4.35 4.31
– ΔEntr (AC) = 4.3473−4.36009 = −0.01364. That is, under the influence of the
factor “accessibility of capital”, the value of entrepreneurship index in Russia
decreased by 0.31%;
– ΔEntr (QI) = 4.3564−4.36009 = −0.00455. That is, under the influence of the
factor “quality of infrastructure”, the value of entrepreneurship index in Russia
decreased by 0.10%;
– ΔEntr (TB) = 4.3064−4.36009 = −0.05455. That is, under the influence of the
factor “transparency of business practice”, the value of entrepreneurship index in
Russia decreased by 1.25%;
– ΔEntr (LE) = 4.3609−4.36009 = 0. That is, under the influence of the factor “level
of education”, the value of entrepreneurship index in Russia has not changed;
– ΔEntr (LQ) = 4.3609−4.36009 = 0. That is, under the influence of the factor “level
of qualification of human resources”, the value of entrepreneurship index in Russia
has not changed;
– ΔEntr (EC) = 4,3609−4,36009 = 0. That is, under the influence of the factor
“enterprising”, value of entrepreneurship index in Russia has not changed;
– ΔEntr (OE) = 4.4245−4.36009 = 0.06364. That is, under the influence of the factor
“openness of economy”, the value of entrepreneurship index in Russia increased by
1.46%;
– ΔEntr (AI) = 4.3609−4.36009 = 0. That is, under the influence of the factor
“accessibility and popularity of innovations”, the value of entrepreneurship index in
Russia has not changed;
– ΔEntr (ME) = 4.3291−4.36009 = −0.03182. That is, under the influence of the
factor “market environment”, the value of entrepreneurship index in Russia
decreased by 0.73%;
– ΔEntr (TP) = 4.3609−4.36009 = 0. That is, under the influence of the factor “tech-
nological provision”, the value of entrepreneurship index in Russia has not changed;
– ΔEntr (IP) = 4.3500−4.36009 = −0.01091. That is, under the influence of the
factor “institutional provision of entrepreneurship”, the value of entrepreneurship
index in Russia reduced by 0.25%.
Let us verify the correctness of the performed calculations. The total change (sum
of all Δ) constituted: −0.01364 + −0.00455 + −0.05455 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0.06364 +
0 + −0.03182 + 0 + −0.01091 = −0.052. The difference between the value of
entrepreneurship index in 2017 and 2010 constituted: 4.3091−4.3609 = −0.052. The
received values coincided, so the calculations are correct. The total growth of the value
of entrepreneurship index constituted −1.19%. According to the value of
entrepreneurship index, Russia was ranked 24th in 2017, having gone down by 3
positions as compared to 2010.
The performed analysis showed that the most important factors that negatively
influence entrepreneurship in modern Russia are low accessibility of capital, low
quality of infrastructure, lack of transparency of business practice (high share of sha-
dow economy), lack of formation of the market environment (low level of competition,
high entering barriers), and insufficiently strong and effective institutional provision of
entrepreneurship.
We recommend conducting economic stimulation of creation of highly-efficient
jobs on the basis of the new Internet technologies in modern Russia within three
consecutive phases. The first phase supposes formation of favorable conditions for
creation of highly-efficient jobs on the basis of the new Internet technologies, for which
it is recommended to:
– support the implementation of new Internet technologies by domestic companies
through their involvement into special economic areas, technological parks, and
clusters, for which the favorable conditions are created (infrastructure, business
climate, market environment, institutes);
– provision of preferences (positive stimulation) for the companies that create
highly-efficient jobs on the basis of new Internet technologies in modern Russia.
The second phase supposes the necessity and requirements for creation of
highly-efficient jobs on the basis of new Internet technologies, for which it is offered to:
– determined the necessity for creation of highly-efficient jobs on the basis of the new
Internet technologies in modern Russia in the national strategy of long-term
socio-economic development and modernization of the economic system;
– attract the interest of companies to Internet technologies by their propaganda
through social advertising;
– set the national standards of efficiency for the companies that set the necessity for
creation of highly-efficient jobs on the basis of the new Internet technologies in
modern Russia.
The third phase supposes monitoring and control over the efficiency of creation of
highly-efficient jobs on the basis of the new Internet technologies, which requires:
– determination of the evaluation criteria of efficiency of creation of highly-efficient
jobs on the basis of the new Internet technologies;
– systemic evaluation and analysis of Russian companies’ efficiency;

– correction of the applied economic stimuli if necessary.
The offered mechanism of economic stimulation of creation of highly-efficient jobs
on the basis of the new Internet technologies in modern Russia is presented in Fig. 1.
Strategic goal: increase of

effectiveness and
competitiveness of the Russia’s
economic system
improvement,
detalization 3rd phase: Monitoring and
periodic optimization, control:
reconsideration, – determining the
supplementing evaluation criteria;
2nd phase: Setting the
necessity and – systemic evaluation and
requirements: analysis of efficiency;
1st phase: Creation of – correction of the
– setting the necessity for
favorable conditions: applied economic
attraction of interest;
– support for stimuli if necessary.
implementation; – setting the standards.
– provision of
preferences.
Long-term effect: creation of highly-efficient jobs on the basis of new Internet technologies
by modern Russian companies, accompanied by mass automatization of business processes,
growth of profitability of business, growth of innovative activity of companies, economic
growth, and growth of the population’s living standards
Fig. 1. The mechanism of economic stimulation of creation of highly-efficient jobs on the basis
of the new Internet technologies in modern Russia Source: compiled by the authors.
As is seen from Fig. 1, this mechanism seeks the strategic goal, related to increase
of effectiveness and competitiveness of the Russia’s economic system. As a result of its
practical implementation, a significant positive long-term effect is achieved – creation
of highly-efficient jobs on the basis of new Internet technologies by modern Russian
companies, accompanied by mass automatization of business processes, growth of
profitability of business, growth of companies’ innovative activity, economic growth,
and growth of the population’s living standards.
5 Conclusions
It is possible to conclude that the offered hypothesis was proved – in modern Russia,
the effect of market stimuli is not sufficient for mass creation of highly-efficient jobs on
the basis of the new Internet technologies; also, in case of their intensive influence on
the Russian companies, a lot of them cannot implement the corresponding initiatives.
The offered mechanism allows supplementing the market methods with the
methods of regulatory economic stimulation of creation of highly-efficient jobs on the
basis of the new Internet technologies in modern Russia. This will ensure not only the
interest from modern Russian companies к creation of highly-efficient jobs on the basis
of new Internet technologies but will also provide them with such opportunity, thus
guaranteeing sustainable positive effect.
References
tional enterprise under the conditions of global competition: possibilities and threats. Eur.
Res. Stud. J. 19(2 Special Issue), 268–275 (2016)
275–285 (2017)
10601–10608 (2016)
10222–10230 (2016)
(4), 584–590 (2016)
competitiveness. Russia Eur. Union Dev. Perspect., 407–415 (2017)
U.S. News. Entrepreneurship Rankings (2017). https://www.usnews.com/news/best-countries/
russia. Accessed 23 Oct 2017
Economic Stimuli for Creation
of Highly-Efficient Jobs for a Modern Human

Alexander N. Alekseev2, Mikhail N. Lavrov3,
and Elena V. Kletskova4
1
2
[email protected]
3
Moscow Region State University, Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
4
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to determine the perspective economic

stimuli for creation of highly-efficient jobs for a modern human by the example
of modern Russia. For studying the influence of creation of highly-efficient jobs
on the socio-economic system of modern Russia, the authors use the methods of
regression and correlation analysis. In the course of the research, the authors
prove that creation of highly-efficient jobs in economy is accompanied by
positive social changes, in particular – increase of the happiness index of the
economic system and growth of innovative activities of entrepreneurship,
measured as the share of innovational organizations and the share of innova-
tional goods. Social opposition, related to social apprehension of unemployment
rate growth, has not been confirmed – creation of highly-efficient jobs leads to
reduction of unemployment rate. The authors offer recommendations and pre-
sent a logical scheme of economic stimulation of creation of highly-efficient jobs
for a modern human.
Keywords: Economic stimuli Efficiency Creation of highly-efficient jobs

“Knowledge economy” Modern human
1 Introduction
The beginning of the 21st century was marked with transition of the global economic
system to a new path of strategic development – “knowledge economy”. This led to
selection of new vectors of their development, the list of which is dominated by
knowledge in the widest sense of this scientific sense, including not only formalized
results of intellectual activities (useful models, patents, etc.) but also non-formalized
and intermediary results of these activities that cannot be separated from their carrier-
human. That’s why the target object for management in the interests of development,
increase, and maximum opening of the existing potential is human, who forms human
capital of a modern organization.
The tool of this management is creation of highly-efficient jobs for a modern
human. Despite the logic and integrity of the concept of “knowledge economy”, the
attempts of its implementation in practice face a lot of problems. In particular, realizing
the necessity predetermined by the influence of the market, acknowledging the
advantages, and having a possibility for creation of highly-efficient jobs for their
employees, most employers do not start the corresponding initiatives.
While at the micro-level at the scale of a separate company this leads to insignif-
icant negative consequences in the form of lost profit (unrealized potential of using
human capital and, accordingly, lost profit), the negative consequences are more vivid
and deeper at the macro-level – they are related to practical impossibility to implement
the set course of strategic development of the country in the aspect of creation of
“knowledge economy” and reduction of global competitiveness of economic system.
This is a serious scientific and practical problem of modern times.
In this article we offer the hypothesis that the root of this problem is insufficiency of
natural (market) stimuli for creation of highly-efficient jobs by modern companies.
When they are supplemented by efficient economic (non-market – that is, state) stimuli,
economic systems will receive highly-efficient jobs, which will stimulate the creation of
“knowledge economy”. The purpose of the article is to verify the offered hypothesis
and to determine the perspective economic stimuli of creation of highly-efficient jobs
for a modern human by the example of modern Russia.
For studying the influence of creation of highly-efficient jobs on the socio-economic

system of modern Russia, the authors use the method of regression and correlation
analysis. Using these methods, the authors study the coefficients b of the models of
paired linear regression of the type y = a + b * x, which show the character of change
of y with increase of x by 1, as well as coefficients of determination (r2) which reflect
the character of connection of the studied indicators. Verification of the offered
hypothesis is conducted through successive verification of the following scientific
hypotheses:
– Hypothesis H1: Creation of highly-efficient jobs in economy is accompanied by
positive social changes, in particular – increase of the happiness index of an eco-
nomic system;
– Hypothesis H2: A restraining factor on the path of creation of highly-efficient jobs
by modern Russian companies is social opposition, caused by public apprehension
of the unemployment rate growth;
– Hypothesis H3: Creation of highly-efficient jobs in economy leads to growth of
activity of entrepreneurship, measures as the share of innovational organizations
and the share of innovational goods.
The information and analytical basis for the research is the official statistical
information of 2003–2016, provided in open access by the Federal State Statistics
Service of the Russian Federation, Columbia University Earth Institute, at the High
School of Economics of the RF (Table 1).
Table 1. Dynamics of change of the total efficiency of the Russian economy (x), index of
happiness (y1), share of unemployed in the structure of economically active population (y2), share
of innovational organizations (y3), and share of innovational goods (y4) in Russia in 2003–2017.
Indicators 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Efficiency, % 107 106.5 105.5 107.5 107.5 104.8 95.9 103.2 103.8 103.3 102.2 100.7 97.8 99.8
Index of 6.25 6.26 6.20 6.32 6.32 6.16 5.64 6.15 6.19 6.16 6.1 6.01 5.84 5.96
happiness
Share of 7.9 8.2 7.8 7.1 7.1 6 6.3 8.4 7.3 6.5 5.5 5.5 5.2 5.6
unemployed,
%
Share of 10.6 9.8 10.3 10.5 9.3 9.4 9.4 9.6 9.4 9.3 9.6 9.9 9.7 9.7
innovational
organizations,
%
Share of 4.4 4.3 4.7 5.4 5 5.5 5.5 5.1 4.6 4.9 6.1 7.8 8.9 8.2
innovational
goods, %
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of (Federal State Statistics Service of the Russian Federation 2017a), (Federal State Statistics Service
of the Russian Federation 2017b), (Helliwell et al. 2017); (High School of Economics 2016).
3 Discussion
Emergence of the concept “knowledge economy” led to active scientific discussion.

Some experts state that it is a completely new way that changes the essence of the
approach to managing the development of economic systems, as compared to the
post-industrial economy, which is opposed by “knowledge economy”. Among the
modern authors who develop this scientific direction is (Fathollahi et al. 2017; Antony
et al. 2017).
Other scholars think that it is rather transition to a new level of socio-economic
development and new quality of growth of economic systems; they determine
“knowledge economy” as continuation of evolutional branch of post-industrial econ-
omy. Representatives of this scientific direction include such Russian scholars as
(Popkova et al. 2016; Ragulina et al. 2015; Bogoviz et al. 2017; Bogdanova et al. 2016;
Popova et al. 2016; Kuznetsov et al. 2016; Kostikova et al. 2016; Simonova et al.
2017).
The theoretical and methodological issues of measuring the efficiency and studying
this scientific category, as well as the applied issues of creation of highly-efficient jobs
are studied in the works (Ayadi et al. 2013; Li et al. 2017).
Various aspects of economic stimulation of development of entrepreneurial activ-
ities with the quantitative (growth of the number of companies, growth of the volumes
of production, number of jobs) and the qualitative (increase of innovative activities that
indirectly influences the problem of creation of highly-efficient jobs) methods are
viewed in the works (Leiser 2017; Houndonougbo and Mohsin 2016).
The performed overview of literature on the selected topic showed that existing
scientific studies are rather narrow. They are oriented primarily at the economic
component of creation of highly-efficient jobs, related to growth of profit and com-
petitiveness of companies, development of national economy, etc. At that, the social
component of this process, related to growth of satisfaction of the employees with labor
and the population’s living standards, are not taken into account.
This is a reason for existence of the gaps in the system of scientific knowledge in
the sphere of human capital management, as the reasons of connection between cre-
ation of highly-efficient jobs and development of “knowledge economy” are not
determined. Without a clear understanding of causal connections, the scholars cannot
develop the system of principles and tools of managing this process, and without the
targeted management the economic systems usually develop in the direction of
emergence and deepening of economic crises. That’s why filling this scientific gap
poses a scientific interest and has high scientific significance.
4 Results
As a result of the regression and correlation analysis, we received the following data
(Table 2).
Table 2. Selected results of the performed regression and correlation analysis

Estimate data y1(x) y2(x) y3(x) y4(x)
b 0.81 –13.47 4.99 34.13
r2 0.94 0.42 0.19 0.45
As is seen from Table 2, growth of efficiency of the Russian economy by 1% leads

to growth of the happiness index by 0.81 points (indicators correlation - 94%),
reduction of unemployment rate by 13.47% (indicators correlation - 42%), growth of
the share of innovational organizations by 4.99% (indicators correlation - 19%), and
growth of the share of innovational goods by 34.13% (indicators correlation - 45%).
Therefore, hypotheses H1 and H3 are confirmed, and hypothesis H2 is not. As the
positive social consequences of creation of highly-efficient jobs are substantial and
include growth of social well-being and employees’ satisfaction with labor, and are not
accompanied by negative manifestations, leading to reduction of unemployment rate,
this tool of creation of “knowledge economy” should be paid close attention from the
state and requires active measures aimed at its economic stimulation. For this, we offer
the following measures:
– Economic stimulation should be aimed not at provision of profits to an entrepreneur
but at creation of additional possibilities for creation of highly-efficient jobs – that
is, be of strictly targeted character. If this is tax stimulation, the corresponding tax
privileges should cover only expenditures of the company or modernization of
technologies and equipment in case of credit stimulation, but subsidized credit

resources should be provided only for modernization of technologies, equipment,
etc.;
– It is necessary to ensure clarity, plainness, and transparency of the goals of eco-
nomic stimulation, as well as measurability and controllability of the results of their
achievement. In order to avoid the formal approach from the companies that con-
sists in correction of the corporate accounting in the necessary direction for
receiving stimuli from the state, it is necessary to conduct complex evaluation of
efficiency – i.e., take into account not only the number of highly-efficient jobs at a
company and the level and growth of efficiency but also innovative activity as one
of the most important aspects of efficiency;
– Economic stimuli for creation of highly-efficient jobs should be diverse, and the
system of these stimuli should include tax, credit, customs, marketing, and other
stimuli. Due to this, each company will gain access to the necessary privileges,
provided by the state, and the mechanism of stimulation will cover the large part of
economy.
The offered logical scheme of economic stimulation of creation of highly-efficient
jobs for a modern human is presented in Fig. 1.
As is seen from Fig. 1, the central link of the system of economic stimulation of
creation of highly-efficient jobs is modern human. The state conducts targeted stimu-
lation according to the offered recommendations, and entrepreneurial structures create
highly-efficient jobs and develop the potential of a modern human.
Fig. 1. Logical scheme of economic stimulation of creation of highly-efficient jobs for a modern
human. Source: compiled by the authors.
Thus, the positive social consequences arise: increase of the population’s living
standards, growth of employees’ satisfaction with labor, and accumulation and devel-
opment of labor and intellectual (innovational) potential of employees. This leads to the
micro-economic results: growth of innovative activity of companies, increase of com-
petitiveness of business, growth of profitability of the companies, etc., and the
macro-economic results: modernization and innovational development of an economic
system, growth of the global competitiveness of an economic system, and creation of
“knowledge economy”.
5 Conclusions
Thus, economic stimulation of creation of highly-efficient jobs is an important step on

the path of development of “knowledge economy”. An essential peculiarity of this
stimulation should be orientation at a modern human. The mechanism of stimulation is
activated due to the emerging social effect, which leads to the further micro- and
macro-level economic effects.
The performed research allowed specifying the logical connections between the
elements in the system of economic stimulation of creation of highly-efficient jobs for a
modern human. It is limited by a strict number of factors, which does not allow
describing the social effect that emerges as a result of creation of highly-efficient jobs
for a modern human.
Deep micro-economic studies on the basis of certain companies, aimed at the
detailed study of causal connections between the creation of highly-efficient jobs for a
modern human and emergence of the social effect and the accompanying economic
effects, is a perspective direction for further scientific research in continuation of this
article.
References
tional enterprise under the conditions of global competition: possibilities and threats. Eur.
Res. Stud. J. 19(2 Special Issue), 268–275 (2016)
285 (2017)
10601–10608 (2016)
10222–10230 (2016)
(4), 584–590 (2016)
competitiveness. Russia the European Union Development and Perspectives, pp. 407–415
(2017)
Popkovа, Е.G., Chechina, О.S., Abramov, S.А.: Problem of the human capital quality reducing
Federal State Statistics Service of the Russian Federation (2017a). Index of labor efficiency.
www.gks.ru/free_doc/new_site/vvp/vvp-god/pr-tru.xlsx. Accessed 24 Oct 2017
Helliwell, J., Layard, R., Sachs, J.: World happiness report 2017. Columbia University Earth
Institute (2017). https://s3.amazonaws.com/sdsn-whr2017/HR17_3-20-17.pdf. Accessed 24
Oct 2017
Federal State Statistics Service of the Russian Federation. Population’s survey on the issues of
employment (2017b). http://www.gks.ru/wps/wcm/connect/rosstat_main/rosstat/ru/statistics/
publications/catalog/doc_1140097038766. Accessed 24 Oct 2017
High School of Economics. Indicators of innovative activity (2016). https://www.hse.ru/data/
2016/03/21/1128209282/Индикаторы%20innovative%20деятельности%202016.pdf.
Accessed 24 Oct 2017
Fathollahi, Momeni, F., Elahi, N., Najafi, S.M.S.: Appropriate theoretical framework for
understanding and analyzing economic issues in knowledge-based economy. J. Knowl. Econ.
8(3), 957–976 (2017)
Antony, J., Klarl, T., Lehmann, E.E.: Productive and harmful entrepreneurship in a knowledge
economy. Small Bus. Econ. 49(1), 189–202 (2017)
Ayadi, R., Boussemart, J.-P., Leleu, H., Saidane, D.: Mergers and Acquisitions in European
banking higher productivity or better synergy among business lines? J. Prod. Anal. 39(2),
165–175 (2013)
Li, L., Liu, X., Yuan, D., Yu, M.: Does outward FDI generate higher productivity for emerging
economy MNEs? – Micro-level evidence from Chinese manufacturing firms. Int. Bus. Rev.
26(5), 839–854 (2017)
Leiser, S.: The diffusion of state tax incentives for business. Public Finance Rev. 45(3), 334–363
(2017)
Houndonougbo, A.N., Mohsin, M.: Macroeconomic effects of cost equivalent business fiscal
incentives. Econ. Model. 56, 59–65 (2016)
Transformation of Consumers’ Behavior
in the Conditions of Digital Economy
by the Example of Services in Cancer
Treatment
Yuri V. Przhedetsky1(&), Natalia V. Przhedetskaya2,

Tatiana V. Panasenkova2, Viktoria V. Pozdnyakova1,
and Olga V. Khokhlova1
1
Rostov Research Oncological Institute of the Ministry of Healthcare of the RF,
Rostov-on-Don, Russia
2
Rostov State University of Economics, Rostov-on-Don, Russia
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to study the essence of the process of
transforming the consumers’ behavior in the conditions of digital economy by
the example of services in the sphere of cancer treatment and to determine the
perspective of further development of these services. For the purpose of high
detalization of the research and high precision and authenticity of its results, the
focus in made on one subject – modern Russia. Studying the information pro-
cesses in consumers’ behavior in the conditions of digital economy by the
example of services in the sphere of cancer treatment is performed with the help
of a quantitative scientific method – correlation analysis, and a qualitative
method – logical analysis of causal connections. The information and analytical
basis of the research is the materials of the official statistics of the Federal State
Statistics Service and the International Telecommunication Union for 1992–
2016. The authors show that in the conditions of digital economy development
new possibilities appear in the sphere of cancer treatment, which leads to
changes in consumers’ behavior. As a result of the performed research, it is
possible to conclude that modern Russia is a place of active transformation
processes in consumers’ behavior in the conditions of digital economy by the
example of services in cancer treatment. Some of them are already reflected in
economic practice, and others reflect its future outlines and perspective direc-
tions of state policy in the sphere of regulation of this sphere of economy. The
authors compile a system of transformation processes in consumers’ behavior in
the conditions of digital economy by the example of services in the sphere of
cancer treatment.
Keywords: Transformation of consumers’ behavior Digital economy

Services in cancer treatment sphere

632 Y. V. Przhedetsky et al.
1 Introduction
One of the most important tendencies of the world economy in the 21st century, which
determined the uniqueness of its modern stages of development, is digitization. Digital
technologies became widely accessible and covered almost all spheres of economy,
with emergence of new spheres that specialize in creation of digital technologies and
provision digital services, and the spheres in which digital technologies determine the
form of economy – electronic entrepreneurship. Digital technologies changed the
economy to such extent that a new type of economic system appeared – digital
economy, in which the above processes of digitization of economic activities are
vividly expressed and widespread.
Emergence of new possibilities in the sphere of production and distribution of
benefits leads to the waves of innovative activity of entrepreneurial structures which are
under a lot of pressure. In their turn, the consumers set larger demand for innovations,
and, thus, innovations become the standards of doing business, observation of which is
mandatory for achieving commercial success. That is, digital technologies are estab-
lished as one of the main components of creation of benefits in economy.
These processes are peculiar not only for traditionally flexible and dynamically
developing spheres of economic activities but also for the spheres that are not subject to
changes and provide public benefits and are controlled by the state – e.g., healthcare.
Changes in these spheres pose the largest interest due to their high social significance
and unprecedented nature, which emphasizes their topicality as the object of the
research – however, they are not studied sufficiently by the modern economic science.
The working hypothesis of the work is the idea that in the conditions of devel-
opment of digital economy new possibilities open in the sphere of cancer treatment,
which leads to changes in consumers’ behavior. The purpose of this article is to verify
the offered hypothesis and to study the essence of the process of consumers’ behavior
transformation in the conditions of digital economy by the example of services in the
sphere of cancer treatment, as well as perspectives of further development of these
services.
In order to achieve high level of detalization of the research, as well as high precision
and authenticity of its results, the focus is made on one object – modern Russia.
Studying the transformation processes in consumers’ behavior in the conditions of
digital economy by the example of services in the sphere of cancer treatment is con-
ducted with the help of a quantitative scientific method – correlation analysis, and a
qualitative method – logical analysis of causal connections.
The information and analytical basis of the research is the materials of the Federal
State Statistics Service and the International Telecommunication Union for 1992–2016.
The data are systematized and presented in Table 1. The sign “-” denotes absence of
data for the indicator in a certain period of time.
Transformation of Consumers’ Behavior 633
Table 1. Dynamics of changes of the indicators of cancer treatment and development of digital
economy in Russia in 1992–2016
Indicators Changes of the values of the indicators in time
1992 1995 2000 2005 2010 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Population’s cancer 882 974 1,226 1,357 1,540 1,656 1,629 1,693 1,750 1,810
diseases rate,
thousand people
Population’s cancer 0.97 0.97 1.15 1.28 1.38 1.46 1.42 1.47 1.55 1.62
diseases rate, % of
diseases
Number of private - - - 5.4 8.3 15.9 26.4 34.2 41.3 55.1
healthcare
organizations,
thousand
Share of private - - - 3.12 10.20 20.10 31.40 42.56 58.90 64.07
organizations in
healthcare, %
Turnover of - - 46.7 126.4 311.5 495.8 685.3 1508 1920 2310
healthcare
organizations, RUB
billion
Index of development - - - - 5.83 5.91 6.12 6.24 6.35 6.91
of digital economy
Source: (Federal State Statistics Service 2016; International Telecommunication Union 2017).
3 Discussion
Various aspects of formation and development of digital economy are viewed in

multiple fundamental and applied studies of modern scholars, among which the most
important are Popkova et al. (2016a), Ragulina et al. (2015), Bogoviz et al. (2017),
Bogdanova et al. (2016), Popova et al. (2016b), Kuznetsov et al. (2016) Kostikova
et al. (2016) and Simonova et al. (2017). At that, the transformation processes in
consumers’ behavior, caused by the influence of digital economy, including in the
sphere of cancer treatment, are not studied sufficiently and require further elaboration.
4 Results
Based on the results of correlation analysis, we determined the following formalized

(widespread in practice) transformation processes in consumers’ behavior in the con-
ditions of digital economy by the example of services in the sphere of cancer treatment
в modern Russia, which could be characterized as realized possibilities in the sphere of
improvement of these services.
Firstly, growth of demand for services in the sphere of cancer treatment. This is
shown by large annual (8% per year on average) and total (205% in 2016, as compared
to 1992) growth of the number of those who sought services in the sphere of diag-
nostics and treatment of cancer. Coefficient of correlation of the level of population’s
cancer diseases rate in Russia and the index of development of digital economy con-
stitutes 91%.
Increase of consumers’ information on oncological diseases and services in the
sphere of diagnostics and treatment lead to growth of the number of applications for
these services. This influences the population’s healthcare in a positive way, for early
diagnostics of oncology diseases means larger success in their treatment. At that, it
should be noted that the effect could be direct and reverse.
Thus, digital devices (e.g., cell phone, microwave ovens, etc.) are sources of
radiation, which – in certain conditions (e.g., high frequency and dose) – may lead to
emergence and development of oncology diseases. This phenomenon is confirmed by
growth of the share of oncology diseases in the general structure of the Russian
population’s disease rate. Their share constituted 1.62% in 2016.
Secondly, growth of demand for services of private organizations in the sphere of
cancer treatment. This phenomenon is confirmed by the growth of the number of
private healthcare organizations by 49% per year on average – in 2016 it grew by 10
times, as compared to 2011, constituting 55,100. This also proves the growth of the
share of private organizations in healthcare grew by 77% per year on average – in 2016
it grew by 20 times, as compared to 2011, constituting 64.07%; turnover of healthcare
organizations grew by 68% per year on average – in 2016 it grew by 18 times, as
compared to 2011, constituting RUB 2,310 billion.
It should be noted that due to the lack of the necessary institutional provision in
Russia, there are no narrowly specialized private organizations in the sphere of cancer
treatment (cancer detection centers). However, almost in all multi-profile private
medical organizations there are services in the sphere of diagnostics and cancer
treatment. Obviously, growth of demand for private services is caused by increase of
mistrust of consumers to state service in the sphere of cancer treatment due to their low
accessibility and quality.
Based on the results of logical analysis, we determined the following
non-formalized (not popular in practice) transformation processes in consumers’
behavior in the conditions of digital economy by the example of services in the sphere
of cancer treatment в modern Russia, which could be characterized as unrealized
possibilities in the sphere of improvement of these services.
Firstly, it is reconsideration of the essence of quality of services in the sphere of
cancer treatment. While initially the consumers were interested in efficiency of treat-
ment, as of now they pay attention to service (convenience and comfort). In the
conditions of digital economy, wide possibilities open in the sphere of improving the
services in the sphere of cancer treatment. They include the following:
– electronic appointment to a doctor, which is available in private and state healthcare
organizations in Russia;
– electronic payment for medical services;
– electronic receipt of the results of analysis, etc.
Secondly, rationalization of decisions making in the sphere of cancer treatment. In

the conditions of digital economy, most of information on treatment of oncology
diseases is accessible on the Internet. It includes self-marketing of oncological detec-
tion centers on their official web-sites, patients’ reviews, etc. Multi-functional search
systems allow selecting and sorting the necessary information. Based on it, consumers
make weighted decisions.
According to this, the patients’ mobility grows. Patients are no longer tied to the
nearest oncological detection center. They are ready to go abroad in order to receive the
required services in the sphere of cancer treatment. In the conditions of digital econ-
omy, consumers have access to the medical information, based on which they can
realize that the disease could be treated – despite the opposite statements in the nearest
oncological detection center. That’s why consumers are ready to cover large distances
in order to get treatment.
We also determined new possibilities in the sphere of cancer treatment which
appeared due to establishment of digital economy but have not yet been realized in
practice and form further perspectives for development of these services.
Firstly, storing information on patients on digital carriers. This could be realized
with the help of the system of electronic medical cards for patients. This innovation
will allow increasing mobility of patients, as in order to get treatment in several
healthcare organizations simultaneously they won’t have to collect information as it is
stored on their personal medical card.
Secondly, receipt of electronic prescriptions. People with oncological diseases often
cannot even leave their homes, so they are not able to get a prescription from the
doctor. At that, they always need prescriptions, as they medicines they need are not
sold without prescriptions. The possibility to receive the necessary prescriptions
without an actual trip to a doctor would increase the quality of services in the sphere of
cancer treatment.
Thirdly, usage of digital technologies for conduct of case conferences regarding
patients with oncological diseases. Unification of knowledge and experience of several
doctors allows selecting the radiation dose and medicine for each patient without a lot
of time and expenditures.
Based on the above, we compiled a system of transformation processes in con-
sumers’ behavior in the conditions of digital economy by the example of services in the
sphere of cancer treatment (Fig. 1).
As is seen from Fig. 1, in the conditions of digital economy there open new
possibilities in the sphere of cancer treatment. Transformation processes in consumers’
behavior in the conditions of digital economy by the example of services in the sphere
of cancer treatment stimulate growth of the quality of these services. That’s why
stimulation of further growth of power of consumers in the sphere of provision of
services in the sphere of cancer treatment is an important direction of development of
the healthcare system in modern Russia.
Precondition: new possibilities in the sphere of treatment of oncological diseases in the

conditions of digital economy
future
Initial stages of the Establishment of information
economy Perspective
process of economy changes:
informatization –preservation of information
Non-formalized on patient on digital
changes: carriers;
–reconsideration of the
Formalized –receipt of electronic
essence of provision of
changes: prescriptions for medicine;
services in the sphere of
–growth of demand; oncological diseases –usage of digital
–growth of demand for treatment; technologies for cased
services of medical conferences regarding
–rationalization of decision
organizations in the sphere treatment of patients with
making in the sphere of
of oncological diseases oncological diseases.
oncological diseases
treatment. treatment.
Result: growth of quality of services in the sphere of oncological diseases treatment
Fig. 1. System of transformation processes in consumers’ behavior in the conditions of digital

economy by the example of services in the sphere of cancer treatment Source: compiled by the
authors.
5 Conclusion
As a result of the performed research, it is possible to conclude that modern Russia is a

place of active transformation processes in consumers’ behavior in the conditions of
digital economy by the example of services in the sphere of cancer treatment. Some of
them are reflected in economic practice, and others reflect its future outlines and
perspective directions of the state policy in the sphere of regulation of this sphere of
economy.
The influence of digital economy on treatment of oncology diseases is contradic-
tory. On the one hand, new possibilities for cancer treatment open. On the other hand,
distribution of digital devices leads to growth of oncology diseases. The search for the
means for solving this contradiction is a perspective direction for further scientific
studies.
References
285 (2017)
International Telecommunication Union: ICT Development Index 2016 (2017). http://www.itu.

int/. Accessed 10 Nov 2017
10601–10608 (2016)
10222–10230 (2016)
11(4), pp. 584–590 (2016b)
Simonova, E.V., Lyapina, I.R., Kovanova, E.S., Sibirskaya, E.V: Characteristics of interaction
415 (2017)
in conditions of educational unification. Mediterr. J. Soc. Sci. 6(3), pp. 95–100 (2016a)
Federal State Statistics Service: Russia in numbers: short statistical bulletin. Federal State
Regress Economy vs Progress Economy:
“Alternatives of Senses”
Marina L. Alpidovskaya(&), Alla G. Gryaznova,

and Dmitry P. Sokolov
Financial University, Moscow, Russia

[email protected]
Abstract. The transformation of the productive forces on the basis of rapid

development of information technology, accompanied by the convergence of
information and nano-, bio- and cognitive technologies, enhances the impor-
tance of the workforce and of the results of intellectual work in the production of
modern goods and services. In its turn, the “network effect” of modern economy
determines a deep-rooted conflict between information economy and market
mechanisms, as well as the distribution and redistribution, in the realities of
which this effect is witnessed, basing on the supremacy of private ownership on
the means of production. As a result, judging from the experience of market
methods of distribution of the produced value, the jobs are released, inequality
grows and the consumer demand for the goods is reduced. Finally, the existing
distribution system of the national income hinders the development of pro-
ductive forces, which is a precondition for its radical transformation in accor-
dance with the dialectical logic of development of social and economic relations.
Keywords: Global economy Systemic crisis Transformation of capitalism

Socialization of property NBIC - technologies
JEL Code: F6 O3 P1
1 Introduction
A modern American economist Ilya Stavinsky outlines in his book “Capitalism today
and capitalism tomorrow”, “The source of all wealth, besides the wealth of nature, is
human work” (Stavinsky 1997). Such a claim is not new since W. Petty, but it was in
the first half of the twenty-first century when the emphasis on the role of human labour
and human as an owner of this factor became of particular importance. The basis for
rethinking the role of human and his work in contemporary conditions is a “perpetuum
mobile” of social reproduction, the dialectic of productive forces and production
relations. People, means of production and dynamically developing technologies serve
as the representatives of the first. They define, in turn, radical changes of the second,
implemented in a specific mode of distribution of the results of the production between
various elements of society.
The rapid development of information technologies, including the new coil of the
convergence of information and nano-, bio- and cognitive technologies, enhances the

Regress Economy vs Progress Economy: “Alternatives of Senses” 639
role of the labour force and the results of intellectual work in the production of modern
goods and services. A significant amount of material capital for the implementation of
the process of production is no longer required on many expanding markets, which
entails the lowering of entry barriers to those markets for new entrepreneurs. The
development of markets of outsourcing and freelancing is a conjoint process. This kind
of work allows the entrepreneur to fulfil its true role of resource combiner with greater
ease and lower costs.
Modern economy increasingly becomes an economy of networks that permeate all
spheres of human life (Alpidovskaya 2015). A side effect of the expansion of networks is a
so-called “network effect”. This idea was suggested by Theodore Vail, the head of the Bell
Telephone company, one hundred years ago, and implied the following: the more people
join the network, the more useful it becomes for each of them. According to British
Economist P. Mason, the existence of this effect, determines the deep conflict between
information economy and market mechanisms (Mason 2016), distribution and redistri-
bution in which are based on the primacy of private ownership of the means of production.
Development of the productive forces on the basis of information technology leads
to the expansion of the nomenclature and volumes of production (works, services) with
reduction of labour expense, required for it. Consequently, on the assumption of market
methods of distribution of produced value (on the contribution of production factors),
there is a release of workplaces, rise of inequality and reduction in the consumer
demand for manufactured goods. Compensation of a drop down of a solvent demand,
still implemented at the expense of the financial mechanisms of transferring of current
expenses to future periods, however, has noticeably declined since the financial crisis
of 2008. Thus, the current distribution system hinders the development of the pro-
ductive forces, which is a precondition for its radical transformation in accordance with
the dialectical logic of development of social and economic relations.
Three aspects of the development of public relations in the light of the evolution of
the information economy are consistently presented in this article. They are the
following:
– the negative traits of modern private property, impeding the development of sci-
entific and technical progress and society;
– preconditions for development of collective and public forms of economy and
identification of trends of expansion of the latter in the modern world;
– strategic risks and opportunities for the development of collective and public forms
of economy and their mutual influence on society and the economy.
2 Advantages and Disadvantages of Modern Private

Ownership in the Light of the Development
of the Information Economy
Classics of economic science (in particular, D. Locke, K. Marx, F. Engels) regarded

private ownership as a form of appropriation of the results of work. Historical and legal
tradition, including economic aspect valuable for us, sees in private ownership a bunch
640 M. L. Alpidovskaya et al.
of legal authorities for a specific resource, concentrated in the hands of a single person.
Institutionalists define private property as the mode of the use of a limited resource, for
which a certain individual has exclusive rights.
Summing up, as an object of research by the category of private ownership we will
understand an ownership of single individuals, aimed mainly at getting and multipli-
cation of their income, i.e. public relations used for personal enrichment.
Moreover, the process of appropriation as a kind of social relations can have either
labor or non-labour character. In the first case, the appropriation is carried out as a
result of labour of private owner of means of production, as well as workforce-in the
absence of gratuitous appropriation of someone else’s labor. In the modern world this is
represented by the work of many small businesses, farmers, artisans, as well as
enterprises of cooperative forms of ownership (industrial and agricultural cooperatives,
Communities of financial assistance, kibbutzs, communes, artels, etc.). However, the
non-labour private ownership, aimed at personal enrichment of the owners (often in
defiance of both the national interest and the interests of the company itself) is more
important for the modern economy. In this article private ownership refers to its variant
in which there is a contradiction between capital and labour.
Among the advantages of the system, under which personal benefit of the owners is
made a cornerstone, one can name a certain emancipation of private initiative and the
rapid development of science and technology. Despite the fact that the satisfaction of
material needs of society cannot be attributed to the merits of private property due to
the fact that the homogeneity of the products was the feature of the type of economy,
but not of the form of appropriation. However, the actual essence of the capital as the
self-expanding value, having predestined the deepening division of labour, led to the
development of, among the others, the information economy, in which the tension
between the public character of production and the private appropriation of the results
of work is sharp.
It should be outlined that the negative effects of the domination of private own-
ership in its current form of the appropriation of the results of work manifest on the
following three key levels:
(1) sharp increase in inequality as a result of the falling of global profit margins, the
cause of which is the approach of extensively-oriented capitalist system to the
limits of its development;
(2) failure of the capitalist system to deal with global threats, which it caused by itself
- environmental, social, and political ones;
(3) inefficiency of private ownership in the information economy due to the mecha-
nisms for containing scientific and technological progress and maintaining the
trends of monopolization.
Let us sequentially go through the given points.
2.1 The Escalation of Inequality at the Beginning of the 21st Century

Inequality was always inherent in the capitalist system because only of the existence of
dichotomy “private owner-employee”. By the beginning of the 21st century other
fundamental features of capitalism have started to lead to the escalation of inequality, in
view of the fact that the capitalist system cannot exist in a static condition because of
the need of the permanent self-expansion of the capital.
The expansion of the capitalist system logically can be implemented in two
directions and their combination. The first direction is territorial expansion, through the
increment of peripheral zones with lower remuneration of labour, or with a low-cost
mining operations, or with extensive agricultural lands, or with accumulated national
wealth, suitable for implementation at relatively low prices. For example, Russian
Federation after the dissolution of the Soviet Union had all of these features.
The second direction concerns extending into the depth: the deepening of division
of labour and the involvement of the spheres formerly acting according to non-market
laws into exchange relations (the latter could include the commercialization of edu-
cation, health care, relations of motherhood and childhood, etc.).
By the beginning of the 21st century capitalist system has approached the limits of
its expansion capacity. Territorially almost all the States of the world have become
involved into a single geo-economic system. The last major “breath” of the global
economy happened at the end of the twentieth century with the collapse of the Soviet
economic zone, and only today the excess profit, created as a result of colonial
expansion to the former members of this zone, begins to dry out.
As far as deepening and widening of the division of labour is concerned, it requires
two conditions: market crowded by people with higher incomes and new technologies,
the output of which exceeds the expenses on its implementation. Additional sources of
consumer demand turned out to be dried out: promising markets such as Chinese, are
characterized by low incomes of citizens while the prospects of enhancing of consumer
lending have been extremely deplorable since the crisis 2008. As for technology, the
output of the IT sector was lower than the investors expected, and the profit margins in
the leading industrialized countries maintained the downward trend.
Major advances in the field of information technology have led to the investment
boom, based on expected income, which accelerated the productivity and promised
even greater profits. However, as R. Brenner, the American economist and historian,
highlights, the driving forces of the “new economy” have only aggravated the problem
of chronic excessive production capacities and the reduction in the global profit mar-
gins (Brenner 2014).
The situation in the spheres of Nano-, bio-, informational and cognitive tech-
nologies appears to be quite similar. Revival of investors and large-scale investments in
new sectors of the economy are also based on high expected profits, rather than on
actual profits. In the conditions of hypertrophy of the financial sector the consequences
of the mismatch between expectations and reality can result in even more destructive
crises than those in 2000’s.
Changes in distribution relations act as a compensation for the reduction of global
profit margin. So, at the beginning of the 21st century there has been a tendency to
polarize different social groups on the basis of income and assets: the rich (the rep-
resentatives of the owners of the means of production) become richer and the poor
become poorer, while the proportion of middle class reduces in the countries of both
the centre and the periphery of the capitalist system (Fig. 1).
This trend can be also observed in the United States up to the year 2014 (Middle
Class Shrinks).
Fig. 1. Proportion of middle class in some advanced industrialized countries over the period
1991–2010 (According to (Middle Class Shrinks))
The exhaustion of the possibilities for capitalist expansion predetermines the

transition from the extensive nature of the world economy to intensive one: the tran-
sition to internal operation and dismantling the foundations of “social State” in
developed countries, as well as to removal of barriers to capital to maximize profits.
According to A.I. Fursov, the Russian historian and social philosopher, in the long term
perspective, the implementation of these processes, can lead to increased exploitation
of the periphery and the masses of the population of the countries of the centre, to the
turn of the achievements of information economy against society by tightening controls
and information-psychological influence (Fursov). Thus today the existing distribution
relations in a capitalist economy begin to impede social development.
2.2 Problems of Property and Global Threats

The escalation of inequality when targeting capital at a “blind” maximization of profits
leads to a reproduction of a wide range of global threats, implemented at the level of
social interaction, interaction between human and nature, as well as development of the
personality and the body of human. Global and regional armed conflicts and economic
wars, acting as a means of preserving the economic power of countries of the center
and as the avoidance of the development of alternative forms of social relations, can
also be regarded as the problems of public interrelations posed by modern economy.
International terrorism serves as a component of this process and, at the same time, the
reaction to it. The escalation of tensions entails the worsening of living standards in the
“target” countries and migration influxes to the countries of the center, which cause
deep cultural and institutional deformations in the donor countries.
Socio-economic instability in the late 20th and early 21st centuries largely conceals
a sharp deterioration of the ecological situation on the planet. Despite the rapid
development of “green” technologies of production, capital in pursuit of minimizing
cost moves most dirty production from developed countries to the periphery ones,
which, of course, improves the ecological situation in some regions, but in generally
leads to increased pressure on the environment. According to “Global Environment

Outlook”, a report of the UN Environment Program (UNEP), environment is deteri-
orating much faster than it was previously thought. Earth’s biosphere resources are
decreasing every year due to increasing resource consumption, soil degradation,
desertification, water pollution and contamination of the planet by the waste of “con-
sumption economy”.
In addition to the environmental damage caused by economic activities, in the
twenty-first century the problem of natural climate changes arises. A modern society
tends to respond to it by providing security for the elite groups, rather than the
implementation of urgently necessary coherent policy to reduce damage from these
processes for the whole of mankind.
The current socio-economic system is incapable of resolving the problems of
human development: famine, epidemics of HIV and hepatitis, cancer. Drug and illegal
weapons trafficking, human and human organs trafficking are quite high-margin
activities and therefore are as attractive for capital, as disruptive to society. Problems of
personality development in modern conditions are standing apart. In today’s economy
person is alienated from society, from other person, from labor, from politics, social
organizations, culture, environment, morality and, eventually, from itself. This is
manifested in the depersonalization of individuals. All the above-mentioned also vio-
lates the public interest in light of the prospects for social progress, provided by an
information economy.
2.3 Transformation of Property Relations in the Process

of the Development of the Information Economy
Private ownership has proved a form providing the most rapid economic and scientific
development of mankind in the capitalist system of relations. Limited resources and
limited product when implementing production acted as a stimulus to achieve indi-
vidual and group leadership in a competitive fight, determined individualism and
finding of new and emerging markets, forms of organization of the company and
human needs-together with good, satisfying them. All this is true for goods and ser-
vices whose utility is declining during the process of consumption -from a red apple to
haircut in a hairdressing saloon.
The situation is different when information is concerned.
Object of intellectual property differs from material object by the fact that it can be
used by an unlimited range of consumers. Its utility does not decrease, and in some
cases even grows when the increasing “pool” of scientists takes master any scientific
idea or method of research, or when the achievements in cultural environment are
concerned. Until recently, the approach to intellectual property objects was similar to
the ownership of a material object and operated through the system of third party access
restrictions by law. This kind of approach was dominant in the economy. However,
today free property objects: software, free programs and utilities, knowledge in the
public domain, educational projects, music, literature etc. - are becoming more wide-
spread. Also the form of remuneration of the use of the results of intellectual work is
changing, today there are donations, mechanisms of crowd funding, advertisement
placement. Products of intellectual activity are increasingly socialized, also by illegal

methods that maximizes their social utility.
Organization of social relations in the implementation of the production process
also changes. Familiar private ownership of the means of production, when a company
is headed by one or several persons having a big part of ownership, changes under the
influence of socialization of ownership. On the one hand, we are talking about the
spraying of property in large companies between many shareholders with an absence of
majority shareholder. Such enterprises are often actually owned by a narrow circle of
people. On the other hand, the basic means of production in the information economy
is a personal computer and, therefore, the contradiction between capital and labour is
removed, and the production of knowledge in the modern economy ceases to be bound
to one enterprise as a unifying institutional structure, it has a nature of the project
activity with flexible team of creative people (in particular, such crowdsourcing pro-
jects as InnoCentive, Wikipedia, NASA Clickworkers).
Reduction of the global profit margin influences enterprises of the classic private
ownership. Today knowledge economy confronts the economy of consumption. The
antithesis of flexibility of creative groups is the production of an increasing range of
products, the quality of which is reduced in favour of reducing the number of years of
useful life. Automobile construction and electronics, where the products are often
designed for use only during the warranty period and subsequent replacement, are a
very bright example. This is necessary to preserve demand in the conditions of
oversupply.
The realities of the development of the VI-th technological mode in the advanced
industrialized countries illustrate the fact that the State, being the hub of national
innovation systems, not large corporations become the locomotive of new technologies
development (with the exception of the United States as a cluster of transnational
corporations). In the modern world a significant part of the postindustrial
economy-education, fundamental science, health care and culture - are under the
control of the State. The private sector is also increasingly influenced by the State
through the control of social, ecological and other spheres. Finally, in the conditions of
the increasing volume of information economy, private property loses its ability to
provide scientific, technical and socio-economic progress.
3 An Alternative to the Modern Private Property: Content

and Trends
Modern transformation of property relations are not limited by the changes in the
information economy. Trend towards socialization of ownership is observed also in the
productions of real sector and in the financial sphere. The perceptions of the effec-
tiveness of the collective and public form of ownership in scientific community has also
changed. In particular, in 2009 year Elinor Ostrom was awarded by the Nobel Prize in
economics. She provided proof of the high efficiency of the collective management of
public ownership of natural resources (Ostrom 2013).
In the conditions of the declining global profit margin the maintenance of the
orientation of the socio-economic system towards maximization of individual benefits
can lead to aggravation of the problem of growing inequality and to the augmentation
of the instability on the enterprises amid global financial and economic crises. Enter-
prises of collective forms of ownership ensure a balanced distribution of wealth in
society and are more stable in times of crisis in comparison with enterprises of private
ownership. In cooperative enterprises the orientation towards the maximization of
profit is giving way to the objectives of the collective decision of any urgent issues
and/or joint household tasks. Thus the economic activity of cooperatives is aimed at
satisfaction of needs which corresponds much more to generally accepted objectives of
market economy.
According to the results of the 2016, there are 1,420 cooperatives around the world
with a turnover of over $100 million (The World Co-operative Monitor) in recent
years, their number is increasing. Cooperatives in the spheres of agriculture and food
industry, insurance, retail and finance have the largest share among modern coopera-
tives. In European countries, cooperatives account for about 60% of the agricultural
market. The total number of members of cooperatives in the world is around 1 billion
people (The World Co-operative Monitor).
Despite the progressive character of cooperatives, their development in the modern
world is hampered by a lack of adequate legal frameworks, taking into consideration
specifics of cooperative ownership. The case of the Russian Federation, where an
enterprise of collective form of ownership is represented by closed private stock
companies (people’s enterprise), is illustrative. This form of organization, according to
the Russian legislation, may be established only by restructuring of existing stock
companies provided that holders of 50% of the voting shares have voted for it. As a
result of privatization processes the ownership of the vast majority of Russian com-
panies turned out to be concentrated in the hands of one or several holders of large
blocks of shares of an organization, who is interested in retaining control over business.
However, in Russia such enterprises got widespread, and like everywhere in the world,
they are characterized by high stability in the time of crisis and high efficiency of
activity with a rich social infrastructure created for enterprise members.
4 Conclusions
So, contemporary capitalism is no longer capable of strategic expansion due to

objective laws of its development. The world community has to choose between two
vectors of strategic development: either a shift from extensive type of development to
the intensive one followed by the intensification of exploitation and confrontation and
increasing inequality or the path of solidarity through the gradual socialization of
ownership. The first path would mean the end of socio-economic development on
global scale and degenerative changes in all spheres of public life, while maintaining a
high level of consumption among the elite groups and layers of society, close to them.
The second path is the changing of the distribution mechanisms, which will allow the
society to move forward, the maximization of public benefit, not personal profit being a
measure of success. The society of regress or the society of progress - that is the choice
of today’s world.
References
Alpidovskaya, M.L.: On the issue of inhomogeneity in socio-economic development of the
countries in the era of globalization of the world economy. Natl. Interests Priorities Secur. 19
(160) (2012)
Alpidovskaya, M.L.: On the issue of goal-setting human activity and substantial character of its
work in the economy of the future. Economic and legal aspects of the implementation of the
strategy of modernization of Russia: a search for the model of effective socio-economic
development. In: Kleiner, G.B., Sobolev, E.V., Sorokozherdev, V.V., Hashevaya, Z.M. (eds.)
A Collection of Articles of the International Scientifically-Practical Conference, Krasnodar,
JUIM, pp. 10–14 (2015)
Brenner, R.: The Economics of Global Turbulence: The Advanced Capitalist Economies from
Long Boom to Long Downturn, 1945–2005. National Research University Higher School of
Economics. House of the HSE, Moscow (2005). Russ. Ed.: A. Gusev, R. Haitkulova; Sc. Ed.
I. Chubarov
Girenok, F.: What is a man? Philos. Econ. 5(107), 165–173 (2016)
Alpidovskaya, M.L., et al.: Macroeconomics: coursebook Rostov-on-Don, Phoenix (2017). Pub.
Ed. M.L. Alpidovskaya, N.V. Tskhadadze
Mason, P.: Post-Capitalism: A Guide to Our Future. Ad Marginem Press, Moscow (2016)
Sokolov, D.P., Alpidovskaya, M.L.: The genesis of property relations in Russia: a historical
retrospective. J. Volgograd State Tech. Univ. 16(11(114)), 18–26 (2013)
Sokolov, D.P., Alpidovskaya, M.L.: Content and trend of transformation of property relations in
modern Russia. Natl. Interests Priorities Secur. 2, 20–32 (2014)
Ostrom, E.: Governing the Commons: The Evolution of Institutions for Collective Action (2013).
ed. T. Montyan
Stavinsky, I.: Capitalism, Today and Tomorrow. URSS, Moscow (1997)
Fursov, A.I.: “Crisis-matryoshka”: dismantling of capitalism and the end of the age of the
pyramids. http://www.intelros.ru/pdf/ps/02/21.pdf
Middle Class Shrinks in 9 of 10 US Cities as Incomes Fall//PEW Research Centre. https://
apnews.com/d23b048519aa47caba95fd51390eff60/pew-study-sees-shrinking-middle-class-
major-us-cities
The World Co-operative Monitor: Exploring the Co-operative Economy, REPORT 2016 (2016).
http://www.ccw.coop/resources/world-cooperative-monitor.html
Financial and Organizational Mechanisms
of Managing Innovational Development
of Region’s Economy
Elena I. Minakova(&), Anna V. Krylova, Gulnara R. Armanshina,

Natalya A. Dumnova, and Svetlana A. Ilminskaya

Abstract. Effective regional policy is the key factor that ensures stable con-
ditions of development of the subjects of the RF. Recently, the development of
regions’ economies have been peculiar for the necessity for organizing the
innovative activities as a competitive environment of the 21st century.
According to this precondition, scholars and practitioners develop the mecha-
nisms of managing the innovational development of economy, which are nec-
essary for building close interrelations between all subjects of innovational
regional environment. The purpose of scientific research is formation of the
model of financial and organizational mechanisms of managing the innovational
development of region’s economy. Implementation of the set goal requires
solving the following tasks: considering the evolutional approaches to the
mechanisms of development of innovational economy; determining the pecu-
liarities of the theoretical model of region’s economy innovational development
management through an objective mechanism of interaction; forming the models
of organizational and financial mechanisms of managing the innovational
development of region’s economy. The methodological tools of the research
include the methods of theoretical and evolutional analysis, modeling and gra-
phic presentation, and determination of substantial attributes. The scientific
novelty of the research consists in application of the evolutional and typological
approach to formation of the proprietary mechanisms of management of region’s
innovational economy. Theoretical and practical significance of the research is
manifested in consideration of these issues through the prism of the necessity for
transforming the existing mechanisms of innovational economy of the region.
Keywords: Financial mechanisms Organizational mechanisms

Innovations Regional economy Programs Correction External changes
Innovational development Innovational companies Evolution of development
1 Introduction
Economic development of regions depends on competitiveness of the territory in the

conditions of global changes of the scientific and technological paradigm. Technolo-
gies become the key factor of production, manifesting their value as a product created

648 E. I. Minakova et al.
within innovative activities. Formation of innovational environment of development of

regional economy is an inevitable fact. This statement is proved by the following
theses. Firstly, change of the national economic paradigm in favor of technological
initiative requires from regional economies the adaptation to new conditions of exis-
tence. Secondly, formation of the information environment for provision of region’s
competitiveness sets requirements for creation of innovational infrastructure. Thirdly,
development of the key sectors of regional economy with entering new supra-national
markets is related to creation of popular innovational products. Fourthly, modernization
of regional economy is impossible without creation of fundamental innovational
platforms of the 21st century. Fifthly, formation of innovational economy allows the
regions to take leading positions in struggle for limited resources. These theses confirm
topicality and significance of the research topics.
The purpose of the article is to form the model of financial and organizational
mechanisms of managing the region’s economy innovational development. For this,
the following tasks should be solved:
– considering the evolutional approaches to the mechanisms of development of
innovational economy;
– determining the peculiarities of the theoretical model of management of region’s
economy innovational development through the objective mechanism of
interaction;
– forming the model of organizational and financial mechanism of management of
region’s economy innovational development.
Implementation of the set goals requires methodological tools, which are the
following:
– method of theoretical analysis – used for generalization of the key elements of the
objective mechanism of interaction, which is opened in the theoretical model of
management of region’s economy innovational development;
– method of evolutional analysis – used for determining the key peculiarities of the
mechanisms of development of region’s economy on the basis of genesis and
periodization of the analyzed object;
– graphic method – used for building the models of organizational and financial
mechanisms of development of innovational economy of region;
– method of distinguishing significant attributes – used for determining certain
methods of study within the mechanism of innovational development of region’s
economy;
– method of modeling – used for formation of the models of organizational and
financial mechanism of development of innovational economy of region.
Study of the mechanisms of development of innovational economy of regions is
related to the consideration of the issue of evolutional functioning of this topic in
various periods of strategic management of national economy. According to this, let us
distinguish the key periods of evolution of the mechanisms of development of inno-
vational economy.
Financial and Organizational Mechanisms 649
2 Evolution of the Mechanisms of Innovational Economy

Development
Evolution of the mechanisms of development of innovational economy is connected to

the change of the methodological attitude towards planning and projecting of strategic
management in the national socio-economic system. The tendency of growth/reduction
of socio-economic indicators transformed the national socio-economic systems
according to the innovational way of development. Starting 1970, innovativeness of
economy has been manifested in authomatization of the key productions of national
economy, emergence of electronic technologies for provision of highly-efficient sectors
of economy, and formation of the new technological paradigm within the innovational
economy of knowledge. Evolutions of the mechanisms of development of innovational
economy is presented in detail in Fig. 1.
For simpler consideration of the evolution of the mechanisms of innovational
economy, let us apply the stage method. The stage method (Lazonick 2003) is the
consecutive evaluation of the research object, performed on the basis of distinguishing
the period of evolutional genesis and the main characteristics related to the key
peculiarities of its development. A lot of authors do not differentiate the stage method
and periodization. Periodization is peculiar for considering the essence of the single
object at various historical stages of development. The stage method supposes evalu-
ation of peculiarities of multi-form objects of the research that change according to the
situation of external and internal environments. At that, the process of periodization has
a large scale (centuries, millennia), unlike the stage method (month, year, decade,
quarter of century).
Thus, let us consider the evolution of the mechanisms development of innovational
economy.
Stage 1 – 1970’s. The agent mechanism (Komarevtseva 2016) formed in the
conditions of priority of technological development of capitalistic economy. Innova-
tions in this period are viewed as a component of the automatized process of
Agent mechanism
Normative mechanism
Social mechanism
Multi-sectorial mechanism
Structural mechanism
Integrated
mechanism
1970 1980 1990 2000 2010 2015
Fig. 1. Evolution of the mechanisms of innovational economy development

international corporations in the car building industry. The essence of the agent
mechanism consisted in presence of institutional subjects – agents that provided the
economies of developed and developing countries with additional quantity of limited
resources. The factor of production was the investments of international corporations
and alliances, called the global capital.
Stage 2 – 1980’s. The normative mechanism (Belskaya 2009). In the process of
change of market modes in favor of “open technologies”, the mechanism of provision
and development of innovational economy also changed. Innovations are competitive
goods that ensure growth of marginal income from sales and re-selling in the interna-
tional markets. The quantity of goods began to dominate over the quality. According to
this, new normative approaches appeared which later turned into mechanisms. For the
purpose of stabilization of economy and prevention of overproduction, the normative
mechanisms that limited – on the basis of artificially created barriers – entering the
formed markets were created. The key production factors were the resources. The more
resources in the market, the larger the limitation within the normative mechanism. This
mechanism was changed due to weakening of normatives caused by the dominating
position of Chinese goods in the internal markets of the key developed countries.
Stage 3 – 1990’s. The social mechanism (Kharlamov 2011). The social mechanism
was based on the necessity of growth of the population’s living standards together with
development of national economies. Financial and stock market operations began to be
viewed as innovations. The priority in the sphere of production factors shifted in favor
of capital. Development of innovational economy took place on the basis of manu-
facture of low-quality products and formation of services market as a main tool of
increase of well-being of companies and the state. Despite the fact that the social
mechanism considered population as a “donor” of financial resources, limitation of the
market of low-quality products was replaced by the conditions of growing demand and
insufficient offer of low-quality products.
Stage 4 – 2000’s. The multi-sectorial mechanism (Sawhney and Prandelli 2000).
The multi-sectorial mechanism shows the necessity for differentiated development of
the key spheres of innovational economy. The innovations are modernized capacities
which form the exclusive technological product. The ley factor of production is human
capital, aimed at creation of strategic vision of economic development. The attempts
using the multi-sectorial mechanisms were successful in developed economies of early
2000’s (Germany, France, and the USA). Experience of the Russian Federation showed
that application of this mechanism required modernization of production funds which
was partially conducted in late 2010’s.
Stage 5 – 2010–2014. The structural mechanism (Borisova 2016) of development
of innovational economy builds the system of innovational measures aimed at
achievement of the key goal. The main production factors are technological innova-
tions. On the whole, the structural approach is viewed as a strategy of development of
innovational economy with distinguishing the goals, tasks, directions, resources,
measures, processes, and volumes of financing. At the end of 2014, this mechanism
transformed into the integrated (program) one.
Stage 6 since 2015. The integrated (program) mechanism (Stroeva and Lyapina
2016). The integrated (program) mechanism is based on development of economy
through the means of implementation of innovational programs and projects. The
production factor is intellectual initiative, which transforms into the project idea in the
process of innovational development. As a matter of fact, this mechanism integrated the
economic development in the aspect of innovativeness. It is possible to note that
innovational development is the key goal of priority of the national and regional
economy. The main elements of this mechanism are object, subject, form, method-
ological tools, and the key programs of development.
As of now, priority of integrated (program) mechanism over other forms is obvious.
Development of economy in view of this mechanism is built on the idea of innovative
activities as comprehensive and interacting elements of integrated environment. Let us
try to apply the integrated (program) mechanism to the theoretical model of manage-
ment of region’s economy innovational development.
3 Theoretical Model of Management of Region’s Economy

Innovational Development Through the Objective
Mechanism of Interaction
The integrated mechanism is given as objective interaction of the key elements of

program management of innovational economy. Thus, we deem it possible to deter-
mine the name of this mechanism as “objective mechanism of interaction”.
“Objective mechanism of interaction” is found in foreign (Cong et al. 2017) and
Russian (Gerasimov 2011) literature. Most often, this mechanism is seen as integrated
structure of the studied object with divided and newly grouped elements of interacting
environment (Duscov 2014). Distinguishing the peculiarities of this mechanism is
brought down to the presence of:
– option 1 – the system complex of adjacent elements of external environment (Qi
et al. 2016);
– option 2 – well-balanced parametric elements that form qualitative preconditions of
functioning of the mechanism (Sturm et al. 2006);
– option 3 – program components (object, subject, methods, forms, and key tools)
(Lyapina 2011; Stroeva 2011).
We think that the most adapted idea of “objective mechanism of interaction” is
given in option 3, which is related to the presence of the key elements necessary for
innovational development of region’s economy. Let us view them in detail.
The objects are economic categories, for development of which the model of
region’s innovational economy is aimed. The top-priority objects within innovational
development are innovational and economic complexes that include: innovational
companies (Orlova 2009; Stroeva et al. 2015), innovational complexes (Gamble 2000),
innovational clusters (Dubrovsky and Shcherbakov 2012), and technological clusters
(Zaytsev 2010). Presence and development of these objects reflect innovativeness of
region’s economy. Thus, the presented elements focus on development of objects of
innovative activities. Development of region’s innovational economy is secondary.
Subjects are considered as elements that form innovational development of region’s
economy. Based on the research on formation of the key subjects of economic
development (Nikolaev 2007), let us distinguish their main types: federal and regional
authorities, population, and investors. These subjects are controlling elements (public
authorities bodies), financial and executive (investors), and accumulating (population).
The key interconnection of these elements is tied to the block “object”.
Form is seen as external cover of relations between objects and subjects of the
theoretical model of development of region’s innovational economy. Form is an
inseparable part of projecting the external interaction, which is manifested as:
– managerial (Filatov 2010) – typical expression of controlled and subjected functions
of interaction of the subjects of the model of development of region’s innovational
economy;
– financial (Gulzhan et al. 2015) – method of external expression of financial accu-
mulation and distribution of assets within the interrelations of the model of
development of region’s innovational economy;
– organizational (Semenov and Kozin 2010) – the form of economic expression,
conventionally established form of interaction between subjects and objects of the
model of development of region’s innovational economy.
The final interconnection of the form as an element of the model of innovational
development of region’s economy is tied to the block “object”.
Methodological tools form innovational activity within the model of innovational
development of region’s economy (Conceicao et al. 1997; Stroeva et al. 2015). These
tools allow improving the processes of innovational development, forming and stim-
ulating innovative activities of region’s economy, and financing of innovational and
technological projects. The last item of innovational activity, despite the tie to the block
“object”, is closely interconnected to the programs of innovational development of
region’s economy. The simplest typologization of programs includes the strategy of
socio-economic development and federal and regional programs of the territory’s
innovational development (Dahlstrom et al. 2003).
Despite the viewed key elements of the theoretical model of region’s economy
innovational development, it is important to distinguish the methods of study of these
elements (Fig. 2).
Research methods include the method of considering and evaluating the elements
of interaction of the model of innovational development of region’s economy. Simply
speaking, the methods allow forming the top-priority directions of development of
innovative activities and analyzing the influence of factors of internal and external
environments. According to the above elements, the following research methods were
distinguished:
1. Objects and subjects of the mechanisms of development of region’s innovational
economy (Zdrazil et al. 2016) – foresight (long-term forecasting of development of
the object and subject within the regional economy), factor analysis (distinguishing
the key priorities of development of external and internal environments of region’s
innovational economy), road mapping (evaluation of expert information in the
sphere of innovational activity of regional economy).
2. Forms of the mechanisms of development of region’s innovational economy
(Whitley 2002) – benchmarking (analysis of the model indicators of innovational
Foresight research
Formation of subjects and

objects Factor analysis
Road mapping
Forms Benchmarking
Algorythmization
Life cycle curve

Methodological tools
Systemic approach
Parametric analysis
Key programs of development
Strategic planning
Fig. 2. Certain methods of research within the mechanisms of innovational development of

region’s economy
development of region’s economy), algorythmization (formation of routes and

modern forms of mechanisms of region’s innovational economy).
3. Methodological tools of the mechanisms of development of region’s innovational
economy (Veshkina 2011) – life cycle curve (stage-by-stage consideration of cre-
ated innovational product for the purpose of reflecting its effectiveness on region’s
economy), systemic approach (presenting the mechanisms of development of
region’s innovational economy as the systems of interacting elements).
4. The key programs of development of region’s innovational economy (Booker 2000)
– parametric analysis (the state of key parameters of development of region’s
innovational economy), strategic planning (scaling the model of development of
region’s innovational economy in the long-term).
The above methods allow building the theoretical model of the mechanisms of
regional economy’s innovational development. At that, the empirical character of the
mechanisms of regional economy’s innovational development could be confirmed by
typical division of these tools into categories. The key mechanisms are the organiza-
tional and financial ones, which allow integrating the innovational processes into
region’s economy. The organizational mechanism distinguishes the main subjects of
innovational development. The financial mechanism forms the blocks of distribution,
accumulation, and redistribution of the key resources within the innovative activities.
According to this, let us offer the proprietary models of organizational and financial
mechanism of management of region’s economy innovational development.
4 Organizational and Financial Mechanism of Management

of Region’s Economy Innovational Development
The organizational mechanism of management of region’s economy innovational

development is presented as a totality of the key organizational components of inno-
vative activities that function in the conditions of external challenges and problems on
the basis of interconnected work of the subjects of the innovational environment. The
organizational mechanism of managing the innovational development forms according
to the external challenges and problems that appear in the regional economy.
According to this, strategic landmarks and goals of development of innovational
economy are formed, which have to correspond to the following parameters:
– designing and forming the system of effective interaction of the innovational pro-
duction and economic systems within the region’s economy;
– organizing and creating innovational standards for management of region’s econ-
omy innovational development;
– conducting planning and forecasting of innovative activities within the region’s
economy for correction of management mechanisms;
– ensuring innovational development of qualitative information flow;
– developing and rationalizing innovative activities within the region’s economy.
These parameters should be implemented by the key subjects of innovative
activities, which include innovational companies, innovational complexes, innovational
clusters, and technological clusters. Limitation of these subjects leads to creation of
differentiated products of innovative activities. This circumstance is related to the deep
nature of innovational products, observation of competitiveness and demand/offer, and
prevention of overproduction of products and technologies. According to this, inno-
vational companies create innovations for production systems and innovational com-
plexes – intellectual technologies and innovational clusters – educational and
institutional innovations, technological clusters – technological innovations. Managing
this typologization of these productions and final products is related to the moderator’s
vision, which is regional economy. Manifestation of moderator’s activities is conducted
with regional management of economy, with the minimum number of additional
subjects of innovative activities – regional public authorities.
The key managerial tool of the moderator within the organizational mechanism is
help in development and implementation of innovations into the regional environment.
For realization of this help, strategic innovational plans are created, and effectiveness of
innovational development of region’s economy are assessed. The methodological tools
of assessment of effectiveness of innovational development include three indicators:
– innovational activity of regional economy;
– share of innovational regional structures;
– expenditures for technological innovations within the regional environment.
These indicators are reflected in the organizational mechanism for conducting its
possible correction according to the emerging changes of external environment.
The financial mechanism of management of region’s innovational economy seems
to be different to the authors. According to the above studies of the evolutional
development of mechanisms, it was determined that the integrated mechanism, which
is formed on the basis of program provision of innovative activities, dominates.
Regional economy within the financial activities functions through created techno-
logical and intellectual innovations, which gives the largest synergetic effect. Subjects
in these models are not seen, and programs are the key indicators.
The financial program includes the directions related to application of the key tools
of financing of innovational development. This program includes direct financing
(algorithm of actions), direct crediting (parameters of the innovational company that
receives a credit with 1% interest for development of innovative activities), subsidies
(forecasted sums of allocations of assets for next years), tax subsidies (related to full
refusal from payment of taxes during the planned period), pricing and tariff regulation
(necessity for planning additional assets in the budget articles that are related to
co-financing of innovative activities).
The managerial program of innovational development prescribes the key measures
within the organization, management, control, and monitoring of the innovative
activities. The managerial program includes audit and control (over development of
innovational companies that receive state financial support), execution of regional
projects (region is the customer, regional innovational company is the contractor),
co-financing of innovative activities (region co-finances the innovational company on
the conditions of borrowing experience for state unitary companies), creation of an
effective system of foreign economic activities (selling innovational products in the
global market), and land regulation (help in provision of land plots for implementation
of innovational agro-industrial projects).
A commercial program of innovational development is the indicator of intercon-
nected relations between the region and private investors. According to this program, the
patent innovative activities (control over registration and sale of intellectual product) are
regulated, investment projects (participation of innovational companies in private
investment projects) are implemented, and private capital (establishment of priority of
development of sectors and spheres of regional economy) is divided between the sectors.
Based on the above programs, the assets are accumulated, distributed, redistributed,
and reserved within the continuous financial flow. Based on this flow, region’s econ-
omy’s innovative activities are corrected through adaptation to the external conditions
and accounting of changes of the normatives.
5 Conclusions
The above research on the topic of financial and organizational mechanisms of man-
agement of region’s economy innovational development allowed for several conclu-
sions. Regional economy is currently in the state of transformation according to
domination of the paradigm of innovational development. Creation of effective inno-
vative activities that allow implementing strategically important directions of economy
sets the tasks before the regions that are related to the search for new mechanisms of
development. Assessment of evolution of the mechanisms of development of inno-
vational economy on the basis of application of the stage-by-stage approach allowed
determining the priority of the integrated mechanism. The integrated mechanism is
viewed as a system of projects and programs within the innovational economy. The
main elements of this mechanism are object, subject, form, methodological tools, and
key programs of development. According to these elements, the authors came to the
conclusion on this mechanism’s similarity to the “objective mechanism of interaction”,
which is often viewed as the studies of foreign authors. The main elements of this
mechanism are variative sets of key components:
– option 1 – the system complex of similar elements of external environment;
– option 2 – well-balanced parametric elements that form qualitative preconditions for
the mechanism’s functioning;
– option 3 – program components (object, subject, methods, forms, and key tools).
Based on the third option, the authors built the models of the organizational and
financial mechanism of managing the innovational economy of region. These models
allow integrating the innovational processes into regional economy. The organizational
mechanism distinguishes the main subjects of innovational development. The financial
mechanism forms the blocks of distribution, accumulation, and redistribution of the key
resources within innovative activities. The built mechanism of managing the innova-
tional economy of region allow the following: firstly, designing and forming the system
of effective interaction of innovational production and economic systems within
region’s economy; organizing and creating innovational standards for management of
region’s economy innovational development; conducting planning and forecasting of
innovative activities within region’s economy for correction of the mechanisms of
management.
References
Lazonick, W.: The theory of the market economy and the social foundations of innovative
enterprise. Econ. Ind. Democr. 24(1), 9–44 (2003)
Komarevtseva, O.O.: Economic rationality areas: a mandatory requirement in the conditions of
negative changes. In: Living Economics: Yesterday, Today, Tomorrow The International
Scientific and Practical Web-Congress of Economists and Jurists. ISAE Consilium, pp. 47–52
(2016)
Belskaya, G.S.: Innovational capabilities of development of Russia’s economy. Bull. Tomsk
State Univ. Econ. 2, 38–46 (2009)
Kharlamov, V.I.: Innovational path of development of region’s economy. Financ. Econ. 1(2),
58–64 (2011)
Sawhney, M., Prandelli, E.: Communities of creation: managing distributed innovation in
turbulent markets. California Manag. Rev. 42(4), 24–54 (2000)
Borisova, E.V.: Stages of establishment and development of the concepts of economy’s
innovational development. Bull. South Urals State Univ. Ser. Econ. Manag. 10(1), 76–82
(2016)
Stroeva, O.A., Lyapina, I.R.: Innovational potential as efficiency of managing socio-economic
systems. Compet. Glob. World Econ. Sci. Technol. 9–2(24), 172–177 (2016)
Cong, H., Zou, D., Wu, F.: Influence mechanism of multi-network embeddedness to enterprises
innovation performance based on knowledge management perspective. Clust. Comput. 20(1),
93–108 (2017)
Gerasimov, A.V.: Innovational economy – the basis of overcoming the asymmetry of Russian
regions’ development. Issues Econ. Legal Pract. 2, 366–369 (2011)
Duscov, R.: Establishing a national system of innovation as a growth condition of country’s
competitiveness in the global economy. Economie si Sociologie: Revista Teoretico-Stiintifica,
4, 72–84 (2014)
Qi, X., Li, X., Yan, S., Shuai, S.: Research on the innovation mechanism and process of China’s
automotive industry. In: PICMET 2016 – Portland International Conference on Management
of Engineering and Technology: Technology Management for Social Innovation, Proceedings
Technology Management For Social Innovation, pp. 1202–1210 (2016)
Sturm, F., Wohlfart, L., Wolf, P., Slagter, R., Emshanova, T.: Setting up communities of practice
for innovative Russian SMES. In: IEEE International Technology Management Conference –
ICE, p. 7477077 (2006)
Lyapina, I.R.: Problems of innovational development of the Russia’s national economy. Sci.
Notes OrelSIET 1, 127–130 (2011)
Stroeva, O.A.: The scenario approach to managing the innovational development of regional
economic systems. Reg. Syst. Econ. Manag. 3(14), 104–110 (2011)
Orlova, N.V.: Innovational economy and innovational path of development. Bull. Saratov State
Tech. Univ. 4–1(42), 205–210 (2009)
Stroeva, O., Lyapina, I., Konobeeva, E., Konobeeva, O.: Effectiveness of management of
innovative activities in regional socio-economic systems. Eur. Res. Stud. XVIII(Special
Issue), 59–72 (2015)
Gamble, J.E.: Management commitment to innovation and ESOP stock concentration. J. Bus.
Ventur. 15(5–6), 433–447 (2000)
Dubrovsky, A.V., Shcherbakov, A.P.: Realia and perspectives of innovational development of
Russia’s economy. Bull. South-West State Univ. 3–2(42), 8–13 (2012)
Zaytsev, A.S.: Assessment of topicality of development of the Russian economy in the
innovational direction. Intellect, Innovations, Investments 4, 10–14 (2010)
Nikolaev, A.B.: Certain problems of innovational development of the Russian economy. Philos.
Econ. 1(49), 200–211 (2007)
Filatov, Y.N.: Possibilities and problems of innovational development of the Russian economy.
Bull. Volga State Univ. Serv. Ser. Econ. 9, 27–30 (2010)
Gulzhan, T., Yerzhan, O., Elvira, A.: Government support of innovative and industrial
development of the economy. Mediterr. J. Soc. Sci. 6(3), 445–452 (2015)
Semenov, E.Y., Kozin, S.A.: Technological modes in economy and innovational potential of
Russia’s development. Bull. Irkutsk State Techn. Univ. 5(45), 327–331 (2010)
Conceicao, P., Gibson, D., Heitor, M.V., Shariq, S.: Towards a research agenda for knowledge
policies and management. J. Knowl. Manag. 1(2), 129–141 (1997)
Stroeva, O., Shinkareva, L., Lyapina, I., Petruchina, E.: Optimization of approaches to the
management of investment projects in regions of Russia. Mediterr. J. Soc. Sci. 6(3), 87–94
(2015)
Dahlstrom, K., Skea, J., Stahel, W.R.: Innovation, insurability and sustainable development:
sharing risk management between insurers and the state. Geneva Pap. Risk Insur. 28(3), 394–
412 (2003)
Zdrazil, P., Kraftova, I., Mateja, Z.: Reflection of industrial structure in innovative capability.
Eng. Econ. 27(3), 304–315 (2016)
Whitley, R.: Developing innovative competences: the role of institutional frameworks. Ind.
Corp. Change 11(3), 497 (2002)
Veshkina, E.Y.: Tendencies and priorities of development of region’s innovational economy.
Civ. Serv. 6, 97–99 (2011)
Booker, E.: Success in online commerce requires more than low price. Advert. Age’s Bus. Mark.
85(11), 10 (2000)
Innovational Tools for Provision of Food
Security Through State Support
for the Agro-Industrial Complex
in the Conditions of Digital Economy
Aleksei V. Bogoviz1(&) , Pavel M. Taranov2,

and Alexander V. Shuvaev3
1
[email protected]
2
[email protected]
3
Stavropol State Agricultural University, Stavropol, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to develop the innovational tools of

provision of food security through state support for the agro-industrial complex
(AIC) in the conditions of digital economy in modern Russia. For verification of
the offered hypothesis and determination of connection between the level of
national food security of modern Russia, state support for the AIC, and the use
of the possibilities of digital economy, the article uses the method of correlation
analysis. Also, the authors use the method of trend and horizontal statistical
analysis, with the help of which the authors use the dynamics of change of the
index of national food security in Russia in 2012–2017. The authors substantiate
that state support for the AIC in modern Russia is not related to usage of existing
possibilities of digital economy and does not fully ensure the national food
security. The authors offer to supplement the traditional tools of financial sup-
port for national manufacturers of the AIC products with state subsidies, sub-
sidized credits, etc., as well as innovational tools which is based on usage of the
capabilities of digital economy. These tools allow achieving competitive
advantages of domestic manufacturers of the AIC as to the quality and price. As
compared to the traditional tools of state support, which belongs to the sphere of
protectionism, the offered innovational tools do not limit the foreign competition
and does not provide obvious preferences for domestic entrepreneur-
ship. Instead, innovational tools increase competitiveness of domestic manu-
facturers of the AIC products, i.e., uses the market mechanism, leaving the
choice to customers, hindering access to the market for dishonest entrepreneurs.
Keywords: Tools for provision of food security

State support for the agro-industrial complex Digital economy
Modern Russia

1 Introduction
The recent global economic crisis had a strong negative influence on the modern global
economic system. The crisis influenced the spheres that produce the items of luxury
and everyday usage goods, among which the central role belongs to the agro-industrial
complex (AIC). The crisis led to destruction of the transnational economic relations.
Due to this, the countries that export the products of the AIC faced the problem of
selling these products, and the countries that import the products of the AIC faced the
problem of their deficit.
In addition to this, domestic companies of the AIC reduced their business activity,
and their number reduced due to decrease of the volume of paying capacity and
problems with resources supply, which usually were based on international production
chains in the interests of optimization of business processes by means of international
division of labor. As a result, the problem of national food security became urgent in a
lot of countries – especially those that import products of the AIC. Modern Russia
belongs to the countries that do not specialize in manufacture of products of the AIC
and import a large part of consumed products of this economic complex.
The working hypothesis of the research is based on the hypothesis that state support
for the AIC in modern Russia is not connected to usage of the existing possibilities of
digital economy and does not ensure the national food security of the country. The
authors seek the goal of development of innovational tools of provision of food security
through state support for the AIC in the conditions of digital economy in modern
Russia.
For verification of the offered hypothesis and determination of connection between the
level of national food security of modern Russia, state support for the AIC, and usage
of capabilities of digital economy, the authors use the method of correlation analysis.
The authors use the correlation analysis to calculate coefficients of correlation that
reflect dependence of the index of national food security according to the Economist
Intelligence Unit on the volume of state support for the AIC in Russia, set according to
the State program of development of agriculture and regulation of the markets of
agricultural products, resources, and food for 2013–2020, established by the Decree of
the Government of the Russian Federation dated July 14, 2012 No. 717 and on the
index of development of the information and communication technologies according to
the International Telecommunication Union. Statistical information for 2012–2017 is
presented in Table 1.
Also, the authors use the method of trend and horizontal statistical analysis for
studying the dynamics of change of the index of national food security in Russia 2012–
2017.
Innovational Tools for Provision of Food Security 661
Table 1. Dynamics of the values of the food security index, index of development of the
information and communication technologies, and the volume of state support for the AIC in
Russia in 2012–2017
Indicator Values of the indicators for the years
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017
Index of national food 68.3 60.9 62.7 63.8 63.8 66.2
security, points
Volume of state support for 150.22 189.23 221.26 240.07 254.15 271.12
the AIC, RUB billion
Index of development of the 6.74 6.77 6.81 6.85 6.91 6.92
information and
communication
technologies, points
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of: (Economist Intelligence Unit 2017; Government
of the Russian Federation 2017; International Telecommunication Union 2017).
3 Discussion
The issues of provision of national food security are studied in the works (Karandish
and Hoekstra 2017; Danylenko et al. 2017; Karanina et al. 2017). The essence and
specifics of the processes of state support for the AIC are viewed in the publications
(Sandu et al. 2017; Mikhaylova et al. 2017). The possibilities of digital economy are
analyzed in the studies (Popkova et al. 2016; Ragulina et al. 2015; Bogoviz et al. 2017;
Bogdanova et al. 2016; Popova et al. 2016; Kuznetsov et al. 2016; Kostikova et al.
2016; Simonova et al. 2017).
As a result of the performed overview of scientific publications on the selected
topic, it is possible to conclude that its components – the concept of national food
security, state support for the AIC, and digital economy – are studied in detail.
However, there is no systemic comprehensiveness of this topic’s elaboration, which
requires further complex studies that allow unifying the accumulated knowledge and
directing them at solving the problem of provision of food security through state
support for the agro-industrial complex in the conditions of digital economy.
4 Results
The results of the performed analysis are given in Table 2.

The data of Table 2 show that the values of the national food security index of
Russia are not related to the volume of state support for the AIC (correlation coefficient
– 0.03%) and the index of development of the information and communication tech-
nologies (correlation coefficient – 0.07%).
Moreover, despite the annual increase of the volume of state support for the AIC
(its average growth constitutes 12% annually), national food security of Russia remains
at the low level. Thus, it reduced by 11% in 2013, as compared to 2012, and by 3% in
2017, as compared to 2012.
Table 2. Results of analysis of the values of the national food security

index
Indicator (type of Detalization of the indicator Value
analysis)
Growth rate 2013/2012 0.89
(horizontal analysis) 2014/2013 1.023
2015/2014 1.02
2016/2015 1.00
2017/2016 1.04
Growth rate 2017/2012 0.97
(trend analysis)
Correlation coefficient With volume of state 0.03%
(correlation analysis) support for the AIC
With index of development of 0.07%
the information and
communication technologies
This work offers the following innovational tools of provision of food security
through state support for the agro-industrial complex in the conditions of digital
economy. The 1st tool: optimization of transport logistics. Digital technologies may
help to determine the most popular directions of movement of domestic products of the
AIC. For example, the products of the AIC are usually manufactures in peripheral
regions of the country, where the cost of all types of resources is lower, and then is
transported into central regions, where the level of prices is higher and it is possible to
sell these products with larger profit.
Determining the most popular directions of movement of domestic products of the
AIC allows concentrating the state’s efforts on their development. Modernization of
transport logistics allows accelerating and cheapening the process of transportation of
products of the AIC, thus providing its domestic manufacturers with sustainable pricing
competitive advantage as compared to foreign rivals which will use other directions
with less developed transport logistics.
2nd tool: introduction of the national system of bar codes. We offer to introduce the
single national bar code of the products of the AIC, which allows tracking the
movement on the territory of Russia and the sales online. This measure could be a
means of fighting counterfeit products, thus ensuring security of its consumption by
Russia’s population. For the imported products of the AIC, digital bar codes will be
assigned on the paid basis. Revenues from this will be used for support for domestic
companies of the AIC, to the products of which the digital bar codes will be assigned
for free.
3rd tool: certification of products’ quality. The existing modern digital technologies
allow creating special devices for instant quality control over products of the AIC. We
offer to make this control mandatory on the whole territory of Russia. It will include
analysis of the structure of products of the AIC for harmful additives, pesticides,
conserving agents, GMO, etc. The analysis may also suppose correspondence of
products of the AIC to the existing GOSTs. Similarly, for imported products of the AIC
this certification should be paid, and for domestic manufacturers – free or cheap. This
will allow guaranteeing high quality of products of the AIC for Russian consumers.
The mechanism of provision of food security on the basis of the offered innova-
tional tools of state support for the AIC in the conditions of digital economy is pre-
sented graphically in Fig. 1.
Key goal: provision of country’s food security
Means of achieveing the goal:

using the capabilities of digital
Tool 1: optimization of economy for state support for
transport logistics domestic companies of the AIC
acceleration and cheapening of

transportation of domestic
Tool 1: national system of bar
products of the AIC
codes
online tracking of movement

Tool 1: certification of the AIC and sales of the AIC products,
products’ quality determination of suppliers of
low-quality products of the AIC
state guarantee of high quality of
products of the AIC
Results: pricing competitive advantage of domestic companies of the AIC, import substitution
in the AIC, increase of the quality of the AIC products
Fig. 1. The mechanism of provision of food security on the basis of innovational tools of state
support for the AIC in the conditions of digital economy Source: compiled by the authors.
As is seen in Fig. 1, using the offered tools allows providing the pricing compet-
itive advantage to domestic companies of the AIC, thus stimulating import substitution
in the AIC and guaranteeing the increase of the AIC products’ quality. As a result,
provision of national food security in the long-term is achieved.
5 Conclusions
It should be noted that national food security is a complex notion. In practice, its
provision includes not only support for domestic manufacturers of products of the AIC
in the interests of ousting foreign rivals, import substitution, and reduction of import of
products of the AIC. An important component in the process of provision of national
food security is state control and guarantee of quality of products of the AIC.
That’s why it is offered to supplement the traditional tools of financial support for
domestic manufacturers of products of the AIC (state subsidies, subsidized credits, etc.)
by innovational tools based on using the possibilities of digital economy. These tools
allow achieving competitive advantages of domestic manufacturers of the AIC in
quality and price.
As compared to the traditional tools of state support, which belongs to the sphere of
protectionism, the offered innovational tools do not limit foreign competition and do
not provide obvious preferences for domestic entrepreneurship. Instead, innovational
tools raise the competitiveness of domestic manufacturers of products of the AIC, i.e.,
use the market mechanism, leaving the choice to the consumers but blocking dishonest
entrepreneurs for entering the market.
A certain limitation of the results of this research is emphasis on the economy of
modern Russia, as other countries of the world may have other problems in the sphere
of provision of national food security and use other tools state support for the AIC.
That’s why determining the country analogies and verification of applicability of the
offered innovational tools of provision of food security through state support for the
AIC in the conditions of digital economy in various countries of the world is a per-
spective direction of further scientific research.
References
285 (2017)
Danylenko, A., Satyr, L., Shust, O.: Price parity in the agricultural sector as a guarantee of the
national food security. Econ. Ann. XXI 164(3-4), 61–64 (2017)
Economist Intelligence Unit: The Global Food Security Index 2012–2017 (2017). http://
foodsecurityindex.eiu.com/Country/Details#Russia. Accessed 15 Nov 2017
International Telecommunication Union: ICT Development Index 2012–2017 (2017). https://
www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Pages/default.aspx. Accessed 15 Nov 2017
Karandish, F., Hoekstra, A.Y.: Informing national food and water security policy through water
footprint assessment: the case of Iran. Water (Switzerland) 9(11), 831 (2017)
Karanina, E., Sapozhnikova, E., Loginov, D., Holkin, A., Sergievskaya, E., Zurakhovskii, A.:
National aspects of food security of Russia. In: MATEC Web of Conferences, 106, 08079
(2017)
10601–10608 (2016)
10222–10230 (2016)
Mikhaylova, N.A., Babich, T.V., Smirnova, O.S.: Improvement of the state support mechanism
for regional agro-industrial complex under the conditions of international sanctions and
Russia’s membership in the WTO. Contributions to Economics, pp. 151–157 (2017). ISBN
978-3-319-60695-8
(4), 584–590 (2016)
415 (2017)
in conditions of educational unification. Mediter. J. Soc. Sci. 6(3), 95–100 (2016)
Government of the Russian Federation: State program for development of agriculture and
regulation of the markets of agricultural products, resources, and food for 2013–2020,
established by the Decree of the Government of the Russian Federation dated July 14, 2012,
No. 717 (2017). http://www.agro-ferma.ru/dayatelnost/rekonstruktsiya-sooruzheniy/stati/
programma-razvitiya-apk-na-2013-2020-gody/. Accessed 15 Nov 2017
infrastructure in the agrarian sector. AIC Econ. Manag. 1(1), 35–41 (2017)
Economic Stimuli for Creating Highly-Efficient
Jobs: A Modern Human’s View
Yulia A. Agunovich1(&), Yulia V. Ragulina2,

Alexander N. Alekseev3, Elena V. Kletskova4,
and Pavel T. Avkopashvili4
1
Federal State Budget Educational Institution of Higher Education “Kamchatka
State Technical University”, Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky, Russia
[email protected]
2
[email protected]
3
4
Abstract. The purpose of the work is to develop the concept of economic

stimulation of creating highly-efficient jobs from the view of a modern human
by the example of modern Russia. The authors determine the level of modern
human’s interest in creation of highly-efficient jobs through the prism of three
various roles in socio-economic system of Russia. The information and ana-
lytical basis of the work consists of the materials of the sociological survey
performed by the All-Russian Public Opinion Research Center in 2016, the
materials of the report by the United Nations Development Programme on
Human Development Index and the INSEAD, WIPO, Cornell University on
innovational development of economy, as well as the materials of the Interna-
tional Monetary Fund and the Federal State Statistics Service for 2016. The data
are processed with the help of the systemic, logical, dynamics (trend), and
comparative analysis, as well as general scientific methods of the research, such
as synthesis, deduction, induction, formalization, etc. The authors prove the
thesis that the process of economic stimulation of creating the highly-efficient
jobs in the economic system, studied by the modern science from the positions
of entrepreneurial structures, should be viewed through the prism of human –
both within and outside of these structures. The authors determine the key
barriers on the path of successful economic stimulation of creation of
highly-efficient jobs in modern Russia and offer practical recommendations for
overcoming them, on the basis of which the concept of stimulation of creating
the highly-efficient jobs from the point of view of modern human is created.
Keywords: Economic stimulation Creation of highly-efficient jobs

Modern human

Economic Stimuli for Creating Highly-Efficient Jobs 667
1 Introduction
Under the influence of the processes of economic globalization and active regional
integration, which stimulate the enlargement of economic subjects in the world
economy, the basic unit of economic systems’ analysis was reconsidered. At the level
of the global economy, regional integration unions of countries appeared, and at the
level of national economy – its regions. Also, the emphasis shifted from households
(demand) to entrepreneurial structures (offer) as sources of business and innovational
activity in economy.
This phenomenon influenced economics in a contradictory way. On the one hand, it
supported macro-economic analysis, ensuring quick collection of information and its
simplified processing, thus guaranteeing quick decision making in the sphere of state
economic policy. However, on the other hand, this reduced precision and authenticity
of this analysis due to its separation from the actual basic economic subject – modern
human – and distorted the information used during state decisions making, thus
increasing the probability of mistakes and the risk of unfavorable socio-economic
consequences, including the crises of economic systems.
Consideration of a modern human as a part of entrepreneurial structure (from the
aspect of demand) is narrow, because it reflects only one social role – as a worker and
human resource that is used for production of goods in economy. In reality, modern
human has a lot of roles in the socio-economic system, being the source of innovational
potential, bearer of certain values, and consumer of goods. In view of these roles,
modern human is a complex and multi-level socio-economic category, the authentic
modeling of which is the guarantee of successful macro-economic analysis.
Based on the above, the authors offer the hypothesis that the process of economic
stimulation of creating the highly-efficient jobs in the economic system, studied by the
modern science from the positions of entrepreneurial structures, should be viewed
through the prism of a human, both within these structures and outside of them. The
purpose of the work is to develop the concept of economic stimulation of creating the
highly-efficient jobs from the view of modern human by the example of modern
Poccии.
For verification of the offered hypothesis, the authors determine the level of interest of a
modern human in creation of highly-efficient jobs through the prism of three various
roles in the socio-economic system of Russia. The first role, analyzed in this research,
consists in patriotism of a modern human. Its essence is that, while being a part of the
national economic system, modern human is interested in successful implementation of
the designated strategic course of its development. Evaluation of the population’s
perception of implementation of national projects is performed on the basis of the
sociological survey, conducted by the All-Russian Public Opinion Research Center in
2016.
668 Y. A. Agunovich et al.
The second role that is performed by modern human in the socio-economic system
is that he is a source of innovational potential. For assessing the level of opening this
potential in Russia, the materials of the report of the United Nations Development
Programme on human development index and the report of INSEAD, WIPO, Cornell
University on innovational development of economy are used. The data of these reports
are compared for determining the differences in the potential of human development
and the level of its opening (implementation) in Russia.
The third role of a modern human, studied in this article, consists in consumption of
goods in economy. Sufficiency of own production of goods in Russia is evaluated
through comparing the volume of gross domestic product (GDP) and GDP per capita
according to the International Monetary Fund to the volume of import according to the
Federal State Statistics Service. The statistical data that are the basis of the research are
given in Table 1.
Table 1. Statistical data for the research

Indicators 2000 2005 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Import, $ billion 33.9 98.7 228.9 305.8 317.3 315.3 286.7 182.4
GDP, $ billion 279.03 820.57 2170.10 2230.60 2063.70 1365.90 1280.70 1560.70
GDP per capita, $ 1,905.94 5,713.36 15,145.38 15,558.80 14,388.00 9,521.08 8,928.69 10,885.48
Level of population’s – – – – – – – 95.64
approval of national
projects’
implementation, %
Human development – – – – – – – 0.798
index, points
Innovational index of – – – – – – – 38.76
economy, points
Source: compiled by the authors on the basis of: (All-Russian Public Opinion Research Center 2017; Federal State
Statistics Service 2016; United Nations Development Programme 2017; International Monetary Fund 2017;
INSEAD, WIPO, Cornell University 2017).
The above data are processed with the help of systemic, logical, dynamics (trend),
and comparative analysis, as well as synthesis, deduction, induction, formalization, etc.
3 Discussion
The economic aspect of stimulation of creating the highly-efficient jobs in the interests
of accelerating the rate of economic growth, increase of competitiveness, and
achievement of import substitution and other positive effects is studied in detail in the
works (Popkova et al. 2016; Ragulina et al. 2015; Bogoviz et al. 2017; Bogdanova
et al. 2016; Popova et al. 2016; Kuznetsov et al. 2016; Kostikova et al. 2016; Simonova
et al. 2017). At that, the social aspect of this process is poorly studied by the modern
economic science and requires further elaboration.
4 Results
The performed complex analysis of the data from Table 1 showed that, firstly, the level
of population’s approval of national projects’ implementation is very high (95.64%).
That is, the level of patriotic feelings of the Russia’s population is rather high. That’s
why growth of efficiency of economy, which stimulates quick implementation of the
strategic course of the national development of Russia, is one of the needs of a human
in modern Russia.
Secondly, analysis also showed that import in Russia constituted 11.68% of the
country’s GDP in 2016. The annual average growth rate of import in Russia constitutes
27.59%, which exceed the annual average growth of GDP, which equals 12.75%. In
addition to that, growth of GDP per capita constituted 71.13% in 2016, as compared to
2000, having exceeded the growth of GDP, which constituted 59.32%.
This allows stating that demand for goods in the Russian economy exceeds the
existing internal offer. Therefore, Russian consumers are interested in growth of effi-
ciency of domestic economy for increase of the volume of domestic production of
goods and full satisfaction of existing internal demand.
Thirdly, the results of the analysis showed that human development index in Russia
constituted 0.798 in 2016, while the maximum level of this index in the country
ranking is 0.944. That is, the Russian index value equals 84.53% of the world leader.
The innovational index of economy in Russia was 38.76 in 2016, while in the country
ranking the maximum value of this index was 67.69. That is, the Russian index equals
57.26% of the world leader.
This shows incompleteness of implementation of the existing potential of human
development in modern Russia. That’s why human in modern Russia in interested in
creation of highly-efficient jobs for opening the personal and innovational human
potential.
Summarizing the above, it is possible to conclude that modern human is interested
in creation of highly-efficient jobs through the prism of all social roles that he per-
formed in the socio-economic system. This emphasizes the importance of economic
stimulation of creating the highly-efficient jobs not only from the economic (growth of
competitiveness, economic growth, etc.) but from the social (satisfying human needs)
points of view.
We have determined the following barriers on the path of creation of highly-
efficient jobs in modern Russia:
– high commercial attractiveness of non-productive entrepreneurship: a popular
entrepreneurial scheme is formation of long chains of added value, the significant
share of which supposes reselling the goods without changing them. As a result,
consumers have to purchase the goods for high prices with low efficiency of
entrepreneurship;
– smaller value of human resources, as compared to other types of production
resources: insufficient level of knowledge on conduct of entrepreneurial activities in
Russia leads to underestimation of human resources, which are valued in the world
as sources of innovational development entrepreneurship;
– inaccessibility of resources (primarily, investment and technological) for creation of

highly-efficient jobs: low investment attractiveness, lack of own financial resources,
and weak connection to R&D institutes predetermine the existence of this barrier.
For overcoming these barriers, the authors offer the following practical
recommendations:
– legislative establishment of limits of production chains which limit the possibilities
of development of non-productive entrepreneurship;
– conduct of a series of training and developing courses for entrepreneurs, aimed at
demonstration of the value of human resources;
– economic stimulation of highly-efficient entrepreneurship with the help of tax and
credit state measures.
The concept of economic stimulation of creating the highly-efficient jobs, which
reflects the influence of the offered recommendations on modern human, is shown in
Fig. 1.
State measures for economic stimulation of entrepreneurship
Limitation of production Training entrepreneurs Stimulation of efficiency

chains
Creation of highly-efficient jobs at the modern companies
– successful – fuller realization of

implementation of the accumulated human
strategic course of the Personality (including
national socio- innovational) potential
economic development
of the country
Patriot Modern
Consumer
human
– optimization of usage – Fuller satisfaction

of accessible human of internal
resources in the demand with the
interests of means of
entrepreneurship Worker domestic
entrepreneurship
Synergetic effect: provision of quick growth of economy and increase of its global
competitiveness together with increase of the population’s living standards, increase of the
values of happiness index and other social indicators
Fig. 1. The concept of economic stimulation of creation of highly-efficient jobs from the view of
a modern human. Source: compiled by the authors.
As is seen from Fig. 1, implementation of the offered recommendations for eco-

nomic stimulation of creating the highly-efficient jobs positively influences all levels of
a modern human. As a personality, modern human takes advantages from fuller
implementation of accumulated human (including innovational) potential, as a patriot –
from successful implementation of the strategic course of the national socio-economic
development of the country, as a human resource – from optimization of usage of
accessible human resources in the interests of entrepreneurship, and as a consumer –
from fuller satisfaction of internal demand by means of domestic entrepreneurship.
As a result, the synergetic effect is achieved, related to the fact that provision of
quick growth of economy and increase of its global competitiveness takes place in
combination with increase of the population’s living standards, growth of the values of
happiness index and other social indicators. That is, profit is gained at the
macro-economic scale and at the scale of each separate human.
5 Conclusions
Thus it is proved that sustainable development of modern socio-economic systems

requires the return to the origins of the classic economic thought and consideration of
human as a basic item of analysis of these systems. The provided concept of economic
stimulation of creating the highly-efficient jobs from the point of view of a modern
human considers human as a central element of the system of economic stimulation of
creating the highly-efficient jobs. This allows achieving economic and social positive
results of this stimulation.
References
285 (2017)
INSEAD, WIPO, Cornell University: The Global Innovation Index 2017 (2017). https://www.
globalinnovationindex.org. Accessed 20 Nov 2017
International Monetary Fund: Report for Selected Countries and Subjects: Russia (2017). http://
www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/weo/2017/01/weodata/weorept. Accessed 20 Nov 2017
10601–10608 (2016)
10222–10230 (2016)
(4), 584–590 (2016)
competitiveness. Russia and the European Union Development and Perspectives, pp. 407–
415 (2017)
United Nations Development Programme: Human Development Index 2016 (2017). http://hdr.
undp.org/. Accessed 20 Nov 2017
All-Russian Public Opinion Research Center: Population’s perception of realization of the
national projects (2017). https://wciom.ru/research/research/socialno_ehkonomicheskie_
issledovaniya/. Accessed 20 Nov 2017
Federal State Statistics Service: Russia in numbers: short statistical bulletin. Federal State
Transformation of the Role of Human
in the Economic System in the Conditions
of Knowledge Economy Creation

Alexander N. Alekseev2, Evgeni S. Anichkin3,
and Viktor I. Dobrosotsky4
1
2
Plekhanov Russian University of Economics Russia, Moscow, Russia
3
Federal State-Funded Educational Institution of Higher Education
“Altai State University”, Barnaul, Russia
[email protected]
4
Moscow State Institute of Foreign Relations (MGIMO University)
of the Russian Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the work is to study the essence, consequences, and
perspectives of managing the process of transformation of the role of human in the
economic system in the conditions of knowledge economy creation by the
example of modern Russia. For determining the dependence of traditional com-
petitiveness of economy and successfulness of knowledge economy creation (as a
new type of economy’s competitiveness) on various types of resources – human,
technological, material, and investment – this work uses the method of correlation
analysis. The authors study the data of the United Nations Development Pro-
gramme, the International Telecommunication Union, the World Bank, and the
World Economic Forum for 2010–2016. Due to the usage of this method, the
authors prove that human resources perform more important role in the process of
knowledge economy creation than in the process of traditional provision of global
competitiveness of economy, which requires reconsideration of the approach to
managing them. The authors come to the conclusion that in the conditions of
knowledge economy creation the process of transformation of the role of human is
started. In this process, human transforms from the usual production resource
(human resource), consumer of traditional goods, and entrepreneur, who uses the
existing possibilities, into the leading production resource – the source of creation
and implementation of innovations, as well as the consumer of innovational goods
and innovations-active entrepreneur. Despite the fact that this transformation
process takes place in the natural way under the influence of market forces, it could
be distorted (market gaps could be formed); to prevent this, it is recommended that
state manage this process. The authors present a perspective approach to managing
the process of transformation of the role of human in the economic system in the
conditions of knowledge economy creation and offer practical recommendations
for its application in modern economic systems.

Keywords: Transformation of human’s role Economic system

Competitiveness Knowledge economy
1 Introduction
In the 21st century, the traditional models of competitiveness of economic systems was
replaced by knowledge economy. Due to this, for the purpose of supporting high global
competitiveness of economy, it is important not only to manufacture popular products
and offer them in the world markets for profitable prices, manifesting high marketing
activity; new characteristics of manufacture of these products – knowledge intensity
and innovativeness – became very important.
Change of the success factors in the world markets led to the necessity for adapting
business processes of entrepreneurial structures and the regulation mechanisms of
national economic systems to a new status quo. At that, there is a scientific problem –
despite the corresponding changes of formalized processes, a lot of companies and
countries were not able to achieve the expected results (increasing and supporting high
global competitiveness).
At the macro-level, this problem is expressed in the fact that despite starting the
processes of economy’s modernization, related to mass implementation of leading
production technologies and equipment, as well as growth of state expenditures for
stimulation of innovational activity of business, progress in development of knowledge
economy remains at the same level as before implementation of these measures. At the
micro-level, the essence of this problem is that acquisition of business innovations does
not ensure strengthening of market positions in the expected volume.
This scientific research is aimed at studying and solving this problem. The scientific
hypothesis of this research is that human resources have a more important role in the
process of creation of knowledge economy that in the process of traditional provision
of global competitiveness of economy, which requires reconsideration of the approach
to their management. The purpose of this work is to study the essence, consequences,
and perspectives of managing the process of transformation of human’s role in the
economic system in the conditions of knowledge economy creation by the example of
modern Russia.
For determining the dependence of traditional competitiveness of economy and suc-

cessfulness of creation of knowledge economy (as a new type of economy’s compet-
itiveness economy) on various types of resources – human, technological, material, and
investment – this work uses the method of correlation analysis. The authors study the
data of the United Nations Development Programme, the International Telecommu-
nication Union, the World Bank, and the World Economic Forum for 2010–2016
(Table 1).
The essence of the process of transformation of human’s role in the economic
system in the conditions of knowledge economy creation in contrast to the traditional
Transformation of the Role of Human in the Economic System 675
Table 1. Dynamics of values of the indicators of traditional and new competitiveness and their
factors in Russia in 2010–2016
Indicators Values of the indicators for the periods
2010 2011 2012 2013 20142015 2016
Index of human potential 0.79 0.79 0.80 0.80 0.81
0.80 0.80
development, points
Index of development of 5.61 6.00 6.48 6.70 6.91 5.52 5.87
information and
communication
technologies, points
Total natural resources 14.15 13.90 16.15 15.56 13.73 13.47 10.31
rents (% of GDP)
Volume of direct foreign 43.17 55.08 50.59 69.22 22.03 6.85 32.98
investments, $ billion
Index of knowledge 6.06 6.12 6.17 6.20 6.22 6.21 6.16
economy, points
Index of global 4.10 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.30 4.40 4.50
competitiveness
economy, points
Source: (United Nations Development Programme 2017; International Telecommunication
Union 2017; World Bank 2017a, b, c; World Economic Forum 2017).
type of economy’s competitiveness economy is studied in this work with the help of the
comparative, systemic, problem, and structural & functional analysis, synthesis,
induction, deduction, and graphic presentation of information.
3 Discussion
The role of human resources in provision of global competitiveness of entrepreneurial

structures and economic is studied and described in the works (Popkova et al. 2016;
Ragulina et al. 2015; Bogoviz et al. 2017; Bogdanova et al. 2016), etc. The concept of
knowledge economy and practical experience of its formation and development are
viewed in the publications (Popova et al. 2016; Kuznetsov et al. 2016; Kostikova et al.
2016; Simonova et al. 2017), etc. At that, the gap in modern scientific knowledge is the
lack of fundamental and applied research devoted to analysis of the process of trans-
formation of human’s role in the economic system in the conditions of knowledge
economy creation.
4 Results
The results of the performed correlation analysis are given in Table 2.

As is seen from Table 2, the traditional index of global competitiveness of econ-
omy depends on accessibility of natural resources (correlation - 77%) and the volume
Table 2. Results of the correlation analysis

Independent variables Dependent variables, correlation
Index of global Index of knowledge
competitiveness economy economy
Index of human potential development 0.53 0.99
Index of development of information and 0.18 0.52
communication technologies
Accessibility of natural resources 0.77 0.04
Volume of direct foreign investments 0.62 0.32
of direct foreign investments (correlation - 62%). This index does not depend on
technological (correlation - 18%) and human (correlation - 53%) resources.
The index of knowledge economy (new type of competitiveness of economic
systems) does not depend on natural (correlation - 4%) and investment (correlation -
32%) resources. It is predetermined by technological resources (correlation - 52%) and
depends on human resources (correlation - 99%). This starts the process of transfor-
mation of human’s role in the economic system in the conditions of knowledge
economy creation.
Thus, in the conditions of the traditional type of economy’s competitiveness,
human has a role of an ordinary production resource – a source of mechanic labor
aimed at quantitative growth of efficiency (growth of the production volume) for
achieving the “scale effect”. Also, human is a source of entrepreneurial capability,
determining the existing possibilities in the world markets and using them for orga-
nizing companies.
That is, in the aspect of studying human as an entrepreneur, emphasis is made on
analysis of the current demand for goods in economy. Competitiveness is achieved
with the help of creation of new (unique) combination of existing resources. Human is
also the consumer of goods in economy. He sets demand for goods, thus stimulating
business activity in certain (most popular) directions and being a vector of economic
growth.
In the conditions of knowledge economy creation, human also has the role of
innovator – the source of new and bearer of existing open and internal (corporate)
knowledge and skills (competences). Activities of human resources in the conditions of
knowledge economy include not only mechanic but also the intellectual, qualitative,
component, within which it is aimed at creation and implementation into business
processes of innovational technologies.
In the conditions of knowledge economy, human – as entrepreneur – acquires the
role of source of innovations in economy and creator of innovational goods, creating
new possibilities in the world markets. That is, in the aspect of studying human as
entrepreneur the emphasis is made on analysis of potential (future) demand for goods in
economy.
Competitiveness is achieved with the help of combining new (unique) resources.
Being a consumer, human sets demand for innovations. Human is also the consumer of
goods in economy. He sets demand for goods, thus stimulating business activity in
certain (most popular) directions and being a vector of innovational development of
economy.
The essence of the described process of transformation of human’s role in the
economic system in the conditions of knowledge economy creation is reflected in
Fig. 1.
Fig. 1. Transformaiton of human’s role in the economic system in the conditions of knowledge
economy creation
For the purpose of successful management of the process of transformation of

human’s role in the economic system for supporting its high global competitiveness in
the conditions of knowledge economy creation, we offer the complex of the following
practical recommendations. The influence on the human, who is a consumer, should be
performed through the increase of innovational literacy of population (explaining the
essence of innovational goods, demonstration of their differences from traditional
goods), and stimulation of demand for innovational goods (their propaganda and
explaining all advantages).
For influencing human as a worker it is offered to use such tools as stimulating
studying the innovations (through modernization of the educational system and
co-financing of additional training) and stimulating optimization of employment – for
ensuring targeted application of innovational capabilities of each employee in the
economy.
During influencing human as an entrepreneur it is recommended to use such tools
as stimulating the acquisition and implementation of innovations (through strength-
ening the connection between the scientific and business sector of economy) and
stimulating the innovational activity (with the help of tax and other accessible mech-
anisms of stimulation).
A perspective approach to managing the process of transformation of human’s role
in the economic system in the conditions of knowledge economy creation, which takes
into account the offered recommendations, is presented in Fig. 2.
As is seen from Fig. 2, the offered approach is based on the managerial mechanism,
the subject of which are public authorities bodies that are responsible for development
and implementation of state economic policy, and the object – human with all dis-
tinguished roles that he performs in the modern economic system.
This approach seeks the goal of preventing the distortion of market signals (market
gaps) in the process of the economic system’s transition to the path of knowledge
economy creation. The method of achieving the goal is managing the process of
Fig. 2. A perspective approach to managing the process of transformation of human’s role in the
economic system in the conditions of knowledge economy creation Source: compiled by the
authors.
transformation of human’s role in the economic system in the conditions of knowledge

economy creation on the basis of the offered practical recommendations. As a result,
quick formation of knowledge economy and maximization of its advantages for
development of economic system are achieved.
5 Conclusions
Summarizing the above results, it is possible to state that the offered hypothesis was
confirmed – the authors substantiate that in the conditions of knowledge economy
creation the process of human’s role transformation is started in the economic system.
In this process, human transforms from the usual production resource (human
resource), consumer of traditional goods, and entrepreneur, who uses the existing
possibilities, into the leading production resource – the source of creation and imple-
mentation of innovations, as well as the consumer of innovational goods and
innovations-active entrepreneur.
Despite the fact that the above transformation process take place naturally under the
influence of market forces, it could be distorted (market gaps could be formed); state
management of this process is recommended for preventing it. The developed per-
spective approach to managing the process of transformation of human’s role in the
economic system in the conditions of knowledge economy creation allows making this
process quick and smooth for all its participants and maximizing its advantages for
economy.
References
285 (2017)
International Telecommunication Union: The ICT Development Index (2017). http://www.itu.
int/. Accessed 19 Nov 2017
10601–10608 (2016)
10222–10230 (2016)
(4), 584–590 (2016)
415 (2017)
United Nations Development Programme: Human Development Index (2017). http://hdr.undp.
org/en/data#. Accessed 19 Nov 2017
World Bank: Total natural resources rents (% of GDP) (2017a). https://data.worldbank.org/
indicator/NY.GDP.TOTL.RT.ZS. Accessed 19 Nov 2017
World Bank: Foreign direct investment, net inflows (BoP, current US$) (2017b). https://data.
worldbank.org/indicator/BX.KLT.DINV.CD.WD. Accessed 19 Nov 2017
World Bank: The Knowledge Economy Index (2017c). http://www.worldbank.org/kam.
Accessed 19 Nov 2017
World Economic Forum: The Global Competitiveness Report (2017). http://reports.weforum.org/
global-competitiveness-index-2017–2018/countryeconomy-profiles/#economy=RUS. Acces-
sed 19 Nov 2017
New Forms of State Support
for the Agro-Industrial Complex
in the Conditions of Digital Economy as a Basis
of Food Security Provision
Larisa V. Popova1(&), Tatiana A. Dugina1, Natalia N. Skiter2,

Natalia S. Panova1, and Aijan G. Dosova1
1
Volgograd State Agricultural University, Volgograd, Russia
[email protected]
2
Volgograd State Technical University, Volgograd, Russia
[email protected]
Abstract. The purpose of the article is to determine new forms of state support
for the agro-industrial complex (AIC) in the conditions of digital economy, which
are the basis of provision of national food security by the example of modern
Russia. It is achieved with the help of the horizontal analysis of time rows, which
supposes comparison of statistical data of the adjacent time periods; the regression
analysis, which allows determining the character of dependence of variables; the
method of correlation analysis, which allows determining the connection between
the studied statistical indicators for the studied period. The analysis is performed
on the basis of the existing statistical information on dynamics of the values of the
index of national food security of Russia and expenditures of the federal budget for
state support for the AIC in Russia. The authors prove that the applied forms of
state support for the AIC are peculiar for low effectiveness, as they suppose high
load on the federal budget and do not stimulate the provision of Russia’s national
food security. In the conditions of digital economy, new forms of state support for
the AIC become accessible – they allow achieving larger effectiveness. The
authors offer recommendations for application of these forms and provide the
mechanism of action of the offered forms of state support for the AIC in the
conditions of digital economy as a basis of food security provision.
Keywords: State support Agro-industrial complex Digital economy

National food security
1 Introduction
The recent global financial crisis has a range of peculiarities that determine the
necessity to pay close attention to its analysis from the scientific society, international
organizations, and state regulators. The most important ones are global coverage of the
crisis, i.e., its influencing most of the economic systems of the world, the system
character, which is caused by distribution the crisis for all structural elements (sectors)

682 L. V. Popova et al.
of the economic systems, and long duration – certain economic systems are still in the
conditions of crisis, while others are still overcoming its deep consequences.
These peculiarities do not allow considering the global crisis as a positive phe-
nomenon in the world economy, which gives a signal for reconsidering the strategic
course of its development and points out the necessity for treating it as a negative
phenomenon that shows ineffectiveness of the model of free market economy. Due to
this, the scientific and practical problem of determining the optimal level of state
interference with the economic processes for leveling the market gaps and preventing
future crises becomes very topical.
While there are scientific and practical discussions regarding the necessity for state
regulation of a lot of spheres of national economy, the necessity for state support for the
AIC is acknowledged by most of scientific and political experts. At that, the crisis shows
low effectiveness of existing and applied forms of state support for the AIC, caused by
their inability to fully ensure the national food security of the countries that use them.
In this article, attention is paid to the experience of modern Russia – it is selected
for the research due to its unique position in the global economic system. Thus, Russia
occupies an intermediary position between developed and developing countries, pos-
sesses the highly-developed service sphere and industry, is geographically located on
the border of the European and Asian regions, etc. This allows using the Russia’s
experience for studying and managing a lot of other economic systems, which deter-
mines large perspectives of further practical application of the results, received in the
course of this research.
The basis of this research is the hypothesis that the currently applied forms of state
support for the AIC are peculiar for low effectiveness, as they suppose high load on the
country’s federal budget and to not fully stimulate the provision of Russia’s national
food security. In the conditions of digital economy, new forms of state support for the
AIC become accessible – they allow achieving higher effectiveness. We verify this
hypothesis and seek the goal of determining new forms of state support for the AIC in
the conditions of digital economy that could be the basis of provision of the national
food security by the example of modern Russia.
The offered hypothesis is verified with the help of the method of horizontal analysis of
time rows, which suppose comparison of statistical data of the adjacent time periods, and
the method of regression analysis, which allows determining the character of variables’
dependence, as well as the method of correlation analysis, which allows determining the
level of connection between the studied statistical indicators for the given time period.
Analysis is performed on the basis of the existing statistical information on
dynamics of the values of the index of Russia’s national food security and expenditures
of the federal budget for state support for the AIC in Russia. The State program of
development of agriculture and regulation of markets of agricultural products,
resources, and food for 2013–2020, established by the Decree of the Government of the
Russian Federation dated July 14, 2012, No. 717, supposes the following forms of this
support:
New Forms of State Support 683
– development of the infrastructural provision of business: creation of favorable

conditions for preserving and restoring soil fertility, developing amelioration of
agricultural lands, etc.;
– co-financing the technical and technological modernization: using the tools of tax
crediting, subsidizing, etc. for providing the AIC companies with financial possi-
bilities in the sphere of innovational development;
– information support for development of companies: optimization of information
flows for development of marketing relations in the AIC (Table 1).
Table 1. Statistical information for conduct of the analysis

Indicator Values of indicators for the years
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017
Index of national food security, points (y) 68.3 60.9 62.7 63.8 63.8 66.2
Growth of the values of the index of – –10.83 2.96 1.75 0.00 3.76
national food security, %
Expenditures of the Development of 30.04 34.06 44.25 45.61 45.75 43.38
federal budget for the infrastructural
forms of state support provision of
for the AIC, RUB business (x1)
billion Co-financing of 105.15 136.25 161.52 170.45 188.07 203.34
technical and
technological
modernization
(x2)
Information 15.02 18.92 15.49 24.01 20.33 24.40
support for
development of
companies (x3)
Growth of the total volume of – 25.97 16.93 8.50 5.86 6.68
expenditures of the federal budget for the
state support of the AIC, %
Source: Compiled by the authors on the basis of: (Economist Intelligence Unit 2017), (Government
of the RF 2017).
3 Discussion
The existing forms of state support for the AIC from the positions of fundamental
economic science are described in detail in the works (Ragulina et al. 2015), (Bogoviz
et al. 2017), (Orudjev et al. 2016), (Bogdanova et al. 2016), and (Popova et al. 2016b).
Practical experience and the problems of provision of the national food security with
application of the existing forms of state support for the AIC are reflected in the
publications (Popkova et al. 2016a), (Kuznetsov et al. 2016), (Kostikova et al. 2016),
(Simonova et al. 2017).
4 Results
As a result of the regression analysis, we obtained the following models of paired linear
regression:
– y = 0.68–0.11. This model means that growth of expenditures for state support
for the AIC in Russia in the form of development of infrastructural provision of
business in 2012–2017 leads to increase of the values of the index of national food
security by 0.68 points. Correlation coefficient constitutes 8.47%, which shows
statistical insignificance of the received regression model;
for the AIC in Russia in the form of co-financing of technical and technological
modernization in 2012–2017 leads to increase of the value of the index of national
food security by 0.66 points. Correlation coefficient constitutes 2.79%, which shows
for the AIC in Russia in the form of the information support for development of
companies in 2012–2017 leads to increase of the value of the index of national food
security by 0.64 points. Correlation coefficient constitutes 0.29%, which shows
The performed horizontal analysis of these statistical indicators showed that growth
rate of the total volume of expenditures of the federal budget for the state support of the
AIC, which constituted 6.68% in 2016 and 12.79% per year on average, exceeds the
growth rate of the values of the index of national food security, which constituted
3.76% in 2016 and –0.47% per year on average.
Thus, it is possible to conclude that the existing forms of state support for the AIC,
which are currently applied in Russia, are peculiar for low effectiveness, as expendi-
tures for their implementation exceed the result and do not ensure the high level and
high rate of the national food security growth. For solving this problem, the authors
offer the following new forms of state support for the AIC in the conditions of digital
economy кaк ocнoвa food security provision:
– online determination of urgent needs of the companies of the AIC and their satis-
faction: the modern digital technologies help to create a specialized state electronic
portal which will establish direct connection between the companies of the AIC and
the bodies of public authorities. The systemic collection of feedback will allow for
timely determination and solving of the existing problems of the AIC;
– co-financing of digitization of business processes of the AIC companies: modern-
ization of technologies and equipment of companies of the AIC should lead not to
slight improvement of business processes but to their restoration to the most leading
level. That’s why we recommend to prefer digital technologies during co-financing
of the AIC modernization;
– electronic independent ranking evaluation of the activities of the AIC companies:
digital technologies allow creating the official portal in which the interested persons
will be able to leave feedback on all companies of the AIC. This will allow
strengthening the reputation (and competitiveness) of the most conscientious

companies of the AIC, thus attracting interest to them from the consumers from the
whole world.
The mechanism of action of the offered new forms of state support for the AIC in
the conditions of digital economy as a basis of food security provision is shown in
Fig. 1.
Goal: provision of the national food security of the state
Tools: online determination of urgent formation of a strong

application needs of the companies of the AIC institutional basis for successful
of new and their satisfaction development of the AIC
forms of
state
support for co-financing of digitization of modernization of the AIC the
the AIC business processes of the AIC most leading level, growth of
with the companies competitiveness
usage of the
digital
economy’s increase of reputation and
electronic independent ranking
capabilities growth of competitiveness of
evaluation of the AIC companies
development the AIC companies
Expected (forecasted) main results:

– import substitution in the AIC by means of development of domestic manufacture of the
necessary products with the required volume, quality, and price;
– optimization of the activities of the AIC with mandatory elimination of unfair companies
from the market and growth of competitiveness of other domestic companies with high
internal and global competition.
Fig. 1. The mechanism of action of the offered new forms of state support for the AIC in the
conditions of digital economy as a basis of food security provision Source: compiled by the
authors.
As is seen from Fig. 1, the expected (forecasted) main results of practical imple-
mentation of the offered new forms of state support for the AIC in the conditions of
digital economy as a basis of food security provision include import substitution in the
AIC by means of development of domestic manufacture of all necessary products with
the required volume, quality, and prices.
Also, optimization of activities of the AIC is achieved by mandatory elimination of
unfair companies from the market and growth of competitiveness of other domestic
companies with higher internal and global competition. This allows maximizing the
effect of competitive forces and thus reducing the volume of state expenditures for
support for the AIC, turning in from subsidized into the leading and strategic spheres of
the national economy.
5 Conclusions
It should be concluded that existing forms of state support for the AIC could be
conventionally unified into one large category – forms of financial support, which could
have a direct (co-financing of certain measures) or indirect (development of infras-
tructure, information support) character. The main drawback of these forms is
short-term effect, which leads to dependence of the AIC on constant state support, and
low effectiveness, caused by high expenditures of the federal budget and small feed-
back in the form of increase of national food security.
The offered new forms of state support for the AIC in the conditions of digital
economy allow overcoming these drawbacks. They could be conventionally unified
into the category of marketing forms. They allow starting (or maximizing the effect) the
market mechanism (competition) and increasing the competitiveness of domestic
companies of the AIC, thus activating its further independent with further reduction or
even canceling of state support for the AIC. That’s why these forms can be the basis of
provision of the national food security.
References
285 (2017)
10601–10608 (2016)
10222–10230 (2016)
(4), 584–590 (2016)
competitiveness. Russia and the European Union Development and Perspectives, pp. 407–
415 (2017)
in conditions of educational unification. Mediterr. J. Soc. Sci., 6(3), 95–100 (2016a)
Economist Intelligence Unit: The Global Food Security Index 2012–2017 (2017). http://
foodsecurityindex.eiu.com/Country/Details#Russia. Accessed 15 Nov 2017
Government of the RF: State program of development of agriculture and regulation of markets of
agricultural products, resources, and food for 2013–2020, established by the Decree of the
Government of the Russian Federation dated July 14, 2012, No. 717 (2017). http://www.agro-
ferma.ru/dayatelnost/rekonstruktsiya-sooruzheniy/stati/programma-razvitiya-apk-na-2013-
2020-gody/. Accessed 15 Nov 2017
Experience of Nizhny Novgorod State
University for Conducting a Scientific Research
Seminar for the Department 38.04.01
“Economics”
Julia A. Makusheva(&), Lyudmila V. Strelkova, Oleg V. Trofimov,

Olga T. Cherney, and Elena I. Yakovleva
National Research Nizhny Novgorod State University

Named After N.I. Lobachevsky, Nizhny Novgorod, Russian Federation
[email protected],
[email protected]
Abstract. The article is devoted to the process of organizing research activities

of undergraduates. The relevance of this topic is due to the emerging problems
of students at the stage of forming their scientific results in the form of final
qualification works. The problems that arise are related to the weak development
of the research component in the process of mastering. The article provides an
analysis of the strengths and weaknesses of the research component and the
specific features of the process of organizing the research activities of students
under the master’s program of the specialty 38.04.01 “Economics” at the
Nizhny Novgorod State University N.I. Lobachevsky. Based on the analysis,
organizational solutions aimed at eliminating identified problems and improving
the quality of training for masters of the specialty 38.04.01 “Economics” are
proposed. Particular attention should be paid to pedagogical decisions, in par-
ticular, the introduction of innovative teaching technologies, such as interactive,
modular, etc., as well as the use of active participation of students in various
forms of scientific research (round tables, conferences, grants, competitions).
Recommendations data on the organization of research activities of graduate
students 38.04.01 “Economics” are actively introduced into the educational
process, while there is a qualitative increase in the level of preparedness of
graduation qualifications of undergraduates.
Keywords: Research activities Research seminar Competences

Research component
1 Introduction
At present, the issues of the organization of scientific research activity of undergrad-

uates (hereinafter referred to as NID) are becoming more urgent.
The modern practice of organizing the training process of the master’s program of
the specialty 38.04.01 “Economics” is built on the general principles inherent in all
areas of training and reflecting the competence approach. The main purpose at the same
Experience of Nizhny Novgorod State University 689
time is the expansion and consolidation of theoretical and practical knowledge obtained
by undergraduates in the learning process, the acquisition and improvement of practical
skills in the chosen master’s program, preparation for future professional activity.
In the actualized standards, the methodology of the organization of education does
not change, but some guidelines have been seriously adjusted. The analysis of the first
months of approbation of the standards showed the pedagogical community and the
state that the initial ideology of the Federal state educational standards of education is
to set an extensive list of competencies that the specialist should master before the end
of the university is not implemented. Not only because of the unpreparedness of
teachers, but, above all, because of the lack of transparent mechanisms for assessing
competencies.
Competent approach to the construction of the educational process sets the con-
ditions for designing master’s programs:
• Construction of the basic educational program on a modular basis on the basis of
new educational technologies;
• Achievement of close interrelations between theoretical training, social and prac-
tical knowledge, abilities and skills of expert analytical, design, organizational and
consulting work in the scientific sphere.
The special importance of the organization of research activities lies precisely in the
ability to link theoretical knowledge and practical research conducted by future masters
in the framework of their professional activities.
NID is a mandatory section of the main educational program for the preparation of
masters, the purpose of which is to form a wide range of competencies in accordance
with the content of federal state educational standards for higher education that
determine the basic requirements for the level and quality of master’s training (here-
inafter - GEF VO).
Along with these requirements, the developers of educational programs should take
into account the regional specifics and expectations of future employers, presented to
the professional portrait of their employee. I would also like to emphasize that this level
of education is a base not only for training highly qualified specialists in certain fields
of the economy, but also for future scientists who must have a level of training that is
adequate to the constantly changing conditions in society.
According to GEF VO, one of the main objectives of the Master’s program is to
develop competences that are directly related to the performance of research work.
Recently, due to the relevance of the issue under study, the number of publications and
dissertations on this issue has significantly increased. A leading approach to solving the
problem under discussion is a systematic approach. It is provides the formation, orga-
nization and implementation of the totality of professional competencies necessary for
research and development. In addition, the following methods were used in the work:
Comparison, theoretical and methodological analysis, competence-contextual approach
and generalization of the experience of organization of higher professional education.
690 J. A. Makusheva et al.
The study of this issue within the framework of the modern higher education school
is based on the experience of foreign countries. In our opinion, similar positions for the
purposes and the task of the research activity of masters can be seen in the works:
Davies M. B., Gomm R., Lawrence A. Boland, Mansfield B., Marshall St., Kin-
uthia V., Taylor W. In the scientific works of Mansfield B. [1], it is noted that it is
difficult to ensure the quality of education in the transition period and ways to over-
come this problem. At the same time, the team of authors Marshall St., Kinuthia V.,
Taylor W. [2] Specifies ways of overcoming the knowledge gap and their improvement
in the modern educational processes of universities.
The issues of implementing the master’s degree programs are examined in the
works of domestic authors, such as, E.A. Dereviantsenko, N.N. Komissarova, V.V.
Lapteva, and E.I. Sakharchuk et al. Along with this, many researchers, such as A.A.
Bulatbaeva, Y.I. Minyazhova, S.V. Osina, and Y.V. Solyannikov, focused in their
work exclusively on the specifics of NID undergraduates. The development of the
theoretical base, the availability of empirical material, as well as the studies carried out
by us on this issue allow us to identify and formulate a number of shortcomings in the
existing system of organizing and conducting research work with undergraduates of the
specialty 38.04.01 “Economics”.
The content of the research component in both Russian and foreign programs is
determined by the head of the master’s program, the supervisor of the master’s thesis
and the master student himself. The research topic should reflect the priorities of
modern science, practice and vocational education.
Foreign practice shows that the research conducted at the initial stage of training in
the magistracy is educational, but basic for the transition to the second year of study.
A special (command) organization of the work of undergraduates is characteristic for
the performance of some academic studies, when the research is conducted by a group
of several people according to all standards of scientific research (relevance, subject,
hypothesis, research tasks, etc.). At the same time, the results of the research are
documented in an article, and in some cases - in a collective educational monograph,
with all the requirements for the design of works of this kind. All this is typical for the
educational process of Russian practice, but the lack of a clear understanding and
implementation experience determines the main problem points.
Thus, one of the significant shortcomings of the currently existing Master’s pro-
grams is their traditional, mainly teaching, character. In the process of training, students
should develop not only the ability to freely navigate in scientific information materials,
but also the ability to comprehend process and transform the content of these materials
into a comprehensive system of knowledge and skills that will enable graduate students
to solve the scientific, educational and professional tasks assigned to them. Unfortu-
nately, practice shows that at the moment when master’s programs are being imple-
mented, there is not enough effort to develop research competencies and relevant
practical skills for undergraduates.
The content of the research activity of the undergraduate is determined in accordance

with the profile of the Master’s program, taking into account the subjects of scientific
research of the departments, as well as the topic of the master’s thesis of the student.
Along with this, in practice, a number of problems arise that are related not only to the
substantive and organizational aspects, but to the elementary lack of a structured
presentation of research activities, methods of scientific cognition, structure and sci-
entific apparatus of research activity, methods Performance of scientific research
activities, etc.
According to our survey, 37% of the first year students of the Master’s program in
Economics are ready for active participation in research activities, while 16% of those
surveyed are allowed to participate in research activities, but are not ready to do so This
is due to a lack of experience of this type of activity and an understanding of the
methods and specifics of the work ahead. Most of the masters of the first year of study
(76% of respondents) are satisfied with the results of their research activities, but in the
second year of education there is a significant decrease in this indicator - only 34% of
respondents are satisfied with their results. Part of the decline in this indicator is due to
the objective difficulties that the undergraduates have in the course of their research
activities due to the insufficient level of competence at the previous level of training
that would serve as a fundamental basis for carrying out research work.
The next important point, in our opinion, is that traditionally the work on the
preparation of the master’s thesis in some areas of training (for example, “Economics”
or “Management”) in Russian universities remains the main form of involvement of
undergraduates in research activities. The difficulty lies in the fact that in these areas it
is not easy to develop and implement other formalized types of research activities, such
as the creation of scientific laboratories and the participation of undergraduates in the
implementation of projects within the framework of these laboratories. Analysis of this
problem showed that 35% of universities implement research activity as a learning task
within a separate discipline, another 45% attempt to link the research activity of the
master to the main scientific topic of the department or center, and only about 20% of
universities are focused on a specific topic Master or its inclusion in projects close to
his scientific and professional interests.
Another drawback is that the preparation of master’s theses for master’s theses
begins too late, which negatively affects the theoretical and practical level, as well as
the content of these dissertations.
For these reasons, the formation and development of the research component
should be a fundamental approach and one of the main directions for the improvement
of master’s programs in the framework of professional activity. All this makes us talk
about the extreme necessity of conducting multifaceted work in the structure of sci-
entific, educational and production activities of undergraduates in modern conditions.
A review of existing works and studies on this topic, as well as an analysis of the
public education programs of the magistracy and local documents of various educa-
tional institutions that were publicly available showed that the concept of NID in a
master’s degree is qualitatively different from the same concept in bachelor’s programs,
being a broader notion of synthesis Educational and research activities and directly
research activities. Therefore, NID in the magistracy is on the one hand - the organized
activity of undergraduates in mastering the methodology of scientific knowledge, on
the other hand - directly organizing the scientific search for a master student.
The most important form of NID organization, contributing to its successful
implementation, is a research seminar (hereinafter referred to as NIS), organized on
each of the master’s programs. The purpose of NIS (as a form of educational and
research activities within the framework of NID) is to form the methodological
foundations and methodological approaches to scientific research activities, as well as
the optimal principles for organization of scientific work. In addition, this, in turn, is
transformed into the goal of the NIS - to develop competencies and skills of master’s
work among the undergraduates, allowing them to coordinate their work and actions
for the implementation of the master’s thesis.
As a result, we can define the main tasks of the research seminar as follows:
– First, the organization and conduct of career guidance work with undergraduates,
i.e. familiarizing them with the modern problems of the economy of the national
economy, with a view to clarifying their theme of scientific research.
Secondly, the creation of conditions for the mastering of master’s skills in academic
research, including the preparation and conduct of applied research, participation in
projects, obtaining scientific results, writing scientific papers.
– Thirdly, familiarity with the requirements for publications and speeches within the
research topic, at the level of international and all-Russian conferences and scien-
tific journals included in the list of VAK.
– Fourthly, the creation of conditions for the formation of skills of dialogue students
and scientific discussion, preparation and presentation of research results.
– Fifthly, the study of the requirements of competitive selection, familiarity with the
documentation on the design of scientific papers for contests or grants.
Consequently, the ultimate goal of the seminar will be the systematization of
scientific work in the educational process and the involvement of undergraduates in the
life of the scientific community.
Competent approach to the learning process allows you to set the following
competencies within the training area 38.04.01 “Economics” [3]:
OK-3 - readiness for self-development, self-realization, use of creative potential;
OPK-1 - readiness for communication in oral and written forms in Russian and
foreign languages for solving problems of professional activity;
PC-1 - the ability to generalize and critically evaluate the results obtained by
domestic and foreign researchers, to identify promising areas, to compile a research
program;
PC-2 - the ability to substantiate the relevance, theoretical and practical significance
of the selected topic of scientific research;
PC-3 - the ability to conduct independent research in accordance with the devel-
oped program;
PC-4 - the ability to present the results of the study to the scientific community in
the form of an article or a report.
The very process of NIS traditionally consists of lecture and seminar classes, as
well as independent work of undergraduates. In our opinion, the main topics that allow
formulating the declared competences and solving the tasks set are:
1. Science and scientific research. Science and its role in modern society. Basic
concepts of scientific knowledge.
2. Methodology of scientific research. Types of scientific research. Levels of scientific
research. Methodological, research and applied work.
3. Forms of scientific research. Goals and objectives of scientific research. Subject,
object and subject of research.
4. The main stages of planning and presentation of the master’s thesis. Requirements
for the master’s thesis, its structure and content of sections. Construction of theo-
retical and practical sections. Formulation of scientific conclusions.
5. Goverment management of scientific activity. Forms of organization of scientific
activity on the levels of management.
4 Conclusions
In summary, the expected results (activity format) should be determined. From our
point of view, the master must be prepared for the solution of professional tasks in
accordance with the profile direction of the master’s program and the types of pro-
fessional activity. In particular, in the field of research and development, training
should include:
– Formulation of research problems, processing, analysis and systematization of
scientific information on the research topic;
– Definition of research tasks, development of conceptual models, work plans and
programs for scientific research and methodological development, preparation of
individual tasks for performers;
– Determination of the composition and operationalization of the main variables
studied, selection of methods, planning and organization of conducting empirical
studies, analysis and interpretation of their results, construction of mathematical
models for the studied subject area;
– Preparation of scientific reports, reviews and publications based on the results of the
research, planning, organization and psychological support of the implementation
of the developments;
– Organization of scientific seminars, round tables, conferences and participation in
their work.
In our work, we also proceeded from the hypothesis that the model of NID orga-
nization that we presented in our university functions more effectively only when
certain pedagogical conditions are created [4]. One of the main conditions is not only
the need to introduce the proposed model of NIS in the educational process, but also
the activation of the involvement of all undergraduates in NID through the active
implementation of innovative teaching technologies. The need to solve educational
problems in the learning process, as well as to ensure the transformation of professional
experience, determines the choice of pedagogical innovative technologies that allow

active inclusion of undergraduates in NIDs, helping them to comprehend the practical
importance of knowledge and skills that they acquire during NIDs, developing their
desire to actualize knowledge and helping to accumulate experience in research
activities, and so on. According to our experience, interactive and modular technolo-
gies are the most adequate for our goals. Based on this, we structured the contents of
the training sessions on the basis of modular technologies. The main forms of orga-
nization of educational process on NIS are lectures with elements of problem, seminars
with elements of the business game, seminar-discussions, etc. [5].
Thus, the master student will be involved in research processes within the frame-
work of her research topic from the first year of her education, will form the necessary
skills necessary for her scientific research work, and will be able to form an active
scientific position using the results of the research conducted in professional managerial
activities.
The materials of the article can serve as a basis for creating an effective system for
organizing the research activities of masters and increasing the competitiveness of
Russian education in the world community.
References
1. Mansfield, B.: Competence in transition. J. Eur. Ind. Training 28(2/3/4), 296–309 (2004)
2. Marshall, St., Kinuthia, V., Taylor, W. (Eds.): Bridging the Knowledge Divide. Educational
Technology for Development. USA. Information Age Publishing Inc., (2009). 413 p
3. Federal state educational standard of higher education level of higher education master’s
course of training 38.04.01 “ECONOMICS”
4. Strelkova, L.V., Makusheva, Y.A.: Experience in the use of active teaching methods in
teaching economic disciplines of the profile “Economics of Enterprises and Organizations”/
“Innovative methods of teaching in higher education” project-oriented, problematic, search
and other methods (Collected articles on the results of the UNN methodical conference 12–13
February 2014) (2014)
5. Nikulina, N.N., Shashkina, M.E.: On some organizational and methodological features of
using the technique of “tuning” in master’s programs/“Innovative methods of teaching in
higher education” project-oriented, problematic, search and other methods (Collected articles
on the results of the methodical conference of the UNN 10–12 February 2016) (2016)
Added Value as an Indicator of the Company’s
Economic and Social Development
Lev Y. Avrashkov(&), Galina F. Grafova, Andrey V. Grafov,

Svetlana A. Shakhvatova, and Sergey M. Manasyan
Lipetsk Branch of the Russian Academy of National Economy

and Public Administration Under the President of the Russian Federation,
Lipetsk, Russian Federation
Abstract. The main purpose of economic development of economic entities at

all levels and, first of all, of small or medium-sized businesses is the getting a
profit, which is the basis for the formation of both explicit and implicit desig-
nated funds, namely the reserve fund, the production development fund, the
collective development fund and fund of material incentive. Today, the for-
mation of firms’ funds for solving social problems is becoming increasingly
important, the main one at the government level is improving the quality of life
of the population of the country, which is primarily formed by the wages. Salary
(payroll) and profit (the fund of material incentives) are the economic basis for
the formation of the quality of life of workers. The amount of wages spent on the
creation of products and profits of the enterprise from the sale of manufactured
products is the added value or net production created by the firm for the ana-
lyzed period. The article considers the factors of the formation of added value as
a result of the company’s production and economic activities. Various variants
of calculation of the added cost are considered depending on a level of rates of
the tax to profit and deductions for social needs.
Keywords: Firm, salary, profit, sales revenue Prime cost (cost)

Value added Income tax Social development of a company
1 Introduction
In the activities of economic entities of small and medium-sized businesses, the main
goal is to achieve high economic results and profit. The profit of organizations and
firms plays a significant role, since it is the main source of costs not only for financing
current production and investment activities, but also for the social development of the
firm.
Profit is the basis for the formation of a reserve fund and various funds whose main
purpose is to promote the development of the firm, both in terms of investment and in
terms of social development.
To date, only the standard for the formation of a reserve fund is established by
legislation (for example, Article 35 of the Federal Law No. 208-FZ dated December 26,

696 L. Y. Avrashkov et al.
1995 (as amended on July 29, 2012) “On Joint Stock Companies” (http://www.
consultant.ru/document/cons_doc_LAW_8743/) set a minimum reserve fund in the
amount provided for the company’s charter, but not less than 5% of its authorized
capital). The norms of formation of other funds is practically not regulated by any
legislative acts. The creation of such funds has the economic goal of increasing cap-
italization, financial stability and, consequently, increasing the market value of an
economic entity. But more and more important is the formation of funds for solving
social problems, the main of which on the national scale is to improve the quality of life
of the population. Unfortunately, for today Russia according to the quality of life of the
population according to various rating agencies is below most countries of the world
community.
Firms and organizations of various forms of ownership are the primary and the main
link in solving social problems related to improving the quality of life in the country.
According to the Decree of the President of the Russian Federation of December 31,
2015. No. 683 “On the National Security Strategy of the Russian Federation” (http://
www.consultant.ru/document/cons_doc_LAW_191669/), the strategic goals of ensur-
ing national security in improving the quality of life of Russian citizens are the
development of human potential, satisfaction of the material, social and spiritual needs
of citizens, reducing the level of social and property inequality of the population,
primarily due to growth of income.
This allows us to conclude that wages (payroll) and profit (the fund of material
incentives) are the economic basis for shaping the quality of life of company
employees.
The main factor determining the level of social security for employees of firms is
the amount of their wages. Other payments, for example, material reward in the form of
premiums from profits are an additional, but not the main factor in the growth of their
social level. It should be noted that the law regulates only the minimum wage, which
should be guided by the management of the firm as the lower boundary, while the
upper limit of wages and the size of premiums from profits (the fund of material
incentives) are not limited by any standards. At present, the minimum wage in the
Russian Federation is set at RUB 7,800, or USD 132, which is less than the subsistence
level of RUB 10,600 for 2017. This means that a working person does not have the
ability not only to support a family, but also to meet elementary minimum needs.
Russian economists link low wages in Russia to an insufficient level of labor pro-
ductivity in comparison with developed countries.
The minimum wage at the base of the average monthly wage, the level of which in
the Russian Federation also does not stand up to criticism. As can be seen from
Table 1, even in the Central Federal District of the Russian Federation there is a
significant gap in the level of average wages, from RUB 16,830 in the Orel region to
RUB 66,880 in Moscow, that is about 4 times.
If you compare the Orel region with the Moscow region, then here the difference
will be more than 2.5 times. As for the Lipetsk region, the gap in the average monthly
Added Value as an Indicator of the Company’s Economic and Social Development 697
Table 1. Average monthly wages in the subjects of the Central Federal District of the Russian
Federation in 2016 in RUB and USD.
Subjects Average monthly salary, Average monthly
Russian Federation thousand RUB salary, $
Russian Federation 36.20 613.55
Central Federal District of Russia 43.78 742.03
Belgorod region 27.28 462.37
Voronezh region 26.07 441.86
Kursk region 22.77 385.93
Lipetsk region 24.64 417.62
Moscow region 42.46 719.66
Tambov region 21.45 363.55
Orel region 16.83 285.25
Moscow 66.88 1133.55
wage with the same indicator for the Central Federal District is 1.77 times, and in
relation to Moscow, 2.7 times. It is difficult to assume that the differences in the level of
labor productivity in the metropolitan region and in the provinces are so significant.
The reason still seems to be that in Russia there is no thoughtful social policy in the
context of its regional component in general and wages in particular.
A comparative analysis of the average wage across the regions of Russia continues
to show a deepening trend towards widening the gap between the center and the
province: money practically settles in Moscow and to a lesser extent the second
unofficial capital of the Russian Federation - St. Petersburg. According to our estimates,
the deformation of financial flows in the Russian Federation led to the fact that
approximately 70% of the volume of financial resources is concentrated in Moscow,
about 20% in St. Petersburg and the rest (10%) in other regions of the country.
In 2016, the salaries of Russians have grown significantly compared to 2015, on
average in the country they have increased by 12%. However, this applies only to the
denomination in national currency - the Russian ruble. If we take the same figure in US
dollars, further subsidence is observed here. The average salary of Russians is still
much lower than that in countries of the Baltic and former socialist camps, where
wages, for example, in Estonia, Slovakia and Poland are already many times higher
than in Russia, although the economic potential of these countries is not comparable to
Russia (see Table 2).
As a result, at the present time, due to the low realization of the functions of wages,
and, above all, its stimulating (motivating) function, more than 50% of the workers in
the real sector of the economy in Russia barely make ends meet, practically live on
hunger. That is why workers do not fully realize their physical and intellectual potential
in the process of labor activity, which of course does not contribute to high labor
productivity.
Table 2. Average monthly wages in the CIS countries and other countries of the world in 2016
Countries of the world Average monthly Average monthly
salary, $ salary, rub.
Norway 4650 274000
USA 4460 263000
Germany 4150 244000
France 1448 85000
Poland 1440 84000
Estonia 1240 73000
Slovakia 1050 61000
Romania 660 38000
Russia 613 36000
Kazakhstan 370 21000
Belarus 350 20000
Ukraine 200 11800
The amount of wages spent for the creation of products, and the profits of the firm from
the sale of the goods produced represent the added value or pure products created in the
firm for the analyzed period.
The financial results of the company’s production and economic activities are
determined mainly by ordinary (core) activity, and the role of other types of economic
activity is insignificant. Thus, net products (value added) can be calculated using the
following formula:
VAp ¼ ðW þ DSNÞ þ ðR CÞ ¼ ðW þ DSNÞ þ ½R ðMC þ W þ DSN þ DÞ

ð1Þ
¼ R ðMC þ DÞ ¼ ðW þ DSNÞ þ Ps
where
VAp - net production (value added) from sales (from sales of products, works,
services);
R - revenue (net) from sales (volume of sales, works, services), excluding VAT
and other indirect taxes;
C - cost of sales, taking into account management and commercial expenses;
MC - material costs in the cost of goods sold (works, services);
D - depreciation in the cost of goods sold (works, services);
W - wages of workers in the cost price of the sold production (works, services);
DSN - deductions for social needs from the salary of employees;
Ps - profit on sales.
From the above formula, you can identify a close relationship between economic
elements: wages with allowances for social needs (W + DSN) and profit from sales of Ps.
We accept the condition that the volume of products sold remains unchanged.
Under this condition, an increase in the wages of workers will lead to a reduction in the
mass of profit, and vice versa. Theoretically, to achieve maximum economic benefit in
the form of profit can be with zero pay.
The patterns of social development of both the state and firms require the search for
optimal options for the ratio of wages and profits.
Important in the formation of possible options is the impact of the state’s tax policy
on elements of net output (value added): for example, the wages of employees are
affected by the level of the tax rate on individuals, deductions for social needs, and for
profit - the level of the rate of income tax.
The current system of taxation is aimed at increasing the production, investment
activities of the firm more than the social development of the firm’s collective. Since
even with the most favorable attitude of the company’s management to the growth of
the social development of the collective, an increase in wages is economically less
profitable than an increase in the mass of profit.
This situation is caused by the fact that the level of the social contribution rate from
the wages of employees (2017 - 30%, and if the enterprise is assigned a class of
occupational risk, the amount of contributions for compulsory social insurance against
occupational accidents and occupational diseases may be higher on the value of 0.2%
to 8.5%, so the rate of social allocations may reach 38.5%) is significantly higher than
the level of the income tax rate (2017 - 20%). This form of tax deductions for business
is external costs, so it seems logical that economically competent management of the
enterprise will seek options to reduce these total costs.
At the disposal of the firm remain the salary of employees and net profit, which
should be attributed to the company’s internal resources. In general, the net profit
(NP) can be represented as follows:
Tp
NetP ¼ Pb Pb ð2Þ
100
Where
Pb - profit before taxation;
Tp - the rate of the profit tax, %.
The normative level of tax deductions indicates that the increase in net profit by 1
rub. is associated with tax deductions at a ratio of 0.2: 0.8 = 0.25 RUB. with a tax rate
on profit of 20%, while the level of deductions for social needs from one ruble of
workers’ salaries is 0.30 RUB at the rate of deductions for social needs 30%.
When choosing the option of formation of value added, the economic advantage of
reducing the wage fund for a possible increase in the mass of profit is
0.30 − 0.25 = 0.05 rubles. for one ruble of net output (added value). This advantage is
achieved by reducing tax payments.
To increase the economic interest of the firm in increasing the wage fund, and to
achieve an equilibrium balance of profits and wages in the net output (value added), it
is first of all necessary to reduce the level of the social contribution rate from 30% to
25% with a 20% profit.
Thus, the priority of the formation of net products (added value) at the rate of
allocations for social needs below the level of 25% will be an increase in the share of
wages, and, conversely, with a level of social contributions exceeding 25%, the priority
will be on the side of increasing the share of profits.
Equilibrium ratio in the formation of net production (value added) at the current
stage of economic development is possible when establishing the following regulatory
values of tax deductions:
– Income tax rate of 20%;
– The rate of deductions for social needs is 25%.
The level of tax payment standards will allow the company to conduct more than
justified both social policy and industrial development policy.
It should be noted that for a number of years (2004–2009), which can be attributed
to the most intensive period of development of the Russian economy, the rate of
allocations to off-budget funds was 26.6%, which is close enough to the equilibrium
level of 25%.
The current level of the general taxation system rate is 30%, and if not directly, then
indirectly it promotes the spread of the shadow approach when determining the wage
fund to pay its certain part informally, that is, to conceal funds to be transferred to
extra-budgetary funds. The hidden fund of labor remuneration in 2016 amounted to
25.3% of the total amount of payment for employees according to the statistical
yearbook “National accounts of Russia”.
The size of wages and “mixed incomes” of Russians, not observed by direct
statistical methods, reached 10.3 trillion rub. In relative terms, this is slightly less than
the 2015 indicator (at that time it was 25.4%), but the informal wages fund has not
fallen to this level since the beginning of the decade: in 2011, the size was 24.5%, after
which it increased and remained at higher levels for four years. At the same time, in
absolute terms, hidden wages even increased: a year ago, their size was 9.7 trillion rub.
Hidden wages and mixed incomes Rosstat considers with the balance method. Out
of the expenses of Russians (including the increase in their financial assets, less lia-
bilities), formally recorded revenues are deducted. The calculations are not broken
down by industry, activities and territories. Peak of informal wages was reached in
2014, accounting for 28.2% of the total wage fund. Regarding GDP, the size of
informal wages in 2016 was 12% (a year earlier it was 11.6%, in 2013 - 13.3%).
According to the above provisions, we will consider various options for the formation
of added value from sales and net added value. In doing so, we will be guided by the
provision that for all the different options the value of the net output (value added)
remains unchanged (for example, RUB 1,580).
Table 3 presents the calculations for the proposed options.
When using the first option of forming value-added, the standards in 2017 are used:
the income tax rate is 20%, the social contribution rate is 30%. The ratio of net added
value remaining at the disposal of the enterprise is (1228: 1580) 100 = 78% and tax
Table 3. Formation of value added, RUB thousand.

Indicators Conventions Option 1 Option 2 Option 3 Option 4
P = 0.2; P = 0; P = 0.2; P = 0.2;
DSN = 30% DSN = 30% DSN = 1% DSN = 25%
Sales revenue S 2800 2800 2800 2800
Cost of sales, C 2400 2800 1220 2400
including
- material costs MC 1000 1000 1000 1000
- salary of SE 908 1216 0 944
employees
- deductions for DSN 272 364 0 236
social needs
- depreciation D 200 200 200 200
- other costs OC 20 20 20 20
Revenue from Rs 400 = 2800 − 2400 0 1580 = 2800 − 1220 400 = 2800 − 2400
sales
Income taxes It 80 = 400 * 0,2 0 316 = 1580 * 0,2 80 = 400 * 0,2
Net profit Netp 320 = 400 − 80 0 1264 = 1580 − 316 320 = 400 − 80
Value Added VAp 1580 = 908 + 272 1580 = 1216 + 364 1580 = 1580 + 0 1580 = 944 + 236
+ 320 + 80 + 320 + 80
Net added NetAV 1228 = 908 + 320 1216 = 1216 + 0 1264 = 0 + 1264 1264 = 944 + 320
value
Taxes and T 352 = 272 + 80 364 = 364 + 0 316 = 0 + 316 316 = 236 + 80
deductions
deductions (352: 1580) 100 = 22%. In this case, this option is typical for the modern
formation of added value and the company, when using this option, gives priority to
investment development, but at the same time restrains the wages of employees, that is,
the social development of the firm’s staff.
In the second variant, the situation is considered where the firm does not have
profit, that is, 100% of the formation of added value is carried out only at the expense
of wages at the rate of allocations for social needs of 30%. The ratio of net added value
(1216: 1580) 100 = 77% and tax deductions (364: 1580) 100 = 23%. In the real
practice of Russian firms, the use of this option is quite a rare phenomenon, since it is
focused solely on the social development of the firm. At the same time, investment
activity is not supported (lack of profit). However, this option is the most attractive
from the point of view of the formation of tax deductions (receipts to non-budgetary
funds for social development).
In the third variant, a purely theoretical position is considered, in which there is no
payroll. Thus, formation of 100% of added value is carried out only at the expense of
profit at the rate of the profit tax of 20%. The ratio of net added value (1264: 1580)
100 = 80% and tax deductions (316: 1580) 100 = 20%. This option should be con-
sidered only in theory, since the absence of wages at the firm is not possible. However,
hypothetically, this option has the greatest investment appeal: this option has the
highest mass of profit.
In the fourth variant, the position proposed by the authors for the formation of
added value is presented at an equilibrium value of allocations for social needs - 25%
and income tax rates - 20%. Thus, the formation of added value is carried out both at
the expense of wages, and at the expense of profit. The situation is logical when, at the
equilibrium optimal value of the rates, the final results of the deductions are similar to
the third option (VAp – 1,264 thousand rubles and T - 316 thousand rubles). The
implementation of this option in the practice of an operating firm is possible only if the
equilibrium level of the income tax rate and social contribution rates are used. This
option seems to be the most attractive for providing both the social, and
innovation-investment policy of the firm.
5 Conclusions
To implement the most attractive option (option 4), it is necessary to observe the
following ratio:
Tp
DSN ¼
100 Tp
The shift in the level of the rate of profit tax requires an adequate change in the
level of the rate of deductions for social needs.
It is because of this position that the variant proposed by the authors is the least
attractive for the structures forming off-budget funds. However, the amount of
deductions to extra-budgetary funds depends more on the absolute value of wages, and
then on the rate of deductions. Consequently, the higher the growth rate of the social
development of a firm, the wage fund, the less the influence of the factor of the rate of
allocations on social needs. The factor of reduction in the rate of deductions can be
partially or completely compensated by an increase in the mass of the wages of
workers, because of which the implementation of the principles of option four is most
progressive for the economic and social development of the firm.
References
1. Rudolfs, B., Johnson, R.C.: Value-added exchange rates. In: NBER Working Paper
No. 18498. National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts (2012)
2. Gereffi, G., Humphrey, J., Sturgeon, T.: The Governance of global value chains. Rev. Int.
Polit. Econ. 12(1), 78–104 (2005)
3. Elms, D.K., Low, P. (eds.): Global value chains in a changing world. Fung Global Institute
(FGI), Nanyang Technological University (NTU), and World Trade Organization (WTO).
Printing by WTO Secretariat, Switzerland, p. 2 (2013). https://www.wto.org/english/res_e/
booksp_e/aid4tradeglobalvalue13_e.pdf
4. SIA Alliance Media. https://www.Evrokatalog.eu
5. National Science Foundation. http://www.nsf.gov
6. Ya, A.L., Grafova, G.F., Grafov, A.V., Shakhvatova, S.A.: The Economics of Organizations
(Firms). Textbook for Magisters, Moscow (2014)
7. Shahvatova, S.A., Avrashkov, L.Y., Grafova, S.A.: To the question of the interrelation
between the indicators of the economic and social development of enterprises. The Auditor,
vol. 10(236), pp. 86–90 (2014)
8. Average salary in 2016 by regions of Russia and other countries of the world. http://www.bs-
life.ru
Intermediate Integration of Economic
Disciplines in the System Military Engineers
Training
Marina N. Gladkova(&), Natalia S. Abramova, Olga G. Shagalova,

Oleg N. Abramov, and Elena I. Dvornikova
Tyumen Higher Military Engineering Command School Named After Marshal

Engineer Troops A.I. Proshlyakov, Tyumen, Russian Federation
[email protected], [email protected], el.
[email protected]
Abstract. In the article, a systematic study of the effectiveness of the application

of interdisciplinary integration of economic disciplines in the system of training of
future military engineers is performed. The essence of the processes of integration
and differentiation is revealed, as well as the objective necessity of applying these
processes as a system for training future military engineers, so in the process of
mastering economic content. It is theoretically justified that the structural integrity
and continuity of the content of economic disciplines is achieved by the inter-
disciplinary integration of these disciplines. In addition, the implementation of
interdisciplinary integration leads to the systematization of economic disciplines,
and a unique cognitive result, the formation of an integral picture in the mind of a
military engineer, which, as a result, leads to the formation of a qualitatively new
type of knowledge, expressed in general scientific categories and concepts. The
article develops an algorithm for interdisciplinary integration of economic disci-
plines, including the successive implementation of the following actions: The
setting of a goal and the choice of a systematizing factor; The allocation of the
functions of each academic discipline; Establishment of interrelation of economic
disciplines; The definition of the functional dependence of economic disciplines;
Development of a glossary; The definition of the system of abilities; Creation of a
system of modules. The indicators of effectiveness of interdisciplinary integration
of economic disciplines are defined: The quality of cadets’ assimilation of the
content of economic disciplines; The orientation of cadets to master military
professional activities; Number of cadets who have creative methods of solving
economic problems; Number of cadets engaged in research activities.
Keywords: Interdisciplinary integration Economic disciplines

Military-professional training Military engineer
1 Introduction
The implementation of a scientifically based training system for future military engi-
neers differs from the professional training of specialists for scientific and technical,
scientific, educational, professional, pedagogical, industrial, sociocultural and other
fields of activity.
704 M. N. Gladkova et al.
The modern system of training future military engineers is a complex, multifaceted,

multifunctional, integrative system that has been in the last decade in the process of
continuous modernization, justified by the accelerated pace of scientific and techno-
logical progress, the development of technology and technology, the emergence of new
means and objects of labor, the expansion of the spectrum of specializations, changes
In the qualification requirements of engineers, etc. [1, 12, 13].
At the same time, integration processes in society, science and production, the
introduction of high technology, the intensification and intellectualization of the work
of a modern specialist require new, more efficient forms of integrating science, pro-
duction and education, which justifies the choice of innovative type of development of
educational institutions, including military- Engineering [6].
Theoretical basis of the research. The study showed that there is a development of a
number of works on the integration of the content of training: The concept of realization
of integrative and differentiated processes (A.P. Belyaeva, Yu.S. Tjunnikov, L.D.
Fedotova, etc.); Integration of professional-pedagogical education (T.B. Vasilyeva, N.I.
Vjunova, N.M. Zhukova, E.F. Zeer, M.G. Shalunova and others); Integration of the
learning process (E.O. Galitskikh, V.V. Guzeev, K.K. Kolin, and others); Integration of
the content of education (M.N. Berulava, K.Ya. Vazina, E.F. Zeer, Yu.N. Semin
and others).
Methodological basis of the study. As the methodological foundations are integrative
and differentiated approaches.
Integration processes include a broad penetration of the content characteristic of
phenomena and the search for basic regularities, the implementation of universal sci-
entific methods and means of pedagogical research, and therefore it must be studied
both in general and in a narrow sense [7].
In the context of this study, by integration, in the broadest sense of the word, we
mean bringing the content of economic and military-economic education to a single
didactic form on the basis of scientific, technical, military-professional, socio-economic,
psychophysiological and didactic communities; In the narrow sense of the word -
bringing economic disciplines into a single educational complex [3].
At the same time, it is necessary to emphasize the dialectical unity of the processes
of integration and differentiation.
Integration and differentiation of the economic component of military professional
education is dictated by the need to transfer the continuous multi-level training of future
military engineers (technician, bachelor, specialist, master), the integrity of the edu-
cational process and the specifics of the tasks to be solved, which in their essence have
integrative-differentiated properties.
The content integrity, consistency and continuity of the content of economic dis-
ciplines with relative independence of each of them, the conditionality of all economic
disciplines among themselves is achieved by the intersubject integration of these dis-
ciplines [4, 8].
Intersubject integration always has two sides - procedural and content: The first is
to use the methods, means, and methods of some disciplines in the study of others; The
second - in the field of intersection of the content of educational disciplines.
Intermediate Integration of Economic Disciplines 705
Based on this, the factors of intersubject integration may be different - and elements
of content (meaningful education, concepts, events, problems, etc.), and some educa-
tional technologies (project method, business game, etc.).
In the study, we focused on the substantive component of interdisciplinary
integration.
To the theoretical prerequisites for the structuring of the educational material, we
classified the following initial assumptions [2, 5]:
– Establishing the correspondence of the content of the educational material to the
current level of development of society, science, technology, production, education,
defense industry;
– Taking into account the features of integrative and differentiated processes;
– Rational ratio of the invariant and variable part of the economic and military-
economic content;
– The existence of links between economic disciplines.
Analysis of the results of the study. The analysis of the content of training military
engineers allowed determining the content of economic disciplines is represented by
three levels - general scientific, interdisciplinary and internal disciplinary [3].
The general scientific level of economic content implements a modern approach to
presenting the content model for future military engineers, while new knowledge is
derived from the knowledge of independent subsystems.
The interdisciplinary level of the content of economic disciplines is ensured by the
integration of the component parts of the training material with the relationship
between them through: Representation of the basic and variable parts of integral
economic knowledge; Variative parts of integral economic knowledge; The develop-
ment of a continuous hierarchy of goals and functions of economic disciplines.
The internal disciplinary level of content of economic disciplines provides, con-
cretizes the essence and role of integration and differentiation of higher levels. It
provides for bringing the integration processes from the general to the particular
methodological laws and from the creation of a common model to the structure of
individual economic disciplines.
The implementation of interdisciplinary integration leads to the systematization of
economic disciplines and, as a consequence, to a unique cognitive result, the formation
of an integral picture in the mind of a military engineer. This, of course, leads to the
formation of a qualitatively new type of knowledge, which is expressed in the general
scientific category and concepts.
Moreover, interdisciplinary integration always enriches intra-subject integration.
Based on the theoretical studies, we developed an algorithm for the interdisci-
plinary integration of economic disciplines, which assumes a consistent implementa-
tion of the following operations [2, 3]:
– The setting of a goal and the choice of a systematizing factor;
– The allocation of the functions of each academic discipline;
– Establishment of interrelation of economic disciplines;
– The definition of the functional dependence of economic disciplines;
– Development of a glossary;
– The definition of the system of abilities;

– Creation of a system of modules.
This algorithm is universal in nature, it does not depend on the program content of
subjects and can be applied in the process of teaching to various disciplines [6].
The basic economic disciplines that took part in interdisciplinary integration were:
Economic Theory, Marketing, Enterprise Economics, Management, Organization and
Planning of Enterprise Production, Financial and Economic Activities in Military
Units.
The aim of the work is to create a universal economic content in the system of
training future military engineers [8].
And as a systematizing factor of interdisciplinary integration of economic disci-
plines is military-professional activity.
Having considered each economic discipline as an independent subsystem, their
importance was determined in the system of training future engineers and the role in the
formation of an integrated system of military professional activity.
Thus, the functions of economic disciplines were identified, which are the main
components of the content of the economic component of the training of future military
engineers [11].
Having established the functions of economic disciplines, we defined the logic of
interaction of economic disciplines at their target and functional levels.
Further, a model of the object space was developed, in which the functional
dependence of economic disciplines was reflected.
The next stage of the work was the creation of a single conceptual-terminological
dictionary or glossary on economic disciplines.
To this end, it is necessary to differentiate the concepts used in the study of
economic disciplines into basic and auxiliary ones. Basic concepts are those concepts
that operate on two or more economic disciplines. Moreover, the use of basic concepts
by various economic disciplines does not mean that in the study of one discipline, the
interpretation of these concepts completely coincides with the disclosure of these
definitions in the study of another discipline [9].
In the process of interdisciplinary integration of economic disciplines, there was an
objective need for intra-subject integration of the content of these disciplines [8]. An
algorithm for the intra-subject development of an integratively differentiated content of
economic disciplines was developed:
(1) The choice of the systematizing factor of the intra-subject integration of the
differentiation of the content of the academic discipline.
(1) Construction of the domain system.
(2) Development of subject abilities.
(2) Definition of the basic concepts of the academic discipline.
(3) Dosage of the content of the academic discipline.
By the educational block we mean the corresponding area of pedagogical disci-
pline, which has a systemic character and relative independence in the whole educa-
tional material.
For the first stage of the selection of the training material, it is sufficient to deter-
mine which sections of the training material and in what order they are studied.
(4) Building a system of modules for the academic discipline. An objective necessity
is to establish a connection between the individual concepts of a given piece of
educational material and, accordingly, in the minds of future military engineers.
Very often these connections do not lie on the surface, they are not seen without
special logic-didactic analysis, but are inherent in the concepts under study.
A methodological tool that provides a structural unity of the content of economic
discipline is the module.
As a basis, we assume that the module is primarily a means of systematizing the
content of a person’s self-development, based on the interaction of a person with any
system. This requires a study of the structure of the system, its norms, ways of func-
tioning and mastering these methods [2].
Thus, if in the economic discipline to single out the system and study it in the same
sequence, as a result, the future military engineer will develop the necessary ability to
successfully solve economic and military-economic problems.
Under the module, we will understand the methodological means of differentiating
and systematizing the subject content, which is an invariant way of organizing the
content of information exchange between people and the methodological guidance for
its implementation, which guarantees the satisfaction of the need currently available to
a person and determines the vector of a new, emerging Interest [3].
Thanks to the module, it became possible to turn sections and topics of the content
of economic discipline into systems, which allows: Teacher dosage content, understand
what information is discussed and for what purpose; Cadet - to realize that he “accepts”
and why he needs it.
It was with the help of the module that we structured and systematized the content
within each pedagogical discipline.
The effectiveness of the interdisciplinary integration of economic disciplines was
confirmed by the results of experimental work, in which 200 cadets (100 people in the
experimental and control groups) of the A.M. Proshlyakov Tyumen Higher Military
Engineering Engineering School, trained in specialty 230502 - “Special Purpose
Vehicles” (the experiment lasted from 2014 to 2017).
As indicators of the effectiveness of interdisciplinary integration of economic
disciplines were selected:
1. The quality of cadets’ assimilation of the content of economic disciplines;
2. The orientation of cadets to master military professional activities;
3. Number of cadets who possess non-standard ways and strategies for solving eco-
nomic problems;
4. Number of cadets engaged in research activities.
To assess the effectiveness of the interdisciplinary integration of economic disci-
plines, the following were used: Observation of the educational process; Questioning of
cadets; Conversation with cadets and teachers; Analysis, comparison, generalization of
the obtained data, analysis of the results of current and boundary control, intermediate
certifications and control works; Analysis of the structure and content of integrated
educational and methodological support of the process of teaching economic disci-

plines; Number of cadets participating in research activities (conferences, competitions
of scientific projects, etc.); Comparison of the results of training cadets in the control
and experimental groups.
The effectiveness of the developed interdisciplinary integration of economic dis-
ciplines is confirmed by the following results of the shaping experiment:
– Growth of consciousness and strength of assimilation of economic knowledge at
higher levels of generality and complexity of educational material (the achievement
rate increased by 0.53);
– A significant increase in the number of cadets (by 33%), who possess non-standard
methods and strategies for solving economic problems;
– An increase in the number of cadets involved in research and development (by
19%).
Thus, the results of experimental research show that the implementation of inter-
disciplinary integration of economic disciplines provides individualization of training
future military engineers, raises the level and quality of economic knowledge, con-
tributes to the formation and development of economic thinking.
References
Information technologies in the system of military engineer training of cadets. Int.
J. Environ. Sci. Edu. 11(13), 6238–6245 (2016)
building of objective-spatial environment in an educational organization. IEJME Math. Edu.
11(10), 3457–3462 (2016)
M.: Estimation of educational results of the bachelor’s programme students. IEJME Math.
Edu. 11(10), 3469–3475 (2016)
5. Vaganova, O.I., Medvedeva, T.Y., Kirdyanova, E.R., Kazantseva, G.A., Karpukova, A.A.:
Innovative approaches to assessment of results of higher school students training. Int.
J. Environ. Sci. Edu. 11(13), 6246–6254 (2016)
6. Gladkova, M.N.: Integrative-differentiated content of vocational education: Monograph. - N.
Novgorod: VGIPA (2004)
7. Gladkova, M.N., Gladkov, A.V.: Implementation of the competence approach in the system
of military-professional training of cadets. In: Proceedings of the II All-Russian Scientific
and Practical Conference: Social and technical services: Problems and ways of development.
- Nizhny Novgorod State Pedagogical University. K. Minin, pp. 14–17 (2015)
8. Gladkova, M.N., Luneva, Y.B.: The influence of economic training in the formation of a
future military engineer. Collection of articles on the materials of the All-Russian
scientific-practical conference “Innovative approaches to the solution of professional and
pedagogical problems. - FGOU VO “Nizhny Novgorod State Pedagogical University named
after K. Minin”, pp. 200–203 (2016)
9. Ivanov, Y.M.: System approach to training a general engineer. Y.M. Ivanov. - Kiev: High
school, p. 273 (1983)
10. Markova, S.M., Narkoziev, A.K.: Political theory of professional and pedagogical education.
Bulletin of the University of Minin, No. 3(16), p. 2 (2016)
11. Markova, S.M., Tsyplakova, S.A.: Management of the pedagogical process as a system.
School of the Future, No. 4, pp. 138–144 (2016)
National Center for Analysis of Longitudinal Data in Education Research (2010). http://
www.urban.org/UploadedPDF/1001507-Higher-Teacher-Quality.pdf. Accessed 03 Apr
2017
Human Resources in the Process
of Implementation of the Region’s Economy
Innovational Potential
Oleg L. Goycher(&), Roman V. Skuba, Olga S. Bugrova,

Maria I. Zakirova, and Vladimir E. Strelkov

[email protected]
Abstract. In the context of limited primary resources, the constant change in

the internal and external factors that form them, the choice of the strategy for
transforming Russia and its regions is directly related to determining the basis
for innovative development and stimulating innovation potential. Human
resources play the primary role in the implementation of the chosen strategy,
both at the level of innovation creation and at the level of their implementation.
From the level of competence of personnel depends the quality of innovation,
and, consequently, the level of competitiveness of the organization, the econ-
omy of the region and the country in general.
Summarizing the research results of Russian and foreign scientists in the field
of personnel management and innovation, based on their own research experi-
ence and data obtained, taking into account the current trends in the develop-
ment of innovative management factors, a model for the participation of human
resources in the process of realizing the potential of the regional economy was
formed. Through this model, the interaction of its main elements - idea, tech-
nology of implementation, practical implementation, market development and
regional support - is demonstrated in the process of shaping the development of
the region’s innovation strategy.
The combination of the procedure for interaction of human resources in the
field of innovation with regional authorities at all levels of the innovation
development process is reflected in the proposed model for implementing
innovative initiatives with support at the regional level.
In general, the analysis of the main factors underlying the proposed models
has made it possible to outline general provisions on the tasks of the territorial
authorities in the practical implementation of tools to support innovative
development.
Keywords: Human resources Innovation Innovation potential

Region Economy of the region

Human Resources in the Process of Implementation 711
1 Introduction
The Russian economy at the present stage is in the conditions of limited financial
resource potential caused by the slowdown in the development of the economies of the
world, the sanctions policy of Europe and the United States. In such conditions, the
traditional way of development of the country requires transformation, optimization of
financial flows, transformation of sources of funds to the budget, strengthening of its
internal potential. Thus, the heavy burden on the implementation of plans lies with the
regions whose economy should become the catalyst that can stimulate the economy in
general. Considering the vectors of the choice of the development strategy of the state
and its regions, it should be said that the basis for it is structural reforms based on the
implementation of the innovative potential of the territories. Thus, the main task of
implementing the strategy is to identify the basis for innovation development [1], the
creation and cultivation of innovations at different micro and macro levels, the for-
mation of a system of stimulating innovation capacity, etc. In the practical process of
implementing this type of strategy, it is necessary to use all types of resources, among
which human resources play a primary role both in the procedures for the overall
management of innovation development in the region and in the implementation of
innovation potential at the level of enterprises and organizations. From the intellectual,
productive, psychological qualities of man depends the implementation of both the
multifaceted task of implementing the innovation strategy, and the objective creation of
a “simple” innovation. In this way, we can talk about the need to create a unified
approach to determining the place of human resources in the process of realizing the
innovative potential of the regional economy.
2 Theoretical Basis of Research
The effectiveness of the functioning of socio-economic systems at all levels, including

regional systems, depends more on the level of their provision with the necessary
resources, which must meet certain quantitative and qualitative requirements. Among
the entire list of resources, the most significant at the present stage are human
resources.
The term “human resources” appeared relatively recently, in the 60–70’s of 20
century, when it replaced the concept of “labor resources”. This is related, in the
opinion of Schultz [2], with the fact that it is the employees of the firm, its personnel,
rather than equipment or real estate that form the competitive advantages, as previously
thought.
In turn, labor resources are a relatively “narrow” category, which, as a rule, means
“part of the population who is of working age and has physical and intellectual abilities
for work” [3]. It is necessary to agree with the position of Shaburova [4], who in her
monographic study defines “human resources as an able-bodied population, which is
the material basis of human potential that characterizes the degree of development of
the physical and spiritual abilities of people.” The main difference between human
resources and labor is the fact that the last are the usual resource of an enterprise that
needs to be accounted for and can only be used in a certain way. Human resources
712 O. L. Goycher et al.
include the personal characteristics of the employee, i.e. except ability and desire to
work, also intellectual and psychological characteristics, which are the basis of com-
petition of a new type, described in the writings of Schumpeter [5]. It is human who is
the source of scientific knowledge, which is formalized and subsequently embodied in
the form of an innovative product, goods or service.
Thus, it can be concluded that human resources are a strategic resource of
socio-economic systems, since they are basis for the realization of creative potential,
which is embodied in the form of innovations.
Generalizing most of the views of researchers in terms of the conceptual apparatus
relating to innovation, we can distinguish a number of significant features of this term,
namely:
1. Innovation is the result that can be formed in any sphere of the life activity of
society and the market;
2. Innovation is a system that carries within itself and transforms all kinds of resources
in the process of development;
3. Innovation at its core is the source of both evolutionary and revolutionary devel-
opment of the territory’s economy;
4. Innovation is, in the overwhelming majority, the result of intellectual, industrial,
and so on human activity;
5. Innovation should ultimately represent, for commercialization purposes, a tangible
asset demanded by the market;
6. Innovation at any stage of its formation and implementation is a high-risk asset;
7. Innovation, which is a source of advanced knowledge, with successful introduction
into the market allows obtaining a cumulative effect for business, the scientific
community, consumers, and for the region (country) in general.
In this way, it can be claimed that innovation is a multifaceted concept that has
special features that are characteristic not only of the market, but of society as a whole,
and for the region’s economy that are of fundamental importance for development and
increase of competitiveness level.
The problems of human resources management are covered in the works of the fol-
lowing scientists: A.Y. Kibanova, B.M. Genkina, N.A. Volgin, S.V. Shekshni, A.
P. Yegorshin, V.V. Novozhilova, T.I. Romanova, T.G. Vinichuk, A.V. Davydova, Y.
A. Pikalina, S.V. Rachek, A.V. Shaburovoy, E.A. Sidenkova, E.A. Kosorukovoy.
Including in the study of this problem, such prominent Russian scientists as Bazarov T.
U., Vesnin V.R., Gagarinskaya G.P., Genkin B.M., Kibanov A.Y., Maslov V.I.,
Mitrofanova E.A., Odegov U.G., Shekshnya S.V and others.
With the development of innovations at the level of the region, studies of such
scientists as Lenchuk E.B., Bortnik I.M., Mindeli L.E., and Golichenko O.G and
others.
Development of the region’s economy is devoted to the works of such authors as B.D.
Babaeva, A.V. Bezgodova, E.T. Gaidar, S.U. Glazyeva, A.G. Granberg, S.D. Ilyenkova,
L.V. Kantorovich, V. V. Klimanova, U.P. Morozova, E.G. Yasina and others.
In most cases, the calculation of human capital (the scientific potential of the
territory) most often uses indicators related to the assessment of the number of scientific
organizations and people engaged in research, as well as quantitative and qualitative
characteristics of innovation activity. According to the methodology proposed by the
National Research University “Higher School of Economics”, when calculating
the Russian regional innovation index (RRII), the specific weight of these people and
the specificity of their employment are taken into account. It should be noted that in
general, in the process of creating an innovative product, only people who create
innovative ideas or produce the ultimate innovative product are considered. It does not
take into account those human resources that participate in the remaining stages of the
implementation of innovation activities, which determines the need for this study.
Consideration of the degree of participation of all party’s in the innovation process is

advisable to begin with the definition of the scientific potential of the analyzed territory.
In this connection, parallels should be drawn between the total number of employed in
the region and the number of specialists engaged in research and development (see
Fig. 1).
10000
Humans
8000
2078 2243
6000 1449 1698 1674 1729
5684 5697
4871 5131 4959 4919
4000
2000
Reserches Total number of employees
0
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 year
Fig. 1. Number of personnel engaged in scientific research and development in the Vladimir
region
In the period from 2013, the total number of employees in the region is significantly
reduced, by 2015, the economy of the Vladimir region employs 717.7 thousand people
[6]. However, this does not affect the number of personnel engaged in research and
development. In the presented structure it is worth noting the weak growth rates of the
number of such a category of scientists, as researchers [7]. So, in 2013, the chain
growth was 103.3%; In 2014 - 120.2% and in 2015 - 108.0%. Absolute growth in 2015
compared with the base growth in 2010 amounted to 794 people.
Further, it is necessary to consider the level of participation of human resources in

the process of realizing the innovative potential of the regional economy (see Fig. 2).
The field of effective

participation of human
resources in the process of
realizing the innovative "Idea"
potential of the regional
economy
Technology of
Regional support implementation
Mastering the Practical

market implementation
Fig. 2. Model of human resources participation in the process of realizing the innovation
potential of the region’s economy
The presented model suggests the interaction of human capital in the process of the
stages of realizing the innovative potential of the regional economy. Achieving the
necessary result on the ultimate implementation of innovation is possible only with the
optimal participation of each of the subjects of this process. Let’s consider in detail
each element of the model:
• “Idea” implies the participation in this process of human resources that generate
innovative ideas;
• “Technology implementation” implies the participation of all subjects of the
innovation process, developing and describing the concept of implementing the
proposed ideas;
• “Practical implementation” includes those human resources that relate to the objects
of practical creation of an innovative product in the framework of scientific,
practical or industrial institutions and productions;
• “Market development” unites those participants in the innovation process that
contribute to the introduction of innovation into the market and introduction into the
real sector;
• “Regional support” consists of human resources that provide all kinds of support for
innovation by the regional authorities, including information, personnel, financial,
infrastructure and administrative participation [8].
It should be noted that the model has a generalized character, i.e. participants are
not identified with any specific sectors, government, regional authorities, etc.
The intersection of each two “petals” in particular is the area of finding between the
participants of the compromise solutions for the creation of an innovative product. The
goal is to achieve the field of efficiency of participation of labor potential, representing

the final intersection of the areas of interaction of individual human resources.
It is useful to note that the size of each element depends on the degree of partic-
ipation of human resources in the innovation process and can be changing. At the same
time, the situation in a particular territory in which one of the model elements is
missing is possible. The absence of an “idea” completely neutralizes the model, and,
consequently, the whole process of its implementation. The presented model is the
reference in the part of equal application of the forces of each of the subjects of this
process.
Mathematically, this model can be represented in the form of the following
interpretation:
Xn
HR ¼ i¼0
HRz ðz1 þ z2 þ . . . þ zn Þ þ HRt ðt1 þ t2 þ . . . þ tn Þ þ HRv ðv1 þ v2 þ
. . . þ vn Þ þ HRp ðp1 þ p2 þ . . . þ pn Þ þ HRr ðr1 þ r2 þ . . . þ rn Þ ! opt;
0\HRz 0; 2; 0\HRt 0; 2; 0\HRv 0; 2; 0\HRp 0; 2; 0\HRr 0; 2
z, t, v, p, r > 0
where: HRz - human resources that create the design of innovation;
HRt - human resources, describing the technology of creation;
- human resources that implement an innovative product at a specific object
of innovation;
HRp - Human resources that facilitate the entry of innovation into the market;
HRr - human resources - representatives of regional authorities, contributing to the
implementation of the process of creating an innovative product.
z, t, v, p, r - participation of each concrete subject of the innovation activity
process.
Each of the groups of innovation activity entities related to the model element is
limited in total to 0.2, based on an equal application of their participation forces in the
process of creating innovation. In Fig. 3 presents the detailed evaluation of the expert
evaluation of the model described above. In this case, each of the blocks should not be
less than or equal to zero, since in this case its participation in this process does not
make sense.
Further, it is required to determine the place of the region in the process of creation
and practical implementation of innovations. This can be represented in the form of a
model that combines the procedure for the interaction of human resources at all levels
of the innovation development process with instruments of support by regional
authorities (Fig. 4).
The initial stage of the proposed model is the formation of the basic innovation
plan. The significance of this stage is determined by the fact that the idea should not
only contain a new view of the researcher, but also presume the initial inertia of its
further commercialization.
The second stage involves transforming the idea into a visualized materialized
model. The relevance of this stage is explained by the preparation of the technical and
economic documentation of the embodiment of the idea in the project product.
Evaluation of the idea
- clarity of description 0.05

- the possibility of commercialization 0.05
- the reasoning of the idea 0.05
- integrity of perception 0.05
Evaluation of the visual embodiment
- visibility 0.05
- depth of detail 0.05
- availability of technology of creation 0.1
Evaluation of financing
- availability of initial capital 0.1
- level of project risk 0.05
- Satisfaction with the indicators of investment evaluation 0.05
Estimation of market potential

- turnover 0.07
- the ratio of sales volumes and volumes of output 0.1
- the dynamics of the number of contracts concluded 0.03
Estimation of production potential

- universality of production technology 0.1
- speed of creation of the finished product 0.1
Fig. 3. Algorithm for the practical assessment of the participation of human resources in the
implementation of innovative initiatives (The weight of the criteria is determined on the basis of
expert assessments)
At the next stage, there is a search for resource support for the implementation of an
innovative product. The reasonableness of the use of this stage is because not every
innovation was originally created with a project in the resource potential of
implementation.
At the fourth stage of the implementation of innovative initiatives, the idea is
supposed to move to the stage of the product, where the foundations and tools for the
immediate commercial implementation of innovation are laid.
Despite the numerous features that distinguish traditional goods from innovative
products, the result of all activities of institutions interested in the process is the
immediate direct sale of finished goods, services, and works. In this sense, the inno-
vation goes through the same stage as the classical product, which is represented in the
fifth stage.
4. Transition of an idea to a
Support by regional authorities

product stage
2. Visual embodiment
1. Innovative idea
3. Seeking for funding
5. Entering an innovative
product on the market
Going to the next stage

Go to the previous stage
Fig. 4. Model for implementing innovative initiatives with support from regional authorities
The issue of participation of regional authorities in the process of implementing

innovative initiatives should be separately mentioned. The authorities must take a very
active part in each of the stages of innovation. The region is able to provide significant
support for administrative, financial, information, legal, infrastructural, tools and
resources, to create areas for direct interaction among participants in the innovation
process, to ensure a more rapid agreement of the interests of participants, and, reducing
bureaucratic barriers, to reduce the level of transaction costs. To implement the above
instruments, regional authorities need constant monitoring of innovative processes
occurring on the territory. It is also necessary to create conditions for optimizing the
critical path, and if necessary, the region should expeditiously react to changes that
occur in the process of implementing innovative initiatives.
5 Conclusions
The results presented in the research article include:

• Justification of the need to select an innovative vector for the development of the
regional economy, taking into account the participation of human resources;
• Formed a model for the interaction of human capital during the stages of the
implementation of the innovative potential with the designation of criteria for the
effectiveness of their participation;
• A mathematical model is proposed that allows to determine the level of partici-
pation of each specific subject of human resources in the process of realizing the
innovative potential of the regional economy;
• Formed a graphic model for the implementation of innovative initiatives with the
support of regional authorities is formed, which combines the procedure for the
interaction of human resources at all levels of the innovation development process
with tools for supporting territorial education;
• The urgency of using procedures for monitoring innovative initiatives by regional
authorities in the process of implementing strategic plans for economic develop-
ment of the territory is substantiated.
Acknowledgments. The study was carried out with grant of the Russian Scientific Humani-
tarian Foundation No. AAAA-A16-116041210053-4 “An integrated approach to the imple-
mentation of innovation initiatives in the region under pressure from the external environment”.
References
1. Grachev, S.A., Donichev, O.A., Zakirova, M.I.: Directions of transition from
resource-dependent model of economy to innovation. Reg. Econ. Theor. Practic. 437(2),
364–376 (2017). p. 15
2. Schultz, T.: Investment in Human Capital. NY (1971)
3. Beglaryan, A.G.: Problems of managing human resources. In: Modern High Technologies
Regional Supplement No. 2, vol. 46, pp. 8–15 (2016)
4. Shaburova, A.V.: Management of the reproduction of high-quality labor resources of oil and
gas producing enterprises in Western Siberia - Novosibirsk: SSGA, p. 313 (2014)
5. Schumpeter, J.: The theory of economic development. Capitalism, socialism, democracy,
Eksmo (2007)
6. Labor resources [Electronic resource]. http://www.gks.ru/wps/wcm/connect/rosstat_main/
rosstat/ru/statistics/wages/labour_force/. Accessed 05 Apr 2017
7. Science and innovation [Electronic resource]. http://www.gks.ru/wps/wcm/connect/rosstat_
main/rosstat/en/statistics/science_and_innovations/science/. Accessed 03 Apr 2017
8. Goyher, O.L., Bugrova, O.S.: A model for monitoring innovation in the socio-economic
system (on example of the Vladimir region. In: Economics and Entrepreneurship
No. 10 (Part 2), pp. 219–223 (2016)
9. Egorova, A.O., Kuznetsov, V.P., Andryashina, N.S.: Methodology of formation and
realization of competitive strategy of machine building enterprises. Eur. Res. Stud. J. 19(2),
125–134 (2016)
10. Kuznetsov, V.P., Garina, E.P., Semakhin, E.A., Garin, A.P., Klychova, G.S.: Special aspects
of modern production systems organization. Int. Bus. Manag. 10(21), 5125–5129 (2016)
11. Garina, E.P., Kuznetsov, V.P., Lapaev, D.N., Romanovskaya, E.V., Yashin, S.N.: Formation
of the production system elements and r&d product development processes in the early
stages of the project. J. Appl. Econ. Sci. 48(2), 538–545 (2017). Volume XII
Complex Evaluation of the Conditions
of Formation of Regional Human Resources
of Innovational Economy
Sergey A. Grachev(&), Marina A. Gundorova, Oleg A. Donichev,

Denis Y. Freimovich, and Anna K. Holodnaya

[email protected]
Abstract. The modern development of regional socio-economic systems and

their stable functioning largely depend on the quality of human resources,
expressed in the level of development, generation and application of new
knowledge. It is these resources in the innovation economy that have a priority
character and are the dominant factors of the reproductive and economic pro-
cesses. In this connection, the article provides a comprehensive assessment of the
use of regional human resources. During the research, the most significant factors
that determine the development of the personnel potential of the territories are
identified, which are grouped into groups of infrastructural, social and economic
conditions. The work uses official Russian statistics for a long time interval and
normalizes the initial values to ensure comparability of the data. The author’s
methodology also assumes the calculation of integral indicators by calculating
the average geometric by groups of infrastructural, social and economic indi-
cators. Methods of statistical and logical analysis, comparisons, tabular repre-
sentation of data were used in the work. Also, to substantiate the author’s
conclusions, three-dimensional graphic models have been constructed that
demonstrate and allow us to assess the real positions of the subjects of the Central
Federal District of the Russian Federation in the space of the analyzed factors.
Keywords: Innovative economy Human resources

Regional development indicators Integrated assessment
1 Introduction
The progressive development of the country’s innovative economy requires an

objective analysis of its reproductive capabilities, coordinated management and proper
provision of regional economic processes with all kinds of resources.
From the point of view of the resource approach, - one of the theoretical methods of
modern economic theory - efficiency depends on the ability of the system to obtain
scarce and valuable resources (in absolute or relative terms), their successful integration
and management. Often, as resources that can provide strategic advantages, there are
such things as Physical; Human; Financial; Organizational resources and other [8].

720 S. A. Grachev et al.
It should be noted that the most important and valuable resources of the regional
level are human. They directly affect the level of competitiveness of any innovative
socio-economic system at the expense of the ability to generate structured scientific
knowledge, which in the future are embodied in innovative products that ensure a high
rate of profit in the market. Thus, for any region, the creation of the most favorable
conditions for the development of human capital, which also contributes to raising the
level and quality of life of the population, is an extremely important issue.
There is a large number of definitions of the category “human capital”, but there is no
universal and single yet, and, according to some researchers, did not exist.
So, Suvorov and colleagues under human capital understand the “reserve” (po-
tential) of the abilities, skills, and knowledge embodied in man [10].
Dolan and Lindsay’s human capital is equated with mental abilities obtained in the
stages of training or education, or through practical experience [3].
Critzky interprets human capital “as a universal form of economic life - the result of
the historical movement of human society to the present state [5].”
Mahlup notes that unskilled labor should be distinguished from the qualified, which
has become more productive due to investments, which increase the physical and
mental ability of a person. These investments form human capital [1].
Schultz noted in his works that it is human abilities that are the engine of various
socio-economic processes, which in turn bring income to the owner of these abilities [2].
In this way, under the category of “human capital” it is proposed to understand the
reserve (potential) of knowledge, skills, competencies, intellectual and physical abili-
ties belonging, including congenital, to a particular person, which he uses to create
intellectual products, new technologies and products for provision of individual, social
and economic well-being. They are formed, filled and developed on the basis of
investments (both personal and investments of other persons) in the science, culture,
medicine, sports and professional achievements of the individual to enhance his per-
sonal contribution to public welfare.
The most important place in the processes of “new industrialization” and import
substitution is given to the development of science and education as a means of training
qualified personnel for the renewed industry and improving the methods of managing
human capital [4].
The use of real managerial innovations in the regions and the development of
advanced market segments require an improvement in the quality of human resources.
The new economy needs specialists whose effectiveness and effectiveness directly
depend on their intellectual potential and the ability to apply it in practice. These are
not just intellectual workers, they are carriers of intellectual capital. However, the
concept of training such specialists on a mass scale has not yet been widely dissemi-
nated, and graduates of universities in the regions largely need retraining, on which
companies spend significant funds. Advanced innovative and consulting centers retrain
staff according to their methods, which allow them to “bring” specialists to the required
level. The knowledge gained in the learning process is more systematized, not detached
Complex Evaluation of the Conditions of Formation 721
from reality and applicable in practice. The compactness of the information presented
in such techniques facilitates the use of knowledge in management practice [7].
The sphere of education, including business schools and additional education
centers, is one of the most important elements of the developed innovation infras-
tructure of regions. On the one hand, being a part of the most important social insti-
tution, business education ensures the formation and development of human
intellectual capital as the basis for innovative transformation of society; on the other
hand, it is business education that actively interacts with the institution of private
business, no less important for achieving the objectives of innovation development
with employers. Modern challenges facing the Russian economy require a radical
restructuring of the business education system, since this direction of the formation of
an innovative-oriented institutional environment directly affects the acceleration of
economic growth in the regions and the increase of the country’s competitiveness.
Transformation of the business education system, which ensures its inclusion in the
world market of educational services, suggests: Increase of its openness, unification of
forms of training, introduction of institutional innovations, including those based on
modern information technologies; Transition to the development of individual educa-
tional programs and the most flexible “client-oriented” schemes based on the
credit-modular principle, competence approach; Increasing the requirements for quality
control of education at all stages [6].
In addition, a special place in the innovation processes of building the sixth
technological order should be given to infrastructural and socio-cultural development
factors. Extremely strong inter-regional imbalances in a number of vital indicators, as
evidenced by official statistics, cover the incentives for economic growth and hamper
the dynamic development of new technologies and the creation of a full-fledged
business environment on the territory of the Russian Federation. In this regard, the
development of improved methods for studying the positions of the regions in terms of
the complex of features and the justification of their reproductive capabilities by
increasing the quality of the use of personnel reserves, especially in depressed and
remote regions from the Federal Center, is becoming especially topical.
3 Methodology of the Research
A quantitative assessment of the conditions for the formation of human resources is

proposed for three groups of indicators:
– Infrastructure;
– Social;
– Economic.
At the same time, the infrastructure complex can be diagnosed by the following
factors:
– Number of general education organizations (at the beginning of the academic year);
– Number of educational organizations of higher professional education (at the
beginning of the academic year);
– Number of hospital beds (at the end of the year, thousands);

– Number of gyms;
– The value of fixed assets (at the end of the year, at full accounting value, million
rubles).
The social component is proposed to be expressed through:
– Termination of pregnancy (calculated for 100 deliveries);
– Morbidity per 1000 population;
– Number of registered crimes per 100, 000 people;
– The number of crimes committed by minors and with their complicity;
– The number of road accidents and injured in them per 100,000 people.
It is advisable to present the economic block with the following indicators:
– The Gini coefficient;
– Per capita income of the population;
– Average monthly nominal accrued wages of employees of organizations;
– The average size of the assigned pensions;
– Consumer spending on average per capita.
As an initial information for calculations, data from statistical collections “Regions
of Russia: Social and economic indicators” for 2002–2016 [9]. The list of statistical
indicators involved for a comprehensive assessment of the development of regional
human resources allows us to characterize both the current situation and the dynamics
of the processes taking place in the region. To ensure the possibility of comparing
statistical data, originally expressed in different units of measurement, and their
comparative evaluation, the procedure of index normalization was applied. The latter
was realized by calculating the ratio of the achieved indicator for a specific period of
time to the maximum result for the same period among all the analyzed subjects of the
Federation (1).
Xij
XHopMi;j ¼ ð1Þ
Xmax j
where
– Xnorms - the normalized value of the indicator of the i-th region for the j-th period;
– Xij - the actual value of the i-th region indicator for the j-th period;
– Xmax j - the maximum value of the indicator among the analyzed indicators for the
j-th period.
To facilitate the ranking and evaluation process, a composite indicator of devel-
opment for each component (infrastructure, social, economic) was defined. Calculation
of the normalized indicators was carried out by calculating the geometric mean of the
blocks.
An example of the results of the performed calculations for the social block is
presented in Table 1.
Table 1. Consolidated indicators of development for the social block

Region/ 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015
Territorya
1 0.450 0.503 0.459 0.480 0.464 0.471 0.446 0.438 0.436 0.413 0.392 0.403 0.395 0.416 0.379 0.395
2 0.584 0.595 0.509 0.546 0.545 0.600 0.593 0.596 0.626 0.636 0.635 0.608 0.576 0.645 0.596 0.635
3 0.697 0.781 0.733 0.784 0.755 0.773 0.795 0.826 0.822 0.812 0.796 0.823 0.788 0.826 0.792 0.792
4 0.523 0.540 0.494 0.529 0.555 0.603 0.594 0.649 0.596 0.590 0.562 0.567 0.586 0.639 0.625 0.640
5 0.642 0.625 0.640 0.678 0.611 0.643 0.654 0.672 0.626 0.629 0.629 0.631 0.623 0.623 0.584 0.582
6 0.637 0.619 0.625 0.648 0.614 0.664 0.618 0.632 0.668 0.642 0.645 0.627 0.677 0.681 0.731 0.711
7 0.553 0.596 0.509 0.530 0.491 0.547 0.585 0.558 0.576 0.527 0.517 0.484 0.462 0.513 0.508 0.530
8 0.486 0.493 0.479 0.504 0.519 0.574 0.610 0.616 0.610 0.559 0.562 0.589 0.602 0.622 0.582 0.564
9 0.528 0.529 0.482 0.485 0.465 0.513 0.517 0.534 0.574 0.558 0.550 0.568 0.523 0.569 0.518 0.545
10 0.735 0.723 0.729 0.756 0.735 0.735 0.766 0.759 0.725 0.743 0.716 0.701 0.695 0.724 0.661 0.631
11 0.544 0.536 0.533 0.554 0.569 0.576 0.583 0.629 0.664 0.630 0.607 0.587 0.624 0.639 0.624 0.643
12 0.514 0.530 0.491 0.516 0.463 0.532 0.534 0.526 0.523 0.483 0.484 0.492 0.527 0.571 0.539 0.529
13 0.645 0.661 0.621 0.584 0.565 0.617 0.642 0.656 0.662 0.672 0.639 0.640 0.626 0.682 0.578 0.554
14 0.502 0.523 0.530 0.503 0.488 0.552 0.563 0.580 0.586 0.572 0.535 0.526 0.553 0.588 0.540 0.559
15 0.617 0.696 0.647 0.662 0.655 0.720 0.750 0.796 0.797 0.729 0.713 0.678 0.677 0.698 0.682 0.709
16 0.537 0.571 0.512 0.535 0.559 0.562 0.594 0.588 0.614 0.612 0.606 0.571 0.543 0.581 0.554 0.561
17 0.766 0.756 0.719 0.753 0.744 0.789 0.756 0.776 0.768 0.728 0.698 0.674 0.671 0.653 0.599 0.679
18 0.415 0.471 0.473 0.500 0.445 0.476 0.490 0.477 0.467 0.440 0.404 0.395 0.403 0.450 0.422 0.407
a
1 - Belgorod region, 2 - Bryansk region, 3 - Vladimir region, 4 - Voronezh region, 5 - Ivanovo region, 6 - Kaluga region, 7 - Kostroma region,
8 - Kursk region, 9 - Lipetsk region, 10 - Moscow region, 11 - Orel region, 12 - Ryazan region, 13 - Smolensk region, 14 - Tambov region,
15 - Tver region, 16 - Tula region, 17 - Yaroslavl region, 18 - Moscow.
When analyzing the components takes place, it should be noted that the direction of
their most and least favorable values differs. Therefore, the best for the composite index
on the social block is the minimum value, and for the economic and infrastructure - the
maximum.
For a complex evaluation, a three-dimensional graphic model was constructed in
which index values for the analyzed components were marked along the axes. Figure 1
shows the structure of the regions according to the level of favorable conditions for the
formation of human resources as of 2000, and in Fig. 2 - as of 2015.
Analyzing the situation as of 2000, it should be noted that all the regions of the
Central Federal District are fairly close in terms of the indicators being measured, but
two subjects (Moscow region and Moscow) are statistical emissions, i.e. Function on
trajectories different from other regions.
In 2015, the situation largely overlaps with the one discussed above, however
Belgorod region is added to the regions-statistical emissions.
First of all, this is due to the fact that these subjects of the federation have nor-
malized indicators close to the leading ones, i.e. aspire to a maximum (to 1) for the
infrastructure and economic component and to a minimum - in the economic block.
If we consider the remaining regions of the CFD, then we should highlight the
unevenness of their development in the context of specific blocks. So, according to the
social component, the most optimal values in 2015 are Ryazan and Kostroma regions,
and the least successful are Vladimir and Kaluga region. Leaders on the economic
component are the Yaroslavl, Lipetsk and Kaluga regions, and the outsider regions are
Fig. 1. Assessment of the conditions for the formation of human resources of the Central
Federal District for 2000.
Fig. 2. Evaluation of the conditions for the formation of human resources of the Central Federal
District for 2015.
Ivanovo and Kostroma regions. In the context of the infrastructure component, Tver,
Smolensk and Bryansk regions have the best positions, and Kostroma, Ivanovo and
Orel regions are among the lagging regions.
Thus, the least favorable conditions for the development of human resources are the
Kostroma and Ivanovo regions, which belong to the outsider regions by two compo-
nents, and the regions with the most optimal conditions include the Lipetsk and Tver
regions.
5 Conclusions
As a result, the presented evaluation methodology allows to determine the positions of

the regions on a new level of research on the set of conditions for the formation of
human resources, to diagnose the nature of changes in a given time interval, and to
identify subjects that require federal support for the development of the infrastructure
and social environment and increase the efficiency of the use of the personnel reserve
economy.
The computational algorithm developed in this work can be adapted to monitor the
functioning of the knowledge economy of any region and does not exclude the pos-
sibility of expanding the data array.
The proposed set of tools can be used in the practical activities of the authorities, as
well as for the training and retraining of specialists from the profile departments of
federal, regional and municipal administrations.
References
1. Machlup, F.: Knowledge: Its Creation, Distribution, and Economic Significance. The
Economics of Information and Human Capital, vol. 2, 419 p. Princeton University Press,
Princeton (1984)
2. Schultz, T.W.: Investment in Human Capital. Am. Econ. Rev. 51(1), 1–17 (1961)
3. Dolan, E., Lindsay, J.: Market: Microeconomic Model, 477 p. (1992)
4. Donichev, O.A., Fraimovich, D.Y.: Effective management of the personnel of the
organization. Bull. Vladimir State Univ. Named After Alexander Grigorievich Nikolai
Grigorievich Stoletov. Ser. Econ. Sci. 3(9), 112–123 (2016). ISSN 2409-6210, p. 112
5. Kritsky, M.M.: Human Capital. Len. Univ., St. Petersburg (1991). p. 15
6. Lide, E.: Business education as an element of innovative economy. Probl. Manag. Theory
Pract. 11, 101–107 (2011)
7. Otradnova, L.: Innovative approach to management training: stages and planes of
management. Probl. Theory Pract. Manag. 4, 44–50 (2011)
8. Slavin, B., Soloviev, V.: Management of competences as resources. Probl. Manag. Theory
Pract. 9, 72–78 (2015)
9. Statistical collections “Regions of Russia: Social and economic indicators” for 2002–2016.
http://www.gks.ru/wps/wcm/connect/rosstat_main/rosstat/ru/statistics/publications/catalog/
doc_1138623506156
10. Suvorov, A.V., Suvorov, N.V., Grebennikov, V.G., Ivanov, N.V., Boldov, O.N., Krasil-
nikova, M.D., Bondarenko, N.V.: Approaches to measuring the dynamics and structure of
human capital and assessing the impact of its accumulation on economic growth. Probl.
Forecast. 3, 3–17 (2014)
11. Kuznetsova, S.N., Garina, E.P., Kuznetsov, V.P., Romanovskaya, E.V., Andryashina, N.S.:
Industrial parks formation as a tool for development of long-range manufacturing sectors.
J. Appl. Econ. Sci. XII(2(48)), 391–402 (2017)
12. Garina, E.P., Kuznetsov, V.P., Egorova, A.O., Garin, A.P., Yashin, S.N.: Formation of the
system of business processes at machine building enterprises. Eur. Res. Stud. J. 19(2 Special
Issue), 55–63 (2016)
Effects of Differences of Regional Economy’s
Dynamics: A Resource Aspect
Ilya V. Panshin(&)

[email protected]
Abstract. The study is devoted to the analysis of the origin of the effects of the
discrepancy between the dynamics of the productive and resource indicators of
the regions in the context of the stagnation of the Russian economy in 2014–
2016. During this period, multidirectional dynamics of the main indicators of
economic growth was recorded, which is caused not only by market factors, but
also by changes in the resource potential of the territories.
The modern principles of the “survival” of participants in economic relations
(entrepreneurs, enterprises, regions) are formulated in the conditions of the
crisis. The essence and systematization of the main features of the effects of
discrepancy of dynamics in the analysis of regional socio-economic systems is
determined. It is substantiated that the analysis of decoupling effects or the
effects of divergence of dynamics is applicable to situations when the series of
economic indicators that must have a correlation or fundamentally grounded
dependence move either in different directions or in one direction, but it is
incommensurable with other indicators of the intensity and range of the changes.
The analysis of the discrepancies in the dynamics of the main regional
indicators of economic growth and consumption of resources (energy and
investment) was carried out. It is revealed that resource differences in dynamics
in different combinations of economic resources (labor, material, energy,
investment, etc.) can also give the researcher useful information for optimizing
the resource potential of the enterprise, industry, regional and national
socio-economic system.
Keywords: Decoupling Resource effect Economic dynamic

JEL Codes: F 43 R 11 R 58
1 Introduction
Analysis of economic dynamics is one of the most common methods for studying the
development of socio-economic systems, such as the national economy or the region
one. In rapidly changing conditions and in view of the new challenges, the theory and
methodology of investigating economic dynamics requires constant improvement.
In the context of the stagnation of the Russian economy in 2014–2016, due to both
internal and external causes, import substitution, reduction of raw materials and energy
dependencies, as well as modernization of manufacturing industries were declared the
main imperatives of development. However, the sectoral and territorial structure of a

728 I. V. Panshin
significant part of regional economies turned out to be largely unprepared for such
reforms. Some industries and enterprises showed positive dynamics of their economic
performance, others, despite all the efforts, could not overcome the economic recession.
These phenomena are difficult to explain by competitive struggle and the operation of
other market mechanisms.
Preparation and adoption of decisions on neediness to modernize regional econo-
mies require new approaches to the analysis of economic dynamics. Deviations and
disproportions in the trajectories of changes in economic indicators are some kind of
signals for making managerial decisions. Thus, the resource intensity of economic
processes does not always change proportionally and is commensurate with changes in
the indexes of economic growth, which characterizes the emergence of decoupling
effects. These decoupling effects in the analysis of the dynamics of indicators of use of
resources (in particular energy and investment) and economic development become an
independent indicator of the success of the ongoing reforms.
The emergence of effects of decoupling in the dynamics of economic indicators con-

nected with each other accompanies most economic, mathematical and statistical
research. However, in most cases, analysts try to eliminate from the general aggregate
the values of those indicators that do not fit into the logic of constructing a particular
model, justifying it with either statistical errors or inaccuracies in data collection or
random factors. Since one of the most important characteristics of the representative-
ness of the model is the level of correlation of the data included in it, then this approach
seems quite justified. Excluding some of the indicators, the dynamics of which are at
variance with economically justified trends, the analyst raises the correlation coefficient
of his model’s indicators and makes it more qualitative.
In reality, the discrepancy between the dynamics of a certain economic indicator
and the logic of constructing a model can become the goal of independent research.
One example of this approach is the analysis of decoupling effects or effects of dis-
crepancy in dynamics. The English word “decoupling” in translation means “dis-
crepancy, violation of synchronism, communication failure; Decoupling, decoupling,
disengagement, disengagement.” Thus, the analysis of decoupling effects or the effects
of divergence of dynamics is applicable to situations where the series of economic
indicators that must have a correlative or fundamentally grounded dependence move
either in different directions or in one direction, but it is incommensurable with other
indicators of the intensity and range of the changes. In the future, the terms “decou-
pling-effect” and “discrepancy effect” will be considered equivalent.
In general, the “divergence effect” in the analysis of economic growth is understood
as a violation of synchronism in the trajectories of growth and decline in economies of
countries and regions [2–7, 9]. So, Samarina believes that the essence of “decoupling”
is to fix a situation where the processes that once demonstrate a certain conjugacy begin
to change the development trajectories [7]. Zakharov believes that the effect of dis-
crepancy arises when the achievement of economic progress is based on lower rates of
resource consumption and a decrease in environmental degradation [5]. A similar
Effects of Differences of Regional Economy’s Dynamics 729
interpretation is offered by Akulov: “… if, with positive dynamics of economic growth

rates, the indicators of negative impact on the environment remain stable or even
demonstrate a downward trend, there is a discrepancy effect” [2].
Regarding the problems of the nature management economy, decoupling effects
originally characterized the phenomenon of divergence of trends in GDP growth and
primary energy consumption in the countries of the Organization for Economic
Co-operation and Development (OECD). With stable growth of GDP in the analyzed
countries, the consumption of primary energy remained stable or even somewhat
reduced [4]. This discrepancy is one of the signs of the intensification of the economy. In
the future, the interpretation expanded, and decoupling-effects were understood as a
mismatch in the growth rates of people’s well-being and the dynamics of resource
consumption. Special attention should be paid to studies of the effects of the discrepancy
regarding the negative environmental impact of the economy on the environment [5, 9].
Among domestic and foreign scientists, Akulov A.O., Bashirova A.A., Zakharov
V.M., Matveev I.E., Reznikov S.N., Samarina V.P., Stolbov M.I., Conrad E., Cassar L.
F., Ward J.D., Sutton P.C., Werner A.D., Costanza R., Mohr S.H., Simmons C.T., Lopez
J.A. et al. made the most significant contribution to the creation and development of the
theory of the effects of divergence, an assessment of the relationship between envi-
ronmental and economic development and resource saving, in particular energy con-
servation. However, in the works of the listed authors, the effects of discrepancy are
mainly considered for comparing the dynamics of the development of developed and
developing national economies, various sectors of the economy, and the environmental
parameters of countries and regions [6–11]. The influence of the resource effects the
discrepancy on regional and sectoral economic dynamics has not been adequately
addressed and requires a deeper study.
Under the conditions of external economic pressure and taking into account the high
degree of state participation in the economy of the Russian Federation, the laws of the
market are being transformed. There are new economic principles of “survival” in a
crisis, which include:
– participation in state and municipal purchases;
– access to budgetary support resources (grants, subsidies, subsidies);
– availability and accessibility of fuel and energy resources;
– Administrative support of business at the federal, regional and local levels, which
ensures the preservation of the resource potential;
– gradual monopolization of domestic markets by large enterprises and their
associations;
– creation of financial reserves to compensate for unplanned losses;
– minimization of participation in investment projects with high and medium risk
levels.
Proceeding from the fact that regions, industries and even individual enterprises
adapt to new conditions of management at different rates, the discrepancy in the
dynamics of their main development indicators becomes even more significant.
The reasons for these imbalances are:
– significant differences in resource provision of territories both between regions and
within the same region;
730 I. V. Panshin
– different starting opportunities for the modernization of regional industries, sectors

and enterprises;
– high differences in the level of flexibility of the applied technologies and adapt-
ability of management systems at all levels.
The analysis of discrepancies in the economic dynamics of various socio-economic
systems allows us to formulate the foundations of the economic concept of the effects
of the divergence of economic dynamics. The main idea of which is the assertion that
economic growth is possible without proportional growth in consumption of economic
resources and negative effects on the environment.
Taking into account that the effects of the discrepancy between the dynamics of
various economic indicators are to some extent present in a variety of studies, it is
necessary to generalize some of their characteristics:
1. The presence of a close correlation or functional connection between the analyzed
indicators. In this connection, pairs or groups of resource and performance indi-
cators of economic systems, which are in objective functional dependence, are most
often used to analyze the effects of divergence of dynamics.
2. The existence of external factors of influence, correcting the traditional economic
model of the functioning of the analyzed socio-economic system. In the conditions
of stagnation or crisis, the effects of the discrepancy of dynamics manifest them-
selves fully.
3. Multi-directional dynamics of the analyzed indicators, contradicting the relationship
between indicators under normal conditions.
4. High level of differentiation of unidirectional changes in indicators.
5. High dependence on combinations of economic resources in the analysis of pair and
group dynamics of economic indicators of several economic entities.
Thus, in our study, we will mainly consider the resource effects of the discrepancy,
assuming a discrepancy between the economic dynamics of resource and performance
indicators of socio-economic systems, such as the national economy, region, industry
or a particular enterprise. A large number of types of economic resources and indicators
characterize them, requires the concentration of our research on a limited list of
resources used in the analysis of economic dynamics.
The purpose of the study is to determine the essence of the resource effects of
discrepancies in the analysis of regional socio-economic systems, and to analyze their
impact on economic development.
In assessing decoupling effects, private indicators of resource intensity are widely used:
Energy intensity, material intensity, water capacity, carbon intensity etc. [5]. Dispro-
portionate to economic growth, the change in the indexes of resource intensity is
evidence of the appearance in the economy of the resource effect of discrepancy.
In the theory and practice of economic research, a large number of methods for
analyzing economic dynamics are used: Linear and nonlinear dynamic modeling,
comparison method, graphical method, numerical methods, etc. Specialized methods

for analyzing decoupling effects in the scientific literature are almost never found. In
general, traditional economic-mathematical or graphical methods are used with a dif-
ferent interpretation of the obtained results.
The work of Bashirova A.A., which suggests calculating the decoupling factor for
determining the relationship between changes in pressure indexes on the environment
and indicators of economic development [3], can be recognized as interesting. Based
on the calculation of this indicator, it was concluded that economic growth is possible
without increasing environmental intensity and environmental damage. This corre-
sponds to the concept of sustainable development, which involves meeting the growing
needs of society while minimizing anthropogenic impact on the natural environment.
With respect to the analysis of the specific or multi-factor resource intensity of the
development of regional economies, the formation of specialized methods for decou-
pling effects is in the process of elaboration and is the direction of further research.
One of the most common approaches to analyzing the resource intensity of the
development of countries and regions is to study their energy intensity. This is due to
the fact that the large volume and heterogeneity of the economic resources used sig-
nificantly complicate the construction of economic models. Moreover, the construction
of multi-factor models is a complex mathematical task, and the disparity of economic
resources makes it very difficult to compare them. Therefore, attempts are often made
by researchers to choose one priority resource, for example, energy, which makes the
greatest contribution to economic development.
The convergence of the GDP trends of countries (GRP regions) with the dynamics
of the use of energy resources is a direct characteristic of the extensive nature of the
construction of the economic system. This situation leads to a high dependence of
economies on the availability and cost of energy resources, and in the long term - loss
of competitiveness and economic recession.
Solving this problem requires significant efforts to modernize regional economies,
the widespread introduction of energy-saving technologies, increasing labor produc-
tivity, etc. The change in the energy intensity of a gross regional product can occur not
only as a result of the implementation of special measures to save energy resources, but
also because of other causes that determine the appearance of the effects of
discrepancy:
– structural shifts in the regional economy
– economies of scale when opening new or expanding existing production facilities,
increasing the utilization of existing production capacities;
– inaccuracies in the statistical accounting of energy consumption, due, for example,
the need for the separation of costs for fuel and energy in the interregional transport
system, etc.
732 I. V. Panshin
Fig. 1. Dynamics of energy intensity of GRP of the regions of the Central Federal District of
Russia for 2012–2014. Source: Federal State Statistics Service.
The discrepancy in the trends of GDP dynamics (GRP) and volumes of con-
sumption of energy resources is one of the target indicators for assessing the devel-
opment of national and regional socio-economic systems.
According to the state report on energy conservation and increasing energy effi-
ciency in the Russian Federation in 2014, high sensitivity to negative macroeconomic
trends in non-energy-intensive sectors of the economy - the service sector, light
industry - increased the pressure on the energy intensity of Russia’s GDP [1].
Based on official statistics of the Federal State Statistics Service for 2012–2014.
The regions of the Central Federal District of Russia demonstrated different dynamics
of changes in the energy intensity of their GRP (Fig. 1).
The major part of the regions has managed to significantly reduce the energy
intensity of its GRP even taking into account the slowdown in the growth of regional
economies. The growth of GRP per capita was accompanied by a decrease in the
specific energy intensity, which is evidence of the intensification of the region’s eco-
nomic development. The best indicator for the Vladimir, Kursk, Lipetsk and Tula
regions. Other regions on the contrary showed an increase in GRP energy intensity with
a decrease in its volume per capita (Ivanovo Region) and a significant lag in growth
(Tver Region). The reason for this could be a negative divergence in the dynamics of
the volumes of creation of a regional product and consumption of energy resources.
Obviously, if the growth of production is ahead of consumption of energy resources,
then the discrepancy in dynamics will be intense, the reverse situation is extensive.
Of course, such assessments are acceptable when eliminating the remaining parameters
of the work of enterprises, such as personnel potential, raw materials production, etc.
In addition to energy resources, the effects of discrepancies in the dynamics of
economic indicators can also be identified with respect to investment resources
(Fig. 2).
Fig. 2. Investment, construction and production of investment goods in the Russian Federation
(an increase, in% to the corresponding period of the previous year). Source: Federal State
Statistics Service, calculations of the Bank of Russia.
The investment resources necessary for the creation and development of any
enterprise, both in the sphere of production and in the sphere of services, become a
universal object of research, which makes it possible to compare the resource intensity
of different regions and industries.
It can be seen from the graph that despite the high tightness of the connection
between the dynamics of investment in fixed assets and the volume of production of
investment goods, including construction materials, changes in the dynamics of con-
struction volumes are insignificant and differ from the dynamics of the other two
indicators. The reasons for the decline in investment in fixed assets in 2015 were the
conservative investment policy of companies, the relatively high level of debt burden in
a number of sectors, moderately stringent credit conditions, and uncertainty about the
future dynamics of demand, whose contribution, however, by the end of 2016 grad-
ually declined. The Russian construction industry, focused on deferred demand, reacted
to crisis trends in the economy of the country in a much lesser degree in terms of
volume indicators.
Based on the assessment of resource discrepancies, a primary diagnosis of the
effectiveness of ongoing modernization reforms is possible. Anticipating the growth
rates of consumption of economic resources over the dynamics of performance can also
speak of the crisis trends manifested in the obsolescence of technology, increased wear
734 I. V. Panshin
and tear of equipment, a decrease in labor productivity and a low utilization of pro-
duction capacities.
Special attention should be paid to the study of inter-resource discrepancies,
manifested in a significant discrepancy in the dynamics of specific consumption of
different types of economic resources. With regard to energy resources, changes in
production technologies and in the structure of the product are possible. Other variants
of inter-resource discrepancies in different combinations of production resources (labor,
material, energy, investment, etc.) can also give the researcher useful information for
optimizing the resource potential of the socio-economic system.
Multifactorial resource models can allow one to explain the discrepancy effects
found in single-factor models. So, unexpected growth of energy intensity of production
can be caused by outstripping rates of growth of labor productivity and investments in
modernization of material and technical base. The acquisition of new, more automated
equipment, replacing manual labor, increases energy consumption, but reduces labor
costs.
Reduction of the areas involved in regional agricultural turnover does not neces-
sarily lead to a decrease in yield. The compensatory effect of the discrepancy in
dynamics, expressed in economic growth, can be obtained in this case by using more
effective fertilizers, raising the level of mechanization, and due to favorable weather
conditions. The extensive growth in capacity utilization, being generally positive, can
lead to a decrease in net profit and profitability of production.
Managing the resource effects of the discrepancy in the dynamics of regional
socio-economic systems in the process of their development is a complex multi-factor
task. At the heart of its solution is the resource replacement methodology, based on the
idea of optimizing resource proportions, the criterion of which is to maximize the
cooperative effect from the joint use of a certain set of economic resources.
References
1. State report: On the state of energy conservation and energy efficiency in the Russian
Federation in 2014. Ministry of Energy of Russia, Moscow (2015)
2. Akulov, A.O.: Decoupling effect in the industrial region (by the example of the Kemerovo
region). Econ. Soc. Changes Facts Trends Forecast 4(28), 177–185 (2013)
3. Bashirova, A.A.: Determination of decoupling effect for problem territories in modern
conditions (by the example of the NCFD subjects). Manage. Econ. Syst. 10(92) (2016)
4. Matveyev, I.E.: The effect of “decoupling” and renewable energy. Energy Fresh 3, 44–49
(2012)
5. Bobyleva, C.M., Zakharova, V.M. (eds.): Towards sustainable development in Russia.
“Green” economy and modernization. Ecological and economic foundations of sustainable
development, no. 60, p. 90. Institute for Sustainable Development (2012)
6. Reznikov, S.N.: The transformation of the vector and the model of the post-crisis
development of the world economy: conceptual aspect. Integral 6, 39–41 (2011)
7. Samarin, V.P.: Decoupling effect as a criterion for sustainable regional development. In:
Materials of the X International Scientific and Practical Conference “Actual problems of
development of economic entities, territories and systems of regional and municipal
management”, Kursk, pp. 343–345, 28–30 May 2015
8. Stolbov, M.I.: Some results of the empirical analysis of the factors of the global crisis of
2008–2009. Issues Econ. 4, 32–45 (2012)
9. Tereshina, M.V., Degtyaryova, I.N.: “Green growth” and structural changes in the regional
economy: attempt of the theoretical and methodological analysis. Theor. Pract. Soc. Dev. 5,
123–129 (2012)
10. Conrad, E., Cassar, L.F.: Decoupling economic growth and environmental degradation:
reviewing progress to date in the small island state of Malta. Sustainability 6, 6729–6750
(2014)
11. Ward, J.D., Sutton, P.C., Werner, A.D., Costanza, R., Mohr, S.H., Simmons, C.T.: Is
decoupling GDP growth from environmental impact possible? PLoS ONE 11(10),
E0164733 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0164733
Evaluation of the Digitalization Potential
of Region’s Economy
Tatyana O. Tolstykh1(&), Elena V. Shkarupeta2, Igor A. Shishkin2,

Olga V. Dudareva2, and Natalia N. Golub2
1
Industrial Managment National University of Science and Technology
(MISIS), Moscow, Russia
[email protected]
2
Voronezh State Technical University, Voronezh, Russia
Abstract. The technological, organizational and managerial changes related to

the spread of the digital economy, which take place today, covers all areas of
activity - economy, public administration, culture, health care, education,
transforming the everyday life of people and creating new ways of communi-
cation. The actual and potential effect of the development of the digital economy
bring great interest at the global, national and regional levels. Digitalization,
which we interpret as the use of the opportunities online and innovative digital
technologies by all participants in the economic system from individuals to large
companies and states, is a prerequisite for maintaining competitiveness for all
regions and countries. The article examines approaches to evaluation of the
digitalization potential of the regional economy by on example of the Central
Federal District of the Russian Federation using fuzzy-set methods through an
assessment of the digitalization potential of the region and the effectiveness of
the digitization potential. Regions show active involvement in the digital
economy as soon as the Internet infrastructure appears, although there are still
some inequalities in a number of additional indicators: it concerns the pene-
tration and use of public services (gap with Moscow in 3–5 times), as well as the
activity of businesses in the use of digital opportunities (gap of 2–3 times). In
general, we see a huge under–utilized potential in the digitalization - of business,
regardless of regional specifics.
Keywords: Digital economy Digital transformation Digitalization

Potential Region Digitalization potential
1 Introduction
The main goal of any economy is structure of Gross Domestic Product and GDP by
itself, which allows ensuring competitiveness, sustainable and stable development. For
the digital economy phase, the goal is also to increase the share of the digital economy
in the total GDP in relation to the analog part of the economy. Since the growth of the
digital economy takes place 4–5 times more rapidly, this topic is extremely relevant.
The digital economy is characterized by an order of magnitude more rapid return of

Evaluation of the Digitalization Potential of Region’s Economy 737
investment in specific projects and an order of magnitude higher profitability for

individual projects that can be practically realized and, therefore, this issue affects the
problem outside enterprises and organizations - where interstate associations and
countries should direct their resources and including financial ones. Decisions in such a
formulation of the task, as well as the goals set forth at the level of the digital trans-
formation of the economic structure of Russia, cannot be imagined without a com-
prehensive analysis of the integrity of models of such transformation and consideration
of the best world and domestic practices and remedies [1].
Examples and analyzes of successful digital transformations are set forth in a signifi-
cant number of published works on the digitization of the economy [2, 3, 5–10]. This
accumulated experience of research shows that it is from the transformations or
transformations of specific areas and businesses in the country that the volume of GDP
of the digital economy is growing and developing and digital leaders are growing up.
The general pattern of digital economy projects is the orientation towards a specific
consumer and the full use of information as a driving resource, taking into account the
specific features of a particular consumer in a particular place, and making full use of
digital transformation technologies for real business processes. In this way, these digital
projects are characterized by very specific circumstances of their implementation in a
specific place and only with the accumulation of economically positive results become
the subject of standardization and other regulation.
Digital conversion is a difficult task. Countries that have reached the highest level
of digital maturity had to solve complex cultural, organizational, technical problems,
and only taking into account all these factors made these transformations successful. In
order to become digital leaders today in specific sectors of the economy, priority digital
projects that implement specific organizational teams will be singled out. Digital teams
should focus on three key functional activities - developing digital strategy, managing
digital activities through their national companies, and transforming them into opera-
tional excellence of their digital execution. Consequently, the creation of conditions for
the emergence of digital leaders in Russia and other countries who is economic partner
is also an urgent task [1].
In the context of this article, it is necessary to assess the potential of Russia’s digi-
talization through an assessment of the digitalization potential of each particular region
and the degree of use digitalization in the context of the development strategy of the
Russian Federation.
Let us formulate a methodology for assessing the potentials and effectiveness of
digitalization of their use by regions.
The purpose of this technique is to obtain two complex estimates: The potential of
digitalization and the effectiveness of use, and compare them.
Step 1. We define the classifier for estimating the digitalization potential of the
region as a variety of the so-called “gray” Pospelov scale.
Step 2. The expert way determines a set of indicators characterizing the digital-
ization potential of the region. Depending on the achieved value of the indicator, the
region occupies a certain place (rank) in this indicator, which we denote by the variable
Xi (i = 1, …, n), where n is the number of indicators.
Step 3. The effect of the indicator on the value of the digitization potential will be
evaluated depending on rank, also using a linguistic variable.
Step 4. We define a term-set of five elements, i.e. B ¼ fBi1 ; Bi2 ; Bi3 ; Bi4 ; Bi5 g, the
following values of terms can be used depending on the values of ranks in the analyzed
indicator (for example, in the ratio 1:2:4:2:1), the levels of indicators in the form of
trapezoidal numbers:
Bi1 “very low level Xi ”;
Bi2 “low level Xi ”;
Bi3 “middle level Xi ”;
Bi4 “high level Xi ”;
Bi5 “very high level Xi ”
Step 5. We show the transition from the indicators characterizing the digitization
potential X ¼ fX1 ; X2 ; X3 ; X4 ; X5 ; X6 g to the statements about the magnitude of the
digitization potential G ¼ fG1 ; G2 ; G3 ; G4 ; G5 g.
Verification of this technique will be carried out using the example of assessing the
digitalization potential of the regions of the Central Federal District of the Russian
Federation.
Indicators characterizing the potential of digitalization of regions were obtained
based on the data of the statistical collection of the Higher School of Economics for
2015 [4] (see Table 1):
X1 The level of digitalization of the local telephone network, %;
X2 The number of fixed broadband Internet subscribers per 100 people. Population;
X3 The number of mobile Internet access subscribers per 100 people of population;
X4 Average number of employees of ICT sector organizations, thousand people;
X5 Use of ICT in the business sector (in % of the total number of organizations of
the business sector).
Indicators characterizing the effectiveness of using the digitalization potentials of

the CFD regions were obtained on the basis of the data of the statistical collection of
the Higher School of Economics for 2015 [4] (see Table 2):
X1 The volume of goods shipped (works performed, services) of own production by
the ICT sector, billion rubles;
X2 The volume of goods shipped (works performed, services) of own production by
the ICT sector organizations, as% of total volume;
X3 Investments in fixed assets of ICT sector organizations, billion rubles;
X4 Investments in fixed assets of ICT sector organizations, as % of total;
X5 Subscription fee for access to the Internet, rubles.
Table 1. Places of regions in the Central Federal District on the potential of digitalization of the
economy for 2013
Table 2. Places of the regions of the Central Federal District for the effectiveness of using the
digitalization potential for 2013.
Stage I. Evaluation of digitalization potential of the regions of the Central Federal

District of the Russian Federation
Step 1. We form the classifier in the form of a fuzzy linguistic description on the
interval [0,1]. The universal set for the variable g is the interval [0,1], and the set of
values of the variable g is the term-set G ¼ fG1 ; G2 ; G3 ; G4 ; G5 g, where:
1. G1 = The potential is extremely low;
2. G2 = Potential is below average;
3. G3 = Average potential;
4. G4 = Above-average potential;
5. G5 = High potential.
We compile a table of the membership functions of each term (Table 3), using the
formula for the function of a trapezoidal fuzzy number x ¼ fa1 ; a2 ; a3 ; a4 g:
Table 3. The membership functions of subsets of the term-set g

The term Gk The fuzzy set membership G

G5 = “high potential” 1;
a~n€ee 0 g 0; 15
l5 ¼
G5 2 ½0; 0; 25 10ð0; 25 gÞ n€ee 0; 15\g 0; 25
a~
8
G4 = “above-average potential” < 1 10ð0; 25 gÞ; a~n€ee 0; 15\g 0; 25;
G4 2 ð0; 15; 0; 45 l4 ¼ 1; a~n€ee 0; 25\g 0; 35
:
10ð0; 45 gÞ; a~n€ee 0; 35\g 0; 45
8
G3 = “medium potential” < 1 10ð0; 45 gÞ; a~n€ee 0; 35\g 0; 45;
G3 2 ð0; 35; 0; 65 l3 ¼ 1; a~n€ee 0; 45\g 0; 55
:
10ð0; 65 gÞ; a~n€ee 0; 55\g 0; 65
8
G2 = “below average potential” < 1 10ð0; 65 gÞ; a~n€ee 0; 55\g 0; 65;
G2 2 ð0; 55; 0; 85 l2 ¼ 1; a~n€ee 0; 65\g 0; 75
:
10ð0; 85 gÞ; a~n€ee 0; 75\g 0; 85

G1 = “the potential is extremely low” 1 10ð0; 85 gÞ; a~n€ee 0; 75\g 0; 85;
l1 ¼
G1 2 ð0; 75; 1 1;
a~n€ee 0; 85\g 1
8
>
> 0;
a~n€ee x\a1 ;
>
>
< axa 1
2 a1
;
a~n€ee a1 x\a2 ;
lðxÞ ¼ 1;
a~n€ee a2 x a3 ; ð1Þ
>
>
>
>
xa4
;
a~n€ee a3 \x a4 ;
: a3 a4
0;
a~n€ee x [ a4
Step 2. The method of expert evaluation in Table 1 defines indicators in the form of
indicators-ranks for 18 regions of the Central Federal District:
X1 A rank according to the indicator “Level of digitalization of local telephone
network, %”;
X2 Rank by the indicator “Number of subscribers of fixed broadband Internet access

per 100 people of population”;
X3 Rank by the indicator “Number of mobile Internet access subscribers per 100
people of population”;
X4 a rank on an indicator “Average number of workers of the organizations of sector
ICT, thousand people.”
X5 rank of the indicator “Use of ICT in the business sector (in % of the total number
of organizations of the business sector).”
Steps 3, 4. We define expertly the term-set B ¼ fBi1 ; Bi2 ; Bi3 ; Bi4 ; Bi5 g:
Bi1 = (1, 5, 8, 11) – “very low level Xi ”;
Bi2 = (2, 9, 11, 13) – “low level Xi ”;
Bi3 = (3, 12, 14, 15) – the “average level Xi ”;
Bi4 = (4, 7, 12, 16) – “high level Xi ”;
Bi5 = (6, 10, 17, 18) – “very high level Xi ”.
The description of the state of the digitalization potential of the Voronezh region is
characterized by two possible values: G5 ðl5 ¼ 0; 15Þ = “high potential” is less sig-
nificant than saying G4 ðl4 ¼ 0; 85Þ = “above average”.
Description of the status of digitalization potential of the Kostroma Region: G5
ðl5 ¼ 0; 5Þ = “high potential” is also significant, as is the saying G4 ðl4 ¼ 0; 5Þ = “
above-average potential”. If we compare the values of the digitalization potentials of
the two regions, then on the G scale, the value of G5 for the Kostroma region will be
larger than the G5 for Voronezh region.
Description of the state of digitalization potential of Tambov region is characterized
by one meaning: G2 ðl2 ¼ 1; 0Þ = “below average potential”.
Stage II. Evaluation of the effectiveness of the digitization potential of the Central
Federal District
Step 1. Similarly to the first stage, we form a classifier in the form of a fuzzy
linguistic description on the interval [0,1].
Step 2. Ranking scores of performance indicators are shown in Table 2:
X1 rank on the indicator “The volume of goods shipped (work and services
performed) of own production by the ICT sector, billion rubles.”;
X2 rank according to the indicator “The volume of goods shipped (works performed,
services) of own production by the ICT sector organizations, in% of the total
volume”;
X3 rank on the indicator “Investments in fixed assets of ICT sector organizations,
billion rubles.”;
X4 rank according to the indicator “Investments in fixed assets of ICT sector
organizations, in% of total”;
X5 rank on the indicator “Subscription fee for Internet access, rubles.”
Steps 3, 4. Let us evaluate the effectiveness of using the digitalization potential of

the three regions through the ranks of indicators, term sets and the significance of the
membership function.
We calculate the value of the membership function of the linguistic variable

j = “the value of the effectiveness of using the digitalization potential” for each region
of the CFD.
Conclusion: J5 ðl5 ¼ 0; 55Þ - the result of the digitization potential of the Vor-
onezh region is excellent.
Conclusion: J4 ðl4 ¼ 1; 0Þ - the result of the digitalization potential of the Kos-
troma region is good.
Conclusion: J2 ðl4 ¼ 1; 0Þ - the result of the digitalization potential of the Tambov
region is rather low with a tendency towards average.
5 Conclusions
The results obtained should form the basis for a more detailed evolution of the digi-
talization potential of the regions.
A major achievement is the almost twofold reduction in the digital gap between
Moscow and other regions. If in 2011 the gap between the digitization of Moscow and
the average for regions was 2.6 times, today this figure has dropped to 1.35.
A key contribution to reducing the digital-gap was the development of-access
infrastructures. Since 2011, this-indicator has increased by an average of 2.6 times in
the regions.
The way of digital transformation requires a fundamental reorganization of the
approaches of private business and the state interaction-, decision-making,- stimulation
of innovations and the formation of a legislative environment, where every participant
in the system has a significant role.
The concerted actions of all participants in the potential digital ecosystem will lead
to a sustainable positive-result.
This will increase the share of the digital economy to 5.6% of GDP, as well as
create large-scale inter sectoral effects and real value added in the industries up to 5–7
trillion rubles in year.
References
1. Kupriyanovsk, V., et al.: A holistic model of transformation in the digital economy-how to
become digital leaders. Int. J. Open Inf. Technol. 5(1), 26–33 (2017)
2. Information-analytical report, Analysis of the world experience of industrial development
and approaches to digital transformation of industry of the member states of the Eurasian
Economic Union/Eurasian Economic Commission. Department of Industrial Policy, 116 p
(2017)
3. Banke, B., Butenko, V., Kotov, I.: Russia online? Catch up cannot be left behind/The
BosTon ConsulTing group, 56 p. (2017)
4. Abdrakhmanova, G.I., Gokhberg, L.M., Kovaleva, G.G.: Information society: development
trends in the subjects of the Russian Federation. Issue 2: Statistical Collection/National
Research Institute Higher School of Economics. NIUVSHE, Moscow (2015). 160 s
5. Schweer, D., Sahl, J.C.: The digital transformation of industry–the benefit for Germany. In:
The Drivers of Digital Transformation. Springer International Publishing, pp. 23–31 (2017)
6. Grigore, G., Molesworth, M., Watkins, R.: New corporate responsibilities in the digital
economy. In: Corporate Social Responsibility in the Post-Financial Crisis Era. Springer
International Publishing, pp. 41–62 (2017)
7. Berdykulova, G.M.K., Sailov, A.I.U., Kaliazhdarova, S.Y.K., Berdykulov, E.B.U.: The
emerging digital economy: case of Kazakhstan. Procedia Soc. Behav. Sci. 109, 1287–1291
(2014). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2013.12.626. ISSN 1877-0428. http://www.
sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1877042813052658
8. Tolstykh, D.V., Shurshikova, G.V.: Methodology for the determination of complex
estimates of the marketing potential of the territory and its use/economics and management
of management systems, Voronezh, no. 3.1(5), p. 170 (2012)
9. Pfeffermann, N., Gould, J. (eds.): Strategy and communication for innovation: integrative
perspectives on innovation in the digital economy. Springer (2017)
10. Cockayne, D.G.: Sharing and neoliberal discourse: the economic function of sharing in the
digital on-demand economy. Geoforum 77, 73–82 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
geoforum.2016.10.005. ISSN 0016-7185. http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/
S0016718516302305
Characteristics of the State of Russia’s Labor
Potential as a Component of Economy’s
Innovational Development
Nina A. Eldyaeva1(&), Elvira A. Yarnykh1, Olga G. Lebedinskaya1,

Sergey I. Kuzin1, and Ekaterina S. Kovanova2
1
G.V. Plekhanov Russian University of Economics,
{Eldyaeva.NA,Yarnykh.EA,Lebedinskaya.OG,
Kuzin.SI}@rea.ru
2
Kalmyk State University Named After B.B. Gorodovikov,
Elista, Russian Federation
[email protected]
Abstract. The article deals with the problems of measuring labor. In economic
theory, there are still no well-founded and generally accepted definitions of the
quality and efficiency of labor, their criteria and growth factors have not been
established, there are no fixed relationships with the productivity of labor, the
value of goods and other economic concepts and laws.
In most cases, the categories of labor are treated separately, in isolation,
without necessarily taking into account their interdependence in real economic
life, which indicates the non-systematic nature of their study, that is, there is no
comprehensive, comprehensive approach to research. The article allows evalu-
ating the factors influencing the level of labor potential. The strategy for the
development of labor resources should be aimed at the formation of labor
potential as the most important intellectual and professional resource of Russian
society, which ensures effective social and economic development, high com-
petitiveness and innovative development.
The article presents the main directions that make it possible to comprehen-
sively assess the country’s labor potential and set tasks that must be solved with
a goal to overcome the current situation. Economic growth is impossible without
improving the quality of labor.
Keywords: Labor Labor potential Labor statistics Labor productivity

Working hours Innovative development Labor efficiency Staffing
1 Introduction
In the innovative economy, the creative role of labor is enhanced and labor is much
more than a simple source of material, spiritual goods and services. Human labor solves
scientific, technical and socio-economic problems. However, labor not only makes it
possible to solve problems and puts them. To solve labor problems, specialists of
various profiles are working on it: Psych physiologists, economists and sociologists,
organizers of production, etc. [1–3].
Characteristics of the State of Russia’s Labor Potential as a Component 745
Many categories and patterns of development of labor are defined, identified, and
used in the practical activities of economic entities. However, there are many unsolved
problems in the theory and practice of labor. On the one hand, a number of problems of
labor and labor relations have not been studied for a long time by social and natural
sciences. On the other hand, labor is a continuously developing psycho-physiological
and socio-economic phenomenon. Identify the laws and patterns of development of
labor - one of the most important tasks of science. From knowledge of laws - to
management and acceleration of processes of development of work.
Issues of accounting and analysis of the demographic and labor potential are devoted to
the works of a number of foreign and domestic researchers, such as I.A. Aydrus,
E.M. Andreev, J. Bourgeois-Pischa, O.I. Yevseyenko, S.I. Pirozhkov, E.V. Pismenaya,
S.V. Ryazantsev, S.A. Sukneva, M.Y. Surmach, E. Filrose, L. Hersh, T.N. Shelekhova,
D.M. Ediev, Thomas V. Malon, and others.
At the present stage of development of labor, the problems of effectiveness and
quality are most urgent [2–8]. However, an analysis of the level of development of
theoretical problems of quality and labor efficiency shows that economic science is not
yet able to respond properly to the requests of practice in this field.
The amount of labor a worker spends daily has also great social significance. The
magnitude of labor costs greatly affects the state of physical health, labor activity, the
life expectancy of each person, etc. The insufficient theoretical elaboration of a number
of basic problems of labor has led to the fact that in the economic literature there is still
no common opinion on the fundamental concepts of labor. Such as the productivity of
labor and the productive power of labor, the intensity of labor and its relation to the
productivity of labor, simple and complex labor, the efficiency of labor and the quality
of labor, etc. [3, 4].
Recently, Russia is moving to the development and implementation of long-term
programs for economic development based on innovative solutions, which sets the task
of scientific justification of approaches to information support in the field of labor
management system. The system of indicators should reflect all ongoing processes,
including those that can be a source of risks, losses and causes of non-fulfillment of
adopted programs [3, 14, 15].
Consider the state of the information base for work.
Labor statistics changed simultaneously with the transformation of the entire eco-
nomic system of Russia. As the I.I. Eliseeva notes, “in the 1970s, Soviet
socio-economic planning was developing in the Soviet statistics aimed at intensifying
and increasing the efficiency of the economy. Methods of performance analysis were
developed, and they all relied on data available in the statistical reporting system and
statistical publications. In recent years, we have lost almost all the indicators of
resource efficiency: The statistics do not calculate the indicators of labor productivity,
return on assets, energy and material consumption, etc.” [2].
Currently, official statistics do not have a unified procedure for obtaining infor-
mation from enterprises and organizations on the volume of output, it is replaced by the
746 N. A. Eldyaeva et al.
censor method in different statistical forms and at different intervals. Large and
medium-sized organizations report on a monthly basis, small businesses - once a
quarter on a selective basis. In order to obtain information on the volume of products, it
is necessary to perform a number of adjustments using accounting information that is
not harmonized with statistical accounting in many ways.
As a result of such changes, statistics almost lost data on the use of working time,
and therefore, on the level of average hourly and average daily labor productivity, on
the indexes of “tightness” of the working day and working period [2]. The indicator of
labor productivity was almost the main qualitative indicator.
In the conditions of development of the innovation economy, a number of theo-
retical and methodical approaches to the use of traditional indicators and methods for
their analysis need to be changed.
The current level of Russia’s labor potential does not correspond to the tasks of the
country’s economic growth. Its professional and qualification structure is not fully
adequate to the needs of production. On the other hand, professional education does not
have the proper level. Premature mortality and low level of public health also nega-
tively affect labor potential. A fairly small salary of workers does not allow motivation
for highly effective work [13]. In view of the low-quality workforce and the reduction
in the number of the able-bodied population, there are risks to doing business and the
competitiveness of domestic production is decreasing [9, 10].
Thus, the main factor in the growth of national GDP is the improvement of the
quality of labor. Only investments in human capital bring a significant effect.
According to the estimates of developed countries, one dollar invested in education
yields a return of 2–10 dollars of net profit [11, 12].
According to the conducted researches, it is possible to formulate the following
problems of development of labor potential of Russia in the beginning of the XXI
century:
(1) Depopulation
Depopulation in Russia has three main aspects.
The essence of the first aspect is that the end of the twentieth century is char-
acterized by a very low birth rate and a high mortality rate, which corresponds to
the underdeveloped state. For the period 1992–2004. The population of Russia has
decreased by 10.4 million people, which is comparable with the population of
Yugoslavia, Belgium or Belarus. If we take into account the partial migration, the
total loss was 4.45 million people.
The second aspect is connected with long-term fundamental processes, and not
with time, factors and the improvement of the social and economic situation in the
country completely will not allow to get out of this state.
The distinctive features of depopulation in Russia in comparison with the
developed European countries, in which the population also decreases, charac-
terize the third aspect. Depopulation results from a very low birth rate. The total
fertility rate for 2004 in Russia was 1.35 (for example, in Norway this coefficient is
1.73, in Sweden - 1.65, in France - 1.88, in the UK - 1.71. Russia also has a very
high mortality rate.
In the absence of migration growth and the maintenance of the existing level of
fertility and mortality by 2025, the population of Russia can reach 122.0 million
people.
The consequence of depopulation is the aging of the labor potential, which
entails an increase in the demographic burden on every able-bodied person.
(2) Health status of the population
One of the limitations of the country’s economic growth is the health of the nation,
mainly the able-bodied population. Statistical analysis showed that in 2009, the
loss of resources due to the deterioration of workers’ health amounted to 43% of
GDP. Over the past 10 years due to premature mortality of the able-bodied pop-
ulation, the country’s losses reached 1.5 trillion. Alternatively, 225 million
person-years of active labor.
(3) Staffing
Deficiency of a labor generates personnel risks. In Russia, it is most difficult to
ensure the production of workers’ professions. Underfunding of qualified personnel
of enterprises and organizations leads to a decline in production. This is especially
true for enterprises with a high number of employees aged over 35–40 in the
number of employees. Young people do not aspire to occupy vacant jobs at
enterprises that are not engaged in production modernization, since very low wages
and harsh working conditions.
(4) Innovative way of development and changing the structure of demand for labor
At present, the transition to an innovative development model is required,
involving the introduction of new technology, research, the development of new
types of competitive products, advanced technologies, which requires increased
investment in improving production. This entails the renewal of the system of
labor relations, the training of highly qualified specialists capable of generating
new managerial decisions and using modern methods of work.
(5) International migration and the “brain drain”
Russia is one of the leading countries in the world for a “brain drain” along with
countries such as South Africa, India, Poland, and the Philippines. The main factors
affecting the international migration of labor resources are economic and
non-economic.
Economic factors include:
– Different level of industrial production and standard of living;
– Different level of wages;
– The presence of organic unemployment;
– The functioning of international corporations and international capital flows.
About one third of talented Russian scientists work outside Russia. Consequently,
the annual losses of the Russian economy amount to about 50–60 billion dollars US.
Branch specificity of the manifestation of the labor shortage. Despite the fact that in
general, the labor deficit is not obvious in the economy, considering certain sectors, it is
possible to observe significant distortions. For example, there is a significant decrease
in the number of employees in key sectors of the economy. The most noticeable
decrease in the number of workers occurred in science and scientific services, for the
period 1990–2003. (2.6 times); Agriculture and forestry (1.3 times); Machine building
and metalworking (2.1 times); Construction (in 1.8 times).
Professional qualification aspect of the deficit. At present, there is a problem of
shortage of experienced and skilled workers of certain technical professions and
qualifications, provided there are sufficiently well educated labor resources. This is due
primarily to the reform of the system of primary professional education (PPE). In the
system of PPE for the period 1990–2013. The output of qualified specialists decreased
by more than 40%, while the number of students decreased by 15%.
In addition, most graduates of universities do not work for acquired specialty,
which causes an additional shortage of staff. According to expert estimates, this figure
is 50% for young engineers, 30–40% for graduates of medical schools, and 70% for
graduates of agricultural institutes.
The age aspect of the deficit is the aging of the population at the working age. This
also contributes to the reduction of human resources in the sectors of the economy.
Moreover, against the background of a reduction in the number of all age groups, only
the number of employed at the age of 45–54 is growing. Most of all, this reduction
affected the age groups of up to 20 years, 30–39 years, 55–59 years.
Rosstat conducts a survey of the population on employment issues. Based on the
data of this survey in 2016, the average age of people employed in the national
economy has approached 43 years, and in some industries, for example, in science and
scientific services, it reaches 48 years.
Extrapolation of the prevailing trends in the age structure of employed shows that
the absolute number and share of employed at the age of 40–49 will continue to
increase. For a whole group of ages (60–72, 20–29, 35–39 years), there will be a slight
increase or stabilization of the values attained so far. However, there is a decrease in the
number of employed in the age group 25–29 years.
Thus, if the prevailing trends persist in the long term, the number of the employed
population of the most active age groups decreases.
It should be noted a weak influx of young personnel into a group of industries. This
can be explained by the low level of wages in these industries and the prevailing system
of preferences. From this, we can conclude that there is a structural deficit, which
manifests itself in conditions of differentiation of wages.
The negative impact of structural problems of labor shortage on the demographic
situation. Unemployment and low wages adversely affect the development of the
family. Unemployment creates such social problems as drug addiction, crime, alco-
holism, suicide. Low incomes entail a refusal to create a family, the birth of children or
their delayed birth, divorce, abortion, etc. Unsecured work and harmful working
conditions also lead to premature deaths, injuries and poor health.
The listed structural problems of the labor market entail a general decline in the
economic growth rate and an increase in the resources needed to overcome these
problems. This, in turn, leads to a reduction in spending on social needs and the
implementation of programs to overcome the demographic crisis.
Thus, it is necessary to talk not only about the impact of the demographic decline
on the stagnation of the labor market, but also on the reverse process.
4 Analysis of the Results
The study showed that at present Russia’s labor potential does not correspond to the
modern innovative way of its development. The professional qualification structure of
the labor potential does not fully meet the needs of the economy. The quality of
professional education is deteriorating. Premature mortality and poor health lead to
large losses. There is no motivation for effective labor activity, since low wages do not
stimulate the labor activity of workers. On the other hand, due to the inadequate quality
of the workforce, the competitiveness of domestic goods and services is declining. In
addition, a significant reduction in the working-age population creates additional risks
for business and the economy as a whole.
Despite this, the achievement of economic growth is impossible without a sharp
increase in the quality of labor. Therefore, the main factors for increasing national GDP
should be the effective use of labor potential.
It should also be taken into account that as a result of the ongoing state policy of
supporting the family, since 2014, the population has been growing and by the
beginning of 2017 its level has reached 146,804,372 (according to the Federal State
Statistics Service). Such growth is provided by the natural and migratory growth of the
population, of which the migration gain was 95.5%.
5 Conclusions
In economic theory, there are still no well-founded and generally accepted definitions
of the quality and efficiency of labor, their criteria and growth factors have not been
established, there are no fixed relationships with the productivity of labor, the value of
goods and other economic concepts and laws. Consequently, both in theory and in
practice, labor efficiency is often identified with its productivity, the quality of products
with the quality of labor, and so on.
In solving the problems of production and labor efficiency, the problem of the
quantity of labor occupies one of the leading positions. The fact is that the effectiveness
and efficiency of production and labor is achieved with the “optimal” quantity and
quality of labor expended by the workers. Measuring and possibly quantifying this
number in each workplace is an important task of science and practice.
References
1. Bashina, O.E., Yarykh, E.A.: The role and place of statistics in the economic development of
society. Prob. Stat. 8, 83–84 (2010)
2. Eliseeva, I.I.: Russian statistics at the present stage. Economics 2, 75–92 (2011)
3. Zinchenko, A.P.: Problems of the development of statistics as a science. Prob. Stat. 8, 67–70
(2011)
4. Eldiaeva, N.: Econometric methods in macroeconomic analysis: problems of constructing
forecasting models. Vestnik Astrakhanskogo gos. Tech. Un-ta, Astrakhan, vol. 4, pp. 225–
231 (2006)
5. Eldiaeva, N.: Statistical problems of construction of econometric models of market economy
functioning. In: Scientific thought of the Caucasus: Application, vol. 8, pp. 156–162.
Publishing House of the North Caucasian Scientific Center of Higher Education,
Rostov-on-Don (2006)
6. Eldyaeva, N., Sibirskaya, E., Khokhlova, O., Lebedinskaya, O.: Statistical evaluation of the
middle class in Russia. 125 49 Mediterr. J. Soc. Sci. 33 34 35 6(3, Suppl. 6), 125–135 (2015)
7. Eldyaeva, N., Sibirskaya, E., Yarnykh, E., Dubrova, T., Oveshnikova, L.: Development of
entrepreneurial infrastructure of regional economy. Eur. Res. Stud. 18(Special Issue), 235–
258 (2015). Strategy of Systemic
8. Yarnykh, E.A., Oleynikov, B.I., Tsylina, I.T.: Statistical methods for the analysis of
demographic processes within the region. In: 8th International Scientific Conference Science
and Society, pp. 117–123, 24–29 November 2015
9. Malone, T.W.: The Future of Work/How the New Order of Business Will Share Your
Organization, Your Management Style, and Your Life. Harvard Business School Press
Boston, Massachusetts (2004)
10. Gerber, M.E.: The E-Myth Revisited Why Most Small Business Don not Work and What to
Do About It. HarperBusiness, New York (2001)
11. Acemoglu, D.: Introduction to Modern Economic Growth. Princeton University Press,
Princeton (2009)
12. Hall, R., Jones, C.I.: Why do some countries produce so much more output per worker than
others? Q. J. Econ. 114, 83–116 (1999)
13. Handbook of procedures relating to international labour conventions and recommendations.
Intern Labour Office, Geneva (2012)
14. Sibirskaya, E., Mikheykina, L., Egorov, A., Safronova, A., Ivashkova, T.: Organization of
favorable investment climate in the market of development and implementation of
investment projects. Mediterr. J. Soc. Sci. 6(36), 135–146 (2015)
15. Sibirskaya, E., Stroeva, O., Simonova, E.: The characteristic of the institutional and
organizational environment of small innovative and big business cooperation. Procedia
Econ. Financ. 27, 1–736 (2015). pp. 507–515
Author Index
A Bredikhin, Vladimir V., 469

Abdulkadyrov, Arsen S., 44 Bugai, Yury A., 30, 37, 51
Abramov, Oleg N., 703 Bugrova, Olga S., 710
Abramova, Natalia S., 703 Bulaeva, Marina N., 406
Agunovich, Yulia A., 666 Bystrova, Natalia V., 136
Akhmetova, Anna V., 305
Aleksashina, Tatiana V., 609 C
Alekseev, Alexander N., 555, 568, 574, 609, Chaikina, Zhanna V., 194
617, 624, 666, 673 Chanchina, Anna V., 143
Aliyeva, Natalia Z., 353 Chelnokova, Elena A., 143, 448
Alpidovskaya, Marina L., 638 Chepik, Denis A., 71, 555
Andryashina, Natalia S., 494, 502 Cherevichenko, Tatyana S., 234
Anichkin, Evgeni S., 673 Cherney, Olga T., 688
Arkhipova, Maria V., 380 Chernykh, Sergey S., 366
Armanshina, Gulnara R., 647 Chugunova, Tatiana G., 201
Artemyeva, Marina V., 502
Avkopashvili, Pavel T., 666 D
Avrashkov, Lev Y., 695 Dedova, Elena S., 485
Azarkhin, Alexey V., 234 Dobrosotsky, Viktor I., 673
Donichev, Oleg A., 719
B Dosova, Aijan G., 681
Babeshin, Mikhail A., 77 Druzhilovskaya, Emilia S., 152
Bakhtiyarova, Lyudmila N., 179 Druzhilovskaya, Tatyana Y., 152
Balashova, Elena S., 201 Dudareva, Olga V., 736
Baranova, Irina V., 114 Dugina, Tatiana A., 681
Barsukova, Tatiana I., 366 Dumnova, Natalya A., 647
Baturina, Natalya A., 530 Dvornikova, Elena I., 703
Belova, Ekaterina E., 380 Dybina, Olga V., 107, 328
Blinov, S., 334 Dzyubenko, Olga B., 248
Blinova, V., 334
Bogatyrev, Valery V., 440 E
Bogorodskaya, Olga V., 387 Efremova, Elena A., 234
Bogoviz, Aleksei V., 30, 37, 51, 58, 65, 71, 83, Egorova, Anastasia O., 494, 502
298, 555, 562, 568, 574, 597, 609, 617, Eldyaeva, Nina A., 510, 744
624, 659, 673
Bolonin, Aleksei I., 65 F
Bordakova, Anna G., 234 Fasenko, Tatiana E., 359
Boris, Olga A., 256, 269 Fedoseev, Alexander I., 456
Borodin, Valery A., 398 Fedotova, Gilyan V., 542
© Springer International Publishing AG, part of Springer Nature 2018 751

https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-75383-6
752 Author Index
Franovskaya, Galina N., 248, 521 Khachaturyan, Karine S., 44

Freimovich, Denis Y., 719 Khafiyatullina, Elmira, 97
Frolov, Vyacheslav, 97 Khalikova, Elvira A., 343
Frolovskiy, Nikolay G., 227 Khalmetov, Artur R., 343
Khanzhina, Elena V., 143
G Khasanova, Vusala S., 201
Galushkina, Anna I., 398 Khazina, Anna V., 201
Garin, Alexander P., 170, 422 Khizhnyi, Anna V., 406
Garina, Ekaterina P., 152, 170, 208, 422 Khokhlova, Olga V., 631
Gashenko, Irina V., 291 Khorev, Viktor P., 603
Gavrikova, Yulia A., 380 Kirina, Lyudmila S., 476
Gladkova, Marina N., 703 Kitov, Anatoly G., 456
Gogoleva, Tatiana N., 581 Kletskova, Elena V., 624, 666
Golaydo, Irina M., 16 Klimovets, Olga, 315
Golikova, Galina V., 248, 359 Kokhanenko, Dmitry V., 359
Golodov, Sergey V., 510 Koldina, Margarita I., 406
Golub, Natalia N., 736 Kolibanov, Andrew, 97
Golubeva, Olga V., 387 Kolmykova, Tatyana S., 469
Golubtsov, Sergey A., 603 Komarevtseva, Olga O., 3
Gontar, Anastasia A., 542 Konyaeva, Elena A., 136
Goycher, Oleg L., 710 Koryagina, Inga A., 609
Grachev, Sergey A., 719 Koshelev, Egor V., 208, 217
Grafov, Andrey V., 695 Kovanova, Ekaterina S., 744
Grafova, Galina F., 695 Kozlova, Elena P., 494
Grinevich, Julia A., 217 Kozmenkova, Svetlana V., 462
Grönlund, Anna Y., 617 Kretova, Natalia N., 485
Gruzdeva, Marina L., 143, 387 Krivonogova, Anna S., 136
Gryaznova, Alla G., 638 Krupoderova, Elena P., 179
Gundorova, Marina A., 719 Krupoderova, Klimentina R., 179
Guryanova, Anna, 97 Krylova, Anna V., 647
Kryukova, Elena S., 227
H Kulikova, Natalia N., 542
Halo, Lyubov A., 321 Kurbanov, Artur K., 542
Holodnaya, Anna K., 719 Kutepov, Maxim M., 187
Kutepova, Lyubov I., 187, 194
I Kuzin, Sergey I., 744
Ilchenko, Natalia M., 163 Kuzmenko, Irina I., 269
Ilminskaya, Svetlana A., 647 Kuznetsov, Viktor P., 208, 422, 494
Inyushkin, Andrey A., 227 Kuznetsova, Irina V., 530
Ivanchenko, Olga S., 366 Kuznetsova, Svetlana N., 502
Ivankovsky, Sergey L., 217
Ivanov, Vyacheslav V., 372 L
Ivashchenko, Tatyana N., 3 Lapshova, Anna V., 406
Ivashchenko, Yana S., 305 Larionov, Valery G., 359
Ivushkina, Elena B., 353 Lavrov, Mikhail N., 624
Lazarenko, Alla L., 16
K Lazutina, Antonina L., 448
Kanapukhin, Pavel A., 581 Lebedeva, Sofia L., 591
Kargina, Larisa, 591 Lebedinskaya, Olga G., 510, 744
Karpov, Andrey S., 77 Leonova, Oksana V., 3
Karpova, Karina V., 77 Lepyakhova, Elena N., 269
Katkova, Olga V., 194 Leybert, Tatiana B., 343
Kaznacheeva, Svetlana N., 448 Litvinova, Tatiana N., 241, 277, 284
Khachaturyan, Arutyun A., 44 Lobova, Svetlana V., 30, 51, 65, 298, 609, 617
Author Index 753
Lutsenko, Marina S., 485 Povarov, Yury S., 227

Lyapina, Innara R., 3 Pozdnyakova, Viktoria V., 631
Lyashenko, Irina Y., 581 Prianichnikov, Sergey B., 398
Lysak, Irina V., 298 Prokhorova, Olga N., 143
Lyulyaeva, Natalya A., 380 Przhedetskaya, Natalia V., 277, 631
Przhedetsky, Yuri V., 631
M
Makarenko, Sergei N., 298 R
Makhovikov, Alexander, 97 Radbyl, Timur B., 462
Makusheva, Julia A., 688 Ragulina, Yulia V., 568, 597, 624, 666, 673
Manasyan, Sergey M., 695 Revina, Svetlana N., 549
Markova, Svetlana M., 129 Rodionova, Valentina I., 415
Melnik, Margarita V., 581 Rogachev, Aleksey F., 241
Merzlyakova, Ekaterina A., 469 Romanovskaya, Elena V., 152, 170, 494, 502
Minakova, Elena I., 647 Ruzanova, Evgenia V., 227
Mizikovsky, Igor E., 152 Ruzanova, Valentina D., 227
Moreva, Anastasia N., 163 Rykova, Irina A., 16
Morozova, Irina M., 136, 277
Mosina, Ekaterina I., 530 S
Mukhina, Maria V., 187, 194 Samoylova, Galina S., 163
Sandu, Ivan S., 83
N Saveleva, Nelli A., 298
Nagaeva, Elena A., 398 Sedykh, Ekaterina P., 129
Natsubidze, Alexandr S., 241 Semarkhanova, Elvira K., 179
Nazarova, Natalia A., 476 Semenova, Elena E., 530
Nazvanova, Karina V., 432 Semenova, Elena I., 58, 83, 574
Nosakov, Vladimir N., 456 Semkina, Olga S., 591
Shagalova, Olga G., 703
O Shakhvatova, Svetlana A., 695
Orlova, Svetlana A., 16 Shapiro, Elina D., 380
Osipov, Vladimir S., 37, 58, 562 Shaporova, Olga A., 530
Ostrovskaya, Viktoria N., 241 Shchegolev, Alexander V., 3
Ovcharenko, Roman K., 366 Shevchenko, Sofya M., 194
Ovchinnikova, Oksana P., 469 Sheveleva, Veronika V., 277
Shiryaeva, N. M., 291
P Shishkin, Igor A., 736
Panasenkova, Tatiana V., 631 Shkarupeta, Elena V., 736
Panova, Natalia S., 681 Shubina, Marina M., 415
Panshin, Ilya V., 727 Shuvaev, Alexander V., 659
Parakhina, Valentina N., 256, 269 Shvachkina, Lyudmila A., 415
Patsyukova, Olga A., 163 Sidorova, Anna V., 549
Permovsky, Anatoly A., 456 Simonov, Ilya D., 372
Perova, Tatyana V., 448 Sirotkin, Artem A., 456
Petrova, Natalia E., 163 Sirotkina, Natalia V., 597
Petruneva, Raisa, 89 Sitnikova, Svetlana E., 321
Polunin, Vadim Y., 129 Skiter, Natalia N., 681
Polusmakova, Natalia S., 321 Skuba, Roman V., 710
Ponachugin, Alexander V., 179 Smirnova, Jeanne V., 448
Ponomarenkov, Vitaly A., 234 Smirnova, Zhanna V., 187, 387
Popkova, Elena G., 422 Sofronova, Lydia V., 201
Popova, Larisa V., 681 Sokolov, Dmitry P., 638
Posazhennikov, Artur A., 432 Strelkov, Vladimir E., 710
Potashnik, Yaroslav S., 170, 422 Strelkova, Lyudmila V., 688
754 Author Index
Stroiteleva, Tamara G., 562 V

Stroiteleva, V. A., 291 Vaganova, Olga I., 187, 406
Suraeva, Maria O., 121 Vanchukhina, Lyubov I., 343
Vasilyeva, Valentina, 89
T Verbitskaya, Svetlana I., 359
Tabachnikova, Maria B., 521 Vodenko, Konstantin V., 366, 415
Taranov, Pavel M., 659 Voronin, Valeri P., 521
Tarasov, Alexandr I., 603 Vukovich, Galina G., 617
Timofeev, Alexander G., 510
Timoshenko, Pavel N., 256
Tolsteneva, Alexandra A., 387 Y
Tolstykh, Tatyana O., 469, 485, 736 Yakovleva, Elena A., 241
Toporkova, Olga, 89 Yakovleva, Elena I., 688
Treshchevsky, Yuri I., 521 Yakovleva, Svetlana M., 121
Trifonov, Yury V., 208, 217 Yarnykh, Elvira A., 510, 744
Trofimov, Oleg V., 688 Yaryshina, Valeriya N., 581
Trushevskaya, Anna A., 485 Yashin, Sergey N., 208, 217
Tsarapkina, Julia M., 136 Yudin, Andrey V., 372
Tselniker, Grigory F., 549 Yumatov, Vasily A., 462
Tsyganov, Viktor I., 462
Tsymbalov, Sergey D., 170
Tsyplakova, Svetlana A., 129 Z
Tufetulov, Aydar M., 71 Zakharov, Aleksei L., 549
Tyulenev, Vladimir M., 201 Zakharov, Pavel N., 432
Zakharova, Zhanna A., 440
U Zakirova, Maria I., 710
Ustinkin, Sergey V., 398 Zhabin, Alexander P., 121
Uvarova, Elena E., 16 Zima, Yulia S., 291

The Impact of Information On Modern Humans

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

The Impact of Information On Modern Humans

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

The Impact of Information On Modern Humans

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing 622

Elena G. Popkova Editor

More information about this series at http://www.springer.com/series/11156

The Impact of Information

ISSN 2194-5357 ISSN 2194-5365 (electronic)

© Springer International Publishing AG, part of Springer Nature 2018

Printed on acid-free paper

Philosophy of Modern Humans

State Audit as a Mandatory Condition of Budget

Pedagogics as a Means of Knowledge Translation in Human Society

Didactic Foundations of Designing the Process of Training

Evaluation of the Effect from Organizational Innovations

Legal Foundations of Human Society

The Mechanism of Optimization of the Tax Administration

The Problems of Preclusive Effect of Judicial Acts of Special

Social Component of Modern Human

The Model of Effective Work of a Transport Node . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456

Human as an Economic Subject

Threats to Food Security of the Russia’s Population

Economic Stimuli for Creation of Highly-Efﬁcient Jobs

Intermediate Integration of Economic Disciplines in the System

Innara R. Lyapina1(&) , Tatyana N. Ivashchenko2,

Abstract. Changes in economic conditions of development of economic sub-

© Springer International Publishing AG, part of Springer Nature 2018

Keywords: Innovations Project management Industrial structures

The key to effective development of a company in the conditions of domination of the

2 Theoretical Foundations of Studying the Essence of Project

The theoretical foundations of project management are viewed in scientiﬁc works of

technological, scientiﬁc, ﬁnancial, and commercial character, mutually connected to the

3 The Model of Project Management of Innovative Activities

Project management of innovative activities in large entrepreneurial structures of the

Management of the integration process Management of the information

It should be noted that depending on selection of the category of innovative

4 Foreign Experience of Project Management of Innovative

The foreign model of project management of innovative activities of large industrial

1.Ergonomics of the technology. - laser technologies, IT, network technologies

The initial stage of innovative activities of large entrepreneurial structures is for-

5 The Authors’ Model of Project Management of Innovative

Having analyzed and generalized the main peculiarities of project management of

Innovational New New services Intellectual property License

Registration of rights for intellectual property

Selling or transferring rights for intellectual property

Internal market External market

Table 1. Typologization within the authors’ model of project management of innovative

Alla L. Lazarenko(&), Svetlana A. Orlova, Irina A. Rykova,

Orel State University of Economics and Trade, Orel, Russia

Abstract. Changeability of economic processes and formation of the modern

Keywords: Investments Management Individual welfare Public welfare

© Springer International Publishing AG, part of Springer Nature 2018

– characterize the public-private and project approach to investment management;

2 The Theoretical Basis of Scientiﬁc Ideas in the Sphere

The preconditions of the theoretical basis of increase of effectiveness of welfare of

Table 1. Ideas of selection of priorities of individual welfare over public welfare

3 Certain Macro-economic Approaches to Increase

Competitive market forms the production

Investments as a result of revenue are supported

Growth of investments in “wealthy

From investment management,

Fig. 1. Certain macro-economic approaches to increase of public welfare through investment

NFSRusð2016Þ ¼ ð5; 861=7; 451Þ ðð5; 861=7; 451Þ=ð3; 602=6; 152Þ